Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 30, 2009

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

TNAV Holdings, Inc.

to be merged with its parent, TeleNav, Inc., as described herein, and renamed

TeleNav, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7379   77-0521800

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

TNAV Holdings, Inc.

1130 Kifer Road

Sunnyvale, California 94086

(408) 245-3800

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

H.P. Jin, Ph.D.

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

TNAV Holdings, Inc.

1130 Kifer Road

Sunnyvale, California 94086

(408) 245-3800

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Carmen Chang

Julia Reigel

Valerie Barnett

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,

Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Loren Hillberg

General Counsel and Secretary

TNAV Holdings, Inc.

1130 Kifer Road

Sunnyvale, California 94086

(408) 245-3800

 

Alan F. Denenberg

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨    Non-accelerated filer   x   Smaller reporting company   ¨
     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities

to be Registered

    Proposed Maximum  
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $75,000,000   $4,185
 
 
(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Explanatory note

Prior to this offering, we conducted our business through TeleNav, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Except as disclosed in the accompanying prospectus, the consolidated financial statements and selected historical consolidated financial data and other financial information included in this registration statement are those of TeleNav, Inc. and its subsidiaries and do not give effect to the corporate reorganization described below. Prior to the consummation of this offering, TeleNav, Inc. will merge with and into its wholly owned subsidiary, TNAV Holdings, Inc., the registrant. The stockholders of TeleNav, Inc. will become stockholders of TNAV Holdings, Inc. and TNAV Holdings, Inc. will change its name to TeleNav, Inc. Shares of the common stock of TNAV Holdings, Inc. are being offered by the prospectus. Prior to the merger and this offering, TNAV Holdings, Inc. held no material assets and did not engage in any operations.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we and the selling stockholders are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated October 30, 2009

Preliminary Prospectus

             shares

TELENAV, INC.

LOGO

Common stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock by TeleNav, Inc. We are selling              shares of common stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling an additional              shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. The estimated initial public offering price is between $             and $             per share.

We intend to apply for listing of our common stock on the                      under the symbol TNAV.

 

       Per share      Total

Initial public offering price

   $                   $                       

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $                   $             

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $                   $             

Proceeds to selling stockholders, before expenses

   $                   $             

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase from us up to     additional shares of common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 9.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     .

 

J.P. Morgan    Deutsche Bank Securities

 

Robert W. Baird & Co.    Canaccord Adams    Piper Jaffray
   Pacific Crest Securities           

                    , 2010


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

     Page

Prospectus summary

   1

Risk factors

   9

Special note regarding forward-looking statements and industry data

   34

Use of proceeds

   35

Dividend policy

   35

Capitalization

   36

Dilution

   38

Selected consolidated financial data

   40

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

   42

Business

   65

Management

   87

Executive compensation

   94

Certain relationships and related party transactions

   130

Principal and selling stockholders

   135

Description of capital stock

   138

Shares eligible for future sale

   144

Material United States federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

   147

Underwriting

   151

Legal matters

   157

Experts

   157

Where you can find more information

   157

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

 

i


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Before deciding whether to buy shares of our common stock, you should read this summary and the more detailed information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the discussion of the risks of investing in our common stock in the section entitled “Risk factors.”

Overview

We are a leading provider of location based services, or LBS, including voice guided navigation, on mobile phones. Our LBS solutions provide consumers and enterprises with convenient and easy to use location specific, real time and personalized features and functions. By using an integral tool of their daily lives, their mobile phone, our end users can access our LBS almost anytime and anywhere to efficiently navigate to their destinations and easily obtain relevant local information. Through our hosted service delivery model, we provide our solutions through the networks of leading wireless carriers in the United States, including Sprint Nextel Corporation, or Sprint, and AT&T Inc., or AT&T, as well as through certain carriers in other countries. Our flexible and proprietary LBS platform enables us to efficiently provide our LBS to millions of end users, across more than 500 types of mobile phones, all major mobile phone operating systems and a broad range of wireless network protocols. As of September 30, 2009, we had more than 11 million paying end users, who represented less than seven percent of our U.S. wireless carrier partners’ total subscribers.

Our core LBS solution is GPS Navigator, an industry leading voice guided, real time, turn by turn mobile navigation service, which offers many innovative features such as real time traffic alerts, route planning and updated points of interest, or POIs. We leverage our LBS platform to provide an easy to implement and cost effective mobile resource management, or MRM, solution for enterprises. We are also using our LBS platform to develop new offerings such as a feature rich, in-dash navigation solution for automotive consumers. Additionally, we are expanding the scope of our LBS platform by developing solutions that support a broad range of location enhanced applications such as location based mobile advertising, commerce and social networking.

We receive a monthly subscription fee per end user as a fixed fee or a revenue sharing arrangement from our wireless carrier partners, who offer our services on a stand alone basis or bundled with other voice and data services. Our flexible LBS platform and hosted delivery model enable our wireless carrier partners to leverage our infrastructure, expertise and resources to deploy customized LBS offerings, which allows them to attract and retain subscribers and increase data revenue. Due to our established and deep relationships with our wireless carrier and mobile phone manufacturer partners, our client software is generally preloaded on new mobile phones prior to commercial launch, making it easy for end users to discover and activate our LBS.

In the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, we had revenue of $27.7 million, $48.1 million, $110.9 million and $36.0 million, respectively. In this prospectus, we refer to the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 as fiscal 2007, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009, respectively, and the fiscal year ending June 30, 2010 as fiscal 2010.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Industry background

The mobile phone is the most widely used portable communication device in the world and continues to play an increasingly prominent role in consumers’ and business professionals’ lives. The inclusion of location determination technologies, such as the satellite based global positioning system, or GPS, in mobile phones has allowed location data to be used to enhance and expand the services that can be delivered to mobile phone users and contributed to the emergence of the LBS market. The LBS market consists of advanced mobile Internet and data applications that leverage location information to provide mobile phone users with location specific, real time and personalized features and functions. LBS that incorporate location information include turn by turn navigation, route planning, real time traffic alerts and POIs. Beyond these navigation specific services, new mobile LBS are emerging, such as location based mobile advertising, commerce and social networking.

The LBS market represents a significant opportunity due to key industry trends:

Advanced, GPS enabled mobile phones and wireless networks are proliferating .    Mobile phone manufacturers and wireless carriers are rapidly introducing mobile phones with enhanced features and functions, including GPS, bringing the richness of the personal computer, or PC, based Internet experience to the mobile phone and enabling the emergence of LBS. In 2009, Gartner, Inc., or Gartner, an independent market research firm, estimated that GPS enabled mobile phones would account for 96.0% of all North American mobile phone shipments, or 207 million phones, by 2012.

Wireless carriers are seeking to increase data revenue .    Wireless carriers face increasing downward pressure on the prices they charge for their core voice services and, in an effort to mitigate this trend, are aggressively seeking to market new mobile data services to attract new subscribers, increase total average monthly revenue per user, or ARPU, and enhance subscriber loyalty.

Consumers are rapidly adopting mobile navigation .    The enhanced convenience and utility associated with LBS is driving rapid adoption and growth of the LBS market. Mobile navigation is the most popular LBS application today, with Frost & Sullivan, an independent market research firm, estimating that mobile navigation accounted for 80% of all U.S. LBS revenue in 2008.

The LBS market offers multiple opportunities for expansion .    LBS are not limited to mobile phone based navigation services. LBS enable consumers to enjoy the benefits of an enhanced mobile Internet experience, such as location based mobile advertising, commerce and social networking, on their mobile phones and on other mobile devices, including an enriched navigation experience in their cars. Similarly, services such as MRM enable enterprises to leverage the benefits of LBS to more effectively and efficiently manage their mobile resources.

Industry challenges

Challenges facing end users .    Technological advancements have led consumers to expect immediate access to the latest, most accurate information, real time responses and greater convenience at lower cost in both their personal and professional lives. Traditional navigation solutions based on paper maps or downloaded and printed directions from the Internet often require advanced planning, are cumbersome and dangerous to use while driving and cannot

 

 

2


Table of Contents

provide updated directions based on route conditions or reroute a driver when he or she is lost. Most GPS based solutions require consumers to expend time, effort and money to periodically refresh the content and software. In-dash navigation systems are limited to the vehicle in which they are installed and personal navigation devices, or PNDs, require dedicated, navigation only hardware. Mobile Internet mapping applications currently lack functions such as voice guided navigation and real time rerouting. While end users can download third party LBS mobile navigation applications from the Internet to their mobile phones, these applications often entail frustrating or complicated downloading and installation processes, uncertainty regarding the reliability and quality of the vendor or their services and limited customer support. Similarly, enterprises face basic challenges such as locating, tracking and dispatching workforces, as well as delivering time sensitive information to and from the field, in a simple, cost effective manner.

Challenges facing wireless carriers .    Wireless carriers’ core voice businesses are threatened by several key factors, including strong competition and a lack of subscriber loyalty. Wireless carriers are also under increasing pressure to continually invest in infrastructure to keep pace with consumer expectations and the demand for low cost, fast and reliable network service. Compounding these issues, some mobile phone manufacturers and mobile phone operating system providers are seeking to develop direct relationships with consumers, which could weaken the existing relationships wireless carriers share with their subscribers. To address these challenges, wireless carriers are investing heavily in innovative consumer applications to increase revenue and subscriber loyalty. LBS represent an opportunity for wireless carriers to respond to these threats and enhance their relationships with their subscribers. However, the design and delivery of these services are highly complex. As a result, wireless carriers have partnered with third party LBS providers who can deliver low cost, high quality applications, are aligned with their long term interests and can help them achieve a sustainable competitive advantage.

Our solutions

We are a leading provider of scalable and reliable LBS solutions, including voice guided navigation, on mobile phones, which deliver the following benefits to our end users and wireless carrier partners:

Convenience and ease of use .    We primarily deliver our LBS on a device that is completely mobile and an integral tool of daily life—the mobile phone. We have focused significant resources on delivering consistent and rich LBS across a broad range of mobile phones and mobile phone operating systems, as well as wireless network protocols, making our LBS convenient and easy to use while enhancing the overall user experience.

Rich, personalized, real time features and functions .    We integrate mapping, POI, traffic, gas price and weather content with location specific information and advanced features and functions to develop rich, personalized LBS. Through our hosted delivery model, we provide accurate, updated information to our end users on their mobile phones in real time.

Over the air updates .    We deliver enhancements to our existing LBS and introduce new LBS to our end users by using our wireless carrier partners’ networks. This approach allows our end users to enjoy our latest features and functions and avoid the confusion and inconvenience often associated with updating software.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Deep integration across mobile phones, mobile phone operating systems and wireless network protocols .    We support more than 500 types of mobiles phones and all major mobile phone operating systems. We deliver our LBS in more than 10 languages and operate on all major wireless network protocols. We allow our wireless carrier partners to deliver carrier branded, or white label, offerings and our LBS are tightly integrated with their back-end systems. This approach enables our wireless carrier partners to provide highly scalable, reliable LBS to their subscribers, which strengthens their brand and increases subscriber loyalty.

Support for new platforms and services .    We are deploying new LBS for mobile phones, extending our LBS to new device platforms, including in-dash navigation systems, and providing enterprises with cost effective, easy to install MRM solutions. We are also developing solutions that support a broad range of location enhanced applications, such as location based mobile advertising, commerce and social networking.

Our competitive strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths differentiate us from our competitors and allow us to build on our 10-year history of developing and delivering advanced mobile navigation and other LBS solutions:

Large and growing end user base .    As of September 30, 2009, we had more than 11 million paying end users. This large and growing end user base enables us to realize economies of scale and deliver incremental value to existing and future end users as well as our wireless carrier and other partners, such as third party content and advertising providers.

Strong and deep partnerships with key members of the LBS value chain .    We partner with leading wireless carriers, mobile phone manufacturers, application developers, map providers and other third parties to deliver high quality, robust LBS to our end users. Our wireless carrier partners continue to make investments that foster our long term relationships because our LBS help them to increase their data ARPU and strengthen their subscriber relationships.

Closely aligned business objectives with wireless carrier partners .    Our hosted delivery model enables our wireless carrier partners to brand and market our LBS and leverage our infrastructure, partnerships and expertise. Our offerings enhance subscriber loyalty and increase revenue for our wireless carrier partners while helping us to drive adoption of our LBS without incurring significant sales and marketing costs.

Leading solutions and technology .    Our success has been driven by the strength of the LBS and GPS credentials of our founders and breadth of experience of our research and development team. Our technical experience and deep understanding of GPS technologies, hosted service deployments, mobile phones, mobile phone operating systems and wireless network protocols have allowed us to develop a flexible LBS platform that positions us to address new market opportunities rapidly and at low cost.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Our strategy

Our objective is to enhance our position as a leading provider of LBS by continuing to increase the value we deliver to our end users and partners worldwide. Specifically, we plan to:

Increase end user penetration within our existing wireless carrier partners .    We intend to continue to collaborate with our wireless carrier partners to attract and retain subscribers using our LBS.

Strengthen and broaden our LBS offerings and technology platform .    We intend to continue to strengthen and broaden our LBS offerings and technology platform to improve the performance of our LBS and anticipate and address the changing demands of our end users and wireless carrier partners.

Pursue new carrier relationships, expand geographically and develop additional sales channels .     We intend to pursue partnerships with additional wireless carriers, domestically and internationally, and intend to sell our LBS through a greater range of sales channels, such as Internet application stores.

Leverage our core competencies to expand into adjacent markets .    We intend to introduce affordable in-dash navigation systems and are pursuing opportunities to enhance our LBS platform with new features and functions, including location based mobile advertising, commerce and social networking.

Evaluate and pursue strategic acquisitions .    We intend to continue to evaluate strategic investment and acquisition opportunities to enhance our LBS, extend our technology platform, increase our global presence and take advantage of new market opportunities.

Risk factors

We are subject to a number of risks which you should be aware of before you buy our common stock. The risks are discussed more fully in the section entitled “Risk factors” following this prospectus summary.

Corporate information

We incorporated in the State of Delaware in 1999 and we intend to merge with and into a wholly owned subsidiary, TNAV Holdings, Inc., prior to this offering. Upon completion of the merger, the surviving entity will be named TeleNav, Inc. Our executive offices are located at 1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, California 94086, and our telephone number is (408) 245-3800. Our website address is www.telenav.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

In this prospectus, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to TeleNav, Inc. and its subsidiaries including TNAV Holdings, Inc.

The names “TeleNav ® ,” “TeleNav GPS Navigator™,” “TeleNav Track™,” “TeleNav Vehicle Tracker™,” “TeleNav Asset Tracker™,” “TeleNav Shotgun™,” “TeleNav Vehicle Manager™” and “Whereboutz™” and our logo are our trademarks. All other trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by TeleNav, Inc.

             shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

             shares

 

Over-allotment option

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

 

Proposed symbol on             

TNAV

The shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering are based on 414,738,312 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2009 and exclude:

 

 

65,517,812 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our stock option plans as of September 30, 2009, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.21 per share;

 

 

25,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering;

 

 

3,385,893 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding warrants to purchase our stock as of September 30, 2009, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.28 per share; and

 

 

             shares of our common stock to be issued as a dividend to the holders of our Series E preferred stock upon the closing of this offering.

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes:

 

 

the completion of the merger of TeleNav with and into TNAV Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary, prior to this offering;

 

 

no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option;

 

 

the conversion of each outstanding share of preferred stock into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

no exercise of options or warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2009; and

 

 

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial information

The following summary consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and notes and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the following consolidated statements of operations data for our fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the following consolidated statements of operations data for our three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2009 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods, and the results for the three months ended September 30, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for fiscal 2010 or for any other period.

 

(in thousands, except per share data)    Fiscal year ended June 30,     Three months ended
September 30,
 
   2007     2008    2009     2008    2009  
   

Consolidated statements of operations data:

            

Revenue

   $ 27,716      $ 48,065    $ 110,880      $ 21,523    $ 36,048   

Cost of revenue(1)

     7,965        11,359      20,250        4,023      7,067   
                                      

Gross profit

     19,751        36,706      90,630        17,500      28,981   
                                      

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development(1)

     10,923        13,687      23,500        4,642      7,912   

Sales and marketing(1)

     14,506        13,245      16,536        3,880      3,914   

General and administrative(1)

     4,677        4,993      8,302        1,617      2,559   
                                      

Total operating expenses

     30,106        31,925      48,338        10,139      14,385   
                                      

Income (loss) from operations

     (10,355     4,781      42,292        7,361      14,596   

Other income (expense), net

     710        10      (776     111      (522
                                      

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (9,645     4,791      41,516        7,472      14,074   

Provision for income taxes

     1        184      11,898        2,497      5,953   
                                      

Net income (loss)

   $ (9,646   $ 4,607    $ 29,618      $ 4,975    $ 8,121   
                                      

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders

   $ (10,852   $ 1,875    $ 15,719      $ 2,579    $ 4,373   
                                      

Net income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders:

            

Basic

   $ (0.08   $ 0.01    $ 0.12      $ 0.02    $ 0.03   
                                      

Diluted

   $ (0.08   $ 0.01    $ 0.05      $ 0.01    $ 0.01   
                                      

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders:

            

Basic

     130,074        134,080      135,274        134,731      138,675   
                                      

Diluted

     130,074        322,471      332,685        331,401      341,042   
                                      
   
(1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Fiscal year ended June 30,     Three months ended
September 30,
   2007     2008     2009         2008         2009
 

Cost of revenue

   $ 1            $ 2            $ 4            $ 1            $ 3

Research and development

     44        202        237        34        157

Sales and marketing

     45        194        155        37        77

General and administrative

     57        57        111        16        78
                                      

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 147      $ 455      $ 507      $   88      $ 315
                                      
 

 

 

7


Table of Contents

The following table presents consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2009 (i) on an actual basis; (ii) on a pro forma basis to reflect the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock in connection with this offering, the payment of a dividend to holders of our Series E preferred stock in common stock at the time of conversion of the Series E preferred stock and the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to common stock and additional paid in capital; and (iii) on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect the sale of              shares of common stock in this offering by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

September 30, 2009

(in thousands)

   Actual    Pro forma    Pro forma
as adjusted
 
     (unaudited)

Consolidated summary balance sheet data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 43,984    $ 43,984    $             

Working capital

     49,354      52,412   

Total assets

     85,036      85,036   

Preferred stock warrant liability

     3,058      —     

Convertible preferred stock

     51,673      —     

Common stock and additional paid in capital

     2,909      57,640   

Total stockholders’ equity

     10,587      65,318   
 

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock. These risks could harm our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects. In addition, the trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks and you might lose all or part of your investment.

Risk related to our business

We are substantially dependent on two wireless carrier partners for a large portion of our revenue and if these wireless carrier partners were to limit or terminate our relationships with them or to offer LBS directly or from other vendors, our revenue and net income would be adversely affected.

We are substantially dependent on two wireless carrier partners for a large portion of our revenue. In fiscal 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, Sprint represented 90%, 62%, 61% and 55% of our revenue, respectively. Sprint is not required to offer our LBS. Our current agreement with Sprint expires on December 31, 2011; however, our right to be Sprint’s exclusive provider of Sprint Navigation expires on December 31, 2010. Commencing on December 31, 2010, Sprint may terminate its agreement with us at any time by giving us 30 business days prior written notice. Our failure to renew or renegotiate this agreement on favorable terms or at all, a termination of our agreement by Sprint or our failure to otherwise maintain our relationship with Sprint would substantially reduce our revenue and significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition. In March 2008, Sprint began offering the Simply Everything plans which currently include our LBS. As a result, we have experienced a significant increase in end users and benefitted from increased marketing exposure since the Simply Everything plans’ introduction. If Sprint reduces its expenditures for marketing our LBS, changes its Simply Everything plans to eliminate our services, prices our LBS at a level that makes them less attractive or offers and promotes competing LBS, in lieu of, or to a greater degree than, our LBS, our revenue would be materially reduced and our business, operating results and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, Sprint has been experiencing losses in net subscribers. If Sprint continues to lose net subscribers or if Sprint subscribers do not continue to purchase service plans that include our LBS, we will also lose end users and revenue to the extent we are unable to develop similar relationships with other significant wireless carriers which include our services in attractive bundled or other LBS offerings.

In fiscal 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, AT&T represented 2%, 26%, 29% and 34% of our total revenue, respectively. AT&T is not required to offer our LBS. Our current agreement with AT&T expires on March 19, 2011 and during the term of our agreement, we are the exclusive provider of white label GPS navigation services to AT&T. If AT&T were to terminate its agreement with us or fail to renew or renegotiate the agreement on favorable terms when it expires, we would lose a substantial portion of our revenue and our business operating results and financial condition could be harmed. Furthermore, our failure to otherwise maintain our relationship with AT&T would substantially harm our business.

 

9


Table of Contents

We operate in a highly competitive market, including against competitors who offer their services for free, which could make it difficult for us to acquire and retain wireless carrier partners and end users.

The market for development, distribution and sale of LBS is highly competitive. Many of our competitors have greater name recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing, public relations, sales, distribution and other resources than we do.

Competitors could begin offering LBS that have at least equivalent functionality to ours for free. For example, Google recently announced that it would offer free voice guided, turn by turn navigation as part of its release of Google Maps Navigation for mobile devices based on the Android 2.0 operating system platform. Competition from these free offerings may reduce our revenue and harm our business. If our wireless carrier partners can offer these LBS to their subscribers for free, they may elect to cease their relationship with us, alter or reduce the manner or extent to which they market or offer our services or require us to substantially reduce our subscription fees or pursue other business strategies that may not prove successful.

Our primary competitors include providers of LBS such as Google, Navigon, Networks in Motion, Telmap and TomTom; PND providers such as Garmin and TomTom; integrated navigation mobile phone providers such as Garmin and Nokia; providers of Internet and mobile based maps and directions such as AOL/Mapquest, Google, Microsoft and Yahoo!; and wireless carriers developing their own LBS, such as Vodafone through its Wayfinder acquisition. Some of our competitors’ and our potential competitors’ advantages over us, either globally or in particular geographic markets, include the following:

 

 

the provision of their services at no or low cost to consumers;

 

 

significantly greater revenue and financial resources;

 

 

stronger brand and consumer recognition regionally or worldwide;

 

 

the capacity to leverage their marketing expenditures across a broader portfolio of mobile and nonmobile products;

 

 

access to core technology and intellectual property, including more extensive patent portfolios;

 

 

access to custom or proprietary content;

 

 

quicker pace of innovation;

 

 

stronger wireless carrier relationships;

 

 

greater resources to make and integrate acquisitions;

 

 

lower labor and development costs; and

 

 

broader global distribution and presence.

Our competitors’ and potential competitors’ advantages over us could make it more difficult for us to sell our LBS, and could result in increased pricing pressures, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses and failure to increase, or the loss of, market share or expected market share, any of which would likely cause harm to our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

10


Table of Contents

We are substantially dependent on our wireless carrier partners to market and distribute our LBS to end users and our business may be harmed if our wireless carrier partners elect not to broadly offer our services.

We rely on our wireless carrier partners to introduce, market and promote our LBS to end users. None of our wireless carrier partners are contractually obligated to continue to do so. If wireless carrier partners do not introduce, market and promote mobile phones that are GPS enabled and on which our client software is preloaded and do not actively market our LBS, our LBS will not achieve broader acceptance and our revenue may not grow as fast as anticipated, or may decline.

Wireless carriers, including those with which we have existing relationships, may decide not to offer our services and may enter into exclusive relationships with one or more of our competitors. While our LBS may still be available to customers of those wireless carriers as downloads from application stores or our website, sales of our LBS would likely be much more limited than if our LBS were preloaded as a white label service actively marketed by the carrier or were included as part of a bundle of services. Our inability to offer our LBS through a white label offering or as part of a bundle on popular mobile phones would harm our operating results and financial condition.

If we are unable to manage our costs in light of the anticipated reduction in ARPU or a potential increase in end user activity, our gross margin would decline and our operating results would be adversely affected.

Our ARPU has declined over time due to a number of factors, including the bundling of our LBS with voice and other data services and the introduction of white label services. We expect the current trend of declining ARPU to continue. Our wireless carrier partners have the ability to lower end user pricing on our LBS which would have an immediate adverse effect on our average revenue per user. Our gross margin may decrease if the average cost per end user to provide our services does not decline proportionately. These costs include third party map and other data costs and internal costs to provide our services. Many of these costs increase as the number of end users increases, and also increase based on incremental usage by end users, both of which could have a negative effect on our gross margins.

Our success depends on significantly increasing the number of end users that purchase our LBS from our wireless carrier partners.

Our revenue is derived almost exclusively from subscription fees that we receive from our wireless carrier partners for end users who subscribe to our service on a stand alone basis or in a bundle with other services. Depending on the wireless carrier contracts, we receive revenue per end user as a fixed fee or a revenue sharing arrangement. To date, a relatively small number of end users have subscribed for our services in connection with their wireless plans compared to the total number of mobile phone users. Our near term success depends heavily on achieving significantly increased subscriber adoption of our LBS either through stand alone subscriptions to our services or as part of bundles from our existing wireless carrier partners. Our success also depends on achieving widespread deployment of our LBS by attracting and retaining additional wireless carrier partners. The use of our LBS will depend on the pricing and quality of those services, subscriber demand for those services, which may vary by market, as well as the level of subscriber turnover experienced by our wireless carrier partners. If subscriber turnover increases more than we anticipate, our financial results could be adversely affected.

 

11


Table of Contents

If our current and future wireless carrier partners do not successfully market our LBS, particularly GPS Navigator, to their customers or if we are not successful in maintaining and expanding our relationships with our wireless carrier partners, we will not be able to maintain or increase the number of end users that use our LBS and our business, operating results and financial condition will be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to increase or maintain our end user base and revenue will be impaired if mobile phone manufacturers do not allow us to customize our services for their new devices.

We typically deliver our services through client software that has been customized to work with a given mobile phone’s operating system, features and form factors. Wireless carrier partners often insist that mobile phone manufacturers permit us to customize our client software for their devices in order to provide the end user with a positive experience. Wireless carriers or mobile phone manufacturers may enter into agreements with other providers of LBS for new or popular mobile phones. For this reason or others, some mobile phone manufacturers may refuse to permit us to access preproduction models of their mobile phones or the mobile phone manufacturers may offer a competing service. If mobile phone manufacturers do not permit us to customize our client software and preload it on their devices, we may have difficulty attracting end users because of poor user experiences or an inconvenient provisioning process. If we are unable to provide seamless provisioning or end users cancel their subscriptions to our services because they have poor experiences, our revenue may be harmed.

Our wireless carrier partners may change the pricing and other terms by which they offer our LBS, which could result in increased end user turnover, lower revenue and adverse effects on our business.

Several of our wireless carrier partners sell unlimited data service plans, which include our LBS. As a result, end users do not have to pay a separate monthly fee to use our services. If our wireless carrier partners were to eliminate our services from their unlimited data service plans, such as the Sprint Simply Everything plans, we could lose end users as they would be required to pay a separate monthly fee to continue to use our services. In addition, we could be required to change our fee structure to retain end users, which could negatively affect our gross margins. Our wireless carrier partners may also seek to reduce the monthly fees per subscriber that they pay us if their subscribers do not use our services as often as the wireless carriers expect or for any other reason in order to reduce their costs. Our wireless carrier partners may also decide to raise prices, impose usage caps or discontinue unlimited data service plans, which could cause our end users who receive our services through those plans to move to a less expensive plan that does not include our services or terminate their relationship with the wireless carrier. If imposed, these pricing changes or usage restrictions could make our LBS less attractive and could result in current end users abandoning our LBS. If end user turnover increased, the number of our end users and our revenue would decrease and our business would be harmed. We are also required to give Sprint and AT&T certain most favored customer pricing on specified products and in certain markets. In certain circumstances this may require us to reduce the price per end user under the Sprint and AT&T contracts.

New entrants and the introduction of other distribution models in the LBS market may harm our competitive position.

The markets for development, distribution and sale of LBS are rapidly evolving. New entrants seeking to gain market share by introducing new technology and new products may make it

 

12


Table of Contents

more difficult for us to sell our LBS, and could create increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses or the loss of market share or expected market share, any of which may significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Although historically wireless carriers controlled provisioning and access to the applications that could be used on mobile phones connected to their networks, in recent years consumers have been able to download and provision applications from individual provider websites and to select from a menu of applications through the Apple iTunes App Store, the Blackberry App World and other application aggregators. Increased competition from providers of LBS which do not rely on a wireless carrier may result in fewer wireless carrier subscribers electing to purchase their wireless carrier’s branded LBS, which could harm our business and revenue. In addition, these LBS may be offered for free or on a one time fee basis, which could force us to reduce monthly subscription fees or migrate to a one time fee model to remain competitive. We may also lose end users or face erosion in ARPU if these competitors deliver their products without charge to the consumer by generating revenue from advertising or as part of other applications or services.

Our operating income and net income could decline as a percentage of revenue as we make further expenditures to enhance and expand our operations in order to support additional growth in our business.

As a percentage of revenue, our operating income (loss) was (38)%, 10%, 38% and 40% and our net income (loss) was (35)%, 10%, 27% and 23% in fiscal 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, respectively. Since June 30, 2008, we have made significant investments in new operating and information systems and additional data centers, hired substantial numbers of new research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative personnel and expanded our operations outside the United States. Efforts to develop new services and products and attract new wireless carrier partners require investments in anticipation of longer term revenue. We intend to make additional investments in systems and personnel and continue to expand our operations to support anticipated growth in our business. We also expect to incur additional operating costs as a public reporting company following the completion of this offering. As a result of these factors, we believe our operating income and net income may decline as a percentage of revenue at least through fiscal 2010. Furthermore, our investments and expenditures may not result in the growth that we anticipate. We also will not be able to reduce our expenditures on a timely basis, if at all, if anticipated revenue is not generated.

We are substantially dependent on revenue from our GPS Navigator service and, if we fail to generate significant revenue from other services, our operating results may be harmed if revenue from GPS Navigator declines.

Revenue from our GPS Navigator service represented 74%, 84%, 92% and 93% of our revenue in fiscal 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, respectively. If we were unable to be the exclusive provider of white label navigation services to our major wireless carrier partners or the number of end users for GPS Navigator were to decline, our revenue would be substantially harmed. We have experienced a reduction of ARPU from GPS Navigator over time as our wireless carrier partners implement white label and more bundled offerings, for which we typically receive a lower monthly subscription fee. We may be unable to increase our revenue from our MRM services, and we may not be successful in our efforts to diversify into

 

13


Table of Contents

areas such as in-dash navigation. If we were unable to offset declining ARPU from GPS Navigator by increasing the number of end users or the amount of revenue that our other services and products represent, our business, operating results and financial condition would be harmed.

We rely on our wireless carrier partners for timely and accurate subscriber information. A failure or disruption in the provisioning of this data to us would materially and adversely affect our ability to manage our business effectively.

We rely on our wireless carrier partners to bill subscribers and collect monthly fees for our LBS, either directly or through third party service providers. If our wireless carrier partners or their third party service providers provide us with inaccurate data or experience errors or outages in their own billing and provisioning systems when performing these services, our revenue may be less than anticipated or may be subject to adjustment with the wireless carrier. In the past, we have experienced errors in wireless carrier reporting. If we are unable to identify and resolve discrepancies in a timely manner, our revenue may vary more than anticipated from period to period and this could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We rely on a proprietary provisioning and reporting system to track end user activation, deactivation and usage data and any material failures in this system could harm our revenue, affect our costs and impair our ability to manage our business effectively.

Our provisioning and reporting system that authenticates end users and tracks the number of end users and their use of our services is a proprietary and customized system that we developed internally. Although we believe that the flexibility of this service to integrate tightly with wireless carriers’ reporting and provisioning systems gives us a competitive advantage, we might lose revenue and the ability to manage our business effectively if the system were to experience material failures or be unable to scale as our business grows. In addition, we may not be able to report our financial results on a timely basis if our wireless carrier partners question the accuracy of our records or we experience significant discrepancies between the data generated by our provisioning and reporting systems and data generated by the wireless carriers’ systems, or if our systems fail or we are unable to report timely and accurate information to our third party data providers. The inability to timely report our financial results would impair the quality of our financial reporting and could result in the delisting of our common stock.

Our profitability may decline as we expand into other service and product areas and we may be unable to recoup our investments.

We receive a substantial majority of our revenue from monthly subscription fees paid by wireless carrier partners who bill their subscribers for our services on a stand alone or bundled basis. As we expand our LBS offerings to enable end users to purchase our services from application stores outside of wireless carriers’ sales platforms, we may have to adapt our revenue model to a one time fee for services. In addition, as we enter the in-dash navigation market or other markets for LBS, we may be required to adopt pricing models other than monthly subscription fees and may incur cost of revenue substantially different than that which we have experienced historically due in part to third party content costs. These different pricing models and increased costs of revenue may result in declines in our gross margins.

We have limited experience in selling our services and products outside of the wireless carrier application platform. As we expand into new service and product areas, such as in-dash navigation systems, we may not be able to compete effectively with existing market participants

 

14


Table of Contents

and may not be able to realize a positive return on the investment we have made in these products or services. If our introduction of a new product or service is not successful or we are not able to achieve the revenue or margins we expect, our operating results may be harmed and we may not recover our product development and marketing expenditures.

We may not be able to enhance our LBS to keep pace with technological and market developments, or develop new LBS in a timely manner or at competitive prices.

The market for LBS is emerging and is characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions and short product life cycles. To keep pace with technological developments, satisfy increasing customer requirements and achieve product acceptance, our future success depends upon our ability to enhance our current LBS platform and to continue to develop and introduce new LBS offerings and enhanced performance features and functionality on a timely basis at competitive prices. Our inability, for technological or other reasons, to enhance, develop, introduce or deliver compelling LBS in a timely manner, or at all, in response to changing market conditions, technologies or consumer expectations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results or could result in our LBS becoming obsolete. Our ability to compete successfully will depend in large measure on our ability to maintain a technically skilled development and engineering team and to adapt to technological changes and advances in the industry, including providing for the continued compatibility of our LBS platform with evolving industry standards and protocols and competitive network operating environments.

Development and delivery schedules for LBS are difficult to predict. We have in the past and may in the future fail to deliver new versions of our services in a timely fashion. If new releases of our LBS are delayed or our services are not preloaded on mobile phones upon their initial commercial release, our wireless carrier partners may curtail their efforts to market and promote our LBS and end users may switch to competing services, any of which would result in a delay or loss of revenue and could harm our business. In addition, we cannot assure you that the technologies and related LBS that we develop will be brought to market by our wireless carrier partners as quickly as anticipated or that they will achieve broad acceptance among wireless carriers or consumers.

We rely on third party data and content to provide our services and if we were unable to obtain content at reasonable prices, or at all, our gross margins and our ability to provide our services would be harmed.

We rely on third party data and content to provide our services including map data, POI, traffic information, gas prices and weather information. If our suppliers of this data or content were to enter into exclusive relationships with other providers of LBS or were to discontinue providing such information and we were unable to replace them cost effectively, or at all, our ability to provide our services would be harmed. Our gross margins may also be affected if the cost of third party data and content increases substantially.

We obtain map data from companies owned by current and potential competitors. Accordingly, these third party data and content providers may act in a manner that is not in our best interest. For example, they may cease to offer their map data to us.

We may not be able to upgrade our LBS platform to support certain advanced features and functionality without obtaining technology licenses from third parties. Obtaining these licenses may be costly and may delay the introduction of such features and functionality, and these

 

15


Table of Contents

licenses may not be available on commercially favorable terms, or at all. The inability to offer advanced features or functionality, or a delay in our ability to upgrade our LBS platform, may adversely affect consumer demand for our LBS and, consequently, harm our business.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our financial performance may suffer.

We have substantially expanded our overall business, end user base, headcount and operations in recent periods. We increased our total number of full time employees from 294 at June 30, 2006 to 735 at September 30, 2009. During this same period, we made substantial investments in our information systems and significantly expanded our operations outside the United States, including an expansion of our research and development activities in China. For example, we added approximately 90 new employees in China during the three months ended June 30, 2009. Our expansion has placed, and our expected future growth will continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. If we are unable to manage our growth successfully, our operating results will suffer.

Network failures, disruptions or capacity constraints in our third party data center facilities or in our servers could affect the performance of our LBS and harm our reputation and our revenue.

Our LBS are provided through a combination of our servers, which we house at third party data centers, and the networks of our wireless carrier partners. Our operations rely to a significant degree on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of the third party data centers we use. Our hosted data centers are currently located in third party facilities located in the San Francisco Bay Area. We have recently entered into an agreement to add third party data center facilities in the Sacramento, California area to provide for disaster recovery and, in the long term, accommodate the anticipated growth of our LBS. Depending on the growth rate in the number of our end users and their usage of our services, if we do not timely complete and open additional data centers, we may experience capacity issues, which could lead to service failures and disruptions. In addition, if we are unable to secure data center space with appropriate power, cooling and bandwidth capacity, we may be unable to efficiently and effectively scale our business to manage the addition of new wireless carrier partners, increases in the number of our end users or increases in data traffic.

Our data centers are potentially vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources including fire, flood, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications or computer systems failure, human error, terrorist acts or other events. We have not yet completed a comprehensive business continuity plan and there can be no assurance that the measures implemented by us to date, or measures implemented by us in the future, to manage risks related to network failures or disruptions in our data centers will be adequate, or that the redundancies built into our servers will work as planned in the event of network failures or other disruptions. In particular, if we experienced damage or interruptions to our data centers in the San Francisco Bay Area, or were unable to build out and commence operations in our new data center in Sacramento, California, our ability to provide efficient and uninterrupted operation of our services would be significantly impaired.

We could also experience failures of our data centers or interruptions of our services, or other problems in connection with our operations, as a result of:

 

 

damage to or failure of our computer software or hardware or our connections and outsourced service arrangements with third parties;

 

16


Table of Contents
 

errors in the processing of data by our servers;

 

 

computer viruses or software defects;

 

 

physical or electronic break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar events; or

 

 

errors by our employees or third party service providers.

Poor performance in or disruptions of our services could harm our reputation, delay market acceptance of our services and subject us to liabilities. Our wireless carrier agreements require us to meet at least 99.9% operational uptime requirements, excluding scheduled maintenance periods, or be subjected to penalties. For example, in August 2009 we experienced a four hour interruption of service, although no penalties were applied. If we are unable to meet these requirements, our wireless carrier partners could terminate our agreements or we may be required to refund a portion of monthly subscriptions fees they have paid us.

In addition, if our end user base continues to grow, additional strain will be placed on our technology systems and networks, which may increase the risk of a network disruption. Any outage in a network or system, or other unanticipated problem that leads to an interruption or disruption of our LBS, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

If our LBS platform does not scale as anticipated, or we are unable to grow data center capacity as needed, our business will be harmed.

Despite frequent testing of the scalability of our LBS platform in a test environment, the ability of our LBS platform to scale to support a substantial increase in the use of our services or number of users in an actual commercial environment is unproven. If our LBS platform does not efficiently and effectively scale to support and manage a substantial increase in the use of our services or number of users while maintaining a high level of performance, our business will be seriously harmed.

Our quarterly revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future due to a number of factors. As a result, we may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our quarterly revenue and operating results may vary significantly in the future. Therefore, you should not rely on the results achieved in any one quarter as an indication of future performance. Period to period comparisons of our revenue and operating results may not be meaningful. Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, those listed below, many of which are outside of our control:

 

 

changes in the pricing of our services or products or those of our competitors and changes in the pricing and content of bundled LBS offerings of our wireless carrier partners;

 

 

loss of subscribers by our wireless carrier partners or a reduction in the number of subscribers to plans that include our services;

 

 

the timing and quality of information we receive from our wireless carrier partners;

 

 

our inability to attract new end users;

 

 

the timing and success of new service introductions by us or our competitors;

 

17


Table of Contents
 

the timing and success of new mobile phone introductions by our wireless carrier partners;

 

 

the loss of our relationship with any particular wireless carrier partner;

 

 

the timing and success of wireless carrier partners’ marketing expenditures;

 

 

the extent of any interruption in our services;

 

 

the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures related to the expansion of our operations and infrastructure;

 

 

the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies, products or businesses;

 

 

potential foreign currency exchange gains and losses associated with expenses and sales denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar; and

 

 

general economic, industry and market conditions that impact expenditures for smartphones and LBS in the United States and other countries where we sell our services and products.

Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results might lead analysts to change their models for valuing our common stock. As a result, our stock price could decline rapidly and we could face costly securities class action suits or other unanticipated issues.

If a substantial number of end users change mobile phones or if our wireless carrier partners switch to subscription plans that require active monthly renewal by end users, our revenue could suffer.

Subscription fees represent the vast majority of our revenue. As mobile phone development continues and new mobile phones are offered at subsidized rates to subscribers in connection with plan renewals, an increasing percentage of end users who already subscribe to our services will likely upgrade from their existing mobile phones. With some wireless carriers, subscribers are unable to automatically transfer their existing subscriptions from one mobile phone to another. In addition, wireless carriers may switch to subscription billing systems that require subscribers to actively renew, or opt-in, each month from current systems that passively renew unless subscribers take some action to opt-out of their subscriptions. In either case, unless we or our wireless carrier partners are able to resell subscriptions to these subscribers or replace these subscribers with other subscribers, our revenue would suffer and this could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we are unable to attract new wireless carrier partners, our revenue growth may be adversely affected and our net income could decline.

If we do not add new wireless carrier partners and increase the number of end users who receive our services through those new wireless carrier partners, we may not be able to increase our revenue in the longer term. Our sales and marketing efforts may not be successful in establishing relationships with new wireless carrier partners. We will not be successful in expanding into new geographic markets without developing relationships with successful wireless carriers in those markets. We expect to incur significant additional expenses in hiring additional personnel and expanding our international operations in order to attract new wireless carrier partners in different geographic markets to achieve revenue growth. If we fail to attract new successful wireless carrier partners and their subscribers or our new service introductions are not successful, we may be unable to increase our revenue and our operating results may be adversely affected.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our lengthy sales cycle makes it difficult for us to predict when we will generate revenue from new wireless carrier partners.

We have a lengthy and complex sales process. The integration and testing of our LBS platform with a prospective wireless carrier requires substantial time and expense before launching our LBS with that wireless carrier. In new geographic markets, our sales cycles are typically longer and may involve more challenges such as language or government regulation/compliance requirements. Even after a wireless carrier decides to launch our LBS, the integration of our LBS platform with a wireless carrier’s network and billing systems generally requires several months to complete. Moreover, launch of our LBS by a wireless carrier typically will be timed to coincide with a new mobile phone launch, over which we have no control. Because of this lengthy cycle, we may experience delays from the time we begin the sales process and incur increased costs and expenses to obtain a new wireless carrier as a customer and integrate our LBS platform until the time we generate revenue from such wireless carrier. These delays may make it difficult to predict when we will generate revenue from new wireless carrier partners.

The failure of mobile phone providers selected by our wireless carrier partners to keep pace with technological and market developments in mobile phone design may negatively affect the demand for our LBS.

Wireless carriers select various mobile phones to run on their wireless networks. Our future success will depend on these mobile phone providers’ ability to design and manufacture mobile phones that meet the demands of wireless carriers and their subscribers. In order to continue their relationships with the wireless carriers, these mobile phone providers will have to continue to invest in developing mobile phones that are compatible with the advanced network technology that wireless carriers are deploying to increase network capacity and speed. If our wireless carrier partners fail to select mobile phone providers whose products have superior GPS capabilities or fail to adopt other advanced technologies, our ability to sell our LBS may suffer. If we do not extend our client software to these devices in a timely and efficient manner before the initial commercial launch of the mobile phone, our adoption rates will suffer. In addition, if our wireless carrier partners select mobile phones that are incompatible with our LBS client software, we will incur additional time and expenses to extend our services to those devices, which may cause us to incur unanticipated operating expenses and miss product launch windows. Because of short product life cycles in the wireless communications industry, if we fail to integrate our software on a mobile phone prior to its commercial launch or if it is preloaded with another provider’s LBS, we may lose a substantial opportunity to gain end users who purchase that device and our revenue may suffer.

Successful sales of our LBS depend on our wireless carrier partners keeping pace with changing consumer preferences for mobile phones. If our wireless carrier partners do not select mobile phones with the design attributes attractive to consumers, such as thin form factors, high resolution screens and desired functionality, customers may select wireless carriers with whom we do not have a relationship and subscriptions for our LBS may decline and, consequently, our business may be harmed.

 

19


Table of Contents

A large percentage of our research and development operations are conducted in China and our ability to introduce new services and support our existing services cost effectively depends on our ability to manage those remote development sites successfully.

Our success depends on our ability to enhance our current services and develop new services and products rapidly and cost effectively. We currently have a majority of our research and development personnel in China. In the past, we have not relied on our operations outside of the United States to lead our product development efforts. However, we recently opened two research and development centers in China, in addition to our existing facility, for the purpose of conducting more fundamental product development in those locations. As we do not have substantial experience managing core product development operations that are remote from our U.S. headquarters, we may not be able to manage these remote centers successfully. We could incur unexpected costs or delays in product development that could impair our ability to meet market windows or cause us to forego certain new product opportunities.

Because our long term success depends on our ability to increase the number of end users located outside of the United States, our business will be susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

As of September 30, 2009, we had international operations in China, the United Kingdom and Brazil. Our experience with wireless carriers outside the United States is limited. Our limited experience in operating our business outside the United States increases the risk that our current and future international expansion efforts may not be successful. In particular, our business model may not be successful in particular countries or regions outside the United States for reasons that we currently do not anticipate. In addition, conducting international operations subjects us to risks that we have not generally faced in the United States. These include:

 

 

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

 

unexpected changes in foreign regulatory requirements;

 

 

difficulties in managing the staffing of remote operations;

 

 

potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of foreign value added tax systems, restrictions on the repatriation of earnings and changes in tax rates;

 

 

dependence on foreign wireless carriers with different pricing models;

 

 

availability of reliable 2G, 3G and 4G mobile networks in those countries;

 

 

requirements that we comply with local telecommunication regulations in those countries;

 

 

the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and different legal standards;

 

 

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

 

political, social and economic instability in some jurisdictions;

 

 

terrorist attacks and security concerns in general; and

 

 

reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries.

The occurrence of any one of these risks could negatively affect our international business and, consequently, our operating results. Additionally, operating in international markets requires

 

20


Table of Contents

significant management attention and financial resources. We cannot be certain that the investment and additional resources required to establish, acquire or integrate operations in other countries will produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.

We rely on our management team and need additional personnel to grow our business, and the loss of one or more key employees or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could harm our business.

Our success and future growth depend on the skills, working relationships and continued services of our management team and in particular, our founders, Y.C. Chao, H.P. Jin and Robert Rennard. Our future performance will depend on our ability to continue to retain our senior management. Our future success also will depend on our ability to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled personnel in the United States and internationally. All of our employees work for us on an at will basis. Competition for personnel is intense, particularly in the software industry and for persons with experience with GPS and LBS. As a result, we may be unable to attract or retain qualified personnel. Our inability to attract and retain the necessary personnel could adversely affect our business. We do not maintain key person insurance for any of our personnel.

If we are unable to integrate future acquisitions successfully, our operating results and prospects could be harmed.

We have not made any acquisitions to date. In the future, we may make acquisitions to improve our LBS offerings or expand to new markets. Our future acquisition strategy will depend on our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate acquisitions and, if necessary, to obtain satisfactory debt or equity financing to fund those acquisitions. Mergers and acquisitions are inherently risky, and any mergers and acquisitions we complete may not be successful. Any mergers and acquisitions we may pursue would involve numerous risks, including the following:

 

 

difficulties in integrating and managing the operations, technologies and products of the companies we acquire;

 

 

diversion of our management’s attention from normal daily operation of our business;

 

 

our inability to maintain the key business relationships and the reputations of the businesses we acquire;

 

 

our inability to retain key personnel of the acquired company;

 

 

uncertainty of entry into markets in which we have limited or no prior experience and in which competitors have stronger market positions;

 

 

our dependence on unfamiliar affiliates and partners of the companies we acquire;

 

 

insufficient revenue to offset our increased expenses associated with acquisitions;

 

 

our responsibility for the liabilities of the businesses we acquire, including those which we may not anticipate; and

 

 

our inability to maintain internal standards, controls, procedures and policies.

We may be unable to secure the equity or debt funding necessary to finance future acquisitions on terms that are acceptable to us. If we finance acquisitions by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders will likely experience dilution, and if we finance future acquisitions with debt funding, we will incur interest expense and may have to comply with financial covenants and secure that debt obligation with our assets.

 

21


Table of Contents

If our end users increase their usage of our services, our net operating income may decline because we receive a monthly subscription fee per end user as a fixed fee or a revenue sharing arrangement that does not depend on usage.

With limited exceptions, our wireless carrier partners pay us an amount per end user per month that does not vary depending on whether or how often an end user uses our services. Historically, end users using certain mobile phones or under certain service plans tended to use our services more than other end users. We budget and operate our services by making certain assumptions about usage patterns. Over time, usage by subscribers who have access to our services under bundled plans has increased. If our end users were to further increase their usage of our services substantially, we would incur additional expenses to expand our server capacity, operate additional data centers and pay additional third party content fees. These additional costs would harm our operating results and financial condition.

We may be required to incur unanticipated capital expenditures.

Circumstances may arise that require us to make unanticipated capital expenditures including:

 

 

the implementation of our equipment at new data centers and expansion of our operations at data centers;

 

 

the replacement of outdated or failing equipment; and

 

 

the acquisition of key technologies to support or expand our LBS.

We rely on network infrastructures provided by our wireless carrier partners and mobile phones for the delivery of our LBS to end users.

We generally provide our services from our own servers, which requires close integration with the wireless carriers’ networks. We may be unable to provide high quality services if the wireless carriers’ networks perform poorly or experience delayed response times. Our future success will depend on the availability and quality of our wireless carrier partners’ networks in the United States and abroad to run our LBS. This includes deployment and maintenance of reliable 2G, 3G and 4G networks with the speed, data capacity and security necessary to provide reliable wireless communications services. We do not establish or maintain these wireless networks and have no control over interruptions or failures in the deployment and maintenance by wireless carrier partners of their network infrastructure. In addition, these wireless network infrastructures may be unable to support the demands placed on them if the number of subscribers increases, or if existing or future subscribers increase their use of limited bandwidth. Market acceptance of our LBS will depend in part on the quality of these wireless networks and the ability of our wireless carrier partners to effectively manage their subscribers’ expectations.

Wireless communications have experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of infrastructure and equipment failures and could face outages and delays in the future. These outages and delays could affect our ability to provide our LBS successfully. In addition, changes by a wireless carrier to network infrastructure may interfere with the integration of our servers with their network and delivery of our LBS and may cause end users to lose functionality for services they have already purchased. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We cannot control the quality standards of our wireless carrier partners, their mobile phone providers and other technology partners. We cannot guarantee that the mobile phones are free

 

22


Table of Contents

from errors or defects. If errors or defects occur in mobile phones or services offered by our wireless carrier partners, it could result in consumers terminating our services, damage to our reputation, increased customer service and support costs, warranty claims, lost revenue and diverted development resources, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Mergers, consolidations or other strategic transactions in the wireless communications industry could weaken our competitive position, reduce the number of our wireless carrier partners and adversely affect our business.

The wireless communications industry continues to experience consolidation and an increased formation of alliances among wireless carriers and between wireless carriers and other entities. Should one of our wireless carrier partners consolidate or enter into an alliance with another carrier, this could have a material adverse impact on our business. For example, our wireless carrier partner Alltel was acquired by Verizon in early 2009. Although we had an agreement with Alltel to be the exclusive white label provider of navigation services, Verizon elected to discontinue selling mobile phones preloaded with our LBS. We expect our revenue from the combined entity to decline as a result of this decision. Such a consolidation or alliance may cause us to lose a wireless carrier partner or require us to reduce prices as a result of enhanced customer leverage, which would have a negative effect on our business. We may not be able to expand our base of wireless carrier partners to offset revenue declines if we lose a wireless carrier partner or if the number of end users for our services declines.

In addition, if two or more of our competitors or wireless carrier partners were to merge or partner, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. Our competitors may also establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with their wireless carrier partners, sales channel partners or other parties with whom we have strategic relationships, thereby limiting our ability to promote our LBS. These events could reduce our revenue and adversely affect our operating results.

Reduced expenditures for mobile phones or wireless services due to adverse or uncertain economic conditions may negatively affect our business and results of operations.

Recent adverse economic conditions and future uncertainties may directly affect the marketing and distribution of mobile phones and our LBS by our wireless carrier partners. As current and future conditions in the domestic and global economies remain uncertain, it is difficult to estimate the level of economic growth, which may cause some wireless carriers to emphasize marketing basic voice services rather than data services, such as LBS. In addition, subscribers may try to reduce their monthly expenses by reducing spending on discretionary wireless services, such as ours. Accordingly, the future direction of the overall domestic and global economies will have an impact on our overall performance. Economic conditions are beyond our control. If these economic conditions worsen or fail to improve, we may experience reduced demand for and pricing pressure on our LBS, which could harm our operating results.

 

23


Table of Contents

Risks related to our intellectual property and regulation

We operate in an industry with extensive intellectual property litigation. Claims of infringement against us or our wireless carrier partners may cause our business, operating results and financial condition to suffer.

Our commercial success depends in part upon us and our customers not infringing intellectual property rights owned by others and being able to resolve claims of intellectual property infringement without major financial expenditures. We operate in an industry with extensive intellectual property litigation and it is not uncommon for our wireless carrier partners and competitors to be involved in infringement lawsuits by or against third parties. Many industry participants that own, or claim to own, intellectual property aggressively assert their rights, and our wireless carrier partners, which we agree in certain circumstances to indemnify for intellectual property infringement claims related to our services, are often targets of such assertions. We cannot determine with certainty whether any existing or future third party intellectual property rights would require us to alter our technologies, obtain licenses or cease certain activities.

We have received, and may in the future receive, claims from third parties asserting infringement and other related claims. Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves and our wireless carrier partners by determining the scope, enforceability and validity of third party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. Some of our competitors may have substantially greater resources than we do and may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could. In addition, patent holding companies that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by enforcing patent rights may target us or our wireless carrier partners. These companies typically have little or no product revenue and therefore our patents may provide little or no deterrence against such companies filing patent infringement lawsuits against us. Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents or other intellectual property rights have any merit, these claims are time consuming and costly to evaluate and defend and could:

 

 

adversely affect our relationships with our current or future wireless carrier partners;

 

 

cause delays or stoppages in the shipment of TeleNav enabled mobile phones, or cause us to modify or suspend the provision of our LBS;

 

 

cause us to incur significant expenses in defending claims brought against our wireless carrier partners or us;

 

 

divert management’s attention and resources;

 

 

subject us to significant damages or settlements;

 

 

require us to enter into settlements, royalty or licensing agreements on unfavorable terms; or

 

 

require us to cease certain activities.

In addition to liability for monetary damages against us or, in certain circumstances, our wireless carrier partners, we may be prohibited from developing, commercializing or continuing to provide certain of our LBS unless we obtain licenses from the holders of the patents or other intellectual property rights. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain any such licenses on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we do not obtain such licenses, our business,

 

24


Table of Contents

operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected and we could, for example, be required to cease offering our LBS or be required to materially alter our LBS, which could involve substantial costs and time to develop.

Indemnity provisions in various agreements potentially expose us to substantial liability for intellectual property infringement, damages caused by defective software and other losses.

Our agreements with our wireless carrier partners include indemnification provisions. We agree to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred in connection with our LBS, including as a result of intellectual property infringement, damages caused by defects and damages caused by viruses, worms and other malicious software. The term of these indemnity provisions is generally perpetual after execution of the corresponding agreement, and the maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is generally substantial and may be unlimited. In addition, some of these agreements permit our indemnitees to terminate their agreements with us if they determine that the use of our LBS infringes third party intellectual property.

We have received, and expect to receive in the future, demands for indemnification under these agreements. These demands can be very expensive to settle or defend, and we have in the past incurred substantial legal fees in connection with certain of these indemnity demands. For example, we have been notified by several wireless carriers that they have been named as defendants in three patent infringement cases for which they may seek indemnification from us. See the section entitled “Business—Legal proceedings.” These indemnity demands relate to pending litigation and remain outstanding and unresolved as of the date of this prospectus. Large future indemnity payments and associated legal fees and expenses, including potential indemnity payments and legal fees and expenses relating to the current or future notifications, could materially harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We may in the future agree to defend and indemnify our wireless carrier partners in connection with the pending notifications or future demands, irrespective of whether we believe that we have an obligation to indemnify them or whether we believe that our services and products infringe the asserted intellectual property rights. Alternatively, we may reject certain of our wireless carrier partners’ indemnity demands, which may lead to disputes with our wireless carrier partners and may negatively impact our relationships with them or result in litigation against us. Our wireless carrier partners may also claim that any rejection of their indemnity demands constitutes a material breach of our agreements with them, allowing them to terminate such agreements. Our agreements with Sprint and AT&T may be terminated in the event an infringement claim is made against us and it is reasonably determined that there is a possibility our technology or services infringed upon a third party’s rights. If, as a result of indemnity demands, we make substantial payments, our relationships with our wireless carrier partners are negatively impacted or if any of our wireless carrier agreements is terminated, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. See the section entitled “Business—Legal proceedings.”

Changes in government regulation of the wireless communications industry may adversely affect our business.

It is possible that a number of laws and regulations may be adopted in the United States and elsewhere that could restrict the wireless communications industry, including laws and regulations regarding lawful interception of personal data, use of mobile phones while driving,

 

25


Table of Contents

privacy, taxation, content suitability, copyright and antitrust. Furthermore, the growth and development of electronic storage of personal information may prompt calls for more stringent consumer protection laws that may impose additional burdens on companies such as ours that store personal information. We anticipate that regulation of our industry will increase and that we will be required to devote legal and other resources to address this regulation. Changes in current laws or regulations or the imposition of new laws and regulations in the United States or elsewhere regarding the wireless communications industries may lessen the growth of wireless communications services and may materially reduce our ability to increase or maintain sales of our LBS.

We may become subject to significant product liability costs.

If our LBS or products contain defects, there are errors in the maps supplied by third party map providers or if our end users do not heed our warnings about the proper use of these products, collisions or accidents could occur resulting in property damage, personal injury or death. If any of these events occurs, we could be subject to significant liability for personal injury and property damage and under certain circumstances could be subject to a judgment for punitive damages. We maintain limited insurance against accident related risks involving our products. However, we cannot assure you that this insurance would be sufficient to cover the cost of damages to others or will continue to be available at commercially reasonable rates. In addition, insurance coverage generally will not cover awards of punitive damages and may not cover the cost of associated legal fees and defense costs. If we are unable to maintain sufficient insurance to cover product liability costs or if our insurance coverage does not cover an award, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Government regulation designed to protect end user privacy may make it difficult for us to provide our services or adopt advertising based revenue models.

We transmit and store a large volume of personal information in the course of providing our LBS. This information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations in numerous jurisdictions around the world. This government action is typically intended to protect the privacy and security of personal information that is collected, stored and transmitted in or from the governing jurisdiction.

Legislation may also be adopted in various jurisdictions that prohibits use of personal information and search histories to target end users with tailored advertising, or provide advertising at all. Although our current business model does not rely on advertising revenue, we may explore advertising revenue in the future to improve ARPU in certain markets.

We could be adversely affected if domestic or international legislation or regulations are expanded to require changes in our business practices or if governing jurisdictions interpret or implement their legislation or regulations in ways that negatively affect our business. For example, the USA PATRIOT Act provides certain rights to U.S. law enforcement authorities to obtain personal information in the control of U.S. persons and entities without notifying the affected individuals. If we are required to allocate significant resources to modify the delivery of our services to enable enhanced legal interception of the personal information that we transmit and store, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

In addition, because various foreign jurisdictions have different laws and regulations concerning the storage and transmission of personal information, we may face unknown requirements that

 

26


Table of Contents

pose compliance challenges in new international markets that we seek to enter. Such variation could subject us to costs, delayed service launches, liabilities or negative publicity that could impair our ability to expand our operations into some countries and therefore limit our future growth.

As privacy and data protection have become more sensitive issues, we may also become exposed to potential liabilities as a result of differing views on the privacy of personal information. These and other privacy concerns could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our competitive position and our business could be harmed.

We rely primarily on a combination of patent laws, trademark laws, copyright laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary technology. However, our issued patents and any future patents that may issue may not survive a legal challenge to their scope, validity or enforceability, or provide significant protection for us. The failure of our patents to adequately protect our technology might make it easier for our competitors to offer similar products or technologies. In addition, patents may not issue from any of our current or any future applications.

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. The steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may also independently develop similar technology. In addition, the laws of many countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the laws of the United States. Any failure by us to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could result in competitors offering products that incorporate our most technologically advanced features, which could seriously reduce demand for our LBS. In addition, we may in the future need to initiate infringement claims or litigation. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and managerial personnel, which could harm our business, whether or not such litigation results in a determination favorable to us.

Confidentiality agreements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of our trade secrets and other proprietary information.

We have devoted substantial resources to the development of our proprietary technology, including the proprietary software components of our LBS and related processes. In order to protect our proprietary technology and processes, we rely in part on confidentiality agreements with our employees, licensees, independent contractors and other advisors. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of our confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover trade secrets and proprietary information, and in such cases we could not assert any trade secret rights against such parties. Costly and time consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position.

 

27


Table of Contents

We use open source software in our LBS platform and client applications that may subject our LBS platform and client applications to general release or require us to re-engineer our LBS platform and client applications, which may cause harm to our business.

We use open source software in our LBS platform and client applications and may use more open source software in the future. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of a particular open source license or other license granting third parties certain rights of further use. If we combine our proprietary software products with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release our proprietary source code. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on origin of the software. Open source license terms may be ambiguous and many of the risks associated with usage of open source cannot be eliminated, and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our business. If we were found to have inappropriately used open source software, we may be required to release our proprietary source code, re-engineer our LBS platform and client applications, discontinue the sale of our service in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis or take other remedial action that may divert resources away from our development efforts, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

The occurrence or perception of a security breach or disclosure of confidential information could harm our business.

Our LBS include the transmission and storage of personal, private and confidential information primarily related to the location of our end users. If there is a security breach or if there is an inappropriate disclosure of any of these types of information, we could be exposed to investigations, litigation, fines and penalties. Remediation of and liability for loss or misappropriation of end user or employee personal information could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. Even if we were not held liable for such event, a security breach or inappropriate disclosure of personal, private or confidential information could harm our reputation and our relationships with current and potential end users. Even the perception of a security risk could inhibit market acceptance of our LBS. In addition, we may be required to invest additional resources to protect against damages caused by any actual or perceived disruptions of our LBS or security breaches. We may also be required to provide information about the location of an end user’s mobile phone (or vehicle, with respect to certain TeleNav Track services) to government authorities, which could result in public perception that we are providing the government with intelligence information and deter some end users from using our services. Any of these developments could harm our business.

 

28


Table of Contents

Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting. We may not complete our analysis of our internal controls over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. Our auditors will also have to issue an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. We have in the past identified material weaknesses and significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, and although we believe we have remediated the material weaknesses, certain significant deficiencies remain and we cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses and significant deficiencies in our internal controls in the future. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors were to express an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls because we had one or more material weaknesses, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could harm our operating results.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with current corporate governance requirements, including requirements under Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the stock exchange on which our common stock is traded. The expenses incurred by public companies for reporting and corporate governance purposes have increased dramatically over the past several years. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs substantially and to make some activities more time consuming and costly. We are unable currently to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. We also expect that, as a public company, it will be more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.

Regulations relating to offshore investment activities by residents of China may limit our ability to acquire Chinese companies and could adversely affect our business.

In October 2005, SAFE, a Chinese government agency, promulgated “Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Corporate Financing and Roundtrip Investment

 

29


Table of Contents

Through Offshore Special Purpose Vehicles,” or Circular 75, that states that if Chinese residents use assets or equity interests in their Chinese entities as capital contributions to establish offshore companies or inject assets or equity interests of their Chinese entities into offshore companies to raise capital overseas, they must register with local SAFE branches with respect to their overseas investments in offshore companies. They must also file amendments to their registrations if their offshore companies experience material events involving capital variation, such as changes in share capital, share transfers, mergers and acquisitions, spinoff transactions, long term equity or debt investments or uses of assets in China to guarantee offshore obligations. Under this regulation, their failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in such regulation may result in restrictions being imposed on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant Chinese entity, including restrictions on the payment of dividends and other distributions to its offshore parent, as well as restrictions on the capital inflow from the offshore entity to the Chinese entity.

We attempt to comply, and attempt to ensure that our stockholders who are subject to Circular 75 and other related rules comply, with the relevant requirements. However, we cannot provide any assurances that all of our stockholders who are Chinese residents have complied or will comply with our request to make or obtain any applicable registrations or comply with other requirements required by Circular 75 or other related rules. Any future failure by any of our stockholders who is a Chinese resident, or controlled by a Chinese resident, to comply with relevant requirements under this regulation could subject us to fines or sanctions imposed by the Chinese government, including restrictions on our Chinese subsidiary’s ability to pay dividends or make distributions to us.

We may be subject to fines and legal sanctions if we or our employees who are Chinese citizens fail to comply with Chinese regulations relating to employee stock options granted to Chinese citizens.

On December 25, 2006, the PBOC, a Chinese government agency, issued the “Administration Measures on Individual Foreign Exchange Control,” and its implementation rules were issued by SAFE and took effect as of February 1, 2007. Under these regulations, all foreign exchange matters involved in an employee stock option plan or similar plan in which Chinese citizens participate requires approval from the SAFE or its authorized branch. On March 28, 2007, SAFE promulgated the “Application Procedure of Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Stock Holding Plan or Stock Option Plan of Overseas-Listed Company,” or the Stock Option Rule. Under the Stock Option Rule, Chinese citizens who are granted stock options or restricted share units, or issued restricted shares by an overseas publicly listed company are required to complete certain procedures and transactional foreign exchange matters upon the examination by, and approval of, SAFE. We and our employees who are Chinese citizens who have been granted stock options are subject to the Stock Option Rule. However, currently, SAFE does not accept applications made by companies whose stock is not listed for trading on an exchange. As a result, we have not made such application. If the relevant Chinese regulatory authority determines that our Chinese employees who hold such options or our Chinese subsidiaries fail to comply with these regulations after our listing, such employees and our Chinese subsidiaries may be subject to fines and legal sanctions.

 

30


Table of Contents

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

We expect that the trading price for our common stock will be affected by any research or reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who may elect to cover us downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, our stock may lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause its price to decline.

Our common stock could trade at prices below the initial public offering price.

There has not been a public trading market for shares of our common stock prior to this offering. An active trading market may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price for the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and representatives of the underwriters. This price may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade after this offering, and our common stock could easily trade below the initial public offering price.

The concentration of ownership of our capital stock with insiders upon the completion of this offering will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

We anticipate that our executive officers, directors, current 5% or greater stockholders and entities affiliated with them will together beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders. Also, these stockholders, acting together, will be able to control our management and affairs and matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations or the sale of substantially all of our assets. Consequently, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, including a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control, even if that change of control would benefit our other stockholders.

Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have             outstanding shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options after September 30, 2009. The shares sold in this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction. Of the remaining shares:

 

 

             shares will be eligible for sale immediately upon completion of this offering; and

 

 

416,761,212 shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of lock-up agreements, subject in some cases to volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

31


Table of Contents

In addition, 38,504,033 shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options after the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

The lock-up agreements expire 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except that the 180-day period may be extended in certain cases for up to 34 additional days under certain circumstances where we announce or pre-announce earnings or a material event occurs within approximately 17 days prior to, or approximately 16 days after, the termination of the 180-day period. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. After this offering, we intend to register approximately 98,379,658 shares of common stock that have been reserved for future issuance under our stock plans.

Because our estimated initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock, new investors will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

The estimated initial public offering price of $             is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $             per share, the difference between the price you pay for our common stock and its pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after completion of the offering. Furthermore, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will own only approximately    % of our shares outstanding after the offering even though they will have contributed    % of the total consideration received by us in connection with our sales of common stock. To the extent outstanding options to purchase common stock are exercised, there will be further dilution.

Our management has broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use the net proceeds effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering. We cannot specify with certainty the uses to which we will apply these net proceeds. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could adversely affect our ability to continue to maintain and expand our business.

Our charter documents and Delaware law could prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions include:

 

 

providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three year terms;

 

 

authorizing the board to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with rights senior to those of our common stock;

 

 

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;

 

 

limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders; and

 

 

requiring advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals.

 

32


Table of Contents

In addition, the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law govern us. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time without the consent of our board of directors.

These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock and result in the market price of our common stock being lower than it would be without these provisions. See the section entitled “Description of capital stock.”

We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future although we are required to pay a stock dividend to the holders of our Series E preferred stock upon conversion of those shares. If we do not pay cash dividends, you would receive a return on your investment in our common stock only if the market price of our common stock increases before you sell your shares. Although we currently do not have credit facilities, future credit facilities may restrict our ability to pay dividends.

Our stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other things, the factors described in this “Risk factors” section or otherwise, and other factors beyond our control, such as fluctuations in the valuations of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us.

Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic, systemic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

In the past, many companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have become subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could harm our business.

 

33


Table of Contents

Special note regarding forward-looking statements and industry data

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” “Business” and “Executive compensation—Compensation discussion and analysis.” Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, industry environment, potential growth opportunities and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements include statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts, “projects,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

This prospectus also contains estimates and other information concerning our industry and the mobile communications industry, including market size and growth rates, that are based on industry publications, surveys and forecasts, including those generated by eMarketer, Frost & Sullivan, Gartner and IDC. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. These industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to variety of factors, including those described in the section entitled “Risk factors.”

The Gartner Report described herein (the “Gartner Report”) represents data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service by Gartner, and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report are subject to change without notice.

 

34


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $             million or $             million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of our net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to us from this offering to acquire or license products, technologies or businesses we believe to be complementary, but we currently have no agreements, commitments or understandings relating to any material acquisitions or licenses.

Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds to us from this offering in short term, interest bearing obligations, investment grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock and do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used for the operation and growth of our business. However, in connection with conversion of our Series E preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, we will issue a dividend of our common stock for each Series E preferred share outstanding equal to $0.0453 divided by the price per share of the shares we sell in this offering. Based on an assumed initial offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, we will issue an aggregate of approximately              shares for the Series E dividend. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock would be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and would depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity requirements, restrictions that may be imposed by applicable law and our contracts and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

 

35


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2009 on:

 

 

an actual basis;

 

 

on a pro forma basis to reflect the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock and the issuance of a stock dividend of approximately              shares of our common stock to holders of our Series E preferred stock upon the conversion of those preferred shares into common stock and the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to common stock and additional paid in capital; and

 

 

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with the section entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

As of September 30, 2009

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

      
   Actual    Pro forma    Pro forma
as adjusted
 
     (unaudited)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 43,984    $ 43,984    $             
                    

Preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 3,058    $    $  

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 280,296,780 shares authorized, 277,007,774 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     51,673          

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual or pro forma; 50,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

            

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 137,730,538 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 600,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 600,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     138      415   

Additional paid in capital

     2,771      57,225   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     391      391   

Retained earnings

     7,287      7,287   
                    

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 10,587    $ 65,318    $  
                    

Total capitalization

   $ 65,318    $ 65,318    $  
                    
 

 

36


Table of Contents

The number of pro forma as adjusted shares of common stock shown as issued and outstanding in the table is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2009 and excludes:

 

 

65,517,812 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our stock option plans as of September 30, 2009, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.21 per share;

 

 

25,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering;

 

 

3,385,893 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding warrants to purchase our stock as of September 30, 2009, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.28 per share; and

 

 

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock and the issuance of a stock dividend of approximately                 shares of our common stock to holders of our Series E convertible preferred stock upon the conversion of those preferred shares into common stock.

A $1.00 decrease or increase in the offering price would result in an approximately $             million decrease or increase in each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization. If the underwriters exercise their over allotment option in full, there would be a $             increase in each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization.

 

37


Table of Contents

Dilution

At September 30, 2009, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $65.3 million, or $0.16 per share of common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our tangible assets less our liabilities after giving effect to the conversion of all our outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, divided by the shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2009. After giving effect to our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at September 30, 2009 would have been $            , or $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2009

   $ 0.16   

Increase per share attributable to this offering

     
         

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
         

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $  
 

If all our outstanding options had been exercised, the pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2009 would have been $             million, or $             per share, and the pro forma net tangible book value after this offering would have been $             million, or $             per share, causing dilution to new investors of $             per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2009, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

       Shares purchased    Total consideration   

Average
price

per share

     Number    Percent    Amount    Percent   
 

Existing stockholders

            %    $                       %    $             

New investors

              
                            

Total

      100%    $      100%    $  
 

The foregoing calculations are based on 414,738,312 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2009 and exclude:

 

 

65,517,812 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our stock option plans as of September 30, 2009, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.21 per share;

 

 

25,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering;

 

38


Table of Contents

 

 

3,385,893 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding warrants to purchase our stock as of September 30, 2009, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.28 per share;

 

 

the conversion of each outstanding share of preferred stock into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

no exercise of options or warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2009; and

 

 

the issuance of a stock dividend of approximately              shares of our common stock to holders of our Series E preferred stock upon the conversion of those preferred shares into common stock.

 

39


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial data

The following summary consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and notes and the section entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the following consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2008 and 2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2005 and 2006 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We have derived the following consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2009 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods, and the results for the three months ended September 30, 2009, are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for fiscal 2010 or for any other period.

 

      Fiscal year ended June 30,     Three months ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)   2005     2006     2007     2008   2009             2008           2009  
   

Consolidated statements of operations data:

             

Revenue

  $ 6,711      $ 17,288      $ 27,716      $ 48,065   $ 110,880      $ 21,523   $ 36,048   

Cost of revenue(1)

    1,999        3,599        7,965        11,359     20,250        4,023     7,067   
                                                   

Gross profit

    4,712        13,689        19,751        36,706     90,630        17,500     28,981   
                                                   

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development(1)

    3,133        6,288        10,923        13,687     23,500        4,642     7,912   

Sales and marketing(1)

    2,099        6,101        14,506        13,245     16,536        3,880     3,914   

General and administrative(1)

    972        2,962        4,677        4,993     8,302        1,617     2,559   
                                                   

Total operating expenses

    6,204        15,351        30,106        31,925     48,338        10,139     14,385   
                                                   

Income (loss) from operations

    (1,492     (1,662     (10,355     4,781     42,292        7,361     14,596   

Other income (expense), net

    (593     (141     710        10     (776     111     (522
                                                   

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (2,085     (1,802     (9,645     4,791     41,516        7,472     14,074   

Provision for income taxes

    1        1        1        184     11,898        2,497     5,953   
                                                   

Net income (loss)

  $ (2,086   $ (1,803   $ (9,646   $ 4,607   $ 29,618      $ 4,975   $ 8,121   
                                                   

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders(2)

  $ (2,086   $ (2,317   $ (10,852   $ 1,875   $ 15,719      $ 2,579   $ 4,373   
                                                   

Net income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders:(2)

             

Basic

  $ (0.03   $ (0.02   $ (0.08   $ 0.01   $ 0.12      $ 0.02   $ 0.03   
                                                   

Diluted

  $ (0.03   $ (0.02   $ (0.08   $ 0.01   $ 0.05      $ 0.01   $ 0.01   
                                                   

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders:

             

Basic

    62,388        97,512        130,074        134,080     135,274        134,731     138,675   
                                                   

Diluted

    62,388        97,512        130,074        322,471     332,685        331,401     341,042   
                                                   
   

 

40


Table of Contents
(1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal year ended June 30,    Three months ended
September 30,
     2005    2006    2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
 

Cost of revenue

   $    $    $ 1    $ 2    $ 4    $ 1    $ 3

Research and development

               44      202      237      34      157

Sales and marketing

               45      194      155      37      77

General and administrative

               57      57      111      16      78
                                                

Total stock-based compensation

   $    $    $ 147    $ 455    $ 507    $ 88    $ 315
                                                
 

 

(2)   Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders are presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. Our Series E convertible preferred stock is a participating security. Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income (loss) less current period Series E convertible preferred stock cumulative dividends, between common and Series E convertible preferred stockholders. See Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

    June 30,   September 30,
2009
(in thousands)   2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
 

Consolidated balance sheets data:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,072      $ 27,267      $ 18,733      $ 16,850      $ 33,128   $ 43,984

Working capital

    (563     27,478        17,599        22,676        44,899     49,354

Total assets

    7,337        32,071        26,582        36,029        72,210     85,036

Preferred stock warrant liability

           724        1,016        1,668        2,511     3,058

Convertible preferred stock

    17,228        47,196        47,196        50,160        51,368     51,673

Common stock and additional paid in capital

    1,548        2,003        2,543        2,926        3,501     2,909

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (17,619     (18,934     (27,877     (25,765     3,376     10,587
 

 

41


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of

financial condition and results of operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the section entitled “Risk factors.”

Overview

We are a leading provider of LBS, including voice guided navigation, on mobile phones. Our LBS solutions provide consumers and enterprises with convenient and easy to use location specific, real time and personalized features and functions. By using an integral tool of their daily lives, their mobile phone, our end users can access our LBS almost anytime and anywhere to efficiently navigate to their destinations and easily obtain relevant local information. Through our hosted service delivery model, we provide our solutions through the networks of leading wireless carriers in the United States, including Sprint and AT&T, as well as through certain carriers in other countries. Our flexible and proprietary LBS platform enables us to efficiently provide our LBS to millions of end users, across more than 500 types of mobile phones, all major mobile phone operating systems and a broad range of wireless network protocols. As of September 30, 2009, we had more than 11 million paying end users, who represented less than seven percent of our U.S. wireless carrier partners’ total subscribers.

We primarily derive our revenue from our partnerships with wireless carriers who sell our LBS to their subscribers either as a stand alone service or in a bundle with other applications. End users are generally billed for our services through their wireless carrier. The wireless carriers bill subscribers monthly and provide us a monthly subscription fee per end user as a fixed fee or a revenue sharing arrangement. We and our wireless carrier partners may offer subscribers a 30-day free trial for our service. We believe that the wireless carrier billing makes our services more appealing to consumers and enterprises as they are not required to pay a separate monthly charge to a different vendor. For a small minority of end users who purchase our LBS through our website or in application stores, we bill their credit cards directly on a monthly basis.

Our total revenue grew from $48.1 million in fiscal 2008 to $110.9 million in fiscal 2009 and from $21.5 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to $36.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2009. Our net income also increased from $4.6 million in fiscal 2008 to $29.6 million in fiscal 2009 and from $5.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to $8.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2009.

Key components of our results of operations

Sources of revenue

We primarily derive our revenue from monthly fees paid on a per end user basis by our wireless carrier partners for their customers’ subscriptions to our LBS, as well as from activation fees for certain of our services. Our wireless carrier partners pay us a monthly subscription fee per end

 

42


Table of Contents

user as a fixed fee or a revenue sharing arrangement that may include a minimum fee per end user. Certain of our contracts provide our wireless carrier partners with discounts based on the number of end users paying for our services in a given month. In general, our wireless carrier partners pay us a lower monthly fee per end user if an end user subscribes to our LBS as part of a bundle of mobile data or voice services than if an end user subscribes to our LBS on a stand alone basis. Our wireless carrier partners are responsible for billing and collecting the fees they charge their subscribers for the right to use our LBS. To a much lesser extent, we also sell our services directly to consumers through our website and through application stores.

Subscription fees from our wireless carrier partners represented substantially all of our revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2009. In the three months ended September 30, 2009, Sprint and AT&T represented 55% and 34% of our revenue, respectively. Subscription fees from our GPS Navigator service represented 90% and 93% of our revenue in the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Subscription fees from our MRM services represented less than 10% of our revenue in the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009. We are developing other LBS solutions with new business models and distribution channels in our current LBS market and adjacent markets. These solutions include in-dash navigation services, location based mobile advertising, commerce and social networking services and an Internet connected PND. We do not expect to derive material amounts of revenue from these service offerings or our Internet connected PND in fiscal 2010.

In the three months ended September 30, 2009, we generated 97% of our revenue in the United States. We are pursuing expansion opportunities with wireless carriers in other countries and therefore expect international revenue to increase in absolute dollars over the longer term.

Cost of revenue

Our cost of revenue consists primarily of the cost of the third party content, such as map, POI, traffic, gas price and weather data and voice recognition technology, that we use in providing our LBS. Our cost of revenue also includes expenses associated with data center operations, customer support, the amortization of capitalized software and stock-based compensation. The largest component of our cost of revenue is the fees we pay to providers of map and POI data, Tele Atlas North America, Inc., or Tele Atlas, and Navigation Technologies Corporation, or NAVTEQ. We have long term agreements with Tele Atlas and NAVTEQ pursuant to which we pay royalties according to a variety of different fee schedules, including on a per use basis and on a per end user per month basis. We primarily provide customer support through a third party provider to whom we provide training and assistance with problem resolution. We use three outsourced, hosted data centers to provide our services and industry standard hardware to provide our LBS. We generally offer to our wireless carrier partners and generally maintain at least 99.9% uptime every month, excluding designated periods of maintenance. Our internal targets for service uptime are even higher. We have in the past, and may in the future, not achieve our targets for service availability and may incur penalties for failure to meet contractual service availability requirements, including loss of a portion of subscriber fees for the month or termination of our wireless carrier partner agreement. We expect that our cost of revenue will increase in both absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue as the number of our end users, including those through bundled offerings, increases, average use of our services by end users increases and from additional operating costs and depreciation associated with our planned additional data center capacity increases.

 

43


Table of Contents

Operating expenses

We classify our operating expenses into three categories: research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative. Our operating expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, which include salaries, bonuses, payroll taxes, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation expense. Other expenses include marketing program costs, facilities, legal, audit and tax consulting and other professional service fees. We allocate stock-based compensation expense resulting from the amortization of the fair value of options granted, based on the department in which the option holder works. We allocate overhead, such as rent and depreciation, to each expense category based on headcount. Our operating expenses have increased in absolute dollars from fiscal 2007 to fiscal 2009 and we expect them to continue to increase in fiscal 2010 as we continue to build our infrastructure and add employees across all categories to support our growth, develop new services and products, and expand into international markets.

Research and development .    Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for our development employees and use of outside consultants. We have focused our research and development efforts on improving the ease of use and functionality of our existing services, as well as developing new service and product offerings in our existing markets and in new markets. The majority of our research and development employees are located in our development centers in China and, as a result, a substantial portion of our research and development expense is subject to changes in foreign exchange rates, notably the Chinese renminbi, or RMB.

Sales and marketing.     Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for our sales and marketing staff, commissions earned by our sales personnel and the cost of marketing programs and advertising. As we primarily rely on our wireless carrier partners to market and promote our services to their subscribers, our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of the cost of supporting our wireless carrier partners and attracting new wireless carrier partners to offer our LBS. We cooperate with our wireless carrier partners in marketing our LBS solutions to their subscribers by preparing marketing materials and working with them on promotional campaigns. We also promote our service offerings through a variety of other programs and online advertisements.

General and administrative .    General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for our executive, finance, legal, human resources and administrative personnel, consultants, legal, audit and tax consulting and other professional fees and other corporate expenses.

Other income (expense), net .    Other income (expense), net consists of interest we earn on our cash and cash equivalents, and the expense resulting from the change in fair value of our outstanding Series E preferred stock warrants. We classify these warrants as liabilities on our balance sheets and record changes in their fair value from period to period in other income (expense), net on our consolidated statements of operations. We will cease recording these changes in fair value when the warrants expire in December 2009, unless they are exercised earlier, at which time the liability will be reclassified to preferred stock.

Provision for income taxes .     Our provision for income taxes primarily consists of corporate income taxes related to profits earned from our LBS in the United States. We expect our income

 

44


Table of Contents

tax expenses to increase as a percentage of pretax income because of the concentration of earnings in the United States, our recent utilization of tax credits which are no longer available and future limitation on our use of remaining net operating loss carryforwards. Our effective tax rate could be reduced if our international revenue substantially increases as a percentage of revenue, due to the lower corporate tax rates available in certain countries outside the United States and the availability of net operating loss carryforwards in those countries.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require our judgment in its application. In other cases, our judgment is required in selecting among available alternative accounting policies that allow different accounting treatment for similar transactions. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could reasonably use different accounting estimates, and in some instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving our judgments and estimates.

Revenue recognition.     We primarily derive our revenue from subscriptions to access our LBS, which are generally provided through our wireless carrier partners that offer our services to their subscribers. Our revenue is primarily comprised of monthly subscription fees for the use of our LBS, as well as activation fees related to certain services. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of those services has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

We recognize monthly fees related to our services in the month we provide the services. We defer amounts received in advance of the service being provided and recognize the deferred amounts when the monthly service has been provided. Our agreements do not contain general rights of refund once the service has been provided. We defer activation fees received upon the initiation of certain services and recognize the deferred amounts over the estimated average length of subscription to the service, historically 16 months.

We recognize as revenue the amount our wireless carrier partners report to us as we provide our services, which are net of any revenue sharing or other fees earned and deducted by our wireless carrier partners. We are not the principal provider when selling access to our LBS through our wireless carrier partners as the subscribers directly contract with our wireless carrier partners. In addition, we earn a fixed fee or fixed percentage of fees charged by our wireless carrier partners and our wireless carrier partners have the sole ability to set the price charged to their subscribers for our service. Our wireless carrier partners have direct responsibility for billing and collecting those fees from their subscribers and we and our wireless carrier partners may offer subscribers a 30-day free trial for our service.

 

45


Table of Contents

In certain instances, due to the nature and timing of monthly revenue and subscriber reporting from our wireless carrier partners, we may be required to make estimates of the amount of LBS revenue to recognize from a wireless carrier partner for the current period. For example, several of our wireless carrier partners do not provide us with sufficient monthly individual subscriber billing period details to allow us to compute the allocation of monthly service fees to the individual end user’s service period, and in such cases we make estimates of any required service period revenue cutoff. In addition, if we fail to receive an accurate revenue report from a wireless carrier partner for the month, we will need to estimate the amount of revenue that should be recorded for that month. These estimates may require judgment, and we consider certain factors and information in making these estimates such as:

 

 

subscriber data supplied by our wireless carrier partners;

 

wireless carrier partner specific historical subscription and revenue reporting trends;

 

end user subscription data from our internal systems; and

 

data from comparable distribution channels of our other wireless carrier partners.

If we are unable to reasonably estimate recognizable revenue from a wireless carrier partner for a given period, we defer recognition of revenue to the period in which we receive and validate the wireless carrier partner’s revenue report and all of our revenue recognition criteria have been met. If we have recorded an estimated revenue amount, we record any difference between the estimated revenue and actual revenue in the period when we receive the final revenue reports from our wireless carrier partner, which typically occurs within the following month.

In addition to our LBS, we offer mobile phone accessories and other related hardware products through our website. We recognize revenue related to these products upon delivery, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Revenue from mobile phone accessories and other related hardware products represented less than 5% of our revenue for fiscal 2007. Revenue from mobile phone accessories and other related hardware products represented less than 2% of our revenue for fiscal 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, and we anticipate that this revenue will remain insignificant for the remainder of fiscal 2010.

Software development costs.     We account for the costs of computer software we develop for internal use by capitalizing qualifying costs, which are incurred during the application development stage, and amortizing those costs over the application’s estimated useful life, which ranges from 18 to 24 months depending on the type of application. Costs incurred and capitalized during the application development stage generally include the costs of software configuration, coding, installation and testing. Such costs primarily include payroll and payroll related expenses for employees directly involved in the application development, as well as third party developer fees. We expense preliminary evaluation costs as they are incurred before the application development stage, as well as post development implementation and operation costs, such as training, maintenance and minor upgrades. We begin amortizing capitalized costs when a project is ready for its intended use, and we periodically reassess the estimated useful life of a project considering the effects of obsolescence, technology, competition and other economic factors which may result in a shorter remaining life.

 

46


Table of Contents

We capitalized approximately $353,000, $443,000 and $2.5 million of software development costs during fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and approximately $384,000 and $1.3 million during the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Amortization expense related to these costs, which was recorded in cost of revenue, totaled approximately $71,000, $279,000 and $424,000 for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and approximately $80,000 and $158,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Impairment of long-lived assets.     We evaluate long-lived assets held and used for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their net book value may not be recoverable. We continually evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate the balance of our property and equipment and intangible assets with definite lives may not be recoverable. Our evaluation is significantly impacted by our estimates and assumptions of future revenue, costs, and expenses and other factors. If an event occurs that would cause us to revise our estimates and assumptions used in analyzing the value of our property and equipment, that revision could result in a non-cash impairment charge that could have a material impact on our financial results. When these factors and circumstances exist, we compare the projected undiscounted future cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their estimated useful lives against their respective carrying amounts. We base the impairment, if any, on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value, based on market value when available, or discounted expected cash flows of those assets, and record it in the period in which we make the determination.

Stock-based compensation expense.     We grant our employees options to purchase our common stock. Effective July 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation arrangements, which requires us to measure the stock-based compensation costs of share-based compensation arrangements based on the grant date fair value, and recognize the costs in the financial statements over the employees’ requisite service period. We adopted fair value accounting for stock-based compensation under the prospective-transition method and, therefore, our stock-based compensation expense is based on the grant date fair value for all awards granted or modified on or after July 1, 2006. We recognize compensation expense for the fair value of these awards with time based vesting on a straight-line basis over an employee’s requisite service period of each of these awards, net of estimated forfeitures.

We did not recognize any compensation cost for employee stock-based compensation arrangements prior to fiscal 2007. Accordingly, our results of operations for fiscal 2007 and future periods are not comparable to our results of operations for periods prior to fiscal 2007.

Our stock-based compensation expense was as follows:

 

       Fiscal year ended
June 30,
   Three months ended
September 30,
(in thousands)    2007    2008    2009            2008            2009
 
               (unaudited)

Cost of revenue

   $ 1    $ 2    $ 4    $ 1    $ 3

Research and development

     44      202      237      34      157

Selling and marketing

     45      194      155      37      77

General and administrative

     57      57      111      16      78
                                  

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 147    $ 455    $ 507    $   88    $ 315
                                  
 

 

47


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, there was approximately $1.5 million and $6.3 million, respectively, of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock option awards, net of estimated forfeitures, that we expect to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.4 and 3.6 years, respectively.

We utilize the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock option awards, which requires a number of estimates and assumptions. In valuing share-based awards under the fair value accounting method, significant judgment is required in determining the expected volatility of our common stock and the expected term individuals will hold their share-based awards prior to exercising. The expected volatility of our stock is based on the volatility of various comparable companies, as we do not have sufficient historical data with regards to the volatility of our own stock. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. For options granted prior to 2008, the expected term was calculated as the average of the option vesting and contractual terms. For options granted on or after July 1, 2007, the expected term was based on an analysis of our historical exercise and cancellation activity. In the future, as we gain historical data for volatility in our own stock and the actual term for which employees hold our options, the expected volatility and expected term may change which could substantially change the grant date fair value of future awards of stock options and ultimately the expense we record. In addition, the estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results differ from our estimates, such amounts will be recorded as an adjustment in the period estimates are revised.

For fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, we calculated the fair value of options granted to employees using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

       Fiscal year ended June 30,    Three months ended
September 30,
     2007    2008    2009    2009
 
                    (unaudited)

Dividend yield

           

Expected volatility

   75%    61%    72%    75%

Expected term (in years)

   6.80    4.69    4.76    4.88

Risk-free interest rate

   4.92%    3.24%    2.46%    2.40%
 

The fair value of options granted to nonemployees is initially determined on the date of grant and is remeasured as the options vest using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. During fiscal 2007 and 2008, we issued to nonemployees options to purchase 363,000 and 480,000 shares of common stock, respectively. No options were granted to nonemployees during fiscal 2009, and options to purchase 150,000 shares were granted to nonemployees during the three months ended September 30, 2009. During fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, and the three months ended September 30, 2009, approximately $31,000, $65,000, $20,000 and $14,000, respectively, was expensed in connection with stock options granted to nonemployees.

 

48


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes all stock option grants from July 1, 2008 through September 30, 2009:

 

Grant date    Number of options
granted
  

Stock option fair value per

share at grant date(1)

   Exercise
price

October 21, 2008

   1,754,400    $ 0.11    $ 0.20

February 3, 2009

   1,286,600      0.13      0.21

May 21, 2009

   3,596,200      0.21      0.35

August 18, 2009

   17,393,600      0.31      0.51
 

 

(1)   Computed using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Commencing in December 2006, we have generally obtained contemporaneous valuation analyses prepared by an unrelated third party valuation firm in order to assist us in determining the fair market value of our common stock. The initial contemporaneous valuation report valued our common stock as of December 2006 and we received the most recent contemporaneous valuation report, which was as of September 30, 2009, on October 8, 2009. Our board of directors has considered these reports when determining the fair market value of our common stock and related exercise prices of option awards on the date such awards were granted.

We have also used these contemporaneous third party valuations for purposes of determining the Black-Scholes fair value of our stock option awards and related stock based compensation expense. These contemporaneous valuations of our common stock use the discounted cash flow method, the comparable company method and the comparative transaction method to recommend a fair market value of our common stock. In allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock, we have considered the impact of the liquidation preferences of our preferred stock. Additionally, valuations have also considered the probability weighted method and the option pricing method for allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock.

The significant input assumptions used in the valuation model are based on subjective future expectations combined with management judgment.

Assumptions utilized in the discounted cash flow method are:

 

 

our expected revenue, operating performance, cash flow and EBITDA for the current and future years, determined as of the valuation date based on our estimates;

 

 

a discount rate, which is applied to discretely forecasted future cash flows in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows; and

 

 

a terminal value multiple, which is applied to our last year of discretely forecasted EBITDA to calculate the residual value of our future cash flows.

Assumptions utilized in the comparable company method are:

 

 

our expected revenue, operating performance, cash flow and EBITDA for the current and future years, determined as of the valuation date based on our estimates;

 

 

multiples of market value to trailing 12 months revenue, determined as of the valuation date, based on a group of comparable public companies we identified; and

 

 

multiples of market value to expected future revenue, determined as of the valuation date, based on the group of comparable public companies that we identified.

 

49


Table of Contents

Assumptions utilized in the comparable transaction method are:

 

 

our historical revenue and EBITDA for the 12 months prior to the valuation date; and

 

 

multiples based on the final transaction values for comparable companies that were sold or acquired compared to their revenue prior to the acquisition date.

Our board of directors has historically set the exercise price of stock options based on a price per share not less than the estimated fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Our board has taken into consideration numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair market value of our common stock on each grant date in order to set exercise prices at or above the fair market value. Such factors included, but were not limited to:

 

 

valuations using the methodologies described above;

 

 

our operating and financial performance;

 

 

the lack of liquidity of our capital stock and likelihood of achieving a liquidity event given then current market conditions and trends in the broader technology markets; and

 

 

during the recent economic downturn, the benefits of preserving relative consistency of exercise prices during periods characterized by decreasing market values.

Preferred stock warrants .    In January 2006, we issued warrants to purchase 3,272,236 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock. Warrants to purchase 3,135,893 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock were outstanding at September 30, 2009 and were classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense), net. We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants pursuant to their terms or their expiration in December 2009. Upon exercise or expiration, the outstanding liabilities will be reclassified to preferred stock.

We recorded charges of $292,000, $652,000, $843,000 and $547,000 to other income (expense), net for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, to reflect an increase in the fair value of these warrants. We estimate the fair value using the Black-Scholes model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions and a change in our assumptions could materially affect the estimated fair value of the outstanding preferred stock warrants.

Provision for income taxes.     We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes, whereby deferred tax assets or liability account balances are calculated at the balance sheet date using current tax laws and rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that will more likely than not be realized.

We must make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of tax credits, benefits and deductions and in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to our tax provision in a subsequent period.

 

50


Table of Contents

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of taxable income in the future. Due to the uncertainty surrounding our ability to realize such deferred tax assets, we had a full valuation allowance as of June 30, 2008. During fiscal 2009, we determined that it was more likely than not that approximately $2.5 million of our deferred tax assets would be realizable, based on our earnings history and projected future taxable income. As a result, we recognized an income tax benefit of $2.5 million in fiscal 2009 from the release of a portion of our valuation allowance.

We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. Should the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount of our valuation allowance could be materially impacted. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the income statement for the periods in which the adjustment is determined to be required.

On July 1, 2009, we adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, standard for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The revised standard, now codified under the “Income Taxes Topic in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification” clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating our tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes.

 

51


Table of Contents

Results of operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, as well as a percentage that each line item represents of our revenue for those periods. The period to period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods, and the results for the first three months of fiscal 2010 are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be expected for the full year or for any other period.

 

Consolidated statements of operations data    Fiscal year ended
June 30,
    Three months ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2007     2008    2009             2008            2009  
   
                      (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 27,716      $ 48,065    $ 110,880      $ 21,523    $ 36,048   

Cost of revenue

     7,965        11,359      20,250        4,023      7,067   
                                      

Gross profit

     19,751        36,706      90,630        17,500      28,981   
                                      

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

     10,923        13,687      23,500        4,642      7,912   

Sales and marketing

     14,506        13,245      16,536        3,880      3,914   

General and administrative

     4,677        4,993      8,302        1,617      2,559   
                                      

Total operating expenses

     30,106        31,925      48,338        10,139      14,385   
                                      

Income (loss) from operations

     (10,355     4,781      42,292        7,361      14,596   

Other income (expense), net

     710        10      (776     111      (522
                                      

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (9,645     4,791      41,516        7,472      14,074   

Provision for income taxes

     1        184      11,898        2,497      5,953   
                                      

Net income (loss)

   $ (9,646   $ 4,607    $ 29,618      $ 4,975    $ 8,121   
                                      
   

 

       Fiscal year ended June 30,    Three months ended
September 30,
(as a percentage of revenues)    2007    2008    2009        2008        2009
 
                    (unaudited)

Revenue

   100 %    100%    100 %    100%    100 %

Cost of revenue

   29         24        18         19        20     
                        

Gross profit

   71         76        82         81        80     
                        

Operating expenses:

              

Research and development

   39         28        21         22        22     

Sales and marketing

   53         28        15         18        11     

General and administrative

   17         10        8         7        7     
                        

Total operating expenses

   109         66        44         47        40     
                        

Income (loss) from operations

   (38)        10        38         34        40     

Other income (expense), net

   3         —        (1)        1        (1)    
                        

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

   (35)        10        37         35        39     

Provision for income taxes

   —         —        11         12        16     
                        

Net income (loss)

   (35)%    10%    27 %    23%    23 %
                        
 

 

52


Table of Contents

Comparison of the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

Revenue .    Revenue increased 67% from $21.5 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to $36.0 million in three months ended September 30, 2009. The increase was due to growth in the number of end users from 5.1 million as of September 30, 2008 to 11.4 million as of September 2009, primarily due to adoption of Sprint’s Simply Everything plans which include our LBS (Sprint Navigation), as well as an increase in end users of AT&T Navigator. Our ARPU declined 34% from $1.75 in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to $1.16 in the three months ended September 30, 2009 primarily due to the increased adoption of our services through our wireless carrier partners’ bundled offerings, for which we receive lower monthly fees per end user. We anticipate that the ARPU from our LBS will continue to decline as our wireless carrier partners implement more bundled offerings and competition increases.

In the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, revenue from Sprint represented 60% and 55% of our revenue, respectively, and revenue from AT&T represented 30% and 34% of our revenue, respectively. No other wireless carrier or other customer represented more than 10% of our revenue in either period. Effective July 1, 2009, we amended our agreement with Sprint and agreed to receive a reduced monthly fee per end user for a majority of our LBS that are bundled with Sprint services. We also agreed to provide certain activity based discount incentives to Sprint for the remainder of calendar 2009. In return, Sprint agreed to extend the terms of our preferred supplier relationship, agreed not to terminate for convenience prior to December 31, 2010, agreed to increase the share of any future advertising revenue we are entitled to receive and modified certain other terms.

Subscription fees from our GPS Navigator service represented 90% and 93% of our revenue in the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

We primarily sell our services in the United States. In each of the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, revenue derived from U.S. sources represented 97% of our revenue.

Cost of revenue.     Our cost of revenue increased 76% from $4.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to $7.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2009. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue increased from 19% in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to 20% in the three months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to the increase in the number of our end users and increased average usage of third party data by our end users who purchase our services as part of a bundle. Our cost of revenue also rose as a result of an increase in the costs of operating our data centers. We expect that our cost of revenue will continue to increase in both absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue as the number of our end users increases, average use of our services by end users increases and from amortization and depreciation expense associated with our planned additional data center capacity increases.

Gross profit.     Our gross profit increased 66% from $17.5 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to $29.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2009 primarily due to an increase in the number of our end users. Our gross margin decreased from 81% in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to 80% in the three months ended September 30, 2009. The decrease in gross margin resulted from the decrease in our ARPU and increased usage of our services. We expect our gross margin to decline in fiscal 2010 as the ARPU from our LBS continues to decline and costs of revenue continues to increase in both absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue.

 

53


Table of Contents

Research and development .      Our research and development expenses increased 70% from $4.6 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to $7.9 million in the three months ended September 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to additional costs from hiring research and development employees to enhance the functionality of our services and develop new offerings. As a percentage of revenue, research and development expenses were 22% in each of the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009. The total number of research and development personnel increased 80%, from 320 at September 30, 2008 to 577 at September 30, 2009. We believe that as we continue to invest in expanding the LBS we offer, establish relationships with new wireless carrier partners and develop new services and products, revenue from those investments and development efforts will lag the related research and development expenses. We expect that research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we continue to enhance and expand the services and products we offer.

Sales and marketing .      Our sales and marketing expenses were $3.9 million in each of the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses decreased from 18% in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to 11% in the three months ended September 30, 2009. The decline in sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue in the three months ended September 30, 2009 was the result of leveraging our investment in sales and marketing across a higher revenue base. We expect that our sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we establish relationships with new wireless carrier partners, begin programs to market our services to their subscribers and support our efforts to market and promote other services and products.

General and administrative .    Our general and administrative expenses increased 58% from $1.6 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to $2.6 million in the three months ended September 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to added personnel, consultants, audit and tax and legal expenses. The total number of general and administrative personnel increased 35%, from 34 at September 30, 2008 to 46 at September 30, 2009. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses were 7% in each of the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in fiscal 2010 as we incur legal fees and potentially other costs in connection with litigation in which our wireless carrier partners are named defendants and for which they have notified us that they are seeking or may seek indemnification from us. We also expect to incur additional costs in fiscal 2010 and beyond associated with being a public company, including higher legal, corporate insurance, audit and tax and financial reporting expenses as well as the costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect this to cause our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars.

Other income (expense), net.     Our other income (expense), net was $111,000 in the three months ended September 30, 2008 and $(522,000) in the three months ended September 30, 2009. The change was primarily due to increases in the expense related to the increase in fair value of our Series E preferred stock warrants, as well as reductions in the interest rates paid on our cash balances.

Provision for income taxes.     Our provision for income taxes increased 138% from $2.5 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to $6.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2009. Our effective tax rate increased from 33% in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to 42% in the three months ended September 30, 2009. In fiscal 2009, we utilized substantially all of our remaining research and development tax credits and a substantial

 

54


Table of Contents

portion of our remaining U.S. federal loss carryforwards. The usage of our remaining U.S. federal loss carryforwards is substantially limited each fiscal year by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, on September 30, 2008, the State of California enacted Assembly Bill 1452 into law which among other provisions, suspended net operating loss deductions for our fiscal 2009 and 2010, extends for two years the carryforward period of any net operating losses not utilized due to such suspension, and limits the utilization of research and development credit carryforwards to no more than 50% of the tax liability before credits. We expect that for fiscal 2010 our effective tax rate will be approximately 42%.

We adopted the FASB standard for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes at the beginning of fiscal 2010. At the adoption date of July 1, 2009, the cumulative unrecognized tax benefit was $1.1 million, of which $384,000 was netted against deferred tax assets. If recognized, all of the unrecognized tax benefit would affect our effective tax rate, before consideration of our valuation allowance. Upon adoption, we recognized no adjustment in the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits. We do not believe that it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits would materially change in the next 12 months.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, California and various state and foreign tax jurisdictions in which we have subsidiaries. Fiscal 2000 through 2009 remain open to examination by U.S. and state tax authorities, and fiscal 2004 through 2009 remain open to examination by the foreign tax authorities.

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of our provision for federal, state and foreign income taxes. As of the date of adoption, we had not accrued any interest or penalties.

Comparison of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008

Revenue.     Revenue increased 131% from $48.1 million in fiscal 2008 to $110.9 million in fiscal 2009. The increase was due to an increase in end users primarily from Sprint’s Simply Everything plans which include our LBS (Sprint Navigation), as well as an increase in end users of AT&T Navigator. Our end users increased from approximately 3.1 million as of June 30, 2008 to approximately 10.1 million as of June 30, 2009. Our ARPU declined 70% from $4.68 in fiscal 2008 to $1.40 in fiscal 2009 due to the increased adoption of our services through our wireless carrier partners’ bundled offerings, for which we receive lower monthly per end user fees.

In fiscal 2008 and 2009, revenue from Sprint represented 62% and 61%, respectively, of our revenue and revenue from AT&T represented 26% and 29%, respectively, of our revenue. No other customer represented more than 10% of our revenue in fiscal 2008 or 2009.

Subscription fees from our GPS Navigator service, including carrier white label versions such as Sprint Navigation and AT&T Navigator, represented approximately 84% and 92% of revenue in fiscal 2008 and 2009, respectively. Revenue from our MRM services comprised 15% of revenue in fiscal 2008. In fiscal 2008 and 2009, revenue derived from U.S. sources represented approximately 97% and 96% of our revenue, respectively.

 

55


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue.     Our cost of revenue increased 78% from $11.4 million in fiscal 2008 to $20.2 million in fiscal 2009. The increase was primarily due to higher third party data costs resulting from the increase in the number of our end users and an increase in the average usage by bundle subscribers. As a percentage of revenue, our cost of revenue declined from 24% in fiscal 2008 to 18% in fiscal 2009. The decline as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to the increase in revenue from end users who receive our services as part of a bundle of services and, to date, have had lower usage rates than other subscribers, as well as from the use of lower cost content for our LBS.

Gross profit.     Our gross profit increased 147% from $36.7 million in fiscal 2008 to $90.6 million in fiscal 2009 primarily due to the increase in our number of end users. Our gross margin also increased from 76% in fiscal 2008 to 82% in fiscal 2009.

Research and development.     Our research and development expenses increased 72% from $13.7 million in fiscal 2008 to $23.5 million in fiscal 2009. The increase was primarily due to additional research and development employees to enhance the functionality of our services and develop new offerings. The total number of research and development personnel increased 95% from 271 at June 30, 2008 to 528 at June 30, 2009. We have China based development locations in Shanghai and Beijing, China. During fiscal 2009, we also opened a research and development facility in Xi’an, China. As a percentage of revenue, research and development expenses fell from 28% in fiscal 2008 to 21% in fiscal 2009 due to the significant increase in revenue and expansion of our research and development headcount in lower cost Chinese development centers.

Sales and marketing.     Our sales and marketing expenses increased 25% from $13.2 million in fiscal 2008 to $16.5 million in fiscal 2009. The increase was primarily due to growth in the size and compensation of our sales and marketing team. The total number of sales and marketing personnel increased 8% from 97 at June 30, 2008 to 105 at June 30, 2009. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses decreased from 28% in fiscal 2008 to 15% in fiscal 2009 as a result of leveraging our investment in sales and marketing across a higher revenue base.

General and administrative .    Our general and administrative expenses increased 66% from $5.0 million in fiscal 2008 to $8.3 million in fiscal 2009. The increase was primarily due to added personnel, consultants and legal expenses and investment in our management information and internal control systems. The total number of general and administrative personnel increased 50% from 28 at June 30, 2008 to 42 at June 30, 2009. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased from 10% in fiscal 2008 to 8% in fiscal 2009.

Other income (expense), net .    Our other income (expense), net was $10,000 in fiscal 2008 and $(776,000) in fiscal 2009. The change was primarily due to increases in the expense related to the increase in the fair value of our Series E preferred stock warrants and reductions in the interest paid on our cash balances.

Provision for income taxes .    Our provision for income taxes increased from $184,000 in fiscal 2008 to $11.9 million in fiscal 2009. Our effective tax rate increased from 4% in fiscal 2008 to 29% in fiscal 2009. Our total tax liability and effective tax rate increased in fiscal 2009 due to our higher taxable income, offset somewhat by utilization of research and development tax credits and U.S. federal loss carryforwards, to the extent not limited by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, we had established a valuation allowance in an amount equal to the deferred tax assets at June 30, 2008. During fiscal 2009, we determined that it was more likely than not that approximately $2.5 million of our deferred tax assets would be realizable, based on

 

56


Table of Contents

our earnings history and projected future taxable income. As a result, we recognized an income tax benefit of approximately $2.5 million in fiscal 2009 through the release of a portion of our valuation allowance.

Comparison of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008 and 2007

Revenue.     Revenue increased 73% from $27.7 million in fiscal 2007 to $48.1 million in fiscal 2008. The increase was primarily the result of an increase in the number of our end users at Sprint, driven by the launch of their Simply Everything plans which include our LBS (Sprint Navigation), as well as an increase in end users at AT&T. Our end users increased from approximately 500,000 as of June 30, 2007 to approximately 3.1 million as of June 30, 2008. Our ARPU declined 12% from $5.34 in fiscal 2007 to $4.68 in fiscal 2008 due to the increased adoption of our services through our wireless carrier partners’ bundled offerings, for which we receive lower monthly per end user fees.

In fiscal 2007 and 2008, revenue from Sprint represented 90% and 62%, respectively, of our revenue and revenue from AT&T represented 2% and 26%, respectively, of our revenue. No other customer represented more than 10% of our revenue in fiscal 2007 or 2008.

Subscription fees from our GPS Navigator service, including carrier white label versions such as Sprint Navigation and AT&T Navigator, represented 74% and 84% of our revenue, respectively, in fiscal 2007 and 2008, while revenue from our MRM services comprised 21% and 15% of our revenue in fiscal 2007 and 2008, respectively. In fiscal 2007 and 2008, revenue derived from U.S. sources represented 99% and 97% of our revenue, respectively.

Cost of revenue.     Our cost of revenue increased 43% from $8.0 million in fiscal 2007 to $11.4 million in fiscal 2008. The increase was primarily due to higher third party data costs from the increase in our number of end users. As a percentage of revenue, our cost of revenue declined from 29% in fiscal 2007 to 24% in fiscal 2008. The decline as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to the increase in revenue from end users who receive our services as part of a bundle of services and, to date, who have had lower usage rates than other subscribers, as well as from the use of lower cost content for our LBS.

Gross profit.     Our gross profit increased 86% from $19.8 million in fiscal 2007 to $36.7 million in fiscal 2008 primarily due to the increase in our number of end users. Our gross margin also increased from 71% in fiscal 2007 to 76% in fiscal 2008.

Research and development .    Our research and development expenses increased 25% from $10.9 million in fiscal 2007 to $13.7 million in fiscal 2008. The increase was primarily due to personnel related costs from hiring research and development employees to enhance the functionality of our services and develop new offerings. The total number of research and development personnel increased 43% from 189 at June 30, 2007 to 271 at June 30, 2008. As a percentage of revenue, research and development expenses fell from 39% in fiscal 2007 to 28% in fiscal 2008.

Sales and marketing .    Our sales and marketing expenses decreased 9% from $14.5 million in fiscal 2007 to $13.2 million in fiscal 2008. The decrease was primarily due to the discontinuation of certain advertising campaigns and sales activities carried out in fiscal 2007. Our total number of sales and marketing personnel increased 31% from 74 at June 30, 2007 to 97 at June 30, 2008. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses decreased from 53% in fiscal 2007 to 28% in fiscal 2008.

 

57


Table of Contents

General and administrative .    Our general and administrative expenses increased 7% from $4.7 million in fiscal 2007 to $5.0 million in fiscal 2008. The increase was primarily due to added personnel and increased accounting and legal expenses. The total number of general and administrative personnel increased 27% from 22 at June 30, 2007 to 28 at June 30, 2008. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased from 17% in fiscal 2007 to 10% in fiscal 2008.

Other income (expense), net .    Our other income (expense), net decreased 99% from $710,000 in fiscal 2007 to $10,000 in fiscal 2008. The decrease was primarily due to increases in the expense related to the increase in the fair value of our Series E preferred stock warrants and reductions in the interest rates available for the investment of our cash balances.

Provision for income taxes .    Our provision for income taxes increased from $1,000 in fiscal 2007 to $184,000 in fiscal 2008. The increase was primarily due to our increase in net income, partially offset by the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards. Our effective tax rate increased from 0% in fiscal 2007 to 4% in fiscal 2008.

Quarterly results of operations

The following tables set forth unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2008, each quarter of fiscal 2009 and the first quarter of fiscal 2010, as well as the percentage that each line item represented of our revenue for those periods. We have prepared the statement of operations for each of these quarters on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in our opinion, it includes all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This information should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 

58


Table of Contents

Consolidated statements of
operations data

 

(in thousands)

  Three months ended  
  Mar. 31,
2008
    June 30,
2008
    Sept. 30,
2008
    Dec. 31,
2008
  Mar. 31,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    Sept. 30,
2009
 
   
    (unaudited)  

Revenue

  $ 12,543      $ 17,430      $ 21,523      $ 25,257   $ 29,846      $ 34,254      $ 36,048   

Cost of revenue(1)

    2,708        3,815        4,023        4,454     5,296        6,477        7,067   
                                                     

Gross profit

    9,835        13,615        17,500        20,803     24,550        27,777        28,981   
                                                     

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development(1)

    3,448        4,283        4,642        5,497     6,137        7,224        7,912   

Sales and marketing(1)

    3,453        4,080        3,880        4,059     4,091        4,506        3,914   

General and administrative(1)

    1,591        1,215        1,617        1,912     2,359        2,414        2,559   
                                                     

Total operating expenses

    8,492        9,578        10,139        11,468     12,587        14,144        14,385   
                                                     

Income from operations

    1,343        4,037        7,361        9,335     11,963        13,633        14,596   

Other income (expense), net

    (71     109        111        144     (703     (328     (522
                                                     

Income before provision for income taxes

    1,272        4,146        7,472        9,479     11,260        13,305        14,074   

Provision for income taxes

    30        155        2,497        2,617     3,812        2,972        5,953   
                                                     

Net income

  $ 1,242      $ 3,991      $ 4,975      $ 6,862    $ 7,448      $ 10,333      $ 8,121   
                                                     
   

 

(1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

    Three months ended  
(in thousands)  

Mar. 31,
2008

   

June 30,
2008

   

Sept. 30,
2008

   

Dec. 31,
2008

   

Mar. 31,
2009

   

June 30,
2009

   

Sept. 30,
2009

 
   
    (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

  $ 1            $ 1            $ 1            $ 1            $ 1            $ 1            $ 3    

Research and development

      18        22          34        41        65        97        157   

Sales and marketing

    32        68        37        42        28        48        77   

General and administrative

    15        16        16        44        18        33        78   
                                                       

Stock-based compensation expense

  $   66      $ 107      $   88      $ 128      $ 112      $ 179      $ 315   
                                                       
   

 

      Three months ended
(as a percentage of revenue)   Mar. 31,
2008
  June 30,
2008
  Sept. 30,
2008
  Dec. 31,
2008
  Mar. 31,
2009
  June 30,
2009
  Sept. 30,
2009
 
    (unaudited)

Revenue

  100%   100%   100%   100%   100 %   100 %   100 %

Cost of revenue

  22       22       19       18       18        19        20     
                           

Gross profit

  78       78       81       82       82        81        80     
                           

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development

  27       25       22       22       20        21        22     

Sales and marketing

  28       23       18       16       14        13        11     

General and administrative

  13       7       7       7       8        7        7     
                           

Total operating expenses

  68       55       47       45       42        41        40     
                           

Income from operations

  10       23       34       37       40        40        40     

Other income (expense), net

  —       1       1       —       (2)       (1)       (1)    
                           

Income before provision for income taxes

  10       24       35       37       38        39        39     

Provision for income taxes

  —       1       12       11       13        9        16     
                           

Net income

  10%   23%   23%   26%   25 %   30 %   23 %
                           
 

 

59


Table of Contents

Quarterly revenue trends.     Revenue increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented due to increases in the number of end users of our services, primarily driven by substantial increases in subscribers to Sprint’s Simply Everything plans which include our LBS (Sprint Navigation), as well as an increase in end users of AT&T Navigator. Our end users increased from approximately 750,000 as of December 31, 2007 to approximately 11.4 million as of September 30, 2009. We believe we have experienced some seasonality in our revenue due to an increase in activations in November and December associated with the increased purchase of mobile phones during the holiday season. As our wireless carrier partners may offer a 30-day free trial period with certain subscription plans, we would begin to recognize revenue from these activations in December and January. However, recent periods include the effect of significant changes in the types of plans and mobile devices offered by our wireless carrier partners to their subscribers that include our LBS and, as result, it may be difficult for us to determine the nature and degree of any seasonality in our business.

Quarterly cost of revenue trends.     Cost of revenue increased in absolute dollars over the quarters presented primarily due to increases in third party data and technology costs to support our growing end user base and higher costs of operating our data centers. While cost of revenue increased in absolute dollars, gross profit also increased during the same periods. Our gross margins ranged from 78% to 82% for the periods presented, which were impacted by declines in ARPU and changes in usage rates as more of our end users began to receive our services as part of a bundle. We expect our gross margin to decline in fiscal 2010 as the ARPU from our LBS continues to decline and cost of revenue continues to increase in both absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue.

Quarterly operating expense trends.     Total operating expenses increased in absolute dollars over the quarters presented to support our growth in the number of end users and the accompanying growth in revenue. The increases in operating expenses were driven primarily by headcount, which increased from 352 as of December 31, 2007 to 735 as of September 30, 2009. During the quarters presented, our number of research and development personnel increased by 373 to enhance the functionality of our services and develop new offerings. Although we added sales and marketing personnel in the quarters presented, we completed a reorganization of our sales team in the three months ended September 30, 2009, which reduced the number of our sales and marketing personnel, as well as other related costs. Increased sales and marketing expenses during the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2009 resulted from increased trade show expenses and other marketing activities in those periods. The increase in general and administrative expenses over the quarters presented reflects the increase in our general and administrative personnel from 25 as of December 31, 2007 to 46 as of September 30, 2009, as well as added legal expenses and investment in our management information systems. However, total operating expenses decreased as a percentage of revenue reflecting the economies of scale of our business. We expect our operating expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars in fiscal 2010 as we continue to build our infrastructure and add employees across all categories to support our growth, develop new services and products and expand into international markets, as well as incur additional administrative costs associated with being a public company.

Provision for income taxes.     In the quarters ended December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009, we recorded an income tax benefit of approximately $900,000 and $1.6 million, respectively, due to the release of a portion of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance.

 

60


Table of Contents

Liquidity and capital resources

The following table sets forth the major sources and uses of cash for each of the periods set forth below:

 

       Fiscal year ended June 30,     Three months ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2007     2008     2009               2008               2009  
   
                       (unaudited)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (6,580   $ (280   $ 23,874      $ 1,216      $ 15,447   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,470     (1,727     (7,828     (1,408     (3,677

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     368        (35     68        13        (907

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     148        159        164        61        (7
                                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash

   $ (8,534   $ (1,883   $ 16,278      $ (118   $ 10,856   
                                        
   

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through private sales of our preferred stock with aggregate proceeds of $47.2 million and cash flow from operations. Our most recent sale of preferred stock was our Series E convertible preferred stock in January 2006.

Our accounts receivable are heavily concentrated in two wireless carrier partners. As of September 30, 2009, our accounts receivable balance was approximately $23.8 million, of which Sprint and AT&T represented approximately 53% and 25%, respectively.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of expenditures to support development efforts, the expansion of research and development and sales and marketing activities and headcount, the introduction of our new and enhanced service and product offerings and the growth in our end user base. We believe our cash, cash equivalents and potential cash flows from operations and the proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to satisfy our financial obligations through at least the next 12 months. In the future, we may acquire complementary businesses or technologies or license technologies from third parties, and we may decide to raise additional capital through debt or equity financing to the extent we believe this is necessary to successfully complete these acquisitions or license these technologies. However, additional financing may not be available to us on favorable terms, if at all, at the time we make such determinations, which could have a material adverse affect on our business, operating results, financial condition and liquidity and cash position.

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was $(6.6) million, $(280,000) and $23.9 million in fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Net cash provided by operating activities in the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 was $1.2 million and $15.4 million, respectively. The improvement in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to the increased number of end users of our services and related revenue generated from those end users, offset to a lesser extent by increases in our operating costs. Cash provided by or used in operating activities has historically been affected by growth in our end user base and increases in our operating costs, which are primarily due to increased headcount and royalty payments for portions of the content provided in our services.

Net cash used in investing activities.     We used net cash in investing activities of $2.5 million, $1.7 million, $7.8 million, $1.4 million and $3.7 million during fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The cash was used primarily for purchases of property and equipment and internal software development costs. We expect to

 

61


Table of Contents

increase our capital expenditures in future periods as we continue to invest in the infrastructure needed to operate our services for an increasing end user base, as well as in equipment and facilities for our growing worldwide employee base as we expand our business.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .    During fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, we generated (used) cash in our financing activities of $368,000, $(35,000) and $68,000, respectively, due to proceeds from the exercise of warrants and options for our preferred and common stock, net of any settlement or repurchases of our outstanding stock or options. During the three months ending September 30, 2008 and 2009, we generated (used) cash in our financing activities of $13,000 and $(907,000), respectively. The net usage of cash during the three months ended September 30, 2009 was primarily due to our repurchase of approximately $1.2 million of common stock at then current fair market value from two of our former employees.

Contractual obligations, commitments and contingencies

We generally do not enter into long term minimum purchase commitments. However, we have agreed to pay minimum annual license fees to certain of our third party content providers. Our principal commitments, in addition to those related to our third party content providers, consist of obligations under facility leases for office space in Sunnyvale, California; Kirkland, Washington; Ashburn, Virginia; Shanghai, China; Beijing, China; Xi’an, China; and London, England.

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of June 30, 2009:

 

       Payments due by period
(in thousands)    Total    Less than
1 Year
   1-3 Years    3-5 Years    More
than
5 Years
 

Operating lease obligations(1)

   $ 7,783    $ 1,919    $ 4,732    $ 1,132    $

Purchase obligations(2)

     7,583      3,600      3,983          
                                  

Total contractual obligations

   $ 15,366    $ 5,519    $ 8,715    $ 1,132    $
                                  
 
(1)   Consists of contractual obligations from noncancelable office space under operating leases.

 

(2)   Consists of minimum annual license fees owed to certain third party content providers, regardless of usage level.

Warranties and indemnifications

Our agreements with our wireless carrier partners that offer our LBS generally include certain provisions for indemnifying them against liabilities if our LBS infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights or for other specified reasons. We have in the past received indemnification requests or notices of their intent to seek indemnification in the future from our wireless carrier partners with respect to litigation in which our wireless carrier partners have been named as defendants. See the section entitled “Business—Legal proceedings.” Although we have not agreed to defend or indemnify our wireless carriers for the outstanding and unresolved indemnity demands, we may in the future agree to defend and indemnify our wireless carriers or other partners in connection with current or future demands for indemnification, irrespective of whether we believe that we have an obligation to indemnify them or whether we believe our LBS infringe the asserted intellectual property rights. Alternatively, we may reject certain of our wireless carrier or other partners’ indemnity demands, including the outstanding demands, which may lead to disputes with our wireless carrier or other partners, negatively impact our relationships with them or result in litigation against us. Our wireless carrier or other partners

 

62


Table of Contents

may also claim that any rejection of their indemnity demands constitutes a material breach of our agreements with them, allowing them to terminate such agreements. If we make substantial payments as a result of indemnity demands, our relationships with our wireless carrier or other partners are negatively impacted or any of our wireless carrier or partner agreements is terminated, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially harmed. To date, we have not incurred material costs and do not have material liabilities related to such obligations recorded in our consolidated financial statements.

We have agreed to indemnify our directors, officers and certain other employees for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while such persons are or were serving at our request in such capacity. We may terminate the indemnification agreements with these persons upon the termination of their services with us, but termination will not affect claims for indemnification related to events occurring prior to the effective date of termination. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited. We have a director and officer insurance policy that limits our potential exposure. We believe the fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal. We have not recorded any liabilities for these agreements as of June 30, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2009.

Based upon our historical experience and information known as of September 30, 2009, we do not believe it is likely that we will have significant liability for the above indemnities at September 30, 2009.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

During fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In October 2009, the FASB issued its revised standard which supersedes certain guidance with respect to accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. The revised standard changes the determination of when individual deliverables in a multiple element arrangement may be treated as separate units of accounting and modifies the manner in which the transaction consideration is allocated across separately identifiable deliveries. The revised standard is effective for our fiscal year beginning July 1, 2010, with an option of early adoption. We have not assessed the potential impact, if any, of the revised standard on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

Interest rate sensitivity.     The primary objectives of our investment activities are to preserve principal, provide liquidity and maximize income without significantly increasing risk. Some of the securities we invest in are subject to market risk. This means that a change in prevailing interest rates may cause the principal amount of the investment to fluctuate. To minimize this risk, we have historically maintained our portfolio of cash and cash equivalents in money market funds and certificates of deposit. The risk associated with fluctuating interest rates is limited to

 

63


Table of Contents

our investment portfolio. A 10% decrease in interest rates in fiscal 2008 and 2009 would have resulted in a decrease in our interest income of approximately $59,000 and $27,000, respectively. As of September 30, 2009, our cash and cash equivalents were in interest bearing money market funds.

Foreign currency risk .    Substantially all of our revenue has been generated to date from our end users in the United States and, as such, our revenue has not been substantially exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. However, most of our contracts with our wireless carrier partners outside of the United States are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and therefore expose us to foreign currency risk. Should the revenue generated outside of the United States grow in absolute amounts and as a percentage of our revenue, we will increasingly be exposed to foreign currency exchange risks. In addition, a substantial portion of our operating expenses are incurred outside the United States and are denominated in foreign currencies and are subject to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly the Chinese RMB. Additionally, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statement of operations. The effect of an immediate 10% adverse change in exchange rates on foreign denominated receivables as of June 30, 2008 and June 30, 2009 would result in a loss of approximately $68,000 and $71,000, respectively.

To date, we have not used any foreign exchange forward contracts or similar instruments to attempt to mitigate our exposure to changes in foreign currency rates.

 

64


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are a leading provider of LBS, including voice guided navigation, on mobile phones. Our LBS solutions provide consumers and enterprises with convenient and easy to use location specific, real time and personalized features and functions. By using an integral tool of their daily lives, their mobile phone, our end users can access our LBS almost anytime and anywhere to efficiently navigate to their destinations and easily obtain relevant local information. Through our hosted service delivery model, we provide our solutions through the networks of leading wireless carriers in the United States, including Sprint and AT&T, as well as through certain carriers in other countries. Our flexible and proprietary LBS platform enables us to efficiently provide our LBS to millions of end users, across more than 500 types of mobile phones, all major mobile phone operating systems and a broad range of wireless network protocols. As of September 30, 2009, we had more than 11 million paying end users, who represented less than seven percent of our U.S. wireless carrier partners’ total subscribers.

Our core LBS solution is GPS Navigator, an industry leading voice guided, real time, turn by turn mobile navigation service, which offers many innovative features such as real time traffic alerts, route planning and updated POIs. We leverage our LBS platform to provide easy to implement and cost effective MRM solutions for enterprises. We are also using our LBS platform to develop new offerings such as a feature rich, in-dash navigation solution for automotive consumers. Additionally, we are broadening the scope of our LBS platform by developing solutions that support a broad range of location enhanced applications such as location based mobile advertising, commerce and social networking.

We receive a monthly subscription fee per end user as a fixed fee or a revenue sharing arrangement from our wireless carrier partners, who offer our services on a stand alone basis or bundled with other voice and data services. Our flexible LBS platform and hosted delivery model enable our wireless carrier partners to leverage our infrastructure, expertise and resources to deploy customized LBS offerings, which allows them to attract and retain subscribers and increase data revenue. Due to our established and deep relationships with our wireless carrier and mobile phone manufacturer partners, our client software is generally preloaded on new mobile phones prior to commercial launch, making it easy for end users to discover and activate our LBS.

Our total revenue grew from $48.1 million in fiscal 2008 to $110.9 million in fiscal 2009 and from $21.5 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to $36.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2009. Our net income also increased from $4.6 million in fiscal 2008 to $29.6 million in fiscal 2009 and from $5.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to $8.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2009.

Industry background

The mobile phone is the most widely used portable communication device in the world and continues to play an increasingly prominent role in consumers’ and business professionals’ lives. Significant improvements in device technologies and the deployment of advanced mobile wireless networks have not only enhanced mobile phones’ performance, but also made possible the integration of features and functions such as email, instant messaging, Internet browsing and various forms of multimedia. Historically, these features and functions were only available on Internet connected PCs. The inclusion of location determination technologies, such as the satellite

 

65


Table of Contents

based GPS, in mobile phones has allowed location data to be used to enhance and expand the services that can be delivered to mobile phone users and contributed to the emergence of the LBS market.

The LBS market consists of advanced mobile Internet and data applications that leverage location information to provide mobile phone users with location specific, real time and personalized features and functions. LBS that incorporate location information include turn by turn navigation, route planning, real time traffic alerts and POIs. Beyond these navigation specific services, new mobile LBS, such as location based advertising, commerce and social networking, are emerging. Heightened consumer awareness of the scope and benefits of these services are leading to increased demand. These dynamics result, in part, from the availability of advanced GPS enabled mobile phones and wireless networks as well as wireless carriers’ strong marketing efforts as they seek to increase revenue from data applications, such as LBS.

Advanced, GPS enabled mobile phones and wireless networks are proliferating.     In an effort to remain competitive, mobile phone manufacturers and wireless carriers are rapidly introducing mobile phones with enhanced features and functions, including GPS. In 2009, Gartner estimated that GPS enabled mobile phones would account for 53.4% of all worldwide mobile phone shipments, or 828 million phones, in 2012, up from 15.1%, or 187 million phones, in 2008, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 45.1%. Gartner also noted that the North American market is expected to have the highest penetration rate of GPS enabled mobile phones of any market worldwide. GPS enabled mobile phones are expected to account for 96.0% of all North American mobile phone shipments, or 207 million phones, in 2012, up from 64.3%, or 118 million phones, in 2008.

Mobile phones that incorporate GPS technology are typically capable of supporting advanced mobile phone operating systems and rich data applications because of other enhancements, such as faster processors, increased memory and larger high resolution screens. Wireless carriers continue to invest hundreds of billions of dollars deploying 3G and 4G wireless networks worldwide. In combination, these advancements and investments have changed the way consumers access and interact with Internet based content and services, effectively bringing the richness of the PC based Internet experience to the mobile phone and enabling the emergence of LBS.

Wireless carriers are seeking to increase data revenue.     As the market for mobile voice services matures, the competition among wireless carriers to acquire and retain customers has intensified, putting increasing downward pressure on the prices they charge for their core voice services. In 2009, IDC, an independent market research firm, estimated that the ARPU wireless carriers receive for their core U.S. mobile voice services would decline from $42.19 in 2008 to $36.97 in 2012, representing a compounded annual rate of decline of 3.2%. At the same time, wireless carriers are seeking to recoup their significant investments in 3G and 4G wireless networks. In response to these dynamics, wireless carriers are aggressively seeking and marketing new mobile data services to attract new customers, increase total ARPU and enhance subscriber loyalty. Many wireless carriers are achieving higher data ARPU by offering stand alone data applications or unlimited mobile data plans that include a bundle of key applications, such as mobile navigation. In 2009, IDC estimated that ARPU for mobile data services in the United States would grow from $11.00 in 2008 to $15.21 in 2012, representing a CAGR of 8.4%.

Consumers are rapidly adopting mobile navigation.     The enhanced convenience and utility associated with LBS is driving rapid adoption and growth of the LBS market. For example, mobile navigation, the most popular LBS application today, makes it easier for consumers to drive from

 

66


Table of Contents

one location to another. In 2009, Frost & Sullivan estimated that U.S. consumer LBS revenue would increase from $482 million in 2008 to $2.8 billion in 2012, representing a CAGR of 55.8%, and mobile navigation accounted for approximately 80% of the total U.S. LBS market in 2008.

The LBS market offers multiple opportunities for expansion.     LBS are not limited to mobile phone based navigation services. LBS enable consumers to enjoy benefits of an enhanced mobile Internet experience, such as location based mobile advertising, commerce and social networking, on their mobile phones and on other mobile devices, including an enriched navigation experience in their cars. Similarly, services such as MRM enable enterprises to leverage the benefits of LBS to more effectively and efficiently manage their mobile resources.

In response to consumer demand for affordable and easy to use LBS, LBS providers are developing and introducing new applications that integrate location information in innovative ways. For example, a consumer can use a mobile phone to search for restaurant recommendations and get personalized and targeted results based on the consumer’s location and preferences. Once the consumer selects a restaurant, he or she can access services such as voice guided, real time, turn by turn navigation or third party reviews, or elect to receive a mobile coupon. As LBS applications increasingly incorporate consumers’ locations and preferences, targeted mobile advertising will become more compelling and valuable to advertisers. In 2009, eMarketer, an independent market research firm, estimated that U.S. mobile advertising would grow from $320 million in 2008 to $1.6 billion in 2013, representing a CAGR of 37.3%.

In a similar response to consumer demand, automobile manufacturers are introducing affordable navigation units as a central component of in-dash entertainment and information systems. In 2009, IDC estimated that the worldwide original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, in-dash navigation market would grow from $15.4 billion in 2008 to $20.8 billion in 2012, representing a CAGR of 7.7%. These integrated units extend beyond traditional navigation units by combining audio and voice capabilities with wireless network connectivity to deliver real time LBS, such as traffic and weather information.

Enterprises are seeking solutions that enable them to cost effectively and efficiently manage their mobile resources, as well as their company data, communications and work flow. Historically, these solutions required the deployment of costly applications and hardware, primarily limiting the use of these solutions to large enterprises. The development and widespread availability of LBS provides enterprises of all sizes with a viable alternative, MRM. In 2009, Frost & Sullivan estimated that the U.S. MRM market would grow from $86 million in 2008 to $744 million in 2013, representing a CAGR of 53.9%.

Industry challenges

Technological advancements have led consumers to expect immediate access to the latest, most accurate information, real time responses and greater convenience at lower cost in both their personal and professional lives. At the same time, wireless carriers are facing pressure to increase revenue and increase subscriber loyalty. As a result, wireless carriers are investing heavily in innovative consumer applications, as well as wireless network infrastructure, to keep pace with end user demand and the latest technologies.

Challenges facing end users.     Historically, consumers relied on paper maps for navigation and paper directories for limited information about POIs. More recently, many consumers began to rely on directions they could download and print from the Internet. However, these solutions

 

67


Table of Contents

often require advanced planning, are cumbersome and dangerous to use while driving and cannot provide updated directions based on route conditions or reroute a driver when he or she is lost. The increased use of GPS technology in various consumer applications addressed many of the shortcomings of these traditional navigation solutions. In-dash navigation systems are limited to the vehicle in which they are installed and PNDs require dedicated navigation only hardware. Most GPS based solutions also rely on mapping and POI information that is static, requiring consumers to expend time, effort and money to periodically refresh the content and software. Due to the general lack of upgradeability, these solutions become obsolete very quickly, requiring consumers to replace the device if they want to take advantage of many of the latest features and functions.

Mobile Internet mapping applications currently lack functions such as voice guided navigation and real time rerouting. These limitations have spurred the availability of LBS applications that can be downloaded from the Internet or application stores. While end users can download third party LBS navigation applications from the Internet to their mobile phones, these applications often entail frustrating or complicated downloading and installation processes, create uncertainty regarding the reliability and quality of the vendor or their services and provide limited customer support.

Enterprises also face the challenge of managing the complexity of their organizations and increasing the productivity of their workforces and assets in a cost effective manner. Addressing basic needs such as locating, tracking and dispatching workforces, as well as delivering time sensitive information to and from the field, is often difficult and expensive. Developing solutions that securely link enterprises’ information technology infrastructure with diverse mobile devices in the field typically requires costly, time consuming implementations that rely largely on customized components.

Challenges facing wireless carriers.     Wireless carriers are under pressure to increase revenue and enhance subscriber loyalty. Their core voice businesses are threatened by several key factors, including strong competition in a heavily penetrated market, a lack of subscriber loyalty due to phone number portability and potential competition from free voice service providers. Compounding these issues, wireless carriers are under increasing pressure to invest in infrastructure to keep pace with consumer expectations and the demand for low cost, fast and reliable network service. Additionally, some mobile phone manufacturers and mobile phone operating system providers are seeking to develop direct relationships with consumers, which could weaken the existing relationship wireless carriers share with their subscribers. These dynamics are driving wireless carriers to seek innovative ways to differentiate themselves by delivering more compelling applications and services.

LBS represent an opportunity for wireless carriers to respond to these threats and enhance their relationships with their subscribers. However, the design and delivery of these services are highly complex. For example, developing a compelling LBS offering involves the coordination of many unrelated parties including application developers, geographic information system, or GIS, providers, map and other content providers and voice recognition engine providers. The design and large scale deployment of LBS also requires a deep understanding of GPS technology and the ability to deliver services across a continually evolving universe of mobile phones and mobile phone operating systems. Given the significant competitive pressures wireless carriers face, they have partnered with third party LBS providers who can deliver low cost, high quality applications, are aligned with their long term interests and can help them achieve a sustainable competitive advantage.

 

68


Table of Contents

Our solutions

We are a leading provider of LBS solutions, including voice guided navigation, on mobile phones, which are convenient and easy to use, contain personalized, updated content and enable wireless carriers to increase data revenue and enhance subscriber loyalty. The majority of our LBS are delivered through a broad array of GPS enabled mobile phones. We have also leveraged our LBS platform to develop new LBS for mobile phones and are extending our LBS beyond the mobile phone. For example, we deliver LBS through an enterprise MRM solution, an in-dash navigation system and a TeleNav branded, connected PND. We have a 10 year history of designing and delivering highly scalable and reliable LBS, which deliver the following benefits to our end users and wireless carrier partners:

Convenience and ease of use.     We primarily deliver our LBS on a device that is completely mobile and an integral tool of daily life—the mobile phone. Our ability to deliver consistent and rich LBS across a broad range of mobile phones and mobile phone operating systems, as well as wireless network protocols, enables end users to avoid the cost and inconvenience of acquiring a dedicated navigation device and allows our LBS to be accessed almost anytime and anywhere.

Because of our proven capabilities and the flexibility of our solutions, we have developed strong relationships with leading wireless carriers. Our wireless carrier partners typically require mobile phone manufacturers to preload our LBS on new mobile phones, which enables the wireless carriers to seamlessly deploy our LBS and increases adoption of our LBS. Alternative solutions, most frequently those found in online application stores, require end users to search for and download an application, a process that is often time consuming and frustrating. We have focused significant resources on delivering consistent and rich LBS across a broad range of mobile phones and mobile phone operating systems, as well as wireless network protocols, making our LBS convenient and easy to use while enhancing the overall end user experience.

Rich, personalized, real time features and functions.     We partner with leading content vendors and technology companies which provide mapping, POI, traffic, gas price and weather data and voice recognition technology. We integrate third party content with location specific information and advanced features and functions to develop feature rich, personalized LBS. Through our hosted delivery model, we provide accurate, updated information to our end users on their mobile phones in real time. This approach enables us to enhance the end user experience by offering innovative features such as 3D moving maps, voice recognition for address input and local business and POI searches, integration with contacts, email or text traffic alerts and voice guided, turn by turn directions that account for real time traffic changes.

Over the air updates.     We deliver enhancements to our existing LBS and introduce new LBS to our end users by using our wireless carrier partners’ networks. By delivering updates and enhancements over the air, we allow our end users to enjoy our latest features and functions while avoiding the confusion and inconvenience often associated with updating software.

Deep integration across mobile phones, mobile phone operating systems and wireless network protocols .    We work closely with our wireless carrier and mobile phone manufacturer partners early in the development lifecycle of new mobile phones to test our LBS on their mobile phones before they are introduced to the market. We support more than 500 types of mobiles phones. We also support all major mobile phone operating systems including Android, BlackBerry, Brew, iPhone OS, J2ME, MBP, Palm WebOS and Symbian, deliver our LBS in more than 10 languages and operate on all major wireless network protocols. Our mobile phone and mobile phone

 

69


Table of Contents

operating system agnostic approach, in combination with our testing process, allows us to deliver consistent, high quality LBS to a broad universe of end users. Our approach allows our wireless carrier partners to easily deploy, manage, market and promote our LBS across their subscriber bases.

Our solutions are highly customizable, allowing our wireless carrier partners to deliver carrier branded offerings and integrate our LBS with other key features and functions on their mobile phones, such as address book and calendar. This level of customization enables them to strengthen their brand and increase subscriber loyalty by developing targeted LBS offerings for specific subscriber segments. Our solutions are tightly integrated with our wireless carriers’ back-end systems, such as provisioning and billing, which streamlines the subscriber authentication and provisioning process and allows them to maintain control of their subscriber relationships. For example, we maintain a dedicated connection from our data center to one of our wireless carrier partners’ data centers, which enables a faster, superior service.

Support for new platforms and services .    We primarily deliver our LBS solutions as a hosted service, which enables us to continue to deploy new LBS to mobile phones, as well as to extend our LBS to new device platforms, such as in-dash navigation systems. We also provide enterprises with cost effective, easy to install MRM solutions. Our MRM solutions leverage our LBS platform and integrate with enterprises’ back-end systems to enable them to use mobile phones or low cost dedicated devices to locate, track and dispatch their workforces and deliver time sensitive information to and from the field. We are also developing solutions that support a broad range of location enhanced applications, such as location based mobile advertising, commerce and social networking.

Our competitive strengths

We were one of the early pioneers in LBS and have a 10-year history of developing and delivering advanced mobile navigation and other LBS solutions. The breadth and depth of our technical and market expertise has enabled us to develop robust LBS, attract a large end user base and establish deep relationships with wireless carriers and other members of the LBS value chain, including mobile phone manufacturers and content, applications and technology providers.

Large and growing end user base.     As of September 30, 2009, there were over 11 million paying end users to our LBS. Our large and growing end user base, and our experience supporting a broad range of mobile phones, mobile phone operating systems and wireless network protocols, enables us to realize economies of scale and deliver incremental value to existing and future end users and our wireless carrier and other partners, such as third party content and advertising providers. By delivering our services to millions of end users, we can leverage our product development costs and expertise more effectively and efficiently. The potential returns to third party content and advertising providers are higher across a larger end user base, which makes them more inclined to partner with us. From our end user base, we generate meaningful market data and product development insights, and with this information we are able to expand our services and address the evolving needs of our end users. Our end user base also allows us to enhance our solutions with user generated content and introduce new services and solutions, such as community based applications, without incurring significant customer acquisition costs.

Strong and deep partnerships with key members of the LBS value chain.     Our LBS have been deployed by 15 wireless carriers in 29 countries, including leading wireless carriers in the United States. Our wireless carrier partners continue to make investments that foster our long term

 

70


Table of Contents

relationships because our LBS assist them to increase their data ARPU and strengthen their subscriber relationships. We work closely with our wireless carrier partners during their product development and testing cycles and undergo a comprehensive certification process. Our back-end systems are tightly integrated with those of our wireless carrier partners, which enables the seamless delivery of our services from product launch to billing. These factors, as well as our growing installed end user base, promote our relationships with our wireless carrier partners and enhance the growth opportunities associated with them. We also collaborate closely with our mobile phone manufacturer and wireless carrier partners so that our services work in many countries and on a wide range of mobile phones and wireless network protocols. In combination with an established track record of delivering reliable, scalable LBS to the market, we help mobile phone manufacturers to meet critical time to market windows and wireless carriers to attract and retain subscribers and increase data revenue.

We also have strong and deep relationships with key players across the LBS value chain, including application developers, map and other content providers and voice recognition platform providers. These relationships allow us to develop and deliver high quality, robust LBS to our end users.

Closely aligned business objectives with wireless carrier partners.     Our hosted delivery model enables our wireless carrier partners to brand and market a customized version of our LBS and leverage our infrastructure, partnerships and expertise. Our offerings enhance subscriber loyalty and increase revenue for our wireless carrier partners while helping us to drive adoption of our LBS without incurring significant sales and marketing costs. We primarily rely on the substantial resources of our wireless carrier partners for our marketing and sales efforts. We also use our wireless carrier partners’ infrastructure to assist in validation and provisioning of and to bill for our services. This allows our wireless carrier partners to maintain their subscriber relationships and reduces our cost of acquiring, retaining and billing end users. We receive a monthly subscription fee per end user as a fixed fee or revenue sharing arrangement from our wireless carrier partners, aligning our interests in attracting and retaining subscribers.

Leading solutions and technology.     Our success has been driven by the strength of the LBS and GPS credentials of our founders and breadth of experience of our research and development team. Our technical team has a deep understanding of GPS technologies, hosted service deployments, mobile phones, mobile phone operating systems and wireless network protocols. We believe we were the first to market with many advanced mobile phone based navigation features, including 3D moving maps, location relevant gas prices, search along route, real time traffic alerts and one-click rerouting. Our technical expertise has allowed us to develop a flexible LBS platform that positions us to address new market opportunities rapidly and at low cost.

Our strategy

Our objective is to enhance our position as a leading provider of LBS by increasing the value of our services to consumers, enterprises, wireless carriers and mobile phone manufacturers worldwide. We intend to use our deep expertise in LBS, flexible technology platform and large end user base to expand our position in adjacent markets, such as in-dash navigation and location based advertising.

Increase end user penetration within our existing wireless carrier partners.     Our ability to foster deep relationships with and provide value to our wireless carrier partners has significantly contributed to our success. We intend to continue to collaborate with our wireless carrier

 

71


Table of Contents

partners to strengthen and enhance these relationships and attract and retain subscribers using our LBS. We had more than 11 million paying end users as of September 30, 2009, which represented less than seven percent of our U.S. wireless carrier partners’ total subscribers. In addition to our current solutions, we intend to introduce and promote premium offerings through our wireless carrier partners’ sales and marketing channels, allowing us to attract more end users and increase our revenue.

Strengthen and broaden our LBS offerings and technology platform.     We intend to continue to further strengthen and broaden our LBS offerings and technology platform to improve the performance of our LBS and anticipate and address the changing demands of our end users and wireless carrier partners. For example, we recently introduced a proprietary GIS for faster route calculations. We intend to continue to enhance our technology platform through our internal efforts and by continuing to build and strengthen our relationships with technology partners, content providers, enterprise software providers, mobile phone manufacturers and wireless carriers. These efforts will continue to deeply integrate their offerings with ours and facilitate further adoption of our LBS.

Pursue new carrier relationships, expand geographically and develop additional sales channels.     Our ability to use a wireless carrier based distribution model has been critical to our success. Given the demonstrated success of our existing wireless carrier relationships, we intend to pursue partnerships with additional wireless carriers, domestically and internationally, particularly in markets outside of North America where end user adoption of mobile data services is expected to grow rapidly. We believe that we are well positioned to add new wireless carrier partners through the delivery of highly differentiated, scalable and reliable LBS with localized features and functions.

With the growth of the mobile Internet, we also intend to sell our LBS through a greater range of sales channels. For example, we intend to increase adoption of our applications by using new mobile phone application sales channels, such as Apple’s iTunes App Store. Our wireless carrier relationships, as well as our easy to use and convenient solutions, allow us to provide a differentiated offering in application stores. For example, we believe our Apple iTunes App Store offering was the first application to provide for monthly billing through the wireless carrier.

Leverage our core competencies to expand into adjacent markets.     We believe that our deep expertise in GPS technologies, mobile phones and connected services coupled with our reliable and scalable technology platform will enable us to expand into adjacent markets. For example, we intend to leverage our mobile navigation technology to introduce affordable in-dash navigation systems with mass market appeal. Additionally, we continue to explore opportunities to enhance our LBS and LBS platform with new features and functions, including location based mobile advertising and commerce. We are also incorporating innovative features such as location based social networking into our solutions and making other enhancements to our LBS platform.

Evaluate and pursue strategic acquisitions.     We intend to continue to evaluate strategic investment and acquisition opportunities to enhance the features and functions of our LBS, extend our technology platform, increase our geographic presence and take advantage of new market opportunities. When evaluating acquisitions, we intend to consider time to market, synergies with our existing service and product offerings and potential market share gains.

 

72


Table of Contents

Our services and products

We provide a range of LBS for consumers and enterprises. Our core LBS include mobile navigation for consumers and MRM for enterprises. We are also extending our core LBS to new device platforms, such as in-dash navigation solutions, as well as developing new LBS for mobile phones, including location based mobile advertising, commerce and social networking.

Mobile navigation .    We deliver our solutions through our location based technology, applications and service delivery platform, or SDP, which are tightly integrated with a broad range of mobile phones, mobile phone operating systems and wireless network protocols. GPS Navigator is our flagship voice guided, real time, turn by turn, mobile navigation service. Accessed primarily through mobile phones, this service delivers many innovative features and functions and is available to end users both on a white label basis, such as Sprint Navigation and AT&T Navigator, and under the TeleNav brand. GPS Navigator utilizes accurate, updated information to provide end users with an enhanced mobile navigation experience. The core functions and enhanced connected features of GPS Navigator include:

 

Core functions:

   Enhanced connected features:

•   voice guided, turn by turn directions;

 

•   3D moving maps;

 

•   automatic rerouting for missed turns;

 

•   over 10 million searchable POIs, including restaurants, hotels, ATMs, Wi-Fi hotspots and gas stations;

 

•   search along route; and

 

•   integration with contacts.

  

•   updated maps, POIs, real time traffic, gas prices and weather information;

 

•   voice recognition for address input and local business and POI searches;

 

•   traffic optimized routing, intelligent one-click navigation rerouting and updated estimated time of arrival based on current traffic flow;

 

•   POI reviews, including end user generated reviews and POI review sharing;

 

•   real time traffic alerts specific to a chosen route;

 

•   preplanned routes through our website that can be saved, downloaded to mobile phones and accessed with a one-click routing function; and

 

•   address sharing.

Mobile resource management .    We offer enterprises an integrated suite of MRM solutions to better manage mobile workforces and fleets and improve productivity. Depending on their specific needs and requirements, enterprises may use one or all of our MRM solutions, which include our flagship TeleNav Track service, as well as TeleNav Vehicle Manager, TeleNav Vehicle Tracker and TeleNav Asset Tracker.

Our MRM solutions allow enterprises to monitor and manage mobile workforces and assets by using our LBS platform to track job status and the location of workers, field assets and equipment. TeleNav Track enables two-way data communications between an enterprise’s

 

73


Table of Contents

back-end systems and its mobile workforces, providing more effective and efficient management of assignments. Workers in the field using TeleNav Track can easily transmit information wirelessly to the enterprise’s back-end systems via our customizable and flexible forms from their mobile phones. Key features and functions of our MRM solutions include:

 

 

voice guided, turn by turn directions to efficiently navigate workers to their destinations;

 

 

real time and historical reports of the location of the mobile workforce and routes taken and transit times as compared to optimal routes and ideal transit times;

 

 

updated job status information to improve efficiency and productivity in connection with assignments;

 

 

automatic alerts when workers or vehicles enter or exit a specific area, have stopped or are speeding;

 

 

customizable wireless forms to capture field information and improve communication, including job details, signatures and barcode scans;

 

 

wireless timecards to improve payroll accuracy and workforce time and attendance; and

 

 

integration with an enterprise’s back-end systems and applications, such as accounting, billing and dispatching applications.

In-dash navigation .    We have been working with various OEM and automobile manufacturers to provide our mobile navigation services through connected in-dash systems. Our technology powers an in-dash navigation service that provides accurate, easy to use, updated and connected real time LBS to drivers at a low cost, unlike most other in-dash navigation systems currently available. Our first in-dash navigation service is available as a premium option in the 2010 Ford Focus and Taurus models sold in North America today. By combining Microsoft’s SYNC and other connected technologies with our GPS Navigator in these vehicles, drivers are able to utilize their car’s existing radio screen and speaker system in conjunction with their mobile phone to utilize our LBS.

We are developing an in-dash navigation service that will incorporate our navigation software loaded in the vehicle and a connected service to deliver real time traffic information, gas prices and frequently updated maps. We intend to leverage our established LBS platform, large end user base and real time content, including user generated content, to provide rich in-dash navigation features and functions and enhance the end user experience. We expect this service to be available in the U.S. market in certain 2011 model cars.

Other LBS solutions .    We are also developing other LBS solutions with new technologies, business models and distribution channels in our current LBS market segment and adjacent segments. The following are some of the initiatives we are undertaking:

Location based mobile advertising .    We have begun a limited release of mobile location based advertising services that deliver personalized, location based and time sensitive mobile advertising with features such as location specific sponsored listings, content, coupons and dining menus. In September 2009, we deployed our mobile location based advertising services to a limited number of our end users.

Internet connected PND.     TeleNav Shotgun is our two-way, Internet connected PND that provides users with turn by turn navigation and access to real time traffic alerts and rerouting,

 

74


Table of Contents

real time POI searches, updated maps and data and address sharing. TeleNav Shotgun showcases our hybrid navigation solution technology, which enables the delivery of real time content and over the air updates of enhanced versions of our service on a device with a larger high resolution screen. We released TeleNav Shotgun in late 2008 and offer it through our online store.

Social networking LBS applications.     We are exploring a suite of social networking LBS applications. In 2008, we released a beta version of Whereboutz, our social networking application which allows end users to share their location and status with friends online or via mobile phones. We expect to launch a social networking application which connects end users based upon their locations and interests, in the fourth calendar quarter of 2009.

End user billing and support

End user billing.     End users are generally billed for our services through their wireless carrier, which may offer our services on a stand alone basis or bundled with other voice and data services. The wireless carriers bill subscribers monthly and provide us a monthly fee per end user, which consists of a fixed amount or a portion of the wireless carrier’s per end user revenue related to our service. We and our wireless carrier partners may offer subscribers a 30-day free trial for our service. We believe that the wireless carrier billing makes our services more appealing to consumers and enterprises as they are not required to pay a separate monthly charge to a different vendor. For a small minority of end users who purchase our LBS through our website or in application stores, we bill their credit cards directly on a monthly basis.

End user support.     Our wireless carrier partners generally provide first level support to their subscribers if the wireless carrier provides our services on a white label basis. We provide secondary support for issues that cannot be resolved by our wireless carrier partners. If the service is provided under the TeleNav brand, we generally provide all support to end users. For our GPS Navigator support functions, we utilize a third party customer support service provider located in the Philippines that provides live customer support 24 hours a day, seven days a week. We provide training and technical management to their employees and assist with problem resolution. We also maintain our own call center available during business hours that generally focuses on support escalations for all our services and products.

 

75


Table of Contents

Platform and architecture

Our hosted SDP and client software enable us to deliver our end user interface as well as the features and functions of our LBS on GPS enabled mobile phones and other GPS enabled devices.

LOGO

Service delivery platform .     Our hosted SDP is a modular and scalable platform that enables us to bring different types of information together to respond to voice or data requests by our end users. Our SDP manages different engines, such as mapping, routing, geocoding, local searches, location specific alerts, traffic alerts, searches along the route, gas prices and weather, as well as our proprietary account authentication system and other functionalities. Our SDP communicates with our client software in mobile phones or other devices over our wireless carrier partners’ networks. Our SDP is designed to easily add capacity for our rapidly expanding end user base through the addition of individual service elements, such as application servers or database nodes. We have developed many proprietary technologies to differentiate our LBS offerings. For example, our routing engine produces fast and accurate results, our content search engine and address capture engine use relevance scoring technology to provide end users with accurate and relevant results and we provide voice activated search and address input that is customized for street names.

In addition, our SDP has the following advantages that further strengthen our position in the LBS industry:

Tight integration with many wireless carrier networks .    Our SDP allows us to operate effectively with the networks of our wireless carrier partners, minimize downtime and achieve efficient server load balancing. Our SDP is integrated with our wireless carrier partners’ back-end systems, such as billing and authentication, permitting rapid end user verification and improved response times. For example, we maintain a dedicated connection from our data center to one of our wireless carrier partners’ data centers, which enables a faster, superior service.

Integration with a large number of third party content providers .    Our SDP is integrated with many third party content providers through our proprietary applications. This integration facilitates a high quality end user experience by enabling the delivery of rich local information

 

76


Table of Contents

and more accurate search results by removing duplicate and conflicting data, and providing the flexibility to incorporate a wide array of content, including POI, traffic, gas prices and weather information. The flexibility of our SDP enables us to quickly add new content providers and meet evolving market demands.

Scalability to other applications and business models.     Our SDP is highly scalable, which allows us to address rapid growth in our end user base. For example, our SDP is able to support different applications and business models such as our GPS Navigator, our wireless carrier partners’ white label navigation services, TeleNav Track, TeleNav Shotgun, Whereboutz and location based mobile advertising.

Client software

Client application approach .    Our client application approach is to deliver a flexible client application environment, which enables us to quickly and effectively support different mobile phones and integrate with the continually evolving feature sets they include to create a better user experience. Our client software interfaces with our SDP to access updated information and data, routing and other services without using device memory for data intensive functions such as map and POI storage. Our client software conducts core navigation functions such as GPS data noise filtering, 3D moving map generation, user friendly and audio and graphical guidance generation. Our client software also enables our user interface to capture end user requests.

Intuitive user interface.     Our LBS provide one-button access to local information, an intuitive user interface and consistent features and functions regardless of the mobile phone, mobile phone operating system or wireless network protocol the end user is utilizing. For many mobile phones, we also offer customized user interfaces and features and functions based on the feature preferences of our wireless carrier partners, including the ability to obtain directions from the end user’s contact data on the mobile phone without having to retype the address.

Easy feature and functions upgrades.     We can automatically provide over the air updates of enhanced versions of our service to mobile phones that use our recent client applications, without the need to upload new client software.

Cached data for operation with limited connectivity.     Our client applications are also built to address the realities of wireless networks. Our client applications allow us to provide simplified navigation services even if users enter an area of no or limited network connectivity by caching the route and navigation information along the route at the beginning of the trip.

Technology

Our proprietary technologies enable us to provide our LBS to millions of end users, across hundreds of mobile phones as well as all major mobile phone operating systems and wireless network protocols. Our scalable LBS includes technologies that are deployed on the client and in the back-end to deliver an integrated service.

Client technology .    Our client technologies include a navigation and guidance engine and tools allowing us to efficiently develop and deploy new applications to mobile phones.

Navigation and guidance engine.     GPS technology provides a precise latitude and longitude of an object in digital form. Our navigation engine uses our proprietary algorithms to filter

 

77


Table of Contents

GPS data noise and direct end users to the correct location through the timely delivery of voice guidance to enable end users to easily follow the directions and minimize the risks of making an incorrect turn or missing a turn.

Client application development technology.     We have developed a cross platform framework and proprietary markup language that allow us to extend our LBS applications across different mobile phone operating systems more efficiently, eliminating the need for costly and time consuming redesign and development. On newer versions of our client applications, our markup language enables us to add features to our services remotely from our servers without requiring the end user to load new client software. On some mobile phones, we can also deliver client software updates to the mobile phone directly over the wireless network. In addition, in Europe and Canada, end users can select a language and our client software interface and related services will be delivered in that language over the wireless network.

Client application development processes .    Our client application development processes, which include design, porting and publication processes, allow us to extend our services effectively and efficiently to different mobile phones across multiple mobile phone operating systems, wireless network protocols, languages and countries. Our processes also allow us to tailor our services to different mobile phone operating systems and address different feature preferences of our wireless carrier partners. We work with mobile phone manufacturers to extend our client software to their new mobile phones so that our services can work most efficiently on their device and provide a better user experience. We generally conduct these activities prior to commercial launch of the mobile phone so that our client software can be preloaded on the device before it is launched for sale. This ensures that our end users have an intuitive experience without the need for lengthy application downloads or installation. This also allows our wireless carrier and mobile phone manufacturer partners to maximize marketing and sales during the limited market windows for new mobile phones.

Back-end technology .    Our back-end technologies include our GIS, engines for local search, mobile voice recognition, geo alert and advanced geo data aggregation, traffic and a local advertising platform.

Voice recognition technology.     We have developed customized voice recognition technology built upon a third party voice recognition engine to serve the specific needs of navigation services and LBS customers. Our voice recognition technology is optimized for street names and local searches and special navigation commands, such as “go home.”

Local search technology.     We have developed a mobile search technology, which focuses on information with localized relevance and accuracy, to address the needs of mobile phone users and the relatively small screens of mobile phones.

Routing and mapping technology.     We have developed a proprietary GIS, which provides fast route and map generation while optimizing the route based on current traffic conditions. Because our proprietary GIS uses less computing resources, these efficiencies enable us to scale our servers more economically.

Application hosting and provisioning system .    We have developed an application hosting and provisioning system that we integrate with the billing systems of our wireless carrier partners. Our application hosting and provisioning system provides a range of billing options designed to maximize the attractiveness of our services to end users with different payment

 

78


Table of Contents

preferences. We believe that this system allows us to deepen our relationships with our wireless carrier partners. This system is also integrated with third party verification services to allow us to bill our end users’ credit cards if a carrier partner is not involved.

Infrastructure and operations

Our end users rely on our services while on the road. As a result, we strive to ensure the continuous availability of our services through our high quality hosting platform and operational excellence.

Data center facilities .    We have developed our infrastructure with the goal of maximizing the availability of our applications, which are hosted on a highly scalable and available network located in two secure third party facilities in Santa Clara and Sunnyvale, California. We are currently developing a disaster recovery facility in Sacramento, California that we expect to be fully operational during the first quarter of calendar 2010.

We have entered into service agreements with Internap Network Services Corporation, Qwest Communication Corporation and RagingWire Enterprise Solutions, Inc. in connection with our data center facilities in Santa Clara, Sunnyvale and Sacramento, California, respectively. Pursuant to the service agreements, we have leased facility space, power, cooling and Internet connectivity for a term of one, two and three years, respectively, with an annual option to renew for additional one year terms.

Hosting infrastructure .    Our hosting operations incorporate industry standard hardware and software, including the Apache Tomcat open source operating system and Oracle and MySQL databases, into a flexible, scalable architecture. Elements of our infrastructure can be replaced or added with no interruption in service, helping to ensure that any single hardware failure will not cause a broad service outage. Our architecture enables us to host multiple wireless carriers and millions of end users on a single server farm and is designed to use inexpensive, industry standard hardware. Our infrastructure is also designed to support the varying needs of different wireless carriers.

Service level commitment .    The combination of our hosting infrastructure and flexible architecture enables us to offer our wireless carrier partners at least 99.9% uptime every month, excluding designated periods of maintenance. We target achieving an even higher level of service availability. However, we have in the past and may in the future experience service outages.

Performance monitoring .    We continuously monitor and optimize the performance of our SDP. We have built a custom application common logging infrastructure that continuously records the transactional behavior of the system, which can be reviewed to address any anomalies or issues. We have also built or licensed centralized performance consoles, automated load distribution tools and various self-diagnostic tools and programs. We have live performance monitoring 24 hours a day, seven days a week, to promptly identify and address any technical issues.

Research and development

Our research and development organization is responsible for the design, development and testing of our services and products. Our engineering team has deep expertise and experience in GPS and wireless and connected services and we have a number of personnel with longstanding experience with LBS applications and scaling hosted service models.

 

79


Table of Contents

Our current research and development efforts are focused on:

 

 

improving and expanding features, functionality and performance of our existing services;

 

 

developing applications, services and products for new mobile phones, mobile phone operating systems and emerging wireless network technologies; and

 

 

developing key technology and content to reduce third party costs.

Our development strategy is to identify features, services and products that are, or are expected to be, needed or desired by our end users. We also work closely with our wireless carrier partners to develop and offer service features that are attractive to their subscriber base, which are complementary to their other offered applications, and strategies to address their need to increase subscribers and ARPU.

As of September 30, 2009, our research and development team consisted of 577 people located in Sunnyvale, California and Beijing, Shanghai and Xi’an, China. We have been successful in creating cross border capabilities in the United States and China for high value engineering at low cost. Our U.S. and China research and development operations function together on service and product development and extension of our existing services to new mobile phones. Our research and development expenses were $10.9 million, $13.7 million, $23.5 million and $7.9 million for fiscal 2007, fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, respectively. We expect that the number of our research and development personnel will continue to increase over time and that the absolute dollar amount of our research and development expenses will also increase.

Marketing and sales

We rely on the extensive distribution channels of our wireless carrier partners to expand the adoption of our LBS. In addition, we sell our LBS to end users through our website and mobile phone application stores, such as Apple’s iTunes App Store. We focus the majority of our marketing efforts on supporting our wireless carrier partners’ marketing programs to promote our LBS to their subscribers through either our wireless carrier partners’ white label or our own branded version of our solution. This strategy enables us to leverage the marketing resources of our wireless carrier partners and minimize our sales and marketing costs.

Marketing .    Our wireless carrier partners are our primary source of marketing to end users. They employ a variety of marketing programs to sell our LBS, including promotion in retail stores and through their sales forces, and through television, radio, Internet and print advertising. We also implement selected public relations activities to support the launch of our LBS on new devices or the release of new LBS.

We typically provide original marketing and promotion materials, as well as electronic sales tools, to the wireless carrier partners with which we work closely to drive the adoption of our LBS. We also provide a limited number of demonstration subscriptions for use by our wireless carrier partners’ sales and marketing personnel. Our wireless carrier partners generally determine the distribution channels to be used and ensure that the marketing materials are accessible to their direct and indirect sales forces, which may include third party distribution vendors. We often assist our wireless carrier partners with trade shows and other events at their request. We also provide our wireless carrier partners with access to application demonstrations and self-guided training.

 

80


Table of Contents

Sales .    Our wireless carrier partners are primarily responsible for obtaining our end users through their sales and marketing efforts to their existing and potential subscribers. For example, mobile phones enabled with our LBS are sold in AT&T’s direct channels, such as retail stores, and through the AT&T website and indirect channels, such as national retail partners and indirect dealers. Certain of our wireless carrier partners offer our LBS as part of a bundle of services, such as Sprint’s Simply Everything plans. Bundling of our LBS with voice and/or data packages has led to substantial increases in the number of our new end users. In connection with sales efforts directed primarily at enterprises, we work closely with representatives of our wireless carrier partners, often participating in sales calls and other aspects of the selling process.

Customers

We primarily derive our revenue from our partnerships with wireless carriers who sell our LBS to their subscribers either as a stand alone service or in a bundle with other data or voice services. End users may also subscribe to our services directly from our website, but these customers represent a small minority of our end users. We currently provide our LBS to customers in North America, Asia, Europe and South America.

As of September 30, 2009, we had entered into agreements with 15 wireless carriers to provide our LBS in approximately 29 countries. Our revenue from the United States constituted 99%, 97%, 96% and 97% of our total revenue for fiscal 2007, fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, respectively.

Our wireless carrier partners generally pay us a monthly subscription fee for each end user that subscribes to our LBS through the wireless carrier. Our agreements with wireless carriers either provide for a monthly fee per end user as a fixed fee or revenue sharing arrangement. In many cases, end users purchase our LBS bundled with data and voice services provided by the wireless carriers.

We are substantially dependent on Sprint and AT&T for our revenue. For fiscal 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, Sprint represented 90%, 62%, 61% and 55% of our revenue, respectively, and AT&T represented 2%, 26%, 29% and 34% of our revenue, respectively. We expect Sprint and AT&T to represent a significant portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future.

Our current agreement with Sprint was effective as of January 30, 2009 and expires on December 31, 2011. Pursuant to the terms of our agreement with Sprint, we are the exclusive provider of Sprint Navigation and we are required to give Sprint most favored customer pricing on specified products during the term of our agreement. Sprint is not required to offer our LBS. The agreement with Sprint will automatically renew at the end of the initial term for successive 12 month periods unless either party provides notice of termination at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the applicable term; however, our right to be the exclusive provider of Sprint Navigation expires on December 31, 2010. Our agreement with Sprint also allows either party to terminate the agreement if the other party materially breaches its obligations and fails to cure such breach. Additionally, Sprint may terminate the agreement if we effect a change in control transaction or become insolvent and, beginning December 31, 2010, Sprint may terminate our agreement for any reason by providing notice at least 30 business days prior to termination.

Our current agreement with AT&T was effective as of March 19, 2008 and expires on March 19, 2011. During the term of our agreement with AT&T, we are the exclusive white label provider to

 

81


Table of Contents

AT&T of GPS enabled navigation services for wireless devices with voice and data capability. AT&T is not required to offer our LBS. The agreement with AT&T will automatically renew at the end of the initial term for successive one year periods unless either party provides notice of termination at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the applicable term. Our agreement with AT&T also allows either party to terminate the agreement if the other party is insolvent or materially breaches its obligations and fails to cure such breach. Until March 2010, AT&T has rights of first refusal for exclusivity for a period of 90 days from release of certain enhanced features of our GPS Navigator products and its derivatives in the United States. We are also required to give AT&T preferred pricing during the term of our agreement.

Under our agreements with Sprint and AT&T, we have obligations to indemnify Sprint and AT&T against, among other things, losses arising out of or in connection with any claim that our technology or services infringe third party proprietary or intellectual property rights. Our agreements with Sprint and AT&T may be terminated in the event an infringement claim is made against us and it is reasonably determined that there is a possibility our technology or service infringed upon a third party’s rights.

We employ administrative, physical and technical safeguards to prevent unauthorized collection, access, use and disclosure of our end users’ private data and to comply with applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations. We do not use any end user data for direct marketing or promotions and do not store any user location information that is specifically identifiable with an end user except to deliver and support our services. We are also required to comply with our wireless carrier partners’ stringent privacy policies and standards.

Intellectual property

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. These laws, procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection and the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain and still evolving. Furthermore, effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our services and products are available.

We seek to patent key concepts, components, protocols, processes and other inventions. As of September 30, 2009, we held eight U.S. patents and nine foreign patents expiring between April 11, 2020 and July 15, 2023, and have 25 U.S. and 29 foreign patent applications pending. Of the pending 25 U.S. patent applications, 22 are nonprovisional patent applications and three are provisional patent applications. These patents and patent applications cover claims associated with features and functions of our LBS and the technology platform we use to provide them. We have filed, and will continue to file, patent applications in the United States and other countries where there exists a strategic technological or business reason to do so. Any future patents issued to us may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Any patents that may issue in the future with respect to pending or future patent applications may not provide sufficiently broad protection or may not prove to be enforceable in actions against alleged infringers.

As of September 30, 2009, we owned the TeleNav trademark, registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, and had a trademark application pending for Whereboutz. We also own the TeleNav and design logo registered trademark in the United Kingdom and European Union. We

 

82


Table of Contents

have several unregistered trademarks, including TeleNav GPS Navigator, TeleNav Track, TeleNav Vehicle Tracker, TeleNav Asset Tracker, TeleNav Shotgun, TeleNav Vehicle Manager and “Always Find Your Way.”

We endeavor to enter into agreements with our employees and contractors and with parties with which we do business in order to limit access to and disclosure of our proprietary information. We cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use or reverse engineering of our technology. Moreover, others may independently develop technologies that are competitive with ours or that infringe our intellectual property. The enforcement of our intellectual property rights also depends on the success of our legal actions against these infringers, but these actions may not be successful, even when our rights have been infringed.

We also enter into various types of licensing agreements to obtain access to technology or data that end users utilize in connection with our LBS. Our most important agreements are with the providers of maps and POI data. We obtain map and POI data pursuant to an agreement with Tele Atlas dated May 26, 2006. Our agreement with Tele Atlas has an initial term of five years which may be extended by mutual agreement. We also obtain map data from NAVTEQ pursuant to an agreement dated December 1, 2002. Our agreement with NAVTEQ had an initial term of one year which has been extended until January 31, 2012 and will automatically renew for successive one year periods thereafter unless either party provides written notice of termination at least 180 days prior to the expiration of the then current term. Our agreements with Tele Atlas and NAVTEQ also allow a party to terminate the agreement if the other party materially breaches its obligations and fails to cure such breach. In addition, we obtain other data such as weather updates, commute alerts, POI and traffic information from additional providers.

Competition

The market for development, distribution and sale of LBS is highly competitive. Many of our competitors have greater name recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing, public relations, sales, distribution and other resources than we do.

Competitors could begin offering LBS that have at least equivalent functionality to ours for free. For example, Google recently announced that it would offer free voice guided, turn by turn navigation as part of its release of Google Maps Navigation for mobile devices based on the Android 2.0 operating system platform. Competition from these free offerings may reduce our revenue and harm our business. If our wireless carrier partners can offer these LBS to their subscribers for free, they may elect to cease their relationship with us, alter or reduce the manner or extent to which they market or offer our services or require us to substantially reduce our subscription fees or pursue other business strategies that may not prove successful.

We compete in the LBS market and our primary competitors include providers of LBS such as Google, Navigon, Networks in Motion, Telmap and TomTom; PND providers such as Garmin and TomTom; integrated navigation mobile phone manufacturers such as Garmin and Nokia; providers of Internet and mobile based maps and directions such as AOL/Mapquest, Google, Microsoft and Yahoo!; and wireless carriers developing their own LBS, such as Vodafone through its Wayfinder acquisition.

Competition in our market is based primarily on product performance which includes features, functions, reliability, flexibility, scalability and interoperability; wireless carrier relationships; technological expertise, capabilities and innovation; price of services and products and total cost

 

83


Table of Contents

of ownership; brand recognition; and size and financial stability of operations. Some of our competitors’ and potential competitors’ advantages over us, either globally or in particular geographic markets, including the following:

 

 

significantly greater revenue and financial resources;

 

 

stronger brand and consumer recognition in a particular market segment, geographic region or worldwide;

 

 

the capacity to leverage their marketing expenditures across a broader portfolio of products;

 

 

access to core technology and intellectual property, including more extensive patent portfolios;

 

 

access to custom or proprietary content;

 

 

quicker pace of innovation;

 

 

stronger wireless carrier relationships;

 

 

more financial flexibility and experience to make acquisitions;

 

 

lower labor and development costs; and

 

 

broader global distribution and presence.

Our competitors’ and potential competitors’ advantages over us could make it more difficult for us to sell our LBS, and could result in increased pricing pressures, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses and failure to increase, or the loss of, market share or expected market share, any of which would likely cause harm to our business, operating results and financial condition.

Employees

As of September 30, 2009, we employed 735 people, including 577 in research and development, 90 in sales and marketing, 22 in customer support and 46 in a general and administrative capacity. As of that date, we had 277 employees in the United States, 453 in China and five in the United Kingdom. We also engage a number of temporary employees and consultants. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is a party to a collective bargaining agreement.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located at 1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, California in an office consisting of approximately 46,500 square feet pursuant to a lease that expires in January 2012. We sublease additional office space in Sunnyvale, California of approximately 23,000 square feet pursuant to a sublease that expires in December 2011. We lease approximately 48,500 square feet of space in Shanghai, China for our research and development, sales and support operations pursuant to leases expiring in September 2014, as well as approximately 17,000 square feet and approximately 9,500 square feet in Beijing and Xi’an, China, respectively, for research and development operations pursuant to leases expiring in May 2012 and October 2011, respectively. We also lease office space of less than 2,500 square feet each in Kirkland, Washington, Ashburn, Virginia and London, England for our sales, marketing and business development personnel located in those areas. In addition to our headquarters and other offices, we lease data center

 

84


Table of Contents

space in Sunnyvale, Sacramento and Santa Clara, California. We believe our current facilities will be adequate or that additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms for the foreseeable future.

Legal proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any material litigation; however, we have received, and may in the future continue to receive, claims from third parties asserting infringement of their intellectual property rights. Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves and our wireless carrier partners by determining the scope, enforceability and validity of third party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights.

In addition, we have received, and expect to continue to receive, demands for indemnification from our wireless carrier partners, which demands can be very expensive to settle or defend, and we have in the past offered to contribute to settlement amounts and incurred legal fees in connection with certain of these indemnity demands. A number of these indemnity demands, including demands relating to pending litigation, remain outstanding and unresolved as of the date of this prospectus. Furthermore, in response to these demands we may be required to assume control of and bear all costs associated with the defense of our wireless carrier partners in compliance with our contractual commitments.

In 2008, Alltel, AT&T, Sprint and T-Mobile, each demanded that we indemnify and defend them against a lawsuit brought by Emsat Advanced Geo-Location Technology LLC and Location Based Services LLC (collectively, “Emsat”) in the Northern District of Ohio (Case Nos. 4:08-cv-822, 4:08-cv-821, 4:08-cv-817, 4:08-cv-818) alleging that the wireless carriers infringe U.S. Patent Nos. 5,946,611, 6,324,404, 6,847,822 and 7,239,763 in connection with the delivery of wireless telephone services and seeking unspecified damages. The Emsat entities are patent holding companies. In May 2009, several of the cases were stayed pending ex parte reexamination of all the patents at issue in the litigation. In June 2009, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office denied the requests for reexamination as it relates to all of the patent claims asserted in the lawsuits. Subsequently, the defendants in certain of the cases have filed an Inter Partes Reexamination Request as to the ‘822 patent and indicated that they would do the same as it relates to the ‘763 patent. The Patent Office is expected to rule on acceptance of this request by December 2009. In the Sprint and Alltel cases, the court has not yet lifted the stay, and has not ruled on a pending motion to vacate the stay. In the T-Mobile and AT&T cases, the parties voluntarily vacated the stay and a trial status conference with the court was held on September 24, 2009. Because of the reexamination and stays, none of the cases has a date for a claim construction hearing or trial. As of the date of this prospectus, we and the wireless carriers have not determined whether, and to what extent, we will provide indemnification regarding the litigation.

In March and April 2009, AT&T, Sprint and T-Mobile demanded that we indemnify and defend them against a lawsuit brought by Traffic Information LLC in the Eastern District of Texas (Case No. 2:09-cv-083) alleging that the wireless carriers infringe U.S. Patent Nos. 6,785,606 and 6,466,862 in connection with the collection and delivery of traffic information to wireless telephone customers and claiming unspecified damages. Traffic Information is a patent holding company. In June 2009, AT&T and T-Mobile responded to the allegations, filing an answer that the two patents were not infringed and invalid. In July 2009, Sprint did the same. As of the date of this prospectus, the court has not yet set any dates in the case and discovery has not

 

85


Table of Contents

commenced. As of the date of this prospectus, we and the wireless carriers have not determined whether, and to what extent, we will provide indemnification regarding the litigation.

In March and May 2009, AT&T and Sprint demanded that we indemnify and defend them against a lawsuit brought by Tendler Cellular of Texas LLC in the Eastern District of Texas (Case No. 6:09-cv-0115) alleging that the wireless carriers infringe U.S. Patent Nos. 7,447,508 in connection with the delivery of certain LBS as part of their wireless telephone services and seeking unspecified damages. Tendler Cellular of Texas is a patent holding company. In May 2009, AT&T responded to the allegations, filing an answer that the patent-in-suit is not infringed, invalid and unenforceable. In June 2009, Sprint did the same. A claim construction hearing has been scheduled for June 24, 2010 and the court has set a trial date of January 10, 2011. As of the date of this prospectus, we and the wireless carriers have not determined whether, and to what extent, we will provide indemnification regarding the litigation.

Large future indemnity payments and associated legal fees and expenses, including potential indemnity payments and legal fees and expenses relating to wireless carriers’ indemnity demands with respect to pending litigation, could materially harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Although we have not agreed to defend or indemnify our wireless carrier partners for the outstanding and unresolved indemnity demands, we may in the future agree to defend and indemnify our wireless carrier or other partners in connection with demands for indemnification, irrespective of whether we believe that we have an obligation to indemnify them or whether we believe our solution infringes the asserted intellectual property rights. Alternatively, we may reject certain of our wireless carriers’ or other partners’ indemnity demands, including the outstanding demands, which may lead to disputes with our wireless carrier or other partners, negatively impact our relationships with them or result in litigation against us. Our wireless carrier or other partners may also claim that any rejection of their indemnity demands constitutes a material breach of our agreements with them, allowing them to terminate such agreements. If we make substantial payments as a result of indemnity demands, our relationships with our wireless carrier or other partners are negatively impacted, or any of our wireless carrier or partner agreements is terminated, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially harmed.

 

86


Table of Contents

Management

Executive officers and directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors as of September 30, 2009:

 

Name    Age    Position
 

H.P. Jin

   45    President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Douglas Miller

   52    Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Y.C. Chao

   45    Vice President, Research and Development

Salman Dhanani

   36    Vice President, Products and Marketing

Loren Hillberg

   51    General Counsel and Secretary

Robert Rennard

   65    Chief Technical Officer

Hassan Wahla

   37    Vice President, Business Development and Carrier Sales

Shawn Carolan(2)

   35    Director

Samuel Chen(1)

   59    Director

Hon Jane (Jason) Chiu(1), (2)

   53    Director

Soo Boon Koh(2)

   59    Director

Joseph M. Zaelit(1)

   64    Director
 

 

(1)   Member of the audit committee.

 

(2)   Member of the compensation committee.

Executive officers

H.P. Jin is a cofounder of our company and has served as our president and a member of our board of directors since October 1999. Dr. Jin has also served as our chief executive officer and chairman of our board of directors from October 1999 to May 2001 and since December 2001. Prior to TeleNav, Dr. Jin served as a senior strategy consultant at the McKenna Group, a strategy consulting firm. Prior to that time, Dr. Jin was a business strategy and management consultant at McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm. Dr. Jin was also previously a technical director at Loral Integrated Navigation Communication Satellite Systems, or LINCSS, a division of Loral Space & Communications, Inc., a GPS service and engineering company. Dr. Jin holds a B.S. and M.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Harbin Institute of Technology in China and a Ph.D. in Guidance, Navigation and Control, with a Ph.D. minor in Electrical Engineering, from Stanford University.

Douglas Miller has served as our chief financial officer since May 2006. From July 2005 to May 2006, Mr. Miller served as vice president and chief financial officer of Longboard, Inc., a privately held provider of telecommunications software. From October 1998 to July 2005, Mr. Miller held various management positions at Synplicity, Inc., a publicly traded electronic design automation

 

87


Table of Contents

company acquired by Synopsys, Inc., including senior vice president of finance and chief financial officer. Prior to that time, Mr. Miller also served as chief financial officer of 3DLabs, Inc., a publicly held graphics semiconductor company, and as a partner at Ernst & Young LLP, a professional services organization. Mr. Miller is a certified public accountant (inactive). He holds a B.S.C. in Accounting from Santa Clara University.

Y.C. Chao is a cofounder of our company and has served as our vice president, research and development, since March 2006. From October 1999 to March 2006, Dr. Chao served as our senior director of technology. From June 1998 to October 1999, Dr. Chao was a GPS software engineer at Snaptrack, an assisted GPS technology company and a subsidiary of Qualcomm Incorporated. Prior to that, Dr. Chao was a GPS receiver engineer at Trimble Navigation, a positioning products solutions company. Dr. Chao holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from National Taiwan University, an M.S. in Aerospace Engineering from the University of Texas Aerospace Engineering, Center for Space Research and a Ph.D. in Aeronautics and Astronautics from Stanford University.

Salman Dhanani is a cofounder of our company and was promoted to vice president, products and marketing, in August 2009. Mr. Dhanani served as our executive director of marketing from March 2009 to July 2009 and as our senior director of marketing from November 1999 to February 2009. From January 1999 to November 1999, Mr. Dhanani served as a consultant at the McKenna Group, a strategy consulting firm. From July 1996 to December 1998, Mr. Dhanani served as an application engineer at Schlumberger Ltd., a technology consulting services company. Mr. Dhanani holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Washington.

Loren Hillberg has served as our general counsel since April 2009. From September 2007 to September 2008, Mr. Hillberg served as vice president and general counsel at Force10 Networks, a privately held communications and networks company. From April 2005 to May 2007, Mr. Hillberg held various management positions, including executive vice president and general counsel at Macrovision Corporation (now Rovi Corporation), a publicly traded digital entertainment company. From May 1998 to March 2005, Mr. Hillberg served as senior vice president and general counsel at Macromedia, Inc., a provider of web publishing products and solutions that was acquired by Adobe Systems Incorporated. Mr. Hillberg holds a B.A. in Economics from Stanford University and a J.D. from the University of California, Hastings College of Law.

Robert Rennard is a cofounder of our company and has served as our chief technical officer since February 2002. From December 1999 to February 2002, Dr. Rennard served as our vice president of engineering. From March 1998 to November 1999, Dr. Rennard served as director of product development at Cyberstar/Loral, a division of Loral Space & Communications, Inc. From April 1997 to February 1998, Dr. Rennard served as director of systems engineering at Cyberstar/Loral. From July 1996 to April 1997, Dr. Rennard served as vice president of engineering at LINCSS/Loral. Prior to that time, Dr. Rennard was a vice president of GPS Navigation Systems at Stanford Telecom, a telecommunications company acquired by ITT and Newbridge Networks Corporation, and an acquisition program manager for the U.S. Air Force. Dr. Rennard holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Wyoming, an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Ohio State University and a Ph.D. in Aerospace Science from the Air Force Institute of Technology.

Hassan Wahla was promoted to vice president, business development and carrier sales, in August 2009 and served as our executive director of business development from May 2005 to August 2009. From April 2003 to May 2005, Mr. Wahla served as a senior product manager at Nextel Communications, a wireless communications company that merged with Sprint. From

 

88


Table of Contents

February 2002 to April 2003, Mr. Wahla served as vice president of business development of Wireless Multimedia Solutions, a privately held wireless software platform company. From September 1999 to February 2002, Mr. Wahla served as director of business development at MicroStrategy, Inc., a business intelligence software company. Prior to that time, Mr. Wahla served as a senior consultant at Maritime Power, a maritime equipment company. Mr. Wahla holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Virginia Tech, an M.S. in Management from Stevens Institute of Technology and a Masters of International Affairs from Columbia University.

Nonemployee directors

Shawn Carolan has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2006. Mr. Carolan has served as a managing director of Menlo Ventures, a venture capital investment firm, since September 2002. Mr. Carolan holds a B.S. and M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Illinois, Champaign and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

Samuel Chen has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2002. Mr. Chen has served as chairman of the board of directors of Rayson Technology Co., Ltd., a wireless communications company, for the last 17 years. Since 1994, Mr. Chen has also served as chairman of the board of directors of Sonix Technology Co., Ltd., an integrated circuit development company. Since 2000, Mr. Chen has also served as chairman of the board of directors of GlobalSat Technology Corp., an electronic communications company. Mr. Chen holds a B.S. in Chemistry from National Tsing Hua University in Taiwan.

Hon Jane (Jason) Chiu has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2002. Since October 2008, Mr. Chiu has served as a director of Comchip Technology Co., Ltd., a surface mount diode manufacturing company. Mr. Chiu is also a founder of Union Polymer Material Co., Ltd., a heat shrinkable materials company, and has served as a director since 2002 and is currently chairman of its board of directors. Since January 2001, Mr. Chiu has served as a director of Secureinside.com, a software and Internet services company. Mr. Chiu is a cofounder of Taiwan Parking Corp. Ltd., a parking lot rental management and outsourcing operation company, and has served as a director since 1995. Mr. Chiu holds a B.S. in Hydraulic Engineering from National Cheng Kong University in Taiwan.

Soo Boon Koh has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2001. Ms. Koh has served as managing partner of iGlobe Partners Fund, L.P., a venture capital investment firm, since October 1999. Prior to that, Ms. Koh held various management positions at Vertex Management Inc., the venture capital investment branch of Singapore Technologies, and the Development Bank of Singapore. Since September 2006, Ms. Koh has served as a director of u-blox AG, a fabless semiconductor company that provides positioning and wireless communication technology. Ms. Koh holds a B.S.C. in Mathematics from King’s College, University of London.

Joseph M. Zaelit has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2009. Since August 2003, Mr. Zaelit has served as a venture partner of iGlobe Partners Fund, L.P., a venture capital investment firm. Prior to that time, Mr. Zaelit served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Celestry Design Technologies, an integrated circuit design products company, and he also served as chief financial officer of GRIC Communications, Inc., a mobile office communications company. Mr. Zaelit holds a B.S. in accounting and an M.B.A., each from the University of Utah. Mr. Zaelit is a certified public accountant in the State of California (inactive).

 

89


Table of Contents

Board composition

Our board of directors is currently composed of six members. Our amended and restated bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors, and seven directors are currently authorized.

Classified board

At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the class whose term is then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during 2010 for the Class I directors, 2011 for the Class II directors and 2012 for the Class III directors.

 

 

Our Class I directors will be Shawn Carolan and Soo Boon Koh;

 

Our Class II directors will be Samuel Chen and Hon Jane (Jason) Chiu; and

 

Our Class III directors will be H.P. Jin and Joseph M. Zaelit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the number of our directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as reasonably possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

Director independence

In October 2009, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that each of Messrs. Carolan, Chen, Chiu and Zaelit and Ms. Koh are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and NASDAQ Global Select Market, constituting a majority of independent directors of our board of directors as required by the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and NASDAQ Global Select Market.

Board committees

Our board of directors has an audit committee and a compensation committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below.

Audit committee . The audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes. The audit committee also:

 

 

evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance;

 

 

determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;

 

90


Table of Contents
 

monitors the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team;

 

 

reviews our financial statements and our critical accounting policies; and

 

 

reviews and discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and our quarterly financial statements.

The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Chen, Chiu and Zaelit. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Zaelit is a financial expert as contemplated by the rules of the SEC implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. Mr. Zaelit has also been appointed to serve as the chairman of the audit committee. We believe that the composition of the audit committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market and SEC rules and regulations. We believe that the audit committee charter and the functioning of the audit committee comply with the applicable requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market and SEC rules and regulations. Our audit committee also serves as our qualified legal compliance committee. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, copies of the charter for our audit committee will be available without charge, upon request in writing to TeleNav, Inc., 1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, California 94086; Attn: Secretary or on the investor relations portion of our website, www.telenav.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Compensation committee .    The compensation committee oversees our corporate compensation programs and has the responsibilities described in the “Compensation discussion and analysis” below.

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Carolan and Chiu and Ms. Koh. Mr. Carolan has been appointed to serve as the chairman of the compensation committee. We believe that each member of the compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ Global Select Market, is a nonemployee director as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an outside director as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Internal Revenue Code. We believe that the compensation committee charter and the functioning of the compensation committee comply with the applicable requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, copies of the charter for our compensation committee will be available without charge, upon request in writing to 1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, California 94086; Attn: Secretary or on the investor relations portion of our website, www.telenav.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Director compensation

Historically, we have not provided our nonemployee directors, in their capacities as such, with any cash, equity or other compensation, other than Mr. Zaelit. Certain nonemployee directors

 

91


Table of Contents

and their affiliated entities have been granted warrants to purchase our common or preferred stock in the past as part of our financing activities; however, such grants were not intended as compensation for the services of our nonemployee directors. For more information regarding grants of warrants since July 1, 2004, see the section entitled “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Private placement financings.”

We do not have a formal policy of reimbursing directors, but we reimburse them for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board of directors or committee meetings.

In anticipation of this offering, our board of directors approved the following compensation package for our nonemployee directors, based on the recommendation of our chief executive officer and the compensation committee of our board of directors.

 

 

Annual retainer

   $ 15,000

Additional retainer audit committee chair

   $ 10,000

Additional retainer compensation committee chair

   $ 5,000
 

Our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the automatic grant of nonstatutory stock options to our nonemployee directors. Each individual who first joins our board of directors as a nonemployee director will receive, at the time of such initial election or appointment, an automatic option grant to purchase 125,000 shares of our common stock, provided such person has not previously been in our employ. In addition, on the date of each annual stockholders meeting commencing in 2011, each individual who continues to serve as a nonemployee member of the board of directors, whether or not such individual is standing for re-election at that particular annual meeting, will be granted an option to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock, provided such individual has served as a nonemployee member of our board of directors for at least six months. Directors who are also employees are eligible to receive options and be issued shares of common stock directly under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

Each automatic grant under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan will have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock on the grant date, and will have a maximum term of 10 years, subject to earlier termination should such an individual cease to serve as a member of our board of directors.

None of our nonemployee directors received compensation from us prior to 2009. In August 2009, we granted Mr. Zaelit an option to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $0.51 per share.

Employee directors are not compensated for their service as directors.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

Our compensation committee currently consists of Messrs. Carolan and Chiu and Ms. Koh. None of the members of the compensation committee has at any time been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

92


Table of Contents

Executive officers

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no familial relationships among our directors and officers.

Code of business conduct and ethics

In June 2009, our board of directors adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for all employees, officers and directors. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full texts of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be posted on our website at the investor relations portion of our website, www.telenav.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or certain waivers of such provisions, at the same location on our website identified above and also in public filings. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

In June 2009, our board of directors also adopted a Code of Ethics for Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers and Section 16 Officers. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full texts of our Code of Ethics for Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers and Section 16 Officers will be posted on our website at the investor relations portion of our website, www.telenav.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to our Code of Ethics for Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers and Section 16 Officers, or certain waivers of such provisions, at the same location on our website identified above and also in public filings. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

 

93


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

Compensation discussion and analysis

The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010 to date should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations, and determinations regarding future compensation programs. The actual amount and form of compensation and the compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion.

Overview.     The compensation committee of our board of directors is responsible for establishing, implementing and monitoring adherence with our compensation philosophy. Historically, this function was performed by our board of directors. The committee seeks to ensure that the total compensation paid to our executive officers is fair and reasonable. Currently, we have seven executive officers. Details of our fiscal 2009 compensation for our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, our former chief sales and marketing officer, and the three other most highly compensated executive officers, to whom we refer to as the named executive officers, can be found in the Summary Compensation Table on page 108 of this prospectus. We provide types of compensation and benefits to our named executive officers similar to those we provide to our other executive officers and senior managers.

This section describes our compensation program for our executive officers. The discussion focuses on our executive compensation policies and decisions and the most important factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. We address why we believe our compensation program is appropriate for us and our stockholders and explain how executive compensation is determined.

Compensation philosophy and objectives .    Historically, our compensation philosophy was to preserve cash and minimize expenses while rewarding the creation of long term stockholder value. Until recently, our historic compensation philosophy and design more closely resembled that of a private company than a public company. As our organizational priorities continue to evolve, we intend to re-evaluate as circumstances dictate, at least on an annual basis, each component of our executive compensation program on a quantitative and qualitative basis to determine if the program is achieving its objectives.

Our executive compensation program seeks to attract talented, qualified executives to manage and lead our company and to motivate them to pursue and achieve our corporate objectives. We have created a compensation program that includes short term and long term components, cash and equity elements, and performance contingent payments in proportions that we believe will provide appropriate incentives to reward and retain our executives.

Our philosophy towards executive compensation reflects the following principles:

 

 

Total compensation opportunities should be competitive .    We believe that our total compensation programs should be competitive so that we can attract, retain and motivate talented executive officers who will help us to perform better than our competitors.

 

 

Total compensation should be related to our performance .    We believe that a significant portion of our executive officers’ total compensation should be linked to achieving specified

 

94


Table of Contents
 

financial and business objectives that we believe will create stockholder value and provide incentives to our officers to work as a team.

 

 

Total compensation should be related to individual performance .    We believe that executive officers’ total compensation should reward individual performance achievements and encourage individual contributions to achieve exceptional performance.

 

 

Equity awards help executive officers think like stockholders .    We believe that our executive officers’ total compensation should have a significant equity component because stock based equity awards help reinforce the executive officer’s long term interest in our overall performance and thereby align the interests of the executive officer with the interests of our stockholders.

Based on these philosophies, we seek to reward our executive officers as and when we achieve our goals and objectives and to generate stockholder returns by giving significant weight to performance-based compensation. While ensuring that appropriate risk management measures are implemented by our executive officers, a significant portion of the compensation for our executive officers is at risk based on the achievement of established goals, which we believe aligns their interests with the interests of our stockholders.

Role of the compensation committee and executive officers in setting executive compensation .    Since January 2008, the compensation committee of our board of directors has had overall responsibility for recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our chief executive officer and determining the compensation of our other executive officers. Members of the committee are appointed by the board of directors. Currently, the committee consists of three members of the board of directors, Messrs. Carolan and Chiu, and Ms. Koh. Our board of directors determined that each member of our compensation committee was and remains an outside director for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, a nonemployee director for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act and an independent director as that term is defined under the FINRA rules.

The compensation committee operates under a written charter adopted by the board of directors, which establishes the duties and authority of the compensation committee. Following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, copies of our compensation committee charter will be available on the investor relations portion of our website, www.telenav.com.

Although the responsibilities detailed below have historically been performed by our board of directors, going forward such responsibilities will be handled primarily by our compensation committee. The fundamental responsibilities of our compensation committee are:

 

 

to provide oversight of our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs including reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding compensation plans, as well as general compensation goals and guidelines for our executive officers and the board of directors;

 

 

to review and determine all compensation arrangements for our executive officers (including our chief executive officer) and to allocate total compensation among the various components of executive pay;

 

 

to review and approve all equity compensation awards to our executive officers (including our chief executive officer); and

 

95


Table of Contents
 

to oversee and direct our equity compensation plans, including the 1999 Stock Option Plan, 2002 Executive Stock Option Plan and the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as applicable to all of our employees.

The compensation committee has the authority to engage the services of outside consultants, and it retained Compensia, Inc., or Compensia, an independent compensation consulting firm with substantial experience in the technology sector, as its compensation consultant in June 2009 to advise the compensation committee in matters related to executive and director compensation for fiscal and calendar 2010. The compensation committee did not engage Compensia or any other compensation consultant to assist it in the structuring and determination of executive compensation for fiscal 2009, and instead relied on other sources as described below. Historically, we have set and paid compensation to our executive officers on a calendar rather than fiscal year basis.

In determining each executive officer’s compensation, our compensation committee reviews our corporate financial performance and financial condition and assesses the performance of the individual executive officers. The evaluation of individual performance is done by the compensation committee, in the case of the chief executive officer, and by the chief executive officer, in the case of other executives. The chief executive officer meets with the compensation committee to discuss executive compensation matters and to make recommendations to the compensation committee with respect to other executives. The compensation committee may modify individual compensation components for executives other than the chief executive officer after reviewing the chief executive officer’s recommendations. The committee is not bound to and does not always accept the chief executive officer’s recommendations. The compensation committee also reviews the chief executive officer’s performance and confers with the full board of directors (excluding the chief executive officer). The compensation committee then makes all final compensation decisions for executive officers and approves any equity incentive awards for all of our executive officers. In addition, it is the committee’s practice to consult with the independent members of the board of directors prior to making material changes to our compensation policies.

Although we make many compensation decisions in the first quarter of the calendar year, the compensation evaluation process is ongoing. Compensation discussions and decisions are designed to promote our fundamental business objectives and strategy. Evaluation of management performance and rewards are performed annually or more often as needed. The compensation committee has the discretion to adjust a component of compensation during the year in the event that it determines that circumstances warrant.

Components of executive compensation .    Prior to September 2009, our executive compensation program consisted of the following components: base salary; short term incentive compensation, or STI, consisting of cash bonuses; and long term equity-based incentive awards. We believe that each individual component is useful in achieving one or more of the objectives of our program. Together, we believe these components have been effective in achieving our overall objectives.

 

 

Base salary is utilized to retain employees, reflect differences in job scope and compensate for significant responsibilities.

 

 

Cash bonuses are utilized to encourage executives to deliver on short term corporate financial and operating goals and individual objectives, and to ensure that a meaningful portion of compensation is based upon short term performance in accordance with our performance-based pay philosophy.

 

96


Table of Contents
 

Equity awards are utilized to balance executives’ short term thinking with a longer term perspective, reward for innovation, provide alignment with stockholder interests and attract and retain key talent.

Our executives’ total compensation may vary from year to year based on our financial results and individual performance.

Weighting of compensation components .    We do not use predefined ratios in determining the allocation of compensation between base salary, bonus and equity components. Rather, we set each executive’s total compensation based on market conditions, geographic considerations, competitive market data and other factors. Our compensation policies related to executive compensation apply equally to all of our executive officers including our named executive officers. Differences in compensation levels among our executives generally reflect differing skill sets, experience, responsibilities and relative contributions.

Prior to September 2009, the specifics of each compensation element were as follows:

Base salary .    We pay an annual base salary to each of our executives in order to provide them with a fixed rate of cash compensation during the year. Historically, we paid base salaries that we believe are below the market median for officers performing comparable jobs at comparable public companies. Based on a compensation survey that we obtained from informal reviews of compensation information gained through marketplace contacts, and comparable public company data we reviewed in early calendar 2009 (prior to the compensation review described under the caption “Recent Compensation Determinations” below), we believe base salary ranges for our named executive officers during fiscal 2009 were within the middle of the range for private companies and at the low end of the range for public companies.

Each year, the compensation committee (or prior to the establishment of the compensation committee, our board of directors) has considered executive compensation as part of its performance review process. We did not apply specific formulas to determine increases to the base salaries of our named executive officers, including the chief executive officer. The compensation committee increased the base salaries of all of our executive officers (other than our chief executive officer and chief financial officer) for fiscal 2009 by amounts ranging between 7% and 17%, based on the recommendations of the chief executive officer and the compensation committee’s or the board of directors, as the case may be, view of relative performance or where an executive officer’s job responsibilities changed significantly. During fiscal 2009, base salaries were set for the other named executive officers as follows: Y.C. Chao, vice president, research and development, $180,000; Salman Dhanani, executive director of marketing, $165,000; Robert Rennard, chief technology officer, $200,000; and Hassan Wahla, vice president, business development, $160,000. In addition, effective as of August 1, 2009, upon the promotion of Mr. Wahla to vice president of business development and carrier sales and Mr. Dhanani to vice president of marketing and products, each of their annual base salaries were increased to $180,000. The base salary of Loren E. Hillberg, our general counsel, of $200,000 was negotiated with him in connection with offering him employment. We did not increase the base salary of William Bettencourt, our former chief sales and marketing officer, in fiscal 2009.

Bonuses .    Our compensation program seeks to balance our executive officers’ focus on company goals as well as individual performance. Consequently, our compensation committee sets and refines our corporate performance objectives alongside individual objectives and measures performance against those objectives. We have set and paid compensation to our executive

 

97


Table of Contents

officers on a calendar rather than fiscal year basis, and as a result two of our calendar year bonus plans may be in effect during portions of any given fiscal year. For example, during fiscal 2009, we had in effect the 2008 Short Term Incentive Bonus Plan and the 2009 Short Term Incentive Bonus Plan, or collectively, the STI Bonus Plans. The purpose of our STI Bonus Plans is to reward selected managers, director level and executive officers for the successful achievement of certain individual and corporate performance goals.

The actual bonuses paid or payable under the STI Bonus Plans, if any, vary depending on the executive officer’s individual performance and our achievement of certain corporate performance goals. For calendar 2008 and calendar 2009, the corporate performance goals, known as Key Performance Indicators, or KPIs, related to the achievement of specified revenue targets, operating efficiency objectives and certain customer satisfaction goals. Corporate performance is measured by all three KPIs with a higher weighting given to the achievement of revenue targets. The amount of each individual officer’s target bonus is set at a specified dollar amount. Actual bonuses paid are based on the computation of point values achieved on corporate and individual KPIs and may exceed the target bonuses depending on the achievement of corporate and individual KPIs. In calendar 2009, we implemented a 240% cap on the achievement of our corporate KPIs in the aggregate, although this limitation was not in effect in calendar 2008. For our executive officers other than our chief executive officer, the calendar 2008 target bonuses were split between successful completion of corporate KPIs (30%) and individual KPIs (70%), while the calendar 2009 target bonuses were split between corporate KPIs (60%) and individual KPIs (40%). However, our chief executive officer’s target bonus for both calendar years was based entirely (100%) on the achievement of our corporate KPIs.

Assuming such corporate performance goals are met, the actual bonus paid to each executive officer (other than our chief executive officer) depend on such executive officer’s individual performance, as evaluated by our chief executive officer and as agreed upon by the compensation committee. With respect to the chief executive officer, the compensation committee evaluates and determines if the corporate performance goals were met and the computed percentage of the target bonus to be paid. Based on individual performance, each executive officer may receive up to 100% or more of his portion of the total bonus if the corporate performance goals are achieved. If corporate performance goals or individual objectives are not met, the portion of the total bonus such executive officer would otherwise be entitled to receive may be reduced. Upon the achievement of KPIs or at the discretion of our compensation committee, the actual payout may exceed 100% of an executive officer’s total target bonus. In addition, we typically advance a portion of the target bonus to eligible employees, including the executive officers, in the third quarter of each calendar year, which amount does not generally exceed 30% of the target bonus.

 

98


Table of Contents

The table below shows the annual target bonuses approved for our executive officers for calendar 2008 and 2009:

 

Officer    Calendar
year
   Target
bonus
   Annual
target as
percentage
of calendar
year base
salary
    Calendar
year
bonus
paid
   Bonus
earned as
percent of
calendar
year
target
    Bonus
earned
in fiscal
2009
 
   

H.P. Jin

   2009

2008

   $

 

100,000

100,000

   50

50


  

  $

 


125,000

  

125.0


  

  $
112,500
  

Douglas Miller

   2009

2008

    

 

50,000

40,000

   25

20

  

  

   

 


53,066

  
132.7
  
  
   
51,533
  

Y.C. Chao

   2009

2008

    

 

40,000

35,000

   22

25

  

  

   

 


33,775

  
96.5
  
  
    36,888   

Salman Dhanani(1)

   2009

2008

    

 

44,167

35,000

   28

25

  

  

   

 


34,886

  
99.7
  
  
    37,443   

Loren Hillberg(2)

   2009

2008

    

 

30,000

  

  

  

   

 


  

  

  

    10,000   

Robert Rennard

   2009

2008

    

 

50,000

35,000

   25

19

  

  

   

 


32,428

  
92.7
  
  
    41,214   

Hassan Wahla(3)

   2009

2008

    

 

50,000

50,000

   28

38

  

  

   

 


62,706

  
125.4
  
  
    56,353   

William Bettencourt(4)

   2009

2008

    

 


50,000

  

20

  

  

   

 


42,450

  
84.9
  
  
    70,411 (5) 
   

 

(1)   Mr. Dhanani’s target bonus was increased to $50,000 from $40,000 effective as of August 1, 2009, in connection with his promotion to vice president of marketing and product. Mr. Dhanani’s target bonus was pro rated to reflect his August 1, 2009 promotion.

 

(2)   Mr. Hillberg joined us in April 2009 as our general counsel. Mr. Hillberg’s target bonus was pro rated to reflect his April 2009 start date.

 

(3)   Although Mr. Wahla’s target bonus remained the same upon his promotion to vice president of business development and carrier sales effective as of August 1, 2009, his target bonus as a percentage of his 2009 annual base salary changed to 28% from 31.25%.

 

(4)   Mr. Bettencourt was our chief sales and marketing officer until January 2009.

 

(5)   Includes the sum of $49,186 which represents a payment made to Mr. Bettencourt in connection with pre-employment negotiations related to certain stock options.

Each executive officer (including our named executive officers but excluding our chief executive officer) have individual KPIs which were recommended by our chief executive officer and approved by our compensation committee or our board of directors, as the case may be. Due to differences in roles and responsibilities among our executive officers, individual performance goals vary by person. We do not have individual KPIs for our chief executive officer, since we believe that the overall performance of our company is the best indicator of his performance.

Long term incentives .    We grant equity-based incentives to employees, including our executive officers, in order to create a corporate culture that aligns employee interests with stockholder interests. Until the completion of our initial public offering, our long term equity compensation program consists solely of stock options issued under our 1999 Stock Option Plan and 2002 Executive Stock Option Plan. Our compensation committee grants equity incentives to our

 

99


Table of Contents

executive officers to enable them to participate in any long term appreciation in our stockholder value. Additionally, these equity incentives provide a means of enhancing the retention of our executive officers because the options typically vest over periods of four years.

Generally, we have granted options following an executive officer’s start date. The initial option grant to each executive officer was principally based on the prevailing range of our other executives with consideration given to the nature of the job and the individual’s experience, as well as the current market conditions relating to equity ownership of officers in similar positions at similarly situated companies. Our historical ownership targets were based on the number of options by position as a percentage of the total options and common shares outstanding. This percentage has been diluted over time as we received several rounds of financing to sustain our operations before reaching profitability. With the exception of certain of our founders, we believe our executive officers’ ownership as a percentage of total common shares outstanding is at or above median compared to both public and private companies of our size.

Our compensation committee does not have any specific policy regarding the timing of stock option grants and equity awards have not historically been granted regularly or automatically to our executive officers on an annual basis. Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have historically proposed an aggregate option pool to be allocated among participating officers and employees worldwide and approved, with respect to each individual option grant, by the compensation committee or the board of directors, as the case may be. In setting the size of the proposed aggregate option award pool, the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer take into consideration the impact of the size of the pool on share dilution, employee motivation, employee retention, expected hiring and accounting charges. The pool has not historically included an allocation for the chief executive officer. The proposals have generally included a division of the award pool based on a grant matrix established by employee class. The board of directors or compensation committee, as the case may be, has reviewed and discussed the award pool and approves the final option grants, if any, for each individual executive officer. If a proposed grant differs materially from the grant matrix, either our chief executive officer or our chief financial officer would provide the compensation committee or the board of directors, as the case may be, with an explanation or justification for such proposal. The board of directors, without Dr. Jin participating, or compensation committee, as the case may be, also determined the size of the option grant, if any, to be granted to our chief executive officer.

It has been our practice to grant additional option grants to employees, including our executive officers, when an individual has become substantially vested and the board of directors or compensation committee believe additional unvested equity incentives are appropriate as a retention incentive. In making its determination concerning additional option grants to our executive officers, the board of directors or compensation committee, as the case may be, has also considered, among other factors, individual performance and the size and terms of the individual’s outstanding equity grants. We expect that the compensation committee will assume this responsibility for future grants after the effective time of our initial public offering.

In August 2009, we completed a focal review of equity grants for our employees and our board of directors approved option grants to a substantial majority of our employee population, which grants were designed to provide additional retention for employees whose prior grants were largely vested and better align employees’ option positions to the grant matrix previously adopted by our board of directors.

 

100


Table of Contents

Prior to this offering, our board of directors determined the fair market value of our common stock based on a number of factors, including contemporaneous third party valuation reports. Our board of directors has granted options with exercise prices equal to 100% of fair market value on the date of grant.

Benefits .    Our executives participate in our standard benefit plans, which are offered to all U.S.-based employees and include our 401(k) plan. We maintain a 401(k) retirement plan which is intended to be a tax qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. In general, all of our employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan as of the first day of the first full calendar month following the start of their employment. The 401(k) plan provides a salary deferral program pursuant to which participants may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed limit, equal to $16,500 in 2009, and contribute the withheld amount to the 401(k) plan. We may, in our sole discretion, make discretionary profit sharing and/or matching contributions to the 401(k) plan on behalf of our employees who are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan. To date, we have not made any profit sharing contributions but, beginning in July 2006, we began matching employee contributions to the 401(k) plan with up to 4% of an employee’s salary, subject to certain vesting conditions.

Our executives have the opportunity to participate in our health and welfare benefit programs which include a medical program, a dental program, a vision program, life insurance, disability insurance, and flexible spending accounts. These benefits are the same as those offered to all other U.S.-based employees. Through our benefit programs, each of our named executive officers received group term life insurance equivalent to 100% of his annual base salary. See the “All other compensation” column of the summary compensation table in the section entitled “Management—Executive compensation.”

Stock ownership guidelines .    We do not currently have stock ownership guidelines.

Recent compensation activity

Equity incentive compensation .    In August 2009, our board of directors approved one time grants of options to purchase our common stock at an exercise price of $0.51 per share as follows to our executive officers, as well as grants to 360 of our employees for an aggregate of 11,493,600 shares of our common stock:

 

Name    Shares(1)
 

H.P. Jin

   1,500,000

Douglas Miller

   600,000

Y.C. Chao

   600,000

Salman Dhanani

   1,200,000

Loren Hillberg

  

Robert Rennard

   600,000

Hassan Wahla

   750,000
 

 

(1)   25% of the shares subject to the option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining options vest at a rate of 1/36 each month thereafter. The options have a maximum term of 10 years.

 

101


Table of Contents

In determining equity incentive awards for our executive officers, the compensation committee reviewed Compensia’s analysis of equity compensation practices within the initial comparable companies (as described on pages 105 and 106 of this prospectus), the current unvested equity position of each of our executive officers, and the current value of outstanding equity awards held by our officers.

In the course of making its August 2009 determinations, the compensation committee consulted with H.P. Jin, our chief executive officer, to obtain his input and suggestions concerning proposed compensation adjustments for executive officers reporting to Dr. Jin. The committee also discussed with Dr. Jin proposals relating to Dr. Jin’s compensation, but Dr. Jin did not participate in any deliberations concerning his compensation.

Consistent employment agreements .    In September 2009, our compensation committee received a report from Compensia regarding our employment agreements versus the initial comparable companies, which are described below under the caption “—Third party analysis of compensation.” In September and October 2009, the compensation committee discussed and approved our entering into employment agreements with each of our executive officers providing for benefits payable in the event the executive officer is involuntarily terminated other than for Cause or resigns for Good Reason within a two-month period before or a 12-month period after a Change of Control (as such terms are described in the section entitled “Executive compensation—Potential payments upon termination or change of control”). From time to time, our board of directors may consider the possibility of an acquisition of us by other companies or other change of control transactions. We recognize that such consideration can be a distraction to our executive officers and could cause them to consider alternative employment opportunities. Our compensation committee believes that providing severance and change of control benefits to our executive officers is imperative to ensure their continued dedication and objectivity, notwithstanding the possibility of a change of control, to provide them with an incentive to continue employment and motivate them to maximize stockholder value in the event of a change of control, and to provide them with enhanced financial security. Under the agreements approved by our compensation committee, each of our executive officers will be entitled to receive, if his employment is terminated in the circumstances described not more than two months prior to nor more than 12 months after a Change of Control, the following benefits: (i) cash severance equal to 12 months of base salary (with the exception of Dr. Jin, who is entitled to receive 18 months of base salary), (ii) bonus payment equal to his target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, pro rated for the year (and adjusted based on the achievement of applicable performance objectives as determined solely in the discretion of the board of directors or compensation committee), (iii) reimbursement of COBRA premiums for 12 months (or 18 months with respect to Dr. Jin), and (iii) accelerated vesting of 100% of any then unvested equity incentive awards. Our existing employment agreements with Messrs. Hillberg, Miller and Wahla were also amended and restated to provide for the benefits set forth above.

In the absence of a Change of Control, under the employment agreements, if we terminate an executive officer’s employment other than for Cause, death or disability two months prior or 12 months after a Change of Control, then such executive officer will be entitled to receive a lump sum severance payment in an amount equal to six months of base salary (or 12 months with respect to Dr. Jin), a lump sum bonus payment equal to his target bonus as in effect for the year in which the termination occurs, pro-rated for the year (and adjusted based on the achievement of applicable performance objectives as determined solely in the discretion of the board of

 

102


Table of Contents

directors or compensation committee), and continued coverage under our benefit plans for a specified period of time.

Bonus plan .    One of our compensation objectives is to have a significant portion of each executive officer’s compensation tied to performance. To this end, in September 2009, we established a formal bonus plan that will provide for performance-based cash incentive opportunities for our employees, including each of our executive officers. Under the Bonus Plan established in September 2009, the compensation committee will determine the performance goals applicable to any award which goals may include, without limitation, total revenue, revenue from specific product lines, subscriber metrics, cash flow; customer satisfaction, earnings; earnings per share; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization; operating profit; operating efficiency; gross or operating margin and individual objectives. These objectives may change from year to year as we continue to evolve and different priorities are established, but shall be subject to the review and approval of the compensation committee. The compensation committee may select the performance goals based on GAAP or Non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the compensation committee for one time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the compensation committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or company wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award. As in prior years, our compensation committee will approve the bonus award for our chief executive officer. For all other executive officers, our compensation committee will approve the bonus award with input from our chief executive officer.

Under the Bonus Plan, at the beginning of each calendar year or performance period, the compensation committee or its delegate will set the performance metrics or targets and bonus pool under the plan and will also determine the target bonus amounts which may be awarded under the plan for all of our employees including our executive officers.

Our compensation committee maintains sole discretion to provide for cash incentive awards under the Bonus Plan in excess of the target base salary percentages if we exceed the established financial performance targets. In addition, the committee has discretion to reduce or eliminate the cash incentive awards regardless of performance. We do not currently have any policy regarding the adjustment or recovery of awards or payments if the relevant performance measures are restated or otherwise adjusted in a manner that would reduce the size of an award or payment. Awards will be reduced if we do not achieve the targets under the plan. The compensation committee may, however, approve payments of bonuses outside the plan regardless of whether performance targets have been achieved.

New equity plans .    Our board of directors adopted our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2009 Plan, in October 2009, and our stockholders are expected to approve the 2009 Plan prior to completion of this offering. Prior to this offering, the long term equity incentive component of our compensation program consisted solely of stock options. However, following this offering, we may begin utilizing restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares as additional forms of equity compensation incentives. The 2009 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and the employees of our parent, if any, and subsidiaries, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees,

 

103


Table of Contents

directors and consultants, and the employees and consultants of our parent and subsidiaries. Although the board of directors has delegated to the compensation committee the authority to serve as administrator of the 2009 Plan, the board of directors reserves the right to approve the grant of incentive awards under the 2009 Plan.

The meeting date of the board of directors or compensation committee shall be the grant date of any award under the 2009 Plan approved by the board of directors or compensation committee.

Third party analysis of compensation .    In June 2009, our compensation committee engaged Compensia to evaluate our current levels and types of compensation for executive officers and to recommend appropriate changes. Among other activities, Compensia:

 

 

assisted us in identifying a group of peer companies for purposes of benchmarking our levels of compensation;

 

 

gathered and analyzed compensation data from those peer companies as well as from other available compensation surveys; and

 

 

assisted us in structuring awards as part of the equity incentive element of our compensation program, including assisting us in establishing appropriate amounts for equity incentive awards.

Compensia commenced its analysis by initially conducting a survey of compensation data and practices at companies that recently went public within the last 24 months and pre-IPO companies comparable to us with respect to revenue, headcount, capitalization, stage of development, and/or industry or technological focus. Because of our stage of growth, the compensation committee believed that a comparison of compensation levels to companies at a similar stage was most relevant for purposes of evaluating current compensation levels. These newly public benchmark companies are listed below and are either referred to as publicly traded comparable companies, pre-IPO comparable companies or collectively as the initial comparable companies.

 

•   3PAR

 

•   MEMSIC

•   ArcSight

 

•   NetSuite

•   Constant Contact

 

•   OpenTable

•   Data Domain

 

•   Rackspace Hosting

•   Deltek

 

•   Rosetta Stone

•   DemandTec

 

•   Rubicon Technology

•   DigitalGlobe

 

•   ShoreTel

•   Entropic Communications

 

•   SolarWinds

•   GT Solar International

 

•   SoundBite Communications

•   Intellon Corporation

 

•   SuccessFactors

 

104


Table of Contents

For purposes of our 2010 compensation decisions, the benchmark companies to be considered by our compensation committee and Compensia, as our peer companies, will be as follows:

Broader market peers:

 

•   3PAR

 

•   NetSuite

•   ArcSight

 

•   Neutral Tandem

•   Aruba Networks

 

•   Nextwave Wireless

•   Bankrate

 

•   OpenTable

•   BigBand Networks

 

•   Smith Micro Software

•   DemandTec

 

•   SolarWinds

•   Limelight Networks

 

•   SourceFire

•   LogMeln

 

•   SuccessFactors

Industry peers:

 

•   DigitalGlobe

 

•   Harmonic

•   EMS Technologies

 

•   TeleCommunication Systems

•   GeoEye

 

Compensia gathered and evaluated our compensation levels relative to compensation data from the public filings of the peer companies listed above. In addition, Compensia compared our compensation practices to compensation data from (i) a proprietary database of the pre-IPO comparable companies (with a minimum capitalization of $25 million); (ii) proxy data from the publicly traded comparable companies (with annual revenues between $25 million to $550 million); and (iii) the Radford Executive Survey (for companies with annual revenues between $50 million and $200 million).

Compensia’s review concluded, and our compensation committee concurred, that our historic compensation practices placed us within the market range of the pre-IPO comparable companies but below median in all categories other than long term equity compensation. In particular, Compensia and our compensation committee concluded that:

 

 

Our base salary levels placed us slightly below the 25th percentile of the publicly traded comparable companies but at the 50th percentile of the pre-IPO comparable companies;

 

 

Our aggregate cash incentive compensation was also below the 25th percentile of the publicly traded comparable companies but at the 50th percentile of the pre-IPO comparable companies; and

 

 

Our historic long term equity incentive awards placed us approximately midway between the 75th and 90th percentiles of the initial comparable companies.

In addition to reviewing our compensation practices relative to the initial comparable companies, our compensation committee gave substantial consideration to the incentive value, both as a performance incentive and a retention incentive, of current cash and equity incentive programs for our executive officers. Our historic cash incentive programs have consisted exclusively of bonuses approved pursuant to annual plans, such as the STI Bonus Plans, from time to time based on financial performance or other metrics the board of directors or compensation committee determined relevant. For our executive officers, these bonus targets generally totaled approximately 25% of base salary, other than for Dr. Jin, whose bonus target is 50% of base

 

105


Table of Contents

salary. As a result, our compensation committee determined that both our short and long term incentive programs offered insufficient performance or retention value for our executive officers. The compensation committee intends to continue to evaluate the compensation levels and anticipates that it may approve increases in compensation. The market for executive talent in technology companies is very competitive, particularly in Silicon Valley, where we have historically looked to hire a substantial number of our executive officers and key employees.

Severance compensation and termination protection .    Our compensation committee believes that these change in control vesting and severance benefits could serve to minimize the distraction caused by a potential transaction involving a change in control and reduce the risk that an executive would leave his employment before a transaction is consummated. See the section entitled “Executive compensation—Employment agreements” or “Executive compensation—Potential payments upon termination or change of control” for a description of agreements with and the tables setting forth the potential payments to be made to each named executive officer and definitions of key terms under these agreements.

Accounting and tax considerations .    Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code limits the amount of compensation paid to our chief executive officer and to each of our most highly compensated officers that may be deducted by us for federal income tax purposes in any fiscal year to $1,000,000. “Performance-based” compensation that has been approved by our stockholders is not subject to the $1,000,000 deduction limit. While the compensation committee cannot predict how the deductibility limit may impact our compensation program in future years, the compensation committee intends to maintain an approach to executive compensation that strongly links pay to performance. In addition, while the compensation committee has not adopted a formal policy regarding tax deductibility of compensation paid to our named executive officers, the compensation committee intends to consider tax deductibility under Section 162(m) as a factor in compensation decisions.

 

106


Table of Contents

2009 summary compensation table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, our former chief sales and marketing officer and each of our three other most highly compensated persons serving as executive officers as of June 30, 2009. We refer to these executive officers as our “named executive officers.”

 

Name and principal
position
  Fiscal
year
  Salary   Bonus   Stock
awards
  Option
awards
(1)
  Non-equity
incentive
plan
compensation
(2)
  Change in
pension value
and
nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings
  All other
compensation
(3)
  Total
 

H.P. Jin

  2009   $ 200,000   $   $   $ 17,517   $ 112,500   $   $ 2,667   $ 332,684

President, Chief Executive Officer

                 

Douglas Miller

  2009     200,000             49,700     51,533         6,958     308,191

Chief Financial Officer

                 

Y.C. Chao

  2009     170,000             9,891     36,888         600     217,379

Vice President, Research and Development

                 

Robert Rennard

  2009     195,000             12,712     41,214         7,833     256,759

Chief Technical Officer

                 

Hassan Wahla

  2009     141,250             6,885     56,353         6,864     211,352

Vice President, Business Development and Carrier Sales

                 

William Bettencourt

  2009     268,750             45,279     70,411         3,554     387,994

Former Chief Sales and Marketing Officer (4)

                 
 

 

(1)   Represents the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to fiscal 2009 for the fair value of stock options granted to each of the named executive officers in fiscal 2009 as well as prior fiscal years in accordance with SFAS 123(R). Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service based vesting conditions. For additional information, refer to the footnotes of Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the assumptions made in the valuation of the options. These amounts reflect our accounting expense for these awards and do not correspond to the actual value that will be recognized by named executive officers.

 

(2)   The amounts in this column represents total performance-based bonuses earned during fiscal 2009 pursuant to our 2008 and 2009 STI Bonus Plans.

 

(3)   Amounts represent our 401(k) matching contribution by us.

 

(4)   On January 27, 2009, William Bettencourt resigned as our chief sales and marketing officer and on July 1, 2009, he resigned from our company as an employee.

 

107


Table of Contents

Grants of plan-based awards for year ended June 30, 2009

The following table provides information regarding grants of plan-based awards to each of our named executive officers during fiscal 2009.

 

            Estimated future payouts
under non-equity
incentive plan awards
 

All other option
awards: number
of securities

underlying

options(2)

 

Exercise or base
price of option

awards

(per share)(3)

 

Grant date fair
value of stock and

option awards (4)

Name   Grant date   Target(1)      
 

H.P. Jin

    $ 100,000     $   $

Douglas Miller

      50,000          

Y.C. Chao

      40,000          

Dr. Robert Rennard

      50,000          

Hassan Wahla

      50,000          
  5/21/2009       100,000     0.35     21,360

William Bettencourt(5)

               
 

 

(1)   Represents target awards under the 2009 Short Term Incentive Bonus Plan as further described in the section entitled “Executive compensation—Compensation discussion and analysis Bonuses.” The target award is calculated on a specified percentage of the base salary approved by our compensation committee on February 3, 2009 and pro rated for the amount of time the executive is employed by our company. For more information regarding the amounts paid to our executive officers under our STI Bonus Plan for fiscal 2009 see the section entitled “Executive compensation—2009 summary compensation table.”

 

(2)   Represents stock option awards granted under our 1999 Stock Option Plan on the dates set forth in this table. 25% of the shares subject to the option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining options vest at a rate of 1/36 each month thereafter. The options have a maximum term of 10 years.

 

(3)   Based on the valuation of our common stock as of the date of grant.

 

(4)   Represents grant date value computed in accordance with SFAS 123(R). See Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the assumptions used to determine the values.

 

(5)   On January 27, 2009, William Bettencourt resigned as our chief sales and marketing officer and on July 1, 2009, he resigned from our company as an employee.

 

108


Table of Contents

Outstanding equity awards at June 30, 2009

The following table presents certain information concerning outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers at June 30, 2009.

 

     

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised options
exercisable

   

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised options
unexercisable

   

Equity incentive plan
awards: number of
securities underlying
unexercised
unearned options

    Option awards(1)
Name        

Option
exercise

price

  Option
expiration
date
 

H.P. Jin

  1,833,528 (2)              $ 0.006   2/06/2012
  5,222,196      1,205,122 (3)    2,142,440 (4)      0.060   3/14/2016

Douglas Miller

  3,639,715      1,082,077 (5)           0.060   8/07/2016

Y.C. Chao

  1,252,686 (2)                0.006   2/06/2012
  2,948,703      680,470 (3)    1,209,725 (4)      0.060   3/14/2016

Robert Rennard

  1,265,790 (2)                0.006   2/06/2012
  2,948,703      680,470 (3)    1,209,725 (4)      0.060   3/14/2016

Hassan Wahla

  48,750      11,250 (6)           0.060   3/14/2016
  32,083      37,917 (7)           0.110   8/29/2017
  300,000 (8)                0.130   8/05/2015
  21,875      48,125 (9)           0.170   3/12/2018
       100,000 (10)           0.350   5/21/2019

William Bettencourt(11)

  2,459,258                  0.080   1/02/2017
 

 

(1)   Unless otherwise noted, all stock options listed in this Outstanding equity awards table were granted under our 1999 Stock Option Plan.

 

(2)   This option was granted under our 2002 Executive Stock Option Plan.

 

(3)   This portion of the stock option (75% of the total shares subject to the stock option) vests in equal monthly installments over a period of 48 months and it began to vest on March 7, 2006.

 

(4)   This portion of the stock option (25% of the total shares subject to the stock option) will vest upon the effectiveness of this offering.

 

(5)   The shares subject to this stock option began vesting on May 15, 2006 (vesting commencement date) and vest as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/36 of the remaining shares each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date.

 

(6)   The shares subject to this stock option began vesting on March 7, 2006 (vesting commencement date) and vest as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/36 of the remaining shares each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date.

 

(7)   The shares subject to this stock option began vesting on August 29, 2007 (vesting commencement date) and vest as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/36 of the remaining shares each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date.

 

(8)   This option was granted in exchange for an option approved by our board of directors to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.008 per share on August 5, 2005. The vesting schedule of the option granted on December 20, 2007 remained the same as the stock option granted on August 5, 2005, which began vesting on May 23, 2005 and vested and became exercisable ratably over 48 months.

 

(9)   The shares subject to this stock option began vesting on March 1, 2008 (vesting commencement date) and vest as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/36 of the remaining shares each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date.

 

(10)   The shares subject to this stock option began vesting on March 18, 2009 (vesting commencement date) and vest as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/36 of the remaining shares each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date.

 

(11)   On January 27, 2009, William Bettencourt resigned as our chief sales and marketing officer and on July 1, 2009, he resigned from our company as an employee.

 

109


Table of Contents

Option exercises during fiscal 2009

None of the named executive officers exercised stock options during fiscal 2009.

Employment agreements

We currently have employment agreements or change of control agreements with each of our executive officers. The employment agreements with our executive officers provide for at will employment, base salary, term of the agreement, eligibility to participate in any of our bonus plans or programs, standard employee benefit plan participation and eligibility to receive stock option grants. The employment agreements contain certain severance and change of control benefits in favor of the executives.

H.P. Jin .    In October 2009, we entered into an employment agreement with H.P. Jin, our chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors. The agreement sets forth an initial annual base salary of $200,000, subject to annual review. He is eligible to participate in all of our bonus plans and programs and employee benefit plans. He is also entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses in furtherance of his duties as an executive officer. The agreement provides that Dr. Jin is an at will employee and his employment may be terminated at any time by us or Dr. Jin. Provided the agreement is not terminated earlier pursuant to its terms, the agreement provides for an initial term of three years with automatic one year renewals unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal at least 60 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. In addition, Dr. Jin is entitled to severance benefits upon termination of employment as described below under “Executive compensation—Potential payments upon termination or change of control.”

Douglas Miller .    On April 20, 2006, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Miller, our chief financial officer, which was amended and restated in its entirety in October 2009. Under the original agreement, Mr. Miller’s annual base salary was $200,000 and his annual target bonus was $30,000. In addition, Mr. Miller received a signing bonus of $10,000 in May 2006. On August 7, 2006, in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, our board of directors granted Mr. Miller an option to purchase 4,721,792 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.06. The stock option vests 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date with the remainder vesting ratably over the next 36 months. Mr. Miller is also eligible to participate in our standard employee benefit plans.

In October 2009, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Miller. The amended and restated agreement sets forth an initial annual base salary of $200,000, subject to annual review. Mr. Miller is eligible to participate in all of our bonus plans and programs and employee benefit plans. Mr. Miller is also entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses in furtherance of his duties as an executive officer. The agreement provides that he is an at will employee and his employment may be terminated at any time by us or Mr. Miller. Provided the agreement is not terminated earlier pursuant to its terms, the agreement provides for an initial term of three years with automatic one year renewals unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal at least 60 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. In addition, Mr. Miller is entitled to severance benefits upon termination of employment as described below under “Executive compensation—Potential payments upon termination or change of control.”

 

110


Table of Contents

Y.C. Chao .    In October 2009, we entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Chao, our vice president, research and development. The agreement sets forth the initial annual base salary of $180,000, subject to annual review. He is also eligible to participate in all of our bonus plans and programs and employee benefit plans. Dr. Chao is also entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses in furtherance of his duties as an executive officer. The agreement provides that he is an at will employee and his employment may be terminated at any time by us or Dr. Chao. Provided the agreement is not terminated earlier pursuant to its terms, the agreement provides for an initial term of three years with automatic one year renewals unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal at least 60 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. In addition, Dr. Chao is entitled to severance benefits upon termination of employment as described below under “Executive compensation—Potential payments upon termination or change of control.”

Salman Dhanani .    In October 2009, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Dhanani, our vice president, marketing and products. The agreement sets forth an initial annual base salary of $180,000 , subject to annual review. He is eligible to participate in all of our bonus plans and programs and employee benefit plans. Mr. Dhanani is also entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses in furtherance of his duties as an executive officer. The agreement provides that he is an at will employee and his employment may be terminated at any time by us or Mr. Dhanani. Provided the agreement is not terminated earlier pursuant to its terms, the agreement provides for an initial term of three years with automatic one year renewals unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal at least 60 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. In addition, Mr. Dhanani is entitled to severance benefits upon termination of employment as described below under “Executive compensation—Potential payments upon termination or change of control.”

Loren Hillberg .    We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hillberg, our general counsel and secretary, on April 7, 2009, which was amended and restated in its entirety in October 2009. Under the original agreement, Mr. Hillberg’s base salary was $200,000 per year with a target bonus of $40,000 annually. On May 21, 2009, in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, our board of directors granted Mr. Hillberg an option to purchase 1,250,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.35. The stock option vests 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date with the remainder vesting ratably over the next 36 months. Mr. Hillberg is also eligible to participate in our standard employee benefit plans.

In October 2009, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Hillberg. The amended and restated agreement sets forth the initial annual base salary of $200,000, subject to annual review. He is also eligible to participate in all of our bonus plans and programs and employee benefit plans. Mr. Hillberg is also entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses in furtherance of his duties as an executive officer. The agreement provides that he is an at will employee and his employment may be terminated at any time by us or Mr. Hillberg. Provided the agreement is not terminated earlier pursuant to its terms, the agreement provides for an initial term of three years with automatic one year renewals unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal at least 60 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. In addition, Mr. Hillberg is entitled to severance benefits upon termination of employment as described below under “Executive compensation—Potential payments upon termination or change of control.”

 

111


Table of Contents

Robert Rennard .    In October 2009, we entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Rennard, our chief technology officer. The agreement sets forth an initial annual salary of $200,000, subject to annual review. He is also eligible to participate in all of our bonus plans and programs and employee benefit plans. Dr. Rennard is also entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses in furtherance of his duties as an executive officer. The agreement provides that he is an at will employee and his employment may be terminated at any time by us or Dr. Rennard. Provided the agreement is not terminated earlier pursuant to its terms, the agreement provides for an initial term of three years with automatic one year renewals unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal at least 60 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. In addition, Dr. Rennard is entitled to severance benefits upon termination of employment as described below under “Executive compensation—Potential payments upon termination or change of control.”

Hassan Wahla .    We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Wahla, our vice president of business development and carrier sales, on May 4, 2005, which was amended and restated in its entirety in October 2009. Under the original agreement, Mr. Wahla’s base salary was $130,000 per year with a target bonus of $39,000 annually. In addition, Mr. Wahla received a signing bonus of $10,000, which was paid within six months of joining us. On August 5, 2005, in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, our board of directors granted Mr. Wahla an option to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.008, which was exchanged for an option granted on December 20, 2007 to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.13. The stock option vests in equal monthly installments over a period of 48 months. Mr. Wahla is also eligible to participate in our standard employee benefit plans.

In October 2009, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Wahla. The amended and restated agreement sets forth an initial annual salary of $180,000, subject to annual review. He is also eligible to participate in all of our bonus plans and programs and employee benefit plans. He is also entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses in furtherance of his duties as an executive officer. The agreement provides that he is an at will employee and his employment may be terminated at any time by us or Mr. Wahla. Provided the agreement is not terminated earlier pursuant to its terms, the agreement provides for an initial term of three years with automatic one year renewals unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal at least 60 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. In addition, Mr. Wahla is entitled to severance benefits upon termination of employment as described below under “Executive compensation—Potential payments upon termination or change of control.”

Potential payments upon termination or change of control

We recently entered into employment agreements that require specific payments and benefits to be provided to our executive officers in the event of termination of employment. The description and table that follow describe the payments and benefits that may be owed by us to each of our executive officers upon the executive officer’s termination under certain circumstances.

Provided the employment agreement is not terminated earlier pursuant to its terms, in the event of a Change of Control (as defined below), the agreement provides for an automatic extension of the term of the agreement through the 18 month anniversary of such Change of Control with automatic one year renewals after the 18 month anniversary of the Change of Control unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal at least 60 days prior to the date of automatic renewal.

 

112


Table of Contents

The employment agreements with each of our executive officers provide that, if we terminate the executive officer’s employment for Cause (as defined below), death or disability or if the executive officer terminates his employment other than for Good Reason (as defined below), we must pay the executive any base salary earned but not paid through the date of the executive officer’s termination, any earned but unpaid bonus and severance benefits in accordance with our policies then in effect, if any, and the vesting of all of the executive’s outstanding equity awards will cease on the date of the executive officer’s termination.

The employment agreements with each of our executive officers provide that, if we terminate the executive officer’s employment other than for Cause, death or disability, and the termination is not in connection with a Change of Control, then such executive officer will receive a lump sum severance payment, a lump sum bonus payment equal to his target bonus as in effect for the year in which the termination occurs, pro-rated for the year (and adjusted based on the achievement of applicable performance objectives as determined solely in the discretion of the board of directors or compensation committee), and continued coverage under our benefit plans for a specified period of time.

The employment agreements with each of our executive officers provide that, if we terminate the executive officer’s employment other than for Cause, death or disability or if the executive officer terminates his employment for Good Reason, and the termination is within a two-month period before or a 12-month period after a Change of Control, then such executive officer will receive a lump sum severance payment equivalent to a percentage of the executive officer’s base salary then in effect, a lump sum bonus payment equal to his target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, pro rated for the year (and adjusted based on the achievement of applicable performance objectives as determined solely in the discretion of the board of directors or compensation committee), continued coverage under our benefit plans for a specified period of time and acceleration of 100% of the unvested equity awards held by such executive officer.

The employment agreements provide that the executive officers will not resign for Good Reason without first providing us with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for Good Reason and a reasonable cure period of not less than 30 days following the date of such notice.

In order to receive the severance benefits described above, the executive officer is obligated to refrain from soliciting our employees to leave our company for a one year period, continue to observe and maintain the confidentiality of all confidential and proprietary information and provide us with an executed separation agreement and release of claims.

In the event any payment to one of our executive officers under his employment agreement is subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (as a result of a payment being classified as a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code), such executive officer will be entitled to receive such payment as would entitle him to receive the greatest after tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

For the purpose of our new employment agreements with our executive officers, “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(i)  

the acquisition by any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (for these purposes, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a

 

113


Table of Contents
 

corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with us), or Person, that becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of our securities representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by our then outstanding securities; provided, however, that for the purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional securities by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of our securities shall not be considered a Change of Control;

 

(ii)   a change in the composition of our board of directors occurring within a 12 month period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” will mean directors who either (A) are our directors as of the effective date of the employment agreement with the executive officer or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to our board of directors with the affirmative votes of a least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of our directors); or

 

(iii)   a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of our assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from us that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of our assets immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following shall not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of our assets: (1) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by our stockholders immediately after the transfer; or (2) a transfer of assets by us to: (A) a stockholder of ours (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to our securities; (B) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by us; (C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all our outstanding stock; or (D) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in subsection (C). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of our assets, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction of ours that does not constitute a change of control event under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) or (vii) shall not be considered a Change of Control.

For the purposes of our new employment agreements with our executive officers, “Cause” means:

 

(i)   any material act of personal dishonesty made by the executive officer in connection with the executive officer’s responsibilities as an employee;

 

(ii)   the executive officer’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of moral turpitude;

 

(iii)   the executive officer’s gross misconduct;

 

114


Table of Contents
(iv)   the executive officer’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any of our proprietary information or trade secrets or of any other party to whom the executive officer owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of executive officer’s relationship with us;

 

(v)   the executive officer’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with us; or

 

(vi)   the executive officer’s continued failure to perform his employment duties after the executive officer has received a written demand of performance from us which specifically sets forth the factual basis for our belief that the executive officer has not substantially performed his duties and has failed to cure such nonperformance to our satisfaction within 10 business days after receiving such notice.

For the purpose of our new employment agreements with Messrs. Jin, Miller and Hillberg, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events without the executive officer’s express written consent:

 

(i)   the assignment to the executive officer of any duties, the reduction of the executive officer’s duties or the removal of the executive officer from his position and responsibilities, either of which must result in a material diminution of such executive officer’s authority, duties or responsibilities with us in effect immediately prior to such assignment, unless the executive officer is provided with a comparable position (i.e., the executive officer’s same position in the parent company of the combined entity);

 

(ii)   a material reduction in the executive officer’s base salary, unless the base salaries of all of our (and, if applicable, our successor’s) other similarly situated employees are also similarly reduced (for these purposes, a reduction of the executive officer’s base salary by 10% or more will be considered material, provided that a reduction of less than 10% may still be material based on the facts and circumstances relating to the reduction);

 

(iii)   a material change in the geographic location of the executive officer’s primary work facility or location; provided, however, that a relocation of less than 35 miles from the executive officer’s then present location will not be considered a material change in geographic location; or

 

(iv)   our failure to obtain assumption of the employment agreement by any successor.

For the purpose of our new employment agreements with Messrs. Chao, Dhanani, Rennard and Wahla, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events without the executive officer’s express written consent:

 

(i)   the assignment to the executive officer of any duties, the reduction of the executive officer’s duties or the removal of the executive officer from his position and responsibilities, either of which must result in a material diminution of the executive officer’s authority, duties, or responsibilities with us in effect immediately prior to such assignment, unless the executive officer is provided with a comparable position (i.e., a position of equal or greater organizational level, duties, authority, compensation and status);

 

(ii)  

a material reduction in the executive officer’s base salary, unless the base salaries of all of our (and, if applicable, our successor’s) other similarly situated employees are also similarly reduced (for these purposes, a reduction of the executive officer’s base salary by 10% or

 

115


Table of Contents
 

more will be considered material, provided that a reduction of less than 10% may still be material based on the facts and circumstances relating to the reduction);

 

(iii)   a material change in the geographic location of the executive officer’s primary work facility or location; provided, however, that a relocation of less than 35 miles from the executive officer’s then present location will not be considered a material change in geographic location; or

 

(iv)   our failure to obtain assumption of the employment agreement by any successor.

Severance terms for Dr. Jin .    In the event that Dr. Jin is terminated other than for Cause, death or disability, and the termination is not in connection with a Change of Control, then, subject to certain conditions, Dr. Jin will be entitled to receive the following:

 

 

a lump sum severance payment equal to 12 months of his base salary in effect immediately prior to his termination;

 

 

a lump sum bonus payment equal to his target bonus as in effect for the year in which the termination occurs, pro-rated for the year (and adjusted based on the achievement of applicable performance objectives as determined solely in the discretion of the board of directors or compensation committee); and

 

 

coverage for a period of 12 months for himself and his eligible dependents under our medical, dental and vision benefit plans.

In the event that Dr. Jin is terminated other than for Cause, death or disability, or if he terminates his employment for Good Reason, and the termination is within a two-month period before or a 12-month period after a Change of Control, then, subject to certain conditions, Dr. Jin will be entitled to receive the following:

 

 

a lump sum severance payment equal to 18 months of his base salary in effect immediately prior to his termination;

 

 

a lump sum bonus payment equal to his target bonus as in effect for the year in which the termination occurs, pro rated for the year (and adjusted based on the achievement of applicable performance objectives as determined solely in the discretion of the board of directors or compensation committee);

 

 

coverage for a period of 18 months for himself and his eligible dependents under our medical, dental and vision benefit plans; and

 

 

all unvested equity awards will immediately vest and become exercisable in full.

The awards will remain exercisable, to the extent applicable, following the termination for the period prescribed in the respective stock plan and agreement for each award.

Severance terms for Messrs. Miller and Hillberg .    We entered into employment agreements on April 20, 2006 and April 7, 2009 with Mr. Miller and Mr. Hillberg, respectively, which were amended and restated in their entirety in October 2009.

Prior employment agreements.     The prior employment agreements of Messrs. Miller and Hillberg provide that 50% of the then unvested equity awards held by the executive will immediately vest and the remaining unvested shares will vest on the earlier of the date such

 

116


Table of Contents

executive’s employment is terminated other than for cause or the executive resigns for good reason or one year following such change of control. In addition, in the case of termination other than for cause, we agreed to provide (i) a severance amount equal to three months of the executive’s then annual base salary and (ii) three months continued coverage under COBRA.

The following definition of “change of control” applies to the prior employment agreements of Messrs. Miller and Hillberg. A “change of control” means the acquisition of 50% or more of our outstanding shares pursuant to a lawful tender offer validly made by a third party; a merger, consolidation or other reorganization of TeleNav (other than reincorporation of TeleNav), if after giving effect to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization of TeleNav, our stockholders immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization do not represent a majority in interest of the holders of voting securities (on a fully diluted basis) with the ordinary power to elect directors of the surviving entity after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization; or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets to a third party who is not our affiliate.

Pursuant to the prior employment agreements with Messrs. Miller and Hillberg, a “good reason” exists if there is a material adverse change in the executive’s position causing such position to be of significantly less stature or of significantly less responsibility, there is a reduction of more than 20% of the executive’s base compensation or the executive refuses to relocate to a facility or location that is more than 50 miles from our current location, and within the 30 days immediately following such material change, reduction or refusal the executive elects to terminate his employment voluntarily.

Amended and restated employment agreements.     In October 2009, we entered into amended and restated employment agreements with Messrs. Miller and Hillberg. The amended and restated employment agreements with each of Messrs. Miller and Hillberg provide that, in the event either Messrs. Miller and Hillberg is terminated other than for Cause, death or disability, and the termination is not in connection with a Change of Control, then, subject to certain conditions, such executive officer will be entitled to receive the following:

 

 

a lump sum severance payment equal to six months of his base salary in effect immediately prior to his termination;

 

 

a lump sum bonus payment equal to his target bonus as in effect for the year in which the termination occurs, pro-rated for the year (and adjusted based on the achievement of applicable performance objectives as determined solely in the discretion of the board of directors or compensation committee); and

 

 

coverage for a period of six months for himself and his eligible dependents under our medical, dental and vision benefit plans.

In the event we terminate the employment of Messrs. Miller and Hillberg other than for Cause, death or disability, or if either Messrs. Miller and Hillberg terminates his employment for Good Reason, and the termination is within a two-month period before or a 12 month period after a Change of Control, then, subject to certain conditions, such executive officer will be entitled to receive the following:

 

 

a lump sum severance payment equal to 12 months of his base salary in effect immediately prior to his termination;

 

117


Table of Contents
 

a lump sum bonus payment equal to his target bonus as in effect for the year in which the termination occurs, pro rated for the year (and adjusted based on the achievement of applicable performance objectives as determined solely in the discretion of the board of directors or compensation committee);

 

 

coverage for a period of 12 months for himself and his eligible dependents under our medical, dental and vision benefit plans; and

 

 

all of the unvested equity awards of the executive officer will immediately vest and become exercisable in full.

The awards will remain exercisable, to the extent applicable, following the termination for the period prescribed in the respective stock plan and agreement for each award.

Severance terms for Messrs. Chao, Dhanani, Rennard and Wahla .    Pursuant to the employment agreements, in the event that we terminate the employment of Messrs. Chao, Dhanani, Rennard and Wahla other than for Cause, death or disability, and the termination is not in connection with a Change of Control, then such executive officer will, subject to certain conditions, be entitled to receive the following:

 

 

a lump sum severance payment equal to six months of his base salary in effect immediately prior to his termination; and

 

 

a lump sum bonus payment equal to his target bonus as in effect for the year in which the termination occurs, pro rated for the year (and adjusted based on the achievement of applicable performance objectives as determined solely in the discretion of the board of directors or compensation committee);

 

 

coverage for a period of six months for himself and his eligible dependents under our medical, dental and vision benefit plans.

In the event that we terminate the employment of Messrs. Chao, Dhanani, Rennard and Wahla other than for Cause, death or disability, or if any of Messrs. Chao, Dhanani, Rennard and Wahla terminates his employment for Good Reason, and the termination is within a two-month period before or a 12-month period after a Change of Control, then, subject to certain conditions, such executive officer will be entitled to receive the following:

 

 

a lump sum severance payment equal to 12 months of his base salary in effect immediately prior to his termination;

 

 

a lump sum bonus payment equal to his target bonus as in effect for the year in which the termination occurs, pro rated for the year (and adjusted based on the achievement of applicable performance objectives as determined solely in the discretion of the board of directors or compensation committee);

 

 

coverage for a period of 12 months for himself and his eligible dependents under our medical, dental and vision benefit plans; and

 

 

all of the unvested equity awards of the executive officer will immediately vest and become exercisable in full.

The awards will remain exercisable, to the extent applicable, following the termination for the period prescribed in the respective stock plan and agreement for each award.

 

118


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2009 potential payments upon termination or change of control

The following table shows the amounts each of our named executive officers would receive in the event of their termination following a Change of Control, or upon certain other events, assuming the termination took place on June 30, 2009, the last business day of our most recent completed fiscal year.

 

      

Benefits

   Involuntary termination
Name       More than two
months
before change of
control
   Within two months
before or 12 months
after change of
control
 

H.P. Jin

   Severance Payment (Salary)    $ 200,000    $ 300,000
   Severance Payment (Bonus)      100,000      100,000
   Continuation of Medical/Welfare Benefits      15,866      23,799
   Acceleration of Stock Options(1)           1,506,403

Douglas Miller

   Severance Payment (Salary)      100,000      200,000
   Severance Payment (Bonus)      50,000      50,000
   Continuation of Medical/Welfare Benefits      7,986      15,972
   Acceleration of Stock Options(1)           486,935

Y.C. Chao

   Severance Payment (Salary)      90,000      180,000
   Severance Payment (Bonus)      40,000      40,000
   Continuation of Medical/Welfare Benefits      7,933      15,866
   Acceleration of Stock Options(1)           850,588

Salman Dhanani

   Severance Payment (Salary)      82,500      165,000
   Severance Payment (Bonus)      40,000      40,000
   Continuation of Medical/Welfare Benefits      9,971      19,942
   Acceleration of Stock Options(1)           87,766

Loren Hillberg

   Severance Payment (Salary)      100,000      200,000
   Severance Payment (Bonus)      30,000      30,000
   Continuation of Medical/Welfare Benefits      7,986      15,972
   Acceleration of Stock Options(1)           200,000

Robert Rennard

   Severance Payment (Salary)      100,000      200,000
   Severance Payment (Bonus)      50,000      50,000
   Continuation of Medical/Welfare Benefits      5,518      11,037
   Acceleration of Stock Options(1)           850,588

Hassan Wahla

   Severance Payment (Salary)      80,000      160,000
   Severance Payment (Bonus)      50,000      50,000
   Continuation of Medical/Welfare Benefits      9,971      19,942
   Acceleration of Stock Options(1)           52,592
 

 

(1)   100% of the unvested shares subject to stock options would accelerate if the executive officer were terminated other than for Cause, death or disability or resigned for Good Reason within a two-month period before or a 12-month period after a Change of Control. Value represents the gain the executive officer would receive, calculated as the difference between the stock price on June 30, 2009 and the exercise price of all unvested options. The stock price on June 30, 2009 as determined by our board of directors was $0.51 per share.

 

119


Table of Contents

Severance agreements

Severance Agreement with William Bettencourt .    We entered into a severance agreement and general release with Mr. Bettencourt on February 18, 2009, as amended, in connection with his resignation as our chief sales and marketing officer on January 27, 2009 and the termination of his employment effective as of July 1, 2009.

The agreement, as amended, provides that any benefits of employment ceased on Mr. Bettencourt’s resignation as our chief sales and marketing officer and any unvested stock options held by Mr. Bettencourt ceased to vest after such date. Pursuant to the severance agreement, as amended, we continued to pay Mr. Bettencourt’s health insurance benefits and regular salary through July 31, 2009.

In addition, the severance agreement, as amended, provided that Mr. Bettencourt released us from any charges, complaints, claims, causes of action, debts, demands, sums of money, controversies, agreements, promises, damages and liabilities relating to any matters of any kind, whether known or unknown, that occurred after November 1, 2006 and prior to June 30, 2009. Mr. Bettencourt agreed not to file any charge, complaint, claim or lawsuit of any kind against us relating to and for, among other things, any claim addressed by the severance agreement, as amended.

Mr. Bettencourt exercised his remaining outstanding options on July 8, 2009. Mr. Bettencourt acknowledged that he is not entitled to any further compensation. The agreement, as amended, also provides that Mr. Bettencourt has certain ongoing confidentiality and invention assignment obligations.

Employee benefit plans

2009 Equity Incentive Plan .    Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders to approve, our 2009 Plan prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2009 Plan is effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by our board of directors or immediately prior to our initial public offering. We may not issue awards under the 2009 Plan until this offering occurs. Our 2009 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2009 Plan is 25,000,000 shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 1999 Stock Option Plan and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder and (ii) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 1999 Stock Option Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 1999 Stock Option Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2009 Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above equal to 73,379,658 shares. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2009 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of our fiscal year, beginning with the 2012 fiscal year, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

120


Table of Contents
 

20,000,000 shares;

 

 

4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

 

such amount as our board of directors may determine.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2009 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2009 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2009 Plan.

Plan administration .    The 2009 Plan will be administered by our board of directors which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee or one and/or more additional committees. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m).

Subject to the provisions of our 2009 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares subject to each award, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2009 Plan, to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2009 Plan.

Stock options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2009 Plan. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, the term of such incentive stock option may not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the plan administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2009 Plan, the administrator determines the term of all other options. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock appreciation rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value

 

121


Table of Contents

of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2009 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. Such terms may include, among other things, vesting upon the achievement of specific performance goals determined by the administrator and/or continued service to us. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us.

Restricted stock units .    Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both.

Performance units/performance shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Automatic director grants .    Our 2009 Plan also provides for the automatic grant of nonstatutory stock options to our nonemployee directors. Each nonemployee director appointed to the board of directors after the completion of this offering will automatically receive an option to purchase 125,000 shares upon such appointment. This initial award will vest as to 1/36th of the shares subject to the initial award on the last day of each month commencing the first full month after such initial award is granted, provided he or she continues to serve as a director through such vesting dates. In addition, beginning in 2011, nonemployee directors who have been directors for at least six months will automatically receive a subsequent option to

 

122


Table of Contents

purchase 50,000 shares on each date of our annual meeting of stockholders. These subsequent awards will vest as to 1/12th of the shares subject to such subsequent award on the last day of each month commencing the first full month after such subsequent award is granted, provided he or she continues to serve as a director through such vesting dates. All awards granted under the automatic grant provisions will have a term of 10 years and an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. The administrator may change the terms of future automatic awards granted to our nonemployee director including with respect to the types and number of awards granted.

Transferability of awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2009 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock appreciation right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2009 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or change in control .    Our 2009 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2009 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change of control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

Plan amendment, termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2009 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2009 Plan will automatically terminate in 2019, unless we terminate it sooner.

1999 Stock Option Plan .    Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 1999 Stock Option Plan, or the 1999 Plan, in October 1999 and it became effective upon approval by our stockholders. Our 1999 Plan was amended and restated in September 2009. The purposes of the 1999 Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to our employees and consultants and to promote the success of our business. Our 1999 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights to our employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 1999 Plan following this offering and will

 

123


Table of Contents

instead grant awards under our 2009 Plan. However, the 1999 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding options previously granted thereunder.

Stock subject to the plan .    The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 1999 Plan is 90,510,859 shares of our common stock. As of September 30, 2009, options to purchase 61,115,808 shares of our common stock were outstanding and 12,793,230 shares were available for future grant under the 1999 Plan.

If a stock option or stock purchase right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, the unpurchased shares subject to such stock options will become available for future grant or sale under the 1999 Plan, unless the plan has terminated. However, shares that have actually been issued under the 1999 Plan, upon exercise of either a stock option or stock purchase right, will not be returned to the 1999 Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the 1999 Plan.

Plan administration .    Our board of directors or a committee which it appoints administers the 1999 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 1999 Plan, the administrator has the authority in its discretion to determine the terms of awards, the fair market value of our common stock, the exercise price of each option, the purchase price for each stock purchase right, the number of shares subject to each award and the vesting schedule applicable to the awards (together with any vesting acceleration). The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 1999 Plan, to amend outstanding options to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to construe and interpret the 1999 Plan.

Stock options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 1999 Plan. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, the term of such incentive stock option may not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash or check. Subject to the provisions of our 1999 Plan, the administrator determines the term of all other options. After the termination of service as an employee or consultant (other than for death or disability), the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for a period of 60 days following such termination. If termination is due to disability, the option will remain exercisable, to the extent vested as of the date of termination, for 12 months following such termination, unless the participant’s termination is due to “permanent disability,” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, in which case, an additional number of shares subject to the option that would normally vest had the participant remained employed for two years from the date of such termination will immediately vest and remain exercisable for the 12 months following his or her termination. If termination is due to death, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months following such termination for the number of shares vested as of the date of termination, plus an additional number of shares subject to the option that that would normally vest had the participant remained employed for two years from the date of such termination. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

 

124


Table of Contents

Stock purchase rights .    Stock purchase rights may be granted either alone, in addition to or in tandem with, other awards granted under the 1999 Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the 1999 Plan. Stock purchase rights are grants of rights to purchase our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. After the administrator determines that it will offer stock purchase rights, it will advise the purchaser of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of shares that the purchaser is entitled to purchase, the price to be paid and the time within which the purchaser must accept such offer. A purchaser accepts the offer by execution of a restricted stock purchase agreement in the form determined by the administrator. Once the stock purchase right is exercised, the purchaser will have rights equivalent to a stockholder.

Transferability of awards .    Our 1999 Plan generally does not allow for awards to be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the participant, only by the participant.

Certain adjustments .    In the event of any change in the number of our issued shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of our common stock or any other increase or decrease as determined by the administrator is made in our capitalization, certain proportional adjustments will be made, including adjustments to the exercise or purchase price of the option or stock purchase right and in the number of shares covered by each outstanding award, as well as the number of shares available for issuance under the 1999 Plan but as to which no awards have yet been granted or that have been returned to the 1999 Plan upon their cancellation. In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the administrator will notify the participants at least 15 days prior to such proposed action and all outstanding awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger .    In the event of our merger with or into another corporation, each outstanding option or stock purchase right may be assumed or an equivalent option or right may be substituted by the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary. If, in such event, an option or stock purchase right is not assumed or substituted, the option or stock purchase right will terminate as of the date of the closing of the merger. We will notify in writing each holder of an option or stock purchase right at least 20 days prior to the consummation of a merger of the principal terms of the merger and whether the options and stock purchase rights will be assumed in the merger. The participant will then have the opportunity to exercise any vested options and stock purchase rights prior to the merger.

Plan termination and amendment .    Our board of directors may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the 1999 Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. In September 2009, our board of directors and stockholders approved the extension of the term of the 1999 Plan until September 2019, unless we terminate it sooner.

2002 Executive Stock Option Plan .    Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2002 Executive Stock Option Plan, or the 2002 Plan, in January 2002 and it became effective upon approval by our stockholders. The purposes of the 2002 Plan are to retain our executives, H.P. Jin, Robert Rennard and Y.C. Chao, and to provide such executives with additional incentives to promote the success of our business. Our 2002 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, and

 

125


Table of Contents

nonstatutory stock options. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2002 Plan following this offering and will instead grant awards under our 2009 Plan. However, the 2002 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding options previously granted thereunder.

Stock subject to the plan .    The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2002 Plan is 39,685,108 shares of our common stock. As of September 30, 2009, options to purchase 4,352,004 shares of our common stock were outstanding and no shares were available for future grant under the 2002 Plan.

If a stock option expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, the unpurchased shares subject to such stock options will become available for future grant or sale under the 2002 Plan, unless the plan has terminated. However, shares that have actually been issued under the 2002 Plan, upon exercise of a stock option, will not be returned to the 2002 Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the 2002 Plan.

Plan administration .    Our board of directors or a committee which it appoints administers the 2002 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2002 Plan, the administrator has the authority in its discretion to determine the terms of options awarded, the fair market value of our common stock and the exercise price of each option, the number of shares subject to each option and the vesting schedule applicable to the options (together with any vesting acceleration). The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2002 Plan, to amend outstanding options to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards in certain circumstances, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding options may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to construe and interpret the 2002 Plan.

Stock options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2002 Plan. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, the term of such incentive stock option may not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash or check. Subject to the provisions of our 2002 Plan, the administrator determines the term of all other options. After the termination of service as an employee or consultant (other than for death or disability), the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for a period of 60 days following such termination. If termination is due to disability, the option will remain exercisable, to the extent vested as of the date of termination, for 12 months following such termination, unless the participant’s termination is due to “permanent disability,” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, in which case, an additional number of shares subject to the option that would normally vest had the participant remained employed for two years from the date of such termination will immediately vest and remain exercisable for the 12 months following his or her termination. If termination is due to death, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months following such termination for the number of shares vested as of the date of termination, plus

 

126


Table of Contents

an additional number of shares subject to the option that would normally vest had the participant remained employed for two years from the date of such termination. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability of awards .    Our 2002 Plan generally does not allow for options to be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the participant, only by the participant.

Certain adjustments .    In the event of any change in the number of our issued shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of our common stock or any other increase or decrease as determined by the administrator is made in our capitalization, certain proportional adjustments will be made, including adjustments to the exercise price of the option, and in the number of shares covered by each outstanding option, as well as the number of shares available for issuance under the 2002 Plan but as to which no options have yet been granted or that have been returned to the 2002 Plan upon their cancellation. In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the administrator will notify the participants at least 15 days prior to such proposed action and all outstanding options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger .    In the event of our merger with or into another corporation, each outstanding option may be assumed or an equivalent option or right may be substituted by the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary. If, in such event, an option is not assumed or substituted, the option will terminate as of the date of the closing of the merger. We will notify in writing each holder of an option at least 20 days prior to the consummation of a merger of the principal terms of the merger, whether the merger will constitute a change of control, as defined under the 2002 Plan, and whether the options will be assumed in the merger. The participant will then have the opportunity to exercise any vested options prior to the merger (including options entitled to accelerated vesting pursuant to a prospective change of control).

Initial public offering .    Upon the completion of this offering, all of the shares subject to outstanding options under the 2002 Plan will become fully vested.

Plan termination and amendment .    Our board of directors may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the 2002 Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2002 Plan will automatically terminate in 2012, unless we terminate it sooner.

401(k) plan .    We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to 100% of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. Our 401(k) plan permits us to match our employees’ 401(k) plan contributions. For the year ending December 31, 2009, we will match 100% of employee contributions up to a maximum contribution equal to 2% of employee compensation and we will match 50% of employee contributions exceeding 2% of employee compensation, but not more than 4% of employee compensation. Our matching contributions are subject to certain vesting requirements. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions by employees to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.

 

127


Table of Contents

Sales Commission Incentive Plans .    We utilize sales commission incentive plans to encourage and reward members of our sales team for their efforts in securing and expanding revenue generating relationships for us during the year, including commission incentive plans specific to Sprint and AT&T.

Our commission incentive plans vary by individual employees depending on the position held by the employee and the employee’s assigned duties. Our vice president, products and marketing, recommends sales quotas and our chief financial officer reviews these recommendations. Periodic commission targets are set for the employees participating in our commission incentive plans. The amount of the commission targets earned by the employees is based on the percentage attained of their applicable sales quota. In addition, the employees are eligible for commission in excess of the commission targets up to a certain threshold to the extent the sales quotas are exceeded for a particular period.

Limitation of liability and indemnification of directors and officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

 

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

 

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

 

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

 

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce

 

128


Table of Contents

the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

129


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

The following is a summary of transactions since July 1, 2006 to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the “Executive compensation” section of this prospectus. We also describe below certain transactions and series of similar transactions since July 1, 2004 with our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons to which we are a party.

Investors’ rights agreement

In connection with our Series E preferred stock financing completed in January 2006, we entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with certain purchasers of our common stock and preferred stock, including our principal stockholders with whom certain of our directors are affiliated. Pursuant to this agreement, we granted such stockholders certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of our common stock held or issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them. This amended and restated investors’ rights agreement was amended and restated in April 2009. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.”

Voting agreement

We have entered into a voting agreement with certain holders of our outstanding preferred stock and common stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, and certain other stockholders, obligating each party to vote or consent at each stockholder meeting or with respect to each written stockholder consent to elect the nominees of certain parties to our board of directors. The parties to the voting agreement have agreed, subject to certain conditions, to vote their shares so as to elect as directors the nominees designated by certain of our investors, including Menlo Ventures and its affiliated funds, which has designated Mr. Carolan for election to our board of directors; the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our Series D preferred stock, which has designated Mr. Chen for election to our board of directors; iGlobe Partners Fund, L.P., which has designated Ms. Koh for election to our board of directors; and Mr. Chiu, who has designated himself for election to our board of directors. In addition, the parties to the voting agreement have agreed to vote their shares so as to elect our then current chief executive officer to our board of directors, one person nominated by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock and approved by a majority of the other directors and one person unanimously approved by our board of directors, which is Mr. Zaelit. Upon the closing of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate in its entirety and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Transactions with entities affiliated with our directors and officers

We have purchased certain GPS related products from GlobalSat Technology Corp., or GlobalSat. Under the terms of the agreement, we paid GlobalSat for products delivered to us in the sums of $29,698, $217,880, $608,590, $319,596 and $30,380 in fiscal 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009,

 

130


Table of Contents

respectively. These amounts represented less than 5% of our revenue and GlobalSat’s revenue and did not exceed $1 million in the applicable period. Samuel Chen, a member of our board of directors, is the chairman of the board of directors of GlobalSat and holds shares of GlobalSat.

Stock repurchases

In September 2009, we repurchased 2 million shares of our common stock from William Bettencourt, our former chief sales and marketing officer, for $1,020,000, or $0.51 per share. The purchase price per share for the stock repurchase was the fair market value of our common stock at the time of the repurchase.

Employment agreements

We have entered into agreements containing compensation, termination and change of control provisions, among others, with certain of our executive officers as described in the section entitled “Executive compensation—Employment agreements” above.

Indemnification of officers and directors

Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. For further information, see the section entitled “Executive compensation—Limitation of liability and indemnification of directors and officers.”

Private financings

In December 2004, we issued convertible promissory notes for $6 million and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,272,236 shares of our Series E preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.275041 per share in connection with a bridge loan financing.

In January 2006, we issued and sold an aggregate of 109,074,651 shares of our Series E preferred stock at a per share price of $0.275041 for aggregate new consideration of approximately $24 million.

 

131


Table of Contents

We believe that the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described above were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s length transactions. The following table summarizes since July 1, 2004 the investments and securities received by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities.

 

Participants    December 2004 bridge loan    Series E preferred stock
financing
   Aggregate
investment
  

Loan
amount

(1)

   Shares of
Series E
preferred
stock
subject to
warrant
   Number of
shares(2)
   Total
purchase
price(3)
  
 

Executive officers and directors

              

H.P. Jin

   $          $    $

Douglas Miller

                    

Y.C. Chao

                    

Salman Dhanani

                    

Loren Hillberg

                    

Robert Rennard

                    

Hassan Wahla

                    

William Bettencourt(4)

                    

Shawn Carolan(5)

           59,082,105      16,250,000      16,250,000

Samuel Chen

     5,200,000    2,835,940    23,881,951      1,368,516      6,568,516

Hon Jane (Jason) Chiu

     200,000    109,074    1,560,168      229,110      429,110

Soo Boon Koh(6)

     250,000    136,343    3,070,233      594,440      844,440

Joseph M. Zaelit

                    

Principal stockholders

              

Hang-Chien Hsu

     300,000    163,611    1,832,854      204,110      504,110

iGlobe Partners Fund, L.P.

     250,000    136,343    3,070,233      594,440      844,440

Entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures:

           59,082,105      16,250,000      16,250,000
 

 

(1)   The December 2004 bridge loan amounts were converted into shares of Series E preferred stock as part of the Series E preferred stock financing.

 

(2)   Includes shares acquired through the conversion of notes issued pursuant to the December 2004 Bridge Loan, as applicable.

 

(3)   Amount does not include conversion of notes from our December 2004 bridge loan.

 

(4)   On January 27, 2009, William Bettencourt resigned as our chief sales and marketing officer and on July 1, 2009, he resigned from our company as an employee.

 

(5)   Consists of amounts invested and securities purchased or acquired by Menlo Ventures X, L.P., Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund X, L.P. and MMEF X, L.P. Mr. Carolan, one of our directors, is a managing director of Menlo Ventures and has shared voting and investment power over these shares; however, he disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his proportionate partnership interest therein.

 

(6)   Consists of amounts invested and securities purchased or acquired by iGlobe Partners Fund, L.P. Ms. Koh, one of our directors, is a managing partner of iGlobe Partners and has shared voting and investment power over these shares; however, she disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of her proportionate partnership interest therein.

 

132


Table of Contents

Stock option awards

Certain stock option grants to our directors and executive officers and related option grant policies are described in this prospectus under the sections entitled “Management—Director compensation,” “Executive compensation—Compensation disclosure and analysis,” “Executive compensation—Grants of plan-based awards for year ended June 30, 2009,” “Executive compensation—Outstanding equity awards at June 30, 2009” and “Executive compensation—Employment agreements.” Pursuant to our director and executive officer compensation policies or other arrangements, we granted the following options to certain directors and executive officers since July 1, 2004:

 

Name   Grant date  

Shares subject

to option (1)

    Exercise
price
 

H.P. Jin

  3/14/2006   8,569,758 (2)    $ 0.060
  8/18/2009   1,500,000        0.510

Douglas Miller

  8/07/2006   4,721,792        0.060
  8/18/2009   600,000        0.510

Y.C. Chao

  3/14/2006   4,838,898 (2)      0.060
  8/18/2009   600,000        0.510

Salman Dhanani

  3/14/2006   1,040,186        0.060
  8/18/2009   1,200,000        0.510

Loren Hillberg

  5/21/2009   1,250,000        0.350

Robert Rennard

  3/14/2006   4,838,898 (2)      0.060
  8/18/2009   600,000        0.510

Hassan Wahla

  8/05/2005   300,000 (3)      0.008
  3/14/2006   60,000        0.060
  8/29/2007   70,000        0.110
  3/12/2008   70,000        0.170
  5/21/2009   100,000        0.350
  8/18/2009   750,000        0.510

William Bettencourt(4)

  1/02/2007   4,721,792 (5)      0.080
  1/02/2007   2,360,896 (6)      0.080

Shawn Carolan

          

Samuel Chen

          

Hon Jane (Jason) Chiu

          

Soo Boon Koh

          

Joseph Zaelit

  8/18/2009   500,000        0.510
 

 

(1)   Unless otherwise noted, each option listed in this table vests and becomes exercisable at a rate of 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date with the remainder vesting and becoming exercisable ratably over the next 36 months, subject to continued service through each applicable date by the applicable optionholder.

 

(2)   75% of this option vests and becomes exercisable ratably over 48 months, subject to continued service through each applicable date. 25% of this option will vest and become exercisable upon the effectiveness of this offering.

 

(3)   This option was exchanged for an option to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.13 per share granted on December 20, 2007. The vesting schedule of the option granted on December 20, 2007 remained the same as the stock option granted on August 5, 2005, which vests and becomes exercisable ratably over 48 months, subject to continued service through each applicable date.

 

(4)   On January 27, 2009, William Bettencourt resigned as our chief sales and marketing officer and on July 1, 2009, he resigned from our company as an employee.

 

(5)  

1,180,448 shares of common stock subject to this option vested and became exercisable in three equal installments on the last day of each month of the fourth calendar quarter of 2007 and 3,541,344 shares of common stock subject to this option were to vest and become exercisable at a rate of 98,370 shares of common stock per month over the next 36 months with all

 

133


Table of Contents
 

remaining shares subject to the option becoming vested on December 31, 2010, subject to continued service through each applicable date. However, the unvested shares subject to this option were canceled upon the termination of Mr. Bettencourt’s employment with us. None of the vesting acceleration terms of this option as set forth in Mr. Bettencourt’s offer letter were triggered prior to the cancelation of this option.

 

(6)   None of the shares subject to this option were vested upon Mr. Bettencourt’s resignation as our chief sales and marketing officer and this option was terminated on January 27, 2009.

Policies and procedures for related party transactions

As provided by the audit committee charter, the audit committee of our board of directors must review and approve in advance any related party transaction. All of our directors, officers and employees are required to report to the audit committee any related party transaction prior to entering into the transaction.

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth under the section entitled “Certain relationships and related party transactions” on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

 

134


Table of Contents

Principal and selling stockholders

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2009 and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in the offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, by:

 

 

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

 

each of our named executive officers;

 

 

each of our directors;

 

 

all executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

 

each of our selling stockholders.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of options and warrants held by the respective person or group which may be exercised or converted within 60 days after September 30, 2009. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, stock options and warrants exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2009 are included for that person or group but not the stock options or warrants of any other person or group.

Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 414,738,312 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2009, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of September 30, 2009 and              shares outstanding after completion of this offering. The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option and does not give effect to the exercise of warrants that, by their terms, provide for automatic exercise on a cashless basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

135


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed, except for those jointly owned with that person’s spouse. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o TeleNav, Inc., 1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, California 94086.

 

      Shares beneficially owned
prior to the offering
 

Number
of shares

offered

  Shares beneficially owned
after the offering
Name and address of beneficial owner   Shares   Percentage     Shares   Percentage
 

5% Stockholders:

         

Entities affiliated with Menlo
Ventures(1)

  59,082,105   14.25%      

3000 Sand Hill Road
Building 4, Suite 100
Menlo Park, CA 94025

         

iGlobe Partners Fund, L.P.(2)

  42,765,740   10.31%      

5201 Great America Parkway
Suite 320
Santa Clara, CA 95054

         

Hang-Chien Hsu(3)

  22,753,410   5.48%      

Named executive officers and directors:

         

H.P. Jin(4)

  17,596,437   4.17%      

Douglas Miller(5)

  4,131,568   *      

Y.C. Chao(6)

  17,372,532   4.14%      

Robert Rennard(7)

  15,112,532   3.60%      

Hassan Wahla(8)

  423,542   *      

William Bettencourt(9)

  459,258   *      

Shawn Carolan(10)

  59,082,105   14.25%      

Samuel Chen(11)

  138,300,172   33.12%      

Hon Jane (Jason) Chiu(12)

  22,226,187   5.36%      

Soo Boon Koh(13)

  42,765,740   10.31%      

Joseph M. Zaelit(14)

         

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 people)(15)

  321,001,280   72.94%      

Other selling stockholders:

         
 

 

 *   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

(1)   Includes 57,584,898 shares held by Menlo Ventures X, L.P., 1,007,735 shares held by MMEF X, L.P. and 489,472 shares held by Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund X, L.P. Shawn Carolan is a managing director of Menlo Ventures and disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by these funds except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(2)   Soo Boon Koh is a managing partner of iGlobe Partners Fund L.P. and disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by this fund, except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein.

 

(3)   Includes 22,589,799 shares held by Mr. Hsu and 163,611 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants held by Mr. Hsu that are exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2009.

 

(4)   Includes 9,871,200 shares held by Dr. Jin and 7,725,237 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2009.

 

(5)   Consists solely of shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2009.

 

(6)   Includes 6,273,104 shares held by Y.C. Chao and Vanessa Yeh, Trustees of Kay Oz 2009 Revocable Trust dated July 28, 2009, 2,250,000 shares held by Vanessa Yeh, Trustee of Kay Oz I 2009 Annuity Trust, 2,250,000 shares held by Y.C. Chao, Trustee of Kay Oz II 2009 Annuity Trust, 1,145,723 shares held by Mr. Chao and 4,579,428 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2009.

 

(7)   Includes 8,500,000 shares held by Robert Rennard and Sherry Rennard, as Community Property, 2,020,000 shares held by Mr. Rennard and 4,592,532 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2009.

 

(8)   Consists solely of shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2009.

 

(9)   On January 27, 2009, William Bettencourt resigned as our chief sales and marketing officer and on July 1, 2009, he resigned from our company as an employee.

 

136


Table of Contents
(10)   Includes 57,584,898 shares held by Menlo Ventures X, L.P., 1,007,735 shares held by MMEF X, L.P. and 489,472 shares held by Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund X, L.P. Mr. Carolan is a managing director of Menlo Ventures and disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by these funds except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(11)   Includes 84,079,006 shares held by Mr. Chen, 51,385,226 shares held by Fiona Chang, his spouse, and 2,835,940 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by Mr. Chen that are exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2009.

 

(12)   Includes 22,117,113 shares held by Mr. Chiu and 109,074 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by Mr. Chiu that are exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2009.

 

(13)   Includes 42,765,740 shares held by iGlobe Partners Fund, L.P. Ms. Koh is a managing partner of iGlobe Partners Fund, L.P. and disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by this fund, except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein.

 

(14)   Excludes 42,765,740 shares held by iGlobe Partners Fund, L.P. Mr. Zaelit is a venture partner of iGlobe Partners Inc., an entity that provides administrative services to iGlobe Partners Fund, L.P., but does not share voting or dispositive power for shares of our common stock.

 

(15)   Includes 22,430,811 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2009 and 2,945,014 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E preferred shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2009.

 

137


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the completion of this offering.

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 600,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Common stock

Based on 137,730,538 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2009 and the conversion of outstanding preferred stock as of September 30, 2009 into 277,007,774 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, assuming no outstanding options are exercised prior to the closing of this offering and the issuance of              shares of common stock in this offering, there will be              shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering (including              shares of common stock to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, that, by their terms, provide for automatic exercise on a cashless basis upon the closing of this offering, assuming a deemed market price equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share). As of September 30, 2009, assuming the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering, we had approximately 246 record holders of our common stock.

As of September 30, 2009, there were 3,385,893 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, assuming the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering, and 65,517,812 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options.

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

138


Table of Contents

Preferred stock

As of September 30, 2009, there were 277,007,774 shares of our preferred stock outstanding, consisting of 4,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock, 4,828,722 shares of Series B preferred stock, 5,867,996 shares of Series B Prime preferred stock, 61,947,150 shares of Series C preferred stock, 28,402,912 shares of Series C Prime preferred stock, 62,750,000 shares of Series D preferred stock and 109,210,994 shares of Series E preferred stock. Upon the closing of this offering, all currently outstanding shares of preferred stock will convert into shares of our common stock on a one for one basis.

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time up to an aggregate of 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, rights, preferences and privileges and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series of preferred stock, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption including sinking fund provisions, redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and the likelihood that holders of our common stock will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of September 30, 2009, we had outstanding warrants to purchase 3,135,893 shares of our Series E preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.275041 per share and expiration date of December 15, 2009 and a warrant to purchase 250,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $0.275 per share and expiration date of July 19, 2012. In connection with the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering, the warrants to purchase 3,135,893 shares of Series E preferred stock will become exercisable for 3,135,893 shares of common stock. Upon the closing of this offering, the warrant to purchase 250,000 shares of our common stock will be automatically exercised on a cashless basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering if not exercised sooner by the holder of the warrant.

Each of our warrants contains a cashless exercise provision under which the holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our common stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. Each of our warrants also contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the aggregate number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

With respect to the warrants to purchase common stock that will be automatically exercised on a cashless basis upon the closing of this offering, the market price per share of our common stock will be the per share offering price to the public of this offering. Assuming that the market price of our common stock is equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share immediately prior to the date of exercise, we would issue              shares of our common stock upon the automatic cashless exercise of these warrants. A $             increase in the assumed deemed market price of $             per share would increase the number of shares of common stock

 

139


Table of Contents

to be issued upon the automatic cashless exercise of these warrants by approximately              shares of common stock, and a $             decrease in the assumed deemed market price of $             per share would decrease the number of shares of common stock to be issued upon the automatic cashless exercise of these warrants by approximately              shares of common stock.

Registration rights

Following the closing of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 319,302,878 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock will be entitled to the registration rights set forth below with respect to registration of the resale of such shares under the Securities Act pursuant to an investors’ rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. As applicable, we refer to these shares collectively as registrable securities.

Demand registration rights .    At any time, other than during the 180-day period following the closing of this offering the holders of at least 50% of the registrable securities or 50% of the registrable securities issuable upon conversion of our Series E preferred stock may demand that we effect a registration under the Securities Act covering the public offering and sale of all or part of the registrable securities held by such stockholders, provided that the value of the registrable securities that such holders propose to sell in such offering is at least $50,000,000. Upon any such demand we must use our best efforts to effect the registration of the registrable securities which we have been requested to register together with all other registrable securities that we may have been requested to register by other stockholders pursuant to the incidental registration rights described below. We are only obligated to effect two registrations in response to these demand registration rights for the holders of the registrable securities. We may defer such registration until April 14, 2012, and after such date, depending on certain conditions, we may defer such registration for up to 90 days.

Incidental registration rights .    If we register any securities for public sale, including pursuant to any stockholder initiated demand registration, holders of the registrable securities will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement, subject to certain exceptions relating to employee benefit plans and mergers and acquisitions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of registrable securities to be included in the registration statement on a pro rata basis, subject to certain restrictions and the restricted period described under the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Short form registration rights .    Following this offering, we are obligated under the investors’ rights agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain eligible for registration on Form S-3 under the Securities Act. At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of the registrable securities may request in writing that we effect a registration on Form S-3 if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $500,000, subject to certain exceptions. We are obligated to file up to two registration statements on Form S-3 in any 12-month period.

Expenses of registration.     We will pay all registration expenses related to any demand, incidental or Form S-3 registration, including up to $30,000 in expenses of one special counsel for the holders of the registrable securities, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes (if any), which will be borne by the holders of the registrable securities.

Indemnification .    The investors’ rights agreement contains indemnification provisions pursuant to which we are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholders, underwriters and certain of

 

140


Table of Contents

their affiliates in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement or related violations of federal and state securities law by us. As a condition to including their securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to demand or incidental registration rights, we may require the selling stockholders to agree to indemnify us for misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Anti-takeover effects of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. We expect these provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Undesignated preferred stock .    As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Limits on the ability of stockholders to act by written consent or call a special meeting .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or our board of directors. Stockholders may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals .    Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

Board classification .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on

 

141


Table of Contents

the classified board of directors, see “Management—Board of directors.” Our classified board of directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Election and removal of directors .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of our board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No cumulative voting .    The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not expressly provide for cumulative voting. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of directors’ decision regarding a takeover.

Delaware anti-takeover statute .    We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

 

prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

 

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

 

 

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

 

142


Table of Contents

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer agent and registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Co., N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021 and its telephone number is (800) 662-7232.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the              under the trading symbol TNAV.

 

143


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and we make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have an aggregate of              shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options. Of the outstanding shares, all of the              shares sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act), may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining 414,738,312 shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701, promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

 

             shares will be eligible for sale upon completion of this offering;

 

 

416,761,212 shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances; and

 

 

38,504,033 shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

Lock-up agreements and obligations

Our directors, officers and substantially all of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements that generally provide that these holders will not offer, pledge, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. for a period of 180-days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions described under the heading “Underwriting.”

In addition, each grant agreement under each of our 1999 Plan and 2002 Plan contains restrictions similar to those set forth in the lock-up agreements described above limiting the disposition of securities issuable pursuant to those plans for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

The 180-day restricted periods described above are subject to extension such that, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings

 

144


Table of Contents

release or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions on offers, pledges, sales, agreements to sell or other dispositions of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release; provided, however, that if none of the underwriters’ representatives publishes or otherwise distributes a research report or makes a public appearance concerning us within three trading days of the announcement of such material news or material event, the extension of the 180-day restricted period related to such material news or material event (but not related to any other material news or material event) will be only until the later of (i) the last day of the initial 180-day restricted period and (ii) the third trading day after such announcement.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell, upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

 

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; or

 

 

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

145


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2009, 49,527,793 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and stock awards.

Stock options

We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will be subject to volume limitations, manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.

Registration rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 319,302,878 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. For a further description of these rights, see the section entitled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.”

 

146


Table of Contents

Material United States federal income tax

consequences to non-U.S. holders

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

 

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

 

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

 

tax-exempt organizations;

 

 

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

 

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

 

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

 

certain former citizens or long term residents of the United States;

 

 

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

 

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

 

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

 

147


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. holder defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder (other than a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not:

 

 

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

 

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

 

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

We have not made any distributions on our common stock, and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may be able to obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if you timely file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

148


Table of Contents

Gain on disposition of common stock

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States);

 

 

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

 

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “USRPHC”) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the period described above.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale (net of certain deductions or credits) under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States). You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Federal estate tax

Our common stock held (or treated as such) by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup withholding and information reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you

 

149


Table of Contents

establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult the prospective investor’s own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

150


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name    Number
of shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Inc. 

  

Canaccord Adams Inc. 

  

Piper Jaffray & Co. 

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  
    

Total

  
 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of nondefaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of the common stock offered in this offering.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to      additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

 

151


Table of Contents

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the selling stockholders per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $             per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholders are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Underwriting discounts and commissions

 

       Per share    Total
     Without
exercise of
option to
purchase
additional
shares
   With exercise
of option to
purchase
additional
shares
   Without
exercise of
option to
purchase
additional
shares
   With exercise
of option to
purchase
additional
shares
 

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

   $                 $                 $                 $             

Expenses payable by us

   $      $      $      $  

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling stockholders

   $      $      $      $  

Expenses payable by the selling stockholders

   $      $      $      $  
 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the representatives for the underwriters.

The following are some exceptions to the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph:

 

 

the issuance of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in connection with the bona fide acquisition by us or any of our subsidiaries of the securities, businesses, property or assets of another person or entity; and

 

 

the issuance of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in connection with bona fide joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions.

 

152


Table of Contents

Our issuance of shares pursuant to the above exceptions is limited to an aggregate number of shares of common stock not exceeding 10% of our common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of the offering.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event; provided, however, that if none of the underwriters’ representatives publishes or otherwise distributes a research report or makes a public appearance concerning us within three trading days of the announcement of such material news or material event, the extension of the 180-day restricted period related to such material news or material event (but not related to any other material news or material event) will be only until the later of (i) the last day of the initial 180-day restricted period and (ii) the third trading day after such announcement.

Our directors and executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (including without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such persons in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant); (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (other than the exercise of incidental registration rights pursuant to the terms of outstanding agreements between such stockholder and us in connection with a registered public offering to which the underwriters’ representatives have consented), in each case other than the shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholders in this offering.

The following are some exceptions to the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph:

 

 

the receipt of merger consideration for shares of common stock upon the consummation of a merger or consolidation of us with another company or the sale of shares of common stock upon the consummation of a sale, lease, exclusive license or other conveyance of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

 

entering into a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that no sales of our securities will occur under such plan during the 180-day restrictive period, and no public disclosure of any such action is required or voluntarily made by any person during the 180-day restrictive period; and

 

153


Table of Contents
 

the sale of securities, in a registered public offering to which J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. have consented on behalf of the underwriters, on exercise of certain pre-existing incidental registration rights.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event; provided, however, that if none of the underwriters’ representatives publishes or otherwise distributes a research report or makes a public appearance concerning us within three trading days of the announcement of such material news or material event, the extension of the 180-day restricted period related to such material news or material event (but not related to any other material news or material event) will be only until the later of (i) the last day of the initial 180-day restricted period; and (ii) the third trading day after such announcement.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the              under the symbol TNAV.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M promulgated under the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a

 

154


Table of Contents

result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the                                 , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”); or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from and including the date on which

 

155


Table of Contents

the European Union Prospectus Directive (the “EU Prospectus Directive”) is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

 

to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

 

to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

 

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the book-running managers for any such offer; or

 

 

in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression EU Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

 

156


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California.

Experts

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements and schedule at June 30, 2008 and 2009, and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2009, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements and schedule in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and our common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement.

For further information about us and our common stock, you may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this website.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

 

157


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of TeleNav, Inc:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TeleNav, Inc. (the Company) as of June 30, 2008 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2009. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Part II, Item 16.(b). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of TeleNav, Inc. at June 30, 2008 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

        Ernst & Young LLP

San Francisco, California

 

 

The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the approval of the Company’s stockholders of the amendment and restatement of the Company’s certificate of incorporation, and the Company’s merger with and into TNAV Holdings, Inc. as described in Note 12 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

/s/    Ernst & Young LLP

San Francisco, California

October 30, 2009

 

F-2


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

      June 30,     September 30,  

Pro forma
stockholders’
equity at
September 30,
2009

(see Note 1)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)   2008     2009     2009  
 
                (unaudited)   (unaudited)

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,850      $ 33,128      $ 43,984  

Accounts receivable; net of allowances of $20, $229 and $278 at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2009, respectively

    14,552        23,938        23,764  

Deferred tax assets, current

           2,053        1,539  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    676        2,872        1,763  
                       

Total current assets

    32,078        61,991        71,050  

Property and equipment, net

    2,857        6,615        8,214  

Deferred tax assets

           423        423  

Deposits and other assets

    1,094        3,181        5,349  
                       

Total assets

  $ 36,029      $ 72,210      $ 85,036  
                       

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and

stockholders’ equity (deficit)

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 1,198      $ 2,115      $ 1,927  

Accrued compensation

    2,100        3,784        3,299  

Accrued royalties

    1,918        3,335        3,305  

Other accrued expenses

    1,624        1,875        3,476  

Deferred revenue

    2,379        3,472        3,947  

Warrant liabilities, current

           2,511        3,058  

Income taxes payable

    183               2,684  
                       

Total current liabilities

    9,402        17,092        21,696  

Other liabilities

    564        374        1,080  

Warrant liability

    1,668                

Commitments and contingencies

       

Convertible preferred stock:

       

$0.001 par value: 280,297 shares authorized; 277,008 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2009 (unaudited), respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $103,631 at June 30, 2009 and $103,936 at September 30, 2009 (unaudited); no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    50,160        51,368        51,673   $

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

       

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2009 (unaudited), respectively, 50,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

                     

Common stock, $0.001 par value: 500,000 shares authorized; 134,696, 135,841 and 137,730 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2009 (unaudited), respectively, and             shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    135        136        138     415

Additional paid-in capital

    2,791        3,365        2,771     57,225

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    248        404        391     391

Retained earnings (deficit)

    (28,939     (529     7,287     7,287
                           

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (25,765     3,376        10,587   $ 65,318
                           

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 36,029      $ 72,210      $ 85,036  
                       
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

       Fiscal year ended June 30,     Three months ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands, except per share amounts)    2007     2008     2009     2008    2009  
   
                       (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 27,716      $ 48,065      $ 110,880      $ 21,523    $ 36,048   

Cost of revenue

     7,965        11,359        20,250        4,023      7,067   
                                       

Gross profit

     19,751        36,706        90,630        17,500      28,981   
                                       

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

     10,923        13,687        23,500        4,642      7,912   

Sales and marketing

     14,506        13,245        16,536        3,880      3,914   

General and administrative

     4,677        4,993        8,302        1,617      2,559   
                                       

Total operating expenses

     30,106        31,925        48,338        10,139      14,385   
                                       

Income (loss) from operations

     (10,355     4,781        42,292        7,361      14,596   

Interest income

     1,081        592        268        80      32   

Other income (expense), net

     (371     (582     (1,044     31      (554
                                       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (9,645     4,791        41,516        7,472      14,074   

Provision for income taxes

     1        184        11,898        2,497      5,953   
                                       

Net income (loss)

   $ (9,646   $ 4,607      $ 29,618      $ 4,975    $ 8,121   
                                       

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders (see Note 2)

   $ (10,852   $ 1,875      $ 15,719      $ 2,579    $ 4,373   
                                       

Net income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders:

           

Basic

   $ (0.08   $ 0.01      $ 0.12      $ 0.02    $ 0.03   
                                       

Diluted

   $ (0.08   $ 0.01      $ 0.05      $ 0.01    $ 0.01   
                                       

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders:

           

Basic

     130,074        134,080        135,274        134,731      138,675   
                                       

Diluted

     130,074        322,471        332,685        331,401      341,042   
                                       

Pro forma net income per share:

           

(unaudited):

           

Basic

       $ 0.07         $ 0.02   
                       

Diluted

       $ 0.07         $ 0.02   
                       

Pro forma weighted average shares:

           

(unaudited):

           

Basic

         412,282           415,683   
                       

Diluted

         441,896           450,253   
                       
   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock

and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

                                                       
    Convertible
preferred stock
        Common stock    

Additional
paid-in

capital

 

   

Accumulated
other
comprehensive

income

 

   

Retained
earnings

(deficit)

 

   

Total
stockholders’
equity

(deficit)

 

 
(in thousands)   Shares   Amount         Shares     Amount          

Balance at June 30, 2006

  276,871   $ 47,196       129,178      $ 129      $ 1,874      $ 36      $ (20,973   $ (18,934

Issuance of common stock warrant

                          25                      25   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

            571        1        10                      11   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants

            2,985        3        354                      357   

Stock-based compensation expense

                          147                      147   

Comprehensive loss:

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                 163          163   

Net loss

                                        (9,646     (9,646
                         

Comprehensive loss

                                               (9,483
                                                           

Balance at June 30, 2007

  276,871     47,196       132,734        133        2,410        199        (30,619     (27,877

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock upon exercise of warrants

  137     37                                            

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

            755        1        40                      41   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants

            1,207        1        59                      60   

Stock-based compensation expense

                          341                      341   

Settlement of stock options

                          (59                   (59

Accretion of Series E preferred stock dividend

      2,927                                   (2,927     (2,927

Comprehensive income:

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                 49               49   

Net income

                                        4,607        4,607   
                         

Comprehensive income

                                               4,656   
                                                           

Balance at June 30, 2008

  277,008     50,160       134,696        135        2,791        248        (28,939     (25,765

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

            1,020        1        67                      68   

Issuance of common stock upon grant of shares to nonemployee

            125               25                      25   

Stock-based compensation expense

                          482                      482   

Accretion of Series E preferred stock dividend

      1,208                                   (1,208     (1,208

Comprehensive income:

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                 156               156   

Net income

                                        29,618        29,618   
                         

Comprehensive income

                                               29,774   
                                                           

Balance at June 30, 2009

  277,008     51,368       135,841        136        3,365        404        (529     3,376   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

            4,296        4        317                      321   

Repurchase of common stock (unaudited)

            (2,407     (2     (1,226         (1,228

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                          315                      315   

Accretion of Series E preferred stock dividend (unaudited)

      305                                   (305     (305

Comprehensive income (unaudited):

                   

Currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

                                 (13            (13

Net income (unaudited)

                                        8,121        8,121   
                         

Comprehensive income (unaudited)

                                               8,108   
                                                           

Balance at September 30, 2009 (unaudited)

  277,008   $ 51,673       137,730      $ 138      $ 2,771      $ 391      $ 7,287      $ 10,587   
                                                           
   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

       Fiscal year ended June 30,     Three months
ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2007     2008     2009     2008     2009  
   
                       (unaudited)  
Operating activities           

Net income (loss)

   $ (9,646   $ 4,607      $ 29,618      $ 4,975      $ 8,121   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

          

Issuance of common stock warrant

     25                          

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     4        26        63               3   

Depreciation and amortization

     862        1,495        2,390        468        1,038   

Stock-based compensation expense

     147        455        507        88        315   

Revaluation of preferred stock warrants

     292        652        843        (13     547   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Accounts receivable

     (1,411     (10,812     (9,385     (8,978     175   

Deferred tax asset

                   (2,476            513   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     169        32        (2,196     (199     1,109   

Other assets

     (124     (145     (74     33        (1,051

Accounts payable

     356        266        522        2,183        (264

Accrued compensation

     217        1,206        1,683        131        (486

Accrued royalties

     564        937        1,417        (35     (30

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,466        (57     59        44        2,304   

Income taxes payable

            183        (183     2,545        2,684   

Deferred revenue

     499        875        1,086        (26     469   
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (6,580     (280     23,874        1,216        15,447   
                                        

Investing activities

          

Capital expenditures

     (2,470     (1,727     (7,828     (1,408     (3,677
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,470     (1,727     (7,828     (1,408     (3,677
                                        

Financing activities

          

Proceeds from exercise of Series E preferred stock warrants

            37                        

Proceeds from exercise of common stock warrants

     357        60                        

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     11        41        68        13        321   

Repurchase of common stock

                                 (1,228

Settlement of stock options

            (173                     
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     368        (35     68        13        (907
                                        

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     148        159        164        61        (7

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (8,534     (1,883     16,278        (118     10,856   

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

     27,267        18,733        16,850        16,850        33,128   
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

   $ 18,733      $ 16,850      $ 33,128      $ 16,732      $ 43,984   
                                        

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

          

Income taxes paid

   $ 1      $ 1      $ 15,916      $      $ 629   
                                        
   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and significant accounting policies

Description of business

TeleNav, Inc., also referred to in this report as “we,” “our” or “us,” was incorporated in September 1999 in the State of Delaware. We are a leading provider of location based services, or LBS, including voice guided navigation, on mobile phones. Our LBS solutions provide consumers and enterprises with convenient and easy to use location specific, real time and personalized features and functions. By using their mobile phones, our end users can access our LBS to efficiently navigate to their destinations and easily obtain relevant local information. We operate in a single segment. We refer to the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 as fiscal 2007, fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009, respectively.

Accounting principles

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TeleNav, Inc. and our wholly owned subsidiaries in China, the United Kingdom and Brazil. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

We have evaluated subsequent events through October 30, 2009, the date our consolidated financial statements were issued.

Unaudited financial information

The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2009, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 and the consolidated statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity for the three months ended September 30, 2009 are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for the fair presentation of our statement of financial position as of September 30, 2009 and our results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009. The results for the three months ended September 30, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for fiscal 2010.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates and assumptions made by us include the determination of revenue recognition and deferred revenue, the fair market value of certain warrants, the recoverability of accounts receivable, and the fair value of stock awards issued. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity

All of our convertible preferred stock outstanding will convert into 277,007,774 shares of common stock based on the shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2009 and we will issue approximately              shares of our common stock in the form of a stock dividend to the holders of our Series E convertible preferred stock upon the completion of the initial public offering. In addition, the convertible preferred stock warrant liability of approximately $3.1 million at September 30, 2009 will be reclassified to common stock and additional paid in capital upon either the exercise or expiration of the related warrants in December 2009. Unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the convertible preferred stock, issuance of the stock dividend to the holders of our Series E convertible preferred stock and reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability, is set forth on the consolidated balance sheets.

Revenue recognition

We derive our revenue primarily from subscriptions to access our LBS, which are generally provided through wireless carrier partners that offer our services to their subscribers. Revenue is primarily comprised of monthly subscription fees for the use of our LBS, as well as activation fees related to certain services. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of those services has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

We recognize monthly fees related to our services in the month we provide the services. We defer amounts received in advance of the service being provided and recognize the deferred amounts when the monthly service has been provided. Our agreements do not contain general rights of refund once the service has been provided. We defer activation fees received upon the initiation of certain services and recognize the deferred amounts over the estimated average length of subscription to the service, historically 16 months.

We recognize as revenue the amount our wireless carrier partners report to us as we provide our services, which are net of any revenue sharing or other fees earned and deducted by our wireless carrier partners. We are not the principal provider when selling access to our LBS through our wireless carrier partners as the subscribers directly contract with our wireless carrier partners. In addition, we earn a fixed fee or fixed percentage of fees charged by our wireless carrier partners and our wireless carrier partners have the sole ability to set the price charged to their subscribers for our service. Our wireless carrier partners have direct responsibility for billing and collecting those fees from their subscribers and we and our wireless carrier partners may offer subscribers a 30-day free trial for our service.

In addition to our LBS, we offer mobile phone accessories and other related hardware products through our website. We recognize revenue related to these products upon delivery, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Revenue from mobile phone accessories and other related hardware products represented less than 5% of our revenue for fiscal 2007. Revenue from mobile phone accessories and other related hardware products represented less than 2% of our revenue for fiscal 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Foreign currency translation

The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are recorded as part of a separate component of comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity (deficit). Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in our net income (loss) for each year. All assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated at the average monthly exchange rates during the year. Equity transactions are translated using historical exchange rates. Foreign currency transaction gain (loss) was approximately $(63,000), $65,000 and $(223,000) for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Cash and cash equivalents

We consider all highly liquid financial instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. Our cash equivalents include interest-bearing money-market funds.

We had a restricted cash balance of approximately $77,000 at June 30, 2008 in the form of a certificate of deposit to guarantee a corporate credit card.

Concentrations of credit risk and significant customers

Financial instruments that subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We maintain our cash and cash equivalents with well-capitalized financial institutions. Cash equivalents consist primarily of money-market accounts. Our primary customers are wireless carriers and we do not require collateral for accounts receivable. To manage the credit risk associated with accounts receivable, we evaluate the creditworthiness of our wireless carrier partners. We evaluate our accounts receivable on an ongoing basis to determine those amounts not collectible. To date, we are not aware of circumstances that may impair a specific wireless carrier partner’s ability to meet its financial obligations to us.

Revenue related to services provided through Sprint Nextel Corporation, or Sprint, comprised approximately 90%, 62% and 61% of revenue for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and approximately 60% and 55% for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009. Receivables due from Sprint were approximately 65% and 58% of total accounts receivable at June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and approximately 53% at September 30, 2009. Revenue related to services provided through AT&T Inc., or AT&T, comprised approximately 2%, 26% and 29% of revenue for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and approximately 30% and 34% for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Receivables due from AT&T were approximately 27% and 29% of total accounts receivable at June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and approximately 25% at September 30, 2009, respectively.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Fair value of financial instruments

The estimated fair market value of financial instruments, which include cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, approximates the carrying values of those instruments due to their relatively short maturities.

We have established a hierarchy, which consists of three levels, for disclosure of the inputs used to determine the fair value of our financial instruments. Level 1 valuations are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 valuations are based on inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly, other than quoted prices included within Level 1. Level 3 valuations are based on information that is unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. The valuations of our cash equivalents are considered to be Level 1.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Computers, automobiles and equipment have useful lives of three years and fixtures and furniture have useful lives of five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the term of the related lease.

We review our property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amounts to the future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate. If property and equipment are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized equals the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair market value. We have not recorded any impairment to our long-lived assets in any of the periods presented.

Preferred stock warrants

Outstanding warrants to purchase our Series E convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. The warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense), net. We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants pursuant to their terms or their expiration in December 2009. Upon exercise or expiration, the liability will be reclassified to preferred stock.

Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss), which includes cumulative foreign currency translation gains or losses. Foreign currency translation gains (losses) totaled approximately $163,000, $49,000 and $156,000 for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and approximately $(13,000) for the three months ended September 30, 2009.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Stock-based compensation

We grant our employees options to purchase our common stock. Effective July 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation arrangements, which requires us to measure the stock-based compensation costs of share-based compensation arrangements based on the grant-date fair value, and recognize the costs in the financial statements over the employees’ requisite service period. We adopted fair value accounting for stock-based compensation under the prospective-transition method and, therefore, our stock-based compensation expense is based on the grant-date fair value for all awards granted or modified on or after July 1, 2006. We recognize compensation expense for the fair value of these awards with time-based vesting on a straight-line basis over the employee’s requisite service period of each of these awards, net of estimated forfeitures.

Equity instruments issued to nonemployees are recorded at their fair value on the measurement date and are subject to periodic adjustment as the underlying equity instruments vest.

Income taxes

We utilize the liability method of accounting for income taxes, whereby deferred tax assets or liability account balances are calculated at the balance sheet date using current tax laws and rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that will more likely than not be realized.

Research and software development costs

We expense research and development costs as incurred. We account for the costs of computer software we develop for internal use by capitalizing qualifying costs, which are incurred during the application development stage, and amortizing those costs over the application’s estimated useful life which ranges from 18 to 24 months, depending on the type of application. We capitalized approximately $353,000, $443,000 and $2.5 million of software development costs during fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and approximately $1.3 million during the three months ended September 30, 2009. Amortization expense related to these costs, which has been recorded in cost of revenue, totaled approximately $71,000, $279,000 and $424,000 for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and approximately $80,000 and $158,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Net capitalized software development costs are included in deposits and other assets.

Advertising expense

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was approximately $1.4 million, $676,000 and $662,000 for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and approximately $139,000 and $125,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Recent accounting pronouncements

In October 2009, the FASB issued its revised standard which supersedes certain guidance with respect to accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. The revised standard changes the determination of when individual deliverables in a multiple element arrangement may be treated as separate units of accounting and modifies the manner in which the transaction consideration is allocated across separately identifiable deliveries. The revised standard is effective for our fiscal year beginning July 1, 2010, with an option of early adoption. We have not assessed the potential impact, if any, of the revised standard on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations.

2. Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders and pro forma net income per share

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders are presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. Our Series E convertible preferred stock is a participating security. Holders of Series E convertible preferred stock are each entitled to receive cumulative dividends, payable prior and in preference to any dividends on any other shares of our capital stock. In the event a dividend is paid on any share of common stock, Series E convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to a proportionate share of any such dividend as if they were holders of common stock (on an as if converted basis).

Under the two-class method, basic net income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income (loss) less current period Series E convertible preferred stock cumulative dividends, between common and Series E convertible preferred stockholders. Diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders is computed by using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, including potential dilutive common shares assuming (i) the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method and (ii) the issuance of shares upon the conversion of outstanding Series A, Series B, Series B Prime, Series C, Series C Prime and Series D convertible preferred stock. For fiscal 2007 for which there is a net loss, the numbers of shares used in the computation of diluted net loss per share are the same as those used for the computation of basic net loss per share, as the inclusion of dilutive securities would be anitdilutive. No portion of the loss for fiscal 2007 was allocated to the Series E participating securities under the two-class method since there is no contractual obligation for the Series E convertible preferred stock to share in those losses.

Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share were computed to give effect to the conversion of the Series A, Series B, Series B Prime, Series C, Series C Prime, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock using the as if converted method into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the original dates of issuance.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following table presents the calculation of historical basic and diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted net income per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

       Fiscal year ended June 30,     Three months ended
September 30,
 
     2007     2008     2009     2008     2009  
   
                       (unaudited)  

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders:

          

Net income (loss)

   $ (9,646   $ 4,607      $ 29,618      $ 4,975      $ 8,121   

Series E Preferred cumulative dividends

     (1,206     (1,207     (1,208     (305     (305

Undistributed earnings allocated to Series E preferred stockholders

            (1,525     (12,691     (2,091     (3,443
                                        

Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders

   $ (10,852   $ 1,875      $ 15,719      $ 2,579      $ 4,373   
                                        

Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders:

          

Basic:

          

Weighted average common shares used in computing basic net income (loss) per share

     130,074        134,080        135,274        134,731        138,675   
                                        

Diluted:

          

Weighted average common shares used in computing basic net income (loss) per share

     130,074        134,080        135,274        134,731        138,675   

Add weighted average effect of dilutive securities:

          

Stock options

            20,594        29,614        28,873        34,482   

Common stock warrants

                                 88   

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

            167,797        167,797        167,797        167,797   
                                        

Weighted average common shares used in computing diluted net income (loss) per share

     130,074        322,471        332,685        331,401        341,042   
                                        

Net income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ (0.08   $ 0.01      $ 0.12      $ 0.02      $ 0.03   
                                        

Diluted

   $ (0.08   $ 0.01      $ 0.05      $ 0.01      $ 0.01   
                                        
   

 

F-13


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

     

Fiscal
year

ended

June 30,

2009

 

Three

months

ended

September 30,
2009

 
   

(unaudited)

Pro forma net income per share:

   

Net income

  $ 29,618   $ 8,121
           

Shares used in computing pro forma net income per share:

   

Basic:

   

Basic weighted average common shares from above

    135,274     138,675

Add assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

    277,008     277,008
           

Shares used in computing pro forma basic net income per share

    412,282     415,683
           

Diluted:

   

Diluted weighted average common shares used above

    332,685     341,042

Add conversion of Series E convertible preferred stock excluded under the two-class method

    109,211     109,211
           

Shares used in computing pro forma diluted net income per share

    441,896     450,253
           

Pro forma net income per share

   

Basic

  $ 0.07   $ 0.02
           

Diluted

  $ 0.07   $ 0.02
           
 

The following outstanding shares subject to options, warrants and convertible preferred stock were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per common share for the periods presented because including them would have had an antidilutive effect (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended
June 30,
   Three months ended
September 30,
     2007    2008    2009        2008        2009
 
                    (unaudited)

Options to purchase common stock

   46,541    6,007    3,546       17,329

Warrants to purchase common stock

   1,207            

Warrants to purchase Series E convertible preferred stock

   3,272    3,136    3,136    3,136    3,136

Convertible preferred stock (as converted basis)

   167,797            
                        
   218,817    9,143    6,682    3,136    20,465
                        
 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Property and equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

       June 30,  
     2008     2009  
   

Computers and equipment

   $ 3,971      $ 8,734   

Computer software

     740        1,342   

Furnitures and fixtures

     249        341   

Automobiles

     106        165   

Leasehold improvements

     1,229        1,261   
                
     6,295        11,843   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (3,438     (5,228
                

Property and equipment, net

   $ 2,857      $ 6,615   
                
   

Depreciation expense was approximately $778,000, $1.2 million and $1.9 million for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and approximately $382,000 and $877,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

4. Commitments and contingencies

Our primary facilities are located in Sunnyvale, California, and Shanghai, Beijing and Xi’an, China, and are leased under noncancelable operating lease arrangements. Future minimum operating lease payments as of June 30, 2009 were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

2010

   $ 1,919

2011

     2,094

2012

     1,677

2013

     961

2014 and thereafter

     1,132
      

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 7,783
      
 

Rent expense was approximately $977,000, $1.1 million and $1.7 million for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and approximately $339,000 and $533,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Purchase obligations

As of June 30, 2009, we had an aggregate of approximately $7.6 million of future minimum annual license fees due to certain of our third party content providers over the next three fiscal years.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Contingencies

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any material litigation; however, we have received claims from third parties asserting infringement of their intellectual property rights. In addition, we have received demands for indemnification related to our services from certain of our wireless carrier partners with respect to litigation to which they are a party. To date, we and our wireless carrier partners have not yet determined whether, and to what extent, we will provide indemnification regarding these matters. While we presently believe that the ultimate outcome of these proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, will not materially harm our financial position, cash flows or overall trends in results of operations, legal proceedings are subject to inherent uncertainties and unfavorable rulings could occur. Were unfavorable final outcomes to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our business, results of operation, financial position and overall trends.

5. Guarantees and indemnifications

We have agreed to indemnify our directors, officers and certain other employees for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while such persons are or were serving at our request in such capacity. We may terminate the indemnification agreements with these persons upon the termination of their services with us, but termination will not affect claims for indemnification related to events occurring prior to the effective date of termination. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited. We have a directors and officers insurance policy that limits our potential exposure. We believe the fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal. We had not recorded any liabilities for these agreements as of June 30, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2009.

Our agreements with our wireless carrier partners that offer our LBS generally include certain provisions for indemnifying them against liabilities if our LBS infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights or for other specified matters. We have in the past received indemnification requests or notices of their intent to seek indemnification in the future from our wireless carrier partners with respect to specific litigation claims in which our wireless carrier partners have been named as defendants. To date, we have not incurred material costs and do not have material liabilities related to such obligations recorded in our consolidated financial statements.

6. Preferred stock warrants

In January 2006, we issued warrants to purchase 3,272,236 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.275041 per share. The warrants, which expire in December 2009, were issued in connection with the December 2004 issuance of $6,000,000 in convertible notes payable. The fair value of the warrants was calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model and was amortized to interest expense from the date of the issuance of the convertible notes payable in December 2004 through January 2006, the date the notes were converted to Series E convertible preferred stock. Warrants to purchase 136,343 shares were exercised in 2008, and warrants to purchase 3,135,893 shares remained outstanding at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2009.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The preferred stock warrants are classified as liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date, with the change in fair value recognized as a component of other income (expense), net. The following table summarizes the related charge to other income (expense), net and the assumptions used to determine the fair value of the warrants at each balance sheet date (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

            Black-Scholes pricing model
    Total
expense
  Fair value
per share
  Remaining
contractual
term
  Expected
volatility
  Risk-free
interest
rate
  Assumed
dividends
 

Fiscal 2007

  $ 292   $ 0.31   2.5   75%   4.88%  

Fiscal 2008

  $ 652   $ 0.53   1.5   60%   2.50%  

Fiscal 2009

  $ 843   $ 0.80   0.5   75%   0.35%  

Three months ended September 30, 2009 (unaudited)

  $ 547   $ 0.98   0.2   75%   0.14%  

 

7. Convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

Convertible preferred stock

The following table summarizes convertible preferred stock authorized and issued as of June 30, 2009 (in thousands):

 

       Date of issuance    Shares
authorized
   Shares
issued and
outstanding
   Total
proceeds
   Aggregate
liquidation
preference
 

Series A

   October 1999    4,000    4,000    $ 950    $ 1,000

Series B

   April 2000 – September 2000    4,829    4,829      4,370      4,370

Series B Prime

   November 2001    5,868    5,868      1,467      1,467

Series C

   January 2002    61,947    61,947      3,717      3,717

Series C Prime

   January 2002    28,403    28,403      1,704      3,408

Series D

   June 2002 – June 2004    62,750    62,750      5,020      10,040

Series E

   January 2006 – May 2008    112,500    109,211      30,005      79,629
                          
      280,297    277,008    $ 47,233    $ 103,631
                          
 

The rights, preferences and privileges of the convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Dividends

Holders of Series E convertible preferred stock are each entitled to receive cumulative dividends, payable in cash or stock at our option, at the rate of $0.01106 per share per annum. Dividends to Series E convertible preferred stockholders will be paid if and when declared by our board of directors and shall be paid in the event of a liquidation event or automatic conversion of the Series E convertible preferred shares. Dividends to Series E convertible preferred stockholders are to be paid out of funds legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any dividends on any other shares of our capital stock. Such dividends shall accrue on each share of Series E convertible preferred stock from the date the share is first purchased from us, and shall accrue by day

 

F-17


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

whether or not they are earned or declared. The Series E dividends are cumulative such that any dividends accrued and not paid for a prior or current period shall be paid prior to any other dividend or distribution being paid for other preferred shares. Subject to the full payment of dividends to the holders of Series E convertible preferred stock, dividends may be paid to the holders of common stock or any other series of preferred stock, if and when declared by our board of directors. In the event a dividend is paid on any share of common stock, Series E convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to a proportionate share of any such dividend as if they were holders of common stock (on an as if converted to common stock basis). No dividends have been declared or paid through June 30, 2009.

Voting

Each holder of shares of convertible preferred stock is entitled to voting rights equivalent to the number of shares of common stock into which the respective preferred shares are convertible. In addition, if at least 15,000,000 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock remain issued and outstanding, we may not, without first obtaining the approval of the holders of the majority of the total number of the then outstanding shares of Series E convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, take any action to: (i) alter or change the rights, preferences, privileges, or restrictions of the Series E convertible preferred stock; (ii) increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of common stock, preferred stock or any series of preferred stock; (iii) create, authorize or issue a new class or series of shares that has any rights, preferences or privileges senior to, or on parity with, the Series E convertible preferred stock; (iv) effect any redemption of any shares of our common stock or other securities convertible or exercisable into shares of common stock (other than pursuant to agreements with service providers giving us the right to repurchase shares at no more than cost upon the termination of services); (v) amend or waive any provision of our bylaws in a manner that affects the Series E convertible preferred stock; (vi) decrease the authorized size of our board of directors; (vii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend on any shares of common or preferred stock; or (viii) effect any liquidation event in which the rights of the Series E convertible preferred stock are altered or amended. We must also obtain approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding preferred stock, voting as a single class on an as converted basis, prior to effecting any liquidation event or increase in the size of the Board of Directors.

Liquidation

In the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, the holders of Series E convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution to our common stockholders and the holders of Series A, Series B, Series B Prime, Series C, Series C Prime and Series D convertible preferred stock, a liquidation preference of $0.69127 per share, adjusted for subdivisions, stock splits, combinations of shares, and dividends payable in shares of common stock, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends. After payment in full to the Series E convertible preferred stockholders, the holders of Series D, Series C Prime and Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution to our common stockholders, and the holders of Series A, Series B and Series B Prime convertible preferred stock

 

F-18


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

are entitled to receive, a liquidation preference of $0.16, $0.12 and $0.06 per share, respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends.

If, in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, our assets are insufficient to make payment in full to Series E convertible preferred stockholders, then the assets or consideration will be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the Series E convertible preferred stockholders in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled to receive.

If, upon liquidation after payment of the full preferential amounts to Series E convertible preferred stockholders, our assets are insufficient to make payment in full to the Series D, Series C Prime and Series C convertible preferred stockholders, then the assets or consideration will be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among those preferred stockholders in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled to receive. After payment in full to the Series E convertible preferred stockholders and the Series D, Series C Prime and Series C convertible preferred stockholders, the holders of Series B Prime, Series B and Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to, any distribution to our common stockholders, a liquidation preference of $0.25, $0.905 and $0.25 per share, respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends.

If, upon liquidation and after payment of the full preferential amounts to Series E, Series D, Series C Prime and Series C stockholders, our assets are insufficient to make payment in full to the Series B Prime, Series B and Series A preferred stockholders, then the assets or consideration will be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among those preferred stockholders in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled to receive. After payment in full to the Series E, Series D, Series C Prime, Series C, Series B Prime, Series B and Series A convertible preferred stockholders, our remaining assets legally available for distribution will be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series E convertible preferred stock and common stock in proportion to the number of shares outstanding, with the Series E convertible preferred stock being treated on an as if converted to common stock basis. The total distribution to Series E stockholders, including its liquidation preference, may not exceed $1.375 per share.

A liquidation or winding up of our company, a greater than 50% change in control or a sale of substantially all of our assets would constitute a redemption event. Although the preferred stock is not mandatorily redeemable, as the redemption event is outside our control, all shares of preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity.

Conversion

Each share of Series A, Series B, Series B Prime, Series C, Series C Prime, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock is convertible at the option of the stockholder at any time into the number of shares of common stock that is equal to the initial conversion price, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends, divided by the conversion price, which shall be equal to the initial conversion price for such shares. The initial conversion price for Series A, Series B, Series B Prime, Series C, Series C Prime, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock is $0.25, $0.905, $0.25,

 

F-19


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

$0.06, $0.06, $0.08 and $0.275041 per share, respectively. The initial conversion price per share for any preferred stock is required to be adjusted for any stock dividends, subdivisions, stock splits or recapitalizations. Conversion of all outstanding preferred stock will occur without further action upon the closing of the sale of our common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which the offering price of such shares is 2.5 times the initial conversion price of the Series E convertible preferred stock and the aggregate net cash proceeds to us (before underwriting commissions and expenses) are equal to or exceed $50,000,000. Each share of Series E convertible preferred stock will also be converted into shares of common stock without further action upon the vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E convertible preferred stock. Each share of convertible preferred stock (excluding Series E convertible preferred stock) will be converted into shares of common stock without further action upon the vote of the holders of at least 66.67% of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock (excluding Series E convertible preferred stock).

Common stock

We are authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value stock. The holders of each share of common stock have the right to one vote.

Common stock warrants

Beginning in March 2001 and continuing through June 2004, in conjunction with various financing activities, we issued warrants to purchase 81,029,412 shares of our common stock. The exercise prices of these warrants ranged from $0.006 per share to $0.20 per share. As of June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, warrants to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock remained outstanding at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.28 per share. These warrants expire in July 2012. There was no activity for fiscal 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009. The following table summarizes the common stock warrant activity through June 30, 2008 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

       Shares     Weighted
average
exercise
price per
share
 

Outstanding at June 30, 2006

   4,210      $ 0.10

Granted

         

Exercised

   (2,985     0.12

Expired

   (18     0.20
        

Outstanding at June 30, 2007

   1,207        0.05

Granted

   250        0.28

Exercised

   (1,207     0.05

Expired

         
        

Outstanding at June 30, 2008

   250      $ 0.28
        
 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Stock option plans

Under our stock option plans (the 1999 Plan and the 2002 Plan), eligible employees, directors, and consultants are able to participate in our future performance through awards of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options and restricted stock through the receipt of such awards as authorized by our board of directors. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees to purchase our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the fair market value on the date of grant. Nonqualified stock options to purchase our common stock may be granted at prices not less than 85% of the fair market value on the date of grant. Options generally vest monthly over a four-year period beginning from the date of grant and generally expire 10 years from the date of grant. In the past, we have granted options outside of our stock option plans with terms substantially similar to the terms of options granted under our plans.

A summary of our stock option activity is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

               Options outstanding
     Shares
available
for grant
    Number
of shares
    Weighted
average
exercise
price per
share
   Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)
   Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Balance as of June 30, 2008

   30,008      52,619      $ 0.08      

Additional shares authorized

   1,000                  

Granted

   (6,637   6,637        0.28      

Exercised

        (1,020     0.07      

Canceled

   5,448      (5,448     0.09      
                    

Balance as of June 30, 2009

   29,819      52,788        0.10    4.84    $ 13,201

Granted (unaudited)

   (17,394   17,394        0.51      

Exercised (unaudited)

     (4,296     0.07      

Canceled (unaudited)

   368      (368     0.26      
                    

Balance as of September 30, 2009 (unaudited)

   12,793      65,518      $ 0.21    6.25    $ 19,685
                    

As of June 30, 2009:

            

Options vested and expected to vest

     49,795      $ 0.10    4.72    $ 12,496

Options exercisable

     32,451      $ 0.06    3.31    $ 9,257

As of September 30, 2009 (unaudited):

            

Options vested and expected to vest

     61,564      $ 0.21    6.15    $ 18,658

Options exercisable

     30,409      $ 0.07    3.54    $ 13,488
 

During fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, the total cash received from the exercise of stock options was approximately $11,000, $41,000, $68,000 and $321,000, respectively. During fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, the total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was approximately $37,000, $50,000, $169,000 and $1.3 million, respectively.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

In fiscal 2008, we offered to certain individuals an opportunity to exchange certain options granted in 2005 where the exercise price of the option was later deemed to be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date of that option, for an option to purchase an equivalent number of shares of our common stock with an exercise price at the then current fair market value of our common stock. As a result, we exchanged outstanding options for approximately 1.4 million shares of our common stock. In addition, the participants whose options were exchanged received a special cash bonus, in the aggregate amount of $173,000, to compensate them for the higher exercise prices per share in effect for their exchanged options. This bonus, which was recorded in fiscal 2008, resulted in a decrease to additional paid-in capital of $59,000 and an increase in stock-based compensation expense of $114,000.

During the three months ended September 30, 2009, we repurchased from two of our former employees a total of 2,407,132 shares of our common stock at the then current fair market value, for a total of approximately $1.2 million.

Stock-based compensation

The following table summarizes the stock-based compensation expense recorded for stock options issued to employees and nonemployees (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended
June 30,
   Three months ended
September 30,
     2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
 
                    (unaudited)

Cost of revenue

   $ 1    $ 2    $ 4    $ 1    $ 3

Research and development

     44      202      237      34      157

Selling and marketing

     45      194      155      37      77

General and administrative

     57      57      111      16      78
                                  

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 147    $ 455    $ 507    $ 88    $ 315
                                  
 

Commencing in December 2006, we have generally obtained contemporaneous valuation analyses prepared by an unrelated third party valuation firm in order to assist us in determining the fair market value of our common stock. The initial contemporaneous valuation report valued our common stock as of December 2006. We received the most recent contemporaneous valuation report, which was as of September 30, 2009, on October 8, 2009. Our board of directors has considered these reports when determining the fair market value of our common stock and related exercise prices of option awards on the date such awards were granted. We have also used these contemporaneous third party valuations for purposes of determining the Black-Scholes fair value of our stock option awards and related stock based compensation expense.

For stock options granted after July 1, 2006, we use the Black-Scholes pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant is affected by the stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option exercise

 

F-22


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends. The fair value of our stock options granted to employees was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

       Fiscal year ended June 30,    Three months
ended
September 30,
     2007    2008    2009    2009
 
                    (unaudited)

Dividend yield

                   

Expected volatility

     75%      61%      72%      75%

Expected term (in years)

     6.80      4.69      4.76      4.88

Risk-free interest rate

     4.92%      3.24%      2.46%      2.40%

Weighted average fair value per share at grant date

   $ 0.05    $ 0.09    $ 0.17    $ 0.31
 

Dividend yield .    We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, therefore, use an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.

Expected volatility .    Since we have been a private entity with no historical data regarding the volatility of our common stock, the expected volatility used is based on volatility of various comparable companies. In evaluating similarity, we considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, revenue and size.

Expected term .    The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. For options granted prior to fiscal 2008 the expected term was calculated as the average of the option vesting and contractual terms. For options granted beginning in fiscal 2008, the expected term was based on an analysis of our historical exercise and cancellation activity.

Risk-free interest rate .    The risk-free rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

At June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to employee options was approximately $1.5 million and $6.3 million, respectively, net of estimated forfeitures and will be amortized over a weighted-average period of 3.4 and 3.6 years, respectively. The total fair value of stock options that vested during fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, was approximately $158,000, $315,000, $457,000 and $304,000, respectively.

We granted options to purchase 363,000, 480,000, zero and 150,000 shares to nonemployees during fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, respectively. The fair value of these options granted to nonemployees was initially determined on the date of grant and is remeasured as the options vest using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. During fiscal 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, approximately $31,000, $65,000, $20,000 and $14,000, respectively, was expensed in connection with stock options granted to nonemployees.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Shares reserved for future issuance

Common stock reserved for future issuance was as follows (in thousands):

 

       June 30,
2009
   September 30,
2009
 
          (unaudited)

Warrants to purchase common stock

   250    250

Warrants to purchase Series E convertible preferred stock

   3,136    3,136

Conversion of preferred stock

   277,008    277,008

Stock options outstanding

   52,788    65,518

Stock options available for future grants

   29,819    12,793
         

Total common shares reserved for future issuance

   363,001    358,705
         
 

8. Income taxes

The domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before provisions for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended June 30,  
     2007     2008     2009  
   

North America

   $ (9,021   $ 5,938      $ 44,211   

Foreign

     (624     (1,147     (2,695
                        
   $ (9,645   $ 4,791      $ 41,516   
                        
   

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended
June 30,
 
     2007    2008    2009  
   

Current income taxes:

        

Federal

   $    $ 141    $ 12,490   

State

     1      43      1,872   

Foreign

               12   
                      

Total current income taxes

     1      184      14,374   
                      

Deferred income taxes:

        

Federal

               (1,966

State

               (510
                      

Total deferred income taxes

               (2,476
                      

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 1    $ 184    $ 11,898   
                      
   

 

F-24


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate as follows (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended June 30,  
     2007     2008     2009  
   

Tax at federal statutory tax rate

   $ (3,279   $ 1,629      $ 14,530   

State taxes—net of federal benefit

     (562     279        1,217   

Non-deductible expenses

     211        463        503   

Research and development credits

                   (1,196

Foreign income taxed at different rates

                   12   

Stock-based compensation expense

     46        155        146   

Other

     (397     (244     1,065   

Change in valuation allowance

     3,982        (2,098     (4,379
                        

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 1      $ 184      $ 11,898   
                        
   

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our net deferred tax assets were as follows (in thousands):

 

       June 30,  
     2008     2009  
   

Deferred tax assets:

    

Federal, state and foreign net operating losses

   $ 4,629      $ 3,283   

Research tax credits

     1,478        282   

Fixed assets

     499        (248

Nondeductible accrued expenses

     295        1,539   
                

Total deferred tax assets:

     6,901        4,856   
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Capitalized software

     (178     (978
                

Net deferred tax assets:

     6,723        3,878   

Valuation allowance

     (6,723     (1,402
                

Net deferred tax assets:

   $      $ 2,476   
                
   

Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income, if any, the amount and timing of which are uncertain. We evaluate the recoverability of deferred tax assets and the level of the valuation allowance in light of this uncertainty and had established a valuation allowance in an amount equal to the deferred tax assets at June 30, 2008. During fiscal 2009, we determined that it was more likely than not that approximately $2.5 million of our deferred tax assets would be realizable, based on our earnings history and our projected future taxable income. As a result, we recognized an income tax benefit of approximately $2.5 million in fiscal 2009 as a result of the release of a portion of our valuation allowance. The valuation allowance decreased by approximately $2.2 million and $5.3 million during fiscal 2008 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

As of June 30, 2009, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes of approximately $11.2 million and $16.6 million, respectively. These loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2020 for federal purposes and 2012 for state purposes. During fiscal 2009, we completed an analysis pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The analysis indicated that there would be approximately $6.4 million of federal and $6.9 million of California net operating losses that would expire unused due to the Section 382 limitation. The deferred tax asset amount in the table above excludes the tax attributes that are not available due to the limitations under Section 382. Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to further substantial annual limitation due to future ownership changes.

As of June 30, 2009, we also have foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $2.8 million, which will expire beginning in fiscal 2010. In addition, we have federal and California research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $256,000 and $40,000, respectively, as of June 30, 2009. The federal research credits will begin to expire in 2025 and the California research credits have no expiration date.

On September 30, 2008, the State of California enacted Assembly Bill 1452 into law which, among other provisions, suspended net operating loss deductions for our fiscal 2009 and 2010, extends for two years the carryforward period of any net operating losses not utilized due to such suspension, and limits the utilization of research and development credit carryforwards to no more than 50% of the tax liability before credits. The new tax law deferred the utilization of our California net operating loss carryforward and approximately $40,000 of our state research and development credit carryforward.

We adopted the FASB standard for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes at the beginning of fiscal 2010. At the adoption date of July 1, 2009, our cumulative unrecognized tax benefit was $1.1 million, of which $384,000 was netted against deferred tax assets. If recognized, all of the unrecognized tax benefit would affect our effective tax rate, before consideration of our valuation allowance. Upon adoption, we recognized no adjustment in the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits. We do not believe that it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits would materially change in the next 12 months.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal, California and various state and foreign tax jurisdictions in which we have subsidiaries. Fiscal 2000 through 2009 remain open to examination by U.S. and state tax authorities, and fiscal 2004 through 2009 remain open to examination by the foreign tax authorities.

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of our provision for federal, state and foreign income taxes. As of the date of adoption, we had not accrued any interest or penalties.

9. Segment information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or

 

F-26


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our chief operating decision maker is our chief executive officer. Our chief executive officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue by geographic region for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. We have one business activity, the provision of LBS, and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results and plans for levels or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, we operate in a single reporting segment and operating unit structure.

Revenue by geographic region is based on the billing address of our wireless carrier partners. The following table sets forth revenue and property and equipment by geographic region (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended June 30,    Three months
ended
September 30,
Revenue    2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
 
                    (unaudited)

United States

   $ 27,565    $ 46,582    $ 106,902    $ 20,774    $ 34,897

International

     151      1,483      3,978      749      1,151
                                  

Total revenue

   $ 27,716    $ 48,065    $ 110,880    $ 21,523    $ 36,048
                                  
 

 

       June 30,   

September 30,

2009

Property and equipment    2008    2009   
 
               (unaudited)

United States

   $ 2,135    $ 5,702    $ 6,466

International

     722      913      1,748
                    

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 2,857    $ 6,615    $ 8,214
                    
 

10. Related party transactions

In 2002, we granted a long-term and noninterest-bearing loan of $200,000 to the general manager of our China operations. The balance of the loan was approximately $170,000, $140,000 and $131,000 as of June 30, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2009, respectively. The loan is secured by the employee’s personal residence in China, as well as the employee’s shares of our common stock. The loan is due on January 31, 2010, or upon the employee’s termination of employment with us. The loan is repayable through a bonus to the employee of $30,000 per year starting in the 2007 calendar year, contingent upon the employee’s continued employment with us.

11. Employee savings and retirement plan

We sponsor a defined contribution plan under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k), or the 401(k) Plan. Most of our U.S. employees are eligible to participate following the start of their employment, at the beginning of each calendar month. Employees may contribute up to the lesser of 100% of their current compensation to the 401(k) Plan or an amount up to a statutorily

 

F-27


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

prescribed annual limit. We pay the direct expenses of the 401(k) Plan and beginning in July 2006, we began to match employee contributions up to 4% of an employee’s salary. Contributions made by us are subject to certain vesting provisions. We made matching contributions and recorded expense of approximately $480,000, $390,000, $720,000 and $224,000 for fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, respectively.

12. Subsequent events

On October 28, 2009, our board of directors approved an initial public offering of shares of our common stock by us and selling stockholders under the Securities Act of 1933.

On October 28, 2009, our board of directors approved an increase in the number of authorized shares of our common stock from 500,000,000 to 600,000,000 shares. Our board of directors also approved the creation and authorization of 50,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. These amendments to our certificate of incorporation will become effective after approval by our stockholders and the filing of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

On October 28, 2009, our board of directors approved, subject to stockholder approval, the following actions to occur concurrently with the effectiveness of our planned initial public offering:

 

 

Forward merger—Our board of directors approved the merger of TeleNav, Inc. with and into TNAV Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of TeleNav, Inc., such that at the effective time of the merger each outstanding share of common stock and preferred stock would be converted into the right to shares of TNAV Holdings common stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, in connection with such forward merger. At the effective time of the merger, the surviving corporation will be renamed TeleNav, Inc.

 

 

Amendment to Series E preferred stock terms—Our board of directors approved an amendment to our certificate of incorporation that would require us to pay the Series E dividend in stock in the event of the conversion of the Series E preferred stock in connection with an initial public offering. The number of shares we would issue would equal the quotient of the amount of the dividend per share and the per share price of the shares offered in the initial public offering. The amendment would provide that the cumulative dividend would be a fixed amount without further cumulation between the date of our forward merger into a wholly owned subsidiary and September 1, 2010. If we were to complete our initial public offering after September 1, 2010, we would issue additional shares of common stock to reflect the cumulation of the dividend up to the date of the initial public offering as if the dividend had continued to cumulate during the period from our forward merger until September 1, 2010.

 

 

Termination of the 1999 Plan and 2002 Plan as to future option grants other than pursuant to subplans for certain of our subsidiaries outside of the United States until such time as new sub-plans for these foreign subsidiaries have received any necessary qualification under applicable foreign laws.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

TeleNav, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

 

Adoption of the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan— 25,000,000 shares of common stock will be reserved for issuance under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. On the first day of each fiscal year, starting with July 1, 2011, the number of shares in the reserve will increase by the lesser of 20,000,000 shares of common stock; 4% of outstanding shares of common stock on the last day of the previous fiscal year; or an amount determined by the board of directors. The plan will terminate in October 2019, unless the board of directors terminates it sooner.

 

 

Cancellation of 2,407,132 shares of common stock that we repurchased from two of our former employees during the three months ended September 30, 2009.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

             shares

TELENAV, INC.

LOGO

Common stock

Prospectus

 

J. P. Morgan    Deutsche Bank Securities

 

Robert W. Baird & Co.    Canaccord Adams    Piper Jaffray
   Pacific Crest Securities   

                    , 2010

Until                     , 2010, all dealers that buy, sell or trade in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in the prospectus

Item 13.    Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

 

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 4,185

FINRA filing fee

   $ 8,000

listing fee

     *

Printing and engraving expenses

     *

Legal fees and expenses

     *

Accounting fees and expenses

     *

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

     *

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *

Miscellaneous

     *
      

Total

   $ *
 

 

*   To be provided by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors and officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering provide that:

 

 

We shall indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

 

We will not be obligated to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors.

 

 

We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
 

We may not retroactively amend our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

 

We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification. This right to advance of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded by our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering.

 

 

The rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering are not exclusive, and the registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

Our policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the DGCL and also provide for certain additional procedural protections. We also maintain directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between us and our officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of this offering and their executive officers and directors, and by us of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

Item 15.    Recent sales of unregistered securities.

During the last three fiscal years and during the first three months of the current fiscal year, we sold the following unregistered securities:

(1) From July 1, 2009 through September 30, 2009, we sold and issued to our employees and consultants or former service providers an aggregate of 4,296,125 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises under the 1999 Stock Option Plan at prices ranging from $0.006 to $0.35 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $320,885.

(2) From July 1, 2009 through September 30, 2009, we granted options under our 1999 Stock Option Plan to purchase 17,393,600 shares of common stock to our employees and consultants, at a purchase price of $0.51 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $8,870,736.

(3) From July 1, 2006 through June 30, 2009, we sold and issued to our employees and consultants or former service providers an aggregate of 2,315,618 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises under the 1999 Stock Option Plan at prices ranging from $0.006 to $0.20 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $118,608.

(4) From July 1, 2006 through June 30, 2009, we granted options under our 1999 Stock Option Plan to purchase 32,351,137 shares of common stock to our employees and consultants, having exercise prices ranging from $0.06 to $0.35 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $4,597,260.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(5) On June 10, 2008, we sold and issued 10,000 shares of common stock to an advisor at $0.06 per share, for a total consideration of $600, pursuant to the exercise of an option to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock granted to such advisor on August 7, 2006.

(6) On March 27, 2007, we sold and issued 20,833 shares of common stock to a former employee of TeleNav, at $0.008 per share, for total consideration of $167, pursuant to the exercise of an option to purchase 20,833 shares of common stock granted to such former employee on March 17, 2007.

(7) On May 30, 2007, we granted an option to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $0.10 per share, to an advisor of TeleNav.

(8) On October 13, 2008, we sold and issued 125,000 shares of common stock to an advisor of TeleNav, at $0.001 per share, for a total consideration of $125.

(9) On May 27, 2008, we sold and issued 136,343 shares of Series E Preferred Stock to an accredited investor, at $0.275041 per share, for a total consideration of $37,500, pursuant to the exercise of a warrant.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and option agreements issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
number
   Exhibit title
 
  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1    Merger Agreement between TeleNav, Inc. and TNAV Holdings, Inc. to be entered into prior to completion of this offering.
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleNav, Inc. to be effective upon closing of this offering.
  3.1.1    Certificate of Incorporation of TNAV Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.1.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TNAV Holdings, Inc. to be in effect after merger with TeleNav, Inc.
  3.1.3    Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleNav, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of TeleNav, Inc., to be effective upon closing of this offering.
  3.2.1    Bylaws of TNAV Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.2.2    Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of TeleNav, Inc., as currently in effect.
  4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of TeleNav, Inc.
  4.2    Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated April 14, 2009, between TeleNav, Inc. and certain holders of TeleNav, Inc.’s capital stock named therein.
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and its directors and officers.
10.2    1999 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.3    2002 Executive Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.4    2009 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.
10.5    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2006, between TeleNav, Inc. and Douglas Miller.
10.5.1    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2009, between TeleNav, Inc. and Douglas Miller.
10.6    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2009, between TeleNav, Inc. and Loren Hillberg.
10.6.1    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2009, between TeleNav, Inc. and Loren Hillberg.
10.7    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2005, between TeleNav, Inc. and Hassan Wahla.
10.8    Employment Agreement, dated October 28, 2009, between TeleNav, Inc. and H.P. Jin.
 

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
   Exhibit title
      
10.9    Form of Employment Agreement between TeleNav, Inc. and each of Y.C. Chao, Salman Dhanani, Robert Rennard and Hassan Wahla.
10.10    Severance Agreement and General Release, dated as of January 29, 2009, between TeleNav, Inc. and William Bettencourt.
10.10.1    Amendment dated July 8, 2009 to the Severance Agreement and General Release, dated as of January 29, 2009, between TeleNav, Inc. and William Bettencourt.
10.11    Industrial/R&D Lease, dated as of October 9, 2006, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and Roeder Family Trust B.
10.11.1    First Amendment dated October 27, 2006 to the Industrial/R&D Lease, dated as of October 9, 2006, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and Roeder Family Trust B.
10.12*    Shanghai Real Estate Lease Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2009, by and between TeleNav Shanghai Inc. and Shanghai Dongfang Weijing Culture Development Co.
10.13†    Sprint Master Application and Services Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and Sprint United Management Company.
10.13.1†    Amendment No. 1 effective as of July 1, 2009 to the Sprint Master Application and Services Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and Sprint United Management Company.
10.14†    License and Service Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2008, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC.
10.14.1†    First Amendment effective as of November 13, 2008 to the License and Service Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2008, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC.
10.14.2†    Second Amendment effective as of November 20, 2008 to the License and Service Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2008, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC.
10.14.3†    Fourth Amendment effective as of June 16, 2009 to the License and Service Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2008, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC.
10.14.4†    Sixth Amendment effective as of October 13, 2009 to the License and Service Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2008, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC.
10.15*    Value Added Reseller Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2006, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and Tele Atlas North America Inc.
10.15.1*    Amendment #2 effective as of April 1, 2008 to the Value Added Reseller Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2006, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and Tele Atlas North America, Inc.
10.16†    Data License Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between Televigation, Inc. and Navigation Technologies Corporation.
10.16.1†    Third Amendment dated December 22, 2004 to the Data License Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between Televigation, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
 

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
   Exhibit title
      
10.16.2†    Fourth Amendment dated May 18, 2007 to the Data License Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.3†    Fifth Amendment dated January 15, 2008 to the Data License Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.4†    Seventh Amendment dated December 16, 2008 to the Data License Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and among TeleNav, Inc., NAVTEQ Europe B.V. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.5    Eighth Amendment dated December 15, 2008 to the Data License Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.6†    Territory License No. 1, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between Televigation, Inc. and Navigation Technologies Corporation.
10.16.7†    Territory License No. 2, dated as of June 30, 2003, by and between Telegivation, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.8†    Territory License No. 3, dated as of February 7, 2006, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.9†    Territory License No. 5, dated as of March 6, 2006, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.10†    Territory License No. 6, dated as of May 18, 2007, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.11†    Territory License No. 7, dated as of May 18, 2007, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of TeleNav, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-8 to this registration statement on Form S-1).
 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

 

  Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from this Registration Statement and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

(b) Financial statement schedules.

The following schedule is filed as part of this registration statement.

Schedule II

TeleNav, Inc. valuation and qualifying accounts

 

(in thousands)    Beginning
balance
   Additions
(recoveries)
charged to
operations
   Write-offs     Ending
balance
 

Trade receivable allowances:

          

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2007

   $ 5    $    $      $ 5
                            

Fiscal year ended June 20, 2008

   $ 5    $ 17    $ (2   $ 20
                            

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2009

   $   20    $ 209    $   —      $ 229
                            
 

Item 17.    Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California, on October 30, 2009.

 

TNAV Holdings, Inc.

By:

 

/s/    H.P. J IN        

  H.P. Jin, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Power of attorney

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints H.P. Jin and Douglas S. Miller, jointly and severally, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of TNAV Holdings, Inc. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below:

 

Signature    Title   Date
 

/s/    H.P. J IN        

H.P. Jin

   Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   October 30, 2009

/ S /    D OUGLAS  M ILLER          

Douglas Miller

   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   October 30, 2009

/ S /    S HAWN C AROLAN        

Shawn Carolan

   Director   October 30, 2009

/s/    S AMUEL C HEN        

Samuel Chen

   Director   October 30, 2009

/s/    H ON J ANE (J ASON ) C HIU        

Hon Jane (Jason) Chiu

   Director   October 30, 2009

/ S /    S OO B OON K OH        

Soo Boon Koh

   Director   October 30, 2009

/ S /    J OSEPH  M. Z AELIT        

Joseph M. Zaelit

   Director   October 30, 2009
 

 

II-8


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit
number
   Exhibit title
 
  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1    Merger Agreement between TeleNav, Inc. and TNAV Holdings, Inc. to be entered into prior to completion of this offering.
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleNav, Inc. to be effective upon closing of this offering.
  3.1.1    Certificate of Incorporation of TNAV Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.1.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TNAV Holdings, Inc. to be in effect after merger with TeleNav, Inc.
  3.1.3    Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleNav, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of TeleNav, Inc., to be effective upon closing of this offering.
  3.2.1    Bylaws of TNAV Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.2.2    Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of TeleNav, Inc., as currently in effect.
  4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of TeleNav, Inc.
  4.2    Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated April 14, 2009, between TeleNav, Inc. and certain holders of TeleNav, Inc.’s capital stock named therein.
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and its directors and officers.
10.2    1999 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.3    2002 Executive Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.4    2009 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.
10.5    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2006, between TeleNav, Inc. and Douglas Miller.
10.5.1    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2009, between TeleNav, Inc. and Douglas Miller.
10.6    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2009, between TeleNav, Inc. and Loren Hillberg.
10.6.1    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2009, between TeleNav, Inc. and Loren Hillberg.
10.7    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2005, between TeleNav, Inc. and Hassan Wahla.
10.8    Employment Agreement, dated October 28, 2009, between TeleNav, Inc. and H.P. Jin.
10.9    Form of Employment Agreement between TeleNav, Inc. and each of Y.C. Chao, Salman Dhanani, Robert Rennard and Hassan Wahla.
 


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
   Exhibit title
 
10.10    Severance Agreement and General Release, dated as of January 29, 2009, between TeleNav, Inc. and William Bettencourt.
10.10.1    Amendment dated July 8, 2009 to the Severance Agreement and General Release, dated as of January 29, 2009, between TeleNav, Inc. and William Bettencourt.
10.11    Industrial/R&D Lease, dated as of October 9, 2006, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and Roeder Family Trust B.
10.11.1    First Amendment dated October 27, 2006 to the Industrial/R&D Lease, dated as of October 9, 2006, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and Roeder Family Trust B.
10.12*    Shanghai Real Estate Lease Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2009, by and between TeleNav Shanghai Inc. and Shanghai Dongfang Weijing Culture Development Co.
10.13†    Sprint Master Application and Services Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and Sprint United Management Company.
10.13.1†    Amendment No. 1 effective as of July 1, 2009 to the Sprint Master Application and Services Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and Sprint United Management Company.
10.14†    License and Service Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2008, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC.
10.14.1†    First Amendment effective as of November 13, 2008 to the License and Service Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2008, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC.
10.14.2†    Second Amendment effective as of November 20, 2008 to the License and Service Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2008, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC.
10.14.3†    Fourth Amendment effective as of June 16, 2009 to the License and Service Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2008, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC.
10.14.4†    Sixth Amendment effective as of October 13, 2009 to the License and Service Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2008, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC.
10.15*    Value Added Reseller Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2006, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and Tele Atlas North America Inc.
10.15.1*    Amendment #2 effective as of April 1, 2008 to the Value Added Reseller Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2006, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and Tele Atlas North America, Inc.
10.16†    Data License Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between Televigation, Inc. and Navigation Technologies Corporation.
10.16.1†    Third Amendment dated December 22, 2004 to the Data License Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between Televigation, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.2†    Fourth Amendment dated May 18, 2007 to the Data License Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
 


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
   Exhibit title
 
10.16.3†    Fifth Amendment dated January 15, 2008 to the Data License Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.4†    Seventh Amendment dated December 16, 2008 to the Data License Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and among TeleNav, Inc., NAVTEQ Europe B.V. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.5    Eighth Amendment dated December 15, 2008 to the Data License Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.6†    Territory License No. 1, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between Televigation, Inc. and Navigation Technologies Corporation.
10.16.7†    Territory License No. 2, dated as of June 30, 2003, by and between Telegivation, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.8†    Territory License No. 3, dated as of February 7, 2006, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.9†    Territory License No. 5, dated as of March 6, 2006, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.10†    Territory License No. 6, dated as of May 18, 2007, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
10.16.11†    Territory License No. 7, dated as of May 18, 2007, by and between TeleNav, Inc. and NAVTEQ North America, LLC.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of TeleNav, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-8 to this registration statement on Form S-1).
 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

 

  Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from this Registration Statement and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 2.1

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

OF TNAV HOLDINGS, INC.

A DELAWARE CORPORATION

AND

TELENAV, INC.

A DELAWARE CORPORATION

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER dated as of   , 20 , (the “Agreement”) is between TNAV Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“TNAV Holdings”) and TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“TeleNav”). TNAV Holdings and TeleNav are sometimes referred to herein as the “Constituent Corporations.”

R E C I T A L S

A. TNAV Holdings is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has an authorized capital ( ) shares of capital stock, of which there are designated ( ), $0.001 par value, shares of common stock (the “Common Stock”), ( ), $0.001 par value, shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred”), ( ), $0.001 par value, shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred”), ( ), $0.001 par value, shares of Series B Prime Preferred Stock (the “Series B Prime Preferred”), ( ), $0.001 par value, shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred”), ( ), $0.001 par value, shares of Series C Prime Preferred Stock (the “Series C Prime Preferred”), ( ), $0.001 par value, shares of Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred”) and ( ), $0.001 par value, shares of Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Preferred”). The Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series B Prime Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series C Prime Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred are, together, referred to herein as the “Preferred Stock.” As of the date of this Agreement of Merger, 1,000 shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding, all of which were held by TeleNav. No shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding.

B. TeleNav is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has an authorized capital of Seven Hundred Eighty Million Two Hundred Ninety Six Thousand Seven Hundred Eighty (780,296,780) shares of capital stock, of which there are designated Five Hundred Million (500,000,000), $0.001 par value, shares of common stock (the “TeleNav Common Stock”), Four Million (4,000,000), $0.001 par value, shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “TeleNav Series A Preferred”), Four Million Eight Hundred Twenty Eight Thousand Seven Hundred and Twenty Two (4,828,722), $0.001 par value, shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “TeleNav Series B Preferred”), Five Million Eight Hundred Sixty Seven Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety Six (5,867,996), $0.001 par value, shares of Series B Prime Preferred Stock (the “TeleNav Series B Prime Preferred”), Sixty One Million Nine Hundred Forty Seven Thousand One Hundred Fifty (61,947,150), $0.001 par value, shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “TeleNav Series C Preferred”), Twenty Eight Million Four Hundred Two Thousand Nine


Hundred Twelve (28,402,912), $0.001 par value, shares of Series C Prime Preferred Stock (the “TeleNav Series C Prime Preferred”), Sixty Two Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (62,750,000), $0.001 par value, shares of Series D Preferred Stock (the “TeleNav Series D Preferred”) and One Hundred Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand (112,500,000), $0.001 par value, shares of Series E Preferred Stock (the “TeleNav Series E Preferred”). The TeleNav Series A Preferred, TeleNav Series B Preferred, TeleNav Series B Prime Preferred, TeleNav Series C Preferred, TeleNav Series C Prime Preferred, TeleNav Series D Preferred and TeleNav Series E Preferred are, together, referred to herein as the “TeleNav Preferred Stock.” As of the record date of the meeting of stockholders at which this Agreement of Merger was approved, shares of TeleNav Common Stock, shares of TeleNav Series A Preferred, shares of TeleNav Series B Preferred, shares of TeleNav Series B Prime Preferred, shares of TeleNav Series C Preferred, shares of TeleNav Series C Prime Preferred, shares of TeleNav Series D Preferred and shares of TeleNav Series E Preferred were issued and outstanding.

C. The Board of Directors of TeleNav has determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of TeleNav that TeleNav merge with and into TNAV Holdings upon the terms and conditions herein provided.

D. The respective Boards of Directors of TNAV Holdings and TeleNav have approved this Agreement and have directed that this Agreement be submitted to a vote of their respective stockholders and executed by the undersigned officers.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants set forth herein, TNAV Holdings and TeleNav hereby agree, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, as follows:

I. MERGER

1.1 Merger . In accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Delaware General Corporation Law, TeleNav shall be merged with and into TNAV Holdings (the “Merger”), the separate existence of TeleNav shall cease and TNAV Holdings shall be, and is herein sometimes referred as, the “Surviving Corporation,” and the name of the Surviving Corporation shall be TeleNav, Inc.

1.2 Filing and Effectiveness . The Merger shall be completed when the following actions shall have been completed:

(a) This Agreement and Merger was adopted and approved by the stockholders of TNAV Holdings and TeleNav in accordance with the requirements of the Delaware General Corporation Law on , 20 and   , 20 , respectively;

(b) All of the conditions precedent to the consummation of the Merger specified in this Agreement shall have been satisfied or duly waived by the party entitled to satisfaction thereof; and

(c) An executed Agreement and Plan of Merger meeting the requirements of the Delaware General Corporation Law shall have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

-2-


Pursuant to Section 252 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the date and time when the Merger shall become effective, shall be the date upon which subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 1.2 are satisfied is herein called the “Effective Date of the Merger.”

1.3 Effect of the Merger . Upon the Effective Date of the Merger, the separate existence of TeleNav shall cease and TNAV Holdings, as the Surviving Corporation, (i) shall continue to possess all of its assets, rights, powers and property as constituted immediately prior to the Effective Date of the Merger, (ii) shall be subject to all actions previously taken by its and TeleNav’s Board of Directors, (iii) shall succeed, without other transfer, to all of the assets, rights, powers and property of TeleNav in the manner more fully set forth in Section 259 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, (iv) shall continue to be subject to all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of TNAV Holdings as constituted immediately prior to the Effective Date of the Merger, and (v) shall succeed, without other transfer, to all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of TeleNav in the same manner as if TNAV Holdings had itself incurred them, all as more fully provided under the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

II. CHARTER DOCUMENTS, DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

2.1 Certificate of Incorporation . The Certificate of Incorporation of TNAV Holdings as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date of the Merger shall continue in full force and effect as the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until duly amended in accordance with the provisions thereof and applicable law.

2.2 Bylaws . The Bylaws of TNAV Holdings as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date of the Merger shall continue in full force and effect as the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until duly amended in accordance with the provisions thereof and applicable law.

2.3 Directors and Officers . The directors and officers of TNAV Holdings immediately prior to the Effective Date of the Merger shall be the directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified or until as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation or the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

III. MANNER OF CONVERSION OF STOCK

3.1 TeleNav Common Shares . Upon the Effective Date of the Merger, each share of TeleNav Common Stock, issued and outstanding immediately prior thereto shall by virtue of the Merger and without any action by the Constituent Corporations, the holder of such shares or any other person, be converted into and exchanged for fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value, of the Surviving Corporation. No fractional share interests of Surviving Corporation Common Stock shall be issued. In lieu thereof, any fractional share interests to which a holder would otherwise be entitled shall be aggregated.

3.2 TeleNav Preferred Shares .

(a) Upon the Effective Date of the Merger, each share of TeleNav Series A Preferred, TeleNav Series B Preferred, TeleNav Series B Prime Preferred, TeleNav Series C Preferred, TeleNav Series C Prime Preferred, TeleNav Series D Preferred and TeleNav Series E Preferred,

 

-3-


$0.001 par value, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger, which shares are convertible into such number of shares of TeleNav Common Stock as set forth in the TeleNav Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, shall by virtue of the Merger and without any action by the Constituent Corporations, the holder of such shares or any other person, be converted into or exchanged for fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series B Prime Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series C Prime Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred of TNAV Holdings, $0.001 par value, respectively, having such rights, preferences and privileges as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation, which shares of Preferred Stock shall be convertible into the same number of shares of the Surviving Corporation’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value, as such share of TeleNav Preferred Stock was so convertible into immediately prior to the Effective Date of the Merger, subject to adjustment pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation. No fractional share interests of Surviving Corporation Preferred Stock shall be issued. In lieu thereof, any fractional share interests to which a holder would otherwise be entitled shall be aggregated.

3.3 TeleNav Options, Warrants, Stock Purchase Rights and Convertible Securities .

(a) Upon the Effective Date of the Merger, the Surviving Corporation shall assume the obligations of TeleNav under, and continue, the option plans (including, without limitation, the 1999 Stock Option Plan, 2002 Executive Stock Option Plan, 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, and any and all nonplan option agreements) and all other employee benefit plans of TeleNav. Each outstanding and unexercised option, warrant, other right to purchase, or security convertible into, TeleNav Common Stock or TeleNav Preferred Stock (a “Right”) shall become, subject to the provisions in paragraph (c) hereof, an option, warrant, right to purchase or a security convertible into the Surviving Corporation’s Common Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, on the basis of of a share of the Surviving Corporation’s Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, for each one share of TeleNav Common Stock or TeleNav Preferred Stock, as the case may be, issuable pursuant to any such Right, on the same terms and conditions and at an exercise price equal to the exercise price applicable to any such TeleNav Right at the Effective Date of the Merger. This paragraph 3.3(a) shall not apply to TeleNav Common Stock or TeleNav Preferred Stock. Such TeleNav Common Stock and TeleNav Preferred Stock are subject to paragraph 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, hereof.

(b) A number of shares of the Surviving Corporation’s Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options, warrants, stock purchase rights and convertible securities equal to the number of shares of TeleNav Common Stock and TeleNav Preferred Stock so reserved immediately prior to the Effective Date of the Merger.

(c) The assumed Rights shall not entitle any holder thereof to a fractional share upon exercise or conversion (unless the holder was entitled to a fractional interest immediately prior to the Merger). In lieu thereof, any fractional share interests to which a holder of an assumed Right (other than an option issued pursuant to TNAV Holdings’ 1999 Stock Option Plan, 2002 Executive Stock Option Plan, 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, and any nonplan option agreements) would otherwise be entitled upon exercise or conversion shall be aggregated (but only with other similar Rights which have the same per share terms).

 

-4-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to options issued under the TeleNav 1999 Stock Option Plan, 2002 Executive Stock Option Plan, 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, and nonplan option agreements that are assumed in the Merger, the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder would be otherwise entitled upon exercise of each such assumed option following the Merger shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number and the exercise price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In addition, no “additional benefits” (within the meaning of Section 424(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) shall be accorded to the optionees pursuant to the assumption of their options.

3.4 TNAV Holdings Common Stock . Upon the Effective Date of the Merger, each share of Common Stock, $0.001 par value, of TNAV Holdings issued and outstanding immediately prior thereto shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action by TNAV Holdings, the holder of such shares or any other person, be canceled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares.

3.5 Exchange of Certificates . After the Effective Date of the Merger, each holder of an outstanding certificate representing shares of TeleNav Common Stock or TeleNav Preferred Stock may be asked to surrender the same for cancellation to an exchange agent, whose name will be delivered to holders prior to any requested exchange (the “Exchange Agent”), and each such holder shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of the Surviving Corporation’s Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, into which the surrendered shares were converted as herein provided. Until so surrendered, each outstanding certificate theretofore representing shares of TeleNav Common Stock or TeleNav Preferred Stock shall be deemed for all purposes to represent the number of shares of the Surviving Corporation’s Common Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, into which such shares of TeleNav Common Stock or TeleNav Preferred Stock, as the case may be, were converted in the Merger.

The registered owner on the books and records of the Surviving Corporation or the Exchange Agent of any such outstanding certificate shall, until such certificate shall have been surrendered for transfer or conversion or otherwise accounted for to the Surviving Corporation or the Exchange Agent, have and be entitled to exercise any voting and other rights with respect to and to receive dividends and other distributions upon the shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Surviving Corporation represented by such outstanding certificate as provided above.

Each certificate representing Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Surviving Corporation so issued in the Merger shall bear the same legends, if any, with respect to the restrictions on transferability as the certificates of TeleNav so converted and given in exchange therefore, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors of the Surviving Corporation in compliance with applicable laws.

If any certificate for shares of the Surviving Corporation’s stock is to be issued in a name other than that in which the certificate surrendered in exchange therefor is registered, it shall be a condition of issuance thereof that the certificate so surrendered shall be properly endorsed and otherwise in proper form for transfer, that such transfer otherwise be proper and comply with applicable securities laws and that the person requesting such transfer pay to the Exchange Agent any transfer or other taxes payable by reason of issuance of such new certificate in a name other than that of the registered holder of the certificate surrendered or establish to the satisfaction of the Surviving Corporation that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

-5-


IV. GENERAL

4.1 Covenants of TNAV Holdings . TNAV Holdings covenants and agrees that it will, on or before the Effective Date of the Merger:

(a) Qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in the State of California and in connection therewith irrevocably appoint an agent for service of process as required under the provisions of Section 2105 of the California General Corporation Law.

(b) File any and all documents with the California Franchise Tax Board necessary for the assumption by TNAV Holdings of all of the franchise tax liabilities of TeleNav.

(c) Take such other actions as may be required by the California General Corporation Law.

4.2 Further Assurances . From time to time, as and when required by TNAV Holdings or by its successors or assigns, there shall be executed and delivered on behalf of TeleNav such deeds and other instruments, and there shall be taken or caused to be taken by it such further and other actions as shall be appropriate or necessary in order to vest or perfect in or conform of record or otherwise by TNAV Holdings the title to and possession of all the property, interests, assets, rights, privileges, immunities, powers, franchises and authority of TeleNav and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, and the officers and directors of TNAV Holdings are fully authorized in the name and on behalf of TeleNav or otherwise to take any and all such action and to execute and deliver any and all such deeds and other instruments.

4.3 Abandonment . At any time before the Effective Date of the Merger, this Agreement may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned for any reason whatsoever by the Board of Directors of either TeleNav or of TNAV Holdings, or of both, notwithstanding the approval of this Agreement by the stockholders of TeleNav or by the sole stockholder of TNAV Holdings, or by both.

4.4 Amendment . The Boards of Directors of the Constituent Corporations may amend this Agreement at any time prior to the filing of this Agreement (or certificate in lieu thereof) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, provided that an amendment made subsequent to the adoption of this Agreement by the stockholders of either Constituent Corporation shall not: (1) alter or change the amount or kind of shares, securities, cash, property and/or rights to be received in exchange for or on conversion of all or any of the shares of any class or series thereof of such Constituent Corporation, (2) alter or change any term of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation to be effected by the Merger, or (3) alter or change any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement if such alteration or change would adversely affect the holders of any class or series of capital stock of any Constituent Corporation.

4.5 Registered Office . The registered office of the Surviving Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, County of New Castle and Corporation Service Company, is the registered agent of the Surviving Corporation at such address.

 

-6-


4.6 Agreement . Executed copies of this Agreement will be on file at the principal place of business of the Surviving Corporation at 1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, CA 94086, and copies thereof will be furnished to any stockholder of either Constituent Corporation upon request and without cost.

4.7 Governing Law . This Agreement shall in all respects be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

4.8 FIRPTA Notification .

(a) On the Effective Date of the Merger, TeleNav shall deliver to TNAV Holdings, as agent for the stockholders of TeleNav, a properly executed statement (the “Statement”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A . TNAV Holdings shall retain the Statement for a period of not less than seven years and shall, upon request, provide a copy thereof to any person that was a stockholder of TeleNav immediately prior to the Merger. In consequence of the approval of the Merger by the stockholders of TeleNav, (i) such stockholders shall be considered to have requested that the Statement be delivered to TNAV Holdings as their agent and (ii) TNAV Holdings shall be considered to have received a copy of the Statement at the request of the TeleNav stockholders for purposes of satisfying TNAV Holdings’ obligations under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(c)(3).

(b) TeleNav shall deliver to the Internal Revenue Service a notice regarding the Statement in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2).

[Remainder of Page Left Blank Intentionally]

 

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement having first been approved by the resolutions of the Board of Directors of TNAV Holdings and TeleNav is hereby executed on behalf of each of such two corporations and attested by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

    TeleNav, Inc.
    a Delaware corporation
    By:  

 

      Dr. HaiPing Jin, President and Chief
      Executive Officer
ATTEST:      

 

     
Loren E. Hillberg      
Secretary    
    TNAV Holdings, Inc.
    a Delaware corporation
    By:  

 

      Dr. HaiPing Jin, President and Chief
      Executive Officer
ATTEST:      

 

     
Loren E. Hillberg      
Secretary      
     
     

 

-8-


EXHIBIT A

, 20

TO THE STOCKHOLDERS OF TELENAV, INC.:

In connection with the merger (the “Merger”) of TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Agreement”) dated as of , 20 between the Company and TNAV Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“TNAV Holdings”), your shares of Company stock will be replaced by shares of stock in TNAV Holdings.

In order to establish that (i) you will not be subject to tax under Section 897 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in consequence of the merger and (ii) TNAV Holdings will not be required under Section 1445 of the Code to withhold taxes from the TNAV Holdings stock that you will receive in connection therewith, the Company hereby represents to you that, as of the date of this letter, shares of Company stock do not constitute a “United States real property interest” within the meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder.

A copy of this letter will be delivered to TNAV Holdings pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Agreement.

Under penalties of perjury, the undersigned officer of the Company hereby declares that, to the best knowledge and belief of the undersigned, the facts set forth herein are true and correct.

 

Sincerely,

 

  Dr. HaiPing Jin, President and Chief
  Executive Officer
 

Exhibit 3.1

TELENAV, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

TeleNav, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

A. The corporation was originally incorporated under the name of TN Holding Company, Inc., and the original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 8, 2009.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. The Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is TeleNav, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

The corporation shall have authority to issue shares as follows:

600,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, which may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue


duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

The number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the corporation. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal; except that if any such election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL.

Effective upon the effective date of the corporation’s initial public offering (the “ Effective Date ”), the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Board of Directors may assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time such classification becomes effective. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation, or removal. If the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships

 

-2-


shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. The corporation’s Bylaws may also be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the corporation. Notwithstanding the above or any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the corporation may not be amended, altered or repealed except in accordance with Article X of the Bylaws.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

ARTICLE IX

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

The corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer,

 

-3-


employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

Except as provided in Article IX above, the corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided , however , that notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors and the affirmative vote of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the then outstanding voting securities of the corporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the amendment, repeal or modification of the provisions of Article IV, Article V, Article VI, Article VIII, or this Article X of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TeleNav, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the corporation on this day of 20 .

 

By:

 

 

  HaiPing Jin
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

-5-

Exhibit 3.1.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

TNAV Holdings, Inc.

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is TNAV Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE IV

This Company is authorized to issue one class of shares to be designated Common Stock. The total number of shares of Common Stock the Company has authority to issue is 10,000,000 with par value of $0.001 per share.

ARTICLE V

The name and mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

Rachel Liu

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1050

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the Company is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the bylaws of the Company.


ARTICLE VIII

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

The Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Company shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The Company shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim accruing or arising or that, but for this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX

Except as provided in Article VIII above, the Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 


I, the undersigned, as the sole incorporator of the Company, have signed this Certificate of Incorporation on October 8, 2009.

 

/s/  Rachel Liu

Rachel Liu
Incorporator

Exhibit 3.1.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

TNAV HOLDINGS, INC.

TNAV Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation” ), hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is TNAV Holdings, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 8, 2009.

2. Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and amends the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in its entirety.

3. The terms and provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation have been duly approved by written consent of the required number of shares of outstanding stock of the Corporation pursuant to Subsection 228(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

4. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate” ) reads in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is TNAV Holdings, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time.


ARTICLE IV

The Corporation is authorized to issue ( ) shares of its capital stock, which shall be divided into Common Stock (the “Common Stock” ) and Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock” ). The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is ( ), $0.001 par value, and the total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is ( ), $0.001 par value, ( ) of which are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock,” ( ) of which are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock,” ( ) of which are hereby designated “Series B Prime Preferred Stock;” ( ) of which are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock” ( ) of which are hereby designated “Series C Prime Preferred Stock” , ( ) of which are hereby designated “Series D Preferred Stock” and ( ) of which are hereby designated “Series E Preferred Stock.” The Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B Prime Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C Prime Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock are, together, referred to herein as the “Preferred Stock.”

The powers, preferences, privileges and rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, with respect to the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock shall be as follows:

1. VOTING RIGHTS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS

1.1 General . Except as otherwise provided by law or in this Certificate, each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote on all matters on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote for each share of Common Stock held by such holder on the record date fixed for a meeting of the stockholders or on the effective date of any written consent. Except as otherwise provided by law or in this Certificate, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such shares are convertible on the record date fixed for a meeting of the stockholders or on the effective date of any written consent (at the then current Conversion Price for such shares, as defined in Section 4.2). Except as otherwise provided by law or in this Certificate, the shares of Preferred Stock shall be voted equally with the shares of Common Stock, voting together as a single class, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders or in connection with any action by written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation (treating the Preferred Stock as converted into Common Stock at the applicable Conversion Price). The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation, irrespective of whether the Corporation has received the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

1.2 Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board” ) shall consist of seven directors. The holders of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director; the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director; the holders of the Series C Prime Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock will be entitled, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, to elect two directors; the holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, will

 

-2-


be entitled to elect one director who shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation; and the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, will be entitled to elect two directors.

1.3 Special Voting Rights

(a) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least ( ) shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (whether by merger, consolidation, reincorporation, recapitalization or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent) of the holders of a majority of the total number of then outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock voting as a separate class, take any action to: (i) alter or change the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series E Preferred Stock; (ii) increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or any series of Preferred Stock; (iii) create, authorize or issue (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having any rights, preferences or privileges senior to, or on parity with, the Series E Preferred Stock; (iv) effect the redemption of any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock (other than pursuant to equity incentive agreements or employment agreements with service providers giving the Corporation the right to repurchase shares at no more than cost upon the termination of services); (v) amend or waive any provision of the Corporation’s bylaws or this Certificate, as amended from time to time, in a manner that affects the Series E Preferred Stock; (vi) decrease the authorized size of the Board; (vii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend on any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock; or (viii) effect any Liquidation Event (as defined in Section 3.2 hereof) in which the rights of the Series E Preferred Stock set forth in Sections 2 or 3 of this Certificate are altered or amended.

(b) In addition to any other rights provided by law, the Corporation shall not (whether by merger, consolidation, reincorporation, recapitalization or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent) of the holders of at least a majority of the total number of then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock voting as a single class on an as-converted basis, take any action to: (i) effect any Liquidation Event; or (ii) increase the authorized number of members of the Board.

1.4 Bylaws . Except as otherwise provided by law or in this Certificate, the Board shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Such power shall not divest the stockholders of the Corporation of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

2. DIVIDENDS

2.1 Declaration.

(a) The holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, payable in cash or stock (with cash paid for fractional shares), in the amount of $ per share (the “ Fixed Series E Dividend ”) plus an additional amount of $ per share (as adjusted for any subsequent stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, splits or recapitalizations with respect to

 

-3-


such shares) per annum commencing on September 1, 2010 (the “ Additional Series E Dividends ” together with the Fixed Series E Dividend, the “ Series E Dividends ”), payable out of funds legally available therefor prior and in preference to any dividends on any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation. Such Additional Series E Dividends shall accrue on each share, and shall accrue from day to day, whether or not earned or declared. Such Additional Series E Dividends shall be cumulative so that, except as provided below, if such dividends in respect of any previous or current annual dividend period, at the annual rate specified above, shall not have been paid, the deficiency shall first be fully paid before any dividend or other distribution shall be paid on or declared and set apart for the Preferred Stock (other than the Series E Preferred Stock) or the Common Stock. The dividends set forth in this Section 2.1(a) shall be payable when, as and if declared by the Board and shall be paid in the event of a: (i) Liquidation Event, in which case they shall be paid immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction in cash, or (ii) automatic conversion pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof, in which case they shall be paid immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction in such number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Series E Dividends accrued to the date of a Qualified Initial Public Offering (as defined in Section 4.2(b)) per share by the price to the public per share of the Common Stock sold in such the Qualified Public Offering, prior to any underwriting discounts, commissions or expenses. Any accumulation of dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock shall not bear interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock into Common Stock at any time after September 1, 2010, the dividends payable, less any dividends previously paid, shall include any Additional Series E Dividends if such Additional Series E Dividends had cumulated and been payable from the date of the first issuance of the Series E Preferred Stock until September 1, 2010. The holders of the outstanding Series E Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 2 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding.

(b) Subject to the payment in full of the dividends set forth in Section 2.1(a) above to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock and subject to Section 2.1(c) below, dividends of cash, stock, or other property on the Common Stock and on any other series of Preferred Stock may be paid when, as and if declared by the Board in its sole and unfettered discretion and shall be noncumulative.

(c) In the event the Corporation shall declare a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock, the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Series E Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.

2.2 Relative Rights and Preferences . Whenever this Corporation declares a dividend on its Common Stock, the holders of record on the record date of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends in the amount they would have been entitled to receive if, as of the record date, their shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Certificate. Other than the dividends set forth in Section 2.1(a) above with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, any dividends on the Preferred Stock, to the extent declared, shall be noncumulative, and shall be payable in preference and prior to payment of any dividend on the Common Stock.

 

-4-


2.3 Manner of Payment of Cash Dividends . Cash dividends shall be paid by forwarding a check, postage prepaid, to the address of each holder (or, in the case of joint holders, to the address of any such holder) of Preferred Stock or Common Stock as shown on the books of the Corporation, or to such other address as such holder specifies for such purpose by written notice to the Corporation. The forwarding of such check shall satisfy all obligations of the Corporation with respect to such cash dividends, unless such check is not paid upon timely presentation.

3. LIQUIDATION PREFERENCES

3.1 Liquidation Preference . In the event of any Liquidation Event, either voluntary or involuntary:

(a) The holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock and to holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series E Preferred Stock held by them equal to the Liquidation Preference (as defined in Section 3.1(e) and as appropriately adjusted for subdivisions, stock splits, combinations of shares and dividends payable in shares of Common Stock) applicable to the Series E Preferred Stock, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends. If upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in this Section 3.1(a), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3.1(a)

(b) Only after the payment in full to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(a) above, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Prime Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series B Prime Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock and to holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, (i) an amount per share for each share of Series D Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series D Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series D Preferred Stock, (ii) an amount per share for each share of Series C Prime Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series C Prime Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series C Prime Preferred Stock, and (iii) an amount per share for each share of Series C Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series C Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series C Preferred Stock. If upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, after the payment to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential

 

-5-


amounts specified in Section 3.1(a) above, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Prime Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3.1(b), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution after payment to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(a) above shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Prime Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3.1(b).

(c) Only after the payment in full to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(a) above, and to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Prime Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(b) above, the holders of the Series B Prime Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, (i) an amount per share for each share of Series B Prime Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series B Prime Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B Prime Preferred Stock, (ii) an amount per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series B Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B Preferred Stock, and (iii) an amount per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series A Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series A Preferred Stock. If upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, after the payment to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(a) above, and to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Prime Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(b) above, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series B Prime Preferred Stock, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3.1(c), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution after payment to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(a) above, and to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Prime Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(b) above, shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series B Prime Preferred Stock, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3.1(c).

(d) Remaining Assets . Only after the payment in full (i) to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(a) above, (ii) to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Prime Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(b) above, and (iii) to the holders of the Series B Prime Preferred Stock, the holders of Series B

 

-6-


Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(c) above, the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution by the Corporation shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock and Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, with the shares of Series E Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of Common Stock at the then applicable Conversion Rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate distributions made pursuant to this Section 3.1(d) with respect to any share of Series E Preferred Stock, inclusive of any distributions on account of Section 3.1(a), shall not exceed an amount equal to five times (5x) the Initial Conversion Price for that share of Series E Preferred Stock.

(e) For purposes of the foregoing, the “Liquidation Preference” for the Series E Preferred Stock shall initially be $ , the “Liquidation Preference” for the Series D Preferred Stock shall initially be $ , the “Liquidation Preference” for the Series C Prime Preferred Stock shall initially be $ , the “Liquidation Preference” for the Series C Preferred Stock shall initially be $ , the “Liquidation Preference” for the Series B Prime Preferred Stock shall initially be $ , the “Liquidation Preference” for the Series B Preferred Stock shall initially be $ , and the “Liquidation Preference” for the Series A Preferred Stock shall initially be $ .

3.2 Definition of Liquidation Event . For purposes of this Certificate, a “ Liquidation Event ” shall mean (a) the acquisition of the Corporation or its securities by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock exclusively for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction, a majority of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions; (b) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation; (c) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary or (d) the sale or exclusive license of substantially all of the intellectual property assets of the Corporation.

3.3 Valuation . Whenever the distribution provided for in this Section 3 shall be payable in property or securities other than cash, the value of such distribution shall be as follows:

(a) for property other than securities, the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board (which determination shall be approved by the director elected by the holders of Series E Preferred Stock); and

(b) for securities not subject to a lock-up agreement or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(i) if traded on a securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market System, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event;

 

-7-


(ii) if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event; and

(iii) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board (which determination shall be approved by the director elected by the holders of Series E Preferred Stock).

(c) The method of valuation of securities subject to a lock-up agreement or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (b)(i), (ii) or (iii) to reflect the appropriate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board (which determination shall be approved by the director elected by the holders of Series E Preferred Stock).

3.4 Notional Conversion . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3 to the contrary, if a holder of Preferred Stock would receive a greater liquidation amount by converting such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock than such holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to Section 3.1 as a holder of Preferred Stock (as determined after the payment of any earn-outs or other contingent payments and the release of any escrow or holdback proceeds to the stockholders of the Corporation), then such holder shall not receive any amounts under such subsections as a holder of Preferred Stock, but shall be treated, for the purposes of determining such holder’s rights under Section 3.1 only, as though such holder held, in addition to any shares of Common Stock actually held by such holder, such number of shares of Common Stock that such holder would hold if such holder had converted such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock, effective immediately prior to the applicable liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, at the then applicable Conversion Price (as defined below).

3.5 Notice . If the Corporation proposes to take any action constituting a Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall, within 10 days after the date the Board approves such action, or 20 days prior to any stockholders’ meeting called to approve such action, whichever is earlier, give each holder of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock initial written notice of the proposed action by first class mail, postage prepaid. Such initial written notice shall describe the material terms and conditions of such proposed action, including a description of the type and amount of stock, cash, and property to be received by the holders of shares of each series of the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock upon consummation of the proposed action and the date and place of delivery thereof. If any material change in the facts set forth in the initial notice occurs, the Corporation shall promptly give written notice by first class mail, postage prepaid to each holder of shoes of Preferred Stock and Common Stock of such material change.

 

-8-


3.6 Timing . The Corporation shall not consummate any Liquidation Event before the expiration of 30 days after the mailing of the initial notice referred to in Section 3.5 or 10 days after the mailing of any subsequent written notice under such Section 3.5, whichever is later.

3.7 Waiver . The payment of all or any portion of the amounts set forth in Section 3.1 above may be waived by the approval or consent of (a) the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and (b) the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

4. CONVERSION OF PREFERRED STOCK

4.1 Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, without payment of further consideration, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing: (a) the Initial Conversion Price (as defined in Section 4.2) plus all accrued but unpaid dividends on such share of Preferred Stock (other than the Series E Dividends) by (b) the Conversion Price in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion.

4.2 Initial Conversion Price . The “Initial Conversion Price” with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall be as follows (as adjusted for any subsequent stock dividends, subdivisions, combinations, splits or recapitalizations with respect to such shares); provided, however, the Initial Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock shall not be adjusted by the Series E Dividends:

 

Series A Preferred Stock

   $

Series B Preferred Stock

   $

Series B Prime Preferred Stock

   $

Series C Preferred Stock

   $

Series C Prime Preferred Stock

   $

Series D Preferred Stock

   $

Series E Preferred Stock

   $

As of the effective date of this Certificate, the “Conversion Price” with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall be as set forth below.

 

Series A Preferred Stock

   $

Series B Preferred Stock

   $

Series B Prime Preferred Stock

   $

Series C Preferred Stock

   $

Series C Prime Preferred Stock

   $

Series D Preferred Stock

   $

Series E Preferred Stock

   $

 

-9-


The Conversion Price of each such series of Preferred Stock may be subsequently adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Section 4.

4.3 Redemption; Automatic Conversion.

(a) No share of Preferred Stock shall be redeemable by the Corporation.

(b) Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Conversion Price for such share immediately upon the closing of the sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), (other than a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 under the Securities Act (or any successor thereto) or to an employee benefit plan of the Corporation), if: (i) the public offering price of the Common Stock offered therein (prior to underwriter commissions and expenses) equal or exceeds $ , and (ii) the aggregate net proceeds to the Corporation (before deduction for underwriter commissions and expenses) equal or exceed $50,000,000 (a “Qualified Public Offering” ).

(c) Each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Conversion Price for such share upon the election of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

(d) Each share of Preferred Stock (excluding the Series E Preferred Stock) shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Conversion Price for such shares upon the election of the holders of at least Sixty Six and Two-thirds Percent (66.667%) of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (excluding the Series E Preferred Stock).

4.4 Mechanics of Conversion into Common Stock . (a) Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, it shall surrender the certificate or certificates thereof, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that it elects to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which it wishes the certificate or

 

-10-


certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of whole shares of Common Stock to which it shall be entitled as aforesaid, together with cash (as provided in Section 4.5(m)) with respect to any fractional shares otherwise issuable upon conversion and, in the event of a partial conversion, a certificate representing the balance, if any, of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate or certificates but not converted to Common Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock, and the person(s) entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of such shares of Common Stock on such date. (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the conversion of any share of Preferred Stock is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering shares of Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

4.5 Adjustments to Conversion Price for Dilutive Issuances.

(a) Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4.5, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4.5(c), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date (as defined below), other than the following:

(1) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to an adjustment of the Conversion Price of any share of Preferred Stock made pursuant to Section 4.5(f);

(2) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable: (1) pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering; (2) in connection with a stock split, a distribution of a stock dividend, or pursuant to any recapitalization, reorganization, consolidation, or merger for purposes of reincorporation; (3) upon exercise or conversion of any options or warrants outstanding on the Original Issue Date; (4) in connection with the issuance of Series E Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to or greater than the Initial Conversion Price for such stock as set forth in Section 4.2 above; and (5) to employees, directors or consultants pursuant to stock option plans or agreements on terms approved by the Board, up to a maximum of shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any subsequent stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, splits or recapitalizations with respect to such shares), which such limit may be waived by the approval or consent of the Board (collectively with the shares set forth in Section 4.5(a)(i)(A), “Excepted Dilutive Issuances” ); or

(3) shares of Preferred Stock issued as of the date on which a share of Series E Preferred Stock was first issued and the shares of Common Stock into which they are convertible.

 

-11-


(ii) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital stock (other than Common Stock and Preferred Stock) or other securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock,

(iii) “Options” shall mean rights, options, or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Common Stock or Convertible Securities; and

(iv) “Original Issue Date” shall mean the date this Certificate is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

(b) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Conversion Price for a share of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock unless the consideration per share for an Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation (determined in accordance with Section 4.5(e) hereof) is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, for such share of Preferred Stock.

(c) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock . Except in the case of an Excepted Dilutive Issuance, if the Corporation, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, issues any Options or Convertible Securities or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities then entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein designed to protect against dilution) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of the issuance of such Options or Convertible Securities or, if such a record date has been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date; provided that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

(i) no further adjustments in the Conversion Price applicable to any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(ii) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities; provided, however, that no such adjustment of a Conversion Price shall affect Common-Stock previously issued upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock;

 

-12-


(iii) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities that have not been exercised, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(1) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common Stock issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities that were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange; and

(2) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received or deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4.5(c)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised;

(iv) no readjustment pursuant to clauses (ii) or (iii) above shall have the effect of increasing a Conversion Price to an amount that exceeds the lower of (A) the Conversion Price of the applicable series of Preferred Stock on the original adjustment date; or (B) the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

(v) in the case of any Options that expire by their terms not more than 30 days after the date of issue thereof, no adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made, except as to shares of Preferred Stock actually converted during such period, until the expiration or exercise of all such Options, whereupon such adjustment shall be made in the same manner provided in clause (iii) above; and

(vi) if any such record date has been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price that became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and shall instead be made on the actual date of issuance, if any.

(d) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . If the Corporation issues Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4.5(c)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then the Conversion

 

-13-


Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the sum of: (a) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue; (b) the number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued if all Convertible Securities were converted into Common Stock and all Options exercisable for Common Stock were exercised; (c) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue; and (d) the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price; and the denominator of which shall be the sum of (w) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue; (x) the number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued if all shares of Convertible Securities were converted into Common Stock and all options exercisable for Common Stock were exercised; (y) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance; and (z) the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

(e) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 4.5, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(i) Cash and Property . Such consideration shall:

(1) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation; and

(2) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board (which determination shall be approved by the director elected by the holders of Series E Preferred Stock).

(ii) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4.5(c), relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

(1) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against dilution) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities; by

(2) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against dilution) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

-14-


(f) Adjustments for Combinations or Subdivisions of Common Stock . If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date declares or pays any dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock or in any right to acquire Common Stock, or effects a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock (by stock split, reclassification or otherwise), or if the outstanding shares of Common Stock are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such event shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such event, be proportionately decreased or increased, as appropriate. In the event that this Corporation shall declare or pay, without consideration, any dividend on the Common Stock payable in any right to acquire Common Stock for no consideration then the Corporation shall be deemed to have made a dividend payable in Common Stock in an amount of shares equal to the maximum number of shares issuable upon exercise of such rights to acquire Common Stock.

(g) Other Distributions . If the Corporation at any time or from time to time makes or issues, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries other than Additional Shares of Common Stock, then in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, upon the conversion thereof, the securities of the Corporation that they would have received had their stock been converted into Common Stock prior to such record date.

(h) No Impairment . Subject to Section 1.3(a), except with the approval of the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, the Corporation shall not, through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4.5 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock provided for in this Section 4 against impairment.

(i) Certificates as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.5, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms of this Certificate and cause independent public accountants selected by the Corporation to verify such computation and prepare and furnish to each holder of shares of each series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of shares of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth: (A) such adjustments and readjustments; (B) the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect at such time; and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of each series of Preferred Stock.

 

-15-


(j) Notice of Record Date . If the Corporation takes a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any security or right convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive Additional Shares of Common Stock, or any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock at least 20 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, security or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution, security or right.

(k) Issue Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other taxes that may be payable in respect of any issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant hereto; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes resulting from any transfer requested by any holder in connection with any such conversion.

(l) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock is not sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, then the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate.

(m) Fractional Shares . No fractional share shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Preferred Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If after such aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of a fraction of a share of Common Stock, then the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay to the holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the fair market value of such fraction on the date of conversion (as determined in good faith by the Board).

(n) Notice . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4.5 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at its address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

(o) Adjustments . In the event of any reorganization or any reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation or any consolidation or merger of the Corporation which is not a Liquidation Event, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible into the number of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) to

 

-16-


which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such share of Preferred Stock would have been entitled upon the record date of (or, if no record date is fixed, the effective date of) such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or conveyance; and, in any case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions herein set forth with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth herein shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as equivalent as is practicable, in relation to any shares of stock or the securities or property (including cash) thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock.

(p) Waiver of Adjustments . Any adjustment to the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived with respect to all shares in such series upon the written consent of the holders of (i) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and (ii) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as converted basis.

5. Each holder of an outstanding share of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have consented, for purposes of the Delaware General Corporation Law, to distributions made by the Corporation in connection with the repurchase at no more than cost of shares of Common Stock issued to or held by directors, employees, independent contractors or consultants upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase between the Corporation and such persons.

ARTICLE V

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer,

 

-17-


employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim accruing or arising or that, but for this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE VIII

Except as provided in Article VIII above, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate has been signed by a duly authorized officer this      day of             , 2010.

 

 

Dr. HaiPing Jin
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

-19-

Exhibit 3.1.3

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

TELENAV, INC.

TeleNav, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and formerly known as Televigation, Inc. (the “Corporation” ), hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is TeleNav, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 3, 1999 under the former name, Televigation, Inc.

2. Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, this Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and amends the Corporation’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in its entirety.

3. The terms and provisions of this Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation have been duly approved by written consent of the required number of shares of outstanding stock of the Corporation pursuant to Subsection 228(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

4. The text of the Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate” ) reads in its entirety as follows:

FIRST : The name of the Corporation is TeleNav, Inc.

SECOND : The registered agent and the address of the registered office in the State of Delaware are:

Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400

Wilmington, Delaware 19808

County of New Castle

THIRD : The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

FOURTH : The Corporation is authorized to issue Seven Hundred Eighty Million Two Hundred Ninety Six Thousand Seven Hundred Eighty (780,296,780) shares of its capital stock, which shall be divided into Common Stock (the “Common Stock” ) and Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock” ). The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is Five Hundred Million (500,000,000), $0.001 par value, and the total


number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is Two Hundred Eighty Million Two Hundred Ninety Six Thousand Seven Hundred Eighty (280,296,780), $0.001 par value, Four Million (4,000,000) of which are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock,” Four Million Eight Hundred Twenty Eight Thousand Seven Hundred and Twenty Two (4,828,722) of which are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock,” Five Million Eight Hundred Sixty Seven Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety Six (5,867,996) of which are hereby designated “Series B Prime Preferred Stock;” Sixty One Million Nine Hundred Forty Seven Thousand One Hundred Fifty (61,947,150) of which are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock” Twenty Eight Million Four Hundred Two Thousand Nine Hundred Twelve (28,402,912) of which are hereby designated “Series C Prime Preferred Stock” , Sixty Two Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (62,750,000) of which are hereby designated “Series D Preferred Stock” and One Hundred Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand (112,500,000) of which are hereby designated “Series E Preferred Stock.” The Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B Prime Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C Prime Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock are, together, referred to herein as the “Preferred Stock.”

The powers, preferences, privileges and rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, with respect to the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock shall be as follows:

 

1. VOTING RIGHTS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS

1.1 General . Except as otherwise provided by law or in this Certificate, each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote on all matters on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote for each share of Common Stock held by such holder on the record date fixed for a meeting of the stockholders or on the effective date of any written consent. Except as otherwise provided by law or in this Certificate, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such shares are convertible on the record date fixed for a meeting of the stockholders or on the effective date of any written consent (at the then current Conversion Price for such shares, as defined in Section 4.2). Except as otherwise provided by law or in this Certificate, the shares of Preferred Stock shall be voted equally with the shares of Common Stock, voting together as a single class, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders or in connection with any action by written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation (treating the Preferred Stock as converted into Common Stock at the applicable Conversion Price). The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation, irrespective of whether the Corporation has received the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

1.2 Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board” ) shall consist of seven directors. The holders of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director; the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director; the holders of the Series C Prime Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock will be entitled, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted

 

- 2 -


basis, to elect two directors; the holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, will be entitled to elect one director who shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation; and the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, will be entitled to elect two directors.

1.3 Special Voting Rights

(a) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least Fifteen Million (15,000,000) shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (whether by merger, consolidation, reincorporation, recapitalization or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent) of the holders of a majority of the total number of then outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock voting as a separate class, take any action to: (i) alter or change the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series E Preferred Stock; (ii) increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or any series of Preferred Stock; (iii) create, authorize or issue (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having any rights, preferences or privileges senior to, or on parity with, the Series E Preferred Stock; (iv) effect the redemption of any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock (other than pursuant to equity incentive agreements or employment agreements with service providers giving the Corporation the right to repurchase shares at no more than cost upon the termination of services); (v) amend or waive any provision of the Corporation’s bylaws or this Certificate, as amended from time to time, in a manner that affects the Series E Preferred Stock; (vi) decrease the authorized size of the Board; (vii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend on any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock; or (viii) effect any Liquidation Event (as defined in Section 3.2 hereof) in which the rights of the Series E Preferred Stock set forth in Sections 2 or 3 of this Certificate are altered or amended.

(b) In addition to any other rights provided by law, the Corporation shall not (whether by merger, consolidation, reincorporation, recapitalization or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent) of the holders of at least a majority of the total number of then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock voting as a single class on an as-converted basis, take any action to: (i) effect any Liquidation Event; or (ii) increase the authorized number of members of the Board.

1.4 Bylaws . Except as otherwise provided by law or in this Certificate, the Board shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Such power shall not divest the stockholders of the Corporation of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

2. DIVIDENDS

2.1 Declaration.

(a) The holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, payable in cash or stock (with cash paid for fractional shares) at the Company’s option, at the rate of $0.01106 per share (as adjusted for any subsequent stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, splits or recapitalizations with respect to such shares) per annum,

 

- 3 -


payable out of funds legally available therefor prior and in preference to any dividends on any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation. Such dividends shall accrue on each share from the date such share is first purchased from the Corporation, and shall accrue from day to day, whether or not earned or declared. Such dividends shall be cumulative so that, except as provided below, if such dividends in respect of any previous or current annual dividend period, at the annual rate specified above, shall not have been paid, the deficiency shall first be fully paid before any dividend or other distribution shall be paid on or declared and set apart for the Preferred Stock (other than the Series E Preferred Stock) or the Common Stock. The dividends set forth in this Section 2.1(a) shall be payable when, as and if declared by the Board and shall be paid in the event of a: (i) Liquidation Event, or (ii) automatic conversion pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof, in which case they shall be paid immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction in accordance with the terms hereof. Any accumulation of dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock shall not bear interest. The holders of the outstanding Series E Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding.

(b) Subject to the payment in full of the dividends set forth in Section 2.1(a) above to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock and subject to Section 2.1(c) below, dividends of cash, stock, or other property on the Common Stock and on any other series of Preferred Stock may be paid when, as and if declared by the Board in its sole and unfettered discretion and shall be noncumulative.

(c) In the event the Corporation shall declare a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock, the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Series E Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.

2.2 Relative Rights and Preferences . Whenever this Corporation declares a dividend on its Common Stock, the holders of record on the record date of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends in the amount they would have been entitled to receive if, as of the record date, their shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Certificate. Other than the dividends set forth in Section 2.1(a) above with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, any dividends on the Preferred Stock, to the extent declared, shall be noncumulative, and shall be payable in preference and prior to payment of any dividend on the Common Stock.

2.3 Manner of Payment of Cash Dividends . Cash dividends shall be paid by forwarding a check, postage prepaid, to the address of each holder (or, in the case of joint holders, to the address of any such holder) of Preferred Stock or Common Stock as shown on the books of the Corporation, or to such other address as such holder specifies for such purpose by written notice to the Corporation. The forwarding of such check shall satisfy all obligations of the Corporation with respect to such cash dividends, unless such check is not paid upon timely presentation.

 

- 4 -


3. LIQUIDATION PREFERENCES

3.1 Liquidation Preference . In the event of any Liquidation Event, either voluntary or involuntary:

(a) The holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock and to holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series E Preferred Stock held by them equal to the Liquidation Preference (as defined in Section 3.1(e) and as appropriately adjusted for subdivisions, stock splits, combinations of shares and dividends payable in shares of Common Stock) applicable to the Series E Preferred Stock, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends. If upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of capital stock of the Company are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in this Section 3.1(a), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3.1(a)

(b) Only after the payment in full to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(a) above, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Prime Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series B Prime Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock and to holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, (i) an amount per share for each share of Series D Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series D Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series D Preferred Stock, (ii) an amount per share for each share of Series C Prime Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series C Prime Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series C Prime Preferred Stock, and (iii) an amount per share for each share of Series C Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series C Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series C Preferred Stock. If upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, after the payment to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(a) above, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Prime Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3.1(b), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution after payment to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(a) above shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Prime Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3.1(b).

 

- 5 -


(c) Only after the payment in full to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(a) above, and to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Prime Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(b) above, the holders of the Series B Prime Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, (i) an amount per share for each share of Series B Prime Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series B Prime Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B Prime Preferred Stock, (ii) an amount per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series B Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B Preferred Stock, and (iii) an amount per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (A) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series A Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series A Preferred Stock. If upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, after the payment to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(a) above, and to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Prime Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(b) above, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series B Prime Preferred Stock, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3.1(c), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution after payment to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(a) above, and to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Prime Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(b) above, shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series B Prime Preferred Stock, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3.1(c).

(d) Remaining Assets . Only after the payment in full (i) to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(a) above, (ii) to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Prime Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(b) above, and (iii) to the holders of the Series B Prime Preferred Stock, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Section 3.1(c) above, the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution by the Corporation shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock and Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, with the shares of Series E Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of Common Stock at the then applicable Conversion Rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate distributions made pursuant to this Section 3.1(d) with respect to any share of Series E Preferred Stock, inclusive of any distributions on account of Section 3.1(a), shall not exceed an amount equal to five times (5x) the Initial Conversion Price for that share of Series E Preferred Stock.

 

- 6 -


(e) For purposes of the foregoing, the “Liquidation Preference” for the Series E Preferred Stock shall initially be $0.69127, the “Liquidation Preference” for the Series D Preferred Stock shall initially be $0.16, the “Liquidation Preference” for the Series C Prime Preferred Stock shall initially be $0.12, the “Liquidation Preference” for the Series C Preferred Stock shall initially be $0.06, the “Liquidation Preference” for the Series B Prime Preferred Stock shall initially be $0.25, the “Liquidation Preference” for the Series B Preferred Stock shall initially be $0.905, and the “Liquidation Preference” for the Series A Preferred Stock shall initially be $0.25.

3.2 Definition of Liquidation Event . For purposes of this Certificate, a “ Liquidation Event ” shall mean (a) the acquisition of the Corporation or its securities by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock exclusively for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction, a majority of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions; (b) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation; (c) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary or (d) the sale or exclusive license of substantially all of the intellectual property assets of the Corporation.

3.3 Valuation . Whenever the distribution provided for in this Section 3 shall be payable in property or securities other than cash, the value of such distribution shall be as follows:

(a) for property other than securities, the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board (which determination shall be approved by the director elected by the holders of Series E Preferred Stock); and

(b) for securities not subject to a lock-up agreement or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(i) if traded on a securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market System, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event;

(ii) if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event; and

 

- 7 -


(iii) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board (which determination shall be approved by the director elected by the holders of Series E Preferred Stock).

(c) The method of valuation of securities subject to a lock-up agreement or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (b)(i), (ii) or (iii) to reflect the appropriate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board (which determination shall be approved by the director elected by the holders of Series E Preferred Stock).

3.4 Notional Conversion . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3 to the contrary, if a holder of Preferred Stock would receive a greater liquidation amount by converting such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock than such holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to Section 3.1 as a holder of Preferred Stock (as determined after the payment of any earn-outs or other contingent payments and the release of any escrow or holdback proceeds to the stockholders of the Corporation), then such holder shall not receive any amounts under such subsections as a holder of Preferred Stock, but shall be treated, for the purposes of determining such holder’s rights under Section 3.1 only, as though such holder held, in addition to any shares of Common Stock actually held by such holder, such number of shares of Common Stock that such holder would hold if such holder had converted such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock, effective immediately prior to the applicable liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, at the then applicable Conversion Price (as defined below).

3.5 Notice . If the Corporation proposes to take any action constituting a Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall, within 10 days after the date the Board approves such action, or 20 days prior to any stockholders’ meeting called to approve such action, whichever is earlier, give each holder of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock initial written notice of the proposed action by first class mail, postage prepaid. Such initial written notice shall describe the material terms and conditions of such proposed action, including a description of the type and amount of stock, cash, and property to be received by the holders of shares of each series of the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock upon consummation of the proposed action and the date and place of delivery thereof. If any material change in the facts set forth in the initial notice occurs, the Corporation shall promptly give written notice by first class mail, postage prepaid to each holder of shoes of Preferred Stock and Common Stock of such material change.

3.6 Timing . The Corporation shall not consummate any Liquidation Event before the expiration of 30 days after the mailing of the initial notice referred to in Section 3.5 or 10 days after the mailing of any subsequent written notice under such Section 3.5, whichever is later.

3.7 Waiver . The payment of all or any portion of the amounts set forth in Section 3.1 above may be waived by the approval or consent of (a) the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and (b) the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

- 8 -


4. CONVERSION OF PREFERRED STOCK

4.1 Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, without payment of further consideration, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing: (a) the Initial Conversion Price (as defined in Section 4.2) plus all accrued but unpaid dividends on such share of Preferred Stock by (b) the Conversion Price in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion.

4.2 Initial Conversion Price . The “Initial Conversion Price” with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall be as follows (as adjusted for any subsequent stock dividends, subdivisions, combinations, splits or recapitalizations with respect to such shares):

 

Series A Preferred Stock

   $ 0.25

Series B Preferred Stock

   $ 0.905

Series B Prime Preferred Stock

   $ 0.25

Series C Preferred Stock

   $ 0.06

Series C Prime Preferred Stock

   $ 0.06

Series D Preferred Stock

   $ 0.08

Series E Preferred Stock

   $ 0.275041

As of the effective date of this Certificate, the “Conversion Price” with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall be as set forth below.

 

Series A Preferred Stock

   $ 0.25

Series B Preferred Stock

   $ 0.905

Series B Prime Preferred Stock

   $ 0.25

Series C Preferred Stock

   $ 0.06

Series C Prime Preferred Stock

   $ 0.06

Series D Preferred Stock

   $ 0.08

Series E Preferred Stock

   $ 0.275041

The Conversion Price of each such series of Preferred Stock may be subsequently adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Section 4.

4.3 Redemption; Automatic Conversion .

(a) No share of Preferred Stock shall be redeemable by the Corporation.

(b) Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Conversion Price for such share immediately upon the closing of the sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), (other than a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 under the Securities Act (or any successor thereto) or to an employee benefit plan of the Corporation), if: (i) the public

 

- 9 -


offering price of the Common Stock offered therein (prior to underwriter commissions and expenses) equal or exceeds two and one-half times (2.5x) the Initial Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock (as appropriately adjusted for stock dividends, subdivisions, splits, combinations or recapitalizations with respect to such shares), and (ii) the aggregate net proceeds to the Corporation (before deduction for underwriter commissions and expenses) equal or exceed $50,000,000 (a “Qualified Public Offering” ).

(c) Each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Conversion Price for such share upon the election of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

(d) Each share of Preferred Stock (excluding the Series E Preferred Stock) shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Conversion Price for such shares upon the election of the holders of at least Sixty Six and two-thirds Percent (66.667%) of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (excluding the Series E Preferred Stock).

4.4 Mechanics of Conversion into Common Stock . (a) Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, it shall surrender the certificate or certificates thereof, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that it elects to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which it wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of whole shares of Common Stock to which it shall be entitled as aforesaid, together with cash (as provided in Section 4.5(m)) with respect to any fractional shares otherwise issuable upon conversion and, in the event of a partial conversion, a certificate representing the balance, if any, of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate or certificates but not converted to Common Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock, and the person(s) entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of such shares of Common Stock on such date. (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the conversion of any share of Preferred Stock is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering shares of Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

4.5 Adjustments to Conversion Price for Dilutive Issuances .

(a) Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4.5, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4.5(c), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date (as defined below), other than the following:

(A) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to an adjustment of the Conversion Price of any share of Preferred Stock made pursuant to Section 4.5(f);

 

- 10 -


(B) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable: (1) pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering; (2) in connection with a stock split, a distribution of a stock dividend, or pursuant to any recapitalization, reorganization, consolidation, or merger for purposes of reincorporation; (3) upon exercise or conversion of any options or warrants outstanding on the Original Issue Date; (4) in connection with the issuance of Series E Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to or greater than the Initial Conversion Price for such stock as set forth in Section 4.2 above; and (5) to employees, directors or consultants pursuant to stock option plans or agreements on terms approved by the Board, up to a maximum of 90,510,859 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any subsequent stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, splits or recapitalizations with respect to such shares), which such limit may be waived by the approval or consent of the Board (collectively with the shares set forth in Section 4.5(a)(i)(A), “Excepted Dilutive Issuances” ); or

(C) shares of Preferred Stock issued as of the date on which a share of Series E Preferred Stock was first issued and the shares of Common Stock into which they are convertible.

(ii) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital stock (other than Common Stock and Preferred Stock) or other securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock,

(iii) “Options” shall mean rights, options, or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Common Stock or Convertible Securities; and

(iv) “Original Issue Date” shall mean the date this Certificate is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

(b) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Conversion Price for a share of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock unless the consideration per share for an Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation (determined in accordance with Section 4.5(e) hereof) is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, for such share of Preferred Stock.

(c) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock . Except in the case of an Excepted Dilutive Issuance, if the Corporation, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, issues any Options or Convertible Securities or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities then entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein designed to protect against

 

- 11 -


dilution) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of the issuance of such Options or Convertible Securities or, if such a record date has been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date; provided that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

(i) no further adjustments in the Conversion Price applicable to any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(ii) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities; provided, however, that no such adjustment of a Conversion Price shall affect Common-Stock previously issued upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock;

(iii) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities that have not been exercised, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(A) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common Stock issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities that were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange; and

(B) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received or deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4.5(c)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised;

 

- 12 -


(iv) no readjustment pursuant to clauses (ii) or (iii) above shall have the effect of increasing a Conversion Price to an amount that exceeds the lower of (A) the Conversion Price of the applicable series of Preferred Stock on the original adjustment date; or (B) the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

(v) in the case of any Options that expire by their terms not more than 30 days after the date of issue thereof, no adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made, except as to shares of Preferred Stock actually converted during such period, until the expiration or exercise of all such Options, whereupon such adjustment shall be made in the same manner provided in clause (iii) above; and

(vi) if any such record date has been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price that became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and shall instead be made on the actual date of issuance, if any.

(d) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . If the Corporation issues Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4.5(c)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the sum of: (a) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue; (b) the number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued if all Convertible Securities were converted into Common Stock and all Options exercisable for Common Stock were exercised; (c) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue; and (d) the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price; and the denominator of which shall be the sum of (w) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue; (x) the number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued if all shares of Convertible Securities were converted into Common Stock and all options exercisable for Common Stock were exercised; (y) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance; and (z) the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

(e) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 4.5, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(i) Cash and Property . Such consideration shall:

(A) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation; and

 

- 13 -


(B) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board (which determination shall be approved by the director elected by the holders of Series E Preferred Stock).

(ii) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4.5(c), relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

(A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against dilution) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities; by

(B) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against dilution) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(f) Adjustments for Combinations or Subdivisions of Common Stock . If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date declares or pays any dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock or in any right to acquire Common Stock, or effects a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock (by stock split, reclassification or otherwise), or if the outstanding shares of Common Stock are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such event shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such event, be proportionately decreased or increased, as appropriate. In the event that this Corporation shall declare or pay, without consideration, any dividend on the Common Stock payable in any right to acquire Common Stock for no consideration then the Corporation shall be deemed to have made a dividend payable in Common Stock in an amount of shares equal to the maximum number of shares issuable upon exercise of such rights to acquire Common Stock.

(g) Other Distributions . If the Corporation at any time or from time to time makes or issues, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries other than Additional Shares of Common Stock, then in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, upon the conversion thereof, the securities of the Corporation that they would have received had their stock been converted into Common Stock prior to such record date.

 

- 14 -


(h) No Impairment . Subject to Section 1.3(a), except with the approval of the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, the Corporation shall not, through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4.5 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock provided for in this Section 4 against impairment.

(i) Certificates as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.5, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms of this Certificate and cause independent public accountants selected by the Corporation to verify such computation and prepare and furnish to each holder of shares of each series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of shares of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth: (A) such adjustments and readjustments; (B) the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect at such time; and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of each series of Preferred Stock.

(j) Notice of Record Date . If the Corporation takes a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any security or right convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive Additional Shares of Common Stock, or any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock at least 20 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, security or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution, security or right.

(k) Issue Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other taxes that may be payable in respect of any issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant hereto; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes resulting from any transfer requested by any holder in connection with any such conversion.

(l) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of

 

- 15 -


authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock is not sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, then the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate.

(m) Fractional Shares . No fractional share shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Preferred Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If after such aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of a fraction of a share of Common Stock, then the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay to the holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the fair market value of such fraction on the date of conversion (as determined in good faith by the Board).

(n) Notice . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4.5 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at its address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

(o) Adjustments . In the event of any reorganization or any reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation or any consolidation or merger of the Corporation which is not a Liquidation Event, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible into the number of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such share of Preferred Stock would have been entitled upon the record date of (or, if no record date is fixed, the effective date of) such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or conveyance; and, in any case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions herein set forth with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth herein shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as equivalent as is practicable, in relation to any shares of stock or the securities or property (including cash) thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock.

(p) Waiver of Adjustments . Any adjustment to the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived with respect to all shares in such series upon the written consent of the holders of (i) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and (ii) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as converted basis.

FIFTH : Each holder of an outstanding share of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have consented, for purposes of the Delaware General Corporation Law, to distributions made by the Corporation in connection with the repurchase at no more than cost of shares of Common Stock issued to or held by directors, employees, independent contractors or consultants upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase between the Corporation and such persons.

 

- 16 -


SIXTH : The liability of the directors of the Corporation for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article to authorize Corporation action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article Sixth shall be prospective only and shall not affect the rights under this Article Sixth in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

SEVENTH : The Corporation is authorized to indemnify (and provide full advancement of expenses to) the directors, agents and officers of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits this corporation to provide indemnification) to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable General Corporation Law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to this corporation, its stockholders, and others. Any repeal or modification of this Article Seventh shall be prospective only and shall not affect the rights under this Article Seventh in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

EIGHTH : Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

- 17 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate has been signed by a duly authorized officer this 7 th day of May, 2009.

 

TELENAV, INC.

    /s/ HaiPing Jin

Dr. HaiPing Jin
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

- 18 -

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

TeleNav, Inc.

(initially adopted on October 28, 2009)

(as amended on   , 20 effective as of the

closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

   1

1.1

  

REGISTERED OFFICE

   1

1.2

  

OTHER OFFICES

   1

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

   1

2.1

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS

   1

2.2

  

ANNUAL MEETING

   1

2.3

  

SPECIAL MEETING

   1

2.4

  

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

   2

2.5

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

   5

2.6

  

QUORUM

   6

2.7

  

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

   6

2.8

  

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

   6

2.9

  

VOTING

   6

2.10

  

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

   7

2.11

  

RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

   7

2.12

  

PROXIES

   7

2.13

  

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

   8

2.14

  

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

   8

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

   9

3.1

  

POWERS

   9

3.2

  

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

   9

3.3

  

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

   9

3.4

  

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

   9

3.5

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

   10

3.6

  

REGULAR MEETINGS

   10

3.7

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

   10

3.8

  

QUORUM; VOTING

   11

3.9

  

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

   11

3.10

  

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

   11

3.11

  

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

   12

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

   12

4.1

  

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

   12

4.2

  

COMMITTEE MINUTES

   12

4.3

  

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

   12

4.4

  

SUBCOMMITTEES

   13

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

   13

5.1

  

OFFICERS

   13

5.2

  

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

   13


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page

5.3

  

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

   13

5.4

  

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

   14

5.5

  

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

   14

5.6

  

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

   14

5.7

  

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

   14

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

   14

6.1

  

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

   14

6.2

  

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

   15

6.3

  

LOST CERTIFICATES

   15

6.4

  

DIVIDENDS

   16

6.5

  

TRANSFER OF STOCK

   16

6.6

  

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

   16

6.7

  

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

   16

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

   16

7.1

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

   16

7.2

  

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

   17

7.3

  

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

   18

7.4

  

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

   18

7.5

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE

   18

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

   18

8.1

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

   18

8.2

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

   19

8.3

  

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

   19

8.4

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

   19

8.5

  

ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

   19

8.6

  

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

   20

8.7

  

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

   21

8.8

  

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

   21

8.9

  

INSURANCE

   21

8.10

  

SURVIVAL

   21

8.11

  

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

   21

8.12

  

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

   21

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

   22

9.1

  

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

   22

9.2

  

FISCAL YEAR

   22

9.3

  

SEAL

   22

9.4

  

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

   22

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

   23

 

-iii-


BYLAWS OF TeleNav, Inc.

 

 

 

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of TeleNav, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year. The board of directors shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. In the absence of such designation the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the second Tuesday of November of each year at 10:00 a.m. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding business day. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time by the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, chairperson of the board of directors, chief executive officer, or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer, but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons. For purposes of these bylaws, the term “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. The board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.


(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Whole Board. Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of

 

-2-


transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

 

-3-


(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts

 

-4-


warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to Section 2.3, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights . In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4, including, with respect to business such stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting that involves a proposal that such stockholder requests to be included in the corporation’s proxy statement, the requirements of Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any right of the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

-5-


2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place if any thereof, and the means of remote communications if any by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting

 

-6-


and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof having a preference over the Common Stock as dividend or upon liquidation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other such action.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:

(i) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(ii) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

 

-7-


2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Such inspectors shall:

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

(ii) receive votes, ballots or consents;

(iii) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

(iv) count and tabulate all votes or consents;

(v) determine when the polls shall close;

(vi) determine the result; and

 

-8-


(vii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders

 

-9-


having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

-10-


(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

-11-


3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice); and

(vi) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting)

 

-12-


with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

 

-13-


5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson

 

-14-


of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

-15-


6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

-16-


7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

 

-17-


7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in

 

-18-


connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

8.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred

 

-19-


by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to Section 8.8, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law.

 

-20-


8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer,

 

-21-


employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

-22-


ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. The corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the then outstanding common stock then entitled to vote shall be required to amend or repeal Section 2.3, Section 2.4, Section 2.10, Section 2.14, Section 3.4, Section 3.11 of these bylaws, or this sentence of this Article X.

 

-23-


TeleNav, Inc.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising pages, were amended and restated on , 20 by the corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this day of , 20 .

 

 

Secretary

Exhibit 3.2.1

BYLAWS

OF TNAV HOLDINGS, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

Section 1. Offices.

1.1 Registered Office. The registered office shall be 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

1.2 Other Offices. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

Section 2. Meetings of Stockholders.

2.1 Place and Time of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at the principal office for the transaction of business as specified in accordance with Section 1.1 hereof, or at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

2.2 Annual Meeting. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

2.3 Notice of Annual Meeting. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

2.4 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary (i) at the request in writing of a majority of the board of directors, (ii) at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote and (iii) at the request of a stockholder owning 10% or more of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.


2.5 Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

2.6 Conduct of Business. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

2.7 Stockholders List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

2.8 Quorum. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.

2.9 Adjournments. If a quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

2.10 Voting and Proxies. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, may vote or express such consent or dissent in person or may authorize another person or persons to vote or act for him or her by written proxy executed by the stockholder or his or her authorized agent and delivered to the secretary of the corporation. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) year(s) from the date of its execution, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.


2.11 Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

2.12 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

Section 3. Directors.

3.1 General Powers. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders. In the event of a vacancy in the board of directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by statute, may exercise the powers of the full board until the vacancy is filled.

3.2 Number; Election and Term of Office. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. The initial number of directors of the board shall be seven (7). The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.3, and each director elected shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

3.3 Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.


3.4 Resignation. Any director may resign by delivering a written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the chairmen of the board, the president, the secretary or the board of directors. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

3.5 Removal. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or by law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors, except that the directors elected by the holders of a particular class or series of stock may be removed without cause only by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series.

3.6 Place of Meetings. The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

3.7 First Meeting of Board of Directors. The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

3.8 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board; provided, however, that any director who is absent when such determination is made shall be given notice of the determination.

3.9 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, and shall be called by the chairman of the board, president or two or more directors, unless the board consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called at the request of the sole director.

3.10 Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of special meetings of the board of directors shall be given to each director by the president, secretary or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director (a) by forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting, (b) by sending a facsimile, or delivering written notice by hand, to his or her last known business or home address at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) by mailing written notice to his or her last known business or home address at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the board of directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

3.11 Meetings by Telephone Conference Call. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any


committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.12 Quorum and Adjournments. At all meetings of the board a majority of the total number of the whole board of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the event one or more of the directors shall be disqualified to vote at any meeting, then the required quorum shall be reduced by one for each such director so disqualified; provided, however, that in no case shall less than one-third (  1 / 3 ) of the number so fixed constitute a quorum. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

3.13 Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting of the board of directors, the vote of a majority of the directors present shall be sufficient to take any action, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.

3.14 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

3.15 Committees. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors and subject to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

3.16 Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.


The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

Section 4. Officers.

4.1 Number and Appointment. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a President and Chief Executive Officer, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer. The board of directors may also choose a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board, one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant Chief Financial Officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide. The board of directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.

4.2 Election and Qualification. The board of directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a secretary and a chief financial officer. No officer need be a stockholder.

4.3 Term of Office. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

4.4 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by delivering a written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the president or secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a majority of the entire number of directors then in office. Except as the board of directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following his or her resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether such compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.

4.5 Vacancies. The board of directors may fill any vacancy occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave unfilled for such period as it may determine any offices other than those of president, Chief Financial Officer and secretary. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

4.6 Chairman of the Board and Vice-Chairman of the Board. The board of directors may appoint a chairman of the board and may designate the chairman of the board as chief


executive officer. If the board of directors appoints a chairman of the board, he or she shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to him or her by the board of directors. If the board of directors appoints a vice-chairman of the board, he or she shall, in the absence or disability of the chairman of the board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairman of the board and shall perform such other duties and possess such other powers as may from time to time be vested in him or her by the board.

4.7 President And Chief Executive Officer. Unless the board of directors has designated the chairman of the board or another individual as chief executive officer, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation. The chief executive officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The chief executive officer shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors or the chief executive officer to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

4.8 Vice-President. In the absence of the president or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the vice-president (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

4.9 Secretary. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he or she shall be. The secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he or she, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature.

4.10 Assistant Secretary. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.


4.11 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall be the chief financial officer and shall have custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, as the president and the board of directors may require, an account of all his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

If required by the board of directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six (6) years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the corporation.

4.12 Assistant Chief Financial Officer. The assistant Chief Financial Officer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant Chief Financial Officers in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Chief Financial Officer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Financial Officer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

4.13 Salaries. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

Section 5. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

5.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party to or witness or other participant in or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (hereinafter an “agent”), whether the basis of the proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement


and all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such expense, liability and loss) (hereinafter collectively “expenses,” which expenses shall also include without limitation any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification or advancement under this section) reasonably incurred or suffered by such agent in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an agent who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 5.3, the corporation shall indemnify any such agent seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such agent only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation.

The corporation may, by action of the board of directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

5.2 Right of Advancement. Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any person in defending any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation shall be advanced by the corporation prior to the final disposition of such proceeding; provided, however, that if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

5.3 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under either Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 is not paid in full by the corporation within thirty (30) days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including the board of directors, independent legal counsel, or the stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including the board of directors, independent legal counsel, or the stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.


5.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The indemnification and advancement provided by this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, to the extent such additional rights to indemnification are authorized in the certificate of incorporation. Persons seeking indemnification or advancement may seek either or both at his or her discretion and the pursuit of one shall neither be deemed a waiver of such person’s rights to pursue the other, nor shall it have any effect on the outcome of such person’s pursuit of the other. Nothing contained in this section shall affect any right to indemnification to which persons other than agents may be entitled by contract or otherwise. Nothing in this section shall restrict the power of the corporation to indemnify its agents under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time, or under any other provision of law from time to time applicable to the corporation, nor shall anything in this section authorize the corporation to indemnify its agents in situations prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law or other applicable law.

5.5 Insurance. The corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the corporation or who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expenses incurred in a proceeding, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 6. Capital Stock and Dividends.

6.1 Issuance of Stock. Unless otherwise voted by the stockholders and subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the board of directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the board may determine.

6.2 Certificates of Stock. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president and the Chief Financial Officer or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the corporation.

If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the Delaware General Corporation Law in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back


of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

6.3 Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

6.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

6.5 Transfers. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6.6 Fixing Record Date. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

6.7 Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends,


and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

6.8 Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the board of directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 7. Notices.

7.1 Matters Requiring Notice for Approval. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by facsimile.

7.2 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 8. Restrictions on Transfer of Stock.

8.1 Right of First Refusal. Before a stockholder can make a valid sale or transfer of any of the shares of Common or Preferred Stock of the corporation, such stockholder must first: (i) receive a bona fide offer from a third party; (ii) desire to sell such stock and (iii) offer such stock to the corporation and then to the other Eligible Stockholders (as defined below) in the following manner:

(a) The selling stockholder shall deliver written notice to the Secretary of the corporation stating the price, terms and conditions of such proposed sale or transfer, the number of shares of stock to be sold or transferred and his or her intention to so sell or transfer such stock. The corporation shall have 30 days after receipt of said notice to notify the selling stockholder whether the corporation, alone or in conjunction with other stockholders pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c), will exercise its right to purchase all (but not less than all) of the offered stock


pursuant to the price, terms and conditions stated in the notice, provided, however, that the corporation shall not at any time be permitted to purchase all of its outstanding voting stock. If, within 10 days of receipt of notice from the selling stockholder pursuant to this paragraph (a), the corporation determines that it will not purchase all the offered stock, the Secretary of the corporation shall mail or deliver to each of the holders of at least shares of any Series of the corporation’s Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Eligible Stockholders”), a copy of the notice given by the selling stockholder to the Secretary. Any Eligible Stockholder or Stockholders desiring to acquire all or a part of the offered stock that the corporation has declined to purchase must deliver to the Secretary by mail, or otherwise, a written offer or offers, expressed to be immediately acceptable, to purchase a specified number of shares of said stock at the price and terms stated in the seller’s notice, in a fashion sufficiently timely so that the selling stockholder will be notified, within 30 days of the Secretary’s receipt of the selling stockholder’s notice, whether the selling stockholder’s stock will be purchased pursuant to this Section or whether the selling stockholder may transfer such stock to a bona fide third party offeror. Any sale pursuant to this section must be completed within 60 days of the Secretary’s receipt of the selling stockholder’s notice.

(b) If the total number of shares of stock specified in the offers to purchase in paragraph (a) exceeds the number of shares of stock offered to be sold which are not being purchased by the corporation, then each Eligible Stockholder shall be entitled to purchase such proportion of the offered stock as the number of shares of stock of the corporation he or she holds bears to the total number of shares of stock held by all of the Eligible Stockholders offering to purchase the stock.

(c) If the total number of shares of stock specified in the offers to purchase in paragraph (a) is less than the number of shares of stock offered to be sold which are not being purchased by the corporation, each Eligible Stockholder wishing to purchase stock in a number in excess of his or her proportionate share, shall be entitled to purchase such proportion of those stock which remain undisposed of, as the total number of shares of stock which he or she holds bears proportionately to the total number of shares of stock held by all of the Eligible Stockholders desiring to purchase stock in excess of those to which they are entitled under such appointment.

(d) The rights provided in this Section 8.1 shall not apply to: (i) any transfer to an affiliate or equity holder of the selling stockholder; (ii) any transfer to a person who is a constituent partner of the selling stockholder on the date hereof; (iii) any transfer to the spouse, lineal descendants or antecedents, parents, siblings of the selling stockholder, or to trusts for the benefit of such persons or the selling stockholder, whether such transfer occurs during the selling stockholder’s lifetime or on the selling stockholder’s death by will or intestacy; (iv) any pledge of the corporation’s Common Stock made pursuant to a bona fide loan transaction that creates a mere security interest to which the holders of a majority of the corporation’s Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have consented; (v) any bona fide gift or (vi) any merger or acquisition of the stockholder or agreement to sell or sale of all or substantially all of the venture capital assets of a stockholder, in each such case of which transfer the corporation’s Board of Directors has approved; provided that, the transferee shall be bound by the restrictions set forth in this Section 8.


(e) The rights provided in this Section 8.1 shall terminate immediately prior to the closing of the sale of the corporation’s Common Stock in a public offering registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

8.2 Market Stand Off. If requested by the corporation and the managing underwriter of the corporation’s Common Stock (or other securities) of the corporation, the stockholders shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale, grant any option for the purchase, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) other than Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock of the corporation held by the stockholder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of any registration statement of the corporation filed under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or such other period, not to exceed 18 days after the expiration of the 180-day period) as may be requested by the corporation or the managing underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that (1) all executive officers and directors of the corporation enter into similar agreements and (2) this restriction shall not apply to any shares sold to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement hereunder. The obligations described in this Section 8.2 shall not apply to (i) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future and (ii) a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of the corporation’s Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such period. The stockholders shall execute a market standoff agreement with the underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 8.2.

Section 9. General Provisions.

9.1 Annual Statements. The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

9.2 Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

9.3 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

9.4 Securities Owned by Corporation. Except as the board of directors may otherwise designate, the president or any vice-president may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact for this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at, any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by the corporation.

 


9.5 Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the secretary, or an assistant secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

9.6 Severability. Any determination that any provision of these bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these bylaws.

Section 10. Amendments.

10.1 Amendment of Bylaws. These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the board of directors, when such power is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.


CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:

That the undersigned does hereby certify that he is the Secretary of TNAV Holdings, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware; that the above and foregoing Bylaws of said corporation were duly adopted in its entirety as such by the board of directors and the appropriate stockholders of said corporation, and that the above and foregoing Bylaws are effective as of October 13, 2009.

Dated:              , 2009

 

 

Loren E. Hillberg
Secretary

Exhibit 3.2.2

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

TELENAV, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

Section 1. Offices.

1.1 Registered Office. The registered office shall be 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

1.2 Other Offices. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

Section 2. Meetings of Stockholders.

2.1 Place and Time of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at the principal office for the transaction of business as specified in accordance with Section 1.1 hereof, or at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

2.2 Annual Meeting. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

2.3 Notice of Annual Meeting. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

2.4 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary (i) at the request in writing of a majority of the board of directors, (ii) at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote and (iii) at the request of a stockholder owning 10% or more of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

 


2.5 Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

2.6 Conduct of Business. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

2.7 Stockholders List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

2.8 Quorum. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.

2.9 Adjournments. If a quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

2.10 Voting and Proxies. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, may vote or express such consent or dissent in person or may authorize another person or persons to vote or act for him or her by written proxy executed by the stockholder or his or her authorized agent and delivered to the secretary of the corporation. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) year(s) from the date of its execution, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 


2.11 Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

2.12 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

Section 3. Directors.

3.1 General Powers. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders. In the event of a vacancy in the board of directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by statute, may exercise the powers of the full board until the vacancy is filled.

3.2 Number; Election and Term of Office. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. The initial number of directors of the board shall be seven (7). The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.3, and each director elected shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

3.3 Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.


3.4 Resignation. Any director may resign by delivering a written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the chairmen of the board, the president, the secretary or the board of directors. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

3.5 Removal. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or by law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors, except that the directors elected by the holders of a particular class or series of stock may be removed without cause only by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series.

3.6 Place of Meetings. The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

3.7 First Meeting of Board of Directors. The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

3.8 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board; provided, however, that any director who is absent when such determination is made shall be given notice of the determination.

3.9 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, and shall be called by the chairman of the board, president or two or more directors, unless the board consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called at the request of the sole director.

3.10 Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of special meetings of the board of directors shall be given to each director by the president, secretary or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director (a) by forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting, (b) by sending a facsimile, or delivering written notice by hand, to his or her last known business or home address at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) by mailing written notice to his or her last known business or home address at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the board of directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.


3.11 Meetings by Telephone Conference Call. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.12 Quorum and Adjournments. At all meetings of the board a majority of the total number of the whole board of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the event one or more of the directors shall be disqualified to vote at any meeting, then the required quorum shall be reduced by one for each such director so disqualified; provided, however, that in no case shall less than one-third (  1 / 3 ) of the number so fixed constitute a quorum. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

3.13 Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting of the board of directors, the vote of a majority of the directors present shall be sufficient to take any action, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.

3.14 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

3.15 Committees. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors and subject to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.


3.16 Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

Section 4. Officers.

4.1 Number and Appointment. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a President and Chief Executive Officer, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer. The board of directors may also choose a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board, one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant Chief Financial Officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide. The board of directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.

4.2 Election and Qualification. The board of directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a secretary and a chief financial officer. No officer need be a stockholder.

4.3 Term of Office. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

4.4 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by delivering a written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the president or secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a majority of the entire number of directors then in office. Except as the board of directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following his or her resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether such compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.

4.5 Vacancies. The board of directors may fill any vacancy occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave unfilled for such period as it may determine any offices other than those of president, Chief Financial Officer and secretary. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.


4.6 Chairman of the Board and Vice-Chairman of the Board. The board of directors may appoint a chairman of the board and may designate the chairman of the board as chief executive officer. If the board of directors appoints a chairman of the board, he or she shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to him or her by the board of directors. If the board of directors appoints a vice-chairman of the board, he or she shall, in the absence or disability of the chairman of the board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairman of the board and shall perform such other duties and possess such other powers as may from time to time be vested in him or her by the board.

4.7 President And Chief Executive Officer. Unless the board of directors has designated the chairman of the board or another individual as chief executive officer, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation. The chief executive officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The chief executive officer shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors or the chief executive officer to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

4.8 Vice-President. In the absence of the president or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the vice-president (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

4.9 Secretary. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he or she shall be. The secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he or she, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature.

4.10 Assistant Secretary. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.


4.11 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall be the chief financial officer and shall have custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, as the president and the board of directors may require, an account of all his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

If required by the board of directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six (6) years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the corporation.

4.12 Assistant Chief Financial Officer. The assistant Chief Financial Officer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant Chief Financial Officers in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Chief Financial Officer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Financial Officer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

4.13 Salaries. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

Section 5. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

5.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party to or witness or other participant in or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (hereinafter an “agent”), whether the basis of the proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement


and all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such expense, liability and loss) (hereinafter collectively “expenses,” which expenses shall also include without limitation any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification or advancement under this section) reasonably incurred or suffered by such agent in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an agent who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 5.3, the corporation shall indemnify any such agent seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such agent only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation.

The corporation may, by action of the board of directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

5.2 Right of Advancement. Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any person in defending any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation shall be advanced by the corporation prior to the final disposition of such proceeding; provided, however, that if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

5.3 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under either Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 is not paid in full by the corporation within thirty (30) days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including the board of directors, independent legal counsel, or the stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including the board of directors, independent legal counsel, or the stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.


5.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The indemnification and advancement provided by this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, to the extent such additional rights to indemnification are authorized in the certificate of incorporation. Persons seeking indemnification or advancement may seek either or both at his or her discretion and the pursuit of one shall neither be deemed a waiver of such person’s rights to pursue the other, nor shall it have any effect on the outcome of such person’s pursuit of the other. Nothing contained in this section shall affect any right to indemnification to which persons other than agents may be entitled by contract or otherwise. Nothing in this section shall restrict the power of the corporation to indemnify its agents under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time, or under any other provision of law from time to time applicable to the corporation, nor shall anything in this section authorize the corporation to indemnify its agents in situations prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law or other applicable law.

5.5 Insurance. The corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the corporation or who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expenses incurred in a proceeding, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 6. Capital Stock and Dividends.

6.1 Issuance of Stock. Unless otherwise voted by the stockholders and subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the board of directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the board may determine.

6.2 Certificates of Stock. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president and the Chief Financial Officer or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the corporation.

If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the Delaware General Corporation Law in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back


of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

6.3 Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

6.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

6.5 Transfers. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6.6 Fixing Record Date. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

6.7 Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends,


and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

6.8 Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the board of directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 7. Notices.

7.1 Matters Requiring Notice for Approval. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by facsimile.

7.2 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 8. Restrictions on Transfer of Stock.

8.1 Right of First Refusal. Before a stockholder can make a valid sale or transfer of any of the shares of Common or Preferred Stock of the corporation, such stockholder must first: (i) receive a bona fide offer from a third party; (ii) desire to sell such stock and (iii) offer such stock to the corporation and then to the other Eligible Stockholders (as defined below) in the following manner:

(a) The selling stockholder shall deliver written notice to the Secretary of the corporation stating the price, terms and conditions of such proposed sale or transfer, the number of shares of stock to be sold or transferred and his or her intention to so sell or transfer such stock. The corporation shall have 30 days after receipt of said notice to notify the selling stockholder whether the corporation, alone or in conjunction with other stockholders pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c), will exercise its right to purchase all (but not less than all) of the offered stock


pursuant to the price, terms and conditions stated in the notice, provided, however, that the corporation shall not at any time be permitted to purchase all of its outstanding voting stock. If, within 10 days of receipt of notice from the selling stockholder pursuant to this paragraph (a), the corporation determines that it will not purchase all the offered stock, the Secretary of the corporation shall mail or deliver to each of the holders of at least 5,000,000 shares of any Series of the corporation’s Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Eligible Stockholders”), a copy of the notice given by the selling stockholder to the Secretary. Any Eligible Stockholder or Stockholders desiring to acquire all or a part of the offered stock that the corporation has declined to purchase must deliver to the Secretary by mail, or otherwise, a written offer or offers, expressed to be immediately acceptable, to purchase a specified number of shares of said stock at the price and terms stated in the seller’s notice, in a fashion sufficiently timely so that the selling stockholder will be notified, within 30 days of the Secretary’s receipt of the selling stockholder’s notice, whether the selling stockholder’s stock will be purchased pursuant to this Section or whether the selling stockholder may transfer such stock to a bona fide third party offeror. Any sale pursuant to this section must be completed within 60 days of the Secretary’s receipt of the selling stockholder’s notice.

(b) If the total number of shares of stock specified in the offers to purchase in paragraph (a) exceeds the number of shares of stock offered to be sold which are not being purchased by the corporation, then each Eligible Stockholder shall be entitled to purchase such proportion of the offered stock as the number of shares of stock of the corporation he or she holds bears to the total number of shares of stock held by all of the Eligible Stockholders offering to purchase the stock.

(c) If the total number of shares of stock specified in the offers to purchase in paragraph (a) is less than the number of shares of stock offered to be sold which are not being purchased by the corporation, each Eligible Stockholder wishing to purchase stock in a number in excess of his or her proportionate share, shall be entitled to purchase such proportion of those stock which remain undisposed of, as the total number of shares of stock which he or she holds bears proportionately to the total number of shares of stock held by all of the Eligible Stockholders desiring to purchase stock in excess of those to which they are entitled under such appointment.

(d) The rights provided in this Section 8.1 shall not apply to: (i) any transfer to an affiliate or equity holder of the selling stockholder; (ii) any transfer to a person who is a constituent partner of the selling stockholder on the date hereof; (iii) any transfer to the spouse, lineal descendants or antecedents, parents, siblings of the selling stockholder, or to trusts for the benefit of such persons or the selling stockholder, whether such transfer occurs during the selling stockholder’s lifetime or on the selling stockholder’s death by will or intestacy; (iv) any pledge of the corporation’s Common Stock made pursuant to a bona fide loan transaction that creates a mere security interest to which the holders of a majority of the corporation’s Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have consented; (v) any bona fide gift or (vi) any merger or acquisition of the stockholder or agreement to sell or sale of all or substantially all of the venture capital assets of a stockholder, in each such case of which transfer the corporation’s Board of Directors has approved; provided that, the transferee shall be bound by the restrictions set forth in this Section 8.


(e) The rights provided in this Section 8.1 shall terminate immediately prior to the closing of the sale of the corporation’s Common Stock in a public offering registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

8.2 Market Stand Off. If requested by the corporation and the managing underwriter of the corporation’s Common Stock (or other securities) of the corporation, the stockholders shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale, grant any option for the purchase, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) other than Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock of the corporation held by the stockholder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of any registration statement of the corporation filed under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or such other period, not to exceed 18 days after the expiration of the 180-day period) as may be requested by the corporation or the managing underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that (1) all executive officers and directors of the corporation enter into similar agreements and (2) this restriction shall not apply to any shares sold to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement hereunder. The obligations described in this Section 8.2 shall not apply to (i) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future and (ii) a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of the corporation’s Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such period. The stockholders shall execute a market standoff agreement with the underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 8.2.

Section 9. General Provisions.

9.1 Annual Statements. The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

9.2 Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

9.3 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

9.4 Securities Owned by Corporation. Except as the board of directors may otherwise designate, the president or any vice-president may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact for this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at, any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by the corporation.


9.5 Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the secretary, or an assistant secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

9.6 Severability. Any determination that any provision of these bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these bylaws.

Section 10. Amendments.

10.1 Amendment of Bylaws. These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the board of directors, when such power is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.


CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:

That the undersigned does hereby certify that he is the Secretary of TeleNav, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware; that the above and foregoing Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of said corporation were duly adopted in its entirety as such by the board of directors and the appropriate stockholders of said corporation, and that the above and foregoing Second Amended and Restated Bylaws are effective as of February 20, 2009.

Dated: February 26, 2009

 

/s/ Douglas Miller

Douglas Miller
Secretary

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

TELENAV, INC.

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 

DATED AS OF April 14, 2009


TELENAV, INC.

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) dated as of April 14, 2009 ( “Effective Date” ) is being made and entered into by and among TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as Televigation, Inc. (the “Company” ), and the parties listed in Exhibit A hereto (the “Preferred Holders” ) and the individuals listed on Exhibit B hereto (the “Founders” ) with reference to the following:

RECITALS

The following provisions form the basis for, and are hereby made a part of, this Agreement:

A. The Preferred Holders hold shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Series A Stock” ), Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Stock” ), Series B Prime Preferred Stock (the “Series B Prime Stock” ), Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Stock” ), Series C Prime Preferred Stock (the “Series C Prime Stock” ), Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Stock” ), and Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Stock” ), and possess information and registration rights pursuant to that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of January 26, 2006, among the Company, the Founders and the Preferred Holders (the “Prior Rights Agreement” ).

B. The Company and the undersigned Founders and Preferred Holders desire to terminate the Prior Rights Agreement and to accept the rights created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Rights Agreement.

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

1


AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the undersigned hereby agree that the Prior Rights Agreement shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties to this Agreement further agree as follows:

Section 1. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

1.1 Definitions . In addition to the capitalized terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

(a) “ Affiliate ” shall mean a person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person or entity specified and includes without limitation any person or entity meeting the definition of “affiliate” set forth in Rule 405 of the Securities Act;

(b) “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission;

(c) “ Common Stock ” shall mean shares of the Company’s common stock with a par value per share of $0.001;

(d) “Company IPO” shall mean the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission under the Securities Act;

(e) “Forms S-3, S-4 and S-8” shall mean the respective registration statements of the same names (including successors thereto) prepared for filing with the Commission;

(f) “ Founders Stock ” shall mean shares of Common Stock held or hereafter acquired by the Founders;

(g) “Holder” shall mean any holder or transferee pursuant to paragraph 1.11 of outstanding Registrable Securities who acquired such Registrable Securities in a transaction or Series of transactions not involving any public offering;

(h) “Initiating Holder” shall mean any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities who in the aggregate hold not less than fifty percent (50%) of either (i) the Registrable Securities, or (ii) those Registrable Securities issuable upon conversion of the Series E Stock;

(i) “Preferred Stock” shall mean collectively, the Company’s Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series B Prime Stock, Series C Stock, Series C Prime Stock, Series D Stock and Series E Stock;

(j) “Qualified Public Offering” shall mean a firm commitment underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act, (other than a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 under the Securities Act (or any successor thereto) or to an employee benefit plan of the Corporation), if: (i) the public offering price of the Common Stock offered therein (prior to underwriter

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

2


commissions and expenses) equal or exceeds two and one-half times (2.5x) the Initial Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock (as defined in the Company’s Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in effect as of the date hereof and as appropriately adjusted for stock dividends, subdivisions, splits, combinations or recapitalizations with respect to such shares), and (ii) the aggregate net proceeds to the Corporation (before deduction for underwriter commissions and expenses) equal or exceed $50,000,000;

(k) “Register” shall mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement (such term shall include the terms “register,” “registered” and “registration”);

(l) “Registrable Securities” shall mean: (i) shares of Common Stock of the Company, issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock held by the Preferred Holders on the date hereof or thereafter acquired by a Holder; and (ii) any shares of Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or replacement of, any of the shares referenced in clause (i) above; provided, however, that Registrable Securities shall not mean any shares of Common Stock (A) that have previously been registered, (B) that have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act (including Rule 144), (C) which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned or (D) with respect to which shares this Agreement has terminated pursuant to Section 1.12; and

(m) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1.2 Demand Registration.

(a) Request for Registration . If the Company shall receive from the Initiating Holders, at any time after the date hereof, other than during the 180 day period after the closing of the Company IPO, a written request (a “Demand Request” ) that the Company effect the registration or qualification of Registrable Securities at an aggregate net offering price of not less than $50,000,000, then the Company shall:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration or qualification to all other Holders and the Founders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable, use best efforts to effect such registration, or qualification (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under the applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with exemptive regulations issued under the Securities Act and any other governmental requirements or regulations) as may be so requested and as are reasonably necessary to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such Demand Request, together with all or such portion of

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

3


the Registrable Securities of other Holders or the Founders Stock of any Founders joining in such Demand Request as are specified in a written notice given within 20 days after receipt of written notice from the Company pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 1.2(a); provided that the Company may delay the effectiveness of such Demand Request until (A) the third year anniversary of the date hereof (in such case without impairing its right to further delay the effectiveness of such Demand Request pursuant to clause (B) of this Section 1.2(a)(ii)), or (B) if the Demand Request is received subsequent to the third year anniversary of the date hereof or if the Company elects to delay the effectiveness of such Demand Request pursuant to clause (A) of this Section 1.2(a)(ii), up to 90 days if the Board of Directors of the Company has determined in good faith in a written certificate delivered to the Holders, signed by the Chairman of the Board, that such a registration would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders at such time (but no further delays after such 90 days will be permitted. The holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Initiating Holders may withdraw the Demand Request at any time prior to the third year anniversary of the date hereof if the Company elects to delay the effectiveness of such Demand Request pursuant to clause (A) of this Section 1.2(a)(ii), or during such 90-day period if the Company elects to delay the effectiveness of such Demand Request pursuant to clause (B) of this Section 1.2(a)(ii), in which event they will not be deemed to have made a Demand Request hereunder); provided, however, that the Company may only delay the effectiveness of such Demand Request pursuant to clause (B) of this Section 1.2(a)(ii) once in any given twelve-month period; and provided further, that the Company will not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 1.2(a) after the closing of the sale of Registrable Securities incident to two registrations effected pursuant to Demand Requests under this Section 1.2(a) if such registrations have been declared or ordered effective; and provided further, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 1.2(a) if it delivers a written notice, delivered to the Holders within 30 days of the receipt of a Demand Request and signed by the Chairman of the Board, stating that the Company intends to file a registration statement for the Company IPO within 90 days of the date of such notice and, during such 90 day period, the Company continues to take commercially reasonable efforts in good faith to consummate such Company IPO. Subject to the foregoing provisions, the Company will file a registration statement covering the securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable, but in any event within 60 days, after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders.

(b) Underwriting . If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they will so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 1.2(a) or Section 1.2(c) and the Company will include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.2(a)(i). In such event, the right to registration of any Holder pursuant to Section 1.2 or Founder pursuant to Section 1.3 will be conditioned upon such Holder’s or Founder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of all or part of such Holder’s or Founder’s securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder or Founder) to the extent provided herein. The Company will (together with all stockholders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

4


an underwriting agreement in customary form with an underwriter selected by the Initiating Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in the underwriting by the Initiating Holders, but subject to the reasonable approval of the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the managing underwriter(s) advises the Initiating Holders and the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the Company will so advise all stockholders of securities that would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares included in the registration and underwriting will be allocated, first, to the Initiating Holders, second to the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting inclusion, third, to the Company, fourth, to the Founders, and fifth, to other selling stockholders, in each case on a pro rata basis and in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the total number of securities offered by such stockholders at the time of filing of the registration statement. If any Holder or Founder disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Holder or Founder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holders. The securities so withdrawn also will be withdrawn from registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares to be included in such registration previously was reduced as a result of marketing factors, then the Company shall offer to all Holders who have retained rights to include securities in the registration the right to include additional securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders as above provided.

(c) Form S-3 . After the Company IPO, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain eligible for registration on Form S-3; and to that end the Company will use its best efforts to register (whether or not required by law to do so) its common stock under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” ), concurrently with the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act of any securities of the Company. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3 (or any successor form), the Holders of Registrable Securities will have the right to request up to two registrations on Form S-3 in any 12 month period (such requests will be in writing and will state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended method of disposition of such shares by such Holders), subject only to the following:

(i) The Company will not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 1.2(c): (A) within 60 days immediately following the effective date of any registration statement pertaining to securities of the Company (other than a registration of securities in a Commission Rule 145 transaction or with respect to an employee benefit plan); (B) for a period of 90 days following the request made pursuant to this Section 1.2(c) if the Board of Directors of the Company has determined in good faith that such a registration would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders at such time (but any further delays by the Company after the first delay of 90 days will not be permitted); or (C) more than once in any six month period;

(ii) The Company will not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 1.2(c) unless the Holder or Holders requesting registration propose to dispose of outstanding Registrable Securities whose anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, exceeds $500,000; and

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

5


(iii) The Company will give notice to all Holders of Registrable Securities of the receipt of a request for registration pursuant to this Section 1.2(c) and will provide a reasonable opportunity for other Holders to participate in the registration.

Subject to the foregoing provisions, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to effect within 30 days the registration of all shares of Registrable Securities requested to be registered on Form S-3 to the extent requested by the Holder or Holders thereof for purposes of disposition.

1.3 Incidental Registration.

(a) Notice of Registration . If at any time or from time to time, the Company determines to file a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to a proposed sale to the public of shares of the Common Stock (but excluding registrations relating solely to employees’ stock option or purchase plans or relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction), either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, the Company:

(i) promptly shall give to each Holder and Founder written notice thereof (which will include a list of the jurisdictions in which the Company intends to attempt to qualify such securities under the applicable blue sky or other state securities laws); and

(ii) shall include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities or Founders Stock, as the case may be, specified in a written request or requests, made within 30 days after such written notice from the Company, by any Holder or Founder, except as set forth in Section 1.3(b).

(b) Underwriting . If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders and Founders as part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 1.3(a)(i). In such event the right of any Holder or Founder to registration pursuant to this Section 1.3 will be conditioned upon participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of all or part of such Holder’s Registrable Securities or such Founder’s Founders Stock, as the case may be, in the underwriting to the extent provided in this Agreement. All Holders and Founders proposing to distribute their securities through the underwriting will (together with the Company and the other stockholders distributing their securities through the underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.3, if the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriter may (subject to the limitations set forth below), in the case of the Company IPO only, exclude all Registrable Securities and Founders Stock from the registration and underwriting, or, in all other cases, limit the number of Registrable Securities and Founders Stock to be included in the

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

6


registration and underwriting on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered by each Holder and Founder, provided: (i) that no such limitation will be made with respect to Registrable Securities being offered by Holders who have requested the Company to register such Registrable Securities pursuant to a mandatory registration obligation of the Company in Section 1.2 or one similar thereto; (ii) that no securities held by persons that are not Holders will be included in the registration and underwriting; (iii) no Registrable Securities shall be excluded until all securities held by the Founders have been excluded; and (iv) after the Company IPO, such limitation will not reduce the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting to less than 25 percent of the securities proposed to be included in the registration and underwriting unless this requirement is waived by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities otherwise to be included in such registration. The Company will advise all Holders and Founders participating in the registration of any such limitation, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities or Founders Stock that may be included in the registration. If any Holder or Founder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder or Founder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter. The Registrable Securities or Founders Stock so withdrawn also will be withdrawn from registration. If any shares are so withdrawn and if the number of Registrable Securities or Founders Stock to be included in such registration previously was reduced as a result of marketing factors, then the Company shall offer to all persons who have retained the right to include securities in the registration the right to include additional securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among the persons requesting additional inclusion as provided above. The Company, in its sole discretion, for any reason, may abandon or postpone a proposed registration otherwise subject to this Section 1.3 or withdraw the registration statement, without liability to any Holder or Founder.

1.4 Registration and Selling Expenses.

(a) Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1, “Registration Expenses” means all expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 1, including, without limitation, all registration, filing and qualification fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses, expenses of any regular or special audits incidental to or required by such registration, and post-effective expenses contemplated by Section 1.5, and up to $30,000 in expenses of one special counsel to the Holders in any particular registration (which such counsel shall be acceptable to Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in the a registration under Section 1.3, or Initiating Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Initiating Holders to be included in a registration under Section 1.2), but shall not otherwise include Selling Expenses and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Holders. “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities or Founders Stock.

(b) Registration Expenses . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or qualification under this Section 1 shall be borne by the Company.

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

7


(c) Selling Expenses . Each of the selling Holders and/or Founders will bear all Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any offer and sale of Registrable Securities or Founders Stock owned by such Holder or Founder pursuant to this Section 1.

1.5 Registration Procedures . In the case of each registration or qualification effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 1, the Company will keep each Holder and Founder participating therein advised in writing as to the initiation of such registration or qualification and as to the completion thereof. The Company will, as expeditiously as possible:

(a) Preparation of Registration Statement . Prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders owning a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder (or of the Initiating Holders owning a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Initiating Holders registered thereunder in the case of a registration under Section 1.2), keep such registration statement effective for the lesser of 120 days or until the Holders have informed the Company in writing that the distribution of their securities has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of securities of the Company; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 120-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold, provided that Rule 415, or any successor rule under the Securities Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis, and provided further that applicable rules under the Securities Act governing the obligation to file a post-effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment that (x) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act or (y) reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by reference of information required to be included in (x) and (y) above to be contained in periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act in the registration statement.

(b) Amendment and Supplements . Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

(c) Copies of Prospectus . Furnish to the Holders and Founders such reasonable number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Blue Sky . Use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall reasonably be requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdiction (unless the Company is already subject to service in such state or jurisdiction).

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

8


(e) Underwriting Agreement . In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder or Founder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement, including furnishing any customary opinion of counsel or entering into a lock-up agreement reasonably requested by the managing underwriter.

(f) Subsequent Events . Notify each Holder or Founder of securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto covered by such registration statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing and promptly file and, at the request of any such seller, furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of, a supplement to or amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Legal Opinions and Comfort Letters . Furnish, at the request of any Holder or Founder requesting registration of securities pursuant to this Section 1, on the date that such securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective: (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given by company counsel to the underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders and Founders requesting registration of securities, if any; and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountant of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders and Founders requesting registration of securities, if any.

(h) Listing . Apply for listing and use its best efforts to list the securities being registered on any national securities exchange on which a class of the Company’s equity securities are listed or, if the Company does not have a class of equity securities listed on a national securities exchange, apply for qualification and use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify the securities being registered for inclusion on the automated quotation system of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(i) Transfer Agent . Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

9


(j) Other . Otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earning statement covering the period of at least 12 months, but not more than 18 months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall conform materially with the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

(k) Cooperation . In the event of any underwritten public offering, cooperate with the Holders requesting registration pursuant to this Section, the underwriters participating in the offering and their counsel in any due diligence investigation reasonably requested by the Holders or the underwriters in connection therewith, and participate, to the extent reasonably requested by the managing underwriter for the offering or the Holders, in efforts to sell the Registrable Securities under the offering (including without limitation, participating in “roadshow” meetings with prospective investors) that would be customary for underwritten primary offerings of a comparable amount of equity securities by the Company.

1.6 Indemnification.

(a) Company Indemnification . The Company will indemnify each Holder of Registrable Securities, each of its officers, directors, stockholders, agents, attorneys and current and former partners and members, and each person controlling any such person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each Founder, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 1 and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act) any underwriter of the Registrable Securities held by or issuable to such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages, costs, expenses and liabilities whatsoever (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular or other documents (including any related registration statement, notification or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any state securities law or of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act or any state securities law applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance (any such misstatement or omission, a “Violation” ), and will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, stockholders, agents, attorneys and current and former partners and members, and each person who controls any such person, each Founder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred and as incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damages, cost, expense, liability or action, provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, cost, expense or liability arises out of or is based on any Violation based upon written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by any Holder, Founder, underwriter or other otherwise indemnified person and stated to be specifically for use in such prospectus, offering circular or other document, unless such Holder, Founder or underwriter timely provided to the Company additional information to correct the previously inaccurate or incomplete information.

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

10


(b) Holder/Founder Indemnification . Each Holder and each Founder will, individually and not jointly, if Registrable Securities or Founders Stock held by such Holder or Founder are included in the securities as to which a registration or qualification is being effected, will indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers who sign such registration statement, each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each other Holder and each of their officers, directors, agents, attorneys and current and former partners and members and each person controlling such other Holder, against all claims, losses, damages, costs, expenses and liabilities whatsoever (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any Violation, and will reimburse the Company, such other Holders, such directors, officers, agents, attorneys, partners, persons or underwriters for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such Violation is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder or Founder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided that, the foregoing indemnity agreement is subject to the condition that, insofar as it relates to any Violation made in the preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended prospectus on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement becomes effective or the supplemented or amended prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act (the “Final Prospectus” ), such indemnity agreement will not inure to the benefit of any underwriter or any other Holder, if a copy of the Final Prospectus was not furnished to the person or entity asserting the loss, liability, claim, or damage at or prior to the time such action is required by the Securities Act; provided further, that in no case shall any Holder be required to indemnify any person hereunder for any amount in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder from the offering of the securities.

(c) Indemnification Procedures . Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 1.6 (the “Indemnified Party” ) will give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party” ) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and will permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who will conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, will be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval will not unreasonably be withheld). After notice from the Indemnifying Party to such Indemnified Party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnifying Party will not be liable to such Indemnified Party under this Section 1.6 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof, subject to the following sentence. The Indemnified Party will have the right to employ its counsel in any such action, but the fees and expenses of such counsel will be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless: (i) the employment of counsel by such Indemnified Party has been authorized in writing by the Indemnifying Party; (ii) the Indemnified Party shall have been advised by its counsel that representation of such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party by

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

11


the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct due to actual or potential conflicts of interest between them in the conduct of the defense of such action (in which case the Indemnifying Party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the Indemnified Party); or (iii) the Indemnifying Party will not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, within a reasonable time, and in any of the cases set forth in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, such fees and expenses shall be paid by the Indemnifying Party. The failure to notify an Indemnifying Party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, only if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, will relieve such Indemnifying Party of any liability to the Indemnified Party under this Section 1.6. The Indemnifying Party will not be liable, in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys for such Indemnified Party or controlling person, which firm will be designated in writing by the Indemnified Party to the Indemnifying Party. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, will, except with the consent of an Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. If any such Indemnified Party will have been advised by counsel chosen by it that there may be one or more legal defenses available to such Indemnified Party that are different from or additional to those available to and that have not been asserted by the Indemnifying Party, then the Indemnifying Party will not have the right to continue the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party and will reimburse such Indemnified Party and any person controlling such Indemnified Party for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the Indemnified Party. The indemnity agreements contained in this Section 1.6 will not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) as to any action the defense of which has been assumed by such Indemnifying Party.

(d) Contribution . If recovery is not available under the foregoing indemnification provisions of this Section 1.6, for any reason other than as specified therein, the parties entitled to indemnification by the terms thereof shall be entitled to contribution for liabilities and expenses from the parties liable for indemnification, except to the extent that such contribution is not permitted under Section 11(f) of the Securities Act. In determining the amount of contribution to which the respective parties are entitled, there shall be considered the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which the claim was asserted and the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement of omission. The parties agree that it would not be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation. In no event will any Holder be required to contribute an amount in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by the Holder from the offering of the securities.

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

12


1.7 Information by Holder/Founder . Each Holder of Registrable Securities included in any registration, and each Founder participating in a registration, will furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder or Founder and the distribution proposed by such Holder or Founder as the Company may reasonably request in writing in connection with any registration or qualification referred to in this Section 1.

1.8 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available to the Preferred Holders and Founders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:

(a) Public Information . Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Commission Rule 144, at all times after ninety days after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company that involves a sale of securities of the Company to the general public;

(b) Reports . File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and Exchange Act after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c) Annual and Quarterly Reports . Furnish to any Preferred Holder so long as such Preferred Holder owns any Registrable Securities forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of said Commission Rule 144 (at any time after the 90 days after the effective date of said first registration statement filed by the Company), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company as may be reasonably requested in availing any Preferred Holder of any rule or regulation of the Commission permitting the selling of any such securities without registration.

1.9 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date hereof, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities issuable upon conversion of the Series E Stock, voting as one class, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any security of the Company that allows such holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company to (i) initiate any Company registration; or (ii) include such securities in any registration of the Company’s securities unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not diminish the number of Registrable Securities that are included.

1.10 Market Stand-Off . If requested by the Company and the managing underwriter of common stock (or other securities) of the Company, no Holder or Founder shall sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale, grant any option for the purchase, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

13


Company held by the Holder or Founder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the Company IPO (or such other period, not to exceed 18 days after the expiration of the 180-day period) as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that (1) all executive officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least 1% of the Company’s voting securities enter into similar agreements and (2) this restriction shall not apply to any shares sold to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement hereunder. The obligations described in this Section 1.10 shall not apply to (i) any registration following the Company IPO, (ii) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future and (iii) a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with a legend with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such period. The Holder or Founder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with the underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 1.10.

1.11 Transfer of Registration Rights . Incident to the sale or other transfer of Registrable Securities, Holders may transfer their registration rights under this Section 1 to a transferee who: (i) holds, immediately following the transfer, at least 50,000 shares of Registrable Securities (based upon common equivalents, and as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar transactions); (ii) is a partner, a retired partner, member, former member, stockholder, equity holder, officer, family member or trust for the benefit of any individual Holder or other Affiliate of the transferor Holder; or (iii) has received all Registrable Securities then held by the Holder; provided that such transferee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the registration rights contained herein.

1.12 Termination of Registration Rights . The rights granted under this Section 1 will terminate when all Registrable Securities can be sold under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period.

Section 2. INFORMATION RIGHTS

2.1 Annual Reports . The Company will deliver to each Holder holding at least 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock or any shares of Series E Stock (or, in either case, Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock or Series E Stock, and each as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar transactions), within 90 days of the end of each fiscal year, audited annual financial statements of the Company prepared by a nationally recognized accounting firm in reasonable detail, including a balance sheet, a statement of operations and a statement of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous fiscal year and accompanied by a report thereon by the Company’s independent certified public accountants, which audit report shall state that such financial statements present fairly the financial position of the Company as of such date and the results of operations and cash flows for the period indicated, all in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied ( “GAAP” ).

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

14


2.2 Quarterly Reports . The Company shall provide each Holder holding at least 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock or any shares of Series E Stock (or, in either case, Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock or Series E Stock, and each as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar transactions), within 45 days following the end of each fiscal quarter, unaudited financial statements of the Company, including a balance sheet, and a statement of operations and a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and the fiscal year to date, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding period of the previous fiscal year, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end adjustments and without footnotes of any kind), and certified on behalf of the Company by the chief financial officer and chief executive officer of the Company. These obligations will terminate upon the Qualified IPO.

2.3 Monthly Reports . The Company shall provide each Holder holding at least 15,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock or any shares of Series E Stock (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock, and as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar transactions) (a “Preemptive Rights Holder” ), as soon as practicable after the end of each calendar month, monthly financial statements setting forth in comparative form against the Company’s then existing budget, prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end adjustments and without footnotes of any kind) and operational updates comparing actual performance to the Company’s annual budget.

2.4 Other Information . The Company shall provide each Preemptive Rights Holder: (i) at least 30 days prior to the commencement of the Company’s fiscal year, an annual budget and strategic plan; and (ii) such information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects or corporate affairs of the Company as such Preemptive Rights Holder may from time to time reasonably request in writing (provided that the Company shall not be obligated to provide any information which it reasonable considers to be a trade secret the disclosure of which the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably believes may adversely affect its business).

2.5 Termination of Information Rights . The Company’s obligation to deliver financial statements under this Section 2 will terminate on the closing of the Qualified Public Offering.

2.6 Inspection . The Company shall permit any Preemptive Rights Holder, at such Preemptive Rights Holder’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by such Preemptive Rights Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.6 to provide access to any information that the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information the disclosure of which the Company reasonably believes may adversely affect its business.

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

15


2.7 Assignment of Rights of Information . The rights granted pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.6 may be assigned by each Preemptive Rights Holder to any transferee who receives registration rights pursuant to Section 1.11; provided that such transferee holds at least at least the minimum number of shares of Preferred Stock such transferee would have to hold to receive such rights hereunder had such transferee been a Holder as of the date of this Agreement and agrees to become subject to the obligations of the transferring Preemptive Rights Holder hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such rights may not be assigned to a transferee if the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably determines the transferee to be a competitor of the Company.

Section 3. PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.

3.1 Calculation of Securities Subject to Right of First Refusal . If the Company proposes to issue, in a transaction or Series of related transactions, Common Stock or any other securities exercisable for or convertible into Common Stock or any other equity securities of the Company (including, without limitation, options, warrants, rights or convertible debt) ( “New Securities” ), then each Preemptive Rights Holder (as defined in Section 2.3) shall have the right to purchase that amount of the New Securities as will enable such holder to maintain the same percentage equity ownership in the Company after the completion of the sale as before such sale on a “fully-diluted” basis (such number of shares is referred to herein as the Preemptive Rights Holder’s “Pro Rata Share” ). Such right shall not apply to: (i) securities offered to the public in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act; (ii) an issuance of New Securities in connection with a stock split or distribution of a stock dividend, or pursuant to any recapitalization, reorganization, consolidation or merger for purposes of reincorporation; (iii) an issuance of New Securities in connection with the Company effectuating or entering into a merger, joint venture, equipment leasing transaction or other commercial institutional financing transaction approved by the Board and undertaken for other than primarily equity financing purposes; (iv) an issuance of New Securities in connection with investments in the Company made by strategic investors in connection with a bona fide business arrangement related to the Company’s business and approved by the Board; (v) an issuance of securities upon the exercise or conversion of New Securities, the original issuance of which was subject to the rights set forth in this Section 3; (vi) an issuance of Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (vii) an issuance of New Securities to employees, directors or consultants pursuant to Board approval, up to a maximum of 90,510,859 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any subsequent stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, splits or recapitalizations with respect to such shares); (viii) any issuance of Preferred Stock prior to the date of this Agreement; and (ix) any issuance of warrants and convertible promissory notes prior to the date of this Agreement (collectively, “Excepted New Issuances” ). The term “fully-diluted” as used herein shall mean treating all outstanding options, warrants and rights to purchase equity securities of the Company as exercised and all securities convertible into Common Stock as converted.

3.2 Procedure .

(a) Notice . If the Company proposes to issue any New Securities, the Company shall first send to each Preemptive Rights Holder, by first class mail or other certifiable manner, a plan of issuance (the “Plan” ). The Plan shall set forth: (i) the Pro Rata Share

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

16


of each type of New Securities that may be issued to each Preemptive Rights Holder pursuant to the Right Offer (as hereinafter defined); (ii) the name and address of each person or entity other than Preferred Holders to whom the Company may issue any New Securities; (iii) the number of each type of New Securities that may be issued to each such person or entity; (iv) the price for, and material terms under which each such person or entity may acquire such New Securities; (v) with respect to each type of New Securities, an offer (the “Right Offer” ) to issue and sell to each Preemptive Rights Holder such Preemptive Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share of such New Securities (plus any overallotments for Participating Holders, as described below); and (vi) a statement explaining in detail how the Pro Rata Share of such Preemptive Rights Holder was calculated.

(b) Preemptive Right Period . Each Preemptive Rights Holder shall have the option, during the period commencing on the date that it receives the Plan and continuing until 15 days thereafter, inclusive (the “Preemptive Rights Period” ), to purchase all or any portion of the New Securities offered to it pursuant to the Right Offer for the price and upon the terms specified in the Plan; provided, however, that the Preemptive Rights Holders who elect to purchase their full Pro Rata Share of the New Securities (the “Participating Holders” ) will be entitled to purchase up to the full amount of the New Securities not purchased by those Preemptive Rights Holders who do not purchase their full Pro Rata Share of the New Securities, such New Securities to be allocated among the Participating Holders on a pro rata basis. Immediately upon the expiration of the Preemptive Rights Period, the Company shall be free for a period of 120 days thereafter to issue any New Securities not purchased by the Preferred Holders pursuant to the Right Offer (the “Unpurchased New Securities” ). The Company may decide, in its sole discretion, whether to issue all or any portion of the Unpurchased New Securities and the manner in which it allocates such Unpurchased New Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not: (i) issue more than the maximum number of each type of New Securities that may be issued pursuant to the Plan less the number of such New Securities, if any, purchased by Preferred Holders pursuant to the Right Offer; (ii) issue any Unpurchased New Securities to any person or entity after expiration of the 120-day period provided in this Section 3.2(b); or (iii) issue any Unpurchased New Securities during such 120-day period to any person or entity for a lower price or upon terms more favorable to the potential purchaser than those set forth in the Plan. For purposes of this Section 3.2(b), any New Securities shall be deemed issued upon the date that the Company becomes obligated under any agreement to issue a definite and certain number of such New Securities to a specific person.

3.3 Exercise of Option . Any preemptive right specified in this Section 3 may be exercised by a Preemptive Rights Holder by the delivery of written notice to the Company within the time period required to exercise such right as set forth above. Such notice shall be deemed delivered upon personal delivery to the Company or upon the deposit of such notice, properly addressed and bearing proper and sufficient postage, in the United States mail or with any other carrier.

3.4 Closing . The closing at which any New Securities purchased pursuant to a Right Offer shall be transferred to a Preemptive Rights Holder shall be held within 30 days of the expiration of the Preemptive Rights Period. At such closing, the Company shall deliver to the exercising Preemptive Rights Holder the certificates or other documents representing the New Securities purchased by such Preemptive Rights Holder, and such holder shall pay the Company the purchase price for such securities.

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

17


3.5 Legends . The Company may affix to the certificates representing or include in any other document embodying the New Securities so issued any legend(s) that it is reasonable, proper and equitable to affix or include in light of applicable laws and regulations.

3.6 Non-Conforming Issuance Void; Exceptions . Any attempted issuance of any securities in violation of the terms, conditions and restrictions of this Section 3 shall be void, and, in the event of an attempted issuance of any securities in violation of this Agreement, the Company shall not (a) treat on its books any such securities as issued or (b) treat any person or entity as the owner of, or accord any person or entity voting, dividend or other rights with respect to, such securities.

3.7 Transferability of Rights . The preemptive rights set forth in this Section 3 may not be assigned or transferred, except that (i) such rights are assignable by each Preemptive Rights Holder to any wholly owned subsidiary or parent of, or to any corporation or entity that is, within the meaning of the Securities Act, controlling, controlled by or under common control with, any such Preemptive Rights Holder, (ii) such rights are assignable by each Preemptive Rights Holder to any partner, former partner, member, retired member, stockholder or Affiliate of such Preemptive Rights Holder, and (iii) such rights are assignable between and among any of the Preemptive Rights Holders.

3.8 Termination of Rights . All rights under this Section 3 shall terminate (a) on the first date on which no shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding or (b) immediately before the closing of a Qualified Public Offering.

Section 4. FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE RIGHTS.

4.1 Rights of First Refusal and Co-Sale .

(a) Notice . If any Founder proposes to sell to any person or entity any of its shares of Common Stock, then the Preemptive Rights Holders shall have a right of first refusal and right of co-sale on the terms described in this Section 4. For purposes of this Section 4, the Founder proposing such a sale shall be referred to as the “Selling Founder.” At least 20 days before the proposed closing date of any transfer of such shares, the Selling Founder shall give a written notice (the “Notice” ) to the Company and to each of the Preemptive Rights Holders at its address as shown on the Company’s records. The Notice shall describe in detail the proposed sale, including the number of shares proposed to be transferred (the “Target Shares” ), the transfer price or consideration to be paid and the name and address of the proposed transferee.

(b) Company Right of First Refusal . The Company (or its assignees) shall, for a period of twenty (20) days following receipt of the Notice, have the right to repurchase any or all of the Target Shares specified in the Notice upon substantially the same terms and conditions specified therein. Such right shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice (the “Company Exercise Notice” ) to the Selling Founder prior to the expiration of the twenty (20) day exercise period. If such right is exercised with respect to all the

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

18


Target Shares specified in the Notice, then the Company (or its assignees) shall effect the repurchase of the Target Shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than five (5) business days after delivery of the Company Exercise Notice; and at such time the Selling Founder shall deliver to the Company the certificates representing the Target Shares to be repurchased, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer.

(c) Preemptive Rights Holder Right of Second Refusal . If the Company declines to exercise its first refusal right with respect to any Target Shares, it must so notify each Preemptive Rights Holder in writing upon the expiration of such rights pursuant to Section 4.1(b) above with respect to any Target Shares, and then the Preemptive Rights Holders shall have the right, for a period of fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Company’s written notice that the Company has declined to exercise such rights with respect to any such Target Shares, to purchase such unpurchased Target Shares at the same price and on the same terms as those set forth in the Notice (the “Secondary Refusal Right” ). Each Preemptive Rights Holder may exercise the Secondary Refusal Right and, thereby, purchase all or any portion of his or its Pro Rata Portion (as defined below and any reallotments as provided below) of the Target Shares, by notifying the Selling Founder and the Company in writing, before expiration of the fifteen (15) day period as to the number of such Target Shares that he or it wishes to purchase. If any prospective transferee identified in the Notice has offered to pay for any Target Shares with property, services or any other non-cash consideration, then the Preemptive Rights Holders shall nevertheless have the right to pay for such Target Shares with cash in an amount equal to the fair market value of the non-cash consideration offered by the prospective transferee in question, where the fair market value of such non-cash consideration shall be conclusively determined in good faith by the Board. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Pro Rata Portion” shall mean that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of Target Shares covered by the Notice (less any shares of Target Shares purchased by the Company pursuant to its first refusal right) by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of capital stock of the Company owned by the Preemptive Rights Holder at the time of the sale or transfer, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of capital stock of the Company owned by all Preemptive Rights Holders at the time of the Notice. If any Preemptive Rights Holder fails to purchase such Preemptive Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Portion pursuant to this Section 4.1(c), the Selling Founder shall give notice of such failure (the “Overallotment Notice” ) to each other Preemptive Rights Holder who is purchasing such Preemptive Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Portion of the Target Shares (the “Purchasing Holders” ). Such Overallotment Notice may be made by telephone if confirmed in writing within two (2) days. The Purchasing Holders shall have a right of overallotment such that they shall have five (5) days from the date such Overallotment Notice was given to agree to buy their Overallotment Pro Rata Portion of the unsold portion of the Target Shares. The term “Overallotment Pro Rata Portion” shall mean that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of Target Shares not already purchased by the Company and the Preemptive Rights Holders by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of capital stock of the Company owned by the Purchasing Holder and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of capital stock of the Company owned by all Purchasing Holders at the time of the Notice.

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

19


(d) Co-Sale Right . In the event that (i) the Company either waived or failed to fully exercise its first refusal right contained in Section 4.1(b) with respect to any Target Shares and (ii) the Preemptive Rights Holders failed to purchase all any of the Target Shares pursuant to the Secondary Refusal Right, then such Selling Founder promptly shall give written notice (the “Co-Sale Notice” ) to the Company and the Preemptive Rights Holders at least ten (10) days following the expiration of the Secondary Refusal Right. Each Preemptive Rights Holder shall have the right, exercisable for thirty (30) days after the date of the Co-Sale Notice, to sell to the proposed transferee of such Target Shares up to such Preemptive Rights Holder’s Co-Sale Pro Rata Share (as defined below) of the Target Shares that the Selling Founder proposes to sell, on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the Notice. To the extent that one or more of the Preemptive Rights Holders exercise such right of participation in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, the number of shares of Common Stock that the Selling Founder may sell in the transaction shall correspondingly be reduced.

(e) Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4, “Co-Sale Pro Rata Share” shall mean that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of Target Shares covered by the Co-Sale Notice by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of capital stock of the Company held by such Preemptive Rights Holder on a “fully diluted” basis as of the date of the Co-Sale Notice, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock held by the Selling Founder and the Preemptive Rights Holders on a “fully diluted” basis outstanding as of the date of the Co-Sale Notice. The term “fully-diluted” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would be held if all currently outstanding options, warrants and rights to purchase or convert other securities into Common Stock were exercised in full.

4.2 Effect of Nonparticipation . Subject to the rights of Preemptive Rights Holders under Section 4.1, the Selling Founder may, within 60 days after the expiration of the 30-day period referred to in Section 4.1(d) above, conclude a sale of any or all of its shares covered by the Co-Sale Notice on terms and conditions not more favorable to the transferor than those described in the Co-Sale Notice. Any proposed sale on terms and conditions more favorable to the transferor than those described in the Notice, as well as any proposed sale by the Selling Founder of any Shares after the expiration of such 60-day period, shall again be subject to this Section 4.

4.3 Exempt Transfers .

(a) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 4.1 shall not apply to: (i) any pledge of Common Stock made pursuant to a bona fide loan transaction that creates a mere security interest to which the holders of a majority of the Series E Stock then outstanding shall have consented; (ii) any transfer to the spouse, lineal descendants or antecedents, parents, siblings, or to trusts for the benefit of such persons or the Founder, whether such transfer occurs during the Founder’s lifetime or on the Founder’s death by will or intestacy; or (iii) any bona fide gift; provided that the pledgee, transferee or donee shall furnish the Preemptive Rights Holders with a written agreement to be bound by and comply with all provisions of this Agreement. Such transferred Common Stock shall remain “Common Stock” under this Agreement, and such pledgee, transferee or donee shall be treated as a Founder for purposes of this Agreement, provided that no such pledgee, transferee or donee shall have any registration rights under Section 1 of

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

20


this agreement. Any transfers of Common Stock to the Company upon exercise of the right of repurchase or right of first refusal set forth in any founders’ stock purchase agreement, option exercise agreement or other agreement with the Company that was entered into by the Founder at the time he or she acquired such Common Stock shall also be exempt from the provisions of Section 4.1.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, the provisions of Section 4.1 shall not apply to the sale of any Common Stock by a Founder, in one sale or several sales, related or unrelated, of up to 3% in the aggregate of the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Founder as of the date of this Agreement.

4.4 Termination of Rights of First Refusal and Co-Sale Rights . The rights and obligations of the parties under this Section 4 shall terminate upon and shall not apply to a Qualified IPO; or (b) the closing of the Company’s sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or the acquisition of the Company by another unaffiliated entity by means of a merger or consolidation resulting in the exchange of the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock for publicly traded securities or cash consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary.

Section 5. ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

5.1 Stock Vesting . Unless otherwise unanimously approved by the Board, all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the earlier of the date of issuance or such person’s services commencement date with the company, and (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of such stock shall vest over the remaining three (3) years. With respect to any shares purchased by any such person, the Company’s repurchase option shall provide that upon such person’s termination of employment or service with the Company, with or without cause, the Company or its assignee shall have the option to purchase at cost any unvested shares of stock held by such person.

5.2 Right of First Refusal and Restrictions on Transfer on Common Stock . All shares of Common Stock of the Company will, at all times, be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company and restrictions against transfer. The Company shall assign any such rights of first refusal that it chooses not to exercise to the holders of Preferred Stock on a pro rata basis.

5.3 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements . The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement substantially in a form approved by the Company’s counsel or Board.

5.4 Qualified Small Business . The Company will use reasonable efforts to comply with the reporting and recordkeeping requirements of Section 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” ), any regulations promulgated thereunder and any similar state laws and regulations, and agrees not to repurchase any stock of the Company if such repurchase

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

21


would cause the Shares not to so qualify as “Qualified Small Business Stock,” so long as the Company’s Board of Directors determines that it is in the best interests of and not unduly burdensome to the Company to comply with the provisions of Section 1202 of the Code. The Company further covenants to submit to the Investors upon their request and to state and federal taxation authorities such form and filings as may be required to document such compliance, including the California Franchise Tax Board Form 3565, Small Business Stock Questionnaire, with its franchise or income tax return for the current income year.

5.5 Market Stand-Off . The Company will include or has included a market-standoff provision similar to Section 1.10 in all employee stock purchase agreements and other registration rights agreements.

5.6 Directors and Officers Liability Insurance . The Company will use its best efforts to obtain and keep directors and officers liability insurance in the minimum amount of $2,000,000 if such coverage is available at commercially reasonable rates. Such coverage will be kept in place for so long as any representative(s) of Menlo Ventures or its Affiliates serve on the Company’s Board of Directors.

5.7 Termination of Covenants . All covenants of the Company contained in Section 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4 shall expire and terminate as to each Investor upon the earlier to occur of (a) a Qualified IPO; or (b) the closing of the Company’s sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or the acquisition of the Company by another unaffiliated entity by means of a merger or consolidation resulting in the exchange of the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock for publicly traded securities or cash consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary.

Section 6. MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.

6.2 Survival . The covenants and agreements made herein shall survive any investigation made by any party hereto and the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby.

6.3 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, transferees, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

6.4 Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver . This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. This Agreement may be amended or waived only by a writing approved by (i) the Company, (ii) the holders of a majority of the shares of Series E Stock and shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series E Stock held by the holders of Series E Stock, and (iii) the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock and

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

22


shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock held by the Preferred Holders; and provided further, that (i) no amendment may be made that adversely affects the rights of the Founders in a manner that is materially and adversely different from the manner in which the rights of the holders of common stock are so effected without the written consent of the Founders holding a majority of the Founders Stock then held by the Founders and (ii) no future registration rights may be granted by the Company other than in compliance with Section 1.9 hereof.

6.5 Notices . Except as otherwise provided, all notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder will be in writing and will be given by telegram, telecopy or other facsimile transmission, express courier holding itself out as able to make delivery within one business day after receipt, hand delivery, or certified or first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (a) if to Preferred Holders, at each Preferred Holder’s address or facsimile transmission number set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, or at such other address or facsimile transmission number as Preferred Holders will have furnished to the Company in writing, or (b) if to any other Holder of any of the Registrable Securities, at such address or facsimile transmission number as such Holder will have furnished the Company in writing, or, until any such Holder so furnishes an address and facsimile transmission number to the Company, then to and at the address or facsimile transmission number of the last Holder of such securities who has so furnished an address to the Company, (c) if to the Company, at its address set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address or facsimile transmission number as the Company will have furnished to the Preferred Holders in writing, or (d) if to a Founder, at such Founder’s address or facsimile transmission number set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto, or at such other address or facsimile transmission number as such Founder will have furnished to the Company in writing. Notice will be effective one business day after delivery to an express courier, or upon receipt if: (i) hand delivered; (ii) deposited in the United States mail as provided above; or (iii) sent by facsimile transmission (with return confirmation).

6.6 Title and Subtitles . The titles of the paragraphs and subparagraphs of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

6.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be an original, but all of which together will constitute one instrument.

6.8 Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

23


6.9 Preservation of Corporate Existence . The Company covenants and agrees that it will at all times (i) preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and qualify and remain qualified as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is necessary or desirable in view of its business and operations or the ownership or lease of its properties, and (ii) preserve and maintain all licenses and other rights to use Intellectual Property owned or possessed by it and deemed by the Company to be necessary or useful to the conduct of its business.

6.10 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of capital stock of the Company held or acquired by an Affiliate shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

6.11 Delays or Omissions . It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under this Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of the Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date upon the Company’s receipt of the requisite signatures set forth in Section 6.4 of the existing Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of the January 26, 2006.

 

COMPANY:       TELENAV, INC.
     

/s/ Dr. HaiPing Jin

      Dr. HaiPing Jin
      President and Chief Executive Officer

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


FOUNDERS:

 

/s/ Dr. HaiPing Jin

Dr. HaiPing Jin

/s/ Yi-Chung Chao

Yi-Chung Chao

/s/ Robert Rennard

Robert Rennard

/s/ Charles Trimble

Charles Trimble*

/s/ Jeannie Trimble Smith

Jeannie Trimble Smith*

/s/ Kari Trimble Patrick

Kari Trimble Patrick*

/s/ Constance Trimble Morrison

Constance Trimble Morrison*

/s/ Thomas Rennard

Thomas Rennard*

/s/ Kristin Rennard

Kristin Rennard*

 

* This stockholder is a transferee of either HaiPing Jin, Robert Rennard or Yi-Chung Chao and is treated as a Founder for the purposes of this Agreement.

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


FOUNDERS:

 

ROBERT RENNARD AND SHERRY RENNARD, AS COMMUNITY PROPERTY*
By:  

/s/ Robert Rennard

Robert Rennard
By:  

/s/ Sherry Rennard

Sherry Rennard*

 

Cunlian Zhang*

 

Rantai Wang*

 

Scott Taek Kon Kim*

 

Je Hye Kim*

 

Jiansong Piao*

 

Jianbai Piao*

 

Wenjie Xu*

 

Ling Wang*

 

* This stockholder is a transferee of either HaiPing Jin, Robert Rennard or Yi-Chung Chao and is treated as a Founder for the purposes of this Agreement.

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


FOUNDERS:

 

 

Muhua Shi*

 

Dan Wang*

 

Hong Li*

 

Changbin Wang*

 

Guangshou Jin*

 

Jidong Jin*

 

Haiyang Jin*

 

Jacqueline Jin*

 

Michael Jin*

 

* This stockholder is a transferee of either HaiPing Jin, Robert Rennard or Yi-Chung Chao and is treated as a Founder for the purposes of this Agreement.

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

MENLO VENTURES X, L.P.
MENLO ENTREPRENEURS FUND X, L.P.
MMEF X, L.P.
By:   MV Management X, L.L.C.
  their General Partner
By:  

/s/ Shawn Carolan

Name:  

Shawn Carolan

Its:  

Managing Member

TENAYA CAPITAL IV-C, LP (formerly known as Lehman Brothers Venture Partners 2003-C, L.P.)
By:   Tenaya Capital IV GP, LP
  its General Partner
By:   Tenaya Capital IV GP, LLC
  its General Partner
By:  

/s/ James D. Hinson

Name:  

James D. Hinson

Its:  

COO

TENAYA CAPITAL IV-P, LP (formerly known as Lehman Brothers Venture Partners 2003-P, L.P.)
By:   Tenaya Capital IV GP, LP
  its General Partner
By:   Tenaya Capital IV GP, LLC
  its General Partner
By:  

/s/ James D. Hinson

Name:  

James D. Hinson

Its:  

COO

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS VENTURE CAPITAL 2003 PARTNERSHIP
By:   Lehman Brothers Venture Associates 2003 LLC
  its General Partner
By:   LB I Group Inc.
  its General Partner
By:  

 

Name:  

Brian Paul

Its:  

Vice President

LEHMAN BROTHERS P.A. LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

Brian Paul

Its:  

Vice President

LEHMAN BROTHERS VENTURE CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNT 2000/2001, L.P.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS OFFSHORE

PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNT 2000/2001, L.P.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Its:

 

 

/s/ Samuel T. Chen

Samuel T. Chen
IGLOBE PARTNERS FUND, L.P.

By:

 

/s/ Soo Boon Koh

Name:

 

Soo Boon Koh

Its:

 

Managing Partner

/s/ Hon Jane Chiu

Hon Jane Chiu

/s/ Hang-Chien Hsu

Hang-Chien Hsu
SYCAMORE VENTURE CAPITAL, L.P.

By:

  Sycamore Business Partners, L.P.
  its General Partner

By:

  Sycamore Management Corporation
  its General Partner

By:

 

/s/ David Lichtenstein

Name:

 

David Lichtenstein

Its:

 

Vice President

 

Shih-Chia Pao

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

CG ASIAN-AMERICAN FUND, L.P.
By:   CG Asian-American Partners, L.P.
  its General Partner

By:

  Sycamore Management Corporation
  its General Partner

By:

 

/s/ David Lichtenstein

Name:

 

David Lichtenstein

Its:

 

Vice President

/s/ Stephen Sun Chiao

Stephen Sun Chiao

 

Shan-Shan Fang

/s/ Dr. HaiPing Jin

Dr. HaiPing Jin

/s/ Yi-Chung Chao

Yi-Chung Chao

 

Robert Rennard

/s/ Xiaogang Zhang

Xiaogang Zhang

/s/ Xun Chen

Xun Chen

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

XIE FAMILY TRUST, DATED 7/29/99
By:  

/s/ Ken Xie

Name:  

Ken Xie

Its:  

Trustee

NAVIGO CAPITAL GROUP, L.P.
By:   NCG Holdings, LLC
  its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Michael Probstel

Name:  

Michael Probstel

Its:  

Manager

/s/ Stephen Sun Chiao, attorney in fact

John R. Whitman

/s/ Stephen Sun Chiao, attorney in fact

Kit C. Wong

/s/ J. David Powell

J. David Powell

 

Steven Sun

/s/ Max G. Lagally

Max G. Lagally

 

Ken Hao

 

Su Chien-Ling Chen

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

 

Tejen Lin

 

Shu-Yuan Chao

 

Darsen Horng

/s/ Todd Bakar

Todd Bakar

 

Soot Pheng Yim

/s/ Michael Xie

Michael Xie

 

Lian S. Xie

/s/ Yuqiang Qin

Yuqiang Qin

/s/ Zhenshu Zhao

Zhenshu Zhao

 

Lei Wang

/s/ Hongjian Liu

Hongjian Liu

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

TECHNOLOGY LINK CAPITAL
By:  

/s/ Lee-Hwa Pearlshine

Name:  

Lee-Hwa Pearlshine

Its:  

Director

1998 WANG/CHANG FAMILY REVOCABLE

TRUST

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

GRADE INVESTMENT CORP.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

TU REVOCABLE TRUST, DATED 2/14/90
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

XI JIN AND ANDREW JI
By:  

 

By:  

 

 

Lynn Liu

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

 

Alnoor Shivji

 

Sami Nassar

/s/ Nusrat N. Govindji

Nusrat N. Govindji

/s/ Stephen Sun Chiao, attorney in fact

Kilin To

/s/ Stephen Sun Chiao, attorney in fact

Richard Chong

/s/ Stephen Sun Chiao, attorney in fact

Subir Ray

/s/ Stephen Sun Chiao, attorney in fact

Michael Horgan

/s/ Stephen Sun Chiao, attorney in fact

William W. Morton, Jr.

/s/ Kamal K. Mirchandani

Kamal K. Mirchandani

/s/ Simon Wong

Simon Wong

/s/ Stephen Sun Chiao, attorney in fact

Peter Gerry

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

BINGHAM MCCUTCHEN LLP
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

EVERTOP INTERNATIONAL LIMITED (BVI)
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

ARIES MANAGEMENT GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

/s/ Fiona Chang

Fiona Chang
THE WU FAMILY TRUST DATED 3/17/92
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

CLASS-A INVESTMENTS LTD.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

AVEX INVESTMENT HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

SPRINGVEST CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

THE LIN FAMILY 1987 TRUST
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

/s/ Shyan-Hwant Chen

Shyan-Hwang Chen
CYBER PLUS LTD.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

 

Chan-Yee Hsiung

 

Chi-Mao Huang

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


PREFERRED HOLDERS:

 

 

Chin-Feng Lin

 

Chih-Cheng Liu

NEW RAINBOW INVESTMENT LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

 

Chien-Tung Chen

CHI-PING CHEN AND FENG-YUAN L. CHEN
By:  

/s/ Chi-Ping Chen

By:  

/s/ Feng-Yuan L. Chen

 

Fu-Shun Ko

 

Zu-Jean Tien

 

Cheng-Hsien Wu

 

Hsiung Wu

 

Andy Wan Yu

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


EXHIBIT A

Preferred Holders

 

Series A Holders

Technology Link Capital

Evertop International Limited (BVI)

Xiaogang Zhang

Xie Family Trust, dated 7/29/99

Su Chien-Ling Chen

Darsen Horng

Max G. Lagally

Tu Revocable Trust, dated 2/14/90

1998 Wang/Chang Family Revocable Trust

Xun Chen

Michael Xie

Shu-Yuan Chao

Grade Investment Corp.

Tejen Lin

Todd Bakar

J. David Powell

Bingham McCutchen LLP

Soot Pheng Yim

Steven Sun

Dr. HaiPing Jin

Ken Hao

Robert Rennard

Xi Jin and Andrew Ji

Yi-Chung Chao

Lian S. Xie

Yuqiang Qin

Zhenshu Zhao

Lei Wang

Hongjian Liu

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

E XHIBIT A-1


Series B Holders

Sycamore Venture Capital, L.P.

Technology Link Capital

CG Asian-American Fund, L.P.

Evertop International Limited (BVI)

The Lin Family 1987 Trust

Darsen Horng

Aries Management Group, Inc.

Alnoor Shivji

Su Chien-Ling Chen

Kamal K. Mirchandani

Nusrat N. Govindji

Sami Nassar

The Wu Family Trust dated 3/17/92

Kilin To

Michael Horgan

Peter Gerry

Richard Chong

Simon Wong

Subir Ray

William W. Morton, Jr.

Lynn Liu

Class-A Investments Ltd.

Avex Investment Holdings Limited

Springvest Corporation

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

E XHIBIT A-2


Series B Prime Holders

iGlobe Partners Fund, LP

Navigo Capital Group, L.P.

Kit C. Wong

John R. Whitman

Series C Holders

Sycamore Venture Capital, L.P.

CG Asian-American Fund, L.P.

Kit C. Wong

Kilin To

Simon Wong

John R. Whitman

Peter Gerry

Richard Chong

Subir Ray

Michael Horgan

William W. Morton, Jr.

Hon Jane Chiu

Hang-Chien Hsu

iGlobe Partners Fund, LP

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

E XHIBIT A-3


Series C Prime Holders

Samuel T. Chen

Hon Jane Chiu

Hang-Chien Hsu

Kit C. Wong

John R. Whitman

Navigo Capital Group, L.P.

iGlobe Partners Fund, LP

 

Series D Holders

Fiona Chang

Samuel T. Chen

Bingham McCutchen LLP

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

E XHIBIT A-4


Series E Holders

Menlo Ventures X, L.P.

Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund X, L.P.

MMEF X, L.P.

Tenaya Capital IV-C, LP

Tenaya Capital IV-P, LP

Lehman Brothers Venture Capital 2003 Partnership

Lehman Brothers P.A. LLC

Lehman Brothers Venture Capital Partners II, L.P.

Lehman Brothers Partnership Account 2000/2001, L.P.

Lehman Brothers Offshore Partnership Account 2000/2001, L.P.

Hon Jane Chiu

Hang-Chien Hsu

iGlobe Partners Fund, LP

Sycamore Venture Capital, L.P.

CG Asian-American Fund, L.P.

Stephen Sun Chiao

Shan-Shan Fang

Fiona Chang

Shyan-Hwang Chen

Shih-Chia Pao

Cyber Plus Ltd.

Chan-Yee Hsiung

Chi-Mao Huang

Chi-Feng Lin

Chih-Cheng Liu

New Rainbow Investment Limited

Chien-Tung Chen

Chi-Ping Chen and Feng-Yuan L. Chen

Fu-Shun Ko

Zu-Jean Tien

Cheng-Hsien Wu

Hsiung Wu

Andy Wan Yu

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

E XHIBIT A-5


EXHIBIT B

Founders

 

Holder

Dr. HaiPing Jin

Yi-Chung Chao

Robert Rennard

Charles Trimble*

Jeannie Trimble Smith*

Kari Trimble Patrick*

Constance Trimble Morrison*

Thomas Rennard*

Kristin Rennard*

Robert Rennard and Sherry Rennard, as Community Property*

Cunlian Zhang*

Rantai Wang*

Scott Taek Kon Kim*

Je Hye Kim*

Jiansong Piao*

Jianbai Piao*

Wenjie Xu*

Ling Wang*

Muhua Shi*

 

* This stockholder is a transferee of either HaiPing Jin, Robert Rennard or Yi-Chung Chao and is treated as a Founder for the purposes of this Agreement.

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

E XHIBIT B-1


Dan Wang*

Hong Li*

Changbin Wang*

Guangshou Jin*

Jidong Jin*

Haiyang Jin*

Jacqueline Jin*

Michael Jin*

 

* This stockholder is a transferee of either HaiPing Jin, Robert Rennard or Yi-Chung Chao and is treated as a Founder for the purposes of this Agreement.

T ELE N AV , I NC .

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT

E XHIBIT B-2

Exhibit 10.1

TELENAV, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of              , 20      , and is between TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                              (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

(a) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition . During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a


transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;

(iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events . Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided , however , that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided , however , that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

-2-


(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “ Expenses ” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(c), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

 

-3-


(i) Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

-4-


5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification .

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

-5-


(d) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(c) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses . The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 30 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

-6-


(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to the extent (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (iv) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(f) The Company shall have the right to settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the consent of Indemnitee.

10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though

 

-7-


less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

-8-


(d) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(b) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. The provisions of this Section 11(b) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(c) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) Subject to Section 12(d), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(c) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(c) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking

 

-9-


an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided , however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 30 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

13. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

 

-10-


14. Non-exclusivity . The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

16. Insurance . To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

17. Subrogation . In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

18. Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

 

-11-


19. Duration . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

20. Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

21. Severability . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

22. Enforcement . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

23. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

24. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

-12-


25. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, CA 94086, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Carmen Chang, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

26. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, Corporation Service Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

-13-


27. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

28. Captions . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

( signature page follows )

 

-14-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

TELENAV, INC.

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name)

 

(Title)

[INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME]

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name and title of signatory, if applicable)

Address:  

 

 

 

E-mail:  

 

Fax:  

 

( Signature page to Indemnification Agreement )

Exhibit 10.2

TELENAV, INC.

1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

1


TELENAV, INC.

1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. Purpose of the Plan.

The purpose of the TeleNav, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time, is to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants of the Company and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan. The Options and Stock Purchase Rights offered pursuant to the Plan are a matter of separate inducement and are not in lieu of salary or other compensation.

2. Definitions.

As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control;

(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

2


(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(c), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that shall be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(d) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “Committee” means a Committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(f) “Common Stock” means the common stock, $0.001 par value, of the Company.

(g) “Company” means TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation (formerly known as Televigation, Inc.).

(h) “Consultant” means any person who is engaged by the Company to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, and any Director of the Company, whether compensated for such services or not. If the Company registers any class of any equity security pursuant to the Exchange Act, the term Consultant shall thereafter not include Directors who are not compensated for their services or are paid only a director’s fee. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Consultant” shall not include an entity or any non-natural person.

 

3


(i) “Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant” means that the employment or consulting relationship, with the Company is not interrupted or terminated. Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or transfers to any subsidiary of the Company, or between a subsidiary and the Company or any successor. A leave of absence shall include sick leave or any other personal leave approved by an authorized representative of the Company. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract, including policies of the Company. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(j) “Director ” means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

(k) “Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, employed by the Company. The payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment.”

(l) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(m) “Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Options and/or Stock Purchase Rights are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Optionees would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Options and Stock Purchase Rights to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(n) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation ( “NASDAQ” ) System, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

4


(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(o) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(p) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(q) “Notice of Grant” means the notice of stock option grant to be given to each of the Optionees.

(r) “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(t) “Optionee” means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option or Stock Purchase Right.

(u) “Plan” means the TeleNav, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time.

(v) “Restatement Effective Date” means October 21, 2008.

(w) “Restricted Stock” means the Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 below.

(x) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor thereto.

(y) “Section 16(b)” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(z) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa) “Share” means each of the shares of Common Stock subject to an Option, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 below.

(bb) “Stock Purchase Right” means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan.

Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to option and sold under this Plan is 90,510,859 unless amended by the Board or the shareholders of the Company. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

5


If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan.

(a) Initial Plan Procedure . Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board.

(b) Plan Procedure Under the Exchange Act . After the date, if any, upon which the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered as follows:

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . If permitted by Rule 16b-3, the plan may be administered by different bodies with respect to Directors, Officers and Employees who are neither Directors nor Officers.

(ii) Administration With Respect to Directors and Officers . With respect to grants of Options and Stock Purchase Rights to Employees who are also Officers or Directors, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board if the Board may administer the Plan in compliance with any applicable laws, including the rules under Rule 16b-3 relating to the disinterested administration of employee benefit plans under which Section 16(b) exempt discretionary grants and awards of equity securities are to be made, or (B) a Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with any applicable laws, including the rules under Rule 16b-3 relating to the disinterested administration of employee benefit plans under which Section 16(b) exempt discretionary grants and awards of equity securities are to be made. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by any applicable laws, including the rules under Rule 16b-3 relating to the disinterested administration of employee benefit plans under which Section 16(b) exempt discretionary grants and awards of equity securities are to be made.

(iii) Administration With Respect to Other Employees and Consultants . With respect to grants of Options and Stock Purchase Rights to Employees or Consultants who are neither Directors nor Officers, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the legal requirements relating to the administration of incentive stock option plans, if any, of United States securities laws, of California corporate and securities laws, of the Code, and of any applicable stock exchange (the “Applicable Laws” ). Once appointed, such

 

6


Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws.

(iv) Compliance with Section 162(m) . If, at any time, awards made under the Plan shall be subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan shall be administered by a committee comprised solely of “outside directors” (within the meaning of Prop. Treas. Reg. § 1.162-27(e)(3)) or such other persons as may be permitted from time to time under Section 162(m) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, including the approval, if required, of any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock in accordance with Section 2(n) of the Plan;

(ii) to select the Consultants and Employees to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Options and Stock Purchase Rights or any combination thereof are granted hereunder;

(iv) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

(v) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(vi) to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock has declined since the date the Option was granted;

(vii) to determine the terms and conditions of any, and to institute any Exchange Program;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each award of Options and Stock Purchase Rights (subject to Section 15(b) of the Plan); and

 

7


(x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan.

(d) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees and any other holders of any Options or Stock Purchase Rights.

5. Eligibility.

(a) Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. An Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Option or Stock Purchase Right may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional Options or Stock Purchase Rights.

(b) Each Option shall be designated in the written option agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(c) Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuation of his or her employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate his or her employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

6. Term of Plan.

The Plan became effective on October 4, 1999, the date on which the Board adopted the Plan. It shall continue in effect until September 16, 2019, unless sooner terminated under Section 14 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option.

The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the term of the Option shall be five years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

8


8. Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

(a) The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above in accordance with and pursuant to a transaction described in Section 424 of the Code.

(b) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of (i) cash, (ii) check, or (iii) any combination of those methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company. Optionee shall also deliver a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and a broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option.

9. Exercise of Option.

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, including performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee, and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan. With respect to Options granted on or after the Restatement Effective Date, unless the Administrator provides otherwise, or except as otherwise required by Applicable Law, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when (i) written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option, (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company and (iii) with respect to Options granted prior to the Restatement

 

9


Effective Date, an agreement executed by the Optionee pursuant to which the Optionee agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised or any other securities of the Company held by the Optionee during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period, not to exceed 18 days after the expiration of the 180-day period as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), in a form satisfactory to the Company, has been received by the Company. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 8(b) hereof. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote, receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly upon exercise of the Option. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12 hereof.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship . Except as otherwise provided in subsections (c) and (d) below, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant (but not in the event of an Optionee’s change of status from Employee to Consultant (in which case an Employee’s Incentive Stock Option shall automatically convert to a Nonstatutory Stock Option three months and one day following such change of status) or from Consultant to Employee), such Optionee may, within sixty days after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise his or her Option to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(c) Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of his or her disability, the Optionee may, but, only within 12 months from the date of such termination (and in no event later than the expiration date of the termination of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. However, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of his or her “permanent disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, the Optionee shall be entitled, but only within 12 months from the date of such termination (and in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), to exercise all Options such Employee or Consultant

 

10


would have been entitled to exercise had such Employee or Consultant remained employed for two years from the date of such termination. If such disability is not a “permanent disability,” in the case of an Incentive Stock Option such Incentive Stock Option shall automatically cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option three months and one day following such termination. If the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(d) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee, the Optionee’s estate or any person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance shall be entitled, but only within 12 months from the date of such termination (and in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), to exercise all Options such Employee or Consultant would have received had such Employee or Consultant remained employed for two years from the date of such termination. All remaining Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If, after the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s estate or a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(e) Rule 16b-3 . Options granted to a person subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act must comply with Rule 16b-3 and shall contain such additional conditions or restrictions as may be required thereunder to qualify for the maximum exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to Plan transactions.

10. Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights; Right of First Refusal.

(a) Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. If the Administrator makes an Option or Stock Purchase Right transferable, such Option or Stock Purchase Right may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Optionee upon the death or disability of the Optionee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

 

11


(c) All Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company and its shareholders as set forth in the Bylaws of the Company.

11. Stock Purchase Rights.

(a) Rights to Purchase . Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer, which shall in no event exceed 30 days from the date upon which the Administrator makes the determination to grant the Stock Purchase Right. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock purchase agreement in the form determined by the Administrator. Shares purchased pursuant to the grant of a Stock Purchase Right shall be referred to herein as “Restricted Stock.”

(b) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock purchase agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.

(c) Rights as a Shareholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a shareholder of the Company and shall be a shareholder of the Company when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

12. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization or Merger.

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, and the number of shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, as well as the price for each share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease as determined by the Administrator. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.

 

12


(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company. the Administrator shall notify the Optionee at least 15 days prior to such proposed action. To the extent it has not been previously exercised. the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right may be assumed or an equivalent option or right may be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation. If, in such event, an Option or Stock Purchase Right is not assumed or substituted, the Option or Stock Purchases Right shall terminate as of the date of the closing of the merger. The Company shall notify each holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right in writing at least 20 days prior to the consummation of a merger of (i) the principal terms of the merger and (ii) whether the Options and Stock Purchase Rights granted under this Plan will be assumed in the merger. Such holders shall then have the opportunity to exercise any vested Options and Stock Purchase Rights prior to the merger. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger, the Option or Stock Purchase Right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if the holders are offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration received in the merger is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent). The Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger.

(d) Compliance with Incentive Stock Option Provisions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each adjustment made to an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to this Section 12 shall comply with the rules of Section 424(a) of the Code, and no adjustment shall be made that would cause any Incentive Stock Option to become a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

13. Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights.

The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

14. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of any Optionee under any grant theretofore made, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the

 

13


Exchange Act or with Section 422 of the Code (or any other applicable law or regulation, including the requirements of the NASD or an established stock exchange), the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination . Any amendment or termination of the Plan shall not affect Options or Stock Purchase Rights already granted, and such Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

15. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right unless the exercise of such Option or Stock Purchase Right and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the laws of the United States, including the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Company may require the person exercising such Option or Stock Purchase Right to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

16. Reservation of Shares.

During the term of this Plan, the Company shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by Company counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

17. Agreements.

Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by written agreements in such form as the Administrator shall approve from time to time.

18. Shareholder Approval.

Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under applicable state and federal law and the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed.

 

14


19. Information to Optionees.

Beginning on the earlier of the date that the Company relies on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Optionees pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Optionees pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Optionee the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Optionees or by written notice to the Optionees of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Optionees agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If an Optionee does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

* * *

Approved by the Board as of October 4, 1999.

Approved by the Shareholders as of October 12, 1999.

Amended by the Board as of January 25, 2002.

Approved by the Shareholders as of January 25, 2002.

Amended by the Board as of January 25, 2006.

Approved by the Shareholders as of February 3, 2006.

Amended by the Board as of March 12, 2008.

Approved by the Shareholders as of April 15, 2008.

Amended by the Board as of October 21, 2008.

Amended by the Board as of March 17, 2009.

Approved by the Shareholders as of May 6, 2009.

Amended by the Board as of September 16, 2009.

Approved by the Shareholders as of September 16, 2009.

 

15


TELENAV, INC.

1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms used without definition in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement” ) shall have the meanings given such terms in the TeleNav, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan” ).

I.

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

[Name]

[Address]

Option. You have been granted an option to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “Common Stock” ) of TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:                        
Vesting Commencement Date:                        
Exercise Price per Share:                        
Total Number of Shares of Common Stock Granted:                                            
Total Exercise Price:                        
Type of Option:             Incentive Stock Option
            Nonstatutory Stock Option
Expiration Date:                        

Vesting; Termination. This Option will vest with respect to one fourth of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and with respect to an additional one thirty-sixth of the remaining shares of Common Stock subject to the Option each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant through each such date, and will therefore be fully vested on                                  . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, with respect to any vested shares, on or before                                  .

 

1


II.

AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), hereby grants to the Optionee (the “Optionee” ) named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant set forth above (the “Notice of Grant” ) an option (the “Option” ) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price” ), subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used without definition in this Option Agreement shall have the meanings given such terms in the Plan. Subject to Section 14(b) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option ( “ISO” ), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option ( “NSO” ). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator or the Company or any employee or director of the Company have any liability to the Optionee (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by written notice (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to the Common Stock as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

(c) Compliance with Law. No shares of Common Stock will be issued pursuant to the exercise of any Option unless such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the shares of Common Stock shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such shares.

3. Optionee’s Representations. In the event the shares of Common Stock purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

2


4. Lock-Up Period. Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) .

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment. Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by cash or check or by a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee. In the event there is a public market for the Common Stock, Optionee shall also deliver a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option.

6. Non-Transferability of Option.

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors, guardians and assigns of Optionee.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date” ), the Optionee shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Optionee upon the death or disability of the Optionee. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

 

3


7. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only in accordance with the terms set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised prior to its expiration date only, in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

8. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee.

(b) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Optionee. Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Optionee shall be solely responsible for Optionee’s costs related to such a determination.

9. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. In case of conflict between the provisions in the Plan and this Option Agreement, the provisions in the Plan shall prevail. This Option Agreement is governed by California law except for that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws.

10. Acknowledgments of Optionee.

(a) NO RIGHT OF EMPLOYMENT. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO THE OPTION IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING CONSULTANCY OR EMPLOYMENT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED

 

4


THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE PLAN THAT IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

(b) Receipt of Plan. Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

TELENAV, INC.     OPTIONEE

 

   

 

HaiPing Jin     Signature
President and Chief Executive Officer    
                                             
Date     Date

 

5


EXHIBIT A

1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN OF TELENAV, INC.

EXERCISE NOTICE

TeleNav, Inc.

1130 Kifer Road

Sunnyvale, CA 94086

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,              , [          ], the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase      shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of TeleNav, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 1999 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement, dated                      (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

6


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

7


6. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

8


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement is governed by the substantive laws of California, without reference to provisions on conflicts of laws.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
OPTIONEE     TELENAV, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Its
Address:     Address:

 

   

 

 

   

 

   

 

    Date Received

 

9


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:                                    
COMPANY:    TELENAV, INC.
SECURITY:    COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT:                                    
DATE:                                    

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with the legends set forth in the Exercise Notice and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the


grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

 

                         
Signature of Optionee      Date

 

2


TELENAV, INC.

1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN

PRC STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms used without definition in this PRC Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement” ) shall have the meanings given such terms in the TeleNav, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan” ).

I.

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

[Name]

[Address]

Option. You have been granted an option to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “Common Stock” ) of TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:                        
Vesting Commencement Date:                        
Exercise Price per Share:                        
Total Number of Shares of Common Stock Granted:                                            
Total Exercise Price:                        
Type of Option:             Incentive Stock Option
            Nonstatutory Stock Option
Expiration Date:                        

Vesting; Termination. This Option will vest with respect to one fourth of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and with respect to an additional one thirty-sixth of the remaining shares of Common Stock subject to the Option each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant through each such date, and will therefore be fully vested on                      . Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, with respect to any vested shares, on or before                      .

 

1


II.

AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), hereby grants to the Optionee (the “Optionee” ) named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant set forth above (the “Notice of Grant” ) an option (the “Option” ) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price” ), subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used without definition in this Option Agreement shall have the meanings given such terms in the Plan. Subject to Section 14(b) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option ( “ISO” ), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option ( “NSO” ). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator or the Company or any employee or director of the Company have any liability to the Optionee (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. Notwithstanding any provision in this Option Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, the Option shall not be exercisable until (i) the occurrence of the earliest of (A) the initial public offering of the Company’s securities on an internationally-recognized stock exchange (a “ Public Offering ”), (B) a Change in Control in which the successor entity has equity securities publicly traded on an internationally-recognized stock exchange, and (C) upon such date that the Option may be legally exercised pursuant to applicable laws, as evidenced by a legal opinion provided to and approved by the Board (a “ Trigger Event ”), and (ii) following a Trigger Event, the completion by the Company of all relevant registrations, if any, required under PRC law with respect to the exercise of the Option, including, without limitation, those required with the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange as determined to be necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors in its discretion (such date, the “ Trigger Date ”). On or after the Trigger Date, the Option shall be exercisable during its term to the extent vested until the end of the Exercise Period specified below:

 

Reason for

Termination of Service

 

End of Exercise Period if Service is

Terminated PRIOR to the Trigger Date

 

End of Exercise Period if Service is Terminated
ON OR AFTER the Trigger Date

Termination as a Service Provider (except as provided below)   60 days from the Trigger Date*   60 days from termination
Termination as a Service Provider due to Disability   The later of 60 days from the Trigger Date and 12 months from termination**   12 months from termination
Termination as a Service Provider due to death   The later of 60 days from the Trigger Date and 12 months from termination**   12 months from termination

 

* In the event that the Trigger Date is the occurrence of a Public Offering, the end of the exercise period shall be 60 days from the expiration of the lockup period.
** In the event that the Trigger Date is the occurrence of a Public Offering, the end of the exercise period shall be the later of 60 days from the expiration of the lockup period and 12 months from termination.

 

2


Subject to Section 12(c) of the Plan, the Option shall terminate on the earlier of the Expiration Date as set forth in the Notice of Grant and the end of the Exercise Period specified above.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by written notice (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to the Common Stock as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

(c) Compliance with Law. No shares of Common Stock will be issued pursuant to the exercise of any Option unless such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the shares of Common Stock shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such shares.

3. Optionee’s Representations. In the event the shares of Common Stock purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4. Lock-Up Period. Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) .

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

 

3


5. Method of Payment. Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by cash or check or by a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee. In the event there is a public market for the Common Stock, Optionee shall also deliver a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option. The payment of the Exercise Price shall not violate any applicable PRC laws and regulations.

6. Non-Transferability of Option.

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors, guardians and assigns of Optionee.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date” ), the Optionee shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Optionee upon the death or disability of the Optionee. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

7. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only in accordance with the terms set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised prior to its expiration date only, in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

8. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is

 

4


determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Optionee. Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Optionee shall be solely responsible for Optionee’s costs related to such a determination.

(d) PRC Taxes . Optionee acknowledges that the positive difference between the Exercise Price and the fair market value of a Share on the date of exercise and any capital income by disposing of the Shares may be subject to PRC taxes and Optionee’s local employer may withhold such applicable PRC taxes.

9. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. In case of conflict between the provisions in the Plan and this Option Agreement, the provisions in the Plan shall prevail. This Option Agreement is governed by California law except for that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws.

10. Acknowledgments of Optionee.

(a) NO RIGHT OF EMPLOYMENT. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO THE OPTION IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING CONSULTANCY OR EMPLOYMENT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE PLAN THAT IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

(b) Receipt of Plan. Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

5


TELENAV, INC.      OPTIONEE

 

    

 

HaiPing Jin      Signature
President and Chief Executive Officer                          
                                              
Date      Date

 

6


EXHIBIT A

1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN OF TELENAV, INC.

EXERCISE NOTICE

TeleNav, Inc.

1130 Kifer Road

Sunnyvale, CA 94086

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,              , [          ], the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase      shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of TeleNav, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 1999 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement, dated                      (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

7


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

8


6. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

9


(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement is governed by the substantive laws of California, without reference to provisions on conflicts of laws.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:      Accepted by:
OPTIONEE      TELENAV, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      By

 

    

 

Print Name      Its
Address:      Address:

 

    

 

 

    

 

    

 

     Date Received

 

10


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:                                    
COMPANY:    TELENAV, INC.
SECURITY:    COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT:                                    
DATE:                                    

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with the legends set forth in the Exercise Notice and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the


availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

Optionee hereby acknowledges that Optionee is aware of the relevant requirements under the laws of the People’s Republic of China regarding overseas investment, including the requirements for approval and registration with competent authorities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities after obtaining requisite approval or registration from competent authorities of the People’s Republic of China. Failure to obtain requisite approval or registration shall relieve the Company, and any of its subsidiaries, of any liability in respect of the failure to issue these Securities. If the failure is revealed or occurs after the issuance of these Securities, the Company shall be entitled, at its sole discretion, to redeem or request Optionee to transfer these Securities to a transferee who is legally entitled to hold the Securities. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the redemption price shall be the Exercise Price paid by Optionee for the Securities. The Company and any of its subsidiaries shall be relieved from any liability for any redemption or request for transfer made pursuant to the foregoing.

 

 

                         
Signature of Optionee      Date

Exhibit 10.3

T ELE N AV , I NC .

2002 E XECUTIVE S TOCK O PTION P LAN


T ELE N AV , I NC .

2002 E XECUTIVE S TOCK O PTION P LAN

1. Purpose of the Plan.

The purpose of the TeleNav, Inc. 2002 Executive Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time, is to retain the Company’s executives Yi-Chung Chao, HaiPing Jin and Robert Rennard (each an “ Executive ” and collectively the “ Executives ”) and to provide additional incentives to those Executives to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The Options offered pursuant to the Plan are a matter of separate inducement and are not in lieu of salary or other compensation.

2. Definitions.

As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “ Change of Control ” means (A) the acquisition of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares of the Company pursuant to a lawful tender offer validly made by a third party, (B) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company (other than reincorporation of the Company), if after giving effect to such merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of the Company, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, or other reorganization do not represent a majority in interest of the holders of voting securities (on a fully diluted basis) with the ordinary power to elect directors of the surviving entity after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization, or (C) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a third party who is not an affiliate of the Company.

(d) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “ Committee ” means a Committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(f) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, $0.001 par value, of the Company.

(g) “ Company ” means TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation (formerly known as Televigation, Inc.).

(h) “ Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, and any Director of the Company, whether compensated for such services or not. If the Company registers any class of any equity security pursuant to the Exchange Act, the term Consultant shall thereafter not include Directors who are not compensated for their services or are paid only a director’s fee. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Consultant” shall not include an entity or any non-natural person.


(i) “ Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant ” means that the employment or consulting relationship with the Company is not interrupted or terminated. Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or transfers to any subsidiary of the Company, or between a subsidiary and the Company or any successor. A leave of absence shall include sick leave or any other personal leave approved by an authorized representative of the Company. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract, including policies of the Company. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(j) “ Director ” means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

(k) “ Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, employed by the Company. The payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment.”

(l) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(m) “Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Options are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Optionees would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Options to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Option is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(n) “ Executive(s) ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

(o) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation (“ NASDAQ ”) System, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

-2-


(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(p) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(q) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(r) “ Notice of Grant ” means the notice of stock option grant to be given to each of the Optionees.

(s) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) “ Optionee ” means an Executive who receives an Option.

(v) “ Plan ” means the TeleNav, Inc. 2002 Executive Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time.

(w) “ Restatement Effective Date ” means March 17, 2009.

(x) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor thereto.

(y) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(z) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa) “ Share ” means each of the shares of Common Stock subject to an Option, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 below.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan.

Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to option and sold under this Plan is 39,685,108 unless amended by the Board or the stockholders of the Company. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

-3-


If an Option expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of an Option, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan.

(a) Initial Plan Procedure . Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board.

(b) Plan Procedure Under the Exchange Act . After the date, if any, upon which the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board if the Board may administer the Plan in compliance with any applicable laws, including the rules under Rule 16b-3 relating to the disinterested administration of employee benefit plans under which Section 16(b) exempt discretionary grants and awards of equity securities are to be made, or (B) a Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with any applicable laws, including the rules under Rule 16b-3 relating to the disinterested administration of employee benefit plans under which Section 16(b) exempt discretionary grants and awards of equity securities are to be made. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by any applicable laws, including the rules under Rule 16b-3 relating to the disinterested administration of employee benefit plans under which Section 16(b) exempt discretionary grants and awards of equity securities are to be made.

(c) Compliance with Section 162(m) . If, at any time, awards made under the Plan shall be subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan shall be administered by a committee comprised solely of “outside directors” (within the meaning of Prop. Treas. Reg. § 1.162- 27(e)(3)) or such other persons as may be permitted from time to time under Section 162(m) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, including the approval, if required, of any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock in accordance with Section 2(o) of the Plan;

(ii) to select the Executives to whom Options may from time to time be granted hereunder;

 

-4-


(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Options are granted hereunder;

(iv) to determine the number of Shares to be granted hereunder;

(v) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(vi) to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock has declined since the date the Option was granted;

(vii) to determine the terms and conditions of any, and to institute any Exchange Program;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each award of Options (subject to Section 15 of the Plan); and

(x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan.

(e) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees and any other holders of any Options.

5. Eligibility.

(a) Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. An Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Option may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional Options.

(b) Each Option shall be designated in the written option agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(c) Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuation of his or her employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate his or her employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

 

-5-


6. Term of Plan.

The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company, as described in Section 18 of the Plan. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten years unless sooner terminated under Section 14 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option.

The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the term of the Option shall be five years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

8. Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

(a) The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above in accordance with and pursuant to a transaction described in Section 424 of the Code.

(b) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of (i) cash, (ii) check, or (iii) any combination of those methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company. The Optionee shall also deliver a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and a broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option.

 

-6-


9. Exercise of Option.

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, including performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee, and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan. With respect to Options granted on or after the Restatement Effective Date, unless the Administrator provides otherwise, or except as otherwise required by Applicable Law, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when (i) written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option, (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company and (iii) with respect to Options granted prior to the Restatement Effective Date, an agreement executed by the Optionee pursuant to which the Optionee agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised or any other securities of the Company held by the Optionee during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period, not to exceed 18 days after the expiration of the 180-day period as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), in a form satisfactory to the Company, has been received by the Company. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 8(b) hereof. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote, receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly upon exercise of the Option. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12 hereof.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship . Except as otherwise provided in subsections (c) and (d) below, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant (but not in the event of an Optionee’s change of status from Employee to Consultant (in which case an Employee’s Incentive Stock Option shall automatically convert to a Nonstatutory Stock Option three (3) months and one (1) day following such change of status) or from Consultant to Employee), such Optionee may, within sixty (60) days after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of

 

-7-


such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise his or her Option to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(c) Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of his or her disability, the Optionee may, but, only within twelve (12) months from the date of such termination (and in no event later than the expiration date of the termination of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. However, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of his or her “permanent disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, the Optionee shall be entitled, but only within twelve (12) months from the date of such termination (and in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), to exercise all Options such Employee or Consultant would have been entitled to exercise had such Employee or Consultant remained employed for two (2) years from the date of such termination. If such disability is not a “permanent disability,” in the case of an Incentive Stock Option such Incentive Stock Option shall automatically cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option three (3) months and one (1) day following such termination. If the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(d) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee, the Optionee’s estate or any person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance shall be entitled, but only within twelve (12) months from the date of such termination (and in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), to exercise all Options such Employee or Consultant would have received had such Employee or Consultant remained employed for two (2) years from the date of such termination. All remaining Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If, after the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s estate or a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(e) Effect of Change of Control . In the event of a Change of Control, as defined below, fifty percent (50%) of the then unvested Shares shall immediately vest and the remaining unvested Shares shall become fully vested on the earlier of (A) the date the Optionee’s employment is terminated (1) by the Company (or any successor) without cause, or (2) by the Optionee for Good Reason (defined below), or (B) one year following the date of the Change of Control. A “ Good Reason ” shall be deemed to exist if (i)(A) there is a material adverse change in the Optionee’s position causing such position to be of significantly less stature or of significantly less responsibility, (B) there is a reduction of more than twenty percent (20%) of the Optionee’s base compensation, or (C) the Optionee refuses to relocate to a facility or location that is more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s current location, and (ii) within the thirty (30) days immediately following such material change, reduction, or refusal the Optionee elects to terminate his employment voluntarily.

 

-8-


(f) Effect of Initial Public Offering . Upon the occurrence of an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, all of the Shares shall become fully vested.

(g) Rule 16b-3 . Options granted to a person subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act must comply with Rule 16b-3 and shall contain such additional conditions or restrictions as may be required thereunder to qualify for the maximum exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to Plan transactions.

10. Non-Transferability of Options; Right of First Refusal.

(a) Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. If the Administrator makes an Option transferable, such Option may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Optionee upon the death or disability of the Optionee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

All Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company and its stockholders as set forth in the Bylaws of the Company.

11. Reserved.

12. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization or Merger.

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option, and the number of shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, as well as the price for each share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease as determined by the Administrator. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and

 

-9-


conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee at least 15 days prior to such proposed action. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, the Option shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, each outstanding Option may be assumed or an equivalent option or right may be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation. If, in such event, an Option is not assumed or substituted, the Option shall terminate as of the date of the closing of the merger. The Company shall notify each holder of an Option in writing at least twenty (20) days prior to the consummation of a merger of (i) the principal terms of the merger and (ii) whether the merger will constitute a Change of Control, and (iii) whether the Options granted under this Plan will be assumed in the merger. Such holders shall then have the opportunity to exercise any vested Options prior to the merger (including Options entitled to accelerated vesting pursuant to a prospective Change of Control). For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option shall be considered assumed if, following the merger, the Option confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Option immediately prior to the merger, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if the holders are offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration received in the merger is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent). The Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each Share subject to the Option, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger. Whether the Option is assumed or not, each Optionee shall be entitled to any accelerated vesting which is applicable under Section 9(e), and if the Option is not assumed then any such accelerated vesting shall occur in advance of a Change of Control so that each Optionee has an opportunity to exercise all such Options at least ten (10) business days prior to the closing of the merger.

(d) Compliance with Incentive Stock Option Provisions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each adjustment made to an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to this Section 12 shall comply with the rules of Section 424(a) of the Code, and no adjustment shall be made that would cause any Incentive Stock Option to become a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

13. Time of Granting Options.

The date of grant of an Option shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

-10-


14. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of any Optionee under any grant theretofore made, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or with Section 422 of the Code (or any other applicable law or regulation, including the requirements of the NASD or an established stock exchange), the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination . Any amendment or termination of the Plan shall not affect Options already granted, and such Options shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

15. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the laws of the United States, including the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

16. Reservation of Shares.

During the term of this Plan, the Company shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by Company counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

17. Agreements.

Options shall be evidenced by written agreements in such form as the Administrator shall approve from time to time.

 

-11-


18. Stockholder Approval.

Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under applicable state and federal law and the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed.

19. Information to Optionees.

Beginning on the earlier of the date that the Company relies on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Optionees pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Optionees pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Optionee the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than one hundred and eighty (180) days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Optionees or by written notice to the Optionees of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Optionees agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If an Optionee does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Approved by the Board as of January 24, 2002.

Approved by the Stockholders as of January 25, 2002.

Amended by the Board as of March 17, 2009.

Amended by the Board as of September 16, 2009.

Approved by the Stockholders as of September 16, 2009.

 

-12-


TeleNav, Inc.

Stock Option Agreement

For

2002 Executive Stock Option Plan

Capitalized terms used without definition in this Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) shall have the meanings given such terms in the TeleNav, Inc. 2002 Executive Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Optionee’s Name and Address:

Social Security Number/Tax ID:

You have been granted an option to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

Grant Number

 

Date of Grant   
Vesting Commencement Date   
Exercise Price per Share   
Total Number of Shares Granted   
Total Exercise Price   
Type of Option             Incentive Stock Option
            Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date   

II. AGREEMENT

TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to                      (the “ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase a total of                      (                      ) shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company, at the price set


forth herein, and in all respects subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by this reference. Subject to Section 14(b) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

1. Nature of the Option . The Option is intended to be an incentive stock option (“ ISO ”) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). To the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“ NSO ”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator or the Company or any employee or director of the Company have any liability to the Optionee (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Option Price . The Option Price is $              for each Share.

3. Vesting and Exercise of Option . The Option shall vest and become exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Vesting and Right to-Exercise .

(i) The Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to twenty-five percent (25)% of the Shares subject to the Option on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date set forth in this Agreement, and one thirty-sixth (1/36) of the remaining Shares subject to the Option each month thereafter, on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), until all of the Shares have vested, subject to the Optionee’s Continuous Employment or Consulting Relationship with the Company. Subject to the provisions of subparagraphs (ii) and (iii) below, the Optionee can exercise any portion of the Option which has vested until the expiration of the Option term.

(ii) In the event of the Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option shall be governed by Sections 9(b), (c) and (d) of the Plan, as the case may be.

(iii) The Option may not be exercised for fractional shares or for less than ten (10) Shares.

(b) Method of Exercise . In order to exercise any portion of this Option, the Optionee shall notify the Company in writing of the election to exercise the Option and the number of shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, by executing and delivering the Notice of Exercise of Stock Option in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto and such other documents related to the purchased Shares as may be required by the Company. The written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding. The certificate or certificates representing Shares as to which this Option has been exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee.

 

-2-


(c) Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable Federal or state securities law or other law or regulation. Furthermore, the method and manner of payment of the Option Price will be subject to the rules under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations (“ Regulation U ”) as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board if such rules apply to the Company at the date of exercise. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require the Optionee to make any representation or warranty to the Company at the time of exercise of this Option as in the opinion of legal counsel for the Company may be required by any applicable law or regulation, including the execution and delivery of an appropriate representation statement. Accordingly, the stock certificates for the Shares issued upon exercise of this Option may bear appropriate legends restricting transfer.

4. Lock-Up Period . The Optionee hereby agrees that the Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

The Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, the Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

 

-3-


5. Non-Transferability of Option .

(a) This Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee and may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors, guardians and assigns of the Optionee.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “ Reliance End Date ”), the Optionee shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Optionee upon the death or disability of the Optionee. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

6. Method of Payment . Payment of the exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) certified or bank cashier’s check; or

(c) in the event there exists a public market for the Company’s Common Stock on the date of exercise, by surrender of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, provided that if such shares were acquired upon exercise of an incentive stock option, the Option, must have first satisfied the holding period requirements under Section 422(a)(1) of the Code. In this case payment shall be made as follows:

(i) The Optionee shall deliver to the Secretary of the Company a written notice which shall set forth the portion of the purchase price the Optionee wishes to pay with Common Stock, and the number of shares of such Common Stock the Optionee intends to surrender pursuant to the exercise of this Option, which shall be determined by dividing the aforementioned portion of the purchase price by the average of the last reported bid and asked prices per share of Common Stock of the Company, as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by Nasdaq or, in the event the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, or on the Nasdaq National Market (or any successor national market system), the closing price of Common Stock of the Company on such exchange as reported in The Wall Street Journal , for the day on which the notice of exercise is sent or delivered;

 

-4-


(ii) Fractional shares shall be disregarded and the Optionee shall pay in cash an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the price determined under subparagraph (i) above;

(iii) The written notice shall be accompanied by a duly endorsed blank stock power with respect to the number of Shares set forth in the notice, and the certificate(s) representing said Shares shall be delivered to the Company at its principal offices within three (3) working days from the date of the notice of exercise;

(iv) The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company to transfer so many of the Shares represented by such certificate(s) as are necessary to pay the purchase price in accordance with the provisions herein;

(v) If any such transfer of Shares requires the consent of the California Commissioner of Corporations or of some other agency under the securities laws of any other state, or an opinion of counsel for the Company or the Optionee that such transfer may be effected under applicable Federal and state securities laws, the time periods specified herein shall be extended for such periods as the necessary request for consent to transfer is pending before said Commissioner or other agency, or until counsel renders such an opinion, as the case may be. All parties agree to cooperate in making such request for transfer, or in obtaining such opinion of counsel, and no transfer shall be effected without such consent or opinion if required by law; and

(vi) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Optionee shall only be permitted to pay the purchase price with Shares of the Company’s Common Stock owned by him as of the exercise date in the manner and within the time periods allowed under 17 CFR §240.16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as such regulation is presently constituted, as it is amended from time to time, and as it is interpreted now or hereafter by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Optionee may elect to pay the exercise price by authorizing a third party to sell Shares subject to this Option and remit to the Company a sufficient portion of the sale proceeds to pay the entire exercise price and any tax withholding resulting from such exercise.

7. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization or Merger . The number of Shares covered by this Option shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan in the event of changes in the capitalization or organization of the Company, or if the Company is a party to a merger or other corporate reorganization.

8. Term of Option . This Option may not be exercised more than ten years from the Vesting Commencement Date set forth in the signature page of this Agreement, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9. Reserved .

10. Not Employment Contract . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right with respect to continuation of employment or consultancy by the Company or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the provisions of applicable law. This is not an employment contract.

 

-5-


11. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . The Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the incentive stock option on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. The Optionee agrees that the Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

Furthermore, in the event of any determination that the Company has failed to withhold a sum sufficient to pay all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of this Option, or a disqualifying disposition of the shares acquired upon exercise of an incentive stock option, the Optionee agrees to pay the Company the amount of such deficiency in cash within five (5) days, after receiving a written demand from the Company to do so, whether or not the Optionee is an employee or consultant of the Company at that time.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by the Optionee prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Optionee. The Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. The Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, the Optionee shall be solely responsible for Optionee’s costs related to such a determination.

(d) After the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), at such time as the Optionee is required to pay to the Company an amount with respect to tax withholding obligations as set forth in paragraph (a) or (b), the Optionee may elect prior to the date the amount of such withholding tax is determined to make such payment, or such increased payment as the Optionee elects to make up to the maximum federal, state and local marginal tax rates (including any related FICA obligation) applicable to the Optionee and the particular transaction in accordance with the provisions of Section 9(g) of the Plan.

 

-6-


(e) Any adverse consequences incurred by an Optionee with respect to the use of shares of Common stock to pay any of the Option Price or of any tax in connection with the exercise of an Option, including, without limitation, any adverse tax consequences arising as a result of a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall be the sole responsibility of the Optionee.

 

TeleNav, Inc.

/s/

HaiPing Jin, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

-7-


Receipt

The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, the Option Agreement and the exhibits referred to therein, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan.

Please check one of the following:

¨ I have a spouse and my spouse has signed the Consent of Spouse below.

¨ I do not have a spouse.

 

Dated      

/s/

      Name:  

Consent of Spouse

I,                      , spouse of                      who executed the foregoing Option Agreement, hereby agree that my spouse’s interest in the shares of Common Stock subject to said Option Agreement shall be irrevocably bound by the Option Agreement’s terms. I further agree that my community property interest in such shares, if any, shall similarly be bound by said Option Agreement and that such consent is binding upon my executors, administrators, heirs and assigns. I agree to execute and deliver such documents as may be necessary to carry out the intent of said Option Agreement and this consent.

 

Dated      

/s/

      Name:  

 

-8-


Exhibit A

Notice of Exercise of Stock Option

 

TO:    TeleNav, Inc.
   265 Santa Ana Court
   Sunnyvale, CA 94086
ATTN.:    President
SUBJECT:    Notice of Exercise of Stock Option

With respect to the stock option granted to the undersigned on Stock of TeleNav, Inc., this is official notice that the undersigned hereby elects to exercise such option to purchase shares as follows:

 

Number of Shares:            
Date of Purchase:            
Mode of Payment:            
   (Certified Check, Cash, Other Consideration as permitted by the terms of the Option Agreement)
The shares should be issued as follows:
Name:                        
Address:                        
                       
Social Security Number:                             

 

Dated:                             

 

        [Name]

Exhibit 10.4

TELENAV, INC.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

   

to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

   

to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

   

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

 

-2-


(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; or

(iv) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

 

-3-


(s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(y) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(aa) “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

(bb) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

(cc) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(dd) “ Plan ” means this 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ee) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(ff) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(gg) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

 

-4-


(hh) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ii) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(jj) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(kk) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

(ll) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(mm) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 25 million Shares, plus (i) any Shares that, as of the Registration Date, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Company’s 1999 Stock Option Plan (the “ Existing Plan ”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Existing Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the Existing Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 73,379,658 Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2012 Fiscal Year (i.e. the fiscal year commencing July 1, 2011), in an amount equal to the least of (i)  20 million Shares, (ii)  4.0% of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board.

(c) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are

 

-5-


forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

 

-6-


(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions of any, and to institute any Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options);

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 15 of the Plan;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year

 

-7-


(under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

a) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

b) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of

 

-8-


consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

(d) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

-9-


(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

 

-10-


(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

8. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

 

-11-


(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

9. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(b) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(d) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

-12-


10. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, or individual goals, applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

11. Formula Awards to Outside Directors .

(a) General . Outside Directors will be entitled to receive all types of Awards (except Incentive Stock Options) under this Plan, including discretionary Awards not covered under this Section 11. All grants of Awards to Outside Directors pursuant to this Section will be automatic and nondiscretionary, except as otherwise provided herein, and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

(b) Type of Option . If Options are granted pursuant to this Section they will be Nonstatutory Stock Options and, except as otherwise provided herein, will be subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

-13-


(c) No Discretion . No person will have any discretion to select which Outside Directors will be granted Awards under this Section or to determine the number of Shares to be covered by such Awards (except as provided in Sections 11 and 14).

(d) Initial Award . Each person who first becomes an Outside Director following the Registration Date will be automatically granted an Option to purchase 125,000 Shares (the “Initial Award”) on or about the date on which such person first becomes an Outside Director, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy; provided, however, that an Inside Director who ceases to be an Inside Director, but who remains a Director, will not receive an Initial Award.

(e) Annual Award . Each Outside Director will be automatically granted an Option to purchase 50,000 Shares (an “Annual Award”) on each date of the annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company beginning in 2011 if as of such date, he or she will have served on the Board for at least the preceding six (6) months.

(f) Terms . The terms of each Award granted pursuant to this Section will be as follows:

(i) The term of the Award will be ten (10) years.

(ii) The exercise price for Shares subject to Awards will be one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the grant date.

(iii) Subject to Section 14, the Initial Award will vest and become exercisable as to 1/36th of the Shares subject to the Initial Award on the last day of each month commencing the first full month after such Initial Award is granted, provided that the Participant continues to serve as a Director through such date(s).

(iv) Subject to Section 14, the Annual Award will vest and become exercisable as to 1/12th of the Shares subject to such Annual Award on the last day of each month commencing the first full month after such Annual Award is granted, provided that the Participant continues to serve as a Director through such date(s).

(g) Adjustments . The Administrator in its discretion may change and otherwise revise the terms of Awards granted under this Section 11, including, without limitation, the number of Shares and exercise prices thereof, for Awards granted on or after the date the Administrator determines to make any such change or revision.

12. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the

 

-14-


Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

13. Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

14. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, the numerical Share limits in Section 3 of the Plan, and the number of Shares issuable pursuant to Awards to be granted under Section 11 of the Plan.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

-15-


For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 14(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(d) Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant (unless such resignation is at the request of the acquirer), then the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Performance Units and Performance Shares, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

15. Tax .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair

 

-16-


Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

(c) Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

16. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

17. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

18. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 22 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) immediately prior to the Registration Date. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.

19. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

-17-


20. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

21. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

22. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-18-


TELENAV, INC.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the TeleNav, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”).

23. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

        Participant Name:

Address:

You have been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of TeleNav, Inc. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number

  

 

  
Date of Grant   

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date   

 

  
Exercise Price per Share    $            
Total Number of Shares Granted   

 

  
Total Exercise Price    $            
Type of Option:         Incentive Stock Option   
        Nonstatutory Stock Option   
Term/Expiration Date:   

 

  

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, this Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

         [INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]

Termination Period :

This Option will be exercisable for [three (3) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for [ twelve (12) months] after Participant ceases to be Service Provider.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section [14] of the Plan.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:     
    TELENAV, INC.     

 

    

 

Signature      By

 

    

 

Print Name      Title
Residence Address :     

 

    

 

    

 

-2-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

(a) Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Award Agreement (the “Participant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section [19(c)] of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

(b) Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

(c) Administrator Discretion. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

(d) Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Award Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price.

 

-3-


(e) Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant.

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

(f) Tax Obligations.

(a) Withholding Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Grant Date, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share

 

-4-


on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination;

(g) Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

(h) No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

(i) Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its [TITLE] at TeleNav, Inc., 1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, California 94086, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

(j) Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

(k) Binding Agreement. Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

(l) Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements

 

-5-


of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

(m) Plan Governs. This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

(n) Administrator Authority. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

(o) Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Options awarded under the Plan or future Options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

(p) Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

(q) Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

(r) Modifications to the Agreement. This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Option.

(s) Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

 

-6-


(t) Governing Law. This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of [California], without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of [California] , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of [Santa Clara County], [California], or the federal courts for the United States for the [Northern District of California], and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

 

-7-


EXHIBIT B

TELENAV, INC.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

TeleNav, Inc.

1130 Kifer Road

Sunnyvale, California 94086

Attention: [                              ]

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,              ,          , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase          shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of TeleNav, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement dated                      (the “Award Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $          , as required by the Award Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section [14] of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Award Agreement constitute the entire


agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of [California].

 

Submitted by:      Accepted by:
PURCHASER:     
    TELENAV, INC     

 

    

 

Signature      By

 

    

 

Print Name      Title
Address :     

 

    

 

    
    

 

     Date Received

 

-2-


TELENAV, INC.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the TeleNav, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Participant Name:

Address:

You have been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of TeleNav, Inc. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number   

 

  
Date of Grant   

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date   

 

  
Exercise Price per Share    $            
Total Number of Shares Granted   

 

  
Total Exercise Price    $            
Type of Option:          Incentive Stock Option   
         Nonstatutory Stock Option   
Term/Expiration Date:   

 

  
Vesting Schedule :      

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, this Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]

Termination Period :

This Option will be exercisable for [three (3) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for [ twelve (12) months] after Participant ceases to be Service Provider.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section [14] of the Plan.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:      TELENAV, INC.  

 

    

 

 
Signature      By  

 

    

 

 
Print Name      Title  
Residence Address :       

 

      

 

      

 

-2-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Award Agreement (the “Participant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section [19(c)] of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

3. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

4. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Award Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price.

 

-3-


5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant.

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Grant Date, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share

 

-4-


on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination;

7. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

8. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

9. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its [TITLE] at TeleNav, Inc., 1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, California 94086, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

10. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

11. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

12. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements

 

-5-


of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

13. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

14. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

15. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Options awarded under the Plan or future Options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

16. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

17. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

18. Modifications to the Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Option.

19. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

 

-6-


20. Governing Law . This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of [California], without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of [California] , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of [Santa Clara County], [California], or the federal courts for the United States for the [Northern District of California], and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

 

-7-


EXHIBIT B

TELENAV, INC.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

TeleNav, Inc.

1130 Kifer Road

Sunnyvale, California 94086

Attention: [                              ]

Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,              ,          , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase          shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of TeleNav, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement dated                      (the “Award Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $          , as required by the Award Agreement.

Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section [14] of the Plan.

Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter


hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of [California].

 

Submitted by:       Accepted by:   
PURCHASER:       TELENAV, INC   

 

     

 

  
Signature       By   

 

     

 

  
Print Name       Title   
Address :         

 

        

 

        
     

 

  
      Date Received   

 

-2-


TELENAV, INC.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the TeleNav, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

Participant Name:

Address:

You have been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number     

 

 
Date of Grant     

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date     

 

 
Total Number of Shares Granted     

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock will vest and the Company’s right to reacquire the Restricted Stock will lapse in accordance with the following schedule:

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of TeleNav, Inc. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

-1-


PARTICIPANT:      TELENAV, INC.   

 

    

 

  
Signature      By      

 

    

 

  
Print Name      Title      
Residence Address :           

 

          

 

          

 

-2-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

1. Grant of Restricted Stock . The Company hereby grants to the individual named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Award Agreement (the “Participant”) under the Plan for past services and as a separate incentive in connection with his or her services and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his or her services, an Award of Shares of Restricted Stock, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section [19] of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Escrow of Shares .

(a) All Shares of Restricted Stock will, upon execution of this Award Agreement, be delivered and deposited with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”). The Shares of Restricted Stock will be held by the Escrow Holder until such time as the Shares of Restricted Stock vest or the date Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

(b) The Escrow Holder will not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares of Restricted Stock in escrow while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(c) Upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such termination, will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon such termination.

(d) The Escrow Holder will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock to Participant after they vest following Participant’s request that the Escrow Holder do so.

(e) Subject to the terms hereof, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and to receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

(f) In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares, the Shares of Restricted Stock will be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant will in his or her capacity as

 

-3-


owner of unvested Shares of Restricted Stock be entitled to new or additional or different shares of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities will thereupon be considered to be unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Award Agreement. If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any unvested Shares of Restricted Stock, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants will be considered to be unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Award Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

(g) The Company may instruct the transfer agent for its Common Stock to place a legend on the certificates representing the Restricted Stock or otherwise note its records as to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Award Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares of Restricted Stock scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, the balance of the Shares of Restricted Stock that have not vested at the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason will be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost to the Company upon the date of such termination and Participant will have no further rights thereunder. Participant will not be entitled to a refund of the price paid for the Shares of Restricted Stock, if any, returned to the Company pursuant to this Section 5. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Agent with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such unvested Shares to the Company upon such termination of service.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of

 

-4-


Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares of Restricted Stock may be released from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Shares otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4, Participant will permanently forfeit such Shares and the Shares will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant or the Escrow Agent. Except as provided in Section 2, after such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE SHARES OF RESTRICTED STOCK PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-5-


10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its Stock Administration at TeleNav, Inc., at 1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, CA 94086, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, the unvested Shares subject to this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any unvested Shares of Restricted Stock subject to this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Release from Escrow . The Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares hereunder or release such Shares from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2 prior to fulfillment of all the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of grant of the Restricted Stock as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

14. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares of Restricted Stock have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

 

-6-


16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock.

20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California , or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock is made and/or to be performed.

 

-7-


TELENAV, INC.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the TeleNav, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

Participant Name:

Address:

You have been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number     

 

 
Date of Grant     

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date     

 

 
Number of Restricted Stock Units     

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Unit will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE.]

In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Unit, the Restricted Stock Unit and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of TeleNav, Inc. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

-1-


PARTICIPANT:       TELENAV, INC.   

 

     

 

  
Signature       By   

 

     

 

  
Print Name       Title   
Residence Address :         

 

        

 

        

 

-2-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to the individual named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Award Agreement (the “Participant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section [19] of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Section 3, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any applicable tax withholding obligations as set forth in Section 7. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, such vested Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period ending no later than the date that is two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months from the end of the Company’s tax year that includes the vesting date.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death , and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant dies

 

-3-


following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any proposed, temporary or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units and any right to receive Shares thereunder and the Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars,

 

-4-


and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of Stock Administration at TeleNav, Inc., at 1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, CA 94086, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates

 

-5-


that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority.

14. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

 

-6-


20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock Units or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California , or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock Units is made and/or to be performed.

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.5

TeleNav, Inc.

2975 San Ysidro Way

Stanta Clara, California 95051

Tel: (408) 245-0196 / Fax: (408) 245-0238

Offer Letter – Full Time Exempt Employee

Doug Miller

Re: Employment Terms

Dear Doug

TeleNav, Inc. (“The Company” of “TeleNav”) is very pleased to offer you the position of CFO, on the following terms.

Your base compensation will be $200,000.00 per year, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings. You will be paid semi-monthly and you will be eligible for the following standard Company benefits: medical insurance, vacation, sick leave, and holidays. Details about these benefit plans are available for your review. There will be $30,000.00 bonuses, based on the company and your own performance. There will be also $10,000.00 sign on bonus.

As equity compensation, you will be granted an option to purchase 4,721,792 (1% of fully diluated shares) shares of the Company’s common stock (subject to Board approval of such stock option plan). The exercise price of such option shall be the fair market value of the stock at the date the option is granted, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The current fair market value of the Company’s common stock is $0.06. Such options will be subject to vesting on the following terms: 25% vested after one full year. Option shall vest with respect to the remaining shares at the rate of one thirty-sixth (1/36) of the remaining shares per month for a period of thirty six (36) months.

Effect of Change of Control .

(i) In the event of a Change of Control, as defined below, fifty percent (50%) of the then unvested shares shall immediately vest and the remaining unvested shares shall become fully vested on the earlier of (A) the date the Optionee’s employment is terminated (1) by the Company (or any successor) without cause, or (2) by the Optionee for Good Reason (defined below), or (B) one year following the date of the Change of Control. A “ Good Reason ” shall be deemed to exist if (i)(A) there is a material adverse change in the Optionee’s position causing such position to he of significantly less stature or of significantly less responsibility, (B) there is a reduction of more than 20 percent of the Optionee’s base compensation, or (C) the Optionee refuses to relocate to a facility or location that is more than 50 miles from the Company’s current location, and (ii) within the 30 days immediately following such material change, reduction, or refusal the Optionee elects to terminate his employment voluntarily.


(ii) “ Change of Control ” shall mean (A) the acquisition of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares of the Company pursuant to a lawful tender offer validly made by a third party, (B) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company (other than reincorporation of the Company), if after giving effect to such merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of the Company, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, or other reorganization do not represent a majority in interest of the holders of voting securities (on a fully diluted basis) with the ordinary power to elect directors of the surviving entity after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization, or (C) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a third party who is not an affiliate of the Company.

After completion of the introductory period, in case of the termination without cause, you would receive 3 months salary as a severance plus 3 months COBRA.

The Company may modify compensation and benefits from time to time, as it deems necessary.

As a TeleNav employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and regulations and sign and comply with a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, which prohibit unauthorized use or disclosure of TeleNav proprietary information.

As an exempt salaried employee, you will be expected to work hours as required by the nature of your work assignments. During the period of your employment, you will not, without the express written consent of the Company, engage in any employment or business activity, including, without limitation, consulting of any kind, other than for the Company.

Please sign and date this letter, and return it to the Company by the end of the work day, Friday, April 21, 2006 , if you wish to accept employment at TeleNav under the terms described above. If you accept our offer (which we very much hope you will do), we would like you to start as soon as possible, and will discuss with you when this might be.


We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.

Sincerely,

 

By:  

/s/ HP Jin

HP (HaiPing) Jin
President and CEO
TeleNav, Inc

 

Accepted:  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

  

Date: 4/20/06


Attachment to the offer letter to Doug Miller

As a standard practice by many companies in the state (CA), the first 90 days of your employment with TeleNav will constitute an introductory period. The introductory period is intended to give new employees the opportunity to demonstrate their ability to achieve a satisfactory level of performance and to determine whether the new position meets their expectations. TeleNav uses this period to evaluate employee capabilities, work habits and overall performance. Either you or TeleNav may end the employment relationship for any reason, at any time, during or after the introductory period, with or without cause and with or without notice. Upon satisfactory completion of the introductory period, employees enter the “regular” employment classification. However, satisfactory completion of the introductory period does not guarantee employment with TeleNav for any specific period of time, as your employment with TeleNav is at all times “at-will,” meaning that either you or TeleNav can terminate the employment relationship at any time, for any reason.

By your signature below, you hereby agree that your employment with TeleNav is “at-will,” meaning that either you or TeleNav can terminate the employment relationship at any time, whether during or after completion of the introductory period, for any reason, with or without prior notice. You also agree to sign TeleNav’s standard form of Proprietary Information Agreement, a copy of which is attached to this letter.

 

Agreed     

Douglas S. Miller

    
By Doug Miller      Date April 20, 2006


TeleNav, INC.

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT

The following confirms an agreement between me and TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes the Company’s affiliates, successors and assigns), which is a material part of the consideration for my employment or continued employment by the Company:

1. “Proprietary Information” is information that was or is developed by, became or becomes known by, or was or is assigned or otherwise conveyed or made known to, the Company, and which has commercial value in the Company’s business. Proprietary Information includes, without limitation, trade secrets; financial information; product plans; lists, databases and other information concerning vendors, licensees and customers (including information which discloses the identity of such parties) and the Company’s relationship with those parties; pricing information and policies; employee compensation records; business and marketing plans and strategies; forecasts and any other business information; inventions; discoveries; formulas; product and other ideas; works of authorship; processes; technology; computer programs; source and object codes; techniques; processes; prototypes; algorithms; schematics; research; know-how and data, disclosed to me by the Company, either directly or indirectly, in writing, orally or by drawings or inspection of materials. I understand that my employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between me and the Company with respect to Proprietary Information of the Company and its customers, vendors and other parties contracting with the Company, which may be learned by me during my employment.

2. As used in this Agreement, any reference to “employment” by the Company includes any time during which I may be retained by the Company as a consultant, in addition to any time during which I am an employee of the Company.

3. In consideration of my employment or continued employment and the compensation received by me from the Company from time to time, I hereby agree as follows:

(a) All Proprietary Information and all patents, copyrights, trade dress, mask work and other intellectual property rights, including, without limitation, any extensions, renewals, continuations or divisions of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Legal Rights” ) associated with Proprietary Information shall be the sole property of the Company. I hereby assign to the Company any rights I may have or acquire in any Proprietary Information and any Legal Rights associated therewith. At all times, both during my employment and after its termination, I will keep in confidence and trust and will not use or disclose any Proprietary Information or anything relating to it without the written consent of the Company, except that I may disclose such Proprietary Information to employees and consultants of the Company as necessary in the ordinary course of performing my duties on behalf of the Company . I agree to notify the Company in writing immediately upon discovery of any unauthorized use or disclosure of any Proprietary Information received hereunder, or any other breach of the Agreement, and to assist and cooperate with the Company in every


reasonable way to regain possession of such Proprietary Information and/or prevent its further unauthorized disclosure and/or use. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I have no obligation under this Agreement to maintain in confidence any information that: (i) is in the public domain at the time of disclosure; (ii) though originally Proprietary Information, subsequently enters the public domain other than by breach of my confidentiality obligation, as of the date of its entering the public domain or (iii) that I can show I knew of prior to disclosure to me by the Company.

(b) In the event of the termination of my employment by me or by the Company for any reason, or upon the Company’s request at any time, I shall immediately return all documents, records, apparatus, computer files, equipment and other physical property, or any reproduction of such property, whether or not pertaining to Proprietary Information furnished to me by the Company or produced by myself or others in connection with my employment, to the Company.

(c) I will promptly disclose to the Company, or any persons designated by it, all “Inventions,” which include all improvements, inventions, discoveries, formulas, ideas, circuits, mask works, works of authorship, processes, computer programs, algorithms, techniques, schematics, know-how and data, whether or not patentable, made or conceived or reduced to practice or developed by me, either alone or jointly with others, during the term of my employment. To the extent the Company does not have rights therein hereunder, such disclosure shall be received by the Company in confidence and does not extend the assignment made in paragraph (e) of this Section 3.

(d) During the term of my employment and for one (1) year thereafter, I will not encourage or solicit any employee of the Company to leave the Company for any reason or to devote less than all of that employee’s efforts to the affairs of the Company, provided that the foregoing shall not affect any responsibility I may have as an employee of the Company with respect to the bona fide hiring and firing of Company personnel. During the term of my employment and thereafter, I will not solicit business for myself or for the benefit of any third party based upon information regarding the Company’s customers or other parties doing business with the Company who I become aware of during, and in connection with, my employment with the Company, to the extent that information constitutes the trade secrets of the Company.

(e) I agree that all Inventions which I make, conceive, reduce to practice or develop (in whole or in part, either alone or jointly with others) during my employment shall be the sole property of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by Section 2870 of the California Labor Code, a copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A , and to the extent permitted by law shall be “works made for hire.” The Company shall be the sole owner of all Legal Rights associated with the Inventions. I hereby assign to the Company any Legal Rights I may have or acquire in the Inventions. I agree to perform, during and after my employment, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to permit and assist it, at the Company’s expense, in obtaining and enforcing any Legal Rights for the foregoing Inventions and/or any other Inventions I have or may at any time assign to the Company in any and all countries. These acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or


cooperation in legal proceedings. I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on my behalf and instead of me, to execute and file any applications or related filings and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of all Legal Rights associated with any Inventions with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

(f) A complete list of all Inventions to which I claim ownership and that I desire to remove from the operation of this Agreement is attached as Exhibit B , and I covenant that this list is complete. If no list is attached to this Agreement, I represent that I have no Inventions at the time of signing this Agreement.

(g) I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement or obligation to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by me in confidence or trust prior to my employment with the Company. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict with this Agreement or in conflict with my employment with the Company.

4. I acknowledge and agree that a breach of any of my promises or covenants contained herein will result in irreparable and continuing damage to the Company for which there will be no adequate remedy at law, and in the event of such breach the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other and further relief as may be proper (including monetary damages, if appropriate).

5. This Agreement shall be effective as of the first day of my employment, and shall be binding upon me, my heirs, executors, assigns and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its subsidiaries, successors and assigns.

6. This Agreement may not be modified except by written agreement signed by me and the Company. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding that body of law relating to choice of law.

 

Dated: May 15 , 2006
    

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

     Employee


Exhibit A

§ 2870. Application of provision that employee shall assign or offer to assign rights in invention to employer

(a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those invention that either:

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.


Exhibit B

TeleNav, Inc.

                            

                            

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. The following is a complete list of all Inventions relevant to the subject matter of my employment by the Company that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my employment by the Company and that I desire to remove from the operation of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

    x     No inventions or improvements.

         See below:

         Additional sheets attached.

 

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

Employee

Exhibit 10.5.1

TELENAV, INC.

DOUGLAS MILLER EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between Douglas Miller (“Executive”) and TeleNav, Inc. (the “Company”), effective as of October 28, 2009 (the “Effective Date”).

1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

(a) Position and Duties . Executive will continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. Executive will continue to render such business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). The Board or CEO may modify Executive’s job title and duties as it deems necessary and appropriate in light of the Company’s needs and interests from time to time. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

(b) Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform Executive’s duties faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board.

2. At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither Executive’s job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of Executive’s employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

3. Term of Agreement . This Agreement will have an initial term of three (3) years from the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier under this Agreement’s provisions. On the third anniversary of the Effective Date, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of automatic renewal. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, in the event of a Change of Control, the term of this Agreement will automatically extend through the eighteen-month anniversary of such Change of Control. Additionally, on the eighteen-month anniversary of such Change of Control and each annual anniversary thereafter, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to such anniversary. If Executive becomes entitled to severance benefits pursuant to Section 8 hereof, this Agreement will not terminate until all of the obligations under this Agreement have been satisfied.


4. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual salary of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($200,000.00) as compensation for Executive’s services (the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings. Executive’s salary will be subject to review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

(b) Target Bonus . Executive will be eligible to participate in any bonus plans or programs maintained from time to time by the Company on such terms and conditions as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”). Any bonus, or any portion thereof, will be paid as soon as practicable after the Committee determines that the bonus has been earned, but in no event shall the bonus be paid after the later of (i) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the close of the Company’s fiscal year in which the bonus is earned or (ii) March 15 following the calendar year in which the bonus is earned.

(c) Equity Awards . Executive will continue to be eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time. The Board or the Committee will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any such equity awards and its terms in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

5. Employee Benefits . Executive will continue to be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

6. Vacation . Executive will continue to be entitled to paid vacation, in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy for senior executive officers, with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto. Upon Executive’s termination of employment, Executive will be entitled to receive Executive’s accrued but unpaid vacation through the date of Executive’s termination.

7. Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

-2-


8. Severance .

(a) Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability Apart from a Change of Control . During the Employment Term, if earlier than two (2) months prior to a Change of Control or after twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause, death or disability, then, subject to Section 9 below, Executive will receive the following severance from the Company:

(i) Severance Payment . Executive will receive: (A) a lump-sum severance payment in an amount equal to six (6) months of Executive’s Base Salary (as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination), and (B) a lump-sum pro-rated amount of Executive’s bonus for the year in which the termination occurs (adjusted as appropriate based on the extent to which any applicable performance objectives have then been achieved and the relative weightings thereof, each as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board or Committee acting in good faith).

(ii) Continued Employee Benefits . Executive will receive Company-paid coverage for the cost of continuation coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents under the Company’s Benefit Plans until the earlier of (i) a period of six (6) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, or (ii) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans.

(b) Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason upon or within Two Months Prior to, or Twelve Months Following, a Change of Control . During the Employment Term, if upon or within two (2) months prior to, or twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control, (i) the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause, death or disability, or (ii) upon Executive’s resignation with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 9 below, Executive will receive the following severance from the Company:

(i) Severance Payment . Executive will receive: (A) a lump-sum severance payment in an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary (as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination), and (B) a lump-sum pro-rated amount of Executive’s bonus for the year in which the termination occurs (adjusted as appropriate based on the extent to which any applicable performance objectives have then been achieved and the relative weightings thereof, each as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board or Committee acting in good faith).

(ii) Continued Employee Benefits . Executive will receive Company-paid coverage for the cost of continuation coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents under the Company’s Benefit Plans until the earlier of (A) a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, or (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans.

(iii) Accelerated Vesting . One hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s outstanding equity awards will immediately vest prior to Executive’s termination and become exercisable. The equity awards will remain exercisable, to the extent applicable, following the date of termination for the period prescribed in the stock or equity plan and award agreement.

 

-3-


(c) Termination for Cause, Death or Disability; Resignation without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates voluntarily by Executive (except upon resignation for Good Reason upon or within two (2) months prior to, or twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control), for Cause by the Company or due to Executive’s death or disability, then (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned), and (iii) Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies, if any, as then in effect.

(d) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company), the provisions of this Section 8 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement. Executive will be entitled to no severance or other benefits upon termination of employment with respect to acceleration of award vesting or severance pay other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 8.

9. Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate .

(a) Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The receipt of any severance pursuant to Section 8(a) or (b) will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and provided that such Release becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective and irrevocable.

(b) Non-Solicitation . The receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to Section 8(a) or (b) will be subject to Executive not violating the provisions of Section 16. In the event Executive breaches the provisions of Section 16, all continuing payments and benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled pursuant to Section 8(a) or (b) will immediately cease and the Company will be entitled to any other rights and remedies and may take any other action legally permissible as a result of breaching the provisions of Section 16.

(c) Confidential Information Agreement . Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 8 will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the Confidential Information Agreement (as defined in Section 15).

(d) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated

 

-4-


thereunder (“Section 409A”) (together, the “Deferred Payments”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii) Any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 9(d)(iii). Except as required by Section 9(d)(iii), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iv) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(vi) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

-5-


(e) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

10. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 10, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits will be either:

 

  (a) delivered in full, or

 

  (b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in the severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that no portion of such severance benefits is subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, the reduction shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of the severance payments under Sections 8(a)(i) or 8(b)(i); (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; and (3) reduction of continued employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 10 will be made in writing by an independent firm immediately prior to Change of Control (the “Firm”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 10, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 10. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 10.

11. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) Benefit Plans . For purposes of this Agreement, “Benefit Plans” means plans, policies or arrangements that the Company sponsors (or participates in) and that immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment provide Executive and/or

 

-6-


Executive’s eligible dependents with medical, dental, and/or vision benefits. Benefit Plans do not include any other type of benefit (including, but not by way of limitation, disability, life insurance or retirement benefits). A requirement that the Company provide Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents with coverage under the Benefit Plans will not be satisfied unless the coverage is no less favorable than that provided to senior executives of the Company at any applicable time during the period Executive is entitled to receive severance pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b). The Company may, at its option, satisfy any requirement that the Company provide coverage under any Benefit Plan by (i) reimbursing Executive’s premiums under Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) after Executive has properly elected continuation coverage under COBRA (in which case Executive will be solely responsible for electing such coverage for Executive’s eligible dependents), or (ii) providing coverage under a separate plan or plans providing coverage that is no less favorable.

(b) Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” is defined as:

(i) any material act of personal dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities as an employee;

(ii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of moral turpitude;

(iii) Executive’s gross misconduct;

(iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company;

(v) Executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company; or

(vi) Executive’s continued failure to perform Executive’s employment duties after Executive has received a written demand of performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company’s belief that Executive has not substantially performed his or her duties and has failed to cure such non-performance to the Company’s satisfaction within ten (10) business days after receiving such notice.

(c) Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) the acquisition by any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (for these purposes, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company), (“Person”) that becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional securities by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the securities of the Company shall not be considered a Change of Control;

 

-7-


(ii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 11(c)(ii) the following shall not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (1) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s shareholders immediately after the transfer; or (2) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (A) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s securities; (B) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or (D) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in subsection (C). For purposes of this Section 11(c)(ii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets; or

(iii) a change in the composition of the Board occurring within a twelve (12) month period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” will mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the Effective Date, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(d) Code . For purposes of this Agreement, “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s express written consent:

(i) the assignment to Executive of any duties, the reduction of Executive’s duties or the removal of Executive from his or her position and responsibilities, either of which must result in a material diminution of Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities with the Company in effect immediately prior to such assignment, unless Executive is provided with a comparable position (i.e., Chief Financial Officer of the parent company of the combined entity);

 

-8-


(ii) A material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary, unless the Company also similarly reduces the base salaries of all other similarly situated employees of the Company (and, if applicable, its successor) (for these purposes, a reduction of Executive’s Base Salary by 10% or more will be considered material, provided that a reduction of less than 10% may still be material based on the facts and circumstances relating to the reduction);

(iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location; provided, however, that a relocation of less than thirty five (35) miles from Executive’s then present location will not be considered a material change in geographic location; or

(iv) the failure of the Company to obtain assumption of this Agreement by any successor, which shall be deemed a material breach by the Company of this Agreement.

Executive will not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.

(f) Section 409A Limit . For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of his or her separation from service as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code for the year in which Executive’s separation from service occurred.

12. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

13. Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing.

 

-9-


If to the Company:

TeleNav, Inc.

1130 Kifer Road

Sunnyvale, CA 94086

Attn : General Counsel

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

14. Arbitration .

(a) Arbitration . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment - related disputes, and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or termination thereof, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1281.8 (the “Act”), and pursuant to California law. The Federal Arbitration Act shall also apply with full force and effect, notwithstanding the application of procedural rules set forth under the Act.

(b) Dispute Resolution . Disputes that Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under local, state, or federal law , including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Sarbanes Oxley Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, and any statutory or common law claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(c) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures (the “JAMS Rules”). The arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication, motions to dismiss and demurrers, and motions for class certification, prior to any arbitration hearing. The arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies available under applicable law, and the arbitrator shall award attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party, except as prohibited by law. The Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the administrator or JAMS, and all arbitrator’s fees, except that Executive shall pay any filing fees associated with any arbitration that Executive initiates, but only so much of the filing fee as Executive would have instead paid had Executive filed a complaint in a court of law. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in accordance with California law, including the California Code of Civil

 

-10-


Procedure and the California Evidence Code, and that the arbitrator shall apply substantive and procedural California law to any dispute or claim, without reference to the rules of conflict of law. To the extent that the JAMS Rules conflict with California law, California law shall take precedence. The decision of the arbitrator shall be in writing. Any arbitration under this Agreement shall be conducted in Santa Clara County, California.

(d) Remedy . Except as provided by the Act, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive, and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided by the Act and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration . Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(e) Administrative Relief . Executive is not prohibited from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, including, but not limited to, the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, or the Workers’ Compensation Board. However, Executive may not pursue court action regarding any such claim, except as permitted by law.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that EXECUTIVE IS WAIVING EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

15. Confidential Information . Executive agrees to continue to be bound by the TeleNav, Inc. Proprietary Information Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”) entered into by and between Executive and the Company dated May 15, 2006.

16. Non-Solicitation . Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to solicit, recruit, or encourage any employee of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) to leave his or her employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his or her obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.

17. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Amendment . No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive) that is expressly designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

-11-


(b) Waiver . No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including, but not limited to, the employment agreement between Executive and the Company, dated April 20, 2006. With respect to equity awards granted on or after the date of this Agreement, the acceleration of vesting provisions provided herein will apply to such equity awards except to the extent otherwise explicitly provided in the applicable award agreement. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

(e) Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

(f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

(g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to all applicable withholdings, including all applicable income and employment taxes, as determined in the Company’s reasonable judgment.

(h) Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-12-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

COMPANY     TELENAV, INC.
    By:  

/s/ H.P. Jin

    Title:  

President and CEO

EXECUTIVE     By:  

/s/ Douglas Miller

     

Douglas Miller

 

-13-

Exhibit 10.6

TeleNav, Inc.

1130 Kifer Road

Sunnyvale, CA 94086

Tel: (408) 245-3800 / Fax: (408) 245-0238

Offer Letter – Full Time Exempt Employee

April 7, 2009

Loren Hillberg

Re: Employment Terms

Dear Loren,

TeleNav, Inc. (“The Company” of “TeleNav”) is very pleased to offer you the position of General Counsel, reporting to HP Jin, the CEO, on the following terms.

Your compensation will be $200,000.00 per year, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings. You will be paid semi-monthly and you will be eligible for the following standard Company benefits: medical insurance, dental and vision insurance, FSA accounts, 401K, vacation, sick leave, and holidays. Details about these benefit plans are available for your review. You will be eligible for an annual bonus of up to $40,000 as part of our 2009 Incentive Plan. This bonus is based on successful execution of set objectives. Details of the 2009 Incentive Plan will be provided by the Chief Executive Officer. The bonus will be prorated based on your actual employment period during calendar 2009.

As equity compensation, we will recommend that the TeleNav board of directors grant you an option to purchase 1,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (subject to normal Board practices for the approval of such stock options). This represents 0.25% of the fully diluted shares of TeleNav. The exercise price of such option shall be the fair market value of the stock as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors on the date the option is granted. Such options will be subject to vesting on the following terms: 25% vested after one full year. The option shall vest with respect to the remaining Shares at the rate of One Thirty-Sixth (1/36) of the remaining Shares per month for a period of thirty six (36) months. The option will be subject to the terms and conditions of the TeleNav option plan except as set forth below.

In the event of a Change of Control, as defined below, fifty percent (50%) of the then unvested shares shall immediately vest and the remaining unvested shares shall become fully vested on the earlier of (A) the date your employment is terminated (1) by the Company (or any successor) without cause, or (2) by you for Good Reason (defined below), or (B) one year following the date of the Change of Control. A “ Good Reason ” shall be deemed to exist if (i) (A) there is a material adverse change in your position causing such position to be of significantly less stature or of significantly less responsibility (however, a mere change in title shall not be “Good Reason”), (B) there is a reduction of more than 20 percent of your base compensation, or (C) you refuse to relocate to a facility or location that is more than 50 miles from the Company’s current location, and (ii) within the 30 days immediately following such material change, reduction, or refusal you elect to terminate your employment voluntarily.

Change of Control ” shall mean (A) the acquisition of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares of the Company pursuant to a lawful tender offer validly made by a third party, (B) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company (other than reincorporation of the Company), if after giving effect to such merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of the Company, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, or other reorganization do not represent a majority in interest of the holders of voting securities (on a fully diluted basis) with the ordinary power to elect directors of the surviving entity after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization, or (C) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a third party who is not an affiliate of the Company.

In addition, after completion of the Introductory Period (as defined below), in case of the termination without cause, you will receive three months salary as a severance plus three months paid COBRA coverage.

As a TeleNav employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and regulations, acknowledge in writing that you have read the Company’s Employee Handbook, and sign and comply with a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, which prohibit unauthorized use or disclosure of TeleNav proprietary information. A copy of that Agreement is included with this letter.

As an exempt salaried employee, you will be expected to work hours as required by the nature of your work assignments. During the period of your employment, you will not, without the express written consent of the Company, engage in any other employment or business activity, including, without limitation, consulting of any kind, which may interfere with your work for the company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, employee may perform services for friends, family, etc. on a limited basis outside of work hours. Employee warrants that such activities will be minor in nature and will not interfere with or compromise employee’s duties of good faith, loyalty or fair dealing.


As part of the interview process, we perform a background check consisting of credit, criminal and employment history. This offer is contingent upon a favorable review by references.

You may terminate your employment with TeleNav at any time for any reason by notifying the Company. Likewise, TeleNav may terminate your employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause or advance notice. TeleNav also retains the sole discretion to make all other decisions regarding your employment (e.g., transfers, demotions, job assignments, compensation and the like) with or without cause. The at will relationship cannot be changed except in writing signed by the Company CEO.

As a standard practice by many companies in the state, the first 90 days of your employment with TeleNav will constitute an introductory period. The introductory period is intended to give new employees the opportunity to demonstrate their ability to achieve a satisfactory level of performance and to determine whether the new position meets their expectations. TeleNav uses this period to evaluate employee capabilities, work habits and overall performance. Either you or TeleNav may end the employment relationship for any reason, at any time, during or after the introductory period, with or without cause and with or without notice. Upon satisfactory completion of the introductory period, employees enter the “regular” employment classification. However, satisfactory completion of the introductory period does not guarantee employment with TeleNav for any specific period of time, as your employment with TeleNav is at all times “at-will,” meaning that either you or TeleNav can terminate the employment relationship at any time, for any reason.

Please note that, in compliance with the Immigration Reform Act of 1986, all new employees are required to submit proof of U.S. Citizenship or legal alien status within three business days of employment. Enclosed is an I-9 form that list the document that you may present to fulfill this requirement. Please bring your documentation, along with the completed I-9 Form, on your first day of employment.

If you wish to accept employment at TeleNav under the terms described above, please sign and date this letter, and return it to the Company by the close of business, Wednesday, April 8, 2009. Your first day of employment with TeleNav will be determined upon acceptance of this offer.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.


Sincerely,

 

By:  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

   

/s/ Shannon Hardy

  Douglas S. Miller     Shannon Hardy
  CFO     HR Generalist
  TeleNav, Inc.     TeleNav, Inc
Accepted:  

/s/ Loren Hillberg

    Date:   April 7, 2009
  Loren Hillberg      


TELENAV, INC.

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT

The following confirms an agreement between me and TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes the Company’s affiliates, successors and assigns), which is a material part of the consideration for my employment or continued employment by the Company:

1. “Proprietary Information” is information that was or is developed by, became or becomes known by, or was or is assigned or otherwise conveyed or made known to, the Company, and which has commercial value in the Company’s business. Proprietary Information includes, without limitation, trade secrets; financial information; product plans; lists, databases and other information concerning vendors, licensees and customers (including information which discloses the identity of such parties) and the Company’s relationship with those parties; pricing information and policies; employee compensation records; business and marketing plans and strategies; forecasts and any other business information; inventions; discoveries; formulas; product and other ideas; works of authorship; processes; technology; computer programs; source and object codes; techniques; processes; prototypes; algorithms; schematics; research; know-how and data, disclosed to me by the Company, either directly or indirectly, in writing, orally or by drawings or inspection of materials. I understand that my employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between me and the Company with respect to Proprietary Information of the Company and its customers, vendors and other parties contracting with the Company, which may be learned by me during my employment.

2. As used in this Agreement, any reference to “employment” by the Company includes any time during which I may be retained by the Company as a consultant, in addition to any time during which I am an employee of the Company.

3. In consideration of my employment or continued employment and the compensation received by me from the Company from time to time, I hereby agree as follows:

(a) All Proprietary Information and all patents, copyrights, trade dress, mask work and other intellectual property rights, including, without limitation, any extensions, renewals, continuations or divisions of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Legal Rights” ) associated with Proprietary Information shall be the sole property of the Company. I hereby assign to the Company any rights I may have or acquire in any Proprietary Information and any Legal Rights associated therewith. At all times, both during my employment and after its termination, I will keep in confidence and trust and will not use or disclose any Proprietary Information or anything relating to it without the written consent of the Company, except that I may disclose such Proprietary Information to employees and consultants of the Company as necessary in the ordinary course of performing my duties on behalf of the Company . I agree to notify the Company in writing immediately upon discovery of any unauthorized use or disclosure of any Proprietary


Information received hereunder, or any other breach of the Agreement, and to assist and cooperate with the Company in every reasonable way to regain possession of such Proprietary Information and/or prevent its further unauthorized disclosure and/or use. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I have no obligation under this Agreement to maintain in confidence any information that: (i) is in the public domain at the time of disclosure; (ii) though originally Proprietary Information, subsequently enters the public domain other than by breach of my confidentiality obligation, as of the date of its entering the public domain or (iii) that I can show I knew of prior to disclosure to me by the Company.

(b) In the event of the termination of my employment by me or by the Company for any reason, or upon the Company’s request at any time, I shall immediately return all documents, records, apparatus, computer files, equipment and other physical property, or any reproduction of such property, whether or not pertaining to Proprietary Information furnished to me by the Company or produced by myself or others in connection with my employment, to the Company.

(c) I will promptly disclose to the Company, or any persons designated by it, all “Inventions,” which include all improvements, inventions, discoveries, formulas, ideas, circuits, mask works, works of authorship, processes, computer programs, algorithms, techniques, schematics, know-how and data, whether or not patentable, made or conceived or reduced to practice or developed by me, either alone or jointly with others, during the term of my employment. To the extent the Company does not have rights therein hereunder, such disclosure shall be received by the Company in confidence and does not extend the assignment made in paragraph (e) of this Section 3.

(d) During the term of my employment and for one (1) year thereafter, I will not encourage or solicit any employee of the Company to leave the Company for any reason or to devote less than all of that employee’s efforts to the affairs of the Company, provided that the foregoing shall not affect any responsibility I may have as an employee of the Company with respect to the bona fide hiring and firing of Company personnel. During the term of my employment and thereafter, I will not solicit business for myself or for the benefit of any third party based upon information regarding the Company’s customers or other parties doing business with the Company who I become aware of during, and in connection with, my employment with the Company, to the extent that information constitutes the trade secrets of the Company.

(e) I agree that all Inventions which I make, conceive, reduce to practice or develop (in whole or in part, either alone or jointly with others) during my employment shall be the sole property of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by Section 2870 of the California Labor Code, a copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A , and to the extent permitted by law shall be “works made for hire.” The Company shall be the sole owner of all Legal Rights associated with the Inventions. I hereby assign to the Company any Legal Rights I may have or acquire in the Inventions. I agree to perform, during and after my employment, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to permit and assist it, at the Company’s expense, in obtaining and enforcing any Legal Rights for the foregoing Inventions and/or any other Inventions I have or may at any time assign to the


Company in any and all countries. These acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or cooperation in legal proceedings. I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on my behalf and instead of me, to execute and file any applications or related filings and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of all Legal Rights associated with any Inventions with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

(f) A complete list of all Inventions to which I claim ownership and that I desire to remove from the operation of this Agreement is attached as Exhibit B , and I covenant that this list is complete. If no list is attached to this Agreement, I represent that I have no Inventions to which I claim ownership and that I desire to remove from the operation of this Agreement at the time of signing this Agreement.

(g) I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement or obligation to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by me in confidence or trust prior to my employment with the Company. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict with this Agreement or in conflict with my employment with the Company.

4. I acknowledge and agree that a breach of any of my promises or covenants contained herein will result in irreparable and continuing damage to the Company for which there will be no adequate remedy at law, and in the event of such breach the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other and further relief as may be proper (including monetary damages, if appropriate).

5. This Agreement shall be effective as of the first day of my employment, and shall be binding upon me, my heirs, executors, assigns and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its subsidiaries, successors and assigns.

6. This Agreement may not be modified except by written agreement signed by me and the Company. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding that body of law relating to choice of law.

Dated: April 7 , 2009

 

Employee  

/s/ Loren Hillberg


Exhibit A

§ 2870. Application of provision that employee shall assign or offer to assign rights in invention to employer

(a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those invention that either:

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.


Exhibit B

TeleNav, Inc.

1130 Kifer Road

Sunnyvale, CA. 94086

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. The following is a complete list of all Inventions relevant to the subject matter of my employment by the Company that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my employment by the Company and that I desire to remove from the operation of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

    x     No inventions or improvements.

             See below:

             Additional sheets attached.

 

/s/ Loren Hillberg

   

April 7, 2009

Employee     Date

Exhibit 10.6.1

TELENAV, INC.

LOREN HILLBERG EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between Loren E. Hillberg (“Executive”) and TeleNav, Inc. (the “Company”), effective as of October 28, 2009 (the “Effective Date”).

1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

(a) Position and Duties . Executive will continue to serve as the Company’s General Counsel. Executive will continue to render such business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). The Board or CEO may modify Executive’s job title and duties as it deems necessary and appropriate in light of the Company’s needs and interests from time to time. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

(b) Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform Executive’s duties faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board.

2. At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither Executive’s job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of Executive’s employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

3. Term of Agreement . This Agreement will have an initial term of three (3) years from the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier under this Agreement’s provisions. On the third anniversary of the Effective Date, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of automatic renewal. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, in the event of a Change of Control, the term of this Agreement will automatically extend through the eighteen-month anniversary of such Change of Control. Additionally, on the eighteen-month anniversary of such Change of Control and each annual anniversary thereafter, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to such anniversary. If Executive becomes entitled to severance benefits pursuant to Section 8 hereof, this Agreement will not terminate until all of the obligations under this Agreement have been satisfied.


4. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual salary of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($200,000.00) as compensation for Executive’s services (the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings. Executive’s salary will be subject to review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

(b) Target Bonus . Executive will be eligible to participate in any bonus plans or programs maintained from time to time by the Company on such terms and conditions as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”). Any bonus, or any portion thereof, will be paid as soon as practicable after the Committee determines that the bonus has been earned, but in no event shall the bonus be paid after the later of (i) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the close of the Company’s fiscal year in which the bonus is earned or (ii) March 15 following the calendar year in which the bonus is earned.

(c) Equity Awards . Executive will continue to be eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time. The Board or the Committee will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any such equity awards and its terms in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

5. Employee Benefits . Executive will continue to be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

6. Vacation . Executive will continue to be entitled to paid vacation, in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy for senior executive officers, with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto. Upon Executive’s termination of employment, Executive will be entitled to receive Executive’s accrued but unpaid vacation through the date of Executive’s termination.

7. Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

-2-


8. Severance .

(a) Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability Apart from a Change of Control . During the Employment Term, if earlier than two (2) months prior to a Change of Control or after twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause, death or disability, then, subject to Section 9 below, Executive will receive the following severance from the Company:

(i) Severance Payment . Executive will receive: (A) a lump-sum severance payment in an amount equal to six (6) months of Executive’s Base Salary (as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) ), and (B) a lump-sum pro-rated amount of Executive’s bonus for the year in which the termination occurs (adjusted as appropriate based on the extent to which any applicable performance objectives have then been achieved and the relative weightings thereof, each as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board or Committee acting in good faith).

(ii) Continued Employee Benefits . Executive will receive Company-paid coverage for the cost of continuation coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents under the Company’s Benefit Plans until the earlier of (i) a period of six (6) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, or (ii) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans.

(b) Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason upon or within Two Months Prior to, or Twelve Months Following, a Change of Control . During the Employment Term, if upon or within two (2) months prior to, or twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control, (i) the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause, death or disability, or (ii) upon Executive’s resignation with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 9 below, Executive will receive the following severance from the Company:

(i) Severance Payment . Executive will receive: (A) a lump-sum severance payment in an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary (as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination), and (B) a lump-sum pro-rated amount of Executive’s bonus for the year in which the termination occurs (adjusted as appropriate based on the extent to which any applicable performance objectives have then been achieved and the relative weightings thereof, each as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board or Committee acting in good faith).

(ii) Continued Employee Benefits . Executive will receive Company-paid coverage for the cost of continuation coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents under the Company’s Benefit Plans until the earlier of (A) a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, or (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans.

(iii) Accelerated Vesting . One hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s outstanding equity awards will immediately vest prior to Executive’s termination and become exercisable. The equity awards will remain exercisable, to the extent applicable, following the date of termination for the period prescribed in the stock or equity plan and award agreement.

 

-3-


(c) Termination for Cause, Death or Disability; Resignation without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates voluntarily by Executive (except upon resignation for Good Reason upon or within two (2) months prior to, or twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control), for Cause by the Company or due to Executive’s death or disability, then (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned), and (iii) Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies, if any, as then in effect.

(d) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company), the provisions of this Section 8 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement. Executive will be entitled to no severance or other benefits upon termination of employment with respect to acceleration of award vesting or severance pay other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 8.

9. Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate .

(a) Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The receipt of any severance pursuant to Section 8(a) or (b) will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and provided that such Release becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective and irrevocable.

(b) Non-Solicitation . The receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to Section 8(a) or (b) will be subject to Executive not violating the provisions of Section 16. In the event Executive breaches the provisions of Section 16, all continuing payments and benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled pursuant to Section 8(a) or (b) will immediately cease and the Company will be entitled to any other rights and remedies and may take any other action legally permissible as a result of breaching the provisions of Section 16.

(c) Confidential Information Agreement . Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 8 will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the Confidential Information Agreement (as defined in Section 15).

(d) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated

 

-4-


thereunder (“Section 409A”) (together, the “Deferred Payments”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii) Any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 9(d)(iii). Except as required by Section 9(d)(iii), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iv) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(vi) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

-5-


(e) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

10. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 10, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits will be either:

 

  (a) delivered in full, or

 

  (b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in the severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that no portion of such severance benefits is subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, the reduction shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of the severance payments under Sections 8(a)(i) or 8(b)(i); (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; and (3) reduction of continued employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 10 will be made in writing by an independent firm immediately prior to Change of Control (the “Firm”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 10, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 10. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 10.

11. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) Benefit Plans . For purposes of this Agreement, “Benefit Plans” means plans, policies or arrangements that the Company sponsors (or participates in) and that immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment provide Executive and/or

 

-6-


Executive’s eligible dependents with medical, dental, and/or vision benefits. Benefit Plans do not include any other type of benefit (including, but not by way of limitation, disability, life insurance or retirement benefits). A requirement that the Company provide Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents with coverage under the Benefit Plans will not be satisfied unless the coverage is no less favorable than that provided to senior executives of the Company at any applicable time during the period Executive is entitled to receive severance pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b). The Company may, at its option, satisfy any requirement that the Company provide coverage under any Benefit Plan by (i) reimbursing Executive’s premiums under Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) after Executive has properly elected continuation coverage under COBRA (in which case Executive will be solely responsible for electing such coverage for Executive’s eligible dependents), or (ii) providing coverage under a separate plan or plans providing coverage that is no less favorable.

(b) Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” is defined as:

(i) any material act of personal dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities as an employee;

(ii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of moral turpitude;

(iii) Executive’s gross misconduct;

(iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company;

(v) Executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company; or

(vi) Executive’s continued failure to perform Executive’s employment duties after Executive has received a written demand of performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company’s belief that Executive has not substantially performed his or her duties and has failed to cure such non-performance to the Company’s satisfaction within ten (10) business days after receiving such notice.

(c) Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) the acquisition by any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (for these purposes, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company), (“Person”) that becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional securities by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the securities of the Company shall not be considered a Change of Control;

 

-7-


(ii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 11(c)(ii) the following shall not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (1) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s shareholders immediately after the transfer; or (2) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (A) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s securities; (B) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or (D) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in subsection (C). For purposes of this Section 11(c)(ii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets; or

(iii) a change in the composition of the Board occurring within a twelve (12) month period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” will mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the Effective Date, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(d) Code . For purposes of this Agreement, “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s express written consent:

(i) the assignment to Executive of any duties, the reduction of Executive’s duties or the removal of Executive from his or her position and responsibilities, either of which must result in a material diminution of Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities with the Company in effect immediately prior to such assignment, unless Executive is provided with a comparable position (i.e., General Counsel of the parent company of the combined entity);

 

-8-


(ii) A material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary, unless the Company also similarly reduces the base salaries of all other similarly situated employees of the Company (and, if applicable, its successor) (for these purposes, a reduction of Executive’s Base Salary by 10% or more will be considered material, provided that a reduction of less than 10% may still be material based on the facts and circumstances relating to the reduction);

(iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location; provided, however, that a relocation of less than thirty five (35) miles from Executive’s then present location will not be considered a material change in geographic location; or

(iv) the failure of the Company to obtain assumption of this Agreement by any successor, which shall be deemed a material breach by the Company of this Agreement.

Executive will not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.

(f) Section 409A Limit . For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of his or her separation from service as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code for the year in which Executive’s separation from service occurred.

12. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

13. Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing.

 

-9-


If to the Company:

TeleNav, Inc.

1130 Kifer Road

Sunnyvale, CA 94086

Attn : General Counsel

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

14. Arbitration .

(a) Arbitration . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment - related disputes, and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or termination thereof, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1281.8 (the “Act”), and pursuant to California law. The Federal Arbitration Act shall also apply with full force and effect, notwithstanding the application of procedural rules set forth under the Act.

(b) Dispute Resolution . Disputes that Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under local, state, or federal law , including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Sarbanes Oxley Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, and any statutory or common law claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(c) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures (the “JAMS Rules”). The arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication, motions to dismiss and demurrers, and motions for class certification, prior to any arbitration hearing. The arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies available under applicable law, and the arbitrator shall award attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party, except as prohibited by law. The Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the administrator or JAMS, and all arbitrator’s fees, except that Executive shall pay any filing fees associated with any arbitration that Executive initiates, but only so much of the filing fee as Executive would have instead paid had Executive filed a complaint in a court of law. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in accordance with California law, including the California Code of Civil

 

-10-


Procedure and the California Evidence Code, and that the arbitrator shall apply substantive and procedural California law to any dispute or claim, without reference to the rules of conflict of law. To the extent that the JAMS Rules conflict with California law, California law shall take precedence. The decision of the arbitrator shall be in writing. Any arbitration under this Agreement shall be conducted in Santa Clara County, California.

(d) Remedy . Except as provided by the Act, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive, and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided by the Act and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration . Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(e) Administrative Relief . Executive is not prohibited from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, including, but not limited to, the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, or the Workers’ Compensation Board. However, Executive may not pursue court action regarding any such claim, except as permitted by law.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that EXECUTIVE IS WAIVING EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

15. Confidential Information . Executive agrees to continue to be bound by the TeleNav, Inc. Proprietary Information Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”) entered into by and between Executive and the Company dated April 7, 2009.

16. Non-Solicitation . Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to solicit, recruit, or encourage any employee of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) to leave his or her employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his or her obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.

17. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Amendment . No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive) that is expressly designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

-11-


(b) Waiver . No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including, but not limited to, the employment agreement between Executive and the Company, dated April 7, 2009. With respect to equity awards granted on or after the date of this Agreement, the acceleration of vesting provisions provided herein will apply to such equity awards except to the extent otherwise explicitly provided in the applicable award agreement. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

(e) Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

(f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

(g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to all applicable withholdings, including all applicable income and employment taxes, as determined in the Company’s reasonable judgment.

(h) Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-12-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

COMPANY   TELENAV, INC.
  By:  

/s/ H.P. Jin

  Title:   President and CEO
EXECUTIVE   By:  

/s/ Loren E. Hillberg

    Loren E. Hillberg

 

-13-

Exhibit 10.7

TeleNav, Inc.

265 Santa Ana Court

Sunnyvale, CA 94086

Tel: (408) 245-0196 / Fax: (408) 245-0238

Offer Letter – Full Time Exempt Employee

Hassan Wahla

Re: Employment Terms

Dear Hassan,

TeleNav, Inc. (“The Company” of “TeleNav”) is very pleased to offer you the position of Senior Director of Business Development, on the following terms.

Your base compensation will be $130,000.00 per year, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings. You will be paid semi-monthly and you will be eligible for the following standard Company benefits: medical insurance (health, dental and vision), vacation, sick leave, and holidays. Details about these benefit plans are available for your review.

There will be a bonus up to 30% of the annual salary based on both your performance (50%) and company performance (50%). This bonus will be paid semi-annually for the first year and quarterly from that point onwards. You will also be given a signing bonus of $10,000.00 paid in two equal installments of $5000.00/each. The first installment will be paid within 30 days of joining The Company and the second will be paid within six(6) months of joining The Company. The Company may modify compensation and benefits from time to time, as it deems necessary. Additional bonuses may be granted at the discretion of management. If you decide to leave the company within the first year of employment, you should return $10,000 bonus to the company immediately after the termination of the employment.

As equity compensation, you will be granted an option to purchase 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (subject to Board approval of such stock option plan). The exercise price of such option shall be the fair market value of the stock at the date the option is granted, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The current fair market value of the Company’s common stock is $0.008. Such options will be subject to vesting on the following terms: 25% vested after one full year. Option shall lapse with respect to the remaining Shares at the rate of One Thirty-Sixth (1/36) of the remaining Shares per month for a period of thirty six (36) months. However, these stock options will vest immediately in the event Televigation is acquired by another entity resulting in change of control and you are forced to leave the company because of the change of control (Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors)


The Company may modify compensation and benefits from time to time, as it deems necessary.

As a TeleNav employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and regulations and sign and comply with a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, which prohibit unauthorized use or disclosure of Televigation proprietary information.

As an exempt salaried employee, you will be expected to work hours as required by the nature of your work assignments. During the period of your employment, you will not, without the express written consent of the Company, engage in any employment or business activity, including, without limitation, consulting of any kind, other than for the Company.

While The Company is headquartered in Sunnyvale, California, you will be allowed to work from your home-office in Virginia.

Please sign and date this letter, and return it to the Company by the end of the work day, Sunday, May 8 th 2005 , if you wish to accept employment at Televigation under the terms described above. If you accept our offer (which we very much hope you will do), we would like you to start as soon as possible, and will mutually decide when this will be.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.

Sincerely,

 

By:  

/s/ HP Jin

HP (HaiPing) Jin

President and CEO

TeleNav, Inc

 

Accepted:  

/s/ Hassan Wahla

                          Date: May 4, 2005
  Hassan Wahla     


Attachment to the offer letter to Hassan Wahla

As a standard practice by many companies in the state (CA), the first 90 days of your employment with TeleNav will constitute an introductory period. The introductory period is intended to give new employees the opportunity to demonstrate their ability to achieve a satisfactory level of performance and to determine whether the new position meets their expectations. TeleNav uses this period to evaluate employee capabilities, work habits and overall performance. Either you or TeleNav may end the employment relationship for any reason, at any time, during or after the introductory period, with or without cause and with or without notice. Upon satisfactory completion of the introductory period, employees enter the “regular” employment classification. However, satisfactory completion of the introductory period does not guarantee employment with TeleNav for any specific period of time, as your employment with TeleNav is at all times “at-will,” meaning that either you or TeleNav can terminate the employment relationship at any time, for any reason.

By your signature below, you hereby agree that your employment with Televigation is “at-will,” meaning that either you or TeleNavn can terminate the employment relationship at any time, whether during or after completion of the introductory period, for any reason, with or without prior notice. You also agree to sign Televigation’s standard form of Proprietary Information Agreement, a copy of which is attached to this letter.

 

Agreed     

/s/ Hassan Wahla

                         
By Hassan Wahla      Date May 4, 2005


TELEVIGATION, INC.

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT

The following confirms an agreement between me and TeleVigation, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes the Company’s affiliates, successors and assigns), which is a material part of the consideration for my employment or continued employment by the Company:

1. “Proprietary Information” is information that was or is developed by, became or becomes known by, or was or is assigned or otherwise conveyed or made known to, the Company, and which has commercial value in the Company’s business. Proprietary Information includes, without limitation, trade secrets; financial information; product plans; lists, databases and other information concerning vendors, licensees and customers (including information which discloses the identity of such parties) and the Company’s relationship with those parties; pricing information and policies; employee compensation records; business and marketing plans and strategies; forecasts and any other business information; inventions; discoveries; formulas; product and other ideas; works of authorship; processes; technology; computer programs; source and object codes; techniques; processes; prototypes; algorithms; schematics; research; know-how and data, disclosed to me by the Company, either directly or indirectly, in writing, orally or by drawings or inspection of materials. I understand that my employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between me and the Company with respect to Proprietary Information of the Company and its customers, vendors and other parties contracting with the Company, which may be learned by me during my employment.

2. As used in this Agreement, any reference to “employment” by the Company includes any time during which I may be retained by the Company as a consultant, in addition to any time during which I am an employee of the Company.

3. In consideration of my employment or continued employment and the compensation received by me from the Company from time to time, I hereby agree as follows:

(a) All Proprietary Information and all patents, copyrights, trade dress, mask work and other intellectual property rights, including, without limitation, any extensions, renewals, continuations or divisions of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Legal Rights” ) associated with Proprietary Information shall be the sole property of the Company. I hereby assign to the Company any rights I may have or acquire in any Proprietary Information and any Legal Rights associated therewith. At all times, both during my employment and after its termination, I will keep in confidence and trust and will not use or disclose any Proprietary Information or anything relating to it without the written consent of the Company, except that I may disclose such Proprietary Information to employees and consultants of the Company as necessary in the ordinary course of performing my duties on behalf of the Company . I agree to notify the Company in writing immediately upon discovery of any unauthorized use or disclosure of any Proprietary Information received hereunder, or any other breach of the Agreement, and to assist and cooperate with the Company in every


reasonable way to regain possession of such Proprietary Information and/or prevent its further unauthorized disclosure and/or use. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I have no obligation under this Agreement to maintain in confidence any information that: (i) is in the public domain at the time of disclosure; (ii) though originally Proprietary Information, subsequently enters the public domain other than by breach of my confidentiality obligation, as of the date of its entering the public domain or (iii) that I can show I knew of prior to disclosure to me by the Company.

(b) In the event of the termination of my employment by me or by the Company for any reason, or upon the Company’s request at any time, I shall immediately return all documents, records, apparatus, computer files, equipment and other physical property, or any reproduction of such property, whether or not pertaining to Proprietary Information furnished to me by the Company or produced by myself or others in connection with my employment, to the Company.

(c) I will promptly disclose to the Company, or any persons designated by it, all “Inventions,” which include all improvements, inventions, discoveries, formulas, ideas, circuits, mask works, works of authorship, processes, computer programs, algorithms, techniques, schematics, know-how and data, whether or not patentable, made or conceived or reduced to practice or developed by me, either alone or jointly with others, during the term of my employment. To the extent the Company does not have rights therein hereunder, such disclosure shall be received by the Company in confidence and does not extend the assignment made in paragraph (e) of this Section 3.

(d) During the term of my employment and for one (1) year thereafter, I will not encourage or solicit any employee of the Company to leave the Company for any reason or to devote less than all of that employee’s efforts to the affairs of the Company, provided that the foregoing shall not affect any responsibility I may have as an employee of the Company with respect to the bona fide hiring and firing of Company personnel. During the term of my employment and thereafter, I will not solicit business for myself or for the benefit of any third party based upon information regarding the Company’s customers or other parties doing business with the Company who I become aware of during, and in connection with, my employment with the Company, to the extent that information constitutes the trade secrets of the Company.

(e) I agree that all Inventions which I make, conceive, reduce to practice or develop (in whole or in part, either alone or jointly with others) during my employment shall be the sole property of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by Section 2870 of the California Labor Code, a copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A , and to the extent permitted by law shall be “works made for hire.” The Company shall be the sole owner of all Legal Rights associated with the Inventions. I hereby assign to the Company any Legal Rights I may have or acquire in the Inventions. I agree to perform, during and after my employment, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to permit and assist it, at the Company’s expense, in obtaining and enforcing any Legal Rights for the foregoing Inventions and/or any other Inventions I have or may at any time assign to the Company in any and all countries. These acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or


cooperation in legal proceedings. I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on my behalf and instead of me, to execute and file any applications or related filings and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of all Legal Rights associated with any Inventions with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

(f) A complete list of all Inventions to which I claim ownership and that I desire to remove from the operation of this Agreement is attached as Exhibit B , and I covenant that this list is complete. If no list is attached to this Agreement, I represent that I have no Inventions at the time of signing this Agreement.

(g) I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement or obligation to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by me in confidence or trust prior to my employment with the Company. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict with this Agreement or in conflict with my employment with the Company.

4. I acknowledge and agree that a breach of any of my promises or covenants contained herein will result in irreparable and continuing damage to the Company for which there will be no adequate remedy at law, and in the event of such breach the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other and further relief as may be proper (including monetary damages, if appropriate).

5. This Agreement shall be effective as of the first day of my employment, and shall be binding upon me, my heirs, executors, assigns and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its subsidiaries, successors and assigns.

6. This Agreement may not be modified except by written agreement signed by me and the Company. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding that body of law relating to choice of law.

 

Dated: May 4, 2005
 

/s/    Hassan Wahla

  Employee


Exhibit A

§ 2870. Application of provision that employee shall assign or offer to assign rights in invention to employer

(a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those invention that either:

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

 

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.


Exhibit B

 

TeleNav, Inc.
                                
                                

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. The following is a complete list of all Inventions relevant to the subject matter of my employment by the Company that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my employment by the Company and that I desire to remove from the operation of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

    x     No inventions or improvements.

           See below:

           Additional sheets attached.

 

/s/ Hassan Wahla

Employee

Exhibit 10.8

TELENAV, INC.

HAIPING JIN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between HaiPing Jin (“Executive”) and TeleNav, Inc. (the “Company”), effective as of October 28, 2009 (the “Effective Date”).

1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

(a) Position and Duties . Executive will continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Executive will continue to render such business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). The Board may modify Executive’s job title and duties as it deems necessary and appropriate in light of the Company’s needs and interests from time to time. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

(b) Board Membership . During the Employment Term, Executive will serve as a member of the Board, subject to any required Board and/or stockholder approval. Upon termination of the Employment Term, Executive shall offer to resign from the Board, which may be accepted by the Board in its sole discretion.

(c) Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform Executive’s duties faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board.

2. At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither Executive’s job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of Executive’s employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

3. Term of Agreement. This Agreement will have an initial term of three (3) years from the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier under this Agreement’s provisions. On the third anniversary of the Effective Date, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of automatic renewal. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, in the event of a Change of Control, the term of this Agreement will automatically

 

-1-


extend through the eighteen-month anniversary of such Change of Control. Additionally, on the eighteen-month anniversary of such Change of Control and each annual anniversary thereafter, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to such anniversary. If Executive becomes entitled to severance benefits pursuant to Section 8 hereof, this Agreement will not terminate until all of the obligations under this Agreement have been satisfied.

4. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual salary of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($200,000.00) as compensation for Executive’s services (the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings. Executive’s salary will be subject to review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

(b) Target Bonus . Executive will be eligible to participate in any bonus plans or programs maintained from time to time by the Company on such terms and conditions as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”). Any bonus, or any portion thereof, will be paid as soon as practicable after the Committee determines that the bonus has been earned, but in no event shall the bonus be paid after the later of (i) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the close of the Company’s fiscal year in which the bonus is earned or (ii) March 15 following the calendar year in which the bonus is earned.

(c) Equity Awards . Executive will continue to be eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time. The Board or the Committee will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any such equity awards and its terms in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

5. Employee Benefits . Executive will continue to be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

6. Vacation . Executive will continue to be entitled to paid vacation, in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy for senior executive officers, with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto. Upon Executive’s termination of employment, Executive will be entitled to receive Executive’s accrued but unpaid vacation through the date of Executive’s termination.

7. Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

-2-


8. Severance .

(a) Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability Apart from a Change of Control . During the Employment Term, if earlier than two (2) months prior to a Change of Control or after twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause, death or disability, then, subject to Section 9 below, Executive will receive the following severance from the Company:

(i) Severance Payment . Executive will receive: (A) a lump-sum severance payment in an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary (as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) and (B) a lump-sum pro-rated amount of Executive’s bonus for the year in which the termination occurs (adjusted as appropriate based on the extent to which any applicable performance objectives have then been achieved and the relative weightings thereof, each as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board or Committee acting in good faith).

(ii) Continued Employee Benefits . Executive will receive Company-paid coverage for the cost of continuation coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents under the Company’s Benefit Plans until the earlier of (i) a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, or (ii) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans.

(b) Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason upon or within Two Months Prior to, or Twelve Months Following, a Change of Control . During the Employment Term, if upon or within two (2) months prior to, or twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control, (i) the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause, death or disability, or (ii) upon Executive’s resignation with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 9 below, Executive will receive the following severance from the Company:

(i) Severance Payment . Executive will receive: (A) a lump-sum severance payment in an amount equal to eighteen (18) months of Executive’s Base Salary (as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination), and (B) a lump-sum pro-rated amount of Executive’s bonus for the year in which the termination occurs (adjusted as appropriate based on the extent to which any applicable performance objectives have then been achieved and the relative weightings thereof, each as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board or Committee acting in good faith).

(ii) Continued Employee Benefits . Executive will receive Company-paid coverage for the cost of continuation coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents

 

-3-


under the Company’s Benefit Plans until the earlier of (A) a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, or (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans.

(iii) Accelerated Vesting . One hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s outstanding equity awards will immediately vest prior to Executive’s termination and become exercisable. The equity awards will remain exercisable, to the extent applicable, following the date of termination for the period prescribed in the stock or equity plan and award agreement.

(c) Termination for Cause, Death or Disability; Resignation without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates voluntarily by Executive (except upon resignation for Good Reason upon or within two (2) months prior to, or twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control), for Cause by the Company or due to Executive’s death or disability, then (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned), and (iii) Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies, if any, as then in effect.

(d) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company), the provisions of this Section 8 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement. Executive will be entitled to no severance or other benefits upon termination of employment with respect to acceleration of award vesting or severance pay other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 8.

9. Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate .

(a) Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The receipt of any severance pursuant to Section 8(a) or (b) will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and provided that such Release becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective and irrevocable.

(b) Non-Solicitation . The receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to Section 8(a) or (b) will be subject to Executive not violating the provisions of Section 16. In the event Executive breaches the provisions of Section 16, all continuing payments and benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled pursuant to Section 8(a) or (b) will immediately cease and the Company will be entitled to any other rights and remedies and may take any other action legally permissible as a result of breaching the provisions of Section 16.

 

-4-


(c) Confidential Information Agreement . Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 8 will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the Confidential Information Agreement (as defined in Section 15).

(d) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) (together, the “Deferred Payments”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii) Any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 9(d)(iii). Except as required by Section 9(d)(iii), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iv) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

 

-5-


(v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(vi) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

(e) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

10. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 10, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits will be either:

 

  (a) delivered in full, or

 

  (b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in the severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that no portion of such severance benefits is subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, the reduction shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of the severance payments under Sections 8(a)(i) or 8(b)(i); (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; and (3) reduction of continued employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 10 will be made in writing by an independent firm immediately prior to Change of Control (the “Firm”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 10, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning

 

-6-


applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 10. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 10.

11. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) Benefit Plans . For purposes of this Agreement, “Benefit Plans” means plans, policies or arrangements that the Company sponsors (or participates in) and that immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment provide Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents with medical, dental, and/or vision benefits. Benefit Plans do not include any other type of benefit (including, but not by way of limitation, disability, life insurance or retirement benefits). A requirement that the Company provide Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents with coverage under the Benefit Plans will not be satisfied unless the coverage is no less favorable than that provided to senior executives of the Company at any applicable time during the period Executive is entitled to receive severance pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b). The Company may, at its option, satisfy any requirement that the Company provide coverage under any Benefit Plan by (i) reimbursing Executive’s premiums under Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) after Executive has properly elected continuation coverage under COBRA (in which case Executive will be solely responsible for electing such coverage for Executive’s eligible dependents), or (ii) providing coverage under a separate plan or plans providing coverage that is no less favorable.

(b) Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” is defined as:

(i) any material act of personal dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities as an employee;

(ii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of moral turpitude;

(iii) Executive’s gross misconduct;

(iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company;

(v) Executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company; or

(vi) Executive’s continued failure to perform Executive’s employment duties after Executive has received a written demand of performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company’s belief that Executive has not substantially performed his or her duties and has failed to cure such non-performance to the Company’s satisfaction within ten (10) business days after receiving such notice.

 

-7-


(c) Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) the acquisition by any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (for these purposes, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company), (“Person”) that becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional securities by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the securities of the Company shall not be considered a Change of Control;

(ii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 11(c)(ii) the following shall not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (1) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s shareholders immediately after the transfer; or (2) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (A) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s securities; (B) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or (D) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in subsection (C). For purposes of this Section 11(c)(ii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets; or

(iii) a change in the composition of the Board occurring within a twelve (12) month period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” will mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the Effective Date, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

-8-


(d) Code . For purposes of this Agreement, “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s express written consent:

(i) the assignment to Executive of any duties, the reduction of Executive’s duties or the removal of Executive from his or her position and responsibilities, either of which must result in a material diminution of Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities with the Company in effect immediately prior to such assignment, unless Executive is provided with a comparable position (i.e., Chief Executive Officer of the parent company of the combined entity);

(ii) A material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary, unless the Company also similarly reduces the base salaries of all other similarly situated employees of the Company (and, if applicable, its successor) (for these purposes, a reduction of Executive’s Base Salary by 10% or more will be considered material, provided that a reduction of less than 10% may still be material based on the facts and circumstances relating to the reduction);

(iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location; provided, however, that a relocation of less than thirty five (35) miles from Executive’s then present location will not be considered a material change in geographic location; or

(iv) the failure of the Company to obtain assumption of this Agreement by any successor, which shall be deemed a material breach by the Company of this Agreement.

Executive will not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.

(f) Section 409A Limit . For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of his or her separation from service as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code for the year in which Executive’s separation from service occurred.

12. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person,

 

-9-


firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

13. Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing.

If to the Company:

TeleNav, Inc.

1130 Kifer Road

Sunnyvale, CA 94086

Attn : General Counsel

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

14. Arbitration .

(a) Arbitration . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment - related disputes, and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or termination thereof, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1281.8 (the “Act”), and pursuant to California law. The Federal Arbitration Act shall also apply with full force and effect, notwithstanding the application of procedural rules set forth under the Act.

(b) Dispute Resolution . Disputes that Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under local, state, or federal law , including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Sarbanes Oxley Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Family and

 

-10-


Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, and any statutory or common law claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(c) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures (the “JAMS Rules”). The arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication, motions to dismiss and demurrers, and motions for class certification, prior to any arbitration hearing. The arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies available under applicable law, and the arbitrator shall award attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party, except as prohibited by law. The Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the administrator or JAMS, and all arbitrator’s fees, except that Executive shall pay any filing fees associated with any arbitration that Executive initiates, but only so much of the filing fee as Executive would have instead paid had Executive filed a complaint in a court of law. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in accordance with California law, including the California Code of Civil Procedure and the California Evidence Code, and that the arbitrator shall apply substantive and procedural California law to any dispute or claim, without reference to the rules of conflict of law. To the extent that the JAMS Rules conflict with California law, California law shall take precedence. The decision of the arbitrator shall be in writing. Any arbitration under this Agreement shall be conducted in Santa Clara County, California.

(d) Remedy . Except as provided by the Act, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive, and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided by the Act and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration . Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(e) Administrative Relief . Executive is not prohibited from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, including, but not limited to, the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, or the Workers’ Compensation Board. However, Executive may not pursue court action regarding any such claim, except as permitted by law.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that EXECUTIVE IS WAIVING EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

 

-11-


15. Confidential Information . Executive agrees to continue to be bound by the Televigation, Inc. Proprietary Information Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”) entered into by and between Executive and the Company dated September 23, 1999.

16. Non-Solicitation . Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to solicit, recruit, or encourage any employee of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) to leave his or her employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his or her obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.

17. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Amendment . No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive) that is expressly designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

(b) Waiver . No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. With respect to equity awards granted on or after the date of this Agreement, the acceleration of vesting provisions provided herein will apply to such equity awards except to the extent otherwise explicitly provided in the applicable award agreement. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

(e) Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

(f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

 

-12-


(g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to all applicable withholdings, including all applicable income and employment taxes, as determined in the Company’s reasonable judgment.

(h) Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

COMPANY     TELENAV, INC.
    By:  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

    Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

EXECUTIVE     HAIPING JIN
   

/s/ Haiping Jin

 

-13-

Exhibit 10.9

TELENAV, INC.

[EXECUTIVE NAME] EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between [Executive Name] (“Executive”) and TeleNav, Inc. (the “Company”), effective as of [Date] (the “Effective Date”).

1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

(a) Position and Duties . Executive will continue to serve as the Company’s [Insert Title]. Executive will continue to render such business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). The Board or CEO may modify Executive’s job title and duties as it deems necessary and appropriate in light of the Company’s needs and interests from time to time. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

(b) Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform Executive’s duties faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board.

2. At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither Executive’s job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of Executive’s employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

3. Term of Agreement . This Agreement will have an initial term of three (3) years from the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier under this Agreement’s provisions. On the third anniversary of the Effective Date, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of automatic renewal. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, in the event of a Change of Control, the term of this Agreement will automatically extend through the eighteen-month anniversary of such Change of Control. Additionally, on the eighteen-month anniversary of such Change of Control and each annual anniversary thereafter, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to such anniversary. If Executive becomes entitled to severance benefits pursuant to Section 8 hereof, this Agreement will not terminate until all of the obligations under this Agreement have been satisfied.


4. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual salary of [$          ] as compensation for Executive’s services (the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings. Executive’s salary will be subject to review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

(b) Target Bonus . Executive will be eligible to participate in any bonus plans or programs maintained from time to time by the Company on such terms and conditions as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”). Any bonus, or any portion thereof, will be paid as soon as practicable after the Committee determines that the bonus has been earned, but in no event shall the bonus be paid after the later of (i) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the close of the Company’s fiscal year in which the bonus is earned or (ii) March 15 following the calendar year in which the bonus is earned.

(c) Equity Awards . Executive will continue to be eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares or other equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time. The Board or the Committee will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any such equity awards and its terms in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

5. Employee Benefits . Executive will continue to be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

6. Vacation . Executive will continue to be entitled to paid vacation, in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy for senior executive officers, with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto. Upon Executive’s termination of employment, Executive will be entitled to receive Executive’s accrued but unpaid vacation through the date of Executive’s termination.

7. Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

-2-


8. Severance .

(a) Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability Apart from a Change of Control . During the Employment Term, if earlier than two (2) months prior to a Change of Control or after twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause, death or disability, then, subject to Section 9 below, Executive will receive the following severance from the Company:

(i) Severance Payment . Executive will receive: (A) a lump-sum severance payment in an amount equal to six (6) months of Executive’s Base Salary (as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination), and (B) a lump-sum pro-rated amount of Executive’s bonus for the year in which the termination occurs (adjusted as appropriate based on the extent to which any applicable performance objectives have then been achieved and the relative weightings thereof, each as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board or Committee acting in good faith).

(ii) Continued Employee Benefits . Executive will receive Company-paid coverage for the cost of continuation coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents under the Company’s Benefit Plans until the earlier of (i) a period of six (6) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, or (ii) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans.

(b) Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason upon or within Two Months Prior to, or Twelve Months Following, a Change of Control . During the Employment Term, if upon or within two (2) months prior to, or twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control, (i) the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause, death or disability, or (ii) upon Executive’s resignation with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 9 below, Executive will receive the following severance from the Company:

(i) Severance Payment . Executive will receive: (A) a lump-sum severance payment in an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary (as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination), and (B) a lump-sum pro-rated amount of Executive’s bonus for the year in which the termination occurs (adjusted as appropriate based on the extent to which any applicable performance objectives have then been achieved and the relative weightings thereof, each as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board or Committee acting in good faith).

(ii) Continued Employee Benefits . Executive will receive Company-paid coverage for the cost of continuation coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents under the Company’s Benefit Plans until the earlier of (A) a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, or (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans.

(iii) Accelerated Vesting . One hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s outstanding equity awards will immediately vest prior to Executive’s termination and become exercisable. The equity awards will remain exercisable, to the extent applicable, following the date of termination for the period prescribed in the stock or equity plan and award agreement.

 

-3-


(c) Termination for Cause, Death or Disability; Resignation without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates voluntarily by Executive (except upon resignation for Good Reason upon or within two (2) months prior to, or twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control), for Cause by the Company or due to Executive’s death or disability, then (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned), and (iii) Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies, if any, as then in effect.

(d) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company), the provisions of this Section 8 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement. Executive will be entitled to no severance or other benefits upon termination of employment with respect to acceleration of award vesting or severance pay other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 8.

9. Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate .

(a) Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The receipt of any severance pursuant to Section 8(a) or (b) will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and provided that such Release becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective and irrevocable.

(b) Non-Solicitation . The receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to Section 8(a) or (b) will be subject to Executive not violating the provisions of Section 16. In the event Executive breaches the provisions of Section 16, all continuing payments and benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled pursuant to Section 8(a) or (b) will immediately cease and the Company will be entitled to any other rights and remedies and may take any other action legally permissible as a result of breaching the provisions of Section 16.

(c) Confidential Information Agreement . Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 8 will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the Confidential Information Agreement (as defined in Section 15).

(d) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated

 

-4-


thereunder (“Section 409A”) (together, the “Deferred Payments”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii) Any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 9(d)(iii). Except as required by Section 9(d)(iii), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iv) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(vi) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

-5-


(e) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

10. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 10, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits will be either:

 

  (a) delivered in full, or

 

  (b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in the severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that no portion of such severance benefits is subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, the reduction shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of the severance payments under Sections 8(a)(i) or 8(b)(i); (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; and (3) reduction of continued employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 10 will be made in writing by an independent firm immediately prior to Change of Control (the “Firm”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 10, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 10. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 10.

11. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) Benefit Plans . For purposes of this Agreement, “Benefit Plans” means plans, policies or arrangements that the Company sponsors (or participates in) and that immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment provide Executive and/or

 

-6-


Executive’s eligible dependents with medical, dental, and/or vision benefits. Benefit Plans do not include any other type of benefit (including, but not by way of limitation, disability, life insurance or retirement benefits). A requirement that the Company provide Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents with coverage under the Benefit Plans will not be satisfied unless the coverage is no less favorable than that provided to senior executives of the Company at any applicable time during the period Executive is entitled to receive severance pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b). The Company may, at its option, satisfy any requirement that the Company provide coverage under any Benefit Plan by (i) reimbursing Executive’s premiums under Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) after Executive has properly elected continuation coverage under COBRA (in which case Executive will be solely responsible for electing such coverage for Executive’s eligible dependents), or (ii) providing coverage under a separate plan or plans providing coverage that is no less favorable.

(b) Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” is defined as:

(i) any material act of personal dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities as an employee;

(ii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of moral turpitude;

(iii) Executive’s gross misconduct;

(iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company;

(v) Executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company; or

(vi) Executive’s continued failure to perform Executive’s employment duties after Executive has received a written demand of performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company’s belief that Executive has not substantially performed his or her duties and has failed to cure such non-performance to the Company’s satisfaction within ten (10) business days after receiving such notice.

(c) Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) the acquisition by any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (for these purposes, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company), (“Person”) that becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional securities by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the securities of the Company shall not be considered a Change of Control;

 

-7-


(ii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 11(c)(ii) the following shall not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (1) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s shareholders immediately after the transfer; or (2) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (A) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s securities; (B) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or (D) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in subsection (C). For purposes of this Section 11(c)(ii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets; or

(iii) a change in the composition of the Board occurring within a twelve (12) month period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” will mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the Effective Date, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(d) Code . For purposes of this Agreement, “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s express written consent:

(i) the assignment to Executive of any duties, the reduction of Executive’s duties or the removal of Executive from his or her position and responsibilities, either of which must result in a material diminution of Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities with the Company in effect immediately prior to such assignment, unless Executive is provided with a comparable position (i.e., a position of equal or greater organizational level, duties, authority, compensation and status);

 

-8-


(ii) A material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary, unless the Company also similarly reduces the base salaries of all other similarly situated employees of the Company (and, if applicable, its successor) (for these purposes, a reduction of Executive’s Base Salary by 10% or more will be considered material, provided that a reduction of less than 10% may still be material based on the facts and circumstances relating to the reduction);

(iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location; provided, however, that a relocation of less than thirty five (35) miles from Executive’s then present location will not be considered a material change in geographic location; or

(iv) the failure of the Company to obtain assumption of this Agreement by any successor, which shall be deemed a material breach by the Company of this Agreement.

Executive will not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.

(f) Section 409A Limit . For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of his or her separation from service as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code for the year in which Executive’s separation from service occurred.

12. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

13. Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing.

 

-9-


If to the Company:

TeleNav, Inc.

1130 Kifer Road

Sunnyvale, CA 94086

Attn : General Counsel

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

14. Arbitration.

(a) Arbitration . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment - related disputes, and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or termination thereof, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1281.8 (the “Act”), and pursuant to California law. The Federal Arbitration Act shall also apply with full force and effect, notwithstanding the application of procedural rules set forth under the Act.

(b) Dispute Resolution . Disputes that Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under local, state, or federal law , including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Sarbanes Oxley Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, and any statutory or common law claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(c) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures (the “JAMS Rules”). The arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication, motions to dismiss and demurrers, and motions for class certification, prior to any arbitration hearing. The arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies available under applicable law, and the arbitrator shall award attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party, except as prohibited by law. The Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the administrator or JAMS, and

 

-10-


all arbitrator’s fees, except that Executive shall pay any filing fees associated with any arbitration that Executive initiates, but only so much of the filing fee as Executive would have instead paid had Executive filed a complaint in a court of law. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in accordance with California law, including the California Code of Civil Procedure and the California Evidence Code, and that the arbitrator shall apply substantive and procedural California law to any dispute or claim, without reference to the rules of conflict of law. To the extent that the JAMS Rules conflict with California law, California law shall take precedence. The decision of the arbitrator shall be in writing. Any arbitration under this Agreement shall be conducted in Santa Clara County, California.

(d) Remedy . Except as provided by the Act, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive, and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided by the Act and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration . Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(e) Administrative Relief . Executive is not prohibited from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, including, but not limited to, the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, or the Workers’ Compensation Board. However, Executive may not pursue court action regarding any such claim, except as permitted by law.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that EXECUTIVE IS WAIVING EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

15. Confidential Information . Executive agrees to continue to be bound by the Telenavigation, Inc. Proprietary Information Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”) entered into by and between Executive and the Company dated [DATE].

16. Non-Solicitation . Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to solicit, recruit, or encourage any employee of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) to leave his or her employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents that [he/she] (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his or her obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.

 

-11-


17. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Amendment . No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive) that is expressly designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

(b) Waiver . No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. With respect to equity awards granted on or after the date of this Agreement, the acceleration of vesting provisions provided herein will apply to such equity awards except to the extent otherwise explicitly provided in the applicable award agreement. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

(e) Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of [California] (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

(f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

(g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to all applicable withholdings, including all applicable income and employment taxes, as determined in the Company’s reasonable judgment.

(h) Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that [he/she] has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from [his/her] private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

-12-


[Signature Page Follows]

 

-13-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

COMPANY     TELENAV, INC.
    By:  

 

    Title:  

 

EXECUTIVE     By:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

-14-

Exhibit 10.10

January 29, 2009         

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE

This Severance Agreement and General Release (hereinafter referred to as “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between Bill Bettencourt (hereinafter referred to as “Bettencourt”), and TeleNav, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “Company”).

WHEREAS, Bettencourt and the Company desire to settle fully and finally any and all claims of Bettencourt arising out of Bettencourt’s employment with the Company and his termination therefrom;

WHEREAS, the Company has decided to terminate Bettencourt’s employment effective January 27, 2009, but in order to ease his transition from employment and in exchange for the promises and conditions contained herein, has agreed to continue his employment through July 1, 2009 and allow his resignation on that date (“Termination Date”);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and to avoid unnecessary litigation, it is hereby agreed by and between the parties as follows:

1. In consideration for this Agreement:

a. The Company shall allow Bettencourt to remain employed through July 1, 2009 to assist him in finding alternate employment (“Severance Period”). Bettencourt agrees that the Company has no obligation to employ him through this period and that this additional period of employment shall serve as sufficient consideration for this Agreement. The Company shall pay Bettencourt his regular monthly base salary of Twenty Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty Three Dollars and Thirty Three Cents ($20,833.33), less regular withholdings, for each month of the five month Severance Period. This amount shall be paid on a semi-monthly basis through the Company’s regular payroll cycle via direct deposit or a check shall be mailed to Bettencourt’s home address within five business days of the pay date.

b. Bettencourt agrees that the terms of this Agreement supersede and serve as a novation and/or modification of the Offer Letter and Agreement signed by the parties on or about October 6, 2006 as well as the December 29, 2008 Amendment to the Offer Letter signed by the parties, and that Bettencourt shall not be owed any severance or COBRA amounts identified in that Offer Letter, as those obligations are superseded by this Agreement.

c. In addition to the foregoing consideration, the Company shall pay Bettencourt’s current health insurance benefits through the end of the last month of the Severance Period, that being through July 31, 2009. Thereafter, Bettencourt shall be eligible for continued health insurance coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”), provided that after July 31, 2009 he continues to pay the required COBRA premiums.


d. In addition to the foregoing consideration, and provided that Bettencourt signs the Supplemental Release Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A between June 15, 2009 and than July 1, 2009 and does not revoke that Supplemental Release Agreement, the Company shall pay him an additional one month’s severance of Twenty Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty Three Dollars and Thirty Three Cents ($20,833.33), less regular withholdings This additional severance shall be paid in a lump sum by check made payable to Bill Bettencourt, and shall be delivered to Bettencourt’s home address, postmarked between the 10 th and 15 th day following his execution of the Supplemental Release Agreement.

2. During the Severance Period, Bettencourt shall not earn any additional employment benefits and shall not further vest in any stock options. More specifically, Bettencourt shall not be eligible for any bonus amounts, overtime, commissions, incentive compensation, sick pay, vacation pay, paid time off, or other benefits that are available to other Company employees. In addition, Bettencourt is not authorized to act on behalf of the Company during the Severance Period, and shall not represent to any third party that he has the authority to act on behalf of the Company. During the Severance Period, Bettencourt may be required to perform special assignments from time to time, during normal business hours, but shall not be required to work full time hours.

3. Bettencourt specifically agrees that he has been paid all benefits due and owing to him under the terms of the original Offer Letter and the December 29, 2008 Amendment to the Offer Letter, including the amounts specified in the third and fifth bullet points of the January 27, 2009 memo; however, the earned portion of the prorated cash bonus totaling $49,185.50 specified in paragraph (d) of the January 27, 2009 memo has not been paid and will be paid within 5 days after June 30, 2009 Such payment will be after any required tax withholdings. Bettencourt also agrees that he has been previously paid the value of any accrued and unused vacation and all final wages. Bettencourt further agrees that he is owed no more compensation of any kind from the Company, and further agrees that other than the amounts specifically described herein, he has been paid all wages, bonuses, severance, incentive compensation, vacation and any other amounts due and owing to him in connection with his employment with the Company.

4. Bettencourt acknowledges and agrees that the Company has made no representations to him regarding the tax consequences of any amounts received by him pursuant to this Agreement. Bettencourt agrees to pay federal or state taxes that are required by law to be paid with respect to this Agreement.

5. Bettencourt agrees that the foregoing shall constitute an accord and satisfaction and a full and complete settlement of his claims, shall constitute the entire amount of monetary consideration provided to him under this Agreement, and that he will not seek any further compensation for any other claimed damage, costs or attorneys’ fees in connection with the matters encompassed in this Agreement.

 

2.


6. Bettencourt understands and agrees that pursuant to the terms of his Offer Letter, he will have one (1) year from the originally proposed termination date, January 27, 2009, to exercise his vested options, currently Two Million Four Hundred Fifty Nine Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Eight (2,459,258) shares. If and when Bettencourt desires to exercise his vested options, upon signing of an appropriate non-disclosure agreement, Company will cooperate to provide Bettencourt reasonable information regarding the current financial status of Company. Bettencourt understands that Company will provide only historical information and will not make any forecasts or representations about the future of Company business, and it will be at Bettencourt’s sole decision to rely or not rely on the data as part of his option exercise decision. Bettencourt understands that IRS regulations may convert any non-exercised/vested ISO options to non-qualified options for tax purposes. Bettencourt further understands and agrees that except for the one year exercise period, all other terms of the Telenav Stock Option Plan shall control. In addition, with respect to the stock options, Bettencourt hereby agrees as follows;

a. Employee hereby agrees that Employee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common stock (or other securities) of the Company now or hereafter owned by Employee, whether beneficially or otherwise (collectively, the “Securities”), or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Securities (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of common stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

b. Employee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of common stock (or other securities) of the Company, Employee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations in this section shall not apply to a registration relating

 

3.


solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Securities until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. This section shall be binding on Employee and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of Employee. Employee agrees that any transferee of the securities shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this section.

c. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of Securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this section. This section may not be amended or terminated except as agreed in writing by the Company and Employee.

d. Confidentiality. Employee acknowledges that the information received by him pursuant to his ownership of Securities may be confidential and for his use only, and he will not use such confidential information in any manner (including in violation of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than his tax or legal representatives having a need to know the contents of such information or pursuant to its disclosure obligation to such stockholders, investors, partners, and/or potential partners, and its attorneys), except (i) in connection with the exercise of rights he may have as a holder of the Securities, (ii) where such information has been made available to the public generally or (iii) where Employee is required to disclose such information by a governmental authority or law.

7. This Agreement, all of its terms, and all of the obligations of the Company contained herein are expressly contingent upon the condition that Bettencourt does not exercise his right of revocation as described in subparagraph (g) of paragraph 11 below.

8. Bettencourt represents that he will not file (or ask or allow anyone to file on his behalf), any charge, complaint, claim or lawsuit of any kind in connection with any claim released by this Agreement, except in defense of any charge, complaint, claim or lawsuit filed by the Company. This provision shall not apply, however, to any non-waivable charges or claims, including any that may be brought before any governmental agency. With respect to any such non-waivable claims, Bettencourt agrees to waive his right (if any) to any monetary or other recovery should any governmental agency or other third party pursue any claims on Bettencourt’s behalf, either individually, or as part of any collective action. Nothing herein shall preclude any claim Bettencourt may file alleging that the waiver of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”) was not knowing or voluntary.

 

4.


9. Bettencourt without limitation hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases and forever discharges the Company, its officers, agents, directors, supervisors, employees, representatives, successors and assigns, and all persons acting by, through, under, or in concert with any of them from any and all charges, complaints, claims, causes of action, debts, demands, sums of money, controversies, agreements, promises, damages and liabilities of any kind or nature whatsoever, both at law and equity, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, anticipated or unanticipated (hereinafter referred to as “claim” or “claims”), arising from conduct occurring from November 1, 2006 through the date of this Agreement, including without limitation any claims incidental to or arising out of Bettencourt’s employment with the Company or the termination thereof. It is expressly understood by Bettencourt that among the various rights and claims being waived in this release are those arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (29 U.S.C. § 621. et seq .), Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Equal Pay Act of 1963, the Americans With Disabilities Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (ADEA), the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, or any other federal, state or local law or regulation. This provision is intended by the parties to be all encompassing and to act as a full and total release of any claim, whether specifically enumerated herein or not, that Bettencourt might have or has had, that exists or ever has existed on or to the date of this Agreement.

10. The parties understand the word “claim” or “claims” to include without limitation all actions, claims and grievances, whether actual or potential, known or unknown, related, incidental to or arising out of Bettencourt’s employment with the Company and the termination thereof. All such claims, including related attorneys’ fees and costs, are forever barred by this Agreement and without regard to whether those claims are based on any alleged breach of a duty arising in contract or tort; any alleged unlawful act, any other claim or cause of action; and regardless of the forum in which it might be brought.

11. Bettencourt understands and agrees that he:

a. Has had the opportunity of a full twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement before signing it, and that if he has not availed himself of that full time period that he has failed to do so knowingly and voluntarily.

b. Has carefully read and fully understands all of the provisions of this Agreement.

c. Is, through this Agreement, releasing the Company and its officers, agents, directors, supervisors, employees, representatives, successors and assigns and all persons acting by, through, under, or in concert with any of them, from any and all claims, as defined in paragraph 10 above, he may have against the Company or such individuals.

 

5.


d. Knowingly and voluntarily agrees to all of the terms set forth in this Agreement.

e. Knowingly and voluntarily intends to be legally bound by the same.

f. Was advised and hereby is advised in writing to consider the terms of this Agreement and consult with an attorney of his choice prior to signing this Agreement.

g. Has a full seven (7) days following the execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement, and has been and hereby is advised in writing that this Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until the revocation period has expired. Should he choose to exercise his right of revocation, Bettencourt must provide notice to Kelly Green at (408) 245-3800 or kellyg@telenav.com , no later than close of business on the seventh (7 th ) day after his execution of this Agreement.

h. Understands that rights or claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (29 U.S.C. § 621, et seq .) that may arise after the date this Agreement is signed are not waived.

12. Bettencourt and the Company both jointly stipulate and agree as a matter of fact that Bettencourt’ age played no part in any of the Company’s decisions or actions affecting Bettencourt. Bettencourt expressly acknowledges that he has had the opportunity of a full twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement before signing it, and that if he has not availed himself of that full time period, that he expressly waives this time period and will not assert the invalidity of this Agreement or any portion thereof on this basis.

13. Bettencourt agrees that he will now and forever keep the terms and monetary settlement amount of this Agreement completely confidential, and that he shall not disclose such to any other person directly or indirectly. As an exception to the foregoing, and the only exception, Bettencourt may disclose the terms and monetary settlement amount of this Agreement to Bettencourt’s attorney, tax advisor, accountant and immediate family (defined as and limited to spouse and children) who shall be advised of its confidentiality. Should any of the foregoing individuals disclose the terms and/or monetary settlement amount of this Agreement to any other person, such shall be considered an indirect disclosure in breach of this provision for which Bettencourt shall be liable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bettencourt may make such disclosures of the terms and monetary settlement amount of this Agreement as are required by law or as necessary for legitimate enforcement or compliance purposes.

14. Bettencourt agrees that the failure to comply with the terms of paragraph 13 above may amount to a material breach of this Agreement. In the event of such a breach, the Company will be entitled to all legal and equitable remedies available, including, but not limited to, injunctive relief.

 

6.


15. Bettencourt further acknowledges and agrees that his TELENAV, INC. PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT with the Company remains in full force and effect and is unaffected by this Agreement.

16. On or before the Termination Date, Bettencourt will deliver to the Company all documents, data and written proprietary information of any nature pertaining to the Company or its affiliated companies, and will not take from the Company or its affiliated companies any documents or data of any description or any reproduction containing or pertaining to any proprietary information nor utilize same.

17. Bettencourt agrees not to knowingly interfere with the Company’s relationship with employees, suppliers, customers or investors. Nothing herein shall preclude Bettencourt from being employed by or consulting with another company, including, without limitation, a competitor of the Company, provided that Bettencourt continues to abide by the terms of paragraph 15 above. Bettencourt also agrees to refrain from communicating any disparaging, derogatory, libelous or scandalous statements to any third party regarding the Company. Bettencourt further agrees that he will not hold himself out as an agent of the Company, or as having any authority to bind the Company.

18. This Agreement and compliance with this Agreement shall not be construed as an admission by the Company of any liability whatsoever, or as admission by the Company of any violation of the rights of Bettencourt, violation of any order, law, statute, duty or contract whatsoever. The Company specifically disclaims any liability to Bettencourt for any alleged violation of the rights of Bettencourt, or for any alleged violation of any order, law, statute, duty or contract on the part of the Company, or its employees or agents.

19. The parties hereto represent and acknowledge that in executing this Agreement they do not rely and have not relied upon any representation or statement made by any of the parties or by any of the parties’ agents, attorneys or representatives with regard to the subject matter or effect of this Agreement or otherwise, other than those specifically stated in this written Agreement.

20. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and upon their heirs, administrators, representatives, executors, successors, and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of said parties and each of them and to their heirs, administrators, representatives, executors, successors, and assigns. Bettencourt expressly warrants that he has not transferred to any person or entity any rights or causes of action, or claims released by this Agreement.

21. Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms or provisions shall not be affected thereby and said illegal, unenforceable, or invalid term, part or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.

 

7.


22. With the exception of the TELENAV, INC. PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT, which shall remain in full force and effect and is unaffected by this Agreement, this Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties hereto and fully supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended or modified by a writing signed by the parties hereto. Any waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement unless expressly so indicated otherwise.

23. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the plain meaning of its terms and not strictly for or against any of the parties hereto.

24. This Agreement is made and entered into in the State of California, and shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed by and under the laws of the State of California. The parties agree that any and all disputes arising out of the terms of this Agreement, their interpretation, and any of the matters herein released, shall be subject to binding arbitration in Santa Clara County in accordance with the JAMS/Endispute Arbitration Rules and Procedures for Employment Disputes. Either Bettencourt or the Company may initiate arbitration, but the party demanding arbitration must do so within one year of the time the dispute arose, or else said claim shall be deemed waived.

25. The parties agree that in any arbitration held to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, and/or should it be necessary for either party to file a petition to compel arbitration, the arbitrator or the court, as the case may be, shall have the authority to award the prevailing party reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. Said attorneys’ fees and costs shall extend to any appeal process related hereto and to the enforcement and collection of any court judgment and any execution related thereto.

26. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and each counterpart, when executed, shall have the efficacy of a second original. Photographic or facsimile copies of any such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the original for any said purpose.

For Bill Bettencourt:

 

Dated: February 18, 2009

    By:  

/s/ Bill Bettencourt

        Bill Bettencourt
    For TeleNav, Inc.:

Dated: February 18, 2009

    By:  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

 

8.

Exhibit 10.10.1

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE AMENDMENT

The parties to the Severance Agreement and General Release hereby agree that the following paragraph will replace the paragraph in the original agreement that was identified as Section 1(d).

In addition to the foregoing consideration, and provided that Bettencourt signs the Supplemental Release Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A between June 15, 2009 and than July 1, 2009 and does not revoke that Supplemental Release Agreement, the Company shall pay him an additional one month’s severance of Twenty Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty Three Dollars and Thirty Three Cents ($20,833.33), less regular withholdings. Bettencourt agrees and specifically authorizes Telenav to deduct from the after-tax amount of the additional one month’s worth of severance, the value of the 401K match earnings he was provided, which is equal to Two Thousand Eighty Three Dollars and Thirty Two Cents ($2,083.32). This additional net severance amount shall be paid in a lump sum by check made payable to Bill Bettencourt, and shall be delivered to Bettencourt’s home address, postmarked between the 10 th and 15 th day following his execution of the Supplemental Release Agreement or by direct deposit. As additional consideration for this Amendment, Bettencourt agrees that he has been allowed to continue to contribute to the Company’s 401K plan, including the employer matching portion of that plan.

This Amendment shall not modify any other portion of the Agreement and shall not amount to a material change in the terms and conditions of the Agreement or releases contained therein.

 

Dated: June 30, 2009

    By:  

/s/ Bill Bettencourt

        Bill Bettencourt
      For TeleNav, Inc.:

Dated: July 8, 2009

    By:  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

        Douglas S. Miller


EXHIBIT A

SUPPLEMENTAL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

In consideration of the benefits described in paragraph 1 of the Severance Agreement and General Release incorporated herein, Bill Bettencourt, hereby agrees as follows:

1. I waive and release, to the greatest extent permitted by law, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliated companies, and all of their respective agents, employees, officers, directors, shareholders, successors, and assigns (“Released Parties”) from any and all claims I have or may have related to my employment and any and every other matter or thing arising at time up to and including the date of this Exhibit A to the Release. I have not filed and will not file any lawsuit, claim or charge against the Released Parties relating to my employment or any other matter up to the date this Agreement becomes effective.

2. I hereby waive the rights and benefits conferred by section 1542 of the California Civil Code with respect to the time period between the effective date of the Release and the date I sign this Supplemental Severance Agreement. I understand that section 1542 provides:

A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.

3. I represent that I have been given at least 21 days to consider the terms of this Supplemental Severance Agreement before signing it. I knowingly and voluntarily waive the remainder of the 21-day consideration period, if any; following the date I sign this Supplemental Severance Agreement below. I have not been asked by the Company to shorten my time-period for consideration of whether to sign this Supplemental Severance Agreement. The Company has not threatened to withdraw or alter the benefit due to me prior to the expiration of the 21-day period nor has Supplemental Severance Agreement prior to the expiration of the 21-day consideration period. I understand that having waived some portion of the 21-day consideration period, the Company may expedite the processing of benefits provided to me in exchange for signing this Supplemental Severance Agreement.

I agree with the Company that changes, whether material or immaterial, do not restart the running of the 21-day consideration period.

4. I understand that if I sign this Supplemental Severance Agreement to the Release, I can change my mind and revoke it within seven days after signing it by returning it with written revocation notice to Kelly Green at (408) 245-3800 or kellyg@telenav.com . I understand that the release and waiver set forth above will not be effective until after this seven-day period has expired, and I will receive no Severance benefits until the eighth day after I sign this Supplemental Severance Agreement.


5. I understand that following the seven-day revocation period, this Supplemental Severance Agreement will be final and binding. I promise that I will not pursue any claim that I have settled by the Release I previously signed or by this Supplemental Severance Agreement. Although I am releasing claims that I may have under the OWBPA and the ADEA, I understand that I may challenge the knowing and voluntary nature of this release under the OWBPA and the ADEA before a court, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC), the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB), or any other federal, state or local agency charged with the enforcement of any employment laws. I understand, however, that if I pursue a claim against the Company under the OWBPA and/or the ADEA, a court has the discretion to determine whether the Company is entitled to restitution, recoupment, or set off (hereinafter “reduction”) against a monetary award obtained by me in the court proceeding. A reduction never can exceed the amount I recover, or the consideration I received for signing this Supplemental Severance Agreement, whichever is less. I also recognize that the Company may be entitled to recover costs and attorney’s fees incurred by the Company as specifically authorized under applicable law. I further understand that nothing in this Supplemental Severance Agreement generally prevents me from filing a charge or complaint with or from participating in an investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC, NLRB, or any other federal, state or local agency charged with the enforcement of any employment laws, although by signing this Supplemental Severance Agreement I am waiving my right to individual relief based on claims asserted in such a charge or complaint.

6. I represent that I am age 40 or over and acknowledge that the Company has advised me of my right to consult an attorney with respect to these matters and has further advised me that I may be waiving a claim for age discrimination by signing this Supplemental Severance Agreement and Release.

7. I have not signed this Supplemental Severance Agreement prior to June 30, 2009.

 

DATED:   June 30, 2009
 

/s/ Bill Bettencourt

  Bill Bettencourt

Exhibit 10.11

INDUSTRIAL/R&D LEASE AGREEMENT

Between

 

Landlord:

   Roeder Family Trust B

and

 

Tenant:

   TeleNav, Inc.
   a California corporation

Dated: October 9, 2006


BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

The following sets forth some of the Basic Provisions of the Lease. In the event of any conflict between the terms of these Basic Lease Provisions and the referenced Sections of the Lease, the referenced Sections of the Lease shall control. In addition to the following Basic Lease Provisions, all of the other terms and conditions and sections of the Industrial/R&D Lease Agreement hereinafter set forth are hereby incorporated as an integral part of this Summary.

 

1. 

  Building (See Section 1):    1130 Kifer Road
     Sunnyvale, California 94086

2. 

  Rentable Square Feet of Premises:    46,367
  Rentable Square Feet of Building:    99,957
  (See Section 1)   
3.   Term (See Section 2):    60 full calendar months
  Target Commencement Date:    February 1, 2007, subject to Section 2
  Target Expiration Date:    January 31, 2012, subject to Section 2
4.   Base Rent (See Section 5):   

 

Period

 

NNN PSF

 

Sq. Ft.

 

$ NNN/Monthly Base Rent

Early Occupancy Date -

  $0.00   46,367   $0.00

Commencement Date –

     

1 st Lease Year

  $0.62   46,367   $28,747.54

2 nd Lease Year

  $0.64   46,367   $29,674.88

3 rd Lease Year

  $0.66   46,367   $30,602.22

4 th Lease Year

  $0.68   46,367   $31,529.56

5 th Lease Year

  $0.70   46,367   $32,456.90

Option 6 th Lease Year

  tbd   46,367   tbd

Option 7 th Lease Year

  tbd   46,367   tbd

The Rent Commencement Date shall be February 1, 2007, hereinafter the “Commencement Date”. Each period of twelve (12) calendar months after the Rent Commencement Date shall constitute a “Lease Year.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, this rent table will be modified if the cost to construct the Tenant Improvements exceeds the Landlord’s Base Allowance (as such terms are defined in Exhibit B , the “Work Letter”, to this Lease) all as more specifically set forth in paragraph 2(a) of this Lease.

 

i


5.    Rent Payment Address (See Section 5):   
   Great Oaks Water Company   
   Attn: Jim Leggate   
   P.O. Box 23490   
   San Jose, CA 95153   
6.    Use of Premises (See Section 11): General office, software development, product support, shipping and receiving and storage, as well as any other legal related permitted uses.
7.    Tenant’s Share (See Section 7):    46.39%
8.    Security Deposit (See Section 10):    $32,457.00
9.    Parking (See Section 1):    Non-exclusive right to park on all parking and paved areas at the Property, and exclusive right to park on those parking and paved areas shown on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto.
10.   

Tenant Improvement

Allowance (See Exhibit B):

   $927,340.00
11.    Tenant’s Liability Insurance   
   (See Section 26):    Combined Single Limit $1,000,000.00
      Annual Aggregate Limit $2,000,000.00
12.    Landlord’s Broker (See Section 47):    Colliers International Partnership
      Mary Wimmer & Donald H. Reimann, SIOR
   Tenant’s Broker (See Section 47):    Renault & Handley
      B. J. Green & David Conklin
   Notice Address (See Section 30):   
   Landlord    Tenant
  

William C. Miller, Trustee

   TeleNav, Inc.
  

Roeder Family Trust B

   1130 Kifer Road
  

P.O. Box 233

   Sunnyvale, CA94086
  

Clio, CA 96106

  
  

Overnight Delivery: 17 Bridal Path

  
  

     Clio, CA 96106

  

 

ii


Steve LaBlanc, Property Manager    Attn: Douglas S. Miller
Colliers International    Chief Financial Officer
One Almaden Boulevard    TeleNav, Inc.
Suite 300    2975 San Ysidro Way
San Jose, CA 95113    Santa Clara, CA 95051
E-Mail: slablanc@colliersparrish.com    E-Mail: DougM@telenav.com
Phone: (408) 282-4043    Fax No: (408) 245-0238

 

iii


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this instrument as of the date as written below.

 

Landlord:

    Tenant:

Roeder Family Trust B

    TeleNav, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ William C. Miller

    By:  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

  William C. Miller, Trustee       Douglas S. Miller
      Its:  

Chief Financial Officer

Executed on:

  

 

    Executed on:  

 

       Phone:  

(408) 245-3800

       Email:  

DougM@telenav.com

       By:  

 

       Its:  

 

       Phone:  

(408) 245-3800

       Email:  

 

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

A. PREMISES/TERM/POSSESSION    1
  1.      P REMISES    1
  2.      L EASE T ERM    2
  3.      E ARLY P OSSESSION    4
  4.      Q UIET E NJOYMENT    4

B. RENT/PAYMENT/SECURITY DEPOSIT

   4
  5.      B ASE R ENT    4
  6.      R ENT P AYMENT    4
  7.      O PERATING E XPENSES /T AXES    5
  8.      L ATE C HARGE    9
  9.      P ARTIAL P AYMENT    9
  10.      S ECURITY D EPOSIT    9
C. USE/LAWS/RULES    10
  11.      U SE OF P REMISES /E NVIRONMENTAL M ATTERS    10
  12.      C OMPLIANCE WITH L AWS    13
  13.      W ASTE D ISPOSAL    14
  14.      R ULES AND R EGULATIONS    14
D. UTILITIES/SIGNAGE/TENANT BUILDOUT    14
  15.      U TILITIES    14
  16.      S IGNS    14
  17.      B UILDOUT A LLOWANCE AND T ENANT F INISHES    15
  18.      F ORCE M AJEURE    15
E. REPAIRS/ALTERATIONS/CASUALTY/CONDEMNATION    15
  19.      R EPAIRS B Y L ANDLORD    15
  20.      R EPAIRS B Y T ENANT    15
  21.      A LTERATIONS AND I MPROVEMENTS    16
  22.      L IENS    17
  23.      D ESTRUCTION OR D AMAGE    18
  24.      E MINENT D OMAIN    19
  25.      D AMAGE OR T HEFT OF P ERSONAL P ROPERTY    19
F. INSURANCE/INDEMNITIES/WAIVER/ESTOPPEL    20
  26.      I NSURANCE ; W AIVERS    20
  27.      I NDEMNITIES    22
  28.      A CCEPTANCE AND W AIVER    22
  29.      E STOPPEL    22
G. DEFAULT/REMEDIES/SURRENDER/HOLDING OVER    23
  30.      N OTICES    23
  31.      A BANDONMENT OF P REMISES    23
  32.      D EFAULT    23
  33.      L ANDLORD S R EMEDIES    24
  34.      S ERVICE OF N OTICE    25
  35.      A DVERTISING    25
  36.      S URRENDER OF P REMISES    26
  37.      C LEANING P REMISES    26

 

v


  38.      R EMOVAL OF F IXTURES    26
  39.      H OLDING O VER    26
  40.      A TTORNEY S F EES    27
  41.      M ORTGAGEE S R IGHTS    27
H. LANDLORD ENTRY/RELOCATION/ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING    28
  42.      E NTERING P REMISES    28
  43.      R ELOCATION    29
  44.      A SSIGNMENT AND S UBLETTING    29
I. SALE OF BUILDING; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY    30
  45.      S ALE    30
  46.      L IMITATION OF L IABILITY    30
J. BROKERS/CONSTRUCTION/AUTHORITY    30
  47.      B ROKER D ISCLOSURE    30
  48.      D EFINITIONS    30
  49.      C ONSTRUCTION OF THIS A GREEMENT    31
  50.      N O E STATE I N L AND    31
  51.      P ARAGRAPH T ITLES ; S EVERABILITY    31
  52.      C UMULATIVE R IGHTS    31
  53.      W AIVER OF J URY T RIAL    31
  54.      E NTIRE A GREEMENT    31
  55.      S UBMISSION OF A GREEMENT    31
  56.      A UTHORITY    31
  57.      I NTENTIONALLY O MITTED    32
K. SPECIAL STATE/LOCAL LAW REQUIREMENTS/SPECIAL STIPULATIONS    32
  58.      S TATE OR L OCAL L AW P ROVISIONS    32
  59.      S PECIAL S TIPULATIONS    32

Addendum to Lease

Exhibit A   -   Legal Description
Exhibit A-1   -   Premises and Exclusive Parking Area
Exhibit B   -   Work Letter, LOI Exh. A and LOI Exh. B
Exhibit C   -   Hazardous Materials Questionnaire
Exhibit D   -   Rules and Regulations
Exhibit E   -   Special Stipulations
Exhibit F   -   Tenant Moveout Responsibilities

 

vi


INDUSTRIAL LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS INDUSTRIAL LEASE AGREEMENT (hereinafter called the “ Lease ”) is made and entered into as of the date appearing on the first page hereof by and between the Landlord and Tenant identified above.

A. Premises/Term/Possession.

1. Premises . Landlord does hereby rent and lease to Tenant and Tenant does hereby rent and lease from Landlord, the Premises located in the Building identified in the Basic Lease Provisions, situated on the real property described in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Property ”), such Premises as all further shown by diagonal lines on the drawing attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and made a part hereof by reference. Landlord has determined the square footage of the Premises using the BOMA 1996 standard. The rentable square feet of the Premises is approximately as set forth in Section 6.1 of the Summary. The rentable square feet of the Premises and the Building are subject to verification prior to the Commencement Date by Landlord or Tenant, and if such verification discloses that the rentable square footage amounts shall be different from those set forth in this Lease, all amounts, percentages and figures appearing or referred to in this Lease based upon such incorrect rentable square feet (including, without limitation, the amount of the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share) shall be modified in accordance with such determination. If such determination is made, it will be confirmed in writing by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant has inspected the Premises and agrees to accept the same “AS IS,” without representation or warranty on the part of Landlord to perform any improvements therein, except as expressly set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof, except that the foregoing will not affect Landlord’s maintenance and repair obligations hereunder and except that, as of the Commencement Date (as defined in Section 2(a), below), Landlord represents and warrants that the building systems serving the Premises, including the sprinkler system, HVAC system, mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems, and roll-up doors, if any, shall be in good working order, and the roof shall be watertight and Landlord shall warrant these items for a period of ninety (90) days following Lease Commencement. Landlord shall replace and /or refurbish as needed the existing HVAC units prior to Lease Commencement at Landlords sole cost and expense. Landlord and Tenant agree that the number of rentable square feet described in Paragraph 2 of the Basic Lease Provisions has been confirmed and conclusively agreed upon by the parties. No easement for light, air or view is granted hereunder or included within or appurtenant to the Premises.

Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with the other parties occupying the Property, to use all the grounds, sidewalks, parking areas, driveways and alleys of the Property, twenty-four (24) hours per day seven (7) days per week subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may from time to time prescribe; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the exclusive use and control a portion of the parking and paved areas designated on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (“ Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas ”) twenty-four (24) hours per day seven (7) days per week. Subject to any applicable local, state or federal law, ordinance, rule, regulation, Code or order of any governmental entity or insurance requirement (collectively, “ Laws ”), Tenant may use the Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas for customer and employee parking of vehicles only.

 

1


Tenant shall not succeed to any of Landlord’s easement rights over and relating to the Property, nor shall Tenant obtain any rights to common areas, as designated by Landlord, other than those rights specifically granted to Tenant in this Lease. Landlord shall have the sole right of control over the use, maintenance, configuration, repair and improvement of the common areas (the parties acknowledging that Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas shall not constitute part of the common areas hereunder). Landlord may make such changes to the use or configuration of, or improvements comprising, the common areas as Landlord may elect without liability to Tenant; provided, however, that, in the exercise of Landlord’s rights under the last two sentences of this Paragraph, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business operations in and from the Premises.

2. Lease Term .

(a) Tenant shall have and hold the Premises for the term (“ Term ”) identified in the Basic Lease Provisions, commencing on February 1, 2007 (“ Commencement Date ”), regardless of the status of Tenant’s initial Tenant Improvements (defined in Exhibit B attached hereto, and shall terminate at midnight on the last day of the sixtieth (60th) full calendar month following the Commencement Date (the “ Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated or extended as hereinafter provided.

Tenant shall use best efforts to complete the Tenant Improvements following the execution of this Lease. Landlord shall use best efforts to complete any Compliance Work (as defined in Exhibit B) and to replace and /or refurbish, as needed, the existing HVAC units prior to the Commencement Date, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense; provided that Landlord shall complete any Compliance Work that constitutes a lifesafety issue prior to the Commencement Date.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, Tenant may at its option (“ Renewal Option ”) extend the Term of this Lease for one (1) additional two (2) year period (the “ Renewal Term ”). If Tenant exercises the Renewal Option hereunder, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall continue in full force and effect during the Renewal Term (except for this Renewal Option), including provisions regarding payment of Additional Rent, which shall remain payable on the terms herein set forth, except that the Base Rent payable by Tenant during the Renewal Term shall be as calculated in accordance with Section 2(c) below. To exercise the Renewal Option, Tenant must deliver notice to Landlord not sooner than one hundred eighty (180) days, or later than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the expiration of the initial Term of this Lease. Thereafter, the Market Rate for the Renewal Term shall be calculated pursuant to Section 2(c) below.

(c) The Base Rent during the Renewal Term shall be the prevailing market rental rate for Comparable Space (as defined below) for a term commencing on or about the commencement date of the Renewal Term (the “ Market Rate ”). For this purpose, “ Comparable Space ” shall mean commercial space comparable to the Premises that is (i) comparable in size, location, and quality to the Premises; (ii) leased for a term comparable to the Renewal Term; and (iii) located in comparable industrial projects in the vicinity of the Building. In determining the Market Rate, the parties shall include all escalations and take into consideration free rent and other rental abatement concessions, if any and any tenant improvement allowance or other obligations to improve the Comparable Space, if any, being granted to tenants in connection with the Comparable Space.

 

2


(d) The Base Rent during the Renewal Term shall be determined as follows:

(1) If Tenant provides Landlord with its notice of exercise pursuant to subparagraph (b) above, then, prior to the commencement of the Renewal Term, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a good faith written proposal of the Market Rate. Within twenty-one (21) days after receipt of Landlord’s proposal, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing (A) that Tenant accepts Landlord’s proposal or (B) that Tenant elects to submit the determination of Market Rate to arbitration in accordance with Subparagraphs (2) through (4) below. If Tenant does not give Landlord a timely notice in response to Landlord’s proposal, Landlord’s proposal of Market Rate shall be binding upon Tenant.

(2) If Tenant timely elects to submit the determination of Market Rate to arbitration, Landlord and Tenant shall first negotiate in good faith in an attempt to determine the Market Rate. If Landlord and Tenant are able to agree within thirty (30) days following the delivery of Tenant’s notice to Landlord electing arbitration (or if Tenant accepts Landlord’s initial proposal), then such agreement shall constitute a determination of Market Rate for purposes of this Section, and the parties shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease stating the Base Rent for the Renewal Term. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the Market Rate within such negotiating period, then within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of such negotiating period, the parties shall meet and concurrently deliver to each other in envelopes their respective good faith estimates of the Market Rate (set forth on a net effective rentable square foot per annum basis). If the higher of such estimates is not more than one hundred five percent (105%) of the lower, then the Market Rate shall be the average of the two. Otherwise, the dispute shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with Subparagraphs (3) and (4) below.

(3) Within seven (7) days after the exchange of estimates, the parties shall select as an arbitrator an independent real estate broker with at least five (5) years of experience in leasing industrial space in the metropolitan area in which the Property is located (a “ Qualified Appraiser ”). If the parties cannot agree on a Qualified Appraiser, then within a second period of seven (7) days, each shall select a Qualified Appraiser and within ten (10) days thereafter the two appointed Qualified Appraisers shall select an independent Qualified Appraiser and the independent Qualified Appraiser shall be the sole arbitrator. If one party shall fail to select a Qualified Appraiser within the second seven (7) day period, then the Qualified Appraiser chosen by the other party shall be the sole arbitrator.

(4) Within twenty-one (21) days after submission of the matter to the arbitrator, the arbitrator shall determine the Market Rate by choosing whichever of the estimates submitted by Landlord and Tenant the arbitrator judges to be more accurate. The arbitrator shall notify Landlord and Tenant of its decision, which shall be final and binding. If the arbitrator believes that expert advice would materially assist him, the arbitrator may retain one or more qualified persons to provide expert advice. The fees of the arbitrator and of the arbitration proceeding shall be split by the parties 50/50. The fees of any expert witnesses retained by the arbitrator shall be paid by the party whose estimate is not selected. Each party shall pay the fees of its respective counsel and the fees of any witness called by that party.

 

3


(5) Until the matter is resolved by agreement between the parties or a decision is rendered in any arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 2, Tenant’s monthly payments of Base Rent shall be in an amount equal to the average of Landlord’s and Tenant’s determinations of the Market Rate. Within ten (10) business days following the resolution of such dispute by the parties or the decision of the arbitrator, as applicable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, or Landlord shall pay to Tenant, the amount of any deficiency or excess, as the case may be, in the Base Rent theretofore paid.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 2, at Landlord’s election, this Renewal Option shall be null and void and Tenant shall have no right to renew this Lease pursuant thereto if, on the date Tenant exercises this Renewal Option or on the date immediately preceding the commencement of the Renewal Term, Tenant is in default beyond any applicable notice and cure periods of any of its obligations under this Lease.

3. Early Possession . Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with access to the Premises in advance of the Commencement Date, commencing as soon as practical after the date that this Lease is fully executed (such period, the “ Early Possession Period ”), for the purposes of planning and construction of Tenant Improvements, installing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment and for storage of equipment and inventory at the Premises in a manner consistent with Tenant’s business; provided that such early occupancy will not interfere with Landlord’s obligations to complete any Compliance Work, to enter into the Premises for purposes of checking the condition of any building systems serving the Premises, including the sprinkler system, HVAC system, mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems, roll-up doors, and the roof, and to repair or replace same, as necessary, to ensure good condition at delivery, and to refurbish or replace the existing HVAC units. Tenant may conduct business within the Premises during such early occupancy at its sole risk and expense . Regardless, Tenant must deliver a bona fide proof, or Certificate of Insurance, naming Landlord and its Property Management Company (Colliers International) as additionally insured parties prior to such early occupancy. Tenant shall be responsible for its utilities, janitorial expenses and its pro-rata share of the real estate taxes during the Early Possession Period. Insurance and other Operating Expenses (as defined in Section 7 below) shall be abated during the Early Possession Period.

4. Quiet Enjoyment . Tenant, upon payment in full of the required Rent and full performance of the terms, conditions, covenants and agreements contained in this Lease, shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term hereof, subject to this Lease and, except as provided in Section 41 below, any ground lease, mortgage or trust deed now or hereafter encumbering the Building or the Property.

B. Rent/Payment/Security Deposit.

5. Base Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at the address stated in the Basic Lease Provisions or at such other place as Landlord shall designate in writing to Tenant, annual base rent (“ Base Rent ”) in the amounts set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions, and as described in paragraph 6 below.

6. Rent Payment . The Base Rent for each Lease Year shall be payable in equal monthly installments, due on or before the first (1st) day of each calendar month, in advance, in legal tender of the United States of America, without abatement, demand, deduction

 

4


or offset of any kind whatsoever, except as may be expressly provided in this Lease. One full monthly installment of Base Rent shall be due and payable on the date of execution of this Lease by Tenant and shall be applied to the first month’s Base Rent as and when such Base Rent is due under this Lease. A like monthly installment of Base Rent shall be due and payable on or before the first day of each calendar month following the Commencement Date during the Term hereof (provided, that the foregoing is subject to any free rent hereunder and further that if the date that Base Rent commences hereunder is a date other than the first day of a calendar month, the monthly Base Rent installment paid on the date of execution of this Lease by Tenant shall be prorated to that partial calendar month, and the excess shall be applied as a credit against the next monthly Base Rent installment). Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, all other sums due from Tenant under this Lease (the term “Rent”, as used herein, means all Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other amounts payable hereunder from Tenant to Landlord).

7. Operating Expenses/Taxes .

(a) Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord throughout the Term, as “Additional Rent” hereunder, for Tenant’s Share (as defined below) of: (i) the annual Operating Expenses (as defined below) for each calendar year, or portion thereof, during the Term; and (ii) the annual Taxes (as defined below) for each calendar year, or portion thereof, during the Term. The term “Tenant’s Share” as used in this Lease shall mean the percentage determined by dividing the rentable square footage of the Premises by the rentable square footage of the Building. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that Tenant’s Share with respect to the Premises initially demised by this Lease is the percentage amount set forth in Paragraph 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes for any calendar year shall be appropriately prorated for any partial year occurring during the Term.

(b) “Operating Expenses” shall mean all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the maintenance and operation of the Building and the Property including, but not limited to: maintenance, repair and replacement of the heating, ventilation, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical, mechanical, utility and safety systems, all non-exclusive paving and parking areas (provided, however, that Tenant shall be obligated to pay one hundred percent (100%) of, as opposed to only Tenant’s Share of, any costs related to the Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas and, provided, further, that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any portion of any costs relating to the maintenance, repair or replacement of any parking areas exclusive use of which has been granted to some other occupant of the Building or Property except to the extent such maintenance, repair or replacement was caused by Tenant), roads and driveways; maintenance of exterior areas such as gardening and landscaping, snow removal and signage; maintenance and repair of roof membrane, flashings, gutters, downspouts, roof drains, skylights and waterproofing; painting; lighting; cleaning; refuse removal; security; utility services attributable to the common areas; Building personnel costs; personal property taxes; rentals or lease payments paid by Landlord for rented or leased personal property used in the operation or maintenance of the Property; fees for required licenses and permits; and Tenant’s pro-rata share of the property management fee (which shall not exceed Nine Hundred Dollars ($900.00) per month). Operating Expenses do not include: (a) the cost of capital repairs, replacements or improvements, other than annual depreciation (based on the useful life of the item under generally accepted accounting principles) on any such capital repair, replacement or improvement; provided, however, that (i) the cost of the initial replacement of the roof of the

 

5


Building and the initial replacement of the HVAC units serving the Premises shall not be included among Operating Expenses, (ii) any capital expenditures incurred by Landlord to comply with laws in effect on the Commencement Date shall be excluded from Operating Expenses, unless, with respect to ADA requirements only, such compliance is triggered by any alterations, additions or improvements constructed by Tenant or on Tenant’s behalf (not including HVAC refurbishment or replacement), or by Tenant’s particular use of the Premises, in which case Tenant shall perform such work at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and (iii) any and all capital expenditure associated with latent defects and the foundation or structural elements of the Building shall not be included among Operating Expenses, except or unless such expenditures are a result of Tenant’s activities, newly installed tenant improvements or alterations (e.g., placement of additional HVAC equipment or other trade fixtures upon the roof or structural penetrations caused by Tenant); (b) debt service under mortgages or ground rent under ground leases; (c) costs of restoration to the extent of net insurance proceeds received by Landlord (or what would have been received if Landlord carried the required insurance); (d) leasing commissions and tenant improvement costs; (e) litigation expenses relating to disputes with tenants; (f) Taxes as defined below; (g) Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses; (h) costs for which Landlord has been compensated by a management fee; (i) costs arising from the negligence or fault of other tenants or Landlord, their respective agents or contractors; (j) any and all costs arising from the presence or release of Hazardous Substances (defined below) in or about the Premises or the Property, including, without limitation, Hazardous Substances in the ground water or soil unless the presence or disturbance of such Hazardous Substances is due to Tenant, its employees, agents, representatives, contractors, licensees or invitees; (k) premiums for earthquake insurance carried by Landlord; (l) any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord in conducting the Compliance Work; (m) salaries of employees of Landlord above the level of manager; and (n) any other expenses which, in accordance with general industry practice with respect to the operation of comparable industrial buildings, would not normally be treated as operating expenses.

(c) “Taxes” shall mean all taxes and assessments of every kind and nature which Landlord shall become obligated to pay with respect to each calendar year of the Term or portion thereof because of or in any way connected with the ownership, leasing, and operation of the Building and the Property, subject to the following: (i) the amount of ad valorem real and personal property taxes against Landlord’s real and personal property to be included in Taxes shall be the amount required to be paid for any calendar year, notwithstanding that such Taxes are assessed for a different calendar year (the amount of any tax refunds received by Landlord during or after the Term of this Lease shall be deducted from Taxes for the calendar year to which such refunds are attributable; provided, however, that in the event Landlord receives a tax refund after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and such tax refund applies to Taxes paid by Tenant during the Term of this Lease, then Landlord shall not be obligated to reimburse Tenant for any overpayment of Taxes on account of such tax refund, unless Tenant provides Landlord with written notice on or before the expiration of the Term of this Lease of an address to which the amount of any such reimbursement may be sent); (ii) the amount of special taxes and special assessments to be included shall be limited to the amount of the installments (plus any interest, other than penalty interest, payable thereon) of such special tax or special assessment payable for the calendar year in respect of which Taxes are being determined; (iii) the amount of any tax or excise levied by the State or the City where the Building is located; any political subdivision of either, or any other taxing body, on rents or other income from the Property (or the value of the leases thereon) to be

 

6


included shall not be greater than the amount which would have been payable on account of such tax or excise by Landlord during the calendar year in respect of which Taxes are being determined had the income received by Landlord from the Building [excluding amounts payable under this Subparagraph (iii)] been the sole taxable income of Landlord for such calendar year; (iv) there shall be excluded from Taxes all income taxes [except those which may be included pursuant to the preceding subparagraph (iii) above], excess profits taxes, franchise, capital stock, and inheritance or estate taxes; and (v) Taxes shall also include Landlord’s reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in contesting or attempting to reduce any Taxes assessed for a different calendar year.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 7(c), if a voluntary sale or transfer of the Property occurs at any time before the date that is three (3) years after the Commencement Date, and such sale or transfer causes a reassessment of the Property for the purposes of Tenant’s obligation for the payment of Tenant’s Share of Taxes, then, following such sale or transfer, Tenant’s Share of increases in Taxes shall be limited to (a) Tenant’s Share of the increases in Taxes for such period that would have resulted absent such sale or transfer, assuming that the taxing authority had imposed the maximum taxing rate allowable absent such sale or transfer (including the effect of any authority to impose cumulative unused tax increases in the absence of a voluntary sale or transfer), plus (b) fifty percent (50%) of that portion of the increase in Taxes which is solely due to such voluntary sale or transfer of the Property.

(i) As soon as practical after Landlord’s receipt thereof, Landlord shall provide Tenant with copies of any notices of assessment or re-assessment regarding any Taxes. Provided that Tenant is not in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods and that Tenant is current on its payment of the Additional Rent due under this Section 7, Tenant may request, in writing, that Landlord contest any Taxes that are assessed during the Term of this Lease payment for all or a portion of which Tenant is responsible under this Lease. Tenant’s request shall clearly state the Taxes that Tenant wishes Landlord to contest. As soon as commercially reasonably possible after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written request to contest Taxes, Landlord shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to contest such Taxes. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of demand, reimburse Landlord for all reasonable costs Landlord incurs in contesting such Taxes, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, regardless of whether Landlord prevails in such proceedings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may decline Tenant’s request to contest Taxes, in which event Tenant may contest such Taxes at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from any liability as a result of Tenant’s contesting such Taxes; provided, however, that Landlord may require that Tenant post a bond or provide Landlord with cash or a letter of credit in the disputed amount of Taxes prior to Tenant’s contesting such Taxes.

(d) Landlord shall, on or before the Commencement Date and as soon as reasonably possible after the commencement of each calendar year thereafter , provide Tenant with a statement of the estimated monthly installments of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes which will be due for the remainder of the calendar year in which the Commencement Date occurs or for the next ensuing calendar year, as the case may be. Landlord agrees to keep books and records showing the Operating Expenses in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (as modified for industrial buildings in a manner comparable to other similar buildings in the commercial area where the Building is located) and practices consistently maintained on a year-to-year basis

 

7


in compliance with such provisions of this Lease as may affect such accounts, and Landlord shall deliver to Tenant after the close of each calendar year (including the calendar year in which this Lease terminates), a statement (“ Landlord’s Statement ”) containing the following: (1) a statement that the books and records covering the operation of the Building have been maintained in accordance with the requirements in this subparagraph (d); (2) the amount of Operating Expenses for such calendar year; and (3) the amount of Taxes for such calendar year. Upon reasonable prior written request given not later than ninety (90) days following the date Landlord’s Statement is delivered to Tenant, Landlord will provide Tenant detailed documentation to support such Landlord’s Statement or provide Tenant with the opportunity to review such supporting information. If Tenant does not notify Landlord of any objection to Landlord’s Statement within one hundred eighty (180) days after the later of delivery of Landlord’s Statement or such requested supporting documentation, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted Landlord’s Statement as true and correct and shall be deemed to have waived any right to dispute the Operating Expenses and/or Taxes due pursuant to that Landlord’s Statement. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord maintains its records for the Property at Landlord’s main office in San Jose, and Tenant agrees that any review or audit of records under this Paragraph shall, except as provided below, be at the sole expense of Tenant and shall be conducted by a nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm experienced in accounting for income and expenses of industrial projects engaged solely by Tenant on terms which do not entail any compensation based or measured in any way upon any savings in Additional Rent or reduction in Operating Expenses achieved through the inspection process.

If, according to such audit, Landlord’s Statement of Operating Expenses and Taxes overstated the amounts thereof, in the aggregate, by four percent (4%) or less or understated the amounts thereof, then Tenant shall pay the cost of the certification, and, in the case of an understatement, shall pay to Landlord the deficiency in Tenant’s payment of Operating Expenses and Taxes within twenty (20) days following Tenant’s receipt of the results of such audit. If, according to such audit, Landlord’s Statement overstated the amounts thereof, in the aggregate, by more than four percent (4%), then Landlord shall pay the cost of the audit and shall promptly refund the amount of Tenant’s overpayment of Operating Expenses and Taxes. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any records reviewed under this Paragraph constitute confidential information of Landlord, which shall not be disclosed to anyone other than the person performing the review, the principals of Tenant who receive the results of the review, Tenant’s accounting employees and lawyers or in connection with litigation between the parties. The disclosure of such information to any other person, whether or not caused by the conduct of Tenant, shall constitute a material breach of this Lease.

(i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, together with its monthly payment of Base Rent as provided in Section 5 above, as Additional Rent hereunder, the estimated monthly installment of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes for the calendar year in question. At the end of any calendar year, if Tenant has paid to Landlord an amount in excess of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes for such calendar year, Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant any such excess amount (or shall apply any such excess amount to any amount then owing to Landlord hereunder, and if none, to the next due installment or installments of Additional Rent due hereunder, at the option of Landlord). At the end of any calendar year if Tenant has paid to Landlord less than Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes for such calendar year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any such deficiency within thirty (30) days after Tenant receives the annual statement.

 

8


(ii) For the calendar year in which this Lease terminates and is not extended or renewed, the provisions of this Section shall apply, but Tenant’s Share for such calendar year shall be subject to a pro rata adjustment based upon the number of days prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease. Tenant shall make monthly estimated payments of the pro rata portion of Tenant’s Share for such calendar year (in the manner provided above) and when the actual prorated Tenant’s Share for such calendar year is determined, Landlord shall send Landlord’s Statement to Tenant for such year and if such Statement reveals that Tenant’s estimated payments for the prorated Tenant’s Share for such calendar year exceeded the actual prorated Tenant’s Share for such calendar year, Landlord shall include a refund for that amount along with the Statement (subject to offset in the event Tenant is in default hereunder). If Landlord’s Statement reveals that Tenant’s estimated payments for the prorated Tenant’s Share for such calendar year were less than the actual prorated Tenant’s Share for such calendar year, Tenant shall pay the shortfall to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the date of receipt of Landlord’s Statement.

8. Late Charge . Other remedies for non-payment of Rent notwithstanding, if any monthly installment of Base Rent or Additional Rent is not received by Landlord on or before the date that is five (5) business days after the due date specified in this Lease, or if any payment due Landlord by Tenant which does not have a scheduled due date is not received by Landlord on or before the thirty fifth (35th) day following the date Tenant was invoiced, a late charge of ten percent (10%) of such past due amount shall be immediately due and payable as Additional Rent hereunder, and interest shall accrue on all delinquent amounts from the date past due until paid at the lower of a rate of one and one percent (1%) per month or fraction thereof from the date such payment is due until paid (the “ Default Rate ”) or the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

9. Partial Payment . No payment by Tenant or acceptance by Landlord of an amount less than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of any other Rent due. No partial payment or endorsement on any check or any letter accompanying such payment of Rent shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, but Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to collect the balance of any Rent due under the terms of this Lease or any late charge assessed against Tenant hereunder.

10. Security Deposit . Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount identified as the Security Deposit in Paragraph 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions (hereinafter referred to as “ Security Deposit ”) as evidence of good faith on the part of Tenant in the fulfillment of the terms of this Lease, which shall be held by the Landlord during the Term of this Lease, or any renewal thereof. Under no circumstances will Tenant be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit may be applied by Landlord, at its sole discretion, and after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, to any amount owing to Landlord hereunder, or to pay the expenses of repairing any damage to the Premises, except reasonable wear and tear occurring from normal use of the Premises, which exists on the day Tenant vacates the Premises, but this right shall not be construed to limit Landlord’s right to recover additional sums from Tenant for damages to the Premises. In addition to any other rights available to Landlord hereunder, the Security Deposit shall be forfeited in any event if this Lease should be terminated prior to the Expiration Date of the Term, or any

 

9


renewal thereof, as a result of any default by Tenant and any amounts owed by Tenant under this Lease equal or exceed the amount of the Security Deposit or any remaining balance thereof. If there are no payments to be made from the Security Deposit and no forfeiture of the Security Deposit as set out in this Paragraph, or if there is any balance of the Security Deposit remaining after all payments have been made, the Security Deposit, or such balance thereof remaining, will be refunded to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to apply the Security Deposit to any Rent due hereunder. In the event of an act of bankruptcy by or insolvency of Tenant or the appointment of a receiver for Tenant or a general assignment for the benefit of Tenant’s creditors, then the Security Deposit shall be deemed immediately assigned to Landlord. The right to retain the Security Deposit shall be in addition and not alternative to Landlord’s other remedies under this Lease or as may be provided by law and shall not be affected by summary proceedings or other proceedings to recover possession of the Premises. Upon sale or conveyance of the Building, Landlord may transfer or assign the Security Deposit to any new owner of the Premises, and upon such transfer all liability of Landlord for the Security Deposit shall terminate. Landlord shall be entitled to commingle the Security Deposit with its other funds. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 10, to the extent the provision of California Civil Code Section 1950.7 (as any successor statute thereto) applies, or is deemed to apply, to the Security Deposit, Tenant unconditionally and irrevocably waives the benefits and protection of that code section (or any successor statute thereto), including, without limitation, subsections “(a)” and “(c)” thereof.

C. Use/Laws/Rules.

11. Use of Premises/Environmental Matters .

(a) Use . Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises solely for the purpose set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions and for no other purpose. The Premises shall not be used for any illegal purpose, nor in violation of any valid law, ordinance or regulation of any governmental body, nor in any manner to create any nuisance or trespass, nor in any manner which will void the insurance or increase the rate of insurance on the Premises or the Building. Except as provided in this Lease, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representations or warranties with respect to the suitability of the Premises for Tenant’s proposed use.

(b) Environmental Matters .

(1) For purposes of this Lease:

“Contamination” means the presence of or release, spillage, leakage, migration, disposal, burial, or placement of Hazardous Substances (as hereinafter defined) upon, within, below, or into any surface water, ground water, land surface, subsurface soil or strata, building, or improvement at any portion of the Demised Premises, the Building, the Common Area or the Project.

“Environmental Laws” means all codes, laws (including, without limitation, common law), ordinances, regulations, reporting or licensing requirements, rules, or statutes relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment (including ambient air, surface water, ground water, land surface, or subsurface soil or strata), including,

 

10


without limitation (i) the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. (“CERCLA”); (ii) the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq., (“RCRA”); (iii) the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act (42 U.S.C. §§11001 et seq.); (iv) the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.) (v) the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.); (vi) the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.) (vii) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.) (viii) the Safe Drinking Water Act (41 U.S.C. §§300f et seq.); (ix) any state, county, municipal or local statutes, laws or ordinances similar or analogous to the federal statutes listed in parts (i)–(viii) of this subparagraph; (x) any amendments to the statutes, laws or ordinances listed in parts (i)–(ix) of this subparagraph, regardless of whether in existence on the date hereof; (xi) any rules, regulations, guidelines, directives, orders or the like adopted pursuant to or implementing the statutes, laws, ordinances and amendments listed in parts (i)–(x) of this subparagraph; and (xii) any other law, statute, ordinance, amendment, rule, regulation, guideline, directive, order or the like in effect now or in the future relating to environmental, health or safety matters.

“Hazardous Substances” means any chemical, waste, by-product, pollutant, contaminant, compound, product, substance, equipment or fixture defined as or deemed hazardous or toxic or otherwise regulated under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, (i) RCRA hazardous wastes, (ii) CERCLA hazardous substances, (iii) gasoline, diesel fuel, fuel oil, motor oil, waste oil, and any other petroleum hydrocarbon, including any additives or other by-products or constituents associated therewith, (iv) pesticides and other agricultural chemicals, (v) asbestos and asbestos containing materials in any form, (vi) polychlorinated biphenyls, (vii) radioactive materials and radon, and (viii) urea formaldehyde foam insulation.

(2) Tenant covenants that all its activities and the activities of any entity affiliated with Tenant (“ Tenant’s Affiliates ”), on the Premises and in the Building and on the Property, during the Term will be conducted in compliance with Environmental Laws. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant is currently in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and that there are no pending or, to Tenant’s knowledge, threatened notices of deficiency, notices of violation, orders, or judicial or administrative actions involving alleged violations by Tenant of any Environmental Laws. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for obtaining all permits or licenses or approvals under Environmental Laws necessary for Tenant’s operation of its business on the Premises (“ Environmental Permits ”) and shall make all notifications and registrations required by any applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall at all times comply with the terms and conditions of all such Environmental Permits notifications and registrations and with any other applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant represents and warrants that it shall be responsible for obtaining, and shall obtain, all such Environmental Permits and all such notifications and registrations required by any applicable Environmental Laws necessary for Tenant’s operation of its business on the Premises.

 

11


(3) Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substances to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises, on the Building, or the Property without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that the consent of Landlord shall not be required for the use at the Premises of (a) the Hazardous Substances described in the Hazardous Materials Questionnaire in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C or (b) cleaning supplies, toner for photocopying machines and other similar materials, in containers and quantities reasonably necessary for and consistent with normal and ordinary use by Tenant in the routine operation or maintenance of Tenant’s office equipment or in the routine janitorial service, cleaning and maintenance for the Premises. For purposes of the foregoing, Landlord shall be deemed to have reasonably withheld consent if Landlord determines that the presence of such Hazardous Substance within the Premises could result in a risk of harm to person or property or otherwise negatively affect the value or marketability of the Building or the Property.

(4) Regardless of any consents granted by Landlord pursuant to the foregoing allowing Hazardous Substances upon the Premises, Tenant shall under no circumstances whatsoever cause or permit any Contamination by Tenant or Tenant’s Affiliates. If such Contamination by Tenant shall occur, Tenant shall promptly at its expense (i) contain and control, investigate, and clean up, remove, or remedy such Contamination to the extent required by, and take any and all other actions required under, applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) restore the Premises, the Building and the Property to the condition existing prior to the Contamination, and (iii) notify and keep Landlord reasonably informed of such containment, control, investigation, cleanup, removal, remediation and restoration activities. All such activities shall be conducted by Tenant or Tenant’s Affiliates in accordance with any and all Environmental Laws and other applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, after providing Tenant with notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure, to enter onto the Premises or to take such other actions as Landlord deems necessary or advisable so to contain, control, investigate, clean up, remove, remediate, restore, resolve or minimize the impact of, or otherwise deal with, any such contamination. All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in the exercise of any such rights shall be payable by Tenant upon demand.

(5) Regardless of any consents granted by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 11(b)(3) above allowing Hazardous Substances upon the Premises, Tenant shall under no circumstances whatsoever cause or permit (i) any activity on the Premises which would cause the Premises to become subject to regulation as a hazardous waste treatment, storage or disposal facility under RCRA or the regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) any activity on the Premises which would cause the Premises, the Building, or the Property to become subject to any lien imposed under or as a result of any Environmental Law, (iii) the discharge of Hazardous Substances into the storm sewer system serving the Property, or (iv) the installation of any underground tank, oil/water separator, sump pump, or underground piping on or under the Premises.

(6) Landlord shall also have the right prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease to cause a qualified environmental consultant to perform, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, an environmental audit of the Premises; provided, however, that if the environmental audit discloses that Tenant has violated the provisions of this Section 11(b), Tenant shall pay the cost of such audit within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of the audit.

 

12


(7) Tenant shall and hereby does indemnify Landlord and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all expense, loss, and liability suffered by Landlord by reason of the storage, generation, release, spillage, leakage, burial, placement, handling, treatment, transportation, disposal, or arrangement for transportation or disposal, of any Hazardous Substances (whether accidental, intentional, or negligent) by Tenant or Tenant’s Affiliates or by reason of Tenant’s breach of any of the provisions of this Paragraph 11(b). Such expenses, losses and liabilities shall include, without limitation, any and all expenses that Landlord may incur (i) to comply with any Environmental Laws, (ii) in studying, removing, disposing or otherwise addressing any Hazardous Substances and contamination at, on, under, or from the Premises, the Building, or the Property, (iii) with respect to fines, penalties or other sanctions assessed upon Landlord, and (iv) with respect to legal and professional fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the foregoing. The indemnity contained herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(8) Tenant has completed and delivered to Landlord with this Lease a Hazardous Materials Questionnaire in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , and Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that the information set forth therein is true and accurate in all material respects.

(9) Landlord represents to Tenant that, as of the date of this Lease, to Landlord’s actual knowledge (without duty of inquiry), there is no Contamination in, on or under the Property. Landlord shall and hereby does indemnify Tenant and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all expense, loss, and liability suffered by Tenant by reason of the storage, generation, release, spillage, leakage, burial, placement, handling, treatment, transportation, disposal, or arrangement for transportation or disposal, by Landlord of any Hazardous Substances (whether accidental, intentional, or negligent) at, on, under, or from the Premises, the Building or the Property, except to the extent caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Affiliates or by reason of Tenant’s breach of any of the provisions of this Paragraph 11(b) or by Tenant’s or Tenant’s Affiliates’ negligence or willful misconduct. Such expenses, losses and liabilities shall include, without limitation, any and all expenses that Tenant may incur (i) to comply with any Environmental Laws, (ii) in studying, removing, disposing or otherwise addressing any Hazardous Substances and contamination at, on, under, or from the Premises, the Building, or the Property, (iii) with respect to fines, penalties or other sanctions assessed upon Tenant, and (iv) with respect to legal and professional fees and costs incurred by Tenant in connection with the foregoing. The indemnity contained herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. In no event shall Tenant be obligated to pay for or to contribute towards the cost of any investigation or remediation of any Hazardous Substances at, on, under or in the Premises, the Building, or the Property, unless such presence of Hazardous Substances is caused by the storage, generation, release, spillage, leakage, burial, placement, handling, treatment, transportation, disposal, or arrangement for transportation or disposal, of any Hazardous Substance by Tenant or Tenant’s Affiliates or by reason of Tenant’s breach of any of the provisions of this Paragraph 11(b).

12. Compliance with Laws . Tenant and Landlord shall operate the Premises and Building respectively in compliance with all applicable Laws and shall not knowingly, directly or indirectly, make any use of the Premises or Building which is prohibited by any such laws, ordinances or regulations; provided, however, that, unless necessitated by improvements to or alterations of the Premises or Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas made by or on behalf of Tenant (other than the Tenant Improvements), (a) Tenant shall have no

 

13


obligation to make structural repairs or alterations to comply with Laws, and (b) any capital alterations, additions or improvements required to comply with Laws shall be performed by Landlord, subject to reimbursement as an Operating Expense to the extent permitted hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall perform, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any improvements, alterations or additions to the Premises necessary to cause the Premises to comply with any Laws applicable to the Premises to the extent such compliance is triggered by any alterations, additions or improvements constructed by Tenant or on Tenant’s behalf (other than the Tenant Improvements) or by Tenant’s particular use of the Premises.

13. Waste Disposal .

(a) All normal trash and waste (i.e., waste that does not require special handling pursuant to subparagraph (b) below) shall be deposited in dumpsters located at the Property.

(b) Tenant shall be responsible for the removal and disposal of any waste deemed by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the matter to be hazardous or infectious waste or waste requiring special handling, such removal and disposal to be in accordance with any and all applicable governmental rules, regulations, codes, orders or requirements. Tenant agrees to separate and mark appropriately all waste to be removed and disposed of in dumpsters pursuant to (a) above and hazardous, infectious or special waste to be removed and disposed of by Tenant pursuant to this subparagraph (b). Tenant hereby indemnifies and holds harmless Landlord from and against any loss, claims, demands, damage or injury Landlord may suffer or sustain as a result of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this subparagraph (b).

14. Rules and Regulations . The rules and regulations in regard to the Building and the Property, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D , and all reasonable rules and regulations and modifications thereto which Landlord may hereafter from time to time adopt and promulgate after notice thereof to Tenant, for the government and management of the Building and the Property, are hereby made a part of this Lease and shall during the Term be observed and performed by Tenant, its agents, employees and invitees.

D. Utilities/Signage/Tenant Build Out.

15. Utilities . Tenant will promptly pay, directly to the appropriate supplier, the cost of all natural gas, heat, cooling, energy, light, power, sewer service, telephone, water, refuse disposal and other utilities ands services supplied to the Premises, together with any related installation or connection charges or deposits (collectively, “ Utility Costs ”) incurred during the Term. If any services or utilities are jointly metered with other premises, Landlord will make a reasonable determination of Tenant’s proportionate share of such Utility Costs and Tenant will pay such share to Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to participate in wholesale energy purchase programs and to provide energy to the Premises through such programs so long as the cost to Tenant is competitive.

16. Signs . Tenant shall not paint or place any signs, placards, or other advertisements of any character upon the outside walls, common areas or the roof of the Building, except that Tenant shall be permitted, subject to Landlord’s reasonable prior approval,

 

14


sign code requirements established by the City of Sunnyvale and any other applicable Laws, to install building-side signage on the Building and/or a monument sign on the Property (“ Tenant’s Signage ”). Tenant acknowledges that it is not leasing the entirety of the Building and that other occupants of the Building may also erect Building-side signage, monument signage or other signage at, in, near or upon the Building. The design, installation, construction and removal at the end of the Lease Term, of Tenant’s Signage shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. All signage shall be constructed pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 21 of this Lease regarding alterations. Tenant’s signage shall in all events be subject to compliance with applicable Laws.

17. Build Out Allowance and Tenant Finishes .

(a) Intentionally Deleted.

(b) The Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B and executed by Landlord and Tenant, is hereby made a part of this Lease, and its provisions shall control in the event of a conflict with the provisions contained in this Lease.

18. Force Majeure . In the event of a strike, lockout, labor trouble, civil commotion, an act of God, or any other event beyond a party’s control (a “ force majeure event ” or “ Force Majeure ”) which results in either party being unable to timely perform its obligations hereunder, so long as such party diligently proceeds to perform such obligations after the end of such force majeure event, such party shall not be in breach hereunder and this Lease shall, except as otherwise provided hereunder, not terminate; provided, however, that Tenant’s obligation to pay any Base Rent, Additional Rent, or any other charges and sums due and payable shall not be excused.

E. Repairs/Alterations/Casualty/Condemnation.

19. Repairs By Landlord . Tenant, by taking possession of the Premises, shall accept and shall be held to have accepted the Premises as suitable for the use intended by this Lease. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to compensation or any other damages or any other remedy against Landlord in the event the Premises are not deemed suitable for Tenant’s use. Landlord shall not be required, after possession of the Premises has been delivered to Tenant, to make any repairs or improvements to the Premises, except as set forth in this Lease. Except for damage caused by casualty and condemnation (which shall be governed by Section 23 and 24 below), and subject to normal wear and tear, Landlord shall maintain in good repair the exterior walls, roof, common areas, all parking areas, including Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas, foundation, structural portions and the Building’s mechanical, electrical, plumbing and HVAC systems, provided such repairs are not necessitated or occasioned by Tenant, Tenant’s invitees or anyone in the employ or control of Tenant, or by the construction of the initial Tenant Improvements, as set forth in the Work Letter.

20. Repairs By Tenant . Except as described in Section 19 above, Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, maintain the Premises in good repair and in a neat and clean, first-class condition, including making all necessary repairs and replacements. Tenant shall further, at its own cost and expense, repair or restore any damage or injury to all or any part of the Premises or Building or Property caused by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, invitees, licensees, visitors or contractors, including but not limited to any

 

15


repairs or replacements necessitated by (i) the construction or installation of improvements to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, and (ii) the moving of any property into or out of the Premises. If Tenant fails to make such repairs or replacements promptly, Landlord may, at its option, upon prior reasonable written notice to Tenant (except in an emergency) make the required repairs and replacements and the costs of such repair or replacements shall be charged to Tenant as Additional Rent and shall become due and payable by Tenant with the monthly installment of Base Rent next due hereunder. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, enter into a regularly scheduled preventive maintenance/service contract with a maintenance contractor for quarterly maintenance service of all hot water, heating and air conditioning systems and equipment within the Premises. The maintenance contractor and the contract must be approved in writing by Landlord in advance. The service contract shall include all services recommended by the equipment manufacturer within the operation/maintenance manual, and shall be effective on the Commencement Date. Tenant shall provide copies of such contract to Landlord on a quarterly basis.

21. Alterations and Improvements . Except for alterations to the Premises which do not materially and adversely affect the Building structure or systems and are not visible from outside the Premises and that do not cost in excess of $50,000.00 per project (provided, however, that Tenant may not break up a project into sub-parts that each cost $50,000.00 or less as a subterfuge to avoid the provisions of this paragraph) and except for alterations to the Premises or Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas that do not cost in excess of $50,000.00 per project (provided, however, that Tenant may not break up a project into sub-parts that each cost $50,000.00 or less as a subterfuge to avoid the provisions of this Paragraph), Tenant shall not make or allow to be made any alterations, physical additions or improvements after the initial Tenant Improvements in the Work Letter, in or to the Premises or Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas without first obtaining in writing Landlord’s written consent for such alterations or additions, which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if the alterations will affect the Building structure or systems or, in the case of alterations to the Premises, will be visible from outside the Premises, but which consent shall otherwise not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord plans and specifications for any proposed alterations, additions or improvements and shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable cost actually incurred to review such plans (not to exceed $1,000). Any alterations, physical additions or improvements (excluding trade fixtures, including warehouse racking) shall at once become the property of Landlord (subject to Tenant’s right to depreciate the cost of such alterations for tax purposes); provided, however, that Landlord, at its option, may require Tenant to remove any alterations, additions or improvements in order to restore the Premises to the condition existing on the Commencement Date (provided that Landlord notified Tenant at the time of Landlord’s consent to any such alterations, additions or improvements for which Landlord’s consent is required that Landlord reserved the right to require the removal thereof). With respect to any alterations, physical additions or improvements that Tenant is entitled to construct under this Lease without Landlord’s consent but which Tenant desires to leave on the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall request such permission from Landlord in writing prior to the date Tenant begins construction of such alteration, physical addition or improvement, and Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing within five (5) business days of Landlord’s receipt of such request and plans and specifications for such work (or if no plans and specifications are to be prepared for such work, then a detailed written description of such work) whether Landlord will require the removal of the alteration, physical addition or

 

16


improvement at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. In no event shall Landlord require Tenant to remove alterations, additions or improvements that are consistent with typical warehouse uses, including typical office improvements. All costs of any such alterations, additions or improvements shall be borne by Tenant. All alterations, additions or improvements shall be made in a good, first-class, workmanlike manner and in a manner that does not unreasonably disturb other tenants, if any, and Tenant must maintain adequate liability and builder’s risk insurance throughout the construction. Subject to the provisions of Section 26(e) below, Tenant does hereby indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims for damages or death of persons or damage or destruction of property arising out of the performance of any such alterations, additions or improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees. Under no circumstances shall Landlord be required to pay, during the Term of this Lease and any extensions or renewals hereof, any ad valorem or Property tax on such alterations, additions or improvements, Tenant hereby covenanting to pay all such taxes when they become due. In the event any alterations, additions, improvements or repairs are to be performed by contractors or workmen other than Landlord’s contractors or workmen, any such contractors or workmen must first be approved, in writing, by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Landlord agrees to assign to Tenant any rights Landlord may have against the contractor of the Premises with respect to any work performed by such contractor in connection with improvements made by Landlord at the request of Tenant.

22. Liens . Tenant shall have no authority, express or implied, to create or place any lien or encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever upon, or in any manner to bind, the interest of Landlord or Tenant in the Premises or to charge the Rent payable hereunder for any claim in favor of any person dealing with Tenant, including those who may furnish materials or perform labor for any construction repairs. Except for amounts to be covered by the Allowance pursuant to Exhibit B attached hereto, Tenant shall pay or cause to be paid all sums legally due and payable by it on account of any labor performed or materials furnished in connection with any work performed by Tenant on the Premises. If any mechanic’s lien shall be filed or claim of lien made for work or materials furnished to Tenant, then, except for amounts to be covered by the Allowance pursuant to Exhibit B attached hereto, which shall be Landlord’s responsibility, Tenant shall, at its expense within ten (10) days following receipt of notice thereof, either discharge of record by payment, bonding or otherwise any such lien or contest the lien or claim. If Tenant contests the lien or claim, then Tenant shall (a) within such ten (10) day period, post a bond removing the lien from title or provide Landlord adequate security for the lien or claim, (b) contest the lien or claim in good faith by appropriate proceedings that operate to stay its enforcement, and (c) pay promptly any final adverse judgment entered in any such proceeding. If Tenant does not comply with these requirements, Landlord may discharge the lien or claim, and the amount paid, as well as reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord, including any applicable late charge, shall be deemed Additional Rent immediately due and payable by Tenant upon rendition of a bill therefor. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liability, loss, cost or expense based on or arising out of asserted claims or liens against the leasehold estate or against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Building or the Property or this Lease arising from the act or agreement of Tenant, except that the foregoing shall not apply to claims or liens resulting from Landlord’s failure to pay the Allowance pursuant to Exhibit B attached hereto. Tenant agrees to give Landlord immediate written notice of the placing of any lien or encumbrance against the Premises, the Building or the Property.

 

17


23. Destruction or Damage .

(a) If the Building or the Premises are destroyed by storm, fire, earthquake, or other casualty, or damaged to the extent that, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, the damage cannot be restored within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date Landlord provides Tenant written notice of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the time necessary to restore the damage, or if the damage is not covered by standard “all risks” property insurance, or if the Landlord’s lender legally requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to its loan, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease effective as of the date of such destruction or damage by written notice delivered to Tenant on or before thirty (30) days following Landlord’s notice described in the next sentence and Rent shall be accounted for as between Landlord and Tenant as of that date. Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice no later than sixty (60) days following the date of such damage of the estimated time needed to restore, whether the loss is covered by Landlord’s insurance coverage, and whether or not Landlord’s lender requires the insurance proceeds be applied to its loan. If the Premises are destroyed by storm, fire, earthquake, or other casualty, or damaged to the extent that the Premises cannot be used to conduct Tenant’s business, in Tenant’s reasonable opinion, and, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, the damage cannot be restored within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date Landlord provides Tenant written notice of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the time necessary to restore the damage, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease effective as of the date of such destruction or damage by written notice delivered to Landlord on or before thirty (30) days following receipt of Landlord’s notice and Rent shall be accounted for as between Landlord and Tenant as of that date.

(b) If the Premises are damaged by any such casualty or casualties but Landlord is not entitled to, or does not terminate this Lease as provided in subparagraph (a) above, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing no later than sixty (60) days after the date of such damage that such damage will be restored (and will include Landlord’s good faith estimate of the date the restoration will be complete), in which case Rent shall abate as to any portion of the Premises which is not usable for the period of untenantability, and Landlord shall promptly commence to diligently restore the Premises to substantially the same condition as before such damage occurred as soon as practicable, whereupon full Rent shall recommence. If, regardless of any damage to the Premises, Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas are damaged by any casualty described in Paragraph 23(a), above, and cannot be restored within two hundred seventy (270) days of the date Landlord provides Tenant with written notice of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the time necessary to restore the damage (Landlord to give such notice no later than sixty (60) days following the date of such damage), then, provided that such damage, or the casualty causing such damage, was not caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Affiliates, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord, which notice shall be given no later than fifteen (15) days after the date of Landlord’s notice to Tenant and which notice shall specify Tenant’s requested termination date, which date shall be no earlier than thirty (30) days and no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of Landlord’s notice to Tenant regarding the estimated time necessary to complete the restoration.

 

18


(c) If such damage occurs within the last twelve (12) months of the Term, either party shall have the right, upon delivery of written notice to the other party within thirty (30) days following such damage, to cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of such damage, provided, however, that Tenant may not elect to terminate this Lease if such damage was caused by the intentional act of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees.

(d) Tenant agrees that Landlord’s obligation to restore, and the abatement of Rent provided herein, or Tenant’s right to terminate as above set forth in this Section 23, shall be Tenant’s sole recourse in the event of such damage, and waives any other rights Tenant may have under any applicable Law to terminate the Lease by reason of damage to the Premises or Property. If prior to any such election to terminate Tenant has elected to extend the Term pursuant to the provisions of this Lease and such election may not then according to its terms be rescinded or terminated, then for purposes of this Section 23 the Term shall be deemed to expire on such extended date.

24. Eminent Domain . If the whole of the Building or Premises or the Property, or such portion thereof as will make the Building or Premises or Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas unusable in the reasonable judgment of Landlord or Tenant for their intended purposes, is condemned or taken by any legally constituted authority for any public use or purpose, then in either of such events, this Lease shall terminate and the Term hereby granted shall cease from that time when possession thereof is taken by the condemning authorities, and Rent shall be accounted for as between Landlord and Tenant as of such date. If a portion of the Building or Premises or Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas is so taken, but not such amount as will make the Premises or Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas unusable in the reasonable judgment of Landlord or Tenant for the purposes herein leased, or if this Lease has not terminated, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and the Rent shall be reduced prorata in proportion to the amount of the Premises or Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas, as the case may be, so taken. Tenant shall have no right or claim to any part of any award made to or received by Landlord for such condemnation or taking, and all awards for such condemnation or taking shall be made solely to Landlord, provided however that so long as any separate award made pursuant to the following does not or will not decrease the amount of the award made to Landlord for such condemnation or taking, Tenant shall have the right to pursue any separate award for, or to the extent Landlord is able to determine, in good faith, any portion of the amount of the award that is attributable solely to any of items (a)-(d) in this sentence, then Tenant shall be entitled to receive payment out of the award for, (a) loss of its equipment and trade fixtures, (b) moving expenses, (c) the unamortized portion of the value of all alterations, additions or improvements performed in the Premises and Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas and paid for by Tenant during the Term other than the Landlord’s Work and that portion of the Tenant Improvements paid for with the Allowance (such amortization to be calculated on a straight-line basis, without interest, over the Term of this Lease remaining as of the completion of such alterations) and (d) any excess of the market value of the Premises (or, if this Lease is not terminated, the market value of the portion thereof subject to the Taking) for the remainder of the Lease Term over the present value as of the date of the taking of the Rent payable therefor for the remainder of the Lease Term (commonly referred to as the “bonus value”).

25. Damage or Theft of Personal Property . All personal property brought into the Premises shall be at the risk of the Tenant only and Landlord shall not be liable for theft thereof or any damage thereto occasioned by any acts of co-tenants, or other occupants of the Building, or any other person, except, with respect to damage to the Premises, as may be occasioned by the negligent or willful act of the Landlord, its employees and agents (but subject to the insurance and waiver of subrogation provisions set forth in Section 26 below).

 

19


F. Insurance/Indemnities/Waiver/Estoppel.

26. Insurance; Waivers .

(a) Tenant covenants and agrees that from and after the date of delivery of the Premises from Landlord to Tenant, Tenant will carry and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, the following types of insurance, in the amounts specified and in the form hereinafter provided for:

(i) Commercial General Liability (“ CGL ”) Insurance written on an occurrence basis, covering the Premises and all operations of the Tenant in or about the Premises against claims for bodily injury, property damage and product liability and to include contractual liability coverage insuring Tenant’s indemnification obligations under Section 27 of this Lease, to be in combined single limits of not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence for bodily injury and property damage, $1,000,000 for products/completed operations aggregate, $1,000,000 for personal injury, and to have general aggregate limits of not less than $2,000,000 (per location) and Umbrella Liability Insurance in an amount not less than $5,000,000 for each policy year. The general aggregate limits under the Commercial General Liability insurance policy or policies shall apply separately to the Premises and to Tenant’s use thereof (and not to any other location or use of Tenant) and such policy shall contain an endorsement to that effect. The certificate of insurance evidencing the CGL form of policy shall specify all endorsements required herein and shall specify on the face thereof that the limits of such policy apply separately to the Premises.

(ii) Insurance covering all of the items included in Tenant’s trade fixtures, merchandise and personal property from time to time in, on or upon the Premises, and alterations, additions or changes made by Tenant pursuant to Section 21, in an amount not less than ninety percent (90%) of their full replacement value from time to time during the Term, providing protection against perils included within the standard form of “all-risks” fire and casualty insurance policy. Any policy proceeds from such insurance shall be held in trust by Tenant’s insurance company for the repair, construction and restoration or replacement of the property damaged or destroyed unless this Lease shall cease and terminate under the provisions of Section 23 of this Lease.

(iii) Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability insurance affording statutory coverage and containing statutory limits with the Employer’s Liability portion thereof to have minimum limits of $500,000.00.

(iv) [Intentionally Omitted.]

(b) All policies of the insurance provided for in Section 26(a) above shall be issued in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord by insurance companies with a rating and financial size of not less than A-VIII in the most current available “Best’s Insurance Reports”, and licensed to do business in the state in which the Building is located. Each and every such policy:

(i) shall name Landlord and its property management company as additional insureds (as well as any mortgagee of Landlord and any other party reasonably designated by Landlord), except with respect to the insurance described in Sections 26(a)(ii) and 26(a)(iii) above;

 

20


(ii) shall be delivered to Landlord (1) prior to the earlier of (x) Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and (y) the commencement of construction of the initial Tenant Improvements pursuant to the Work Letter, and (2) thereafter within five (5) days after the inception (or renewal) of each new policy, and as often as any such policy shall change, expire or terminate. Renewal or additional policies shall be procured and maintained by Tenant in like manner and to like extent;

(iii) shall contain a provision that the insurer will give to Landlord and such other parties in interest at least thirty (30) days notice in writing (and ten days in the case of non-payment) in advance of any material change, cancellation, termination or lapse, or the effective date of any reduction in the amounts of insurance; and

(iv) shall be written as a primary policy which does not contribute to and is not in excess of coverage which Landlord may carry.

(c) Any insurance provided for in Section 26(a) may be maintained by means of a policy or policies of blanket insurance, covering additional items or locations or insureds, provided, however, that:

(i) Landlord and any other parties in interest from time to time designated by Landlord to Tenant shall be named as an additional insured thereunder as its interest may appear;

(ii) the coverage afforded Landlord and any such other parties in interest will not be reduced or diminished by reason of the use of such blanket policy of insurance; and

(iii) the requirements set forth in this Section 26 are otherwise satisfied.

(d) During the Term hereof, Landlord shall in a manner comparable to other comparable industrial buildings in the market where the Building is located keep in effect (i) commercial property insurance on the Building, its fixtures and equipment, and rent loss insurance for a period and amount of not less than one (1) year of rent (such commercial property insurance policy shall, at a minimum, cover the perils insured under the ISO special causes of loss form which provides “all risk” coverage, and include replacement cost coverage), and (ii) a policy or policies of commercial general liability insurance insuring against liability arising out of the risks of death, bodily injury, property damage and personal injury liability with respect to the Building and Property.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth hereinabove, Landlord and Tenant do hereby waive any and all claims against one another for damage to or destruction of real or personal property to the extent such damage or destruction can be covered by “all risks” property insurance of the type described in Section 26(a)(ii) and Section 26(d)(i) above. Each party shall also

 

21


be responsible for the payment of any deductible amounts required to be paid under the applicable “all risks” fire and casualty insurance carried by the party whose property is damaged. These waivers shall apply if the damage would have been covered by a customary “all risks” insurance policy, even if the party fails to obtain such coverage. The intent of this provision is that each party shall look solely to its insurance with respect to property damage or destruction which can be covered by “all risks” insurance of the type described in Section 26(a)(ii) and Section 26(d)(i). Each such policy shall include a waiver of all rights of subrogation by the insurance carrier against the other party, its agents and employees with respect to property damage covered by the applicable “all risks” fire and casualty insurance policy.

27. Indemnities . Tenant does hereby indemnify and save harmless Landlord from and against all claims for damages to persons or property which are caused anywhere in the Premises, the Building or on the Property by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents or employees or which occur in the Premises (or arise out of actions taking place in the Premises) unless such damage is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, or employees. Landlord does hereby indemnify and hold Tenant harmless against all claims for damage to persons or property caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees which occur on the Property or common areas of the Building unless such damage is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents or employees. The indemnities set forth hereinabove shall include the application to pay reasonable expenses incurred by the indemnified party, including, without limitation, reasonable, actually incurred attorney’s fees. The indemnities contained herein do not override the waivers contained in Section 26(e) above.

28. Acceptance and Waiver . Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents and employees (but subject to the insurance provisions in Section 26 above), Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, its agents, employees, guests or invitees (and, if Tenant is a corporation, its officers, agents, employees, guests or invitees) for any damage caused to any of them due to the Building or any part or appurtenances thereof being improperly constructed or being or becoming out of repair, or arising from the leaking of gas, water, sewer or steam pipes, or from electricity, but Tenant, by taking possession of the Premises during the early occupancy period, on or following the Commencement Date, shall accept, and shall be held to have accepted the Premises as suitable for the purposes for which the same are leased, and shall accept and shall be held to have accepted the Building and every appurtenances thereof. Tenant by said act waives any and all defects therein (excluding latent defects) following the 90-day warranty period beginning from Commencement Date during which period Landlord warrants that the building systems serving the Premises, including the sprinkler system, HVAC system, mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems, and roll-up doors, if any, shall be in good working order, and the roof shall be watertight; provided, however, that this Section shall not preclude Tenant from seeking recovery from any third party responsible for such damage or injury. Landlord will transfer to the Tenant, to the extent possible and in Landlord’s possession, any warranties or service contracts on any systems in the Premises that the Tenant is responsible to maintain during the term of the Lease. Tenant shall notify Landlord or its property manager immediately of any equipment malfunction or other required repairs.

29. Estoppel . Tenant shall, from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written request by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written statement certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if

 

22


there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), the dates to which the Rent has been paid, that Tenant is not in default hereunder and whether Tenant has any offsets or defenses against Landlord under this Lease, and whether or not to the best of Tenant’s knowledge Landlord is in default hereunder (and if so, specifying the nature of the default), it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant to this Paragraph may be relied upon by a prospective purchaser of Landlord’s interest or by a mortgagee of Landlord’s interest or assignee of any security deed upon Landlord’s interest in the Premises.

G. Default/Remedies/Surrender/Holding Over.

30. Notices . Any notice which is required or permitted to be given by either party under this Lease shall be in writing and must be given only by certified mail, return receipt requested, by hand delivery or by nationally recognized overnight courier service at the addresses set forth in Paragraph 13 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Each party shall further use reasonable efforts to provide the other party with a courtesy copy of any notice by fax and by electronic mail. Any such notice shall be deemed given on the earlier of two business days after the date sent in accordance with one of the permitted methods described above or the date of actual receipt thereof, provided that receipt of notice solely by fax or electronic mail shall not be deemed to be delivery of notice hereunder. The time period for responding to any such notice shall begin on the date the notice is actually received, but refusal to accept delivery or inability to accomplish delivery because the party can no longer be found at the then current notice address, shall be deemed receipt. Either party may change its notice address by notice to the other party in accordance with the terms of this Section 30. The initial notice addresses for each party are set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions.

31. Abandonment of Premises . Tenant agrees not to abandon the Premises during the Term of this Lease. If Tenant does abandon the Premises for more than ninety (90) days, Landlord may terminate this Lease, by written notice to Tenant at any time prior to Tenant reoccupying the Premises, but such termination shall not entitle Landlord to pursue any other remedies unless an uncured Default then exists, in which case Landlord may pursue any and all remedies provided by this Lease, at law or in equity. Tenant’s mere vacating of the Premises during the term hereof shall not constitute an abandonment or default under this Lease so long as Tenant continues to pay Rent, maintains the insurance coverage required under this Lease, provides a commercially reasonable level of security at the Premises, otherwise performs its obligations under this Lease and provides Landlord with written notice of an alternate address for notices to Tenant under this Lease (other than the Premises) if such vacancy will exceed or exceeds thirty (30) consecutive days.

32. Default .

The following shall constitute events of default under this Lease:

(a) If Tenant shall default in the payment of Rent herein reserved when due which, with respect to any Rent which has a scheduled date for payment, a default shall mean the failure to pay such Rent on or before the scheduled due date and, with respect to any Rent which does not have a scheduled date for payment, a default shall mean failure to pay within thirty (30) days of the date of any invoice for payment or any other written request to pay such Rent; provided that the foregoing shall be a default under this Lease only if Tenant fails to cure such delinquency within five (5) business days of written notice thereof;

 

23


(b) if Tenant shall fail to perform any of the terms, conditions or provisions of this Lease (other than the provisions requiring the payment of Rent), and fails to cure such non-monetary default within thirty (30) days after written notice of such default is given to Tenant by Landlord, provided however that if such non-monetary default is of such a nature that it cannot through the exercise of diligent and reasonable efforts be cured within thirty (30) days, then Tenant shall not be in default in such instance if Tenant promptly commences and diligently pursues the cure of such non-monetary default to completion as soon as possible and in all events within ninety (90) days after such initial notice;

(c) if Tenant is adjudicated a bankrupt;

(d) if a permanent receiver is appointed for Tenant’s property and such receiver is not removed within sixty (60) days after appointment thereof;

(e) if, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, Tenant takes advantage of any debtor relief proceedings under any present or future laws, whereby the Rent or any part thereof, is, or is proposed to be, reduced or payment thereof deferred;

(f) if Tenant’s effects should be levied upon or attached and such levy or attachment is not satisfied or dissolved within thirty (30) days after such levy or attachment; or

(g) if Tenant is an individual, in the event of the death of the individual and the failure of the executor, administrator or personal representative of the estate of the deceased individual to have assigned the Lease within three (3) months after such death to an assignee approved by Landlord.

In any of such events, Landlord, at its sole option, may exercise any or all of the remedies set forth in Section 33 below.

33. Landlord’s Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any default set forth in Section 32 above which is not cured by Tenant within the applicable cure period provided therein, if any, Landlord may exercise all or any of the following remedies:

(a) terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice of termination, in which event this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in such notice and all rights of Tenant under this Lease shall expire and terminate as of such date, Tenant shall remain liable for all obligations under this Lease up to the date of such termination and Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord on the date specified in such notice; and if Tenant fails to so surrender, Landlord shall, as and to the extent permitted by applicable Laws, have the right to enter upon and take possession of the Premises and to expel and remove Tenant and its effects without being liable for prosecution or any claim of damages therefor;

 

24


(b) terminate this Lease as provided in the immediately preceding subsection and recover from Tenant the following damages (as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.2):

(i) The worth at the time of award of unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which had been earned at the time of termination; plus

(ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom; plus

(v) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by the laws of the State of California.

The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in Sections 33(b)(i) and 33(b)(ii) is computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate on the unpaid rent and other sums due and payable from the termination date through the date of award. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in Section 33(b)(iii) is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

(c) Continue this Lease in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession, in which event Landlord shall have all of its rights and remedies, including the right, pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.4, to recover all rent as it becomes due under this Lease, so long as Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations.

(d) pursue such other remedies as are available at law or in equity.

34. Service of Notice . Except as otherwise provided by law, Tenant hereby appoints as its agent to receive the service of all dispossessory or distraint proceedings and notices thereunder, the person in charge of or occupying the Premises at the time of such proceeding or notice; and if no person be in charge or occupying the Premises, then such service may be made by attaching the same to the front entrance of the Premises.

35. Advertising . Landlord may advertise the Premises as being “For Rent” at any time following a default by Tenant which remains uncured and at any time within one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the expiration (as such date may have been extended through an exercise of the Renewal Option), cancellation or termination of this Lease for any reason and during any such periods Landlord may exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants upon prior reasonable notice to Tenant.

 

25


36. Surrender of Premises . Whenever under the terms hereof Landlord is entitled to possession of the Premises, Tenant at once shall surrender the Premises and the keys thereto to Landlord in the same condition as on the Commencement Date hereof, normal wear and tear only excepted, and Tenant shall remove all of its personalty and Tenant’s Signage therefrom and shall, if directed to do so by Landlord as required hereunder, remove all improvements and restore the Premises to its original condition prior to the construction of any improvements which have been made therein by or on behalf of Tenant, excluding any improvements made prior to the Commencement Date and specifically excluding the Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B . Landlord may forthwith re-enter the Premises and repossess itself thereof and remove all persons and effects therefrom, using such force as may be reasonably necessary without being guilty of forcible entry, detainer, trespass or other tort. Tenant’s obligation to observe or perform these covenants shall survive the expiration or other termination of the Term of this Lease. If the last day of the Term of this Lease or any renewal falls on a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday, this Lease shall expire on the business day immediately preceding.

37. Cleaning Premises . Upon vacating the Premises, Tenant agrees to return the Premises to Landlord broom clean and in the same condition when Tenant’s possession commenced, natural wear and tear excepted, regardless of whether any Security Deposit (as defined in Section 10 above) has been forfeited.

38. Removal of Fixtures . If Tenant is not in default hereunder, Tenant may, prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease, or any extension thereof, remove any fixtures and equipment which Tenant has placed in the Premises which can be removed without significant damage to the Premises, provided Tenant promptly repairs all damages to the Premises caused by such removal.

39. Holding Over . In the event Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration of the Term hereof, or of any renewal term, with Landlord’s written consent, Tenant shall be a tenant at will and such tenancy shall be subject to all the provisions hereof, except that the monthly rental shall be at the higher of 150% of the monthly Base Rent payable hereunder upon such expiration of the Term hereof, or of any renewal term, or 100% of the then current fair market rental value of the Premises as the same would be adjusted pursuant to the provisions of Section 7 hereof. In the event Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration of the Term hereof, or any renewal term, without Landlord’s written consent, Tenant shall be a tenant at sufferance and may be evicted by Landlord without any notice, but Tenant shall be obligated to pay rent for such period that Tenant holds over without written consent at the same rate provided in the previous sentence and shall also be liable for any and all other damages Landlord suffers as a result of such holdover including, without limitation, the loss of a prospective tenant for such space. There shall be no renewal of this Lease by operation of law or otherwise. Nothing in this Section shall be construed as a consent by Landlord for any holding over by Tenant after the expiration of the Term hereof, or any renewal term.

 

26


40. Attorney’s Fees . In case Landlord or Tenant shall, without fault on its part, be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against the other, then the other shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred or paid by such party in connection with such litigation. In the event of any action, suit or proceeding brought by Landlord or Tenant to enforce any of the other’s covenants and agreements in this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party any costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding.

41. Mortgagee’s Rights .

(a) Tenant agrees that, subject to the provisions of Section 41(d) below, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to (i) any mortgage, deed of trust or other security interest now encumbering the Property and to all advances which may be hereafter made, to the full extent of all debts and charges secured thereby and to all renewals or extensions of any part thereof, and to any mortgage, deed of trust or other security interest which any owner of the Property may hereafter, at any time, elect to place on the Property; (ii) any assignment of Landlord’s interest in the leases and rents from the Building or Property which includes the Lease which now exists or which any owner of the Property may hereafter, at any time, elect to place on the Property; and (iii) any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement covering the personal property rights of Landlord or any owner of the Property which now exists or any owner of the Property may hereafter, at any time, elect to place on the foregoing personal property (all of the foregoing instruments set forth in (i), (ii) and (iii) above being hereafter collectively referred to as “ Security Documents ”). The subordination of this Lease as to future ground leases, mortgage or deeds of trust shall be effective upon execution of a non-disturbance agreement as provided in Section 41(d) below.

(b) In the event of a foreclosure pursuant to any Security Documents, Tenant shall at the election of the Landlord, thereafter remain bound pursuant to the terms of this Lease as if a new and identical Lease between the purchaser at such foreclosure (“ Purchaser ”), as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, had been entered into for the remainder of the Term hereof and Tenant shall attorn to the Purchaser upon such foreclosure sale and shall recognize such Purchaser as the Landlord under the Lease. Such attornment shall be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instrument on the part of any of the parties hereto. Tenant agrees, however, to execute and deliver at any time and from time to time, upon the request of Landlord or of Holder, any instrument or certificate that may be necessary or appropriate in any such foreclosure proceeding or otherwise to evidence such attornment.

(c) If the Holder of any Security Document or the Purchaser upon the foreclosure of any of the Security Documents shall succeed to the interest of Landlord under the Lease, such Holder or Purchaser shall have the same remedies, by entry, action or otherwise for the non-performance of any agreement contained in the Lease, for the recovery of Rent or for any other default or event of default hereunder that Landlord had or would have had if any such Holder or Purchaser had not succeeded to the interest of Landlord. Any such Holder or Purchaser which succeeds to the interest of Landlord hereunder, shall not be (a) liable for any act or omission of any prior Landlord (including Landlord) unless such act or omission is of a continuing nature; or (b) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior Landlord (including Landlord), except as expressly provided in this Lease; or (c) bound by any Rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior Landlord (including Landlord); or (d) bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease made without the then current Holder’s consent.

 

27


(d) Landlord represents to Tenant that, as of the date of this Lease, there are no mortgages, deeds of trust or other similar security interests encumbering the Property. With respect to any future ground lease or mortgage to which this Lease is subordinate, Landlord shall, as a condition to such subordination, obtain from the Holder of any such Security Document, for the benefit of Tenant, a non-disturbance agreement, in commercially reasonable form, that (i) will not effect an amendment to this Lease which materially increases Tenant’s obligations or materially diminishes Tenant’s rights hereunder, and (ii) provides generally that as long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease, this Lease will not be terminated if such Holder acquires title to the Property by reason of foreclosure proceedings, acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, or termination of the leasehold interest of Landlord, provided that Tenant attorns to such Holder in accordance with its reasonable requirements.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 41, the Holder of any Security Documents shall have the right, at any time, to elect to make this Lease superior and prior to its Security Document. No documentation, other than written notice to Tenant, shall be required to evidence that the Lease has been made superior and prior to such Security Documents, but Tenant hereby agrees to execute any documents reasonably requested by Landlord or Holder to acknowledge that the Lease has been made superior and prior to the Security Documents.

H. Landlord Entry/Relocation/Assignment and Subletting.

42. Entering Premises . Landlord may enter the Premises at reasonable hours provided that Landlord’s entry shall not unreasonably interrupt Tenant’s business operations and that prior notice is given when reasonably possible (and, if in the opinion of Landlord any emergency exists, at any time and without notice): (a) to make repairs, perform maintenance and provide other services described in Section 19 above which Landlord is obligated to make to the Premises or the Building pursuant to the terms of this Lease or to the other premises within the Building pursuant to the leases of other tenants; (b) to inspect the Premises in order to confirm that Tenant is complying with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease and with the rules and regulations hereof; (c) to remove from the Premises any articles or signs kept or exhibited therein in violation of the terms hereof; (d) to run pipes, conduits, ducts, wiring, cabling or any other mechanical, electrical, plumbing or HVAC equipment through the areas behind the walls, below the floors or above the ceilings in the Premises and elsewhere in the Building; and (e) to exercise any other right or perform any other obligation that Landlord has under this Lease. Landlord shall be allowed to take all material into and upon the Premises that may be required to make any repairs, improvements and additions, or any alterations, without in any way being deemed or held guilty of trespass and without constituting a constructive eviction of Tenant, provided that Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s business operations in the Premises. The Rent reserved herein shall not abate while such repairs, alterations or additions are being made and Tenant shall not be entitled to maintain a set-off or counterclaim for damages against Landlord by reason of loss from interruption to the business of Tenant because of the prosecution of any such work. Unless any work would unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises if performed during business hours, all such repairs, decorations, additions and improvements shall be done during ordinary business hours, or, if any such work is at the request of Tenant to be done during any other hours, the Tenant shall pay all overtime and other extra costs.

 

28


43. Relocation . Intentionally Deleted.

44. Assignment and Subletting . Tenant may not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, assign this Lease or any interest hereunder, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises by any party other than Tenant.

In the event that Tenant is a corporation or entity other than an individual, any transfer of a majority or controlling interest in Tenant (whether by stock transfer, merger, operation of law or otherwise) (a “ Control Change ”) shall be considered an assignment for purposes of this Paragraph and shall require Landlord’s prior written consent; provided, however, that Tenant may undertake a Control Change or assign this Lease or sublet any portion of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent to (a) a corporation or other entity with which Tenant may merge or consolidate or to whom Tenant sells all or substantially all of Tenant’s voting stock or assets; or (b) any parent, affiliate or subsidiary of Tenant; or (c) an affiliate or subsidiary of Tenant’s parent (a “ Permitted Transfer ” or “ Permitted Transferee ”) so long as the net worth of the Permitted Transferee is, in Landlord’s reasonable and good faith judgment, sufficient to meet the future obligations under this Lease.

Consent to one assignment or sublease shall not destroy or waive this provision, and all later assignments and subleases shall likewise be made only upon the prior written consent of Landlord. Subtenants or assignees shall become liable to Landlord for all obligations of Tenant hereunder (in the case of a sublease, as they relate to the subleased premises and excluding Rent), without relieving Tenant’s liability hereunder and, in the event of any default by Tenant under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, but without any obligation to do so, elect to treat such sublease or assignment as a direct Lease with Landlord and collect rent directly from the subtenant.

If Tenant desires to assign or sublease, Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord describing the proposed transaction in detail and providing all documentation (including detailed financial information for the proposed assignee or subtenant or Permitted Transferee) reasonably necessary to permit Landlord to evaluate the proposed transaction. Landlord shall notify Tenant within fifteen (15) days of Landlord’s receipt of such notice whether Landlord consents to the requested assignment or sublease. If Landlord fails to respond within such fifteen (15) day period, Landlord will be deemed to have consented to the assignment or sublease. If Landlord does consent to any assignment or sublease request and the assignee or subtenant pays to Tenant an amount in excess of the Rent due under this Lease (after deducting Tenant’s reasonable, actual expenses in obtaining such assignment or sublease), Tenant shall, except in the case of a Permitted Transfer, pay 50% of such excess Rent to Landlord as and when the monthly payments are received by Tenant. In the event that Tenant Subleases to Brooks College, 100% of the excess Rent, shall be paid to Landlord. Any subletting or assignment hereunder shall not release or discharge Tenant of or from any liability, whether past, present or future, under this Lease, and Tenant shall remain fully liable thereunder. Any subtenant or subtenants or assignee shall agree in a

 

29


form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to comply with and be bound by all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to the extent of the space sublet or assigned, and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord promptly after execution, an executed copy of each such sublease or assignment and an agreement of compliance by each such subtenant or assignee. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord all reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord (including fees paid to consultants (as may be required) and attorneys) actually in connection with any request by Tenant for Landlord to consent to any assignment or subletting by Tenant.

I. Sale of Building; Limitation of Liability.

45. Sale . In the event the original Landlord hereunder, or any successor owner of the Building, shall sell or convey the Building and/or the Property, and provided that Landlord or any successor owner, as applicable, transfers the Security Deposit to such new owner, all liabilities and obligations on the part of the original Landlord, or such successor owner, under this Lease accruing thereafter shall terminate, and thereupon all such liabilities and obligations shall be binding upon the new owner. Tenant agrees to attorn to such new owner.

46. Limitation of Liability . Landlord’s obligations and liability with respect to this Lease shall be limited solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building and the Property, as such interest is constituted from time to time, and neither Landlord nor any partner of Landlord, or any officer, director, shareholder, or partner or member of any partner or member of Landlord, shall have any individual or personal liability whatsoever with respect to this Lease.

J. Brokers/Construction/Authority.

47. Broker Disclosure . The Landlord’s Broker identified in the Basic Lease Provisions, who is a real estate broker licensed in the State where the Building is located, has acted as agent for Landlord in this transaction and is to be paid a commission by Landlord pursuant to a separate agreement. The Tenant’s Broker identified in the Basic Lease Provisions, who is a real estate broker licensed in the State where the Building is located, has acted as agent for Tenant in this transaction and is to be paid a commission by Landlord pursuant to a separate agreement. Landlord represents that Landlord has dealt with no other broker other than the broker(s) identified herein. Landlord agrees that, if any other broker makes a claim for a commission based upon the actions of Landlord, Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from any such claim. Tenant represents that Tenant has dealt with no broker other than the broker(s) identified herein. Tenant agrees that, if any other broker makes a claim for a commission based upon the actions of Tenant, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any such claim. Tenant will cause Tenant’s broker to execute a customary lien waiver, adequate under applicable law, to extinguish any lien claims such broker may have in connection with this Lease.

48. Definitions . “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall include the party named in the first Paragraph hereof, its representatives, assigns and successors in title to the Premises. “Tenant” shall include the party named in the first Paragraph hereof, its heirs and representatives, and, if this Lease shall be validly assigned or sublet, shall also include Tenant’s assignees or subtenants, as to the Premises, or portion thereof, covered by such assignment or sublease. “Landlord” and “Tenant” include male and female, singular and plural, corporation, partnership, limited liability company (and the officers, members, partners, employees or agents of any such entities) or individual, as may fit the particular parties.

 

30


49. Construction of this Agreement . No failure of Landlord to exercise any power given Landlord hereunder, or to insist upon strict compliance by Tenant of its obligations hereunder, and no custom or practice of the parties at variance with the terms hereof shall constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to demand exact compliance with the terms hereof. Time is of the essence of this Lease.

50. No Estate In Land . This contract shall create the relationship of landlord and tenant between Landlord and Tenant; no estate shall pass out of Landlord; Tenant has only a right of use, not subject to levy or sale, and not assignable by Tenant except with Landlord’s consent.

51. Paragraph Titles; Severability . The Paragraph titles used herein are not to be considered a substantive part of this Lease, but merely descriptive aids to identify the Paragraph to which they refer. Use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, where necessary to impart contextual continuity. If any Paragraph or provision herein is held invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, all other Paragraphs or severable provisions of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, but shall remain in full force and effect.

52. Cumulative Rights . All rights, powers and privileges conferred hereunder upon the parties hereto shall be cumulative but not restrictive to those given by law.

53. Waiver of Jury Trial . Landlord and Tenant shall and do hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, or any statutory remedy.

54. Entire Agreement . This Lease contains the entire agreement of the parties and no representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties not embodied herein shall be of any force or effect.

55. Submission of Agreement . Submission of this Lease to Tenant for signature does not constitute a reservation of space or an option to acquire a right of entry. This Lease is not binding or effective until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

56. Authority . If Tenant executes this Lease as a corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or any other type of entity, each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant does hereby personally represent and warrant that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or other type of entity, that Tenant is qualified to do business in the state where the Building is located, that Tenant has full right, power and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. In the event any such representation and warranty is false, all persons who execute this Lease shall be individually, jointly and severally, liable as Tenant. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations and warranties.

 

31


57. [Intentionally Omitted.]

K. Special State/Local Law Requirements/Special Stipulations.

58. State or Local Law Provisions . The State/Local Law Provisions, if any, attached hereto as Exhibit E are modifications to the terms of this Lease and, if conflicting, such State/Local Law Provisions shall control in the event of any conflict with the other provisions of this Lease or any exhibits hereto.

59. Special Stipulations . The Special Stipulations, attached hereto as Exhibit F are modifications to the terms of this Lease and, if conflicting, such Special Stipulations shall control in the event of any conflict with the other provisions of this Lease or any exhibits hereto.

 

32


EXHIBIT A

PROPERTY LEGAL DESCRIPTION

All that certain real property situated in the City of Sunnyvale, County of Santa Clara, State of California, described as follows:

Commencing at the North gate post of the Norwood Farms being the part of Intersection of the West line of the Lawrence Station Road with the South line of Sutherland Lane and running:

thence due South 9.975 chains;

thence due West 40.21 chains along the North line of lands conveyed in A.P. Freeman by Deed recorded on May 4, 1908 in Brook 330 of Deeds, page 577, Records of Santa Clara County, State of California to the lands formerly of S. Genardini;

thence North 10’ 30” East along the line of land formerly of S. Genardini, 10.145 chains to the South of Sutherland Lane;

thence due East along the South line of Sutherland Lane to the place of beginning, being all of Lot 1 as laid down, designated and delineated upon a certain Map entitled, “PLAT OF LAND OF NORWOOD”, which said Map is of record in the office of the County Recorder of Santa Clara County. California, in Book “E” of Maps, page 91.

EXCEPTING THEREFROM that portion as conveyed to Roland Lampert, et ux, et al, by Deed recorded May 24, 1956 in Book 3504, Page 335 of Official Records, described as follows:

Beginning at an iron pipe set at the intersection of the Southerly line of Kifer Road, as said line was established in the Deed from Frank J. Carli, et ux to the County of Santa Clara, dated December 14, 1951, recorded January 9, 1952 in Book 2345 of Official Records, page 320, in the office of the Recorder of the Santa Clara County, California with the Southeasterly line of that certain 54.23 acre tract of land described firstly in the Deed from J.H. Flickinger Company, a corporation, to S. Genardini, dated December 20, 1910, recorded January 21, 1911, in Book 363 of Deeds, page 442 in the office of the Recorder of Santa Clara County, California;

thence from said point of beginning along the Southerly line of said Kifer Road East 1275.93 feet to a  3 / 4 ” iron pipe;

thence leaving said Southerly line of Kifer Road at right angles South 592.02 feet to  3 / 4 ” iron pipe set in the Northerly line of that certain 23.715 acre tract of land described firstly in the Deed from Albert W. Mott, et ux, to Arthur P. Freeman, dated April 8, 1908, recorded May 4, 1908 in Book 330 of Deeds, page 577 in the office of the Recorder of Santa Clara County, California;

thence along said Northerly line, North 89’x 59’x 15” West 1389.70 feet to a nail set in an old 2” x 3” stake in the Southeasterly line of the aforementioned 54.23 acre tract;

thence along said Southeasterly line North 10’ 53” East 602.56 feet to the point of beginning and being a portion of Lot 1, as shown upon that certain Map entitled “PLAT OF LAND OF NORWOOD”, Which Map was filed for record in the office of the Recorder of Santa Clara County, California in Book “E” of Maps, page 91.

 

A-1


ALSO EXCEPTING THEREFROM that portion of said land described herein as follows:

BEGINNING at a  3 / 4 ” iron pipe set on the Southerly line of Kifer Road, as said line was established in the Deed from Frank J. Carli, et ux, to the County of Santa Clara, dated December 14, 1951, recorded January 9, 1952 in Book 2345 Official Records, page 320, Santa Clara County Records, distant thereon East 6.91 feet from the point of intersection thereof with the Southerly prolongation of the center line of San Isidro Way, as said Way is shown upon that certain Map entitled, “TRACT NO. 1786 SAN ISIDRO TRACT”, Which Map was filed for record in the office of the Recorder of the County of Santa Clara, State of California on October 22, 1956 in Book 73 of Maps, at page 25;

thence from said point of beginning West along said Southerly line of Kifer Road 200.00 feet to a  3 / 4 inch iron pipe;

thence South 592 35 Feet to a  3 / 4 inch iron pipe set on the Northerly line of that certain 23.715 acre tract of land described firstly in the Deed from Albert W. Mott, et ux, to Arthur P. Freeman, dated April 8, 1908, recorded May 4, 1908 in Book 330 of Deeds, page 577, Santa Clara Records;

thence East along said last named line 200.00 feet to a  3 / 4 inch iron pipe;

thence North 592.35 feet to the point of beginning.

As shown upon that certain Map entitled, “RECORD SURVEY BEING A PORTION OF LOT 1, as shown on the Map entitled, “PLAT OF LAND OF NORWOOD: as recorded in Book E of Maps, at page 91, Records of Santa Clara County, California, which Map was filed for record in the office of the County of Santa Clara, State of California, on October 4, 1957 in Book 86 of Maps, page 56.

ALSO EXCEPTING THEREFROM that portion of said land described herein as follows:

All that portion of land lying Easterly of the herein, Easterly 2.720 acres as shown on that Record of Survey recorded October 4, 1957 in Book 85 of Maps at page 56 and lying Westerly of the Westerly line of Lawrence Expressway, formerly Lawrence Station Road.

 

A-2


EXHIBIT A- I – Page 1 of 2

PREMISES/SITE MAP

 

A-I-1


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER

This Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the Tenant Improvements (as defined in Paragraph 2(c) of this Work Letter) in the Premises and, as applicable, to the Building. All references in this Work Letter to Paragraphs or Sections of “the Lease” shall mean the relevant portions of such Paragraphs of the Industrial/R&D Lease Agreement to which this Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B and of which this Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Work Letter to Paragraphs or Sections of shall mean the relevant portions of such Paragraphs and Sections of this “Work Letter”. Except as set forth in this Work Letter, Tenant’s construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be governed by the provisions of Section 21 of the Lease.

1. Allowance .

(a) All Tenant Improvements shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to the provisions hereof regarding the Allowance. Landlord shall provide Tenant with an allowance in the amount of Nine Hundred Twenty Seven Thousand Three Hundred Forty Dollars ($927,340.00) (the “ Allowance ”), for Tenant’s use for the hard and soft costs of constructing the initial Tenant Improvements only; provided that any portion of the Allowance in excess of Six Hundred Ninety Five Thousand, Five Hundred, Five Dollars ($695,505.00) (“ Landlord’s Base Allowance ”) utilized by Tenant towards the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant as an increase in Base Rent due under the Lease; provided that such excess shall be fully amortized over a period of five (5) years at eight percent (8%) interest per annum, as per section 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The Allowance shall be payable only on account of hard and soft costs of constructing the Tenant Improvements set forth in Paragraph 2(c) below, which shall include architectural drawings and services, permit fees, costs of labor, materials and all fees incurred in connection therewith.

2. Contemplated Improvements .

(a) Rough Draft, Preliminary Plans . A draft of proposed Tenant Improvements was delivered with Proposal to Lease and is attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 (the “ Rough Draft ”). The Rough Draft represents a rough sketch of the Tenant Improvements and is a to-scale floor plan of the Tenant Improvements Tenant desires to have constructed in the Premises and to the Building by Tenant’s licensed, designated construction contractor (“Contractor”), which Contractor shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable prior approval.

(b) Preparation of Construction Drawings . Within ten (10) business days following the date this Lease is executed by Landlord, Landlord shall review construction drawings prepared by Tenant’s Architect for the improvements Tenant desires to have constructed in the Premises and to the Building by the Contractor, as shown on the Preliminary Plans (the “Construction Drawings”). The to-scale Construction Drawings shall show improvements that substantially conform to the Preliminary Plans (subject to any deviations from the Preliminary Plans that are mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant). Landlord or Landlord’s designated construction representative shall provide Tenant its reasonable approval or disapproval of the Construction Plans within five (5) business days of

 

B-1


its receipt thereof; provided that Landlord shall approve of such items of the Construction Plans as are required by the City planning department or by applicable City building regulations. Landlord may request that Tenant have its Architect revise the Construction Plans to address any reasonable objections raised by Landlord and Tenant shall resubmit the revised Construction Plans to Landlord for approval within five (5) business days of receipt of Landlord’s objections. This procedure shall be followed until all reasonable objections have been resolved and the working plans and specifications approved by both Landlord and Tenant. (The Construction Drawings, as approved in writing by Tenant and Landlord, and the Preliminary Plans are hereinafter collectively called the “Final Plans” and the improvements to be performed in accordance with the Final Plans are hereinafter called the “Tenant Improvements”).

(c) Tenant Improvements . Landlord acknowledges that Tenant contemplates the following improvements and such other improvements as are shown on the Final Plans (collectively, the “Tenant Improvements”):

(i) New paint and new carpet/tile flooring at the Premises, in such areas to be designated by Tenant.

(ii) The purchasing, installing and wiring of up to approximately 250 8’x 8’ medium grade used cubicles and chairs, and conference room tables and corresponding chairs in the Premises (the “ Furniture ”). The voice and data lines per cube, as well as circuit amp distribution, are to be determined per Tenant’s standard requirements. As stated under Stipulations within this Lease, the Furniture, voice and data cabling, at Landlord’s discretion, may become Landlord’s property or may be required by Landlord, to be removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense at the end of the initial or extended Lease term.

(iii) The scope of work presented in Letter of Intent (“LOI”) Exhibit A (floor plan) and its related cost breakdown in LOI Exhibit B, a line item construction bid provided by Vance Brown, Inc. See LOI Exhibit A & B.

(iv) General wiring and data wiring for network installation.

(v) Architectural drawings and all permit fees.

(vi) A security access control system.

(vii) Items (i) – (vi) above outline the primary Tenant Improvements and Tenant may require other minor improvements or modifications not specifically outlined in this section. Minor improvements or minor modifications shall be permitted (example; adding side lights to private offices) to meet tenants required build out.

3. Furniture and Data Vendors . Tenant shall have the right to employ a general contractor licensed in the State of California and other furniture and data vendors of its choice to be reasonably acceptable by Landlord and Tenant shall require that such contractors (and vendors, if applicable) provide the necessary insurance coverage prior to beginning any work whatsoever at the building.

4. Disbursement of the Allowance .

(a) Landlord shall disburse the Allowance to Tenant from time to time upon written request by Tenant, which request shall be accompanied by (i) copies of all receipts, invoices, and bills for the work completed and materials furnished in connection with the

 

B-2


Tenant Improvements or the related soft costs which are the subject of the requested disbursement or disbursements, (ii) copies of all contracts, work orders, change orders and other materials relating to the work or materials or soft costs which are the subject of the requested disbursement or disbursements, (iii) with respect to disbursements of the Allowance to cover costs other than soft costs, conditional lien waivers from the suppliers of labor or materials furnished in connection with the Tenant Improvements which are the subject of the requested disbursement or disbursements, (iv) if applicable, and only to the extent that a severable item of the Tenant Improvements is completed, proof of satisfactory completion of all required inspections and the issuance of any required approvals and sign-offs by governmental authorities in connection with the Tenant Improvements which are the subject of the requested disbursement or disbursements, and (v) with respect to disbursements of the Allowance to cover costs other than soft costs, a certificate of Tenant’s Architect stating that, in the Architect’s opinion, the portion of the Tenant Improvements theretofore completed and for which the disbursement is requested was performed in a good and workmanlike manner and substantially in accordance with the Final Plans for the Tenant Improvements, as approved by Landlord. Landlord shall disburse the requested portions of the Allowance within thirty (30) days after submission of the foregoing to Landlord by Tenant.

(b) Within thirty (30) days after completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant hall deliver to Landlord (i) final, unconditional waivers and releases of lien from all suppliers of labor or materials furnished in connection with the Tenant Improvements, (ii) if applicable, proof of satisfactory completion of all required inspections and the issuance of any required approvals and sign-offs by governmental authorities in connection with the Tenant Improvements, and (iii) such other documents and information as Landlord may reasonably request.

5. Application of Allowance . No portion of the Allowance shall be used for any purpose other than to pay for hard and soft costs of constructing the Tenant Improvements set forth in Paragraph 2(c) above, which shall include architectural drawings and services, permit fees, costs of labor, materials and all fees incurred in connection therewith.

6. Mechanics’ Liens . Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, injury and expense arising out of or in any way related to claims for work or labor performed, or materials or supplies furnished, to or at the request of Tenant or in connection with performance of any work done in connection with the Tenant Improvements.

7. Compliance Work . Landlord shall perform, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, any work necessary to cause any portion of the Building that was not in compliance with applicable laws as of the date of this Lease, to comply with applicable Laws in effect as of the date of this Lease (“ Compliance Work ”), which Compliance Work shall include, without limitation, (i) repairing the faulty ducting for the HVAC units at rear of building, (ii) installing compression posts as necessary at the rear of the building, (iii) creating a one hour fire rating corridor at the right of front lobby, including removal of two glass windows to left and right of lobby and replacing with sheetrock to comply with fire codes.

 

B-3


8. Transfer of Warranties . Landlord will transfer to the Tenant, to the extent possible and in Landlord’s possession, any warranties or service contracts on any systems in the Premises that the Tenant is responsible to maintain during the term of the Lease.

This area left blank intentionally

 

B-4


EXHIBIT C

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS QUESTIONNAIRE

This questionnaire is designed to solicit information regarding your proposed use of hazardous or toxic materials. If your use of materials or generation of wastes is considered to be significant, further information may be requested regarding your plans for hazardous and toxic materials management.

 

I.       Tenant

          TeleNav, Inc.
Name (Corporation, Individual, Corporate, or Individual DBA, or Public Agency)

 

Standard Industrial Classification Code (“SIC”)

 

Street Address

 

City, State, Zip Code

 

Contact Person & Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone Number:                    (        )  

 

Facsimile Number:    (        )  

 

 

II.      Location and address of Proposed Lease

          1130 Kifer Road
Street Address
          Sunnyvale, California 94086
City, State, Zip Code

 

C-1


III. Description of Proposed Facility Use

Describe proposed use and operation of Premises including principal products or service to be conducted at facility:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Does the operation of your business involve the use, generation, treatment, storage, transfer, or disposal of hazardous wastes or materials? Yes      No      If yes, or if your SIC code number is between 2000 to 4000, please complete Section IV.

 

IV. Permit Disclosure

Does the operation of your business require permits, a license, or plan approval from any of the following agencies?

 

 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

 

 

City or County Sanitation District

 

 

State Department of Health Services

 

 

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission

 

 

Air Quality Management District

 

 

Bureau of Alcohol, Firearms and Tobacco

 

 

City or County Fire Department

 

 

Regional Water Quality Control Board

 

 

Any Laboratory Certification Agency (Indicate permit or license numbers, issuing agency, and expiration date or renewal date, if applicable.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C-2


If your answer is yes to any of the above questions, please complete Sections V and VI.

 

V. Hazardous Materials Disclosure

Will any hazardous or toxic materials or substances be stored on site? Yes      No      If yes, please describe the materials or substances to be stored, quantities and proposed method of storage (i.e., drums, aboveground or underground storage tanks, cylinders, or other), and whether the material is a Solid (S), Liquid (L) or Gas (G):

 

Material

 

Storage Method

 

Quantity On

A Monthly Basis

   
   

 

C-3


Attach additional sheets if necessary.

Is any facility modification required or planned to mitigate the release of toxic or hazardous substance or wastes into the environment? Yes      No      If yes, please describe the proposed facility modifications.

 

VI. Hazardous Waste Disclosure

Will any hazardous waste, including recyclable waste, be generated by the operation of your business? Yes      No      If yes, please state the hazardous waste that will be generated at the facility, its hazard class, and volume/frequency of generation on a monthly basis

 

Waste Name

 

Hazard Class

 

Volume/Month

   
   

If yes, please also describe the method(s) of disposal for each waste. Indicate where disposal will take place and the method of transportation to be used:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Is any treatment or processing of hazardous wastes to be conducted on site? Yes      No      If yes, please describe proposed treatment/processing methods:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Which agencies are responsible for monitoring and evaluating compliance with respect to the storage and disposal of hazardous materials or wastes at or from the Premises?

 

C-4


(Please list all agencies)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Has an environmental audit ever been conducted at any of your company’s existing facilities? Yes      No      If yes, please describe:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Does your company carry environmental impairment insurance? Yes      No      . If yes, what is the name of the carrier and what are the effective periods and monetary limits of that coverage?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This Hazardous Materials Questionnaire is certified as being true and accurate and has been completed by the party whose signature appears below on behalf of Tenant as of the date set forth below.

 

Dated: October 10, 2006     Signature:  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

    Print Name:  

Douglas S. Miller

    Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

 

C-5


EXHIBIT D

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. Tenant will not place any signs on the Property without Landlord’s prior written consent. All signage must comply with all applicable laws, codes and regulations, including, without limitation, zoning and building codes. No advertisements, pictures or signs of any sort may be displayed on or outside the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. This prohibition includes any portable signs or vehicles placed within the parking lot, common areas or on streets adjacent thereto for the purpose of advertising or display. Landlord has the right to remove any such unapproved item without notice and at Tenant’s expense.

2. Except to the extent the following would be in violation of applicable Laws, Tenant may park or store motor vehicles, trailers or containers in the Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas after the conclusion of normal daily business activity.

3. Intentionally Deleted

4. All window coverings and window films or coatings installed by Tenant and visible from outside of the Building require the prior written approval of Landlord. Except for dock shelters and seals as may be expressly permitted by Landlord, and except for the awning Tenant intends to install at the front entrance to the Premises, no awnings or other projections may be attached to the outside walls of the Building.

5. Except as listed on the Hazardous Materials Questionnaire, Tenant may not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance on, in or around the Premises unless approved by Landlord. Tenant may not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any flammable or combustible materials without proper governmental permits and approvals.

6. Tenant may not use, keep or permit to be used or kept food or other edible materials in or around the Premises in such a manner as to attract rodents, vermin or other pests. Tenant may not permit cooking in or about the Premises other than in microwave ovens and the cafeteria.

7. Tenant may not use or permit the use of the Premises for lodging or sleeping, for public assembly, or for any illegal or immoral purpose; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit Tenant’s employees from sleeping from time to time in trucks located in Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas.

8. If Tenant alters any lock or installs any new locks on any door at the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord or Landlord’s property manager with a key to such lock(s). Tenant shall not be obligated to provide Landlord with keys to any lock on any storage area Tenant may keep in the Premises.

9. Tenant will park motor vehicles only in those general parking areas as designated by Landlord except for active loading and unloading. During loading and unloading of vehicles or containers, Tenant will not unreasonably interfere with traffic flow within the Property and loading and unloading areas of other tenants.

 

D-1


10. [Intentionally Deleted]

11. Tenant will not disturb, solicit or canvas any occupant of the Building or Property and will cooperate to prevent same.

12. No person may go on the roof of the Building without Landlord’s permission except to perform obligations under its lease.

13. No animals (other than seeing eye dogs) or birds of any kind may be brought into or kept in or about the Premises.

14. Machinery, equipment and apparatus belonging to Tenant which cause unreasonable noise or vibration that may be transmitted to, and materially and adversely affect, the structure of the Building or other tenants or to cause material harm to the Building will be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate the transmission of such noise and vibration. Tenant will cease using any such machinery which causes unreasonable noise and vibration which can not be sufficiently mitigated.

15. All goods, including material used to store goods, delivered to the Premises of Tenant will be immediately moved into the Premises; provided however, that Tenant may leave such items in Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas to the extent doing so is not in violation of applicable Laws.

16. Tractor trailers which must be unhooked or parked with dolly wheels beyond the concrete loading areas must use steel plates or wood blocks of sufficient size to prevent damage to the asphalt paving surfaces. No parking or storing of such trailers will be permitted in the auto parking areas of the building (other than Tenant’s exclusive parking areas temporarily during loading and unloading, and then only as permitted under any applicable Laws) or on streets adjacent thereto.

17. Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent forklifts with solid rubber tires to operate on asphalt paving areas and to use only tires that do not damage the asphalt.

18. [Intentionally omitted.]

19. Tenant will be responsible for the safe storage and removal of all trash and refuse. All such trash and refuse will be contained in suitable receptacles stored behind screened enclosures at locations approved by Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to remove, at Tenant’s expense and without further notice, any trash or refuse left elsewhere outside of the Premises or on the Property.

20. Tenant may not store or permit the storage or placement of goods or merchandise in or around the common areas surrounding the Premises (the parties’ agreeing that Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas shall not constitute common areas for purposes of this Rule #20; provided, however that any such storage or placement in Tenants Exclusive Parking Areas shall be subject to applicable Laws). No displays or sales of merchandise is allowed in the parking lots, including Tenant’s Exclusive Parking Areas, or other common areas

 

D-2


21. Tenant will appoint an Emergency Coordinator who shall be responsible for assuring notification of the local fire department in the event of an emergency, assuring that sprinkler valves are kept open and implementing the Factory Mutual “Red Tag Alert” system including weekly visual inspection of all sprinkler system valves on or within the Premises. Tenant will provide Landlord access to fire protection and any related communications equipment in the Premises at all times.

 

D-3


EXHIBIT E

SPECIAL STIPULATIONS

1. Landlord reserves the right to require at the end of the initial term or extension if so exercised, the removal of any specialized tenant improvements that were not initially approved by Landlord at the beginning of the Lease, or during the Lease term which are installed by Tenant. In no event shall Tenant be required to remove the initial Tenant Improvements installed pursuant to Exhibit B attached hereto. Tenant may remove its trade fixtures at the expiration of the lease term or extension, if exercised and Tenant shall repair any damage caused or occasioned by such removal.

2. The Furniture, as defined in the Work Letter may, at Landlord’s discretion, remain at the Premises thereby becoming Landlord’s property or may be required by Landlord to be removed by Tenant, including voice and data cabling upon expiration of the initial Lease Term or (as such Term may have been extended).

3. Title to all existing office furniture, conference room furniture, workstations and wiring, chairs, two-drawer and four-drawer file cabinets, white boards and any other equipment, phone and data cabling existing in the building at occupancy, shall vest with the Tenant upon execution of the Lease.

4. Landlord shall have the right to place marketing signs in front of the building four (4) months prior to lease expiration, or in the event Tenant exercises its option to renew, four months prior to the extended term expiration, and shall thereafter have the right to show the space to prospective tenants by providing Tenant with 24-hours notice.

 

E-1


EXHIBIT F

TENANT MOVE OUT RESPONSIBILITIES

The Tenant Move Out Responsibilities set forth below in this Exhibit H are in addition to (a) Tenant’s move out responsibilities set forth in Paragraph 36 of this Lease, and (b) Landlord’s punch list to be provided to Tenant at the time of Landlord’s walk through upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

1. Repair all holes in walls and paint over repaired areas with matching paint.

 

2. Repair all damaged walls, cinderblock demising walls and sheetrock demising walls.

 

3. Steam clean all stained areas of carpet.

 

4. Insure there are no plumbing leaks and all fixtures are operational in restrooms and kitchen areas.

 

5. Clean all bathroom and kitchen fixtures, and make certain that all bathroom and kitchen fixtures are intact.

 

6. Replace all damaged restroom fixtures.

 

7. Replace all broken and/or stained ceiling tiles and repair any damaged ceiling grid not the result of ordinary wear and tear.

 

8. Repair all light fixtures and bulbs to proper operating order. If the bulbs are burned out, replace the bulb. If the ballasts are defective or burned out, replace the ballast.

 

9. Replace all damaged light fixtures.

 

10. Replace all broken or damaged light lenses.

 

11. Clean all dirty light lenses.

 

12. All electrical outlets, telephone jacks and switches must be in proper operating order with cover plates intact. If the cover plates are damaged or missing, replace the cover plates.

 

13. Cap any dangling or loose electrical wires.

 

14. Replace and/or repair damaged column poles.

 

15. Remove all signage including name form monument, building façade, front, rear and side doors.

 

16. [Intentionally Deleted]

 

F-1


17. [Intentionally Deleted]

 

18. Clean out and dispose of all trash in the facility.

 

19. Replace damaged interior downspout/drains.

 

20. Have the HVAC system inspected/repaired and get a written report on condition. Forward report to Property Manager .

 

21. Clean all HVAC vent returns.

 

F-2

Exhibit 10.11.1

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This First Amendment to Lease (“Amendment”) is entered into as of October 27, 2006, by and between ROEDER FAMILY TRUST B (“Landlord”), and TELENAV, INC. , a California corporation (“Tenant”), with reference to the following facts (“Recitals”):

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Industrial Lease Agreement dated as of October 9, 2006 (the “Lease”) whereby Landlord leases to Tenant certain premises consisting of approximately 46,367 rentable square feet (the “Premises”) located at 1130 Kifer Road Sunnyvale, California 94086, all as more particularly described in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to provide for a modification of certain provisions of the Lease as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and of the mutual covenants set forth herein and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Amendment of Certain Lease Provisions .

(a) Exhibit B, Paragraph 1 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Allowance . All Tenant Improvements and Compliance Work shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to the provisions hereof regarding the Allowance. Landlord shall provide Tenant with an allowance in the amount of Nine Hundred Seventy Seven Thousand Three Hundred Forty Dollars ($977,340.00) (the “Allowance”), for Tenant’s use for the hard and soft costs of constructing the initial Tenant Improvements and the Compliance Work only; provided that any portion of the Allowance in excess of Seven Hundred Forty Five Thousand Five Hundred, Five Dollars ($745,505.00) (“Landlord’s Base Allowance”) utilized by Tenant towards the construction of the Tenant Improvements or the Compliance Work shall be reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant as an increase in Base Rent due under the Lease; provided that such excess shall be fully amortized over a period of five (5) years at eight percent (8%) interest per annum, as per section 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The Allowance shall be payable only on account of hard and soft costs of constructing the Tenant Improvements set forth in Paragraph 2(c) below and on account of hard and soft costs of constructing the Compliance Work set forth in Paragraph 7 below, which shall include architectural drawings and services, permit fees, costs of labor, materials and all fees incurred in connection therewith.”

(b) Exhibit B, Paragraph 5 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“5. Application of Allowance . No portion of the Allowance shall be used for any purpose other than to pay for hard and soft costs of constructing the Tenant Improvements set forth in Paragraph 2(c) above and the hard and soft costs of constructing the Compliance Work set forth in Paragraph 7 below, which shall include architectural drawings and services, permit fees, costs of labor, materials and all fees incurred in connection therewith.”

(c) Exhibit B, Paragraph 7 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“7. Compliance Work . Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in paragraph 12 of the Lease, Tenant shall perform the following work at the Building in compliance with applicable Laws in effect as of the date of this Lease: (i) repair the faulty ducting for the HVAC units at rear of Building, (ii) install compression posts as necessary at the rear of the Building, (iii) create a one hour fire rating corridor at the right of front lobby, including removal of two glass windows to left and right of lobby and replacing with sheetrock to comply with fire codes (collectively, the “ Compliance Work ”), and Tenant may apply the Tenant Improvement Allowance towards the hard and soft costs of constructing the Compliance Work, including any architectural drawings and services, permit fees, costs of labor, materials and all fees incurred in connection therewith. With the exception of


the Compliance Work, Landlord shall perform, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, any work necessary to cause any portion of the Building that was not in compliance with applicable laws as of the date of this Lease, to comply with applicable Laws in effect as of the date of this Lease.”

2. Scope of Amendment; Defined Terms . Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Should any inconsistency arise between this Amendment and the Lease as to the specific matters which are the subject of this Amendment, the terms and conditions of this Amendment shall control. All capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Lease unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Amendment taken together with the Lease, together with all exhibits, schedules, riders and addenda to each, constitutes the full and complete agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and shall supersede all prior communications, representations, understandings or agreements, if any, whether oral or written, concerning the subject matter contained in this Amendment and the Lease, as so amended, and no provision of the Lease as so amended may be modified, amended, waived or discharged, in whole or in part, except by a written instrument executed by all of the parties hereto.

4. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart. Each counterpart shall be equally admissible in evidence, and each original shall fully bind each party who has executed it. The parties contemplate that they may be executing counterparts of this Amendment transmitted by facsimile and agree and intend that a signature by facsimile machine shall bind the party so signing with the same effect as though the signature were an original signature.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

Landlord:

    Tenant:

Roeder Family Trust B

    TeleNav, Inc., a Delaware corporation

By:

  

/s/ William C. Miller

    By:  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

   William C. Miller, Trustee       Douglas S. Miller
       Its:  

Chief Financial Officer

Executed on:

   10/27/2006      
       Executed on:   10/27/2006

EXHIBIT 10.13

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

SPRINT MASTER APPLICATION AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Application and Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of January 30, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”), is made and entered into by and between Sprint United Management Company , a Kansas corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Sprint Corporation, with offices at 6200 Sprint Parkway, Overland Park, KS 66251 (“Sprint”), and TeleNav, Inc. , a Delaware corporation, with offices at 1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, CA 94086 (“ Company or Supplier ”). Sprint and Company may be referred to individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

WHEREAS, Sprint, together with various subsidiaries and affiliated companies, owns and/or operates systems to provide wireless telecommunications utilizing various technologies and frequencies, such as iDEN and CDMA (the “ Systems ”) and provides access to such Systems to its customers (“ Sprint User ”) over devices including phones, personal data assistants, Blackberries, personal computers and other devices (“ Devices ”);

WHEREAS, Company has developed specific Application(s) and Company Services (as described in Section 1 and Exhibit A of this Agreement) to be made available to Sprint Users for use on Devices;

WHEREAS, the Parties wish to make the Applications and Services available to Sprint Users using Sprint either the CDMA or iDEN Systems;

WHEREAS, Sprint wishes to market and sell the Application(s) to Sprint Users in conjunction with marketing its products and services, Company wishes to market the Application(s) and Services as compatible with the Systems and the Parties wish to distribute the Application(s) and Services to and through various application delivery Distribution Channels

WHEREAS, Sprint will take orders for (unless otherwise described herein) and bill for (unless otherwise described herein) the Application(s) and Services;

WHEREAS, Company desires to grant Sprint certain licenses with regard to the Application(s);

WHEREAS, the previous agreement between the Parties with respect to the Applications, dated April 11, 2005, as amended as well as any related agreements (“Previous Agreements”), are hereby terminated and will be superseded by this Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1. APPLICATION(S). An Application may consist of server-side software, or client-side software, or both. References to “Applications” throughout this Agreement refer to both server-side and client-side software and the Services, and all related Content, as defined herein, flowing through the Application, unless expressly stated otherwise.

 

     The following Applications, as further described in Exhibit A , are the subject of this Agreement. Additional Applications may be added from time-to-time by written agreement of the Parties, as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

  a. Application 1 – TeleNav Track Lite is an application with GPS functionality (Application 1), and is further described in Exhibit A . Application 1 consists of a server side application (“Server Software1”).

 

  b. Application 2 – TeleNav Track is an application with GPS functionality (Application 2), and is further described in Exhibit A . Application 2 consists of a server side application (Server Software 2), and a client application which is downloadable by the Sprint User to a Device (Client Application 2). Server Software 2 and Client Application 2 will be referred to as “Application 2”.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  i.) Application 2 Editions . Application 2 is available in various Editions (“Editions”), each having increasing levels of features and/or functionalities, as further described in Exhibit A .

 

  c. Application 3 – TeleNav GPS Navigator is an application with GPS functionality (Application 3), and is further described in Exhibit A . Application 3 consists of a server side application (Server Software 3) and a client application which is downloadable by the Sprint User to a Device (Client Application 3). Server Software 3 and Client Application 3 will be referred to as “Application 3”.

 

  i.) Application 3 Editions . Application 3 is available in various Editions, each based on routes measured on a calendar monthly basis, as further described in Exhibit A .

 

       Server Software 1-3 will be referred to collectively as the “Server Software(s)”.

 

       Client Applications 2 and 3 will be collectively referred to as the “Client Application(s)”.

 

       Application 1-3, and Editions thereof, will be collectively referred to as the “Applications(s)”.

 

  d. Application 4 – TeleNav Fleet is a module that can be added to Applications 2 and 3 (Application 4) and is further described in Exhibit A . Application 4 consists of a server side application (Server Software 4), and a client application which is downloadable by the Sprint User to a Device (Client Application 4). Server Software 4 and Client Application 4 will be referred to as “Application 4”.

 

  e. Application 5 – Sprint Navigation is an application with navigation functionality and is further described in Exhibit A . Application 5 consists of a server side application (Server Software 5) and a client application which is downloadable by the Sprint User to a Device (Client Application 5). Server Software 5 and Client Application 5 will be referred to as “Application 5”.

 

  f. Application 6 – [*****] is a module that can be added to [*****] (“Application 6”), as further described in Exhibit A . Application 6 consists of a server side application (Server Software 6), and a client application which is downloadable by the Sprint User to a Device (Client Application 6). Server Software 6 and Client Application 6 will be referred to as “Application 6”.

 

  g. Application 7 – TeleNav Vehicle Manager is an application, as further described in Exhibit A (Application 7). Application 7 consists of a server side application (Server Software 7), and a client application which is downloadable by the Sprint User to a Device (Client Application 7) Server Software 7 and Client Application 7 will be referred to as “Application 7”.

 

  h. Application 8 – [*****] is a an application (Application 8), and is further described in Exhibit A . Application 8 consists of a server side application (Server Software 8), and a client application which is downloadable by the Sprint User to a Device (Client Application 8). Server Software 8 and Client Application 8 will be referred to as “Application 8”.

 

  i. Application 9 – TeleNav Asset Tracker is an application (Application 9), and is further described in Exhibit A . Application 9 consists of a server side application (Server Software 9) and a client application which is downloadable by the Sprint User to a Device (Client Application 9). Server Software 9 and Client Application 9 will be referred to as “Application 9”.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  j. Application 10 – TeleNav Vehicle Tracker is an application, as further described in Exhibit A (Application 10). Application 10 consists of a server side application (Server Software 10), and a client application which is downloadable by the Sprint User to a Device (Client Application 10) Server Software 10 and Client Application 10 will be referred to as “Application 10”.

 

     Certain add-on “Modules” which add certain features and or functionalities to the Application, as further described in Exhibit A , are available for use with certain core Applications. References to Applications throughout this Agreement also refer to Modules where added to and supported by an Application.

 

2. LIMITED LICENSE GRANT

 

     Except as provided herein, Company grants to Sprint, during the Term, a worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, renewable and nonexclusive license (with the right to sublicense) to:

 

  a. Resell Company’s Applications to Sprint Users in the Territory. This distribution right is limited to Company’s Applications, identified in Exhibit A . This Agreement does not commit Sprint to [*****]. “Territory” is defined in Section 6, below and includes any U.S. patent(s), patents issued by any other country included in the Territory, any other intellectual property right in the Territory where the Application and Services are provided under this Agreement.

 

  b. Use the Application(s) internally to test and demonstrate the Application(s), or have the Application(s) tested by Sprint’s agents, all as limited by the terms of this Agreement;

 

  c. Publicly display, publicly perform and demonstrate the Application(s); and

 

  d. Copy and/or distribute, or have distributed, the Application to Sprint Users.

 

  e. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, as between Sprint and Company, the Application(s) for the User will be governed by Sprint’s then-current Acceptable Use Policy (AUP) at (http://www.sprint.com/legal/agreement.html) and Standard Terms and Conditions at (http://www.sprint.com/business/resources/ratesandterms/
    Standard_Terms_and_Conditions_for_Communications_Services.pdf ), as may change from time to time, in Sprint’s sole discretion.

 

3. TESTING AND CHANGES

 

  a. Initial Testing . Sprint (i) has tested and approved the release and version submitted to Sprint by Company of each Application; or (ii) may test and approve the release and version submitted to Sprint by Company of each Application before (1) Company may market or present the Application as being compatible with the Systems and/or Devices; and (2) Sprint is obligated to perform under this Agreement. Company will provide software and, if applicable Company hardware for Application(s) testing, at no charge to Sprint. Company acknowledges and agrees that the Application testing and approval process is not a guarantee or assurance that an Application is compatible, or if compatible, will continue to be compatible with the Systems, Devices or any of its product or service offerings. Company further acknowledges and agrees that not all Applications may be compatible with both the CDMA and iDEN Systems. If Sprint approves an Application, such approval will not be construed as an endorsement of the Application or a commitment on the part of Sprint that there will not be a similar application developed and/or deployed on the Systems at any time in the future.

 

  b.

Changes . Company will submit all new releases and versions of each Application and material changes and upgrades of each Application (each a “ Change ”) to Sprint main point-of-contact as set forth in Exhibit E or his or her successor (the “Point of Contact” a/k/a “POC”), for testing and approval at least [*****] days prior to its general release by Company to Sprint for Sprint’s

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

customers. A Change includes, but is not limited to (i) Any material alteration of the manner in which an Application operates with the Systems and/or Devices; (ii) any material change to the amount of data transferred to and from Sprint’s packet data network, including the time associated with such data transfer, or to the call flow; (iii) any material change of existing features and functionalities or any material inclusion of new features and functionalities, including any new release or version; or (iv) any material change to a Client Application. Sprint will, at its own discretion, determine whether or not such Change(s) need to be retested. In no event will Company market or present a Change(s) without either Sprint’s prior testing and approval, or written notification from Sprint that such testing is not required, such notice not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Sprint determines that the Application(s) testing is necessary, each Change will be submitted through the POC. Company will provide to the POC sufficient information about each Change to allow the POC to submit the test request and allow the test team to test each Change. This includes, but is not limited to, details of all new feature functionality and/or changes associated with each Change. Company will compile and maintain a list of changes of each Change, test scripts and an open problem list of key critical issues and will make such information available to Sprint at Sprint’s request prior to and as part of the Application(s) testing. This will allow Sprint and Company to complete analysis and testing, if required, to confirm continued Solution operation on Sprint’s Systems. Company will ensure that all Changes are compatible with the current [*****] of the relevant Application(s).

 

  c. Test Accounts . Company will provide, maintain and make available to Sprint during the Term, at no cost to Sprint, five (5) accounts of the then-most current version of the Application for use by Sprint to test the Application(s), which test accounts will operate and access the Application(s) in the same manner as an active account for a Sprint User.

 

4. AUTHORIZATION

 

  a. On the Effective Date , Company is hereby authorized to market or present the Application as being compatible with the Systems and/or Devices under the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, and Sprint is hereby authorized to present the Application as being compatible with the Systems and/or Devices under the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement. The parties acknowledge and agree if an Application is compatible with only the CDMA or iDEN portion of the System, they will only market that Application as compatible with that portion of the System.

 

  b. The Agreement does not authorize Company to market any other application under this agreement to Sprint Users, or any other released, version, upgrade or update of any Application or Change (“ Unauthorized Application(s) ”), other than those tested and approved by Sprint in writing and set forth in Exhibit A as being compatible with the Systems and/or Devices even if such Unauthorized Application(s) appears to be compatible or usable with the Systems and/or Devices. In other words, Company may only market authorized Applications (the Applications listed in Exhibit A ) to Sprint Users under this Agreement.

 

  c. In the event Sprint has knowledge of Company marketing an Unauthorized Application, Sprint has the right and option in its sole discretion to immediately: (i) disable access to the Unauthorized Application and/or the Application(s) without notice; (ii) remove the Client Application from any Distribution Channel without notice; and/or (iii) [*****] upon written notice to Company.

 

  d. If Sprint determines, in its sole reasonable discretion, that an Application or Unauthorized Application is causing or is likely to cause disruption to or interference with the Systems, Sprint has the right and option in its sole reasonable discretion to immediately: (i) disable access to said Application and/or Unauthorized Application without notice; or (ii) remove said Application from any Distribution Channel; and/or (iii) [*****] upon written notice to Company if such disruption or interference is likely to be subject to material penalties and/or sanctions by the authorized governmental entities.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

5. CO-MARKETING

 

     Both Parties will comply with their respective co-marketing obligations as set forth in Exhibit C. Company will treat Sprint as prominently as other carriers, wireless service providers, device manufacturers or provider, if a relationship with other carriers, wireless service providers, device manufacturers or providers is established.

 

6. PRICING

 

     Sprint Billed Content Pricing. Sprint will offer a “billing on behalf of” functionality to Company pursuant to which a Biller (other than Company) will invoice Users for the use of Sprint Billed Content on a per play basis (“Per Play”), per download basis (“Per Download”), or a monthly recurring charge (“MRC”) either on a standalone basis or as part of a Bundled Offering. “ Bundled Offering ” means Sprint Content bundles, which may be comprised of multiple sources of Content as determined by Sprint, and approved by Sprint for sale to Users, “ Content ” means and includes the Applications described in Section 1 hereof (and in any Exhibits referenced therein), any and all content provided or included in the Company Services, Content Additions, Sprint Billed Content, Advertising Supported Content, data, graphics, sounds, text, features, functionality, software programs, services and other information and material in electronic form provided by Company hereunder for sale to Users as set forth herein, including any Enhancements and related Company Services. Payments, pricing and other applicable terms are contained in Exhibit D.

 

  a. Pricing Responsibility . Sprint Billed Content. Sprint will determine the pricing structure and pricing levels for Sprint Billed Content, and will notify Company of any changes in pricing within [*****] calendar days of the effective date of any change.

 

  b. Adjustments . Biller may, in its sole discretion, offer a refund or reduction in price to a User of Sprint Billed Content due to defects in the Sprint Billed Content, in response to User complaints, or for any other reason as reasonably determined by Biller. Only Biller will be permitted to make Adjustments to a User’s invoice. Adjustments will be deducted from actual revenue received by Sprint when determining Billed Revenue (for revenue sharing arrangements) and any other form of compensation payable by Sprint to Company will be equitably adjusted to account for any such Adjustments. In [*****] of each calendar year, based on historical Adjustments to Sprint Billed Content that have recently been incurred, Sprint will establish and notify Company of a fixed percentage that will be deducted from payments made herein for such calendar quarter for Adjustments. Company will have [*****] business days to provide notice of rejection of such fixed Adjustment percentage, and if no timely rejection is provided, then such Adjustment percentage for the quarter will be deemed accepted. In case Company timely rejects such Adjustment percentage, then the parties will negotiate in good faith to revise such percentage. In absence of agreement by the parties within [*****] days, then Sprint will charge all actual Adjustments as incurred for that quarter.

 

  c.

Uncollected Billed Revenue . Changes to Sprint Billed Content Revenue Sharing. Sprint will be responsible for no more than [*****] of Uncollected Billed Revenue for Sprint Billed Content. For the first six (6) months following launch of Sprint Billed Content, and each successive six (6) month period, Sprint will determine if total Uncollected Billed Revenue exceeds [*****] of total Billed Revenue during the applicable six (6) month period. If total Uncollected Billed Revenue exceeds [*****] of total Billed Revenue, Sprint will adjust the parties’ respective Sprint Billed Content Billed Revenue portion percentages, set forth herein, to account for the applicable increase in total Uncollected Billed Revenue. For example, if Sprint determines that total Uncollected Billed Revenue in a six (6) month period is [*****], Sprint would increase its Sprint Billed Content Billed Revenue portion percentage by [*****] and decrease Company’s Billed Revenue portion percentage

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

by [*****] for that specific six (6) month period. If the Billed Revenue portion percentages are revised by Sprint, the new percentages will take effect beginning five (5) Business Days after Sprint advises Company of the new percentages. For the avoidance of doubt, Uncollected Billed revenue adjustments will not apply to Bundle pricing for [*****] in Exhibit D. Sprint reserves the right to stop providing Sprint Billed Content if Sprint determines that for any given month Uncollected Billed Revenue has exceeded [*****] of total Billed Revenue.

 

  d. No Other Services [*****]. Company is prohibited from including Other Services, [*****] in connection with the Content to Users or Active Subscribers, unless agreed in advance in writing by Sprint in compliance with the [*****].

 

  e. Competitive Pricing; Audit Terms

 

  (1) Throughout the Term, Company will provide Sprint with Competitive Pricing on [*****] only. “Competitive Pricing” means [*****] for such Applications will be [*****] the Net Price charged to any other [*****] for [*****] as set forth herein, and only if both Sprint and [*****] average monthly payments to Company for such applications in excess of [*****] “Net Price” means the final [*****] by any [*****] customer after all [*****], and not separately calculated [*****]. The Net Price calculation will be performed for the [*****] period ending each [*****] of each calendar year during the Term.

 

  (2) Beginning one (1) year after the Effective Date and throughout the remainder of the Term, Company will annually audit its pricing for [*****] for the preceding year. Each year during the Term, no later than sixty (60) days after the anniversary of the Effective Date of this Agreement, Company will provide Sprint with documentation signed by an authorized officer of Company, certifying that (i) Company has conducted a pricing audit of Services provided to Company’s customers during the preceding year, and (ii) Company has complied with its Competitive Pricing obligations under this Agreement, in identifying any decrease in Net Prices as a result of Company’s compliance with this Section. If Company’s audit under this Section shows that Company is charging any [*****] Net Price for [*****] than it is charging Sprint, Company will comply with all of the below terms.

 

  (a) Company will reissue all paid remittances or invoices originally issued for Services, including any paid invoices or remittances, as set forth in Section 8, Payments issued during the [*****] for another customer. The reissued invoices must show the difference between the Net Price originally invoiced to Sprint and the reduced Net Price, and all applicable sales tax reductions resulting from the price reduction. Company will issue a credit or reimbursement[*****] for the difference.

 

  (b) Company will reissue any unpaid invoices affected by the Net Price reduction within [*****] after the parties determine that Sprint is entitled to receive a Competitive Pricing discount. The reissued invoices must show the difference between the Net Price originally invoiced to Sprint and the reduced Net Price, and all applicable sales tax reductions resulting from the price reduction.

 

  (3) Company will apply the lower Net Price to all subsequent Services for the remainder of the Term, subject to future reductions under this Agreement.

 

  (4).

Audit Rights . Company will have the right to request that a mutually agreed upon independent certified public accounting firm, who must first sign Sprint’s standard non-disclosure agreement, and not work on a contingency fee basis, upon reasonable written notice, to audit only the remittance data or other necessary data to determine the Revenue Sharing Amounts, solely as provided in this Agreement, as provided by Sprint, not more than [*****] during the Term of this Agreement and for a period of [*****] months following

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

termination or expiration of this Agreement. The auditor must provide Sprint a copy of any audit report or results. Such examination will be at the sole cost and expense of Company; provided, however that if such audit reveals an underpayment of more than [*****] of the undisputed amount actually due for the audited period, Sprint will promptly pay the undisputed amount of any such underpayment, pursuant to the payment terms herein and reimburse Company for the cost of such audit. If the audit reveals an overpayment by Sprint of more than [*****], Company will promptly pay Sprint any such amount.

 

  (5). Set-Off . In addition to all other rights and remedies available to each Party under this Agreement, each Party will have all of its respective common law, equitable and statutory rights of set-off. With respect to Sprint, such rights will include, but not be limited to, Sprint’s option to immediately withhold and set-off any amounts due to Company under this Agreement for the purposes of recouping any amounts that may have been paid in error to Company. Either Party’s exercise of its rights pursuant to this Section will not constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies available to such Party, whether under this Agreement or under applicable laws.

 

  (6). Semi-Annual Reconciliation Process . In March and September of each calendar year, representatives of each Party with the adequate authority to carry out the duties herein, will meet to review the processes, data and results of revenue and payments under this Agreement for the preceding six month period. Subject to allowable adjustments under Sections 6(b) and 6(c) above, the parties will work in good faith to agree and finalize all amounts due under this Agreement for such period within 30 days. After such agreement, there will be no further adjustments or audit allowed for such period (subject to allowable adjustments under Sections 6(b) and 6(c) above). If the parties cannot reach agreement to finalize all amounts due under this Agreement for such period within thirty (30) days, then Company may immediately exercise its audit rights in Section 6(e)(4) above, however exercise of audit rights in this circumstance will not be counted against the [*****] limitation as detailed in Section 6(e)(4).

 

  f. Preferred Supplier Status . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement for Application 5, and only in the event the pricing option change is not evoked by Company, Company will be Sprint’s preferred Application 5 supplier, for 1 year following the execution of this Agreement as defined in Section 1 (e), and subject to Sprint’s rights in Section 25, as such: (a) Sprint agrees to feature Application 5 [*****] in the Sprint authorized Distribution Channels; and (b) Sprint agrees that it will not offer, sell or otherwise make available to Sprint Users Application 5, under the Sprint Navigation brand, as currently contemplated by the Parties. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties acknowledge and agree that other than to the extent provided in this Section 6 (f), Sprint in its sole discretion, reserves the right to offer, sell or otherwise make available in Sprint Distribution Channels and to Sprint Users any [*****] during the Term, without restriction.

 

7. BILLING

 

    

Billing for Sprint Billed Content. Users of Sprint Billed Content will be presented with an advice of charge requiring them to accept the applicable charge, consistent with this Section 7 for the transaction. Only Biller is permitted to present this advice of charge to Users. Company grants Biller a nonexclusive, fully paid up license and right to use Company’s name, Marks and logo on User invoices in conjunction with detailing any applicable Sprint Billed Content charges, in accordance with brand guidelines to the extent provided by Company. Company will not be paid any amounts for Sprint Billed Content that is used by Sprint or Biller for testing, trial by an end user for no longer than a thirty (30) day period and only once per unique end user, or promotional purposes (including demonstration accounts for Sprint or Biller’s employees or agents, Biller’s retail stores or other retail locations). However, Sprint will use reasonable

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

efforts to provide Company with a list of demonstration users that are not being paid for based on this provision that exceed the [*****] demonstration users provided for in this Agreement. When Sprint Billed Content is priced on a Per Download basis, Users will not be billed for subsequent downloads of the same Sprint Billed Content during the applicable license period for the downloaded Sprint Billed Content, nor will Sprint pay any compensation to Company for subsequent Downloads.

 

8. PAYMENTS

 

     Sprint will make the Payments set forth in Exhibit D . Each Party will be responsible for its own costs and expenses in performing its obligations under this Agreement, and neither Party will be entitled to reimbursement for such costs or expenses from the other Party.

 

9. CUSTOMER CARE/ SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENTS

 

     The Parties will provide customer care and technical support pursuant to Exhibit B , and will meet the service level standards contained in Exhibit B . In addition, Company will provide all required information in the then current Sprint fix agent operational support document. Fix agent document to be provided by Sprint to Company separately in sufficient time to allow Company to meet its obligations. Company will provide information at least [*****] days prior to Sprint’s launch of the Company and its associated Application(s) to Sprint’s sales organization and/or customers. Company further agrees to provide subsequent information as requested, from time to time, by Sprint. If Company fails to provide all the required information within [*****] Business Days of a written request, Sprint, in its sole discretion, may [*****].

 

10. NO ADVERTISING

 

     Company will ensure that no advertising is served to or displayed on any Device of any Sprint User, without [*****], as set forth in Exhibit J .

 

11. HOSTING

 

     If applicable, Company will require and enforce the same service level requirements, as set forth in Exhibit B , upon any third party service provider which hosts Server Software.

 

12. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

13. POINTS OF CONTACT

 

     The Parties will assign and maintain at all times during the Term, points of contact as set forth in Exhibit E .

 

14. REPORTING

 

     The Parties will provide the reports set forth in the applicable Order. Parties may only use the reports for the purposes set forth in the applicable Order, and for no other purpose. Each Party will correct any errors or discrepancies in reports issued during a calendar quarter within [*****] of the end of the quarter. The content of all reports will be deemed Confidential Information of Sprint and Company and will be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 31.

 

15. REPORT REVIEW

 

     Upon [*****] written request, [*****] agrees to meet with [*****] to review reports and the Parties’ performance under this Agreement. No more than one (1) such meeting will occur in any six (6) month period unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, [*****] agrees to meet with [*****] days prior to the expiration of the then-current Term of the Agreement to review its performance under this Agreement.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

16. PARTICIPATION IN SPRINT APPLICATION DEVELOPER PROGRAM

 

     Company will, during the Term, participate in the then-current Sprint standard application developer program according to the then-current Sprint developer program process as set forth at http://developer.sprint.com/site/global/home/p_home.jsp, and as may change from time to time, in Sprint’s sole discretion.

 

17. DEVICES FOR TROUBLESHOOTING AND SERVICE

 

     For the duration of this Agreement, Company will either purchase applicable Sprint devices or pay to access Sprint’s virtual developers lab, for the purpose of ongoing testing and troubleshooting, Sprint may offer a developer rate plan. Any such developer rate plan will be offered for development work only. Company will be responsible for all Sprint service charges.

 

18. MODIFICATIONS TO & PERFORMANCE OF THE SPRINT SYSTEMS

 

     Sprint makes no representation or warranty that future modifications to the Systems will be backwards compatible with any Application. Sprint will use reasonable efforts to provide notice of any modifications which negatively and materially impact the availability of any Application on the Systems. Sprint makes no representations or warranties concerning the reliability or availability of Sprint Systems, including but not limited to network and coverage availability.

 

19. DISCONTINUATION OF SUPPORT OF APPLICATION(S) BY COMPANY

 

     In the event that Company at any time intends to discontinue support for any Application, Company will provide Sprint and all Sprint Users subscribing to each Application at least [*****] days written notice prior to such discontinuance.

 

20. PRIVACY POLICIES AND USER DATA

 

  a. Sprint Property; Privacy Restricted Data . Company acknowledges and agrees that, as between Sprint and Company, Sprint owns the Sprint Marks, the Sprint Wireless Network, and the Sprint Services (expressly excluding the Content, the Company Services, and any third-party content and services), and nothing in this Agreement confers in Company any right of ownership in the foregoing. All Privacy Restricted Data is and will remain the exclusive property of Sprint. Sprint makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of the Privacy Restricted Data, and Company agrees that Sprint, its employees and agents will have no liability to Company resulting from any use of the Privacy Restricted Data.

 

  b. Privacy Laws . Company agrees that its collection, access, use and disclosure of Privacy Restricted Data will comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations as they may be amended from time to time (the “Privacy Laws”), including, laws governing marketing by telephone, direct mail, e-mail, SMS, wireless text messaging, fax, and any other mode of communication. Other credit industry standards and best practices also must be followed. Company will at all times perform its obligations in a manner that will not cause Sprint to be in material violation of any applicable laws or regulations. For purposes of its obligations under this Section, the acts or omissions of Company’s employees, agents, representatives, contractors, subcontractors, or affiliates (and such affiliates’ employees, agents, representatives, contractors, or subcontractors) will also be deemed the acts or omissions of Company.

 

  c.

Security . Company is fully responsible for any unauthorized collection, access, use, and disclosure of Privacy Restricted Data in its possession or control. Without limiting the foregoing, and consistent with Section 36 hereof, Company will employ administrative, physical, and technical safeguards (including safeguards against viruses, worms, Trojan horses and other disabling or damaging codes) that (a) prevent the unauthorized, collection, access, use, and disclosure of Privacy Restricted Data (“Safeguards”), and (b) meet or exceed best industry practices regarding Safeguards. The Safeguards will include without limitation: (i) maintaining on Company’s premises

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

a secure location (that may include electronic storage), in which any and all Privacy Restricted Data will be stored; (ii) ensuring that any Privacy Restricted Data will be accessible only by Authorized Employees (as defined below). Company may also share Privacy Restricted Data: (1) with a third-party auditor so long as only the minimum amount of Privacy Restricted Data is shared as is necessary to perform the audit, Privacy Restricted Data is redacted where feasible to limit exposure, and such auditor is under strict confidentiality obligations with respect to Privacy Restricted Data; (2) with its third party application service or software as a service provider (“Service Provider”), subject to Sprint’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, so long as only the minimum amount of Privacy Restricted Data is shared as is necessary to allow the Service Provider to render its services to Company for Company’s internal use only, such Privacy Restricted Data is limited to business customers only and is redacted where feasible to limit exposure, and such Service Provider is under strict confidentiality obligations with respect to Privacy Restricted Data; and (3) with its Application 6 and Application 7 service partners so long as only the minimum amount of Privacy Restricted Data is shared as is necessary to ensure performance, maintenance, and support of Application 6 and Application 7, Privacy Restricted Data is redacted where feasible to limit exposure, and such Application 6 and Application 7 service partners are under strict confidentiality obligations with respect to Privacy Restricted Data. Further, Company agrees to indemnify Sprint for any unauthorized use or disclosure of Privacy Restricted Data by such third-party auditor, Service Provider, and Application 6 and Application 7 service partners.

 

  d. (iii) training Authorized Employees regarding their confidentiality obligations; (iv) ensuring that the Privacy Restricted Data is only disseminated to the minimum possible number of Authorized Employees; (v) storing all electronic Privacy Restricted Data exclusively on Company’s own server, or logically separating all Privacy Restricted Data using Company’s classifications, without commingling any data that is not necessary for the fulfillment of Company’s obligations under this Agreement; (vi) encrypting all Privacy Restricted Data in transit; and (vii) conducting all aspects of the Company Services within the United States. “Authorized Employees” are Company’s full-time employees who have a need to know or otherwise access the Privacy Restricted Data to enable Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and who are bound in writing by obligations of confidentiality sufficient to protect the Privacy Restricted Data in accordance with the terms of this Section 20. Upon written request, Company will promptly identify all Authorized Employees in writing. During the term of each Authorized Employee’s employment by either Party, such Party will at all times cause such Authorized Employee to strictly abide by its obligations under this 20(c) and, after the termination of employment, Company will use the same efforts to enforce the confidentiality obligations of such Authorized Employee as Company uses to enforce such obligations with respect to its own similarly confidential information, provided that Company will not use less than reasonable efforts in such enforcement. Company further agrees that it will maintain a disciplinary process to address any unauthorized access, use or disclosure of Privacy Restricted Data by any of Company’s officers, partners, principals, employees, agents or independent contractors.

 

  e. Non-Solicitation . Company will not transmit “spam” or distribute any other unsolicited information to any Users unless such User provides prior express consent via the Device and will not contact Users via other means, including, but not limited to telemarketing, unless User and Sprint consent in writing. Company will not use any information obtained from the activities contemplated under this Agreement to target advertisements or marketing to Users based on the User’s use of Sprint Services. Company will not take any action, including data mining or any similarly disruptive practice that interferes with the development, operation, maintenance or content of Sprint’s websites, servers or other related equipment. In addition to the Parties’ obligations with respect to Confidential Information under Section 31 hereof, neither Party will disclose the other Party’s information or data provided to it under this Agreement to any third party in a manner that identifies the User as an end user of a Company product or service or of the Sprint Services, except as may be required by law. Company will notify Sprint as soon as possible if it knows or has reason to know that any unsolicited data or messages are being sent to Users of the Content, or if an unusual or abnormal flow, number, or type of message is being sent to Users. If a User is being sent unsolicited data or messages, or Company notifies Sprint that Users may be being sent unsolicited data or messages, each Party will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly prevent continuing transmission of unsolicited data or messages to Users.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  f. Disclosure of Privacy Restricted Data . Except in response to a valid court order or otherwise to the extent legally required in response to a request from a law enforcement agency, Company will not disclose any Privacy Restricted Data to any third party. If Company is legally required to disclose any Privacy Restricted Data pursuant to a valid governmental or law enforcement request, it will promptly notify Sprint to permit Sprint to seek a protective order or to take other appropriate action to prevent or limit such disclosure. Company agrees to cooperate with Sprint’s efforts to obtain a protective order or other reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be afforded the Privacy Restricted Data in question. If, in the written opinion of its counsel, Company is compelled as a matter of law to disclose the Privacy Restricted Data in the absence of a protective order, it will disclose to the party compelling the disclosure only the part of the Privacy Restricted Data that is required by law to be disclosed, and Company will use its best efforts to obtain confidential treatment for all disclosed information. Company further agrees that, prior to any such disclosure; it will advise and consult with the other party and its counsel as to such disclosure and the nature and wording of its disclosure.

 

  g. Location-Based Applications . With respect to any Location-Based Application provided under this Agreement, Company agrees that Company is responsible for and agrees to (a) notify all Users associated with the account that information regarding their geographic location and other personal information may be accessed and disclosed through Company’s Application(s) and (b) obtain such Users’ express written consent to such access and disclosure if the Application(s) is licensed directly to an individual User. If the Application(s) is licensed to a business or other organization with multiple Devices used by multiple Users, Company will require that the business or other organization notify all Users that information regarding their geographic location and other personal information may be accessed and disclosed through Company’s Application(s). Company will completely delete any and all Location Information immediately when it is no longer necessary for a User’s purposes. Without limiting the foregoing, Company will ensure that each User may revoke and rescind his or her consent to access and disclose Location Information at any time, without cost or charge (e.g., via a toll-free telephone call) pursuant to a revocation method specified in the Company’s licensing agreement with the User, and Company will make such revocation effective within [*****]of Company’s receipt of a User’s revocation. Company must maintain records of any and all User consents and revocations for as long as a User subscribes to Company’s services or any Application, plus an additional [*****]

 

  h. Return of Privacy Restricted Data . Company will return, or at Sprint’s election, destroy (and certify in writing such destruction within [*****] Business Days) all Privacy Restricted Data upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason, or earlier if requested to do so in writing by Sprint.

 

  i. Indemnification/Remedies . Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sprint, its officers, shareholders, directors and employees, from and against any claims, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) arising out of or relating to its obligations of this Agreement. Company’s indemnification obligations under this Section 20 (h) will [*****] under this Agreement [*****]. Company agrees that, without limiting any of its other rights or remedies under this Agreement or at law or in equity, Sprint will have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice in the event of breach of any provision of Section 25 of this Agreement.

 

  j.

Security Audit . Company agrees that Sprint, or its authorized representatives, will have the right[*****] upon reasonable written notice, to perform an audit with respect to Company’s performance of its obligations under this Section 20. For purposes of such audit, Company will

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

grant Sprint and its representatives full and complete access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable written notice, to Company’s books, records, procedures, and information relating to the protection, storage, use, access and disclosure of the Privacy Restricted Data, including, without limitation, all information relating to access to the Privacy Restricted Data by Authorized Employees, and all other information required to ascertain any facts relative to Company’s performance hereunder. If any audit reveals a material inadequacy or insufficiency of Company’s performance of any of its obligations under this Section 20, without limiting any other rights or remedies of Sprint under this Agreement or at law, upon receipt of written notice of such inadequacy or insufficiency in performance, Company will promptly develop a corrective action plan in cooperation with Sprint, such plan to be subject to Sprint’s reasonable approval, and promptly thereafter implement such plan at Company’s sole cost and expense.

 

  k. Miscellaneous . The obligations set forth in this Section 20 will survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason. The provisions in this Section 20 relating to Privacy Restricted Data will govern all privacy, security and confidentiality obligations with respect to Privacy Restricted Data to the extent there is any conflict between it and other provisions of this Agreement. Company acknowledges and agrees that a breach of any obligation set forth in this Section 20 may result in irreparable harm to Sprint for which monetary damages may not provide a sufficient remedy and, as a result, Sprint will be entitled to both monetary damages and equitable relief.

 

21. TRADEMARKS

 

  a. License Grant . Company grants to Sprint non-exclusive, royalty-free permission to use and display Company’s trademarks (“Company Marks”) for purposes consistent with this Agreement. Sprint will not assign or sublicense any right to use or display Company Marks, as set forth in Exhibit F .

 

       Sprint authorizes Company to display the Sprint Marks in fair and accurate advertising, marketing and promotional materials that may be created by Company in connection with Exhibit F of this Agreement. Company is also permitted to display the Sprint name and logo on its listing of partners on Company’s website. Sprint will provide the Sprint name and logo design to Company via www.Sprint.com/brand. Company will display Sprint’s Marks in accordance with Sprint’s Branding Guidelines found at www.Sprint.com/brand. Sprint reserves the right to revise the guidelines at any time.

 

       Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the grant of a general license for use of the Sprint Marks by Company or of the Company Marks by Sprint.

 

  b. Restrictions on Use . Neither Party may use the other Party’s Marks as, or incorporate any of the other Parties Marks into, its:

 

  1. trade name;

 

  2. domain name;

 

  3. website metatag or similar programming code;

 

  4. “vanity” telephone numbers; or

 

  5. phone or directory-assistance listings.

 

  c. Ownership of the Marks . Each Party represents to the other Party that it owns or otherwise has sufficient rights in its respective Marks to license or authorize use of its Marks to the other Party.

 

  1. Neither Party acquires any right, title or interest in or to the other Party’s Marks. Any goodwill in or associated with the Sprint Marks or Company’s Marks will inure to the benefit of, and belong exclusively to, the owner of the Marks.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  2. Neither Party will cause or authorize to be done anything which will or may impair, damage or be detrimental to the reputation or goodwill associated with the Marks.

 

  d. Enforcement and Defense

 

  1. Each Party will control enforcement activities with respect to their respective trademarks. Each Party will promptly notify the other of any infringement or unauthorized use of the trademarks in any form. Each owner, in its sole discretion, will determine how to respond.

 

  2. Each Party will defend and settle any trademark infringement claim against its trademarks at its own expense. Each owner may terminate the other Party’s trademark license or permission to use any or all of the trademarks in order to settle any claim.

 

  3. Each Party will be solely responsible for and will file, prosecute and maintain any and all trademark, service mark, trade name, domain name and related applications and registrations for their respective Marks, in its sole discretion.

 

  4. Each Party will have the right to direct and control, in its sole discretion, any negotiation, administrative proceeding, or litigation involving their respective Marks, including (without limitation) the other Party’s claims, appearance, defense or other participation. Any proceedings will be at the trademark owner’s expense and the trademark owner will have the right to collect any damages, fines or other monetary awards paid and to enforce any equitable relief granted in connection therewith.

 

  5. Upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement, Sprint’s right to use Company’s Marks and Company’s permission to display the Sprint Marks will expire and all use must be promptly discontinued.

 

  e. Quality Control . Each Party must:

 

  1. Maintain a consistently high quality for the Products and Services offered in connection with the Marks;

 

  2. Adhere to the other Party’s branding or trademark usage guidelines and other specific quality control standards and any updates to such standards that the Parties may from time to time communicate to one another;

 

  3. Comply with all applicable laws and regulations governing the operation and use of the Marks ;

 

  4. Not combine the Marks with other marks to create a new unitary mark;

 

  5. Not alter or modify the Marks in any way;

 

  6. Upon written request, submit representative samples of the use of the Marks to its owner; and

 

  7. Promptly notify the other Party in writing of any known violation of this Section.

 

  f. Prior Approval . Each Party will have the right of prior approval of materials bearing its Marks, which will not be unreasonably withheld. Prior to use, samples will be submitted for approval. The Party receiving the materials will approve or reject the proposed materials within ten (10) Business Days. If rejected, the Party that submitted the materials will make any corrections necessary to obtain approval.

 

  g. Advertising . Each Party is solely responsible for compliance with all laws and regulations that apply to its advertising. The Prior Approval set forth in subsection (e) above is limited to the use of a Party’s Marks in the other Party’s advertising, and does not imply or convey that the other Party’s advertising complies with applicable laws or regulations.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  h. Territory of Use . The Territory of Use of the Marks is the United States and its territories. If online, on servers hosted in the United States.

 

  i. Term for Use of Marks . Sprint reserves the right to terminate Company’s right to display the Sprint Marks for unauthorized use, as set forth in this Section 21, at any time with written notice to Company.

 

22. INSPECTIONS: BOOKS AND RECORDS.

 

  a. Records . Company will maintain complete auditable records of all financial and non-financial transactions relating to this Agreement for a period of at least [*****] after the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

  b. Fee Audit . Company will provide to Sprint, its internal or external auditors, inspectors, and regulators, at reasonable times and for any reasonable business purpose, access to: (i) Company Personnel; (ii) sites where Services are provided; and (iii) data and records relating to the Services, including the right to inspect and copy. If an audit discloses any error in favor of Sprint, Company will, within [*****] Business Days of the over-billing notice, reimburse Sprint for the over-billing plus interest at a rate of [*****] per month for the period of time between the date the overpayment was made and the date Company reimburses Sprint. If the audit discloses an over-billing of [*****] or more, Company will pay the entire cost of the audit in addition to the over-billed amount plus interest.

 

  c. Operational Audit or Security Assessment . Sprint and its authorized representatives (including its internal and external auditors) will have the right to perform an operational audit or security assessment for any reasonable business purpose which may include: (i) Company’s security, confidentiality, and privacy practices and standards; disaster recovery capabilities; and fail-over planning with respect to the Services; (ii) any Company activities that may affect the internal controls of Sprint on financial reporting; (iii) Company’s compliance with applicable laws or regulations, no more than once per quarter; and (iv) at any time Sprint reasonably believes a breach of a Privacy provision has occurred, during reasonable business hours, and upon reasonable notice. For purposes of this audit, Company grants Sprint and its representatives, access to relevant Company facilities, books, procedures, and records (other than cost information) and other information required for Sprint to determine facts related to Company’s performance. Company will provide Sprint and its representatives with this information and assistance as reasonably requested to perform the audits but the parties will arrange any assistance so it does not interfere with Company’s performance. Any third parties performing an audit under this subsection must execute a nondisclosure agreement reasonably satisfactory to Company.

 

  d. Optional Statement of Auditing Standards No. 70 (“SAS 70”) Report . In lieu of granting Sprint access in a fiscal period to conduct an operational audit regarding internal controls on financial reporting, Company may provide Sprint with an auditor’s report concerning Company’s activities issued under SAS 70. The SAS 70 must be: (i) a “Type II” report; (ii) prepared by a certified public accountant registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; (iii) cover the applicable time period and scope of Services provided to Sprint; (iv) the results must be sufficient to evidence a favorable assessment by Sprint of Company’s internal controls over financial reporting and Company auditors’ attestation; and (v) reasonably acceptable to Sprint. The SAS 70 report will be provided solely at Company’s expense.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  (i) Results of Operational Audit or Security Assessment . If any operational audit, SAS 70 or security assessment reveals an inadequacy or insufficiency of Company’s security, confidentiality, privacy practices and standards, disaster recovery capabilities, or fail-over planning or ineffectiveness of internal controls, Company will promptly develop and implement a corrective action plan reasonably satisfactory to Sprint. The cost of developing and implementing this plan will be Company’s sole responsibility. Sprint may perform one or more additional follow up operational audits or security assessments to verify performance under the corrective action plan without regard to the once-per-year limitation.

 

  e. Sprint Security Questionnaire . Sprint may require Company to answer security questionnaires or conduct scans of servers, databases, and other network hardware.

 

23. TAXES

 

  a. The Parties will comply with all federal, state, and local tax laws applicable to transactions occurring under this Agreement. Company will provide Sprint with a completed Form W-9 for federal income tax reporting purposes.

 

  b. All goods and services purchased by Sprint under this Agreement are being purchased for resale to Sprint Users and/or potential Sprint Users in the ordinary course of Sprint’s business. Company recognizes and will extend all applicable resale exemptions.

 

  c. The Parties will cooperate as to the extent reasonable and practicable to minimize or avoid, whenever legally permissible, any applicable taxes, withholdings, or other duties, levies, tariffs, and other similar charges relating to the transactions between the Parties under this Agreement or the transactions between a Party and a Sprint User.

 

24. TERM OF AGREEMENT

 

  a. The initial term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and end December 31, 2011 (the “ Initial Term ”). This Agreement will automatically renew for additional twelve (12) month] periods (each twelve (12) month period is referred to as an “ Extension Term ”) unless terminated by written notice to the other Party at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or an Extension Term. Each Extension Term, together with the Initial Term and any Disentanglement Period (as defined in Section 26.b) is referred to as the “ Term .”

 

25. TERMINATION

 

     In addition to as otherwise stated herein:

 

  a. Termination with cure time for Company . Sprint may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to Company if Company, except for the reasons giving cause for immediate termination as set forth in Section 25.d, fails to cure a breach of its obligations under this Agreement within [*****] days of the delivery of written notice thereof.

 

  b. Termination with cure time for Sprint. Company may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to Sprint if Sprint, except for the reasons giving cause for immediate termination as set forth in Section 25.d fails to cure a breach of its obligations under this Agreement within [*****] days of the delivery of written notice thereof .

 

  c. Sprint Termination For Convenience. Sprint may terminate this Agreement at any time without liability, except for undisputed payment obligations, by providing a written termination notice to Company. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, the termination is effective 30 Business Days after Sprint delivers written termination notice. Sprint will not terminate this Agreement for convenience, as provided in this Section 25 (c), within the first twelve (12) months after the Effective Date of the Agreement or December 31, 2009, whichever occurs first.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  d. Immediate termination

 

  i) Bankruptcy, Cessation or Interruption of Business . Sprint may terminate this Agreement immediately, without liability, upon written notice to Company if Company: (1) ceases to do business in the normal course; (2) becomes or is declared insolvent or bankrupt; (3) is the subject of any proceeding related to its liquidation or insolvency (whether voluntary or involuntary) which is not dismissed within ninety (90) days; (4) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (5) elects to or otherwise dissolves. “ Insolvent ” means a situation where (i) Company does not meet its undisputed obligations, including judgments, to third parties as such obligations become due; (ii) Company stock is removed or delisted from a trading exchange; or (iii) Company’s long-term debt goes on a watch or warning list.

 

  ii) Change in Control . Sprint may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to Company if: (i) Company is or has been the subject of a change in control transaction where more than fifty percent (50%) of Company’s voting securities are transferred or Company sells or transfers all or substantially all of its assets. (ii) shares representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of Company and such acquiring entity upon a determination by Sprint[*****] poses a competitive threat to Sprint or its subsidiaries and affiliated entities; or (iii) Company is merged with or into another entity to form a new entity and upon a determination by Sprint[*****] such entity poses a competitive threat to Sprint or its subsidiaries and affiliated entities.

 

  iii) Miscellaneous. Sprint may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to Company if Company:

 

  (1) Materially discontinues support for [*****];

 

  (2) Fails to materially comply with its obligations with respect to confidentiality and/or user data and privacy stated in the Agreement;

 

  (3) Utilizes any Sprint intellectual property, excluding any inadvertent incorrect presentation of a trademark or service mark, without Sprint’s prior written consent or in an unauthorized manner; or

 

  (4) Engages in conduct, which degrades or misrepresents the Sprint trade name or service in any way.

 

  e. Effect of Termination . Following any termination or expiration of this Agreement, the Parties will cooperate to ensure that Sprint Users have the ability to continue to access, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, previously purchased Applications for a period of time that is equal to the license period granted by Company to Sprint Users (for the avoidance of doubt, such license period for monthly subscribers would be one month or billing cycle). Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Company will reasonably cooperate in the orderly Disentanglement Period of Services being terminated or the transition of Applications and Services to another service provider. Sprint may require Company to provide a transition period for Services not to exceed [*****], unless the parties agree to a longer time period. If Sprint initially designates a transition period of less than [*****], it may subsequently extend the transition period up to the maximum period of [*****] with [*****] notice to Company. Sprint may terminate the transition period with [*****] notice to Company. During the transition period, the parties will continue to be bound by and perform in accordance with this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this subsection will apply upon termination or expiration of the Agreement.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

26. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS UPON TERMINATION OR EXPIRATION

 

  a. Upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement, Company will immediately (i) eliminate any mention of a relationship between Sprint and Company in all sales, marketing and/or other literature or other materials, including electronic media; (ii) cease the use of any Sprint Trademarks (as defined in Section 21 above); and (iii) return to Sprint, destroy or permanently erase without retaining copies thereof, all Sprint Information (as defined in Section 31) Sections 8, 20, 21, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 34, 37 and 38, and any other Sections which by their nature refer to obligations of a Party applicable beyond the Term will survive this Agreement. Both Parties will continue to perform their obligations under this Agreement during any notice period prior to the actual termination of this Agreement.

 

  b. Disentanglement Period . Upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement, Sprint may elect, upon written notice prior to such termination or expiration, that the Parties continue to be bound by and perform their respective obligations under the Agreement, for the purpose of disentangling the business relationship between the Parties, for up to a cumulative maximum period of [*****] months in accordance with the applicable license term previously granted by Company to Sprint Users (“ Disentanglement Period ”). For the avoidance of doubt, such license term for monthly subscribers will be one (1) month. If Sprint initially designates a Disentanglement Period of less than [*****] months, it may subsequently extend such period upon [*****] days prior written notice to Company, up to a maximum cumulative period of [*****] months. Sprint may terminate the Disentanglement Period with [*****] days prior written notice to Company. In the event the Sprint User license extends beyond [*****], the Disentanglement Period shall extend until all Sprint User licenses of the Applications have expired following such termination or expiration of the Agreement for the purpose of disentangling the business relationship between the Parties.

 

27. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

  a. By Sprint . Sprint represents and warrants that Sprint has the full power and the right to enter into this Agreement and to accept and grant the rights and licenses contemplated by this Agreement, without the need for any consents, approvals or immunities not yet obtained and without any conflict with, breach of or default under its articles of incorporation, bylaws or other charter documents by which it is bound.

 

  b. By Company . Company represents and warrants to Sprint that:

 

  1. General Warranties

 

  a. Services . Services will be provided in a timely, professional, and workmanlike manner.

 

  b. Company Personnel . Company Personnel will have the requisite experience, skills, knowledge, training and education to perform Services in accordance with this Agreement and Orders. Company will verify all information provided by Company to Sprint regarding Company Personnel is truthful and accurate.

 

  c. Deliverables . For a period of [*****] after acceptance of Deliverables by Sprint: (i) Deliverables will be free from defects in design, materials, and workmanship; (ii) Deliverables will conform to the Order and the Specifications; and (iii) Deliverables, if used in combination with other software, hardware, or firmware as provided in any applicable user guides or product specifications or use within the Application authorized by Sprint, will properly interoperate with such software, hardware, or firmware.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  2. Disabling Device Warranty . All Deliverables that constitute Software, hardware, or firmware will be free from any Disabling Device.

 

  3. Malicious Technology . Deliverables will not: (i) contain any Malicious Technology; (ii) contain any files or features that will disable or destroy any functionality of the Deliverables; (iii) monitor use of the Deliverables by Sprint; (iv) replicate, transmit or activate itself without control of a person operating the computing equipment on which it resides; or (v) alter, damage or erase any data or computer programs without control of a person operating the computing equipment on which it resides. If Company is in breach of this subsection, [*****] period will apply. Sprint reserves the right to pursue any available civil or criminal action against Company for violation of this provision. Company will not install, use or execute any software on any Sprint CPU without the written approval of Sprint. Company acknowledges that it does not have any right to electronically repossess or use any self-help related to the Deliverables. “Malicious Technology” means any software, electronic, mechanical or other means, device or function, e.g. (key, node, lock, time-out, “back door,” trapdoor,” “booby trap,” “drop dead device,” “data scrambling device,” “Trojan Horse”) that would allow Company or a third party to: (x) monitor or gain unauthorized access to any Sprint system; (y) use any electronic self-help mechanism; or (z) restrict, disable, limit or impair the performance of a Sprint system.

 

  4. Intellectual Property Warranty . With the exception of any indemnity claim submitted by Sprint to Company, to the knowledge of Company’s legal department as of the Effective Date of this Agreement, the Deliverables and Services provided by Company under this Agreement, and Sprint’s exercise of any intellectual property rights granted under this Agreement will not infringe or otherwise violate any intellectual property rights.

 

  5. Documentation Warranty . Company will maintain and update all Documentation in a form that allows Sprint personnel with industry skills and experience to fully utilize the Deliverables.

 

  6. Title Warranty . Company has and will have clean, marketable and unencumbered title to all Deliverables.

 

  7. Public Software Warranty . Deliverables will not contain any software that refers to, or is based upon, a license from GNU Public License, the Free Software Foundation, or similar public license.

 

  8. Compliance with Laws; Permits; Rules . Company will comply with all applicable laws and regulations as well as credit card association and National Automated Clearing House Association (NACHA) rules, when applicable. Company will obtain and maintain at its own expense all approvals, permissions, permits, licenses, and other forms of documentation required by Company for performance under this Agreement. Sprint reserves the right to request and review all Company applications, permits, and licenses.

 

  9. Certification of Legal Status . Company will verify the legal status of Company Personnel to work in the United States. Company warrants that Company Personnel performing Services under this Agreement are authorized to work in the United States (“Compliance with Legal Status”). At the request of Sprint, Company will audit its Compliance with Legal Status and deliver to Sprint written certification, within fifteen (15) Business Days after Sprint’s written request, that Company Personnel working in the United States are legally authorized to do so.

 

  10. Use of Subcontractors . Company will not use Subcontractors without the prior written consent of Sprint. Company will remain fully liable for the work performed and for the acts or omissions of any Subcontractor. Company will require any Subcontractor to comply with the applicable terms of this Agreement and Orders.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

28. NO OTHER WARRANTY

 

     EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT [*****], THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES GIVEN BY EITHER PARTY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, ARE SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED BY THE PARTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, NON-INFRINGEMENT, [*****], IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

29. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. EXCEPT FOR LIABILITIES ARISING FROM (I) A PARTY’S PERFORMANCE OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 20; (II) A PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 30; OR (III) A PARTY’S BREACH OF ITS CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 31, A PARTY’S DIRECT DAMAGES WILL NOT EXCEED [*****]. IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, WHETHER OR NOT ANY SUCH DAMAGES ARE WITHIN A PARTY’S CONTROL OR DUE TO NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER FAULT ON THE PART OF SUCH PARTY, ITS AGENTS, AFFILIATES, EMPLOYEES OR OTHER REPRESENTATIVES.

 

30. INDEMNIFICATION

 

  a. Indemnification Obligations .

 

  i) Sprint . Sprint will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns (each an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all claims, costs, expenses, losses, damages, liabilities or judgments (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses) (collectively “Damages”) arising out of a claim by a third party against a Company Indemnitee: (a) to the extent resulting from or alleged to have resulted from any breach or claimed breach of Sprint’s representations and warranties under this Agreement; (b) alleging that the Sprint Marks infringe any intellectual property right or violate any trade secret right of any third party; (c) resulting from Company's Indemnities' authorized possession, use, distribution or sale of any Sprint Owned Property; or (d) resulting from any Sprint's Indemnity's unauthorized modifications, alterations or use pursuant to the terms of the licensed Applications provided by Company to the extent the claim of infringement would not have occurred but for such alteration, modification or use. The foregoing indemnity will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, all other legal rights and remedies that Company may have.

 

  ii)

Company . Company will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sprint, its affiliates and subsidiaries, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns (each an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all claims, costs, expenses, losses, damages, liabilities or judgments (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses) of any kind attributable to any use, distribution, sale, marketing or license of any Application, including but not limited to those associated with or arising from: (1) any breach or claimed breach of the above Company representations and warranties; (2) damage to the Systems and/or Sprint’s products and services, including, but not limited to the Devices, or any portion thereof, resulting from use of the Applications; (3) warranty or Sprint User support services performed by Sprint with respect to the Applications, the Systems and/or Sprint’s products and services (including, but not limited to the Devices) resulting from use of the Applications; (4) recalling defective Applications; (5) any claim or action brought against an Indemnified Party alleging that an Application or any portion thereof (a) infringes, misappropriates or violates in any manner any U.S. patent(s), patents issued by any other country included in the Territory, any other intellectual property right, consumer protection right, right of publicity, right of privacy, moral right, or any other proprietary right of a third party; or (b)

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

is in violation of regulation or law, or other common law or statutory rights. (6) performance of Company’s obligations under Section 20 of this Agreement and (7) Company act or omission under or related to this Agreement. The foregoing indemnity will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, all other legal rights and remedies that Sprint may have.

 

       If the Application becomes, or in Company’s opinion, is likely to become the subject of an infringement claim, Company may, at its option and expense, either (i) procure for Sprint the right to continue exercising the rights licensed to Sprint in this Agreement; (ii) replace or modify the Application so that it is non-infringing and provides substantially equivalent performance; or (iii) if neither option (i) nor (ii) is commercially feasible, refund the amount paid by Sprint to Company in the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the date the infringement claim is brought to Company’s attention, in which case this Agreement may terminate, at Sprint’s option and Section 25 d) may apply.

 

       Company’s obligations under this Section 30 ii) are subject to subsection b (Procedures) below, including, Sprint will: (i) provide Company with prompt written notice of such action; (ii) give Company sole control of the defense thereof and any related settlement; and (iii) cooperate fully with Company’s reasonable requests, at Company’s expense, in such defense.

 

       The foregoing notwithstanding, Company will have no obligation or liability under this Section for any infringement claim to the extent such claim arises from or is caused by (i) any unauthorized use, reproduction or distribution of the Application by Sprint or any of its Affiliates, or any User; (ii) any use of the Application in combination with other products, equipment, software, or data not supplied or authorized by Company either expressly or implied when used in a commercially reasonable manner as reasonably intended by the Parties, provided that there would have been no infringement but for such combination; (iii) any unauthorized modification of the Application by Sprint or its Affiliates, provided that there would have been no infringement but for such unauthorized modification; or (iv) any use, reproduction or distribution of any release of the Application other than the most current release made available to Sprint by Company at no additional expense whatsoever.

 

  b. Procedures . Upon becoming aware of any circumstance subject to indemnification under this Agreement ("Claim"), the party entitled to indemnification herein (“Indemnified Party”) must give prompt written notice ("Indemnification Notice") of the Claim to the other party (“Indemnifying Party”).

 

  i). Within [*****] days of receiving the Indemnification Notice, but in no event later than [*****] days before the date on which a response is due in connection with the Claim, the Indemnifying Party will notify the Indemnified Party, in writing, whether the Indemnifying Party acknowledges its indemnification obligations and elects to assume control of the defense and settlement of the entire Claim (“Election Notice”).

 

  ii). If the Indemnifying Party delivers the Election Notice within the required time period, then the Indemnifying Party will immediately take control of the defense and investigation of the Claim and engage counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to settle and defend the Claim, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense. The Indemnified Party will have the right, at its option, to participate in the settlement or defense of the claim, with its own counsel and at its own expense; but the Indemnifying Party will have the right to control the settlement or defense. The Indemnifying Party will not enter into a settlement that imposes any liability or obligation on the Indemnified Party without the Indemnified Party's prior written consent.

 

  iii).

If the Indemnifying Party fails to: (i) deliver a timely Election Notice; (ii) immediately take control of the defense and investigation of the Claim; (iii) engage counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to handle and defend the Claim; or (iv) proceed in good faith with the prompt resolution of the Claim, then the Indemnified Party with prior written notice to the Indemnifying

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

Party, and without waiving any rights to indemnification, will have the right to defend or settle the Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Party will reimburse the Indemnified Party promptly on demand for all Damages incurred by the Indemnified Party in defending and settling the Claim.

 

  iv). Failure of the Indemnified Party to promptly notify in writing the Indemnifying Party will not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability that the Indemnifying Party might have, except to the extent that such failure prejudices the Indemnifying Parties ability to defend such claim.”

 

31. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

       (a) Restrictions . Each Party will protect Confidential Information it receives, or has access to, that was disclosed by another Party from unauthorized dissemination and use with at least the same degree of care that such receiving Party uses to protect its own information of a similar nature, but in any event no less than a reasonable degree of care. No Party will use another’s Confidential Information for purposes other than as reasonably necessary to enforce, exercise or perform a right or obligation under this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Party will disclose Confidential Information to anyone not a Party to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Party who initially disclosed such Confidential Information. Additionally, each Party agrees that it will not modify, reverse engineer, decompile, create other works from or disassemble any software programs or other technology constituting or contained in the Confidential Information of another Party.

 

       (b) Definition and Exclusions .

(i) “ Confidential Information ” means product documentation, software, specifications, Test Results, Intellectual Property, Intellectual Property Rights, and any business, technical, marketing, and financial or other non-public information disclosed by a Party hereunder that is designated by that Party as confidential, either orally or in writing, or which, under the circumstances, should reasonably be understood to be confidential.

(ii) Sprint may disclose Confidential Information to Sprint Affiliates, without the consent of Company.

(iii) The restrictions on disclosure and use of Confidential Information will not apply with respect to any Confidential Information that: (i) is or becomes generally known or available by publication, commercial use or otherwise through no action or failure to act of the Party charged with protecting such information hereunder in violation of these confidentiality terms; (ii) is independently developed or learned by the Party charged with protecting such information, without the use of the Confidential Information of the other Party; or (iii) is lawfully obtained from someone that is not a Party hereto that has the right to make such disclosure and allow such use without restriction. In addition, a Party may use or disclose the Confidential Information of the other Party to the extent legally compelled to disclose such Confidential Information; provided, however, that prior to any such compelled disclosure, to the extent possible and to the extent allowed by law, the Party charged with protecting such information will provide the Party owning such Confidential Information with advance notice of the disclosure request, cooperate fully with the other Party in protecting against any such disclosure and/or obtaining a protective order narrowing the scope of such disclosure and/or use of Confidential Information. Any Party may disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement: (x) as required by the applicable laws, including, without limitation, requirements to file a copy of this Agreement (redacted to the extent reasonably permitted by applicable law) or to disclose information regarding the provisions hereof or performance hereunder; (y) in confidence, to legal counsel and accountants under a duty of confidentiality, and (z) in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or any rights hereunder; provided, however, that prior to any such disclosure, to the extent possible, the Party charged with protecting such information will cooperate fully with the other Party in protecting against any such disclosure and/or obtaining a protective order narrowing the scope of such disclosure and/or use of Confidential Information.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

32. PUBLIC DISCLOSURE

 

     Neither Party will issue a press release or public statement or make any public disclosure of the existence, contents or terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, or as may be specified in an Exhibit to this Agreement. Such consent must include approval of both the text and publication date of the intended press release, public statement or public disclosure. In addition, Company will not disclose the terms of this Agreement to any third party.

 

33. SPRINT AFFILIATES

 

  a. Sprint Affiliates . All references in this Agreement to Sprint apply equally to all Sprint Affiliates. “ Sprint Affiliate ” means: (a) any entity that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Sprint; (b) any entity that has entered into an agreement to construct, manage and maintain the Sprint wireless network in a defined geographical territory, and/or an agreement to sell wireless communications products or services under the “Sprint” brand name or any other brand name(s); or (c) any entity to which Sprint is required by law or contract to provide wireless communications products or services involving the Company services. The term “ control ” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used in this definition, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of (d) thirty three percent (33%) or more of the equity of such entity, (e) ownership of thirty three percent (33%) or more of the voting power of the voting equity of such entity, or (f) the ability or power, whether exclusive or shared, to otherwise direct the management or policies of such entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

34. ESCROW AGREEMENT.

 

     a. Establishment of Escrow . Upon Sprint's written request, Company will, within fifteen (15) Business Days, provide all applicable source and object code under this Agreement with the escrow agent and pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement (“Escrow Agreement”) in the form set forth in Exhibit L .

 

     The Escrow Agreement will cause Sprint to be a “Licensee” beneficiary thereof at all times during the Term. Company will update the materials in such escrow account to include any updates, upgrades, new releases and new versions of the Company Application(s).

 

     b. Release Event . A “Release Event” will be deemed to occur in the event: Of the institution by or against Company of insolvency, receivership or bankruptcy proceedings or any other proceedings for the settlement of Company’s debts, provided, with respect to involuntary proceedings, that such proceedings are not dismissed within sixty (60) days; Company makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or Company dissolves, liquidates or ceases to do business in the ordinary course.

 

     c. Procedures . Upon the occurrence of a Release Event, Sprint will notify the escrow agent. The escrowed materials will be released for use by Sprint, subject to the terms and conditions hereof and the terms of the Escrow Agreement, only after written notice from the escrow agent to Company and Company’s failure to declare in writing to the escrow agent as provided for in the Escrow Agreement that no Release Event has occurred.

 

     d. License . In the event that Sprint legally obtains access to the source code after a Release Event, Sprint will hold such source code in trust and strict confidence. Sprint may not disclose such source code to any third party without the express prior written consent of Company (if Company exists as a legal entity) or its successor in interest. Conditioned upon the occurrence of a Release Event and the uncontested release of the source code to Sprint, Company hereby grants Sprint and if approved in writing, a third party to whom Sprint outsources its information technology needs, a limited, personal, non-exclusive, non-assignable license to use the source code solely for the remainder of the Term, and solely to fix defects in the Application(s). Company retains all rights to the source code not expressly granted herein or this Agreement.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

     e. Termination of Escrow by Escrow Agent . In the event that the escrow agent terminates the Escrow Agreement, Company will execute another escrow agreement with another escrow agent prior to termination of the Escrow Agreement. Company will instruct the terminating escrow agent to transfer all deposit materials to the new escrow agent prior to termination of the Escrow Agreement.

 

35. CONTENT STANDARDS

 

     The Applications and marketing materials will not: (a) facilitate or promote illegal activity, or contain content that is illegal; (b) contain content that is defamatory, obscene, distasteful, racially or ethnically offensive, harassing, or that is discriminatory based upon race, gender, color, creed, age, sexual orientation, or disability; (c) contain sexually suggestive or explicit content; (d) infringe upon or violate any right of any third party; or (e) disparage, defame, or discredit Sprint or any Sprint Affiliate, or contain content that is derogatory, detrimental, or reflects unfavorably on the name or business reputation of Sprint or any Sprint Affiliate. Subsections (a) through (e) above are collectively referred to as the “Content Standards.” If at any time Sprint determines that Company has violated any of the Content Standards, Sprint may temporarily suspend [*****]. Sprint will notify Company of the suspension in writing or via e-mail and Company must cure the violation within five (5) Business Days (the “Cure Period”) after this notification by removing the portion of the Company’s services that violate the Content Standards. If Company reasonably disputes Sprint’s determination of a Content Standards violation, the parties will confer in good faith and attempt to resolve the dispute during the Cure Period, but in all cases Sprint will make the final determination. Sprint may continue the suspension of this Agreement during the Cure Period. If Company fails to cure the Content Standards violation within the Cure Period, Sprint may, without further notice, [*****] this Agreement.

 

     Company will promptly notify Sprint if it: (a) receives a complaint from a User that involves any of the prohibitions in the Content Standards; or (b) otherwise becomes aware of an alleged Content Standards violation. Company will not, and will not assist any third party to, make fraudulent charges for Company’s Applications and services, mislead Users, or misrepresent the nature of Company’s Applications and services to Users. Sprint reserves the right to suspend [*****] this Agreement if Sprint determines that any of Companies activities related to this Agreement are fraudulent, misleading to Users, or being misrepresented to Users.

 

36. INFORMATION SECURITY

 

  a. At Sprint’s reasonable request, Company will promptly cooperate with Sprint to develop a security plan to protect Sprint’s Confidential Information from failures or attacks, which plan will include prioritization of recovery efforts, identification of and implementation plans for alternative data centers or other storage sites and backup capabilities. On a periodic basis, but in no event more than twice in any 12-month period, Sprint may, upon written notice of ten (10) Business Days, perform a vulnerability assessment to determine Company’s compliance with the security plan. In addition, if Sprint has a reasonable basis to believe that Company has breached or is likely to breach commercially reasonable security standards, Sprint may, upon written notice of five (5) Business Days, perform a vulnerability assessment. As part of Sprint’s assessment of Company’s internal control structure, Company may be requested, without limitation, to answer security questionnaires or conduct scans of servers, databases and other network hardware. Company will promptly inform Sprint of any known or suspected compromises of User Data or Sprint Confidential Information.

 

  b. If Company fails to meet the obligations in this Section, Sprint will notify Company of this failure as provided in this Agreement. Company will have thirty (30) days, unless otherwise agreed to in a written order, from receiving that notice to correct the cause for such failure. If Company has failed to remedy its failure within said thirty (30) day period, Sprint has the right to [*****].

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  c. In the event that Company uses Third Party Servers, Company will require its hosting vendor to meet commercially reasonable security standards and otherwise comply with this Section 36.

 

  d. IT and Security Policies . Company will, and will cause Company Personnel to comply with all published Sprint information technology, security, facilities and engineering policies, as amended from time to time, including, without limitation, the Sprint Vendor/Partner Security and the IT Architecture and Planning Consultant Policy (collectively “IT and Security Policies”) within thirty (30) days of receipt of policy documents from Sprint. If Company or Company Personnel violates any IT and Security Policies, Company will: (i) cure the violation to the satisfaction of Sprint at no additional charge and remediate any impact as directed by Sprint; (ii) immediately remove any Company Personnel who violate any IT and Security Policies from performing Services; and (iii) and will replace removed Company Personnel within 24 hours and in accordance with this Agreement. If Company has not cured the violation within 24 hours or remediated the violation to the satisfaction of Sprint, Sprint may, at its option, and without limiting any other remedy, terminate the affected Order or withhold payment until the violation is cured or remediation is made. Sprint could incur substantial costs for Company’s non-compliance with the IT and Security Policies. Accordingly, Company will reimburse Sprint for any direct costs incurred by Sprint as a result of Company’s non-compliance. Investigations Company will make Company Personnel reasonably available to Sprint for the purpose of Sprint promptly investigating the conduct or performance of Company or Company’s Personnel under or related to this Agreement and must provide information relevant to the investigation as reasonably requested.

 

37. PROPRIETARY PROGRAMS

 

     If Sprint provides Company with any Sprint Property and/or Sprint Owned Property and/or proprietary programs, Company agrees not to copy, distribute, modify, adapt, translate, de-compile, reverse engineer or otherwise create any derivative works from the Proprietary Programs. The proprietary programs may only be used by Company to technically permit functionalities required under this Agreement. Company must hold the Proprietary Programs confidential under the terms of Section 31.

 

     “Sprint Property means all tangible and intangible items or information that Company receives from Sprint or from a third party on behalf of Sprint, or that is paid for, in whole or in part, by Sprint, is the property of Sprint ("Sprint-Owned Property"). Company must return all Sprint-Owned Property to Sprint upon Sprint's request, or upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement, whichever is earlier. Company is responsible and must account for all Sprint-Owned Property, and bears the risk of loss or disclosure while the property is in Company's possession. Sprint-Owned Property may only be used in connection with Companies' performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

     Other Developed Material. No joint development of Applications or programs or other intellectual property is contemplated by the parties. If the parties desire to jointly develop products or services, they will enter into a Joint Development Agreement that specifies the respective ownership rights in the resulting intellectual property. In the absence of such an agreement, that which Sprint develops will remain Sprint's intellectual property and that which Company develops will remain Company's intellectual property

 

38. MISCELLANEOUS

 

  a.

Interpretation and Construction . The captions contained herein are for the convenience of the Parties and will not be construed to amend or modify any of the provisions in the Agreement. The


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

language in all parts of this Agreement will in all cases be construed in accordance to its fair meaning as if prepared by all Parties and not strictly for or against either of the Parties. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and its Exhibits, the Agreement will govern.

 

  b. Waiver and Severability . The waiver of a breach of any term or condition of this Agreement will not constitute the waiver of any other breach of the same or any other term. To be enforceable, a waiver must be in writing signed by a duly authorized representative of the waiving party. If any provision of this Agreement is held unenforceable, the remaining provisions will remain in effect and the parties will negotiate in good faith a replacement provision that is substantively comparable.

 

  c. Assignment . This Agreement will not be assignable by Company without the prior written consent of Sprint. This Agreement will be freely assignable by Sprint.

 

  d. Insurance .

 

  1. Minimum Insurance Coverage . Company will obtain and maintain during the term of this Agreement the following minimum insurance coverage:

 

       1.1. Commercial general liability, including bodily injury, property damage, personal and advertising injury liability, and contractual liability covering operations, independent contractor and products/completed operations hazards, with limits of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit per occurrence and two million dollars ($2,000,000) annual aggregate, naming Sprint, its officers, directors and employees as additional insureds;

 

       1.2. Workers’ compensation as provided for under any workers’ compensation or similar law in the jurisdiction where work is performed with an employer’s liability limit of not less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) for bodily injury by accident or disease;

 

       1.3. Business auto liability covering ownership, maintenance or use of all owned, hired and non-owned autos with limits of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage liability, naming Sprint, its officers, directors and employees as additional insureds;

 

       1.4. Umbrella/excess liability with limits of not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) combined single limit per occurrence and annual aggregate in excess of the commercial general liability, business auto liability and employer’s liability, naming Sprint, its officers, directors and employees as additional insureds; and

 

       1.5. “All Risk” property insurance covering not less than the full replacement cost of Company’s [and subcontractor’s, if any] personal property, with a waiver of subrogation in favor of Sprint as it is agreed that Sprint will not be held liable for loss or damage to any such property from any cause whatsoever. Sprint will be named as a loss payee as its interest may appear.

 

       2.  Certificates of Insurance . Company will obtain and maintain the required coverage with insurers with A.M. Best ratings of not less than A-, VII and are licensed to do business in all jurisdictions where work is performed under this Agreement. Company will provide Sprint a certificate of insurance, (ACORD Form 25S or equivalent), evidencing that all the required coverages are in force and provide that no policy will be canceled without first giving Sprint prior written notice of thirty (30) days. All policies will be primary to any insurance or self-insurance Sprint may maintain for acts or omissions of Company or anyone for whom Company is responsible. Upon request, Company will include copies of relevant endorsements or policy provisions with the required certificate of insurance. At the request of Sprint, Company will provide a certified copy of each insurance policy required under this Agreement, provided that Sprint has been named as an additional insured on such policy and there has been an occurrence for which such policy provides coverage.

 

      

3.  Subcontractor Insurance Requirements . If Company utilizes subcontractors in performance of this Agreement, the subcontractors must meet the same insurance requirements as


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

the Company. If a subcontractor does not meet the coverage requirements of this Section, subcontractor must either supplement the deficient areas of coverage or Company must certify that Company has acquired sufficient coverage to supplement any deficiency of subcontractor.

 

  e. Legal Representation . Each of the Parties expressly acknowledges and agrees that it has consulted with and utilized separate counsel in connection with this Agreement.

 

  f. Notices . Unless otherwise provided for in this Agreement, all notices and other communications provided for or permitted under the Agreement will be in writing and will be made by hand delivery, telex, telecopier, or reliable overnight courier addressed as follows:

 

If to Company to:   If to Sprint to:
TeleNav, Inc.   Sprint United Management Corporation
1130 Kifer Road   6200 Sprint Parkway
Sunnyvale, CA, 94086   Overland Park, Ks. 66251-6117
Attn: General Counsel   Attn: Kevin Packingham
  And with a copy to:
  Sprint Law Department
  Attn: Director, Commercial Law Group
  KSOPHT0101-Z4100
  6391 Sprint Parkway
  Overland Park, KS 66251-4100
  Fax No. [*****]
  [*****]

 

       All such notices and communications will be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied, or the next Business Day if by overnight courier.

 

  g. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Delaware. The Parties agree that the Uniform Computer Information Transaction Act (UCITA), or any version of UCITA adopted by any state, including Delaware, will not govern or be used to interpret this Agreement. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (CISG) does not apply to this Agreement.

 

  h. Dispute Resolution.

 

  1. Procedure . The Parties will make good faith efforts to resolve any disputes under this Agreement before pursuing litigation. All negotiations under this Section are confidential and will be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of evidentiary rules. During the pendency of any dispute, Company will continue performance as required by this Agreement and any applicable Order, unless Sprint agrees otherwise in writing or terminates this Agreement. Neither Party will be obligated to adhere to the obligations in this Section when seeking injunctive relief.

 

  2. Delays, Defaults and Assumptions

 

  a.

Notification and Requirements . In the event of any Delay (as defined below), Company will, as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Delay, notify Sprint in writing. The notice will include specific details of the Delay, including, without limitation, the estimated impact on the applicable timetable under the Agreement and the estimated amount, if any, of additional Services required. If Sprint disputes any of the matters set forth in Company’s notice, the matter will be resolved through the dispute resolution process of this Agreement.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

If Sprint does not cure the Delay and it directly causes an increase of at least five (5) business days to complete the Services set forth in the applicable Order or otherwise directly causes a failure by Company to comply with the requirements of an Order, Company will be granted an extension of the project schedule for a period not longer than the length of the corresponding Delay, but only to the extent set forth in (i) Company’s notice, if Sprint does not dispute the notice, or (ii) in a written agreement resulting from the dispute resolution process and solely with respect to the matters described in the notice. Company will not be entitled to any relief with respect to any Delay other than in compliance with the timely notice and other requirements of this Section. “ Delay ” means a delay in a project schedule or the failure of any assumption stated in an Order that (i) Company reasonably believes Sprint caused by an act or omission, and (ii) directly causes a material delay in Company’s performance.

 

  b. Approvals. Failure by Sprint to give acceptance of Deliverables under this Agreement will not constitute a Delay if and to the extent that the Deliverable did not meet the requirements of this Agreement.

 

  3. Forum Selection. The Parties agree that all actions and proceedings arising out of or related to this Agreement, except as necessary to enforce indemnity or defense obligations, will be brought only in a state court located in Johnson County, Kansas or in the United States District Court for the District of Kansas, located in Kansas City, Kansas. Each Party agrees to personal jurisdiction in either court.

 

  4. Jury Trial Waiver. Each Party waives its right to a jury trial in any court action arising among the Parties under this Agreement or otherwise related to this Agreement, whether made by claim, counterclaim, third party claim, or otherwise.

 

  a. If the jury waiver is held to be unenforceable, the Parties agree to binding arbitration for any dispute arising out of this Agreement or any claim arising under any federal, state or local statutes, laws, or regulations. The arbitration will be conducted in accordance with the arbitration rules promulgated under the CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution’s (“CPR”) Rules for Non-Administered Arbitration of Business Disputes then prevailing. To the extent that the provisions of this Agreement and the prevailing rules of CPR conflict, the provisions of this Agreement will govern. The arbitrator(s) will be required to furnish, promptly upon conclusion of the arbitration, a written decision, setting out the reasons for the decision. The arbitration decision will be final and binding on the Parties, and the decision may be enforced by either Party in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each Party will bear its own expenses and an equal share of the expenses of the third arbitrator and the fees, if any, of the CPR.

 

  b. The agreement of each Party to waive its right to a jury trial will be binding on its successors and assignees.

 

  5. Legal Fees. The prevailing Party in any arbitration or lawsuit will be entitled to reasonable legal fees and costs, including reasonable expert fees and costs. If the prevailing Party rejected a written settlement offer that exceeds its recovery, the offering Party will be entitled to its reasonable legal fees and costs.

 

  a. Unenforceable Terms. If any provision of this Agreement is illegal or unenforceable, its invalidity will not affect any other provision of this Agreement that can be given effect without the invalid provision. If any provision of this Agreement does not comply with any law, ordinance or regulation, such provision, to the extent possible, will be interpreted in such a manner to comply with such law, ordinance or regulation, or if such interpretation is not possible, it will be deemed to satisfy the minimum requirements thereof.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  b. Headings. The headings of the Sections of this Agreement are for convenience and will not be used to interpret this Agreement.

 

  c. Binding Effect. This Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

  d. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and which together will be deemed the same Agreement.

 

  e. Independent Contractor. For the avoidance of doubt, Company performs this Agreement as an independent contractor, not as an employee of Sprint. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to construe the existence of a partnership, joint venture, or agency relationship between Company and Sprint.

 

  f. Expenses. Each Party will be responsible for and will pay all expenses it incurs in connection with the planning, negotiation, and consummation of this Agreement.

 

  g. Survival. The Parties’ obligations and rights under the following Sections and subsections will survive expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: Payments, Affiliate Transactions, Effects of Termination, Warranties and Remedies, Confidential Information, Privacy, Developed and Sprint-Owned Property, Indemnification, Limitation of Liability, Audits, Dispute Resolution, Governing Law, and Marks. Expiration of the Agreement will not affect the Parties’ obligations and rights under any existing Orders, and the provisions of the Agreement will continue in full force and effect until Services or Deliverables under all Orders are completed.

 

  h. Construction. This Agreement will not be construed against either Party due to authorship. Except for indemnification rights and obligations, nothing in this Agreement gives anyone, other than the Parties and any permitted assignees, any rights or remedies under this Agreement.

 

  i. Time of essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of Company’s obligations under this Agreement and any Order.

 

  j. Ethical Business Practices. Company agrees to conduct business with Sprint in an ethical manner that is consistent with the Sprint Nextel Code of Conduct for Consultants, Contractors and Company’s (“Company Code of Conduct”) (available at www.sprint.com/governance). Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to advise Company Personnel that they are encouraged to report inappropriate conduct involving or affecting Sprint or Sprint employees to Sprint Ethics Helpline as described in the Company Code of Conduct. Company will promptly disclose the nature and scope of any violation of the Company Code of Conduct during the Term that involves Sprint or involves Company Personnel engaged with Sprint, except in the event that this disclosure would violate any applicable law or regulation.

 

  k. Federal Acquisition Regulations; Executive Order 11246

 

  (i) Sprint is an equal opportunity employer and a federal contractor. Company will, to the extent applicable, comply with federal acquisition regulations, including without limitation requirements related to equal opportunity and affirmative action for Vietnam era veterans, and Executive Order 11246. The Executive Order and these laws are expressly included in the reference to “applicable laws” in subsection 6.8.

 

  (ii)

In accordance with the Department of Justice (DOJ) Information Technology (IT) security policies set forth in DOJ Order 2640.2D dated July 12, 2001, Company will ensure that no foreign nationals perform any Services under this Agreement or any Order that involves direct or indirect access to, or development, operation, management


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

or maintenance of DOJ IT systems. DOJ IT systems include, without limitation, information technology systems, hardware, and media that store, process or transmit classified and unclassified information as well as operating systems of Federal agencies that interface with the DOJ IT systems. A foreign national is anyone who is not a U.S. citizen, including lawful permanent resident aliens. Sprint will notify Company in writing of Company’s obligations and the Order to which the law applies.

 

  l. Diversity in Subcontracting . Before the Effective Date, Company must register at the following Sprint website: www.sprint.com/supplierregistration. If Company expects to receive five hundred and fifty-five thousand dollars ($550,000) or more from Sprint under this Agreement, Company must comply with the terms and conditions of Exhibit H . Sprint may provide Company with written notice that Exhibit H does not apply if Sprint determines: (i) the Agreement will be used solely for non-governmental purchases, (ii) the Agreement does not offer further subcontracting opportunities, or (iii) Company is a “small business concern” as defined by the Federal Acquisition Regulations. Sprint may terminate this Agreement for cause if Company fails to make a good faith effort to comply with Exhibit H .

 

  m. Entire Agreement; Modifications; and Order of Precedence. This Agreement, the Exhibits, Orders, and all documents expressly referred to in this Agreement, constitute the Parties’ complete agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior proposals, understandings, and agreements, whether oral or written, between the Parties, including but not limited to any non-disclosure agreements previously entered into between the Parties. This Agreement and any attachment or Order may not be amended or modified except in writing, signed by an authorized representative of each Party. In case of any conflict, the order of precedence of the documents constituting this Agreement is as follows: (i) Agreement; (ii) the Exhibits; (iii) the Orders, except preprinted terms and conditions appearing in any purchase order will have no force and effect; and (iv) all documents expressly referred to in this Agreement that are not an Exhibit or Order. Any terms on Company’s web site, product schedule or other ordering document, or contained in any “shrink-wrap” or “click-wrap” agreement, will have no force or effect if the provision conflicts with the terms of this Agreement, the Exhibits, or Orders.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Party has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative.

 

Sprint United Management Company     TeleNav, Inc.
By: (signature)  

/s/ Eugene Agee

    By: (signature)  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

Name:
 

Eugene Agee

    Name:  

Douglas S. Miller

Title:  

VP Supply Chain Mgmt

    Title:  

CFO

Date:  

Feb 6, 2009

    Date:  

February 4, 2009


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT A

DESCRIPTION OF THE APPLICATION

 

1. Application 1. TeleNav Track Lite

 

     TeleNav Track Lite. TeleNav Track Lite provides integrated near-real time GPS tracking over certain Sprint GPS-enabled Devices. The primary features and functionality are as follows;

 

   

Drivers can be assembled into different groups, either by region or by function.

 

   

Managers can see a driver’ location and can generate the following reports:

 

   

Route analysis (see where the drivers have been during the whole day);

 

   

Speed analysis (whether drivers are speeding using the company vehicle); and

 

   

Stop time analysis (see how long a driver has stopped at a particular location and particular time).

 

2. Application 2. TeleNav Track

 

     TeleNav Track. TeleNav Track is an application for certain Sprint GPS-enabled Devices. TeleNav Track includes all the features and functionality of TeleNav Track Lite plus additional features and functionality that may include the following depending on the Edition:

 

   

Dispatcher can pre-enter many jobs/trips n advance;

 

   

Dispatchers can compose a message with pre-defined reply messages, such as “I am on my way” or “Job is done”, etc.;

 

   

Dispatchers can use Internet Explorer (additional software may be required for advanced functionality) to track and dispatch to drivers;

 

   

Dispatchers can automatically set the tracking to report in at certain time intervals or “Ping” any driver to get its location any time;

 

   

Dynamic Turn-by-Turn Navigation for Drivers;

 

   

Managers can track mobile users using a standard Internet browser, WAP or java phone or a Blackberry and can view his or her team’s status any time, anywhere;

 

   

Managers can set different rules to receive alerts through e-mail or SMS;

 

   

Multilingual UI on the phone and audio output with both English and Spanish (partial);

 

   

Alert engine for different situations, For example, sends alerts to managers, dispatchers or drivers in cases where a rule is violated (i.e. if a driver drives in or out of a particular location or driver has not clocked in);

 

   

Landmarks can be defined and various locations can be viewed relative to a driver;

 

   

After the driver receives a message from the dispatcher, the following functions are available;

 

   

Driver can get turn-by-turn navigation to their next job;

 

   

The navigation function provides Visual and Audio GPS driving directions to guide the drivers to their destination;

 

   

Driving alerts notifying drivers of upcoming turns with both intuitive icons and audible commands such as “Prepare to turn Right”;

 

   

Automatic recalculation of routes if driver gets off-track;

 

   

Informs driver of exact distance to his or her destination; and

 

   

Destination address can be entered by the dispatcher using a voice activated system or by typing on the phone keypad.

 

     The Features and functionality of TeleNav Track are made available in the following Editions:

 

     Editions:

 

   

TeleNav Track Basic: Includes all the features and functionality of TeleNav Track Lite and timesheet;

 

   

TeleNav Track Plus: Includes all features and functionality of TeleNav Track Basic and job dispatching and geo-fencing;

 

   

TeleNav Track Standard: Includes all features and functionality of TeleNav Track Basic and job dispatching and geo-fencing;


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

   

TeleNav Track Enhanced: Includes all features and functionality of TeleNav Track Standard and field data input/tracking job scheduling with forms and;

 

   

TeleNav Track Premium: Includes all features and functionality of TeleNav Track Enhanced and GPS navigation.

 

3. Application 3. TeleNav GPS Navigator

 

     TeleNav is an application that provides real-time GPS driving directions. TeleNav GPS Navigator works on certain Sprint GPS Devices. TeleNav GPS Navigator provides Visual and Audio GPS driving directions to guide a subscriber to their destination. As they drive, it alerts them of upcoming turns with both icons and audible commands such as “Prepare to turn Right”. If they get off-track, it automatically re-calculates a route to the destination based on where they are. It also tells them the exact distance to their destination. The destination addresses can be entered using a voice activated system, by typing on the phone keypad or via www.telenav.net using a PC. With the Business Finder function, TeleNav GPS Navigator can find businesses, get their phone number and perform GPS Navigation to the businesses.

 

     Key Features

 

   

Audible directions: Driving instructions are spoken over the speakerphone of the handset

 

   

Re-routing: Automatically re-routes you to the destination from your current location.

 

   

Voice Recognition: Provides a voice activated address entry system.

 

   

Map: Provides full color maps of your location or other look-up.

 

   

Address Sharing: Allows user to send their location to another person.

 

   

Local Search: Business Finder/Yellow Pages

 

   

Lowest Gas Price Finder

 

     The Blackberry Device Editions of TeleNav include all of the features available in the Device editions plus the following:

 

   

User Interface adapted to support functions unique to Blackberry

 

   

Larger display is leveraged to show bigger icons and more information concurrently;

 

   

Current and next street names

 

   

Distance to turn

 

   

Speeding and course

 

   

Time and distance to go

 

     Service Plan Options:

 

   

TeleNav Limited Routes (per month/per user)*: Includes a limited number of routes made available to a Sprint User on a monthly basis. This option is only available for certain non-Blackberry Sprint GPS-enabled Devices.

 

   

TeleNav Unlimited Routes (per month/per user): Includes an unlimited number of routes made available to a Sprint User on a monthly basis. This option is only available for certain non-Blackberry Sprint GPS-enabled Devices.

 

     *The number of Limited Routes (“Route” defined as a set of complete driving directions to get from Point A to Point B including three re-calculation of the driving direction in the event the driver incorrectly follows the driving directions within a 24 hour period) per calendar month per Sprint User (end-user) will be 10 Routes per calendar month or as otherwise agreed upon in writing by the points of contact listed on Exhibit E or the signatories of this Agreement.

 

4. Application 4. TeleNav Fleet

 

     TeleNav Fleet is a module that can be added to TeleNav Track applications. It will be targeted to the National, Regional and Metropolitan transportation markets. The service will provide truck friendly routing for the National/Long-Haul market and will include basic truck restrictions such as low clearance with an option for STAA network.

 

     This service will consist of directions which are optimized for; 1) the characteristics of the vehicle and 2) with height and weight restrictions of the road network. The user of the service will be able to select from pre-set optimization parameters, for example, base the routes they receive on a cost per mile or cost per hour basis.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

5. Application 5. Sprint Navigation

 

     Sprint Navigation is Sprint branded, but Supplier provided application for Sprint consumer and business devices as determined by Sprint for Distribution Channels. These currently include, but are not limited to J2ME and BREW feature phones, Blackberrys, Palm Treos and Smartphones running J2ME and Window Mobile.

 

     Note: Enterprise devices (e.g., Blackberry, Palm Treo and Windows Mobile/Pocket PC PDAs) will be supported as part of Application 5.

 

     The primary features and functionality of Application 5 are as follows:

 

   

GPS navigation

 

   

Maps

 

   

POI searches

 

   

Traffic (optional)

 

     Application 5 will be branded as follows:

 

     “TeleNav” or the “Powered by TeleNav” text with logo will only appear within the Application 5 where mutually agreed to by both parties. Notwithstanding the above, Application 5 will contain attribution required by Company third party content licensors.

 

     Sprint agrees that all Sprint produced press releases or written communications to industry and financial analysts that reference Application 5 will attribute the development and operation of Application 5 to Company by including a reference to “TeleNav” or “Powered by TeleNav”.

 

6. Application 6. [*****]

 

     [*****] is a module that can be added to [*****]. It will be targeted to the [*****]. It helps businesses with [*****] by [*****] and then providing the [*****]

 

7. Application 7. TeleNav Vehicle Manager

 

     TeleNav Vehicle Manager provides all of the features of TeleNav Track Premium edition plus additional features to manage vehicles and fleets. This includes Vehicle Operation Reports including road speeds, hard braking, odometer, mileage, driver score cards, stop detail, fuel efficiency. In addition, IFTA Reports including all required state mileage reporting, fuel tax integration, automated IFTA reporting, full audit support and Hours of Service management. TeleNav Vehicle Manager requires a Turnpike Route Tracker Electronic On-Board Recorder device installed in the vehicle,

 

     The Features and functionality of TeleNav Vehicle Manager are made available in the following Editions:

 

     Editions:

 

   

TeleNav Vehicle Manager Standard: Includes all Vehicle Operations Reports and all IFTA services described above.

 

   

[*****]: Includes all features and functionality of TeleNav Track Vehicle Manager and [*****]

 

8. Application 8. [*****]

 

     [*****] is designed for [*****] that want to improve visibility, safety and efficiency of [*****] utilizes powerful technology from [*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

9. Application 9. TeleNav Asset Tracker

 

   TeleNav Asset Tracker allows customers to track their high-value assets with a GPS enabled Asset Tag. It will be targeted to Transportation, Construction, F&I and other industries that need to monitor high-values assets, to verify their location and to help recover asset if lost or stolen.

 

   The Features and functionality of TeleNav Vehicle Manager are made available in the following Editions:

 

   Editions:

 

   

[*****]: Uses network initiated location services for location queries [*****]

 

   

TeleNav Asset Tracker: Uses user-plane location services for location queries up to once per minute.

 

10. Application 10. TeleNav Vehicle Tracker

 

   TeleNav Vehicle Tracker provides all of the features of TeleNav Track Enhanced edition plus additional features to track vehicles and fleets. This includes vehicle location, bread crumbing, and mileage. TeleNav Vehicle Manager requires a goMRM Genx10 in vehicle black box installed in the vehicle.

 

11. [*****]

 

   Company will grant Sprint [*****] for a period of [*****] days and [*****] for a period of [*****] days from market launch of respective Application.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT B

SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

1. Introduction . This document will serve as the Service Level Agreement (“SLA”) between Sprint and Company to provide for the maintenance and support of the Application(s) for Sprint Users that have purchased or have obtained the right to use an Application. To adequately offer and provide support, Sprint and Company agree to the terms and conditions set forth in this SLA.

 

2. Customer Care Process

 

  a. Applications 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 9 and 10: The following process will be followed for all Company-branded Applications:

 

  i) Company . Company will provide customer care for the Application(s) to all Sprint Users. Company will provide and maintain customer care phone number as provided in the customer care contact table below in 2(c) for Sprint Users experiencing problems with an Application. This telephone number will be answered in person during the hours set forth in the customer care contact information table below in 2(c). If Company determines that the problem is due to an Application(s) issue, Company will take action to resolve such issue. If Company determines the problem is due to an Application(s) Sprint User error, a Company customer service representative will walk the Sprint User through the necessary steps to use the Application(s). If Company has eliminated the possibility of a problem with the Application(s) or an Application(s) Sprint User error, and determines the problem might be due to a Sprint handset or services error, Company may refer the Sprint User to Sprint and may provide the Sprint User with Sprint’s customer care number.

 

  ii) Sprint . Sprint will provide customer care for Sprint’s handsets, services and network and the telecommunications elements of the Sprint wireless web service. Sprint will provide and maintain a toll-free telephone number for Sprint Users experiencing problems with Sprint’s handsets, services or network or the telecommunications elements of the Sprint wireless web service. This telephone number will be answered in person during the hours set forth in the customer care contact information table below in 2(c). If Sprint determines that the problem is due to a Sprint handset, service or network issue or an issue with the telecommunications elements of the Sprint wireless web service, Sprint will take action to resolve such issue. If Sprint determines the problem is due to a Sprint User error, a Sprint customer service representative will walk the Sprint User through the necessary steps to use the Sprint handset and/or services. If Sprint has ruled out the possibility of a problem with Sprint’s handsets, services or network or the telecommunications elements of the Sprint wireless web service and determines the problem might be due to an Application(s) error, Sprint may refer the Sprint User to Company and may provide the Sprint User with Company’s customer care number.

 

  b. Application 5: The following process will be followed for all Sprint-branded Applications and any Company branded applications that are included in [*****] bundle plans:

 

  i)

Sprint will provide Tier 1 and Tier 2 support for all Sprint Users with regard to Application 5, as well as customer care for Sprint Devices, services and network and the telecommunications elements of the Sprint wireless web service. Sprint will provide and maintain a toll-free telephone number for Sprint Users experiencing problems with Application 5 or Sprint Devices, services or network or the telecommunications elements of the Sprint wireless web service. This telephone number will be answered in person during the hours set forth in the customer care contact information table below in Section 2(c). If Sprint determines that the problem is due to a Sprint Device, service or network issue or an issue with the telecommunications

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

elements of the Sprint wireless web service, Sprint will take action to resolve such issue. If Sprint determines the problem is due to a Sprint User error, a Sprint customer service representative will walk the Sprint User through the necessary steps to use the Sprint Device and/or services. If Sprint has ruled out the possibility of a problem with a Sprint Device, services or network or the telecommunications elements of the Sprint wireless web service and determines the problem might be due to an Application 5 error, Sprint may “warm”- transfer and refer the Sprint User to Company. Sprint may not provide the Sprint User with Company’s customer care number. All transfers must come through Sprint, with the Sprint representative remaining on the line to transfer the Sprint User to Company.

 

  c. Sprint and Company Customer Care Contact Information:

 

Department   

Phone Numbers for

Customers to Use

  Hours of Operation
iDEN Customer Care    [*****]  

Business Hours:

Monday – Sunday 24x7

Includes all Holidays

 

CDMA Customer Care    [*****]  

Business Hours:

Monday – Sunday 24x7

Includes all Holidays

 

Company Customer Care    TeleNav Track Care:

[*****]

TeleNav GPS Navigator:

[*****]

 

Business Hours:

Monday – Sunday 24x7

Includes all Holidays

 

     Each Party will notify the other Party of any changes to its respective customer care contact information ten (10) Business Days before such change becomes effective.

 

3. Availability.

 

  a. Availability of Application . In the event Company is responsible for hosting the Application or any portion thereof, Company will ensure the Application(s) are available 99.5% of the time as measured over 24 hours/day, weekly and monthly. Calculation of this availability will exclude Maintenance/Planned Outages but will include any outages that exceed the Maintenance Window, Unplanned Outages and Emergency Maintenance (as defined below). Upon Sprint’s request, Company will provide Sprint with a report showing the Application availability.

 

  b. Upon a violation of the above standard of availability and/or any other violation of this Exhibit B, in addition to any other applicable remedies, Sprint may, in its sole discretion, without notice, immediately disable access to any affected Application, remove any effected Application from any Distribution Channel, [*****].

 

4. Operational issues . In the event Company is responsible for hosting the Application or any portion thereof, Company will comply with the following:

 

  a. Maintenance/Planned Outages . Company will perform any work which requires the unavailability of the Application(s) or key functionalities of the Application(s) (“Maintenance/Planned Outage”) on Friday and Saturday evenings between 11:00PM and 5:00AM EST (“Maintenance Window”).

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  i) In the event the time required to perform such work will unexpectedly exceed the Maintenance Window, Company will notify Sprint’s Network Data Support (NDS) via telephone number as set forth in Section 4(e) forty-five (45) minutes before the end of the Maintenance Window.

 

  b. Unplanned Outages . Company will notify Sprint’s Network Data Support via telephone number as set forth in Section 4(e) of any material Application impairment (including but not limited to Application, or key functionalities of the Application not available or malfunctioning) (“Unplanned Outage) within thirty (30) minutes after such Unplanned Outage commences. Company will provide a short description of the impairment causing the Unplanned Outage (e.g. service affected, extent of impairment) and a status for resolution.

 

  c. Emergency Maintenance . In the event Company needs to perform work which is required to correct any Unplanned Outage and such work needs to be performed outside of the Maintenance Window (“Emergency Maintenance”), Company will notify the Sprint Network Data Support via the telephone number set forth in Section 4(e) of such Emergency Maintenance forty-five (45) minutes prior to the start of the Emergency Maintenance. Company will provide an estimated timeframe for resolution and a status of such Emergency Maintenance every two (2) hours until resolved.

 

  d. General . In case operational issues arise which require the assistance of the other Party to be resolved, each Party may contact the other Party to and each Party commits to a joint issue resolution. Both Parties will provide and maintain a phone number, which phone number is set forth in the table below, and which will be answered by technical skilled personnel during the Business Hours which are set forth in the table below. In the event that the Company’s Operations Center does not operate twenty-four (24) hours each day, seven (7) days a week, Company will link the phone number provided below to a pager and will return Sprint’s call(s) no later than [*****] minutes after the time the pager message was left by Sprint during all hours outside of the Business Hours as set forth below for Company. The contact information below for operational issues is intended solely for communication between Sprint and Company and will not be provided to third parties. Each Party will notify the other Party of any changes to the operations contact information provided in the operations contact table below ten (10) business days before such change becomes effective.

 

  e. Contact information.

 

Department   

Email address for Sprint

and Company to Use

   Hours of Operation
Sprint NDS    [*****] option 3 option 2 and option 1 or 2    Business Hours: 24x7
Company Operations Center   

[*****]

[*****]

 

   Business hours 24x7

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT C

CO-MARKETING AND SALES TOOLS

Exhibit C only applies to Company-branded Applications and excludes Application 5.

 

1. Sales Activities/Support

 

  a. Application(s) Material . Prior to and continuously after the Commercial Launch Date, Company will create marketing and promotional materials concerning the Application(s) and its availability over the Systems in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to the Trademark requirements set forth in Section 21 of the Agreement. Company will include the Sprint logo provided to it by Sprint in agreed upon marketing and promotion material (printed or electronic) related to each Application.

 

  b. Collateral Distribution to Sprint Sales Channels

 

  i) Prior to the Commercial Launch Date, for each Application available to Sprint for distribution, Company will provide media master and web file (Adobe Acrobat) of collateral and Sprint will have the right to review, approve, reproduce and distribute copies of such collateral at its own discretion. Such approval will not to be unreasonably withheld. Post launch, Company will provide updated versions as determined by Company.

 

  ii) Sprint will determine the distribution channel for such collateral and ensure that collateral will be made accessible to the Sprint sales force, direct and indirect.

 

  iii) In the event that Sprint decides that such collateral should be distributed through Sprint’s third party distribution vendor, Company will send such collateral to such third party distribution vendor. Company will bear the expense (including, but not limited to, cost to design, produce and distribute the collateral) provided, however, the Parties will agree to Company’s expense, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

  iv) The above-described sales collateral to be provided by Company will include, but not be limited to:

 

  (1) Customer Profile . Description of target customer. Description of customers’ needs that are filled by Application(s);

 

  (2) Competitive Advantage . Comparison of Company with its competitors’ products and how each Application differs from competitors’ products;

 

  (3) Content for Sprint’s Quick Reference Brief . Description of each Application, how it solves the Sprint Users’ needs and how using each Application increases the return on investment for Sprint Users; and

 

  (4) Sprint logo.

 

  v) Company’s Distribution Channel . At Company’s discretion Company will develop a collateral distribution process which will ensure simplified ordering and prompt delivery of collateral to Sprint’s distribution channels.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  c. Electronic Sales Aids . Prior to and continuously after the Commercial Launch Date, Company will make the following electronic sales tools available to Sprint at company’s sole expense:

 

  i) PowerPoint charts for use by Sprint describing each Application to Sprint Users and/or prospect which charts will include a customer profile and content detailing how the use of each Application increases the return on investment for Sprint Users and/or prospect that Sprint can copy and use to create a faxable information sheet. Sprint will (i) post such charts internally on the Sprint sales information distribution intranet for confidential access by Sprint employees, contractors and agents, (ii) use this information to create marketing material, including, but not limited to faxable information sheets and (iii) to distribute such information and information sheets to the Sprint User and/or prospect through all Sprint’s sales channels.

 

  ii) Website URLs for referral of Sprint prospects and / or Sprint Users seeking additional information. Sprint will link to Company’s product sites from the Sprint website at appropriate locations.

 

  iii) Demonstration Accounts

 

  (1) Company will provide, as of the Effective Date, demonstration accounts, logins and passwords for use and allocation by Sprint at Sprint’s sole discretion, for Sprint sales force, direct and indirect, to use and demonstrate to potential customers, Sprint Users, at Sprint’s Executive Briefing Center, at tradeshows and other Sprint marketing events. Number of demonstration accounts to be determined mutually by Sprint and Company. Sprint will actively distribute Company demo accounts to all Sprint Sales and Sales Support staff. If applicable, Company will also provide licenses/access to a demonstration version of the PC features and functionality of each Application. Number of such PC demonstration accounts to be mutually determined by Sprint and Company

 

  (2) In addition, if requested by Sprint and agreed to in writing by Company, Company will (i) create a static demonstration version of each Application (a) showing all features and functionalities and (b) which resides on the Device and/or other Devices (local application); (ii) provide Sprint with unlimited licenses to such demonstration versions; and (iii) make such demonstration version available to Sprint for use and allocation by Sprint at Sprint’s sole discretion, including, but not limited to, Sprint sales force, direct and indirect, to use and demonstrate to potential customers, Sprint Users, at Sprint’s Executive Briefing Center, at tradeshows and other marketing events.

 

  d. Sales Training

 

  i) Sprint will train and inform appropriate Sprint’s sales force representatives of the availability of the Application(s) and Application(s) updates through/on the Systems. Company will assist, collaborate and cooperate with Sprint in the development, delivery and execution of sales training including, but not limited to, training presentations, training documentation and participation upon Sprint’s request and Company agreement, at training forums at Company’s sole expense.

 

  ii) Company will train or inform its sales force of the availability of the Application(s) through/on the Systems.

 

  iii) Sprint will make available to all Sales and Sales Support staff a Company application certification program developed by Company

 

  e. Sprint’s Approval of Material . Company will submit to Sprint all documentation, collateral, marketing, training, promotional, sales and any other material (printed and electronic) which includes a reference to Sprint or a mark and/or logo owned by Sprint and will obtain Sprint’s approval in writing prior to its print, release and distribution by Company.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

2. Press Releases/Success Stories

 

  a. Press Release . If mutually agreed to in writing, Parties may jointly issue a press release disclosing the availability of the Application(s) on the Systems only if in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to Section 21, 31 and 32 of the Agreement; provided, however, that the foregoing will not restrict either Party from making press releases about their respective products and services that do not include a reference to the other Party.

 

  b. Success Stories . Sprint may, in its sole discretion, use Sprint customer success stories for purposes, including but not limited to marketing materials and sales efforts.

 

  c. Company will:

 

  i) Identify satisfied Sprint Users of each Application;

 

  ii) Upon obtaining all necessary releases, provide to Sprint such references and descriptions of the Application(s) used by each satisfied Sprint User; and

 

  iii) Seek publicity opportunities related to Sprint User success stories.

 

  iv) List Company’s Application used and provide a link for further information to Company’s Application website

 

3. Company Listed on Sprint’s Website

 

  a. Dependent upon Sprint’s receipt of required information being received in a timely fashion, Sprint will, within sixty (60) days of the Commercial Launch Date, list Company on Sprint’s web site, currently located at http://www.sprint.com, subject to the following requirements:

 

  i) Each Application and all Changes must have successfully passed the Application testing certification process as defined in Section 3 of this Agreement and must have been approved by Sprint; and

 

  ii) This Agreement must be in full force and effect.

 

  b. Company Application will be listed on Sprint’s website everywhere other similar applications, products and services are listed.

 

  c. Information to be included in such listing will include but is not limited to Company’s logo and a short description and a link to Company’s web site. Listing of Company on Sprint’s web site is contingent upon Company’s submission of and Sprint’s approval of the size of the logo and the description. If Company fails to meet any requirement set forth in this agreement, Sprint may, in its sole discretion, remove all references to Company from the Sprint web site.

 

4. Sprint listed on Company’s Website . Dependent upon Company’s receipt of required information being received in a timely fashion, Company will, within ten (10) days of the Commercial Launch Date, feature Sprint on Company’s web site. Information to be included in such posting will include, but is not limited to: Sprint logo and/or the Sprint Compatible logo and a link to the Sprint commercial web site, currently located at http://www.sprint.com. Company will treat Sprint no less prominently than other wireless carriers, other wireless service providers or wireless device manufacturers/providers.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

5. Sprint User Training and Education Documentation . During the Term, Company will maintain a web site to be accessed by Sprint Users for demonstration of the Application(s) and self-guided training. Company will also train Sprint Users on all Application(s) and will bear the cost of such training. Company may provide such training through its processing partners. This training will include, at a minimum, distribution of Sprint pre-approved “Education Materials” containing the information below:

 

  a. The appropriate Sprint logo;

 

  b. Instructions regarding the Application(s) and use over the Devices (for example Sprint approved directions on how to download, install, and use the Application feature on a Device).

 

  i) Sprint Approval of the Educational Materials . Company will follow Sprint’s documentation approval process of the Educational Materials, such approval to be given at Sprint’s sole discretion and approval should not be unreasonably withheld by Sprint

 

  ii) During the Term, Company may utilize Sprint-written and approved documentation in Company’s user guide or web-based user documentation for each Application, provided that Company will not remove any copyright or other proprietary notices contained therein.

 

6. Sales contest . Company may participate in or fund sales contest(s) organized by Sprint. The conduct of sales contests and the participation of Company in such sales contests will be at Sprint’s sole discretion. Sprint and Company will mutually agree to the date of sales contests that Company may participate in or fund. For each sales contest in which Company participates, Company will compensate all identified winning sales teams. Sprint and Company will agree on the method of compensation and the amount of compensation prior to the contest. If Company fails to pay monies it commits to sales contests, Sprint will reserve the right to withhold Payments due Company and pay the winners on Company’s behalf.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT D

PAYMENTS

 

1. Payment 1A . For [*****](non-blackberry only) sold via orders placed by customers using a Sprint owned or authorized WAP Site (“Sales Channel 1”). Sprint will pay to Company [*****] (“Payment Percent 1A”) of the total fee(s) actually received by Sprint from a Sprint User for use of the Applications (regardless of the Edition) (“Payment 1A”).

 

   Payment 1B . For [*****] sold via orders placed by customers from all non-WAP sites, including but not limited to: [*****] (‘Sales Channel 2”). Sprint will pay to Company [*****] (“Payment Percent 1B”) of the total fee(s) actually received by Sprint from a Sprint User for use of the Applications (regardless of the Edition) (“Payment 1B”).

 

   Payment 1D . For [*****]

 

   Pay per Day Option:

 

  ¡  

Unlimited use of [*****] in 24-hour period

 

  ¡  

GPS Navigation

 

  ¡  

Maps

 

  ¡  

POI search

 

  ¡  

Traffic

 

   Payment for Enterprise Devices (BlackBerry, Palm Treo, Pocket PC and Windows Mobile Devices) and non-enterprise Devices:

 

   Payment to Company of [*****] from Sprint User for the pay per day option, however, in no case will the payment to Company be less than [*****] per day per Sprint User purchasing the pay per day option.

 

   Monthly Recurring Subscription

 

  ¡  

Unlimited use of [*****] in 24-hour period

 

  ¡  

GPS Navigation

 

  ¡  

Maps

 

  ¡  

POI search

 

  ¡  

Traffic

 

   Flat payment to Company [*****] per month per Sprint User purchasing a monthly recurring subscription.

 

   No payment will be due to Company under this clause during a free trial of up to one month as long as the service automatically converts to paying (opt-out concept) after end of trial

 

   Bundled Pricing for [*****]

 

   Sprint will pay [*****] per month for each subscriber on service plans that have [*****] bundled into the plan. The [*****] will be paid for all subscribers that have access to any of these bundled plans during a calendar month. (i.e., 100% of MDNs showing bundled SOC applied at anytime during the calendar month). The payment of [*****] per subscriber will be effective for unlimited Voice and Data plans retroactively from the date they were launched. The payment of [*****] per subscriber will be effective for all other bundled plans, (e.g., [*****] Ultimate Packs, [*****] Business Packs, [*****] Navigation Pack) starting with the effective date of this agreement. For special pricing plans made only available to less than [*****] business customers, Sprint will pay [*****] for all subscribers on the plan.

 

  

Aggregate Bundle Usage Ceiling: At any time after the fraction of paid subscribers using the application for all bundles being paid on the [*****] structure rises above [*****] for [*****] consecutive

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

months, Sprint or Company may require, upon written notice, to negotiate in good faith on new pricing and/or other terms with the intention of addressing the higher operating costs of Company as a result of such increased usage. In no event do the Parties anticipate that the pricing will be increased higher then [*****] per month per subscriber on service plans that have Sprint Navigation bundled into the plan. If Company and Sprint cannot mutually agree to new terms within [*****] days of such written notice, Sprint or Company, upon written notice and subject to the Disentanglement period in Section 26.b, will have the right to remove [*****] as part of the bundle offering being paid at [*****].

 

   Payment 1E . For [*****] on iDEN devices only, Sprint will pay [*****] per month for each subscriber on all service plans that have Sprint Navigation bundled into the plan. The [*****] will be paid for all subscribers that have access to any of these bundled plans during a calendar month. (i.e., 100% of MDNs showing bundled SOC applied at anytime during the calendar month). The payment of [*****] per subscriber will be effective for unlimited Voice and Data plans, retroactively from the date they were launched (2/29/08 and 6/11/08 respectively).

 

   Payment 1F . For [*****] sold via orders placed by customers from including but not limited to: Sprint Retail Stores, Sprint indirect dealers, Sprint National Retailers such Sprint Master Dealers, Sprint Online Authorized Dealers. Sprint will pay to Company [*****] (“Payment Percent 1F”) of the total fee(s) actually received by Sprint from a Sprint User for use of the Applications (regardless of the Edition) (“Payment 1F”)

 

2. Payment 2 - One-Time Set-Up Fee . Sprint will pay to Company [*****] for (“Payment Percent 2”) of the total fee(s) actually received by Sprint from a Sprint User for One-Time Set-Up Fee (“Payment 2”) (Payment Percent 1 and 2, the “Payment Percent(s)”) (Payment 1 and 2, the “Payment(s)”).

 

3. Free [*****] Sprint User Trial . Sprint may make the first thirty (30) days of [*****] service available to Sprint Users at no cost. During such period, Sprint will not be obligated to make any Payment or Minimum Payment to Company for such service. The Sprint User may terminate [*****] service at the conclusion of such trial period. If at the end of such trial period the Sprint User decides to continue service of [*****], the terms and conditions of this Agreement will fully apply.

 

4. Price Changes/ Discounts . If Sprint, in its sole discretion, changes any price or offers any discount to a Sprint User, Sprint will calculate the Payments based on the new and/or discounted price.

 

5. Bundled Service . Other than for [*****], in the event that Sprint offers other applications and/or Sprint services and/or services and products offered through Sprint in conjunction with the Application as a “bundled service” and those “bundled services” are offered at a discounted price, Company will receive the Payment Percent calculated from a price, which for the purpose of calculation is the set price for the Application minus the discount, which discount is the overall discount of the bundle equally spread across each component of the bundle; provided however, in no event will the Company ever receive less than the Minimum Payment. For example, if the Application is priced at $50.00 and a customer purchases another application with a stand-alone price of $30.00, Sprint may price the bundled services (Application and the other $30 stand-alone application) at $72.00 (a 10% discount on the bundle). For purposes of calculating the Payment Percent, the price of each service billed to the Sprint User would be reduced by the rate of discount for the bundle as a whole (10% discount). Hence, the allocation for the individual components of the bundle would be $45.00 for the Application ($50.00 minus 10%) and $27.00 for the other stand-alone application ($30.00 minus 10%).

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

6. Minimum Payment for Sales Channel 1 . Except for the free trial as described in Section 3 of this Exhibit F, in no event will the Payments for Sales Channel 1 be less than following minimum payment:

 

Type of Payment   Minimum Payment   

Suggested Retail

Pricing Without Sprint
Data as of [

Application 3 – Editions:         
TeleNav Limited Routes – All Devices Except Blackberry (per month/per user)*   $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    Usually in a bundle so depends on bundle pricing
TeleNav Unlimited Routes – All Devices Except Blackberry (per month/per user)   $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****]

 

7. Minimum Payment for Sales Channel 2. Except for the free trial and service described in Section 3 of this Exhibit F, in no event will the Payment be less than the amounts specified in the below table (“Minimum Payments”):

 

Type of Payment   Minimum Payment    Suggested Retail
Pricing Without Sprint
Data as of

Application 1:

 

        

TeleNavTrack Lite

  $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****]
Application 2-Editions:         

TeleNavTrack Basic

  $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****]

TeleNavTrack Plus

  $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****]

TeleNavTrack Enhanced

  $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****]

TeleNavTrack Premium

  $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****]
Application 3-Editions         

TeleNav Limited Routes- All Devices Except Blackberry (per month/per user)*

  $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    Usually in a bundle so depends on bundle pricing

TeleNav Unlimited Routes- All Devices Except Blackberry (per month/per user)*

  $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****]

TeleNav Limited Routes- for the Blackberry (per month/per user)*

  $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    Usually in a bundle so depends on bundle pricing

TeleNav Unlimited Routes- for the Blackberry (per month/per user)

  $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****]

One-Time Set-Up Fee

  $[*****]/One-Time Set-Up Fee/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****]

One-Time Set-Up Fee –

Application 7

  $[*****]/One-Time Set-Up Fee/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****] (New 1Q09)
Application 4 (Fleet)   $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****]
Application 6 [*****]   $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****]
Application 7-Editions         
TeleNav Vehicle Manager –Standard   $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****] (New 1Q09)

[*****]

  $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****] (New 1Q09)
     
          

Application 8 [*****]

 

 

$[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)

 

  

$[*****] (New 1Q09)

 

Application 9 - Editions         

[*****]

  $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****] (New 1Q09)

Asset Tracker

 

 

$[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)

 

  

$[*****] (New 1Q09)

 

Application 10 (Vehicle Tracker)   $[*****]/month/per Sprint User (end-user)    $[*****]
  * The number of Limited Routes per calendar month per Sprint User (end-user) will be [*****] Routes per calendar month or as otherwise agreed to in writing.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

8. Not used .

 

9. For the purpose of clarification, the sums subject to the Payment Percent do not include Sprint User API fees, access, airtime, wireless data transport, taxes or any other charges payable to Sprint by Sprint Users. Company acknowledges and agrees that Sprint will not charge a service termination fee in the event the Sprint User terminates use of the Application before the end of the applicable term.

 

10. Payment Procedures .

 

  a. Reverse Revenue Share – Application 5

 

     Company may provide and charge Sprint Users directly for Application 5 that do not utilize a Sprint billing on behalf of functionality. In such cases, Company will be responsible for all aspects of providing Application 5 to the Sprint User (e.g. invoicing and processing credit card processing and delivery of Application 5 via OTA or other means).

 

     Company is responsible for collecting and remitting the applicable revenue share amounts to Sprint for Application 5. The revenue share amount due to Sprint will be equal to the [*****] by Company from [*****] less the [*****] per the terms of this Agreement [*****]. Net fees will be subject to adjustments and charge backs to reflect fees actually received by Company regarding the Application and exclude any credit card processing fees, sales or other taxes, bad debts, credits, and cancellations. Any amounts payable by Company to Sprint are due to Sprint on a [*****] basis and will be deducted from each [*****] invoice sent by Company to Sprint for the above Applications

 

     In addition, on a monthly basis, Company will, within [*****] days after the end of each month, provide a report to Sprint that details the calculation of net Application 5 electronic commerce revenue.

 

11. Payment Process

 

  a. The Payments will be calculated on a calendar [*****] basis and will be due and payable by Sprint within [*****] days following the end of each calendar [*****].

 

  b. All email correspondence regarding Payments and Remittances should be sent to the following:

 

  i) Jennice Chiu [*****]

 

  ii) Doug Miller [*****]

 

  iii) Dave Jordan [*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  c. Sprint will remit all payments to:

 

     Wire Address :
Pay to:   Wells Fargo
Routing & Transit #:   121000248
Beneficiary name:   TeleNav Inc.
For credit of:   TeleNav Inc.
Credit Account #:   [*****]

 

     Postal Service Address :
     TeleNav Inc.
     Attn: Douglas Miller, CFO
     1130 Kifer Rd.
     Sunnyvale, CA 94086


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT E

MAIN POINT OF CONTACT

The Main Point of Contact for Company is:

 

Name

  Dave Jordan
Title   Director, Business Development
Phone number   [*****]
Mobile number   [*****]
Email address   [*****]
Address   1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, CA 94086
Fax number   [*****]

The Main Point of Contact for Sprint is:

 

Name   Jeff Callan
Title   Product Manager
Phone number   [*****]
Mobile number   [*****]
Email address   [*****]
Address   6220 Sprint Parkway, Overland Park, KS 66251
Fax number   NA

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT F

TRADEMARKS

 

1. Sprint Trademarks

 

  a.

Sprint ®

LOGO

 

   Sprint logos: Company is required to comply with the Sprint trademark compatibility guidelines found at www.sprint.com/brand.

 

2. Company Trademarks

 

 

a.      TeleNav ®
b.      LOGO
c.      LOGO


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT G

ELECTRONIC TRANSACTIONS

 

1.0 SCOPE

This Exhibit G details the Transmission Standards for Transactions. Any portion of a Transaction that includes terms that are inconsistent with the Agreement are unenforceable.

 

2.0 DEFINITIONS

The following definitions will apply to this Exhibit G :

Punch Out ” means the process of: (1) accessing the Supplier’s web site located outside of Sprint’s electronic firewall through the Ariba network (or other Sprint approved network) for the purpose of purchasing Products or Services; and (2) capturing the data from Supplier’s web site and moving it through Sprint’s electronic firewall back into Sprint’s internal systems.

SSL Method ” means secure sockets layer, a private key encryption method which creates a secure relationship between client and server.

Transaction ” means the electronic exchange between Sprint and Supplier of a business document, including but not limited to (a) Orders, (b) Order acknowledgements, (c) Order changes, (d) advance shipping notices, (e) invoices, and (f) settlements as set forth under this Exhibit.

Transmission Standards ” means the electronic, computer-readable format agreed upon by the parties for exchange of Transactions.

 

3.0 TRANSMISSION STANDARDS

 

   3.1 The Parties will agree upon one of the Transmission Standards described in the Table below. Once agreed, Transmission Standards may only be amended by the Parties’ mutual written Exhibit.

 

Transaction    Transmission Standard
Orders, Order acknowledgements, Order changes    either EDI (ANSI x12) or RosettaNet XML
Invoices    (a) Xign (3 rd Party ASP), (b) EDI 810, (c) Procurement Card (d) XML
Settlements    (a) Xign (3 rd Party ASP), (b) ACH (Direct Deposit)

 

   3.2 If Supplier is unable to comply with the Transmission Standards in the Table above, the Parties may mutually agree to use an automated facsimile process (“ Autofax ”) to transmit Orders from Sprint to Supplier. The Autofax option will only apply to Orders. If the Parties elect this option, Supplier will provide Sprint with a dedicated facsimile number for Sprint to transmit Orders directly to Supplier’s order management group.

 

4.0 ELECTRONIC NOTIFICATIONS

Order acknowledgements, advance ship notifications, change order acknowledgements, and Order cancellations, sent via email must be transmitted directly to the “Attention To” named on the purchase order. If a purchase order cannot be shipped complete, a backorder notification must be sent via email, advising the “Attention To” with the estimated date of delivery. Additionally, it is required that data requirements are met for all other notification transmission methods.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

5.0 ADDITIONAL INVOICING REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO PCARD

Supplier must itemize all Fees on the purchase order. Supplier will ensure that all invoices submitted to Sprint for payment via a pCard include level 2 data elements with the ability to break-out data typically available at level 3. The data elements required for level 2 or level 3 may be provided to Supplier by Sprint upon written request.

 

6.0 SYSTEM OPERATIONS

The Parties agree to individually bear all costs for integration of their respective internal systems and all transaction-related costs associated with the implementation and use of Transmission Standards Each Party will provide and maintain the equipment, software, services and testing necessary to effectively, reliably, timely, and securely transmit and receive Transactions. Each Party will provide sufficient notice to the other of any changes in systems operations that might impair the mutual capabilities of the Parties to meet the Transmission Standards.

 

7.0 THIRD PARTY SERVICE SUPPLIERS

The Parties may use a third party service provider (“Service Supplier”) for the transmission of data or the establishment of an electronic marketplace or exchange. If either Party elects to use a Service Supplier, it must provide the other party with thirty (30) days’ written notice of addition to or change of the Service Supplier(s). A Party contracting with a Service Supplier must require the Service Supplier to enter into a confidentiality agreement preventing disclosure of any information contained in a Transaction to any third party. The confidentiality agreement will survive for three (3) years after the Service Supplier initially obtains the information. Either Party may modify its election to use, or may change a Service Supplier upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other Party. Each Party will be liable for the acts or omissions of its Service Supplier while transmitting, receiving, storing or handling Transactions. If both Parties use the same Service Supplier, the originating Party will be liable for the acts or omissions of the Service Supplier in connection with each particular Transaction until the other Party properly receives the Transaction, consistent with Section 8.0 of this Exhibit .

 

8.0 SECURITY PROCEDURES

Transactions will be encrypted using methods approved by Sprint’s Corporate Security group. Additionally, each Party will adopt an electronic identification key consisting of one or more symbol(s) or code(s) to be used and affixed as an identifying mark for all Transactions (“Signature”). Each Party agrees that any Signature affixed to or contained within a Transaction will be sufficient to verify that the Transaction originated from the other Party unless the relying Party has actual notice that the Signature has been revoked. Neither Party will accept a Transaction without a Signature or disclose the Signature of the other Party to any third party. A Party may change its Signature only by prior written notice to the other Party.

 

9.0 TRANSMISSION ACCEPTANCE

If any Transaction is received in an unreadable form, the receiving Party must promptly notify the originating Party of the problem (and provide as many details as possible about the problem). If the receiving Party does not provide this notice, the originating Party’s record of the Transaction will control such that the Transaction will be considered accepted by the receiving Party and both Parties will be held to any Transaction obligations.

 

10.0 CATALOG REQUIREMENTS

 

   10.1 If the Parties agree to maintain an electronic catalog under this Exhibit G , the requirements of this Section will apply.

 

  

10.2 If Supplier provides links in the electronic catalog to pictures and graphics for catalog items, Supplier will house these pictures and graphics on its own web server unless otherwise agreed upon. Supplier will provide a listing of all unique UNSPSC codes associated with Supplier’s catalog items. Supplier will provide adequate explanatory descriptions for each catalog item in the style requested by Sprint will enhance item descriptions as necessary. Supplier will not duplicate item descriptions regardless of the similarity of items. Supplier will provide Sprint at least forty-eight (48) hours’ prior written notice of any changes made to the catalog content including, without limitation, contractually required pricing and UNSPSC codes, on Supplier’s Punch Out accessible website. If


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

Supplier fails to provide notice, in addition to any other remedies available to Sprint under this Exhibit G , Supplier will indemnify and defend Sprint for any loss, damage, or liability incurred in connection with the failure.

 

   10.3 Supplier will maintain its Punch Out accessible website, including, without limitation, the pictures and graphics associated with each catalog item. Supplier must provide Sprint with forty-eight (48) hours advance notice of any site maintenance that could impact the usability of the site. Supplier must also notify Sprint immediately in the event of an unplanned outage providing cause, corrective action, and estimated down time

 

11.0 VALIDITY; ENFORCEABILITY; CONFIDENTIALITY

 

   11.1 Transactions will be considered “in writing,” “signed,” and will constitute an “original” when printed from electronic files or records established and maintained in the normal course of business.

 

   11.2 The Parties agree not to contest the validity or enforceability of Transactions under the provisions of any applicable law relating to whether certain Exhibits are to be in writing or signed by the Party to be bound. Printed copies of Transactions, if introduced as evidence in any judicial proceeding, arbitration, mediation, or administrative proceeding, will be legally binding and admissible to the same extent and under the same conditions as other business records originated and maintained in documentary form. Neither Party will contest the admissibility of Transactions under either the business records exception to the hearsay rule or the best evidence rule on the basis that the Transactions were not originated or maintained in documentary form.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT H

DIVERSITY IN SUBCONTRACTING

Sprint is committed to corporate diversity. As part of this commitment, it is the policy of Sprint that certified diverse suppliers will have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in providing products and services to the fullest extent consistent with efficient contract performance. Supplier agrees to adhere to the terms of this Exhibit H regarding use of Certified Diverse Suppliers for its subcontracts.

 

1.0 DEFINITIONS

Certified Diverse Supplier ” means a supplier that has been certified by a qualified independent third-party agency as one or more of the following: Woman-owned business; HUBZone Business Concern; Minority owned business; 8(a) business concern; Service disabled veteran owned business; Veteran owned business; Small business (US Small Business Administration certification only; HBC/U (Historically Black Colleges & Universities; and Small disadvantaged business.

Utilization Requirement ” means the target percentage for Supplier’s use of Certified Diverse Suppliers in providing Services and Deliverables.

 

2.0 SUPPLIER REQUIREMENTS

 

  2.1 Utilization Requirement

 

   Supplier must use commercially reasonable efforts to meet a minimum Utilization Requirement of [*****] annually over the term of this Exhibit H . Supplier will satisfy the Utilization Requirement through the use of Certified Diverse Suppliers and may include its subcontractors who do not provide services or deliverables under this Exhibit H in calculating its aggregate Certified Diverse Supplier procurement spend for this Exhibit H .

 

  2.2 Supplier Diversity Subcontracting Plan

 

     2.2.1 Within thirty (30) calendar days of the Effective Date, Supplier will provide Sprint with a strategic Supplier Diversity Subcontracting Plan outlining the methodology to be used by Supplier to meet its contractual obligation to Sprint regarding the use of Certified Diverse Suppliers (“Diversity Plan”).

 

     2.2.2 Supplier’s Diversity Plan must, at a minimum, address the following:

 

     (a) Supplier will fairly consider Certified Diverse Suppliers for use as Suppliers’ subcontractors and vendors under this Exhibit H .

 

     (b) Supplier’s Utilization Requirements.

 

     (c) Records documenting: (i) procedures adopted by Supplier to comply with this Exhibit H , including the establishment of a Certified Diverse Suppliers source list; (ii) awards made to Certified Diverse Suppliers on the source list; and (iii) specific efforts to identify and award contracts to Certified Diverse Suppliers.

 

     (d) Name and contact information of the Supplier liaison manager designee responsible for interfacing with the Sprint supplier diversity department and administering Supplier’s Diversity Plan.

 

  2.3 Reporting

 

    

2.3.1 If requested by Sprint, Supplier will, within thirty (30) calendar days, submit reports detailing its use of Certified Diverse Suppliers to meet the Utilization Requirement under

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

this Exhibit H . Supplier will submit these reports in a Sprint-specified format. The reports will be electronic and must include: (i) the total amount of invoices, expressed in dollars paid by Sprint to Supplier, for Services and Deliverables under this Exhibit H ; and (2) the total amount, expressed in dollars, of subcontracts between Supplier and any Certified Diverse Suppliers during that calendar quarter. Supplier’s failure to provide quarterly reports will be considered a material breach of this Exhibit H by Supplier.

 

     2.3.2 Supplier agrees that Sprint may, when required by federal procurement regulations and at its sole option, require Supplier to submit Standard Form 294.

 

     2.3.3 A Sprint-approved list of independent third-party agencies for certification purposes can be found at www.sprint.com/supplierregistration.

 

  2.4 Commercially Reasonable Efforts

 

   Supplier must make commercially reasonable efforts to meet its Utilization Requirements.

 

  2.5 Cooperation

 

   Supplier agrees to cooperate in any studies or surveys that may be conducted by Sprint representatives or federal or state agencies to determine the extent of Supplier’s compliance with this Exhibit H .


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT I

DEFINITIONS

Adjustment ” means a refund or reduction to a charge for Sprint Billed Content made by Biller at a User’s request based on performance or other issues arising from the Sprint Billed Content.

Agreement ” is defined in the Preamble.

Billed Revenue ” means the charges that Biller invoices to Users (excluding any applicable transaction taxes) for the use of Sprint Billed Content, net of all Adjustments.

Biller” means Sprint, or as applicable, its billing agent, the Sprint Affiliates or Sprint Resale Partners who may invoice Users for the use of Sprint Billed Content.

Bundled Offering ” means Sprint Content bundles, which may be comprised of multiple sources of Content as determined by Sprint, and approved by Sprint for sale to Users.

Business Day ” means any weekday other than a day designated as a holiday under the Sprint holiday schedule as revised annually.

Claim ” is defined in Section 30.b.

Company Data ” means all information collected or developed by Company regarding its customers who are Users or derived specifically from a User’s use of the Services or otherwise provided directly to Company by Users.

Company Services ” means any and all Applications, Content and Services relating to the Application and Content, and the features, functionality, data, graphics, sounds, text and other information, material or other content in the electronic form provided by Company to Users via transmission across the Sprint Wireless Network by Sprint hereunder, including any and all Other Services.

Competitive Pricing ” is defined in Section 6.e.

Confidential Information ” means this Agreement and the terms hereof, and any and all information and materials concerning a party’s intellectual property, proprietary property or information, trade secrets, products, planned products, services or planned services, suppliers, employees, customers, prospective customers, data, financial information, computer software, processes, methods, knowledge, inventions, ideas, marketing, promotions, discoveries, current or planned activities, research, development, or other information relating to a party’s business activities or operations or those of its customers, partners, suppliers or affiliates. Specifically with respect to Sprint, Confidential Information also includes (but is not limited to): (a) Proprietary Programs; (b) information concerning Sprint Affiliates or Resale Partners disclosed in connection with this Agreement; (c) any and all information derived from a User’s use of the Sprint Services or the Sprint Wireless Network, including, but not limited to, the Mobile Identification Number (MIN) or Mobile Destination Number (MDN) issued by Sprint to a User, the Electronic Serial Number (ESN) associated with a Device, the Network Access Identifier (NAI), any Location Information or location-based information, network presence, NGG logs, transaction records, vending machine meta data that relates to data usage or Premium Services purchases; and (d) Privacy Restricted Data (as defined below).

Content ” means and includes the content described in Section 1 hereof (and in any Exhibits referenced therein), any and all content provided or included in the Company Services, and any and all Java Applications, Content Additions, Sprint Billed Content, data, graphics, sounds, text, features, functionality, software programs, applications, services and other information and material in electronic form provided by Company hereunder for sale to Users as set forth herein, including any Enhancements and related Services.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Content Standards ” are defined in this Agreement.

Compliance with Legal Status ” is defined in Section 9.

Control ” means the power to vote fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting interests of an entity or ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the beneficial interests in income or capital of an entity.

Damages ” means all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs, expenses, and reasonable legal fees.

Delay ” is defined in Section 38.h.2.a.

Deliverable ” means any item delivered or produced by Supplier ancillary to providing Services under this Agreement including any Developed Property. Deliverables may include, but are not limited to, tangible and intangible information incidental to or items which contain or embody the results of the Services performed under this Agreement.

Developed Property ” means all intellectual property generated, conceived, or developed under this Agreement and paid for by Sprint, including without limitation, inventions conceived or reduced to practice and any resulting patents.

Device ” means the digital electronic equipment meeting the requirements of and authorized by Sprint for Users to access any Sprint Services, which (i) is compliant with CDMA 2000 or iDEN standards as implemented by Sprint, or any successor standard or technology implemented by Sprint, and (ii) may, but is not required to, include a Sprint Media Player.

Disabling Device ” means any timer, clock, counter, or other limiting design or routine or uncorrected known vulnerability that may cause Software or any data generated or used by it to be erased, become inoperable or inaccessible, or that may otherwise cause the Software to become temporarily or permanently incapable of performing in accordance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, any Disabling Device that is triggered: (a) after using or copying Software or any component a certain number of times; (b) after the lapse of a period of time; (c) in the absence of a hardware device; (d) after the occurrence or lapse of any other triggering factor or event; or (e) due to external input, including across a computer network. Disabling Device includes Software commonly referred to as a virus, worm, trojan horse, or other disabling or damaging codes, or backdoor access to hardware, software, or data.

Distribution Channel means a Sprint authorized sales channel for distribution of Sprint products and services, including Bundled Offerings to Sprint Users, of Company’s Application(s) and Service(s) as solely set forth in this Agreement.

Documentation ” means the user, operations, and training manuals related to the Services and Deliverables.

Download ” means a successful transmission of Content across the Sprint Wireless Network to a designated Device.

Enhancement ” means any change, modification, update, supplementation or upgrade of or to the Content, including Sprint Billed Content, or Services.

Effective Date ” is defined in the Preamble.

Insolvent ” is defined in Section.25.d

IT and Security Policies ” is defined in Section 36.

Location-Based Application ” means a packet-mode data services application offered by Company to Users that is capable of using Location Information and that is implemented in compliance with Sprint’s requirements at http://developer.sprint.com/site/global/home/p_home.jsp, as may change from time to time by Sprint .


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Location Information ” means the location of User’s Device, provided by Sprint with the consent of the User.

Marks ” means trademarks, trade names, service marks and iconography, as set forth in this Agreement.

Malicious Technology ” is defined in Section 27.b.3.

Net Price ” is defined in Section 6.e.1

Order ” means a written or electronic order from Sprint for Services or Deliverables, including without limitation, a purchase order or statement of work.

Other Services ” means services transmitted to Users via the Sprint Wireless Network, for which Users pay a fee but which do not utilize Sprint’s “billing on behalf of” functionality.

Privacy Restricted Data ” means any information about persons or entities that Supplier receives or derives in any manner from any source pursuant to this Agreement which concerns prospective, former, and existing customers and employees of (1) Sprint, (2) Sprint Affiliates, (3) Sprint affinity marketing partners, and (4) other partners, and information from Sprint data suppliers. By way of example, Privacy Restricted Data includes, without limitation, names, addresses, telephone numbers, electronic addresses, social security numbers, credit card numbers, customer proprietary network information (as defined under 47 U.S.C. § 222 and its implementing regulations), location information, frequent flier information, account information, credit information, and demographic information.

Proprietary Programs ” means Sprint’s proprietary encryption or decryption modules, libraries or other scripts or programs of any kind. Sprint’s Proprietary Programs will be deemed Confidential Information of Sprint.

Resale Partner ” means a third-party partner of Sprint that resells any Sprint Services to its customers over the Sprint Wireless Network.

Sales and Use Taxes ” means state and local sales and use taxes, including Arizona transaction privilege tax, Arkansas gross receipts tax, Hawaii general excise tax, Illinois retailer’s occupation tax, and New Mexico gross receipts tax.

Security Standards ” means commercially reasonable security features in all material hardware and software systems and platforms that Company uses to access Sprint’s Confidential Information.

Special Excluded Developed Property ” means any Developed Property (i) that is specifically identified on an Order as such at the time of executing such Order and (ii) as to which a Waiver of IP Ownership in the form prescribed by Sprint has been duly executed by a Sprint senior vice president or more senior executive. Despite any statement to the contrary in an Order, no Developed Property will constitute “Special Excluded Developed Property” in the absence of a duly executed Waiver of IP Ownership.

Specifications ” means the descriptions of the Deliverables and Services, their components, and their capacities, features, functions, or methods as set forth in this Agreement, any Order, and any Documentation provided to Sprint by Company in writing, including Company’s responses, if any, to a request for proposal from Sprint, if any.

Sprint Affiliate ” means: (a) any entity that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Sprint; (b) any entity that has entered into an agreement to construct, manage and/or maintain the Sprint Wireless Network in a defined geographical territory, and/or an agreement to sell wireless products or services under the “Sprint” brand name or any


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

other brand name(s); or (c) any entity to which Sprint is required by law or contract to provide wireless products or services involving the Company’s Services or the Content. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used in this definition, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of (i) twenty percent (20%) or more of the equity of such entity, (ii) ownership of twenty percent (20%) or more of the voting power of the voting equity of such entity, or (iii) the ability or power, whether exclusive or shared, to otherwise direct the management or policies of such entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Sprint Billed Content ” means certain Sprint-approved Content, in the form of a “Bundled Offering” or otherwise, that is provided by Sprint to Users and for which Users are invoiced a fee by Biller on behalf of Company and are reported by Sprint to Service Provider as “Active Subscribers.”

Sprint Services ” means any and all wireless data services (including, but not limited to, the Sprint Vending Machine) provided or made available by Sprint, for or on behalf of itself, Users, the Sprint Affiliates, or any of them.

Sprint Vending Machine ” means that part of Sprint’s Web site accessible via the Internet from which Users may purchase, access, or download Content for use on, or accessible on, a Device.

Sprint Wireless Network ” means any and all wireless communications systems built, owned or operated by Sprint or any of the Sprint Affiliates, and to the extent that a User may access Company Services or Content while roaming, includes any wireless communications system on which such User is roaming, but only for the duration of time that the User is actually roaming.

Sprint-Owned Property ” means all tangible and intangible items or information that Company receives from Sprint or from a third party on behalf of Sprint.

Subcontractor ” means any person (including any Supplier affiliate) other than Company who provides Services to Sprint on behalf of Company under this Agreement.

Term ” is defined in Section 24.a.

“Territory” means the United States of America, its territories, possessions and commonwealths and Canada.

Uncollected Billed Revenue ” is defined as total Billed Revenue that is uncollected and past due, and includes bad debts, fraudulent charges, short payments by Users, and other payment shortfalls and delinquencies.

“User ” means any individual who uses any of the Sprint Services or the Application or Content.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT J

ADVERTISING

The Parties desire to add allowances and additional terms for advertising on all Company applications and Company and Sprint WAP properties.

 

1.0 DEFINITIONS

“Gross Media Revenue” means gross advertising and/or sponsorship, and/or cost-per-click (action) revenue billed by Company with respect to advertising on the Wireless Services that is displayed to users of Devices less credits for under delivery of advertising impressions and any applicable taxes (excluding Company’s income tax.) “House Advertising” means self promotional advertisements the Company places on the Wireless Services and will not receive revenue for this advertising. This does not include links to upgrade from a free Company application or service to a paid Company application or service. Specifically, House Advertisements are used to promote new features, other in-house revenue generators, and other media properties of the Company. NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

  1. Scope of Content and Services: Sprint agrees to allow Company Services (“Advertising Supported Content”) that may contain advertising, provided such advertising adhere to all Advertising Guidelines listed in Exhibit K . Parties agree that Advertising Supported Content will be offered free of charge to Users unless otherwise specified in writing. There will be no cost to Sprint for Advertising Supported Content.

 

     All advertising must adhere to requirements Sprint Advertising Standards outlined in Exhibit K which may change from time to time. Sprint reserves the right to require review and approval of all advertisements prior to such advertisements running on the Sprint network. At Sprint’s written request, Company will terminate advertisements if Sprint, in its sole discretion, determines the customer experience is negatively impacted due to advertising. This may include a drop in page views and/or distinct visitors to the Company’s WAP site in two (2) or more consecutive months or increase in number of complaints received by Customer Care. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, in the event Sprint pre-approves an advertisement and subsequently terminates the advertisement, Sprint will allow Company’s advertiser to replace the terminated advertisement with a different one until such time as the advertiser has received the agreed upon impressions.

 

  2. Delivery and Support: All advertising will be delivered by Company’s vendor of choice.

 

  3. Advertising Sales: All non-house Advertising, must be sold by Company at a minimum rate of [*****], unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Sprint.

 

     Advertising Trials: Parties will mutually agree to a reasonable number of non-paid trials to verify creative and response rates.

 

  4. Revenue Sharing – Billed/Paid Inventory: Company will pay Sprint [*****] of the Gross Media Revenue for all billed inventory served on the Sprint Wireless Network through Sprint Services. The only allowable deduction is when Service Provider is invoicing for a traditional media commission because of the compensation agreement between Service Provider and an Ad Agency.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Calculation Example for Revenue Sharing – Billed Inventory

 

    

Impressions Delivered

   Gross CPM    Gross Media
Revenue

Campaign A

   [*****] impressions    $ [*****]    $ [*****]

Campaign B

   [*****] impressions    $ [*****]    $ [*****]

Campaign C

   [*****] impressions    $ [*****]    $ [*****]
            

Total

   [*****] impressions       $ [*****]

Average of the Billed Rate Charged to Advertisers

   $ [*****]

Total Gross Media Revenue:

   $ [*****]

Sprint Share of Total Gross Media Revenue

     [*****]

Sprint Dollar Share of Total Gross Media Revenue

   $ [*****]

 

  5. Revenue Sharing – House Advertising: Company will limit house advertising so that it averages no more than [*****] of total Company inventory available in any one month to Sprint Users unless mutually agreed to by both Parties.

 

  6. Payments: All Revenue Sharing payments are due to Sprint each within [*****] days of the end of the calendar quarter. Company will remit payments in accordance with Exhibit J. Sprint reserves the right to change its policies and conditions for the payment of Gross Media Revenue, including but not limited to payment frequency, and Sprint will inform Company of any such change by providing advanced written notice.

 

  7. Taxes: Company is responsible for collecting and remitting all transaction taxes imposed upon the sale of its goods or services including advertising.

 

  8. Reporting: Company will also deliver to Sprint, quarterly and with each payment, a summary report supporting the amount paid for every campaign and in total, which includes a line item showing total impressions served, total click thru, and total payments.

 

  9. Audit Rights . The Parties agree that each Party, or its authorized representatives, will have the right, at any time (but no more than once per year), upon reasonable notice, to perform an audit with respect to the other Party’s performance of its obligations herein. For purposes of such audit, the each Party will grant the other Party and its representative’s full and complete access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to the Party’s facilities, books, records, procedures, and all other information required to ascertain any facts relative to its performance hereunder.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT K

ADVERTISING GUIDELINES

[Not submitted.]

 

Sprint – Confidential – Not for Distribution


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT L

FORM OF SOFTWARE ESCROW AGREEMENT

THIS ESCROW AGREEMENT, effective January 30, 2009, (the “Escrow Agreement”), is among SPRINT UNITED MANAGEMENT COMPANY (“Sprint”), TELENAV, INC. (“Supplier”) and                                          (“Escrow Agent”).

Pursuant to that certain                                                                                   (“the Agreement”), the Parties agree as follows:

 

1. Supplier agrees to keep current copies of the source code and other materials for the Supplier Applications (“Deposit Materials”), set forth in Attachment 1 , attached hereto and made a part hereof, (may also be referred to herein as the “Software”) in escrow with Escrow Agent during the license term of such Software in accordance with the provisions of this Escrow Agreement.

 

2. Supplier will pay all costs of providing and maintaining the Deposit Materials in escrow, including the fees of Escrow Agent. The copy of the Deposit Materials provided to Sprint placed in escrow will be reproduced and maintained on magnetic tape compatible with workstations and the systems on which the Software will operate and will be accompanied by full documentation thereof. When a new release or substantial change to the current release of the Software is issued by or on behalf of Supplier during the term of the Escrow Agreement, the revised Deposit Materials, including the change, will be delivered to the Escrow Agent as soon as practicable after the change is effected by or on behalf of Supplier. Copies of the revised Deposit Materials and the Deposit Materials prior to the then latest revision, will be maintained in escrow as provided herein.

 

3. Escrow Agent will release the Deposit Materials to Sprint under the following conditions (a “Release Condition”):

 

   The institution by or against Supplier of insolvency, receivership or bankruptcy proceedings or any other proceedings for the settlement of Supplier’s debts, provided, with respect to involuntary proceedings, that such proceedings are not dismissed within sixty (60) days; Supplier makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or Supplier dissolves, liquidates or ceases to do business in the ordinary course.

 

   If Sprint believes in good faith that a Release Condition has occurred, Sprint may provide to Escrow Agent written notice of the occurrence of the Release Condition and a request for the release of the Deposit Materials ( “Request for Release” ). Such Request for Release will be accompanied by an affidavit (the “Affidavit” ) signed by Sprint, attesting:

 

  (i) To a full description of the Release Condition; and

 

  (ii) The Deposit Materials will continue to be the sole property of Supplier and will be subject to the confidentiality provisions of the Agreement; and

 

Sprint – Confidential – Not for Distribution


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  (iii) The Deposit Materials will be used solely for Sprint’s support and maintenance of the Software licensed by Supplier to Sprint, in order to provide Sprint the benefits set forth under the Agreement (but not for purposes of sublicensing or for any other purpose not expressly set forth herein); and

 

  (iv) A copy of the Request for Release and said Affidavit has been provided to Supplier.

 

     Within three (3) business days of receipt of a Request for Release, Escrow Agent will provide a copy of the Request for Release and the Affidavit to Supplier, by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by commercial express mail.

 

     From the date Escrow Agent mails the notice requesting release of the Deposit Materials, Supplier will have ten (10) business days to deliver to Escrow Agent contrary instructions. “Contrary Instructions” will mean the written representation by Supplier that a Release Condition has not occurred or has been cured. Upon receipt of Contrary Instructions, Escrow Agent will send a copy to Sprint by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by commercial express mail. Additionally, Escrow Agent will notify both Sprint and Supplier that there is a dispute to be resolved . Escrow Agent will continue to store the Deposit Materials without release pending the first to occur of (a) joint instructions from Supplier and Sprint; (b) private resolution of the dispute; or (c) order of a court.

 

     If Escrow Agent does not receive Contrary Instructions from Supplier, Escrow Agent is authorized to release the Deposit Materials to Sprint.

 

4. Escrow Agent will be responsible to perform its obligations under this Agreement and to act in a reasonable and prudent manner with regard to this Escrow Agreement.

 

   Provided Escrow Agent has acted in the manner stated in the preceding sentence, the Party on whose behalf, or pursuant to whose direction Escrow Agent acts, will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Escrow Agent from any and all claims, actions, damages, arbitration fees and expenses, costs, attorneys’ fees and other liabilities incurred by Escrow Agent relating in any way to this Escrow Agreement. Absent any such direction, Supplier and Sprint will jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless Escrow Agent from any and all claims, actions, damages, arbitration fees and expenses, costs, attorneys’ fees and other liabilities incurred by Escrow Agent relating in any way to this Escrow Agreement, except for any liability, costs or expenses that may be sustained or incurred by the gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Escrow Agent, its employees or agents.

 

5. Any dispute relating to or arising from this Escrow Agreement will be resolved by arbitration under the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Any court having jurisdiction over the matter may enter judgment on the award of the arbitrator(s). Service of a petition to confirm the arbitration award may be made by First Class mail or by commercial express mail, to the attorney for the Party or, if unrepresented, to the Party at the last known business address.

 

Sprint – Confidential – Not for Distribution


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

6. In the event of the nonpayment of fees owed to Escrow Agent, Escrow Agent will provide written notice of delinquency to the parties to this Agreement affected by such delinquency. Any such Party will have the right to make the payment to Escrow Agent to cure the default. If the past due payment is not received in full by Escrow Agent within one (1) month of the date of such notice, then at any time thereafter Escrow Agent will have the right to terminate this Agreement to the extent it relates to the delinquent Party by sending written notice of termination to such affected parties. Escrow Agent will have no obligation to take any action under this Agreement so long as any payment due to Escrow Agent remains unpaid.

 

7. Upon termination of this Escrow Agreement by joint written instruction of Supplier and Sprint, Escrow Agent will destroy, return, or otherwise deliver the Deposit Materials in accordance with such instructions. Upon termination for nonpayment, Escrow Agent may, at its sole discretion, destroy the Deposit Materials or return them to Supplier. Escrow Agent will have no obligation to return or destroy the Deposit Materials if the Deposit Materials are subject to another escrow agreement with Escrow Agent.

 

8. All notices, invoices, payments, deposits and other documents and communications will be given to the Parties at the address specified in the “Notices” Section of the Agreement. It will be the responsibility of the Parties to notify each other as provided in this Section in the even of a change of address. The Parties will have the right to rely on the last known address of the other Parties. Unless other wise provided in this Agreement, all documents and communications may be delivered by First Class mail.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the foregoing Escrow Agreement has been executed by authorized representatives of the Parties hereto, in duplicate, as of the date first set forth above.

 

Supplier: TELENAV, INC.     SPRINT UNITED MANAGEMENT COMPANY
By:  

 

    By:  

 

Print Name:  

 

    Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

    Title:  

 

Date:  

 

    Date:  

 

[Insert Escrow Agent Name]      
By:  

 

     
Print Name:  

 

     
Title:  

 

     
Date:  

 

     

 

Sprint – Confidential – Not for Distribution

EXHIBIT 10.13.1

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

Agreement 2009-0030

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SPRINT MASTER APPLICATION AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment No. 1”) to the Sprint Master Application and Services Agreement (“Agreement”) effective July 1, 2009 (“Amendment No. 1 Effective Date”) is between Sprint United Management Company (“Sprint”), and Telenav Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Supplier”). Except as otherwise indicated, defined terms in this Amendment have the same meaning as in the Agreement.

 

I. Background

 

  A. The parties entered into the Agreement on January 30, 2009.

 

  B. The parties agree to modify the Agreement as set forth in this Amendment No. 1.

The parties agree as follows:

 

II. Amendment

 

  A. The Agreement is amended by deleting Section 6.f entirety and replacing it as follows:

Preferred Supplier Status. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement for Application 5, Company will be Sprint’s preferred Application 5 (as defined in Section 1 (e)) Supplier, until December 31, 2010, and subject to Sprint’s rights in Section 25, as such: (a) Sprint agrees to feature Application 5 [*****] in the Sprint authorized Distribution Channels; and (b) Sprint agrees that it will not offer, sell or otherwise make available to Sprint Users navigation application or service other than Application 5, under the Sprint Navigation brand, as currently contemplated by the Parties. The Parties acknowledge and agree that Sprint in its sole discretion, reserves the right to offer, sell or otherwise make available in Sprint Distribution Channels and to Sprint Users any [*****] during the Term.

 

  B. The Agreement is amended by deleting Section 25.c entirety and replacing it as follows:

Sprint Termination For Convenience. Sprint may terminate this Agreement at any time without liability, except for undisputed payment obligations, by providing a written termination notice to Company. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, the termination is effective 30 Business Days after Sprint delivers written termination notice. Sprint will not terminate this Agreement for convenience, as provided in this Section 25 (c), before December 31, 2010.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Sprint Confidential Information - Restricted


  C. The Agreement is amended by deleting Section 5 of Exhibit A in its entirety and replacing it as follows:

Application 5. Sprint Navigation

Sprint Navigation is Sprint branded, but Supplier provided application for Sprint consumer and business devices as determined by Sprint for Distribution Channels. These currently include, but are not limited to J2ME and BREW feature phones, Blackberrys, Palm Treos and Smartphones running J2ME and Window Mobile.

Note: Enterprise devices (e.g., Blackberry, Palm Treo and Windows Mobile/Pocket PC PDAs) will be supported as part of Application 5.

The primary features and functionality of Application 5 are as follows:

Sprint Navigation Lite (Product 5a) This product may not be made available in any combination with any Sprint bundle without the prior written approval of Company (approval will not be unreasonably withheld). This product will include an upgrade path to Sprint Navigation Standard or Premium, as well as advertising. Features include but are not limited to:

 

   

Text-based directions

 

   

Route previews

 

   

Business finder

 

   

Search along route

 

   

Ratings & reviews

 

   

Static map

 

   

2D “follow-me” map

 

   

Automatic Map updates

 

   

Personalized website

 

   

Address sharing

Sprint Navigation Standard (Product 5b)

Features include but are not limited to:

 

   

All Lite features

 

   

Voice “real-time” Directions

 

   

Automatic re-routing

 

   

Navigation View (Turns, 2D Moving Maps, 3D Moving Maps)

 

   

Traffic Summary

 

   

Traffic Re-routing

 

   

Traffic Alerts

 

   

Traffic on map

 

   

Search for Gas by Price

Sprint Navigation Premium (Product 5c)

Features include but are not limited to:

 

   

All Lite & Standard features

 

   

Weather & Commuter Alerts

 

   

Speech Recognition for Address Input

 

   

Speech Recognition for POI Search

 

Sprint Confidential Information - Restricted

2


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Application 5 will be branded as follows:

“TeleNav” or the “Powered by TeleNav” text with logo will only appear within the Application 5 where mutually agreed to by both parties. Notwithstanding the above, Application 5 will contain attribution required by Company third party content licensors.

Sprint agrees that all Sprint produced press releases or written communications to industry and financial analysts that reference Application 5 will attribute the development and operation of Application 5 to Company by including a reference to “TeleNav” or “Powered by TeleNav”.

 

  D. The Agreement is amended by deleting Section 1 of Exhibit D in its entirety and replacing it as follows:

Payment 1A . For [*****] (non-blackberry only) sold via orders placed by customers using a Sprint owned or authorized WAP Site (“Sales Channel 1”). Sprint will pay to Company [*****] (“Payment Percent 1A”) of the total fee(s) actually received by Sprint from a Sprint User for use of the Applications (regardless of the Edition) (“Payment 1A”).

Payment 1B . For [*****] sold via orders placed by customers from all non-WAP sites, including but not limited to: Sprint Retail Stores, Sprint indirect dealers, Sprint National Retailers such as RadioShack and Best Buy, Sprint Master Dealers, Sprint Online Authorized Dealers such as InPhonic and Amazon.com (“Sales Channel 2”). Sprint will pay to Company [*****] (“Payment Percent 1B”) of the total fee(s) actually received by Sprint from a Sprint User for use of the Applications (regardless of the Edition) (“Payment 1B”).

Payment 1D . For [*****]

Pay per Day Option:

 

   

Unlimited use of [*****] in 24-hour period

 

   

GPS Navigation

 

   

Maps

 

   

POI search

 

   

Traffic

Payment for Enterprise Devices (BlackBerry, Palm Treo, Pocket PC and Windows Mobile Devices) and non-enterprise Devices:

Payment to Company of [*****] from Sprint User for the pay per day option, however, in no case will the payment to Company be less than [*****] per day per Sprint User purchasing the pay per day option.

Monthly Recurring Subscription

 

   

Unlimited use of Application 5 during subscription period

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Sprint Confidential Information - Restricted

3


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

   

GPS Navigation

 

   

Maps

 

   

POI search

 

   

Traffic

Sprint will pay to Company [*****] (“Payment Percent 1D”) of the total fee(s) actually received by Sprint from a Sprint User for use of the Applications (regardless of the Sales Channel) (“Payment 1D”); provided however, such payment will not be less than the following per month per Sprint User purchasing a monthly recurring subscription:

 

Application

  

Minimum Fee

Sprint Navigation Lite    none
Sprint Navigation Standard (unbundled)    $[*****]
Sprint Navigation Premium (upgrade from Standard)    $[*****]
Sprint Navigation Premium (incl. upgrade from Lite)    $[*****]

No payment will be due to Company under this clause during a free trial of up to one month as long as the service automatically converts to paying (opt-out concept) after end of trial

Bundled Pricing for [*****]

Sprint will pay the applicable rate defined in the table below per month for each subscriber on service plans that have [*****] bundled into the plan. The applicable rate will be paid for all subscribers that have access to any of these bundled plans during a calendar month. (i.e., 100% of MDNs showing bundled SOC applied at anytime during the calendar month). The payment per subscriber per month will be effective for unlimited Voice and Data plans retroactively from the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date. The applicable payment per subscriber per month will be effective for all other bundled plans, (e.g., $25 Ultimate Packs, $30 Business Packs, $20 Navigation Pack, Simply Everything, Everything Data, etc.) retroactively from the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

Number of Subscribers

  

Price Per Subscriber

[*****]    $[*****]
[*****]    $[*****]
[*****]    $[*****]
[*****]    $[*****]
[*****]    $[*****]

For the avoidance of doubt, the price per subscriber per month for each higher level of subscribers will only apply to that higher level of subscribers and the price per subscriber per month for all lower level of subscribers does not change. For example, for nine million subscribers, the payment to TeleNav would be equal to [*****]. Such revised pricing will be applied for so long as Sprint maintains [*****] as a part of the Sprint “Simply Everything,” Sprint “Everything Data” and

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Sprint Confidential Information - Restricted

4


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

other similar plans of Sprint. In the event that Sprint removes [*****] from any of the Sprint Everything, Everything Data or similar Sprint bundles, the provisions of Section 6 (e) (1) through (3) for [*****] only will no longer be applicable for the remainder of the Term of the Agreement.

In the event that Sprint removes [*****] from any of the Sprint Everything, Everything Data or similar Sprint bundles, the provisions of Section 6 (e) (1) through (3) for [*****] only will no longer be applicable for the remainder of the Term of the Agreement.

Commencing on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, each month TeleNav will provide to Sprint [*****] per “Net New Paid Subscribers” through December 31, 2009. Such amount will be payable monthly in the form of a credit against amounts due to TeleNav for the prior month’s fees. “Net New Paid Subscribers” will mean the difference between total paid subs to a Sprint bundle plan in the current month over and above the number of paid subscribers from the prior month. Net New Paid Subscriber will be calculated by Company on a monthly basis. [*****].

Company will provide to Sprint an additional [*****] discount off the “Bundled Pricing for [*****]” for each month in which TeleNav receives [*****].” Such discount will be [*****] for each additional [*****] received by the Company for each month. “Gross Media Revenue” will be defined in Exhibit J. For example, if in month 1 Gross Media Revenue exceeds [*****], then the price payable for [*****] in the bundle will be reduced by [*****] bundled applications for that month. If in month 2, the Gross Media Revenue declines below [*****] then no discount will be applied. If then in month 3, the Gross Media Revenue exceeds [*****] the price payable for [*****] in the bundle will be [*****] the entire amount payable to the Company for [*****] for bundled applications for that month.

In addition, Company will provide to Sprint an additional [*****] discount off the “Bundled Pricing for [*****]” for each month in which TeleNav receives additional [*****] of [*****] MRC revenue, over and above the revenue in the most recent month prior to [*****]. Such discount will be increased by [*****] for each additional [*****] received by the Company for each month. For example, if in month 1 MRC revenue exceeds the MRC revenue being received at [*****], then the price payable for [*****] in the bundle will be reduced by [*****] for bundled applications for that month. If in month 2, the MRC revenue declines below [*****] over and above the revenue in the most recent month [*****] then no discount will be applied. If then in month 3, the MRC revenue exceeds [*****] over and above the revenue in the most recent month [*****], the price payable for [*****] in the bundle will be [*****] which will be [*****] for bundled applications for that month.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Sprint Confidential Information - Restricted

5


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

For special pricing plans made only available to less than [*****] business customers, Sprint will pay [*****] for all subscribers on the plan.

Payment 1E . For [*****] on iDEN devices only, Sprint will pay the applicable rate from the table above per month for each subscriber on all service plans that have Sprint Navigation bundled into the plan. The applicable rate will be paid for all subscribers that have access to any of these bundled plans during a calendar month. (i.e., 100% of MDNs showing bundled SOC applied at anytime during the calendar month). The payment per subscriber will be effective for unlimited Voice and Data plans, retroactively from Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

Payment 1F . For [*****] sold via orders placed by customers from including but not limited to: Sprint Retail Stores, Sprint indirect dealers, Sprint National Retailers, Sprint Master Dealers, Sprint Online Authorized Dealers. Sprint will pay to Company [*****] (“Payment Percent 1F”) of the total fee(s) actually received by Sprint from a Sprint User for use of the Applications (regardless of the Edition) (“Payment 1F”)

 

  E. The following section is added to the end of Exhibit D:

M-Commerce Payment Terms.

Sprint will receive [*****] of the Gross M-Commerce Revenue generated from sales within the application for M-Commerce purchases.

 

  F. The Agreement is amended by adding the following definitions to Exhibit I:

“Gross Media Revenue” means gross advertising and/or sponsorship and/or cost-per-click (action) revenue billed by Company with respect to advertising on the Wireless Services that is displayed to users of Devices, less credits for under delivery of advertising impressions and any applicable taxes (excluding Company’s income tax).

“Gross M-Commerce Revenue” means the gross amounts received by Company with respect to M-Commerce sales generated from sales within the Company Application on the Wireless Services, less any applicable taxes (excluding Company’s income tax).

 

  G. The Agreement is amended by deleting Section 4 of Exhibit J in its entirety and replacing it as follows:

Revenue Sharing – Billed/Paid Inventory: Company will pay Sprint [*****] of the Gross Media Revenue for all billed inventory served on the Sprint Wireless Network through Sprint Services. The only allowable deduction is when Company is invoiced for a traditional media commission because of the compensation agreement between Company and an Ad Agency or Ad sales organization.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Sprint Confidential Information - Restricted

6


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Calculation Example for Revenue Sharing – Billed Inventory

 

     Impressions Delivered    Gross CPM    Gross Media
Revenue
Campaign A    [*****] impressions    $[*****]    $[*****]
Campaign B    [*****] impressions    $[*****]    $[*****]
Campaign C    [*****] impressions    $[*****]    $[*****]
Total    [*****] impressions    $[*****]   

Average of the Billed Rate Charged to Advertisers    [*****]

 

Total Gross Media Revenue:

   $[*****]

Sprint Share of Total Gross Media Revenue

   [*****]

Sprint Dollar Share of Total Gross Media Revenue

   $[*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Sprint Confidential Information - Restricted

7


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

III. General

 

  A. Other than as set forth above, the Agreement remains unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

  B. If there is a conflict between the terms of the Agreement, any previous Amendment(s) and this Amendment No. 1, this Amendment No. 1 will control unless otherwise stated in this Amendment No. 1.

This Amendment No. 1 executed by authorized representatives of Sprint and Supplier incorporates the terms and conditions of the Agreement.

 

SPRINT UNITED MANAGEMENT COMPANY      TELENAV INC.
By:  

/s/ Marvin R. Motley

     By:  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

Name:  

Marvin R. Motley

     Name:  

Douglas S. Miller

Title:  

Dir Sourcing

     Title:  

CFO

Date:  

9/30/09

     Date:  

9/30/09

 

Sprint Confidential Information - Restricted

8

Exhibit 10.14

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

LICENSE AND SERVICE AGREEMENT

THIS LICENSE AND SERVICE AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 19 day of March, 2008 (the “Effective Date”), by and between TELENAV, INC. , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal place of business at 1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, CA 94086 (“LICENSOR”), and AT&T MOBILITY LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, having a place of business at 5565 Glenridge Connector Atlanta, GA 30342 (“AT&T”). Each of LICENSOR and AT&T may be referred to herein each as a “Party” and together, as the “Parties.”

WHEREAS, the Parties entered into an agreement dated September 19, 2006, entitled Wireless Information Service Licensing Agreement, as amended (the “Wireless Information Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Parties entered into an agreement dated July 26, 2006 entitled Resale and Licensing Agreement (the “Resale and Licensing Agreement”); and

Whereas, AT&T and LICENSOR have agreed to expand and amend their relationship to include certain “white label” Information Services provided by LICENSOR that will be branded “AT&T,” and to make certain other pricing and other changes to the existing services; and

WHEREAS, the Parties intend to amend, restate and transition their obligations under both the Wireless Information Agreement and the Resale and Licensing Agreement into this Agreement in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions of this Agreement, it being understood that certain obligations are intended to continue in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions of the Wireless Information Agreement and the Resale and Licensing Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION

1.1 Agreement Defined . “Agreement” as used herein means this License and Service Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules (listed below), and any other documents included by reference, as each may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement:

Exhibit A: Description of Information Services

Exhibit B: INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

Exhibit C: Service Level Agreement

Exhibit D: Provisioning & Support for End Users/Information Services

Exhibit E: Trusted Certificate Requirements

Exhibit F: Compensation and Revenue Share

1

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Exhibit G: Connectivity Requirements

Exhibit H: Security Agreement

Schedule 1: Advertising Guidelines

Schedule 2: Location Based Services Parlay X API Gateway Developer’s Handbook

Schedule 3: Location Based Services Developer’s Privacy Guide

Schedule 4: Escrow Agreement

1.2 Application of the Agreement . As of the Effective Date of this Agreement, the Resale and Licensing Agreement is hereby terminated and replaced with this Agreement; provided, however, that payments to LICENSOR shall continue in accordance with the Resale and Licensing Agreement with respect to all Data Feature Customers who subscribed to TeleNav Information Services as of the Commercial Launch Date for the “AT&T Navigator” Information Service and who remain on the feature codes for such Information Services (e.g., do not migrate to the TeleNav Information Services offered from and after the Effective Date) (“Legacy Business Customers”). As of the Effective Date, the terms of this Agreement will apply to all transactions between the Parties relating to AT&T’s Data Feature Customers. The transition relating to the Wireless Information Agreement is addressed in Section 11.6 below.

1.3 Definitions . In addition to terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms will have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any entity, any other entity directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such entity or one or more of the other Affiliates of that entity (or a combination thereof). For the purposes of this definition, an entity shall control another entity if the first entity: (i) owns, beneficially or of record, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the other entity; (ii) has the ability to elect a majority of the directors of the other entity or (iii) provides day to day management of such entity under contract or as managing general partner.

AT&T Acceptance Testing ” means acceptance of the Information Service in accordance with the standard testing requirements of the AT&T Mobility Quality Engineering Team (or such other comparable AT&T team designated by AT&T). A failure of the AT&T Acceptance Testing means that the AT&T Quality Engineering Team discovered service impacting errors, intolerable degradation errors or other known defects that impact End User usability;

AT&T Maps ” means maps of the United States, the Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico and such other countries mutually agreed by the Parties, which are made available by LICENSOR as a “white label” service (i.e., branded with AT&T’s Marks) and which are intended to be used with a Certified Device with the features described in this Agreement.

AT&T’s Marks ” means those Marks of AT&T identified in writing by AT&T from time to time during the Term.

 

2

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

AT&T Navigator ” means a global positioning service (“GPS”) client/server based mobile communications navigation Information Service for Certified Devices with the features described in this Agreement and which is made available to AT&T by LICENSOR under AT&T’s Marks.

AT&T Service ” means the wireless data services delivered over AT&T’s wireless data network to End Users.

AT&T Web/WAP Interfaces ” means the interfaces through which AT&T or its Vendors will present and distribute the Information Services to End Users, but excludes the Product User Interface.

AT&T User Data means all information collected by AT&T or LICENSOR from End Users and potential End Users in connection with the End Users’ or potential End Users’ use or attempted use of, or registration for, the Information Services, including, without limitation, location, location-based information, usage information in connection with the Information Service and the following identification information: the Mobile Identification Number (MIN) issued by AT&T to identify an End User and the Network Access Identifier (NAI).

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday in the State of New York, as applicable.

Certified Device ” means a mobile device certified in accordance with Section 3.7.

Client Software ” means the LICENSOR’s software programs with respect to the Information Services that are designed to be loaded onto and run on Certified Devices.

Commercial Launch Date ” means, with regard to each Information Service or Information Service upgrade or modification, the first date that such Information Service (or upgraded or modified Information Service) is made available to End Users on the AT&T Service.

Confidential Information ” means any information which is confidential in nature or that is treated as confidential by a Party or by any of its Affiliates and that is furnished by or on behalf of such Party or any of its Affiliates (collectively, the “Disclosing Party”) to the other Party or to any of its Affiliates (collectively, the “Receiving Party”), whether such information is or has been conveyed verbally or in written or other tangible form, and whether such information is acquired directly or indirectly such as in the course of discussions or other investigations by the Receiving Party, including, but not limited to, trade secrets and technical, financial or business information, data, ideas, concepts or know-how that is considered and treated as being confidential by the Disclosing Party. Confidential Information disclosed in tangible or electronic form shall be identified by the Disclosing Party as confidential with conspicuous markings, or otherwise identified with a legend as being confidential, but in no event shall the absence of such a mark or legend preclude disclosed information which would be considered confidential by a Disclosing Party exercising reasonable business judgment from being treated as Confidential Information by Receiving Party.

 

3

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Data Feature Customer ” means those AT&T customers that purchased the Information Service subscriptions (including trial subscriptions) directly from an AT&T sales channel and are billed via the third-party provisioning service (3PP).

Direct Bill Customer ” means those AT&T customers that have purchased a subscription to the Information Service via AT&T’s DirectBill system (currently managed by Qpass).

End User ” means any user of the AT&T Service who has purchased or otherwise rightfully acquired the Information Services.

Exclusive Features ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8B.

Information Service(s) ” means, collectively, the TeleNav Information Services and the White Label Information Services.

Intellectual Property Right ” means any right that is or may be granted or recognized under any federal, state or local law regarding patents, copyrights, moral rights, trade-marks, trade names, service marks, confidential information (including Confidential Information as defined herein), industrial designs, mask work, integrated circuit topography, privacy, publicity, celebrity and personality rights and any other statutory provision or common or civil law principle regarding intellectual and industrial property, whether registered or unregistered, and including rights in any Information Service for any of the foregoing.

LICENSOR’s Marks ” means those Marks of LICENSOR used by LICENSOR in conjunction with the Information Service as identified by LICENSOR in writing from time to time during the Term. Except as expressly provided in Section 2.5, the term “LICENSOR’s Marks” includes Third Party Marks.

Location Information ” means any information that identifies the geographic location of a Certified Device.

Mark ” means trade names, trademarks, service marks, logos, domain names, marks or other business identifiers of any entity.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, trust or other entity or group.

“Product User Interface” means the interfaces included within the Information Service.

Order ” means any written or electronic order executed by AT&T and LICENSOR for Services in accordance with to Section 9 of this Agreement.

 

4

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

“Service(s)” means any services set forth in an Order, which may include, but is not limited to, LICENSOR’s consultant, professional, technical and engineering services, hosting, maintenance, software development services, installation services, repair, training, and on-site support.

TeleNav Information Service(s) ” means, collectively, all software programs, features, functionality or information services known as “TeleNav Maps,” “TeleNav GPS Navigator” and “TeleNavTrack”, including server software hosted by LICENSOR, web-based administration services and Client Software, as may be modified in accordance with this Agreement. The TeleNav Information Services include any Third Party Content which is incorporated into any TeleNav Information Service. A description of the TeleNav Information Services is set forth in Exhibit A .

Term ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 11.1.

Third Party Content Provider ” means any third-party content provider whose content is made available by LICENSOR hereunder.

Third Party Marks ” means those Marks of any Third Party Content Provider included within the Information Service.

Unsuitable Information Services ” means Information Services (including materials that are “hidden” or unlockable) that contain materials which (i) are unlawful, threatening, defamatory, obscene or harassing; or (ii) facilitate illegal activity, depict sexually explicit images, promote violence, promote discrimination, promote illegal activities, or incorporate any materials that infringe or assist others to infringe on any copyright, trademark, or other intellectual property rights.

Use ” includes any act, which if committed without the proper authorization of the owner of an Intellectual Property Right, would constitute an infringement of such Intellectual Property Right.

Vendors ” means the third-party vendors through which AT&T may deliver the Information Services.

“White Label Information Service(s)” means, collectively, all software programs, features, functionality or information services for the AT&T Navigator, AT&T Navigator Global Edition and the AT&T Maps, including server software hosted by LICENSOR, web-based administration services and Client Software, as may be modified in accordance with this Agreement. The White Label Information Services includes any Third Party Content which is incorporated into any White Label Information Service. A description of the White Label Information Services is set forth in Exhibit A .

 

5

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

2. GRANT OF RIGHTS

2.1 Rights Granted . LICENSOR hereby grants to AT&T and its distributors a worldwide, non-exclusive (except as to Exclusive Features), irrevocable (except as set forth in this Agreement) right and license during the Term with respect to each element of the Information Service to: (i) sell, market and promote the Information Service (or any aspect of it); (ii) copy and distribute (and sub-license its distributors to copy and distribute) the Client Software for use on Certified Devices; (iii) permit End Users to use the Information Service on Certified Devices; and (iv) use, perform, distribute, display and demonstrate the Information Service as is reasonably necessary in performing any of the activities contemplated under this Agreement. AT&T acknowledges that (i) the only component of the Information Service that may be copied and distributed by AT&T and its distributors is the Client Software; such rights do not apply to the server software included in the Information Service; and (ii) while the license grant is worldwide, the Information Service as currently provided to AT&T provides data information only for such certain designated geographical locations, as more fully described in Exhibit A . The Parties agree that the End Users’ use of the Information Service is subject to the terms and conditions of the Terms of Use (defined in Section 6.4. below).

2.2 Vendor . LICENSOR agrees that AT&T may exercise its rights and obligations under this Agreement through the services of one or more Vendors; provided, AT&T will be fully responsible for the performance of such Vendors.

2.3 Restrictions on Use of Information Service . Except as explicitly permitted in Section 2.1, AT&T shall not copy, decompile or reverse compile, reverse engineer or reverse assemble the Information Service.

2.4 Right to Use AT&T’s Marks . Subject to Section 2.6, AT&T Intellectual Property (an Affiliate of AT&T) hereby grants LICENSOR a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable (with no right to sub-license) license to Use, reproduce, publish, display, distribute and transmit AT&T’s Marks solely for the purpose of LICENSOR providing the Services to AT&T contemplated under this Agreement: (a) on written materials promoting the AT&T Service (including the availability of the Information Service therein); (b) to the extent included in the user interfaces for the Information Services (“User Interfaces”); and (c) in connection with the marketing and promotion of the AT&T Service (including the availability of the Information Service therein). LICENSOR shall not be permitted to use any of AT&T’s Marks for any other purpose without AT&T’s prior written consent. AT&T may withdraw the use of AT&T’s Marks at any time on written notice to LICENSOR.

2.5 Right to Use LICENSOR’s Marks . Subject to Section 2.6, LICENSOR hereby grants AT&T a limited, non-exclusive non-transferable (with no right to sub-license) license to Use, reproduce, publish, display distribute and transmit LICENSOR’s Marks: (a) on written materials promoting the AT&T Service (including the availability of the Information Service therein); and (b) in connection with the marketing and promotion of the AT&T Service (including the availability of the Information Service therein). The foregoing license grants do not apply to Third Party Marks and AT&T shall not be permitted to use any of LICENSOR’s Marks or Third Party Marks for any other purpose without LICENSOR’s prior written consent.

 

6

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

2.6 Use of Marks . Prior to the first Use of any of the other Party’s Marks in the manner permitted herein, the Party Using such Marks must submit a sample of such proposed Use to the other Party for its prior written approval, which may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. LICENSOR will be responsible for obtaining any third party approvals with respect to the Use by LICENSOR of any Third Party Marks and approval by LICENSOR of any such Use will constitute approval of the Use of such Marks by AT&T. Once a Party approves a particular Use of a Mark, the approval will remain in effect for such Use until withdrawn with reasonable prior written notice. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Party must strictly comply with all standards with respect to the other Party’s Marks, which may be furnished by such Party from time to time, and all Uses of the other Party’s Marks in proximity to the trade name, trademark, service name or service mark of any other Person must be consistent with the standards furnished by the other Party from time to time. Further, neither Party may create a combination Mark consisting of one or more Marks of each Party. All Uses of the other Party’s Marks shall inure to the benefit of the Party owning such Mark.

2.7 Service Level Agreement . LICENSOR shall provide the Information Services in accordance with the terms of the Service Level Agreement, attached as Exhibit C .

2.8 Exclusivity .

A. During the Term, [*****]. For purposes of clarity, the Parties agree that the YellowPages.com mobile application is permitted hereunder, provided that such service’s primary function is not [*****]. Except for the foregoing or as otherwise explicitly set forth in this Agreement, under no circumstances shall this Agreement be construed or interpreted as an exclusive dealing agreement by either Party or to restrict either Party from entering into any agreement with any other party, even if similar to or competitive with the transactions contemplated hereunder.

B. From the Effective Date until the earlier of (a) [*****] days after the Commercial Launch of an Information Service, or (b) [*****] days after the Availability Date of an Information Service for a particular operating system used by one or more Certified Devices (“Operating System”), LICENSOR will not make available to any Person, other than AT&T, for marketing or deployment in the U.S. on wireless devices with voice and data capability, the features described in Exhibit A, as AT&T-exclusive features for such Information Service on such Operating System (“Exclusive Features”). For these purposes, “Availability Date” means the date which is [*****] days after LICENSOR delivers to AT&T a version of such Information Service that is free of Material Defects (as such term is defined in Section 3.6, below).

C. In addition, prior to launching any [*****] for its TeleNav GPS Navigator products and its derivatives in the United States during the [*****] period following the initial Commercial Launch Date (and prior to making available [*****] to any third parties), LICENSOR will give written notice to AT&T describing [*****] (collectively, “Proposed Enhancements”). Such

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

7

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

notice shall be (i) subject to Section 8 and (ii) clearly identified in the subject line as referencing “Proposed Enhancements” and must be sent to “LBS Consumer/BMG Product Manager and Director” (or other AT&T designee) at the addresses provided by AT&T. Within [*****] days after the date of such notice, AT&T may elect, at its discretion, by written notice to LICENSOR, to add the Proposed Enhancements as exclusive features included within AT&T Navigator. Upon such notice, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith the terms, conditions and prices applicable with respect to such Proposed Enhancements. Nothing set forth herein shall obligate LICENSOR or AT&T to reach agreement on the Proposed Enhancements; provided that, even after such [*****] election period, but only during such [*****] period following the initial Commercial Launch Date, LICENSOR shall not offer to any carrier (including any MVNO) in the United States any pricing for the Proposed Enhancements which is [*****], and under terms and conditions [*****]. If AT&T does not elect in writing to accept a Proposed Enhancement, LICENSOR may offer the Proposed Enhancement to a third party. If the Parties reach agreement on the Proposed Enhancements, such Proposed Enhancements become an Exclusive Feature and LICENSOR shall not offer the same, nor make the same available, to any carrier (including any MVNO) for marketing or deployment in the United States for a period of [*****] days after the Availability Date of the Proposed Enhancements. For the avoidance of doubt, once an Exclusive Feature has lost its exclusivity hereunder, it will no longer be subject to exclusivity regardless of any future enhancement or release of the Information Service, unless such enhancement or release is a Proposed Enhancement agreed to by the Parties pursuant to Section 2.8C.

The foregoing notwithstanding, the Parties agree that any existing development or customized work committed to by LICENSOR and any other wireless carrier prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement, or any custom development project undertaken by LICENSOR to the extent based on the Intellectual Property Rights of any other carrier, regardless of when such custom development is committed to or undertaken by LICENSOR, shall be expressly excluded from the terms of this subsection (C).

D. In addition to the foregoing, AT&T may request in writing that LICENSOR develop and implement additional features, enhancements or developments (other than Standard Upgrades) on an exclusive basis (“Exclusive Custom Feature”). Such additional Exclusive Custom Features, which LICENSOR agrees to develop, at its sole discretion, will be subject to agreement by the Parties, including but not limited to, such terms as the cost thereof, statement of work, Intellectual Property Rights, ownership, and scope of exclusivity. If such Exclusive Custom Features are developed pursuant to an Order, AT&T will own all Intellectual Property Rights in and to such Exclusive Custom Features.

2.9 Reservation of Rights. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no license, express or implied, is granted to AT&T for any Intellectual Property Right of LICENSOR or any of its Affiliates. All Confidential Information, technical information, specifications, records, documentation and/or data furnished by LICENSOR hereunder shall remain the sole and exclusive property of LICENSOR. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no license, express or implied, is granted to LICENSOR for any Intellectual Property Right of AT&T or any of its Affiliates. All Confidential Information, technical information, specifications, records, documentation and/or data furnished by AT&T hereunder shall remain the sole and exclusive property of AT&T.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

8

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

3. INFORMATION SERVICE AND PRESENTATION; TECHNICAL SUPPORT

3.1 LICENSOR Responsibility .

A. LICENSOR is solely responsible for creating, hosting and maintaining the Information Service. The Information Services shall be fully formatted in compliance with the written content style requirements provided by AT&T to LICENSOR prior to the execution of this Agreement (“Content Style Guide”). LICENSOR will deliver the Client Software to AT&T for (a) posting in the MEdia Mall section of the AT&T Service for sale to Direct Bill Customers, and (b) loading a stub app (pre-loaded link to enable downloading of the Client Software) for Certified Devices for sale to Data Feature Customers. AT&T may update the Content Style Guide on at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to LICENSOR and LICENSOR will use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the Content Style Guide as revised. If LICENSOR is unable to comply with such revisions, it will so notify AT&T and the Parties will work together in good faith to resolve the issues.

B. LICENSOR will ensure that the Information Services will not include any Unsuitable Information Services. Breach of this Section 3.1 shall be subject to Section 11.3; provided, if such breach relates only to user generated content (e.g., restaurant reviews submitted by users for inclusion in an Information Service), AT&T’s sole remedy, and LICENSOR’s sole obligation, with regard to such breach shall be as set forth in Section 3.3 below.

C. LICENSOR shall use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the “Consumer Best Practices Guidelines for Mobile Content Services” (the current version of which has been provided by AT&T TO LICENSOR), as modified by AT&T on written notice from time to time.

D. Launch of any Information Service is subject to AT&T Acceptance Testing and acceptance pursuant to AT&T’s standard testing and acceptance procedures. Subject to LICENSOR’s compliance with the other provisions of this Agreement, LICENSOR shall manage, renew, create, delete, edit and otherwise control any and all aspects of the Information Service in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, prior to making a material modification to any feature or functionality of any aspect of the Information Service, LICENSOR shall present such modification to AT&T for Acceptance Testing at least [*****] Business Days in advance of the proposed Commercial Launch Date.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

9

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

E. LICENSOR shall use commercially reasonable efforts to submit commercially-ready device versions of its Client Software for AT&T testing on each of the Certified Devices.

F. LICENSOR will make available to AT&T (at no additional cost to AT&T) the standard enhancements, upgrades and releases for the Information Services supported by the Certified Devices (“Standard Upgrades”) [*****] of LICENSOR’s GPS navigator products; provided, AT&T shall not be required to accept any such Standard Upgrades. All Standard Upgrades and Proposed Enhancements that are accepted by AT&T are subject to AT&T Acceptance Testing pursuant to Section 3.6. As AT&T upgrades the AT&T Service from time to time, LICENSOR will use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to upgrade the Information Service to be compatible with and perform with the upgraded AT&T Service, provided that AT&T timely informs LICENSOR of such upgrades. Standard Upgrades will be considered part of the Information Service

G. AT&T will have sole discretion to determine the branding of the White Label Information Service; provided, (a) AT&T will include a TeleNav trademark or comparable branding on the splash screen substantially in compliance with the illustration in Exhibit A and, at AT&T’s discretion, in the Information Services, or as otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties, and (b) LICENSOR may include the trademark and/or logo of Third-Party Content Providers in the Information Services (subject to AT&T’s review and prompt approval), but only to the extent contractually required of LICENSOR.

H. LICENSOR grants to AT&T a non-exclusive, non-transferable, fully paid-up license to use and display the art supplied by LICENSOR (excluding any LICENSOR Marks) and included within the user interface for the Information Services during the Term and thereafter for use in such user interfaces and in marketing and promotional materials; provided, that any use after the Term shall be limited to art included in any icon that does not include any LICENSOR Marks and user interfaces on Certified Devices that included such art as of the end of the Term.

3.2 AT&T Responsibility .

A. AT&T shall create, design, edit, manage, host and otherwise control the presentation of the AT&T Web/WAP Interfaces at its sole cost and expense. AT&T shall host the presentation of the Client Software for the Information Services through the AT&T Web/WAP Interfaces designed and maintained by AT&T. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, AT&T shall have sole responsibility to facilitate delivery of the Client Software for the Information Services to the End Users Certified Devices from the AT&T Service at AT&T’s sole cost and expense. In addition, AT&T will use commercially reasonable efforts to [*****] Client Software for the AT&T Navigator for End Users on Compatible Devices. For these purposes, “Compatible Devices” means devices that are compatible with the Client Software and the AT&T Service and with respect to which an OEM or a mobile operating system provider is not the programmer of content and/or applications to be

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

10

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

included on the devices (e.g., iPhone would not be a Compatible Device). During the Term, AT&T will not [*****] for a service whose primary function is GPS-based turn-by-turn navigation service (e.g., a home-finder application that includes a turn-by-turn navigation service would not have turn-by-turn navigation as its primary function) on a Certified Device unless AT&T has [*****] Certified Device; provided, the foregoing restriction shall not apply (i) to any YellowPages.com software, or (ii) to actions taken by an OEM or a mobile operating system provider unless such actions were taken at the direction of AT&T, or (iii) where AT&T has requested [*****] for a specific Certified Device and [*****] such Client Software for such Certified Device.

B. AT&T will make available to LICENSOR its AGPS functionality through the run time environment of the Certified Devices.

3.3 Pull-Down Right . In addition to its other rights hereunder, AT&T may immediately remove any link between AT&T and LICENSOR, and cease distribution of the Information Service, if AT&T reasonably believes that (i) the Information Service contains any Unsuitable Information Services, (ii) the Information Service contains any materials that are reasonably inappropriate for distribution by AT&T under AT&T’s corporate standards or policies (including, without limitation, images or content that may be harmful, threatening or racially, ethically or otherwise objectionable), or (iii) LICENSOR violates any of the warranties contained in Section 7 below (“Pull Down Right”). AT&T will promptly notify LICENSOR of the removal and will promptly restore such link once the violation has been remedied. In addition, AT&T may require LICENSOR, by written notice, promptly to cease distribution of the Information Service if AT&T has a Pull Down Right. AT&T will promptly notify LICENSOR of its right to resume distribution once the violation has been remedied.

3.4 Responsibility for Costs . Except as otherwise expressly provided hereunder, each Party shall be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with its performance of this Agreement.

3.5 Provisioning, Integration and Training . Exhibit D sets forth the provisioning process and customer care support for the Information Services and End Users as of the Effective Date, as well as the training, marketing and product support identified in such Exhibit. LICENSOR will implement AT&T’s reasonable provisioning procedures. The Parties will work together in good faith to update such customer care support and to implement AT&T’s procedures for providing End Users with the Information Services.

3.6 Development and Certification of Information Service.

A. Testing. Timing of delivery of Client Software for Information Services will be as mutually agreed by the Parties (including mutual agreement on providing test feedback) in advance of the proposed launch. AT&T will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide LICENSOR with testing feedback promptly after receiving the Client Software. Any major

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

11

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

defects in the Information Service (i.e., a critical problem that would affect multiple entities using the Information Service) discovered during testing must be cured by LICENSOR prior to the Commercial Launch Date. If any specific software version of the Information Service fails to pass AT&T Acceptance Testing due to defects in the Information Service that prevents the proper operation of any of the primary functions of such Information Service (“Material Defect”) after [*****] notices of the deficiencies of such software version, AT&T will have the right to terminate this Agreement with respect to such Information Service only (e.g., AT&T will not be required to make such Information Service available to End Users and such Information Service will not be subject to the exclusivity restrictions in Section 2.8A), upon written notice to LICENSOR. Defects that are not caused by the Information Service (e.g., defects caused by the failure of a Certified Device to meet its specifications) shall not be the responsibility of LICENSOR and shall therefore not entitle AT&T to terminate this Agreement with respect to such Information Service. If LICENSOR desires to make a material modification to the Information Service, it may do so upon written notice to AT&T, with AT&T’s reasonable written approval and AT&T Acceptance Testing and re-certification of the Information Service prior to initiating the Commercial Launch of the modified Information Service. LICENSOR must update its marketing and support materials, such as web pages and/or advertisements, to reflect the most current Certified Devices and most current versions of the Information Service supported from time to time.

B. Trusted Certificate . LICENSOR will ensure that LICENSOR maintains “AT&T Trusted” certificates for the Information Service in accordance with the requirements of Exhibit E hereto.

C. User Interfaces. Prior to launch of any Information Service, LICENSOR will submit the user interface for such Information Service to AT&T for review and approval or disapproval.

3.7 Certified Devices . Reasonably promptly after the execution of this Agreement, AT&T will designate in writing the initial set of devices to be associated with the Client Software. Once AT&T has completed testing a device with the associated Client Software to AT&T’s sole satisfaction, and AT&T has notified LICENSOR thereof, then such device shall be deemed a “Certified Device.” No Information Service shall be launched for AT&T unless and until there is a Certified Device for such Information Service. The Parties will cooperate in conducting the testing of new models of equipment proposed for AT&T certification for use with the Information Services. AT&T may add devices to be included as Certified Devices upon no less than thirty (30) days’ written notice prior to the proposed launch thereof to LICENSOR (“Additional Devices”) and with agreement by LICENSOR; provided, agreement by LICENSOR may only be withheld with respect to a device if there are material technological reasons why LICENSOR cannot support such device. LICENSOR will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Information Service (including Client Software) operates properly on such Additional Devices.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

12

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

3.8 Information Service Upgrades.

A. Certification . If LICENSOR issues a new major release of an Information Service after the Effective Date, LICENSOR will notify AT&T of such release and will re-apply for certification of the applicable Information Service. Such certification, if granted, will be provided by AT&T to LICENSOR at no charge. In any event, if LICENSOR conducts a beta program for such release, LICENSOR will allow AT&T to participate in LICENSOR’s standard beta program. In connection with supplemental certification, LICENSOR will provide its final release candidate for AT&T Acceptance Testing when generally made available to similar distribution partners and, if AT&T determines to certify such release, AT&T will have thirty (30) business days to identify a major problem (i.e., a critical problem that would affect multiple entities using the Information Service). If AT&T has accepted such release for certification and AT&T does not so identify such an issue, then LICENSOR is authorized to provide the updated Information Service to AT&T. On the other hand, if AT&T does identify such an issue that is reproducible by LICENSOR, then LICENSOR will correct such issue(s) and AT&T will have ten (10) additional business days to conclude AT&T Acceptance Testing (or recycle through process if additional major problems are identified and reproducible).

B. Development . LICENSOR will use all commercially reasonable efforts to develop, maintain and upgrade releases to the Information Service.

C. Roadmaps . Subject to any confidentiality obligations to third parties, the Parties will meet on a quarterly basis to share future proposed applications for certification and Information Service roadmaps providing detailed feature descriptions of such applications as well as associated delivery dates, and to plan any additional marketing activities. The information shared in such meetings shall be deemed Confidential Information of the respective disclosing Party. It is understood that any proposed Information Services, roadmaps or marketing activities shared will not constitute a commitment or obligation on the part of LICENSOR to provide such Information Services, roadmaps or marketing activities.

3.9 Relationship Management.

A. Alliance Manager . Each Party will assign an Alliance Manager who will serve as the main point of contact for the other Party for matters relating to this Agreement. The Alliance Managers will be responsible for coordinating their respective Parties’ activities related to this Agreement. The Alliance Managers will also act as the first level of escalation for any issues that arise under the Agreement.

B. Pipeline Management . Not less frequently than monthly, the Alliance Managers will confer, review current opportunities and forecast expected sales of the Information Service for the next monthly and quarterly time frames. All forecasting information is non-binding and is deemed Confidential Information.

 

13

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

3.10 AT&T Provided Location Information.

A. API’s.  If applicable, LICENSOR must meet the requirements set forth in the Location Based Services Parlay X API Gateway Developer’s Handbook (“API”), attached hereto as Schedule 2 . AT&T may update the API on at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to LICENSOR and LICENSOR will use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the API as revised. If LICENSOR is unable to comply with such revisions, it will so notify AT&T and the Parties will work together in good faith to resolve the issues. If the Parties are unable to resolve the issues reasonably promptly, AT&T will not be required to make available to End Users the affected Information Service unless and until the issues have been resolved. Such documents also describe the Location Information to be provided by AT&T to LICENSOR to enable certain Information Services and the method for delivery of such Information Services to End Users. AT&T hereby grants to LICENSOR a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use and perform the API in accordance with the guidelines established in Schedule 2 during the Term of this Agreement. 

B. Testing; Use of Location Information . In addition to AT&T’s right to reject a new Information Service, including a White Label Information Service pursuant to AT&T Acceptance Testing, AT&T will have the right to reject any Information Service in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.6 above if it does not perform in compliance with the requirements of Schedule 2 or the security requirements described in Section 6 below. LICENSOR agrees that all requests for Information Services must be initiated by End Users (either through an End User’s initiation of an Information Service or an End User’s agreement to launch one or more Information Services in the future) and that LICENSOR will not initiate Information Services (or requests thereof) directly or through its APIs.

3.11 TeleNav Track Information Services . LICENSOR will provide AT&T with information related to standard implementation practice, processes and costs for the TeleNavTrack Plus and TeleNavTrack Premium Information Services. AT&T will refer customers and End Users to LICENSOR for any implementation support that may be required with regard to such Information Services. Any implementation support provided by LICENSOR for End Users for the TeleNavTrack Plus or TeleNavTrack Premium Information Services will be performed either by LICENSOR or by a LICENSOR-certified partner approved by AT&T. In either case, LICENSOR or its partner will contract directly with the End User for such implementation support, and shall be solely responsible for said implementation work. AT&T may also at its option contract with the End User for the agreed professional services and subcontract said work to LICENSOR or LICENSOR certified partners, as separately agreed by the Parties.

 

4. COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT

4.1 Pricing for LICENSOR Information Services . AT&T shall charge End Users for the use of Information Service (or any aspect thereof) by End Users at prices it may designate in its sole discretion. AT&T will be responsible for all billing, collections, settlement, adjustments and related End User dispute resolution with respect to the Information Services under such terms and conditions that AT&T determines to be appropriate. The Parties agree that it is AT&T’s present intention that, if AT&T launches AT&T Maps, it will do so without charge to End Users (other than standard data usage charges).

 

14

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

4.2 Compensation . AT&T agrees that LICENSOR shall receive as compensation for the rights licensed hereunder the compensation identified in Exhibit F .

4.3 Credits . AT&T may credit End Users with the amount of any charge for the Information Services which is validly disputed by the End User.

4.4 Payments and Reports .

A. Payment Terms relating to Direct Bill Customers . The following payment terms apply to payment to LICENSOR under Exhibit F with respect to Direct Bill Customers. AT&T will calculate the Revenue Share payable to LICENSOR at the end of every calendar month and provide a report to LICENSOR of same within [*****] days of each calendar month end. LICENSOR will integrate into the AT&T designated billing platform and/or Vendor (currently Qpass for Direct Bill Customers) and use the Qpass Product ID structure. Once integrated, LICENSOR will have access to the Vendor or AT&T provided on-line reporting system. In addition, AT&T will provide a statement describing the Revenue Share due to LICENSOR, and pay such Revenue Share to LICENSOR in United States dollars, within [*****] days after the end of each calendar month through its designated billing Vendor (i.e. QPASS). If the amount owed LICENSOR for any month is less than twenty-five dollars ($25), AT&T will not mail a statement or payment until the next regular accounting period at which time the amounts owed (including withheld amounts) exceed twenty-five ($25). AT&T may, in its sole discretion, notify LICENSOR that AT&T will calculate and pay Revenue Share through AT&T’s third-party provisioning process or another process (“Substitute Process”) with respect to Direct Bill Customers. In such case, LICENSOR will use commercially reasonable efforts to integrate into such Substitute Process and the Parties will mutually agree in writing on the payment terms for such Substitute Process.

B. Payment Terms Relating to Data Feature Customers . The following payment terms apply to payment to LICENSOR under Exhibit F with respect to Data Feature Customers. LICENSOR will cooperate with AT&T to implement any necessary software interfaces or manual processes required to enable the appropriate billing, reconciliation and settlement of End User charges using existing versions of AT&T’s billing and accounts payables systems, as may be updated from time to time. Within [*****] business days after the last day of the month, LICENSOR shall invoice AT&T for amounts owed with respect to Data Feature Customers in accordance with Exhibit F . AT&T shall pay all such invoices within [*****] days of receipt of invoice. AT&T may, in its sole discretion, notify LICENSOR of a Substitute Process with respect to Data Feature Customers. In such case, LICENSOR will use commercially reasonable efforts to integrate to such Substitute Process and the Parties will mutually agree in writing on the payment timing and process for such Substitute Process.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

15

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

C. Offset . In the event that LICENSOR fails to pay AT&T for any amounts due and owing under this Section, in addition to any other remedies available at law or under the Agreement, AT&T will have the right to recoup or offset such amounts against any amounts AT&T owes LICENSOR under this Agreement.

D . Report . LICENSOR agrees to provide the following reports to AT&T:

i. Within [*****] business days after the last day of each month, LICENSOR will provide AT&T with a report containing the number End Users subscribed to all Information Services collectively.

ii. Within [*****] business days after the last day of the month, LICENSOR will provide AT&T with a monthly report detailing AT&T’s share of revenue generated from either mobile advertising or other revenue generating activities for which revenue is collected by LICENSOR.

iii. With respect to Data Feature Customers, LICENSOR agrees to submit to AT&T, beginning no later than ninety (90) days from the Effective Date, a monthly report of the number of End Users upgraded from AT&T Maps to AT&T Navigator in the prior month.

iv. LICENSOR shall provide AT&T a quarterly report summarizing the trends and most common technical support issues received by LICENSOR each quarter.

v. Each Party may reasonably request additional reports from the other Party LICENSOR in connection with its support and development of the Information Services and the Party receiving such request will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such reports (subject, in the case of AT&T, to compliance with AT&T’s privacy policies).

E. Books and Records . Each Party agrees to maintain accurate books and records regarding the payments made under this Agreement. Each statement for amounts payable will be deemed final and binding unless a Party provides written notice of its specific objections thereto within [*****] of the date on which such statement was due. During the [*****] period following a Party’s receipt of any statement from the other Party, a certified public accountant acting on an auditing Party’s behalf may inspect the other Party’s books and records related to that statement at reasonable times upon at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice, at the auditing Party’s expense, to ensure that payments have been accurate. Any such accountant must agree to maintain the confidentiality of the books and records being inspected.

F. Demo Accounts . LICENSOR will provide up to [*****] demo accounts for AT&T sales and marketing team at no charge, for use only by AT&T personnel (and embedded contractors) and AT&T’s direct and indirect dealers for demonstration and will provide its customary maintenance (i.e., bug fixes, error corrections, workarounds, modifications and updates) for these Information Service licenses. All such demonstration licenses will terminate upon the expiration or termination of this

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

16

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Agreement. The Parties further agree that AT&T may offer promotional free trials to potential End Users for up to [*****] days without payment to LICENSOR as long as the trial enables the End User to subscribe to the Information Service at the end of the trial period through either an opt-in or opt-out process, and the trial is limited to only one (1) trial per potential End User within any [*****] month period and there shall be no intentional effort to provide a specific End User with more than one trial.

G. Devices . AT&T will provide LICENSOR a reasonable number of wireless devices and voice/ data lines for development, sales and marketing at no charge.

H. Map Content Required for the Information Services . If AT&T is able to secure map content required for the Information Services from maps suppliers at a lower cost than what is available to LICENSOR for inclusion within the Information Service, the parties will negotiate in good faith an amendment to this Agreement (including revisions to Exhibit F ) to take advantage of such lower cost.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

17

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

5. ADVERTISING AND MARKETING

5.1 AT&T Marketing Campaigns . AT&T shall create, implement and administer direct marketing and promotional campaigns designed to promote the availability of the Information Service on the AT&T Service both to existing and potential End Users including, without limitation, MEdianet and MEdiaMall, retail stores, print, TV, radio advertising, dealers, direct mail, SMS marketing and website advertising as AT&T deems appropriate. In addition, AT&T will, at its discretion, (a) train and commission its business-to-business sales channel and any other appropriate channels to sell the Information Service, (b) create relevant external customer-facing collateral materials to promote the Information Service, which may, at AT&T’s discretion, include the creation of a data sheet, case study, and white paper that will be available in printed and electronic form, and (c) promote the Information Services on its business website with a lead capture and follow-up process. AT&T will work with LICENSOR to identify joint participation in tradeshow opportunities or other applicable events to co-market the Information Services.

5.2 LICENSOR Marketing Campaigns . LICENSOR may, in its discretion, engage in a marketing campaign to promote the Information Service and market the availability of the AT&T Service in connection with its marketing activities. LICENSOR shall provide marketing and sales support which AT&T may reasonably request from time to time which shall include: (a) up to [*****] sales and marketing full time employees to support launch services as needed; and (b) ongoing support as mutually agreed from time to time with respect to product strategy, planning, pricing strategy, promotional incentives, messaging and market positioning, customer research as well as trade show and launch event support.

5.3 Publicity . Neither Party may issue or release for publication any articles or publicity matter relating to the work performed hereunder or mentioning or implying the name of the other Party without the prior written consent of such Party.

5.4 Commerce . LICENSOR agrees not to use any billing service through the Information Service other than subscription fee billed by AT&T to End User, without first obtaining AT&T’s written consent.

5.5 Advertising . Subject to the following provisions, Advertisements are permitted on the Information Services. [*****] shall determine the type, amount, location and format of Advertisements that may be delivered through the Information Services (“Advertising Inventory”). For each type of Advertisement that [*****] has approved, [*****] third-party advertising network shall provide sales and serving of the Advertising Inventory. If [*****] third party advertising network is unable to provide ad sales and ad serving functionality for a given type of approved Advertisement, then [*****] shall be permitted to provide such sales and serving functionality for the Advertising Inventory associated with that specific type of Advertisement subject to the restrictions in [*****]. “Advertisements” means any links, pointers, sponsorships, buttons, banners, graphics, images, listings, or any other placements or

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

18

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

promotions or similar services to the extent used for advertising or referral sales, but specifically excludes Mobile Search Ads. “ Mobile Search Ad ” means sponsored advertising search results. “AT&T Inventory” means Advertisements provided by AT&T or by a third-party advertising network acting on behalf of AT&T.

5.5.1 LICENSOR Inventory Revenue Share . LICENSOR shall, on a monthly basis, pay AT&T [*****] of Net Media Revenue for LICENSOR Ads (“LICENSOR Inventory Revenue Share”). “ Net Media Revenue ” means the gross revenue received by LICENSOR with respect to LICENSOR Ads (whether on a sponsorship, cost-per-click or other basis), subject to the remainder of this Section 5.5, less Approved Costs, not to exceed ten percent (10%). “Approved Costs” means the following actual costs incurred by LICENSOR in support of mobile advertising: media placement, commissions and discounts allowed or paid to advertising agencies.

5.5.2 AT&T Inventory Revenue Share . AT&T shall, on a monthly basis, pay LICENSOR [*****] of Net Media Revenue for the sale of AT&T Inventory (“ AT&T Inventory Revenue Share ”). “ Net Media Revenue ” means the gross revenue received by AT&T with respect to AT&T Inventory (whether on a sponsorship, cost-per-click or other basis), subject to the remainder of this Section 5.5, less Approved Costs, not to exceed ten percent (10%). “Approved Costs” means the following actual costs incurred by AT&T in support of mobile advertising: media placement, commissions and discounts allowed or paid to advertising agencies.

5.5.3 Third-Party Advertising Network . In the event LICENSOR wishes to use a third party advertising network to handle any LICENSOR Ads, [*****] advertising network or to contract directly with the same or another third-party advertising network to handle such LICENSOR Ads; provided that [*****]. If [*****] under this Section 5.5.3, then [*****] a third party advertising network to handle any LICENSOR Ads [*****].

5.5.4 YellowPages.com . Local listings on the Information Service will be provided by YellowPages.com. In that regard, all revenues (including Advertisement revenues) generated by YellowPages.com are outside the scope of this Agreement and not subject to revenue share; provided, if YellowPages.com executes a separate agreement with LICENSOR to enable a static LICENSOR map service with the ability of users to upgrade to the Yellow Pages version of the AT&T Navigator Information Service (i.e., Yellow Pages Navigator and not AT&T Navigator), such upgrades to the Information Service will be covered by this Agreement.

5.5.5 Payment; Accounting and Reporting . All amounts payable by LICENSOR for AT&T Inventory Revenue Share or by AT&T for LICENSOR Inventory Revenue Share (collectively, “Advertising Revenue Share”) are due and payable [*****] days after the end of each month in U.S. dollars to the address indicated by the payee in writing. All such payments must be accompanied by a report that sets forth the following information for the period: Advertising Revenue Share, Approved Costs and gross revenue (including the value of barter received, if applicable). In addition, each Party will provide such backup documentation as is reasonably requested by the other Party to support Advertising Revenue Share payments. The provisions of Section 4.4 (c) will apply to Advertising Revenue Share payments.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

19

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

5.5.6 Compliance with Guidelines; Navigation . Advertisements must comply with the following guidelines (“ Approved Guidelines ”): (i) the Mobile Marketing Association’s Mobile Web Banner guidelines located at http://www.mmaglobal.com/mobileadvertising.pdf (provided, if a published AT&T advertising standard differs from the MMA guidelines, the AT&T standard will apply) and (ii) AT&T Mobility guidelines for mobile content and advertising attached hereto as Schedule 1 , and (iii) AT&T guidelines for use of Location Information. AT&T will have the right to make changes to such Approved Guidelines on ninety (90) days’ notice to LICENSOR. LICENSOR will use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the Approved Guidelines as revised. If LICENSOR is unable to comply with such revisions, it will so notify AT&T and the Parties will work together in good faith to resolve the issues. If the Parties are not able to resolve the issues reasonably promptly, LICENSOR will not sell or deliver Advertisements unless and until the issues are resolved. LICENSOR will, and will make commercially reasonable efforts to cause advertisers to, provide a “back link” from advertiser microsites or other pages to the appropriate LICENSOR Page. In no event may LICENSOR disable or otherwise restrict End Users’ ability to return from advertising microsites to the appropriate LICENSOR Pages via the use of the “back button” functionality of the device (e.g., “back” soft key).

5.5.7 Termination Rights . LICENSOR’s right to serve LICENSOR Ads may be terminated on written notice to LICENSOR by AT&T at any time.

 

6. USER DATA; SERVICE SECURITY

6.1 Restrictions on Use of AT&T User Data . LICENSOR agrees that it will only use AT&T User Data to perform its obligations under this Agreement and as otherwise set forth in this Section 6.1. User Data will be considered AT&T’s Confidential Information. LICENSOR will not use any AT&T User Data for direct marketing or promotions. All uses by LICENSOR of AT&T User Data must be in compliance with AT&T’s privacy policies as provided by AT&T to LICENSOR from time to time. As of the Effective Date, AT&T’s current privacy policy can be found at http://www.att.com/wireless/privacy . LICENSOR further agrees not store any Location Information that is specifically identifiable with an End User except to deliver and support the Information Services, subject to compliance with AT&T’s privacy policy. LICENSOR will not distribute AT&T User Data to any third party without the prior written approval of AT&T. [*****] LICENSOR acknowledges that AT&T owns all AT&T User Data.

6.2 Connectivity; Security Requirements . LICENSOR agrees to comply with the connectivity and security requirements identified in Exhibits G and H hereto.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

20

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

6.3 Nondiversion of AT&T Customers . At all times during the term of this Agreement and afterwards, neither LICENSOR nor any successor entity to LICENSOR or permitted assignee may use any AT&T User Data or any information regarding the identity of AT&T’s customers or the usage or habits of Users of the Information Service, to solicit, divert, or attempt to divert any such customer or End User from patronizing the AT&T Service. Nothing in this Section 6.3 shall be deemed to limit LICENSOR’s rights to use AT&T Data in aggregated form as set forth in Section 6.1 above.

6.3.1 Nondiversion of Certain Licensor Customers . Unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties or as expressly provided herein, AT&T will not target Legacy Business Customers or Legacy Consumer Customers to solicit such customers to convert the LICENSOR services to which they subscribed as of the Effective Date to the Information Services.

6.4 Terms of Use . Promptly after the execution hereof, the Parties will mutually agree in writing on the end user terms of use with respect to the White Label Information Service (“Terms of Use”). Thereafter, AT&T may make non-material modifications to the Terms of Use from time-to-time. Any material modification will require the mutual written agreement of the Parties.

6.5 End User Privacy . LICENSOR agrees that with respect to Location Information, it will, and it will ensure that the Information Service will, (i) comply with the Location Based Services Developer’s Privacy Guide attached as Schedule 3 , (ii) comply with AT&T’s Privacy Policy, currently located at http://www.wireless.att.com/privacy, (iii) comply with AT&T security requirements, the current version of which is attached as Exhibit H (“Security Requirements”), and (iv) comply with the Terms of Use, provided LICENSOR is provided with written notice of any changes to such policies, terms and requirements.

6.6 Audits .   AT&T, at its expense, and upon reasonable advance written notice to LICENSOR, has the right to examine or audit LICENSOR’s records and physical plant on an annual basis in order to verify compliance with the provisions in this Section 6. Any such audit must be conducted, to the extent possible, in a manner that does not interfere with the ordinary business operations of LICENSOR and AT&T will comply with LICENSOR’s customary security and confidentiality procedures in connection therewith.

 

7. WARRANTY

7.1 Mutual Representations . Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that (a) it has the full corporate right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform the acts required of it hereunder; (b) its execution of this Agreement by such Party and performance of its obligations hereunder do not and will not violate any agreement to which it is a Party or by which it is bound; and (c) when executed and delivered, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

7.2 Warranties by LICENSOR . LICENSOR warrants to AT&T that: (a) it has all necessary rights in and to the Information Service and LICENSOR’s Marks (including Third Party Marks) for Use within the scope of this Agreement, and has the power and authority to authorize the Use of any and all Intellectual Property Rights which it purports to authorize hereunder, free and clear of

 

21

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

any and all security interests, liens, claims, charges or encumbrances; (b) the Information Service, as delivered to AT&T, and any and all other materials provided to AT&T by LICENSOR pursuant to this Agreement, and the Use thereof by AT&T in accordance with this Agreement, will not infringe upon or violate any applicable laws or regulations or any rights of third parties, including, but not limited to, laws, regulations and rights concerning infringement or misappropriation of Intellectual Property Rights, or defamation and libel; (c) to the extent that LICENSOR is required under this Agreement to obtain any rights, licenses, permissions, clearances and/or approvals necessary in connection with the performance of this Agreement and/or AT&T’s exercise of the rights granted to AT&T hereunder, LICENSOR has done so; and (d) that the Information Service shall not contain any unlawful material.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.2, as between LICENSOR and AT&T, LICENSOR shall be solely responsible for (i) all fees, royalties and other amounts of any kind or nature payable to record companies, artists and all other royalty participants resulting from sales and other permitted exploitation of the Information Service in accordance with this Agreement, (ii) all mechanical royalties, public performance royalties and all other amounts of any kind or nature payable to publishers or other owners of copyrighted musical compositions, spoken word and other materials embodied in the Information Service, (iii) all fees, royalties and other amounts of any kind or nature payable to artists, celebrities and other third parties in connection with the use of their names, images, voices, and likenesses as part of the Information Service, (iv) all payments that may be required under union or guild collective bargaining agreements with respect to the Information Service and the use thereof in accordance with this Agreement, and (v) any and all other royalties, fees or other amounts required to be paid to any and all third parties with respect to the use and exploitation of the Information Services in accordance with this Agreement.

7.3 No Other Warranties . EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, BOTH PARTIES’ SERVICES, INFORMATION, INFORMATION SERVICE AND OTHER MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS,” “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES MADE IN THIS AGREEMENT: (1) NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTY THAT ITS INFORMATION SERVICE (IN THE CASE OF LICENSOR) OR AT&T SERVICE (IN THE CASE OF AT&T) WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED, SECURE OR ERROR FREE; AND (2) EACH PARTY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING ANY MATERIALS PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR PERFORMANCE. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT USE OF ANY DATA OR INFORMATION OBTAINED BY END USERS THROUGH EITHER PARTY’S INFORMATION SERVICE OR SERVICE IS AT SUCH END USERS’ OWN DISCRETION AND RISK, AND THAT END USERS WILL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE RESULTING FROM USE OF THAT SERVICE.

 

22

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

8. CONFIDENTIALITY

8.1 Use/Safeguarding Confidential Information . Receiving Party shall not use Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose other than to exercise or perform its rights or obligations under this Agreement. Receiving Party shall not, without the prior written consent of Disclosing Party, copy or otherwise reproduce Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, or disclose, disseminate or otherwise communicate, in whole or in part, Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to any third party except to officers, directors and employees of Receiving Party (and, in the case of AT&T, to any Vendor) who need to know the Confidential Information and who will have undertaken to treat the Confidential Information in accordance with the provisions of this Section. Receiving Party further agrees that it shall safeguard Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information from disclosure using efforts no less commensurate with those Receiving Party employs for protecting the confidentiality of its own Confidential Information which it does not desire to disclose or disseminate, but in no event less than reasonable care. If Receiving Party becomes compelled by law, subpoena or order of court or administrative body (collectively, “Requirement”) to disclose any Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, Receiving Party shall be entitled to disclose such Confidential Information provided that: (i) Receiving Party provides Disclosing Party with prompt prior written notice of such requirements to allow Disclosing Party to take any necessary action to safeguard the Confidential Information; and (ii) if required to do so, Receiving Party shall furnish only that portion of Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information which is legally required to be disclosed and shall exercise its best efforts to obtain assurances that Confidential Information will be treated in confidence. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Receiving Party will continue to protect as confidential and proprietary all Confidential Information disclosed in response to such Requirement. The Parties’ rights and obligations under this Section 8 shall survive and continue in effect until [*****] years after the expiration or termination date of this Agreement with regard to all Confidential Information exchanged during the term of this Agreement. Thereafter, the Parties’ rights and obligations hereunder shall survive and continue in effect with respect to any Confidential Information that is and remains a trade secret protected under applicable law.

8.2 Exceptions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the following will not constitute “Confidential Information” for the purposes of this Agreement: (i) information that Receiving Party can show, by documented and competent evidence, was known by it prior to the disclosure thereof to it, or independently developed by it, in both cases, without using the Confidential Information; (ii) information that is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure directly or indirectly by Receiving Party in breach of this Agreement; (iii) information that is or becomes available to Receiving Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Disclosing Party, provided that such source is not known by Receiving Parry to be subject to any prohibition against transmitting the information to Receiving Party; or (iv) information for which Disclosing Party has authorized the relevant disclosure or other use.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

23

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

8.3 Remedies . Receiving Party agrees that Disclosing Party may be irreparably injured by a breach of Section 8 and that Disclosing Party may be entitled to seek equitable relief, including a restraining order, injunctive relief, specific performance and any other relief that may be available from any court to prevent breaches of Section 8 and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any action instituted in any court having; subject matter jurisdiction, in addition to any other remedy to which Disclosing Party may be entitled at law or in equity in the event of any breach of the provisions hereof. Such remedies shall not be deemed to be the exclusive remedies for a breach of Section 8 but shall be in addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity.

8.4 Return of Confidential Information . Upon the Disclosing Party’s request and, in any event, when this Agreement has expired or terminated, the Receiving Party will, upon request of the Disclosing Party, promptly return to the Disclosing Party or destroy:

A. all Confidential Information that has been supplied by the Disclosing Party and is in the Receiving Party’s possession or control; and

B. all copies, notes, summaries, extracts, analyses, studies, or other materials, or part thereof, that were created by the Receiving Party, to the extent they are based on or contain Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.

8.5 Certification . Upon the Disclosing Party’s request, a senior officer of the Receiving Party shall certify in writing on behalf of the Receiving Party that all Confidential Information required to be returned or destroyed pursuant to this Agreement has been returned or destroyed, as applicable.

 

9. PROPERTY RIGHTS

9.1 AT&T . As between AT&T and LICENSOR, AT&T reserves and retains all right, title, and interest, including but not limited to all Intellectual Property Rights in the technology used by AT&T in connection with this Agreement, and no title to or ownership of any of such technology is transferred to LICENSOR or any other Person under this Agreement. As between the Parties, AT&T retains all Intellectual Property Rights and all other right, title, and interest in and to the AT&T Service, the AT&T Marks, the AT&T User Data, and the AT&T Web/WAP Interfaces and any pre-existing intellectual property of AT&T. LICENSOR obtains no right to use AT&T Intellectual Property Rights beyond the term of this Agreement.

9.2 LICENSOR . As between AT&T and LICENSOR, LICENSOR reserves and retains all right, title and interest, including but not limited to all Intellectual Property Rights in the technology used by LICENSOR in connection with this Agreement, and no title to or ownership of any of such technology is transferred to AT&T or any other Person under this Agreement. As between the Parties, LICENSOR retains all Intellectual Property Rights and all right, title, and interest in and to the Information Service and the LICENSOR Marks (other than AT&T Marks). LICENSOR expressly agrees that AT&T retains all ownership in the Product User Interfaces, but limited to only the elements of such user interfaces that were customized for AT&T (such as AT&T colors, AT&T design elements, AT&T Navigator name and AT&T buttons added to the Information Services), (ii) AT&T will own all Intellectual Property Rights in and to the Work Product as provided in Section 9.5 below.

 

24

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

9.3 Escrow. Within thirty (30) days of a written request from AT&T, LICENSOR shall deposit the source code and any other Design Material (as such term is defined in the Escrow Agreement attached as Schedule 4 (“Escrow Agreement”)) necessary to enable AT&T to maintain the Software, including Documentation (as such terms are defined in the Escrow Agreement), into an escrow account pursuant to an escrow agreement substantially in the form of the Escrow Agreement, with an escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”) satisfactory to AT&T. Whenever a change is made to the source code during the term of the Escrow Agreement, the revised source code and related Documentation shall promptly be deposited into such escrow account . For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that failure on LICENSOR’s part to achieve the terms [*****] shall not constitute a material breach for purposes of a Release Condition, as such term is [*****].

9.4 Further Assurances . Each Party will take, at the other Party’s expense, such action (including, without limitation, execution of affidavits or other documents) as the other Party may reasonably request to effect, perfect, or confirm such other Party’s ownership interests and other rights as set forth above in this Section 9.

9.5. AT&T Owned Work Product .

A. The Intellectual Property Rights set forth in this Section 9.5 shall be applicable when (i) AT&T funds the Services, as evidenced in the applicable Order or (ii) LICENSOR performs Services pursuant to specifications or requirements documentation under an Order. An Order will be effective only when mutually agreed in writing by both Parties. In the case of LICENSOR, an Order only will be effective if signed by its Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer. Ownership of and all rights in all content, developments, software and work product resulting from work performed by LICENSOR under an Order (“Work Product”) including all Intellectual Property Rights vests exclusively in AT&T regardless of whether the Work Product was created solely by Supplier or jointly by the Parties. The Parties expressly agree to consider as a “work made for hire” any Work Product that qualifies as such under the laws of the United States or other jurisdictions. To the extent that the Work Product does not qualify as a “work made for hire” or where necessary for any other reason, LICENSOR hereby assigns to AT&T all such right, title and interest in such Work Product, and covenants to provide all reasonable assistance, including providing technical information relating to the Work Product and executing all documents of assignment (and cause its employees to provide such information and execute such documents) which AT&T may deem necessary or desirable to perfect its ownership interest in such Work Product, including trademark, patent or copyright applications, or otherwise, in such Work Product. Subject to the terms of the Order, if the Work Product contains materials LICENSOR or others previously or independently developed, LICENSOR grants and agrees to grant to AT&T, or obtain for AT&T, a perpetual, worldwide,

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

25

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

assignable, transferable, royalty-free license to use, copy, modify, distribute, publicly display, publicly

perform, import, manufacture, have made, sell, offer to sell (whether directly or through channels of distribution), exploit and sublicense such materials (and have others do any of the foregoing acts on AT&T’s behalf), but only as a part of AT&T’s exercise of its rights in the Work Product. Any such license shall include AT&T’s right to grant an unrestricted, royalty-free license to its Affiliates. LICENSOR shall place a copyright or other proprietary notice on the Work Product at AT&T’s written request. The Work Product shall constitute AT&T’s Confidential Information under this Agreement.

B. In the event LICENSOR wishes to obtain a license from AT&T to any Work Product, and where there is mutual benefit to LICENSOR and AT&T, the Parties agree to negotiate in good faith, under separate written agreement, mutually agreeable terms and conditions, and to execute and comply with such terms and conditions between LICENSOR and AT&T Intellectual Property, the exclusive third party authorized licensor of AT&T’s intellectual property, to grant such license to LICENSOR to the Work Product or intellectual property.

C. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Order and this Section 9.5 or otherwise in this Agreement, the terms of the Order will control.

 

10. INDEMNITY

10.1 General Indemnification . Each Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the other Party (the “Indemnified Party”), and the respective directors, officers, employees, suppliers, and agents of the Indemnified Party, from and against any and all claims, costs, losses, damages, judgments, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “Claims”) arising out of or in connection with any third party claim alleging: (i) any breach of such Party’s representations or warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement; or (ii) that any advertisements or other content or materials served or submitted by such Party to or through the Information Service, as the case may be, contains any material that is obscene, libelous, or defamatory, or infringes any Intellectual Property Rights or other rights of any third party. In addition, LICENSOR, as Indemnifying Party, will indemnify AT&T, as Indemnified Party, from and against any and all Claims related to the goods and services delivered by LICENSOR through the Information Service. The obligations of the Indemnifying Party are subject to the requirements that (a) the Indemnified Party notify the Indemnifying Party in writing within a reasonable time after the Indemnified Party is promptly notified of a claim (provided, failure to provide timely notice will not alter the Indemnifying Party’s duties hereunder except to the extent such Party is materially prejudiced thereby); (b) the Indemnifying Party have sole control of the defense of the claim (except that, if an Indemnified Party elects to do so, it may participate in the defense at its own expense) and all related non-monetary settlement negotiations (it being agreed that any non-monetary terms shall require the prior written approval of the Indemnified Party, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and (c) the Indemnified Party provides the Indemnifying Party with assistance, information, and authority necessary for the Indemnifying Party to perform its obligations under this Section; provided always that the Indemnified Party will not be required to admit liability under any circumstances. Reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by an Indemnified Party in providing such assistance must be reimbursed by Indemnifying Party thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of an account of such expenses. The obligations of the Parties as set forth in this Section survive expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

26

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

10.2 Intellectual Property Infringement Indemnity .

A. LICENSOR will defend, indemnify and hold harmless AT&T, its Affiliates, distributors and customers (and the owners, directors, employees and agents of each of them) (the “IP Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, demands, claims, actions and lawsuits (including without limitation consultant, attorney and other legal fees, collectively, “Losses”) that may be asserted against, incurred or suffered by, imposed on, or awarded against any IP Indemnified Party to the extent arising out of or in connection with, any allegation, threat, demand or claim (or settlement thereof) that the Information Service, whether alone or in combination with the Certified Devices or AT&T’s wireless network (except to the extent the Certified Devices or AT&T’s cellular network infringe without the combined use of the Information Service) infringe, dilute, tarnish, or misappropriate any copyright, [*****] patent, right of publicity trademark, trade secret, [*****] or license of any third party person or entity (an “Infringement Claim”). The IP Indemnified Parties shall promptly notify LICENSOR in writing of an Infringement Claim and shall reasonably cooperate with LICENSOR. The IP Indemnified Parties will allow LICENSOR the sole control of its defense (except that if an IP Indemnified Party elects to do so, it may participate in the defense at its own expense) and all related monetary settlement negotiations (it being agreed that any non-monetary terms, including any licensing terms, of any settlement of an Infringement Claim that directly affects the IP Indemnified Party shall require the prior written approval of the IP Indemnified Party, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and provided that an IP Indemnified Party shall not be required to admit liability under any circumstances.

The Parties agree that indemnity for any Services provided hereunder will be as set forth in the applicable Order.

B. In the event an Infringement Claim is made against LICENSOR, its Affiliates, or any IP Indemnified Party, LICENSOR shall reasonably assist the IP Indemnified Party to assess if the use of the Information Service infringes any asserted patent claim [*****] information to assess the Infringement Claim; provided, that (1) such information [*****] will only be used for assessing the Infringement Claim regarding the Information Service (and not for any other service), and (2) [*****] (a) the Parties will execute a standard joint defense agreement (the Parties not to unreasonably withhold agreement to any such joint defense agreement), and (b) LICENSOR will not be required to [*****] in the reasonable opinion of LICENSOR, [*****].

C. If following an infringement assessment, either Party believes in its reasonable discretion that there is a possibility that the use of any Information Service or related documentation infringes a third party’s patent or utility model, such Party may, upon written notice to the other Party (and subject to Section 10.2D in the case of LICENSOR), terminate this Agreement.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

27

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

D. In the defense or settlement of an Infringement Claim and prior to exercising its termination right under paragraph C above, LICENSOR shall either (i) procure for AT&T, at LICENSOR’s expense, the right to continue using the alleged infringing Information Services, or (ii) modify or replace the Information Services that are non-infringing and that are substantially similar and functionally equivalent while retaining the quality of the original Information Services, in each case so that AT&T shall be able to continue to provide the Information Service. If neither option (i) nor (ii) is commercially feasible, LICENSOR may terminate this Agreement, in which case, unless prevented by an injunction or otherwise, AT&T shall be able to continue to provide the Information Service to existing customers for the greater of the duration of the customer’s then-current contract or [*****] months, but in no event exceeding [*****] months from the date of termination of the Agreement. Termination under this subsection D means that AT&T shall not add any new End Users from the date of termination. Such termination or failure to so terminate shall not in any manner limit LICENSOR’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

E. Notwithstanding the foregoing, LICENSOR assumes no liability under this Section 10.2 for Infringement Claims to the extent they arise directly from: (i) unauthorized modifications of the Information Service by AT&T if such Claim would have been avoided in the absence of such modifications; (ii) any unauthorized use of the Information Service in combination with the AT&T Service or other products, devices, software or systems not provided by LICENSOR (other than use in combination with the Certified Device itself), if such Claim would have been avoided but for such unauthorized combination; or (iii) AT&T’s failure to allow LICENSOR (promptly after the alleged infringing use and with timely and after reasonable written notice by LICENSOR to AT&T) to implement modifications to the Information Service, which modifications have passed AT&T Acceptance Testing in accordance herewith and that are necessary to avoid or to reduce the risk of an Infringement Claim; provided that (i) such modifications are made available by LICENSOR at no additional cost, (ii) such modifications meet or exceed all applicable specifications and provide substantially similar functionality to the modified product or service, and (iii) LICENSOR bears sole responsibility for any expenses reasonably incurred in connection with implementing the modifications.

F. THIS SECTION 10.2 STATES THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF LICENSOR FOR INFRINGEMENT CLAIMS AND ACTIONS.

10.3 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY . EXCEPT FOR CLAIMS FOR BREACH OF SECTIONS [*****], IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOSS OF REVENUE OR LOSS OF PROFITS, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT, INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION WILL LIMIT A PARTY’S OBLIGATION TO DEFEND AND INDEMNIFY THE OTHER PARTY UNDER THIS SECTION 10 FOR ACTIONS BROUGHT BY THIRD PARTIES, EVEN IF SUCH ACTIONS INCLUDE CLAIMS FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

28

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

10.4 EXCEPT FOR ANY BREACH OF SECTIONS [*****], THE PARTIES’ RESPECTIVE OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION [*****], AND EITHER PARTY’S PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE OR OBLIGATED TO THE OTHER PARTY UNDER ANY SECTION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR UNDER ANY CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY FOR ANY AMOUNTS IN EXCESS OF [*****].

 

11. TERM, TERMINATION AND TRANSITION

11.1 Term/Renewal . This Agreement shall have a term (the “Term”) commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date which is three (3) years from the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”). After the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement will be automatically renewed for successive one (1) year terms (each, a “Renewal Term”) until terminated by either Party with at least sixty (60) days’ written notice prior to the end of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term. The Initial Term and any Renewal Term are collectively referred to as the “Term”.

11.2 Insolvency . Either Party may immediately terminate this Agreement, upon written notice to the other Party, if such other Party is subject to proceedings in bankruptcy or insolvency, voluntarily or involuntarily, if a receiver is appointed with or without the other Party’s consent, if the other Party assigns its property to its creditors or performs any other act of bankruptcy or if the other Party becomes insolvent and cannot pay its debts when they are due.

11.3 Material Breach . Either Party (the “Terminating Party”) may terminate this Agreement in the event of a material breach by the other Party (the “Defaulting Party”) of its obligations hereunder, provided that such breach in the Terminating Party’s reasonable opinion is not cured by or on behalf of Defaulting Party within [*****] Business Days of written notification by the Terminating Party of such breach.

11.4 Obligations Upon Termination; Survival; Wind Down Period . LICENSOR agrees that, upon the expiration of this Agreement or termination of this Agreement by AT&T under Sections 11.2 or 11.3, AT&T may elect (on written notice to LICENSOR) to have LICENSOR continue to provide the Information Service to End Users who have subscribed to the Information Service on or before such expiration or termination (“Wind Down Users”). If AT&T makes such election, the Parties will continue to meet their obligations hereunder with respect to such Wind Down Users (but no new End Users will be added) for a period equal to the remainder of the Wind Down Users’ then-current contracts (in the case of auto-renewing monthly contracts, this shall not be longer than [*****] days), but in no event longer than [*****] months (“Wind Down Period”). For the avoidance of doubt, upon the termination of the Wind Down Users’ then-current contract, Wind Down Users will be free to contact LICENSOR directly to continue services provided by LICENSOR outside the scope of this Agreement. Except as specifically provided above, upon the

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

29

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

expiration or termination of this Agreement, all rights and obligations of the Parties will cease to be effective as of the date of the termination or expiration; provided that all provisions of this Agreement that reasonably may be interpreted or construed as surviving will survive, including but not limited to any obligations necessary to comply with the post-termination obligations of this Section. (To be clear, upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement, AT&T shall cease its marketing, promotion, offering and selling of the Information Service.)

11.5 No Prejudice . Except as otherwise provided above, the Parties’ right to terminate this Agreement is without prejudice to, and shall not affect any other remedies available to, the Parties.

11.6 Transition . The Parties will continue to honor their respective obligations under the Wireless Information Agreement (subject to the termination provisions therein) until [*****] products and services no longer will be made available under such agreement. In such case, the Parties will mutually agree on a transition plan for existing customers (“Legacy Consumer Customers”) to support then-existing customers under the Wireless Information Agreement; provided, if the Parties do not promptly agree to a transition plan, the default plan shall be to migrate all Legacy Consumer Customers to be covered by this Agreement (in which case the Wireless Information Agreement will terminate upon the execution of such migration).

 

12. DISPUTE ESCALATION AND RESOLUTION PROCEDURE.

12.1 In the event of a dispute between the Parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the performance of any obligations under this Agreement that can not be resolved by those involved in the dipute, the Parties agree to attempt, in good faith, to resolve such disputes through the escalation procedure set forth below:

i. An Executive from each Party shall meet and review the disputed matter. If the Executives are unable to resolve the dispute within [*****] business days, or such longer period of time as agreed by the Executives, then either Party may submit the dispute to commercial mediation for resolution. The person or firm conducting the mediation shall be a neutral person or firm having no past or current employment, contractual or attorney/client relationship with any Party; and

ii. If the commercial mediation is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute within [*****] business days following the date of submittal to commercial mediation, then either Party may invoke the following formal Dispute Resolution procedures by submitting to the other Party a written demand for arbitration. All claims will be subject to arbitration as set forth below; and

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

30

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

iii. Arbitration. Disputes subject to arbitration under the provisions of this Agreement will be submitted to a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association or pursuant to such other provider of arbitration services or rules as the parties may agree. Each arbitration will be held in the City of New York, New York, unless the Parties agree in writing otherwise. The Parties will request that the arbitration hearing commences within [*****] business days of the demand for arbitration. The arbitrator will control the scheduling so as to process the matter expeditiously. The Parties may submit written briefs upon a schedule determined by the arbitrator. The Parties will request that the arbitrator rule on the dispute by issuing a written opinion within [*****] business days after the close of hearings. The Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16, not state law, shall govern the arbitrability of all disputes. The arbitrator will have no authority to award punitive damages, exemplary damages, consequential damages, multiple damages, or any other damages not measured by the prevailing Party’s actual damages, and may not, in any event, make any ruling, finding or award that does not conform to the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The times specified in this Section may be extended or shortened upon mutual agreement of the Parties or by the arbitrator upon a showing of good cause. Each Party will bear its own costs of these procedures, including attorneys’ fees. The Parties will equally split the fees of the arbitration and the arbitrator. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

12.2 This Section 12 shall solely and exclusively govern all disputes, claims, or causes of action between the Parties regarding all alleged disputes, claims, or causes of action arising out of or relating to this Agreement other than claims for indemnity under Section 10 or claims in equity with respect to the improper use of a Party’s intellectual property or a Party’s Marks or claims for breach of confidentiality under Section 8.

12.3 Neither Party may pursue any alleged dispute, claim, or cause of action against the other Party, except to the extent that emergency injunctive relieve or a temporary restraining order may be necessary, without first providing written notice of such alleged dispute, claim, or cause of action to the other Party.

12.4 From the date of any required written notice until the expiration of the negotiation period as set forth in Section 12.1(A), any statute of limitations applicable to the alleged dispute, claim, or cause of action described in such notice shall be tolled. No admission, statement, or document by either Party made as part of an attempt in good faith to negotiate may be used in any fashion in any action. Any such admission, statement, or document made by either Party shall be deemed confidential and made pursuant to any applicable settlement privilege. The making of any such admission, statement, or document shall not, however, preclude the admission of any evidence that would otherwise be admissible in an arbitration or action.

12.5 If any arbitration is commenced involving the Parties and any alleged dispute, claim, or cause of action arises between the Parties in such arbitration, such alleged dispute, claim, or cause of action shall be severed for resolution pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. If any third party not subject to the provisions of this Agreement is a necessary party to any alleged dispute, claim, or cause of action between the Parties, all issues that can be resolved without such third party shall remain subject to this Agreement and be severed and resolved before any other issues.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

31

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

12.6 Neither Party shall disclose to any third party any admission, statement, or document of the other produced or used in negotiation or disclose to any third party the proceedings or outcome of any negotiation. This Section shall not preclude disclosure to the Parties’ respective Affiliates, attorneys or other professional advisors. This Section also shall not preclude any disclosure required by law.

 

13. GENERAL PROVISIONS

13.1 Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by either Party in whole or in part, without the other Party’s prior written consent; provided, AT&T may (i) exercise its rights and perform its obligations hereunder through its Affiliates, and (ii) engage in internal reorganizations without LICENSOR’s consent. The foregoing notwithstanding, nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent a Party from engaging in a change in control transaction (through the sale of all or substantially all of a Party’s assets or stock, or otherwise); provided it is understood that upon written notice of a change of control by [*****] may terminate this Agreement on written notice [*****] of such change in control.

13.2 Insurance .

13.2.1 Requirements . With respect to LICENSOR’s performance under this Agreement, and in addition to LICENSOR’s obligation to indemnify, LICENSOR shall at its sole cost and expense:

i. maintain the insurance coverages and limits required by this Section and any additional insurance and/or bonds required by law:

1. at all times during the term of this Agreement; and

2. with respect to any coverage maintained in a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years following the Term of this Agreement.

ii. require each subcontractor who may perform under this Agreement to maintain coverages, requirements, and limits at least as broad as those listed in this Section from the time when the subcontractor begins work, throughout the term of the subcontractor’s work and, with respect to any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years thereafter;

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

32

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

iii. procure the required insurance from an insurance company eligible to do business in the state or states where work will be performed hereunder and having and maintaining a Financial Strength Rating of “A-” or better and a Financial Size Category of “VII” or better, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies, except that, in the case of Workers’ Compensation insurance, LICENSOR may procure insurance from the state fund of the state where work is to be performed; and

iv. deliver to AT&T certificates of insurance stating the types of insurance and policy limits upon AT&T’s request.

13.2.2 Additional Insurance Agreements . The Parties agree:

i. the failure of AT&T to demand such certificate of insurance or failure of AT&T to identify a deficiency will not be construed as a waiver of LICENSOR’s obligation to maintain the insurance required under this Agreement;

ii. that the insurance required under this Agreement does not represent that coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect LICENSOR, nor be deemed as a limitation on LICENSOR’s liability to AT&T in this Agreement;

iii. LICENSOR may meet the required insurance coverages and limits with any combination of primary and Umbrella/Excess liability insurance; and

iv. LICENSOR is responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention.

13.2.3 The insurance coverage required by this Section includes:

i. Workers’ Compensation insurance with benefits afforded under the laws of any state in which the work is to be performed and Employers Liability insurance with limits of at least:

Five hundred thousand US dollars ($500,000) for Bodily Injury – each accident

Five hundred thousand US dollars ($500,000) for Bodily Injury by disease – policy limits

Five hundred thousand US dollars ($500,000) for Bodily Injury by disease – each employee

To the fullest extent allowable by law, the policy must include a waiver of subrogation in favor of AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers and employees.

In states where Workers’ Compensation insurance is a monopolistic state-run system, LICENSOR shall add Stop Gap Employers Liability with limits not less than five hundred thousand US dollars ($500,000) each accident or disease.

 

33

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

ii. Commercial General Liability insurance written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) Form CG 00 01 12 04 or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage, covering liability arising from premises, operations, personal injury, products/completed operations, and liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) with limits of at least:

Two million US dollars (US$2,000,000) General Aggregate limit

One million US dollars (US$1,000,000) each occurrence limit for all bodily injury or property damage incurred in any one (1) occurrence

One million US dollars (US $1,000,000) each occurrence limit for Personal Injury and Advertising Injury

Two million US dollars (US $2,000,000) Products/Completed Operations Aggregate limit

One million US dollars (US $1,000,000) each occurrence limit for Products/Completed Operations

One million US dollars (US $1,000,000) Damage to Premises Rented to You (Fire Legal Liability)

The Commercial General Liability insurance policy must:

1. include AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers, and employees as Additional Insureds. LICENSOR shall provide a copy of the Additional Insured endorsement to AT&T. The Additional Insured endorsement may either be specific to AT&T or may be “blanket” or “automatic” addressing any person or entity as required by contract. A copy of the Additional Insured endorsement must be provided within sixty (60 days) of execution of this Agreement and within sixty (60) days of each Commercial General Liability policy renewal; include a waiver of subrogation in favor of AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers and employees; and

2. be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance that is maintained by AT&T.

3. Not contain an exclusion for Professional Liability. If such an exclusion does exist on the policy, refer to the contingent BI/PD requirement under the Professional Liability requirement below.

iii. Business Automobile Liability insurance with limits of at least one million US dollars (US $1,000,000) each accident for bodily injury and property damage, extending to all owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles.

iv. Umbrella/Excess Liability insurance with limits of at least one million US dollars (US $1,000,000) each occurrence with terms and conditions at least as broad as the underlying Commercial General Liability, Business Auto Liability, and Employers Liability policies. Umbrella/Excess Liability limits will be primary and non-contibutory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance that is maintained by AT&T.

v. Professional Liability (Errors & Omissions) insurance with limits of at least one million US dollars (US $1,000,000) each claim or wrongful act. Such coverage shall include contingent bodily injury and property damage if excluded under the commercial general liability policy.

 

34

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

vi. Internet Liability and Network Protection (Cyberrisk) denial of service, network security with limits of at least $ 1million each claim or wrongful act. Can be included on the Professional Liability policy identified above.

13.2 Relationship of Parties . LICENSOR is an independent contractor of AT&T. This Agreement shall not be construed to and does not create a relationship of agency, partnership, employment or joint venture. Neither Party shall have the authority to bind the other Party without the prior written consent of the Parry who is sought to be bound.

13.3 Force Majeure . No Party to this Agreement shall be liable to the other Party for any failure or delay in fulfilling an obligation hereunder, if said failure or delay is attributable to circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, any fire, terrorism, power failure, labor dispute or government measure (“Force Majeure”). The Parties agree that the deadline for fulfilling the obligation in question shall be extended for a period of time equal to that of the continuance of the Force Majeure. LICENSOR shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the effect of the Force Majeure on its performance under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the continuance of an event of Force Majeure, LICENSOR may not delay performance of its obligations under any circumstances by more than thirty (30) Business Days, otherwise AT&T may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to LICENSOR.

13.4 Survival . The following sections shall survive the expiration or termination of this. Agreement, regardless of the reasons for its expiration or termination, in addition to any other provision which by law or by its nature should survive: Sections 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11.4, 12 and 13.

13.5 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to choice of laws principles thereof.

13.6 Notices . All notices under the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing and sent by registered mail, recognized overnight courier service or facsimile transmission or shall be delivered by hand to the following addresses:

 

If Notice to Company:    If Notice to AT&T
Company:    TeleNav, Inc.    Company:    AT&T Mobility, LLC
Attention:    HP Jin    Attention:    Mark Collins
Title:    Chief Executive Officer    Title:    VP – Consumer Data Products
Address:    1130 Kifer Road    Address:    5565 Glenridge Connector
City, State Zip    Sunnyvale, CA 94086    City, State Zip    Atlanta, Georgia 30342-4756
Email    [*****]    Email    [*****]
Phone    [*****]    Phone    [*****]
Fax    [*****]    Fax    [*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

35

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  With a copy to:       With a copy to:
Company:   TeleNav, Inc.    Company:    AT&T Mobility, LLC
Attention:   Doug Miller    Attention:    Joaquin Carbonell
Title:   Chief Financial Office    Title:    General Counsel
Address:   1130 Kifer Road    Address:    5565 Glenridge Connector
City, State Zip   Sunnyvale, CA 94086    City, State Zip    Atlanta, Georgia 300342-4756
Email   [*****]    Email    [*****]
Phone   [*****]    Phone    [*****]
Fax   [*****]    Fax    [*****]

All notices shall be presumed to have been received when they are hand delivered, or five (5) Business Days of their mailing, or on the Business Day following the day of facsimile transmission.

13.7 Severability . If any provision, or portion thereof, of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall not impair or affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement, and each provision, or portion thereof, is hereby declared to be separate, severable and distinct.

13.8 Waiver . A waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall only be valid if provided in writing and shall only be applicable to the specific incident and occurrence so waived. The failure by either Party to insist upon the strict performance of this Agreement, or to exercise any term hereof, shall not act as a waiver of any right, promise or term, which shall continue in full force and effect.

13.9 Remedies Cumulative . Except as set forth in Section 10.2 F, (a) no single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall preclude any other or further exercise of any other right or remedy in this Agreement or as provided at law or in equity; and (b) the rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any right or remedy provided at law or in equity.

13.10 Number and Gender . Unless the context requires otherwise, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender include all genders.

13.11 Business Days . Any payment or notice that is required to be made or given pursuant to this Agreement on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made or given on the next business day.

13.12 Conflicts . In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the main body of this Agreement and any Exhibit or Schedule, the terms of the main body of this Agreement shall prevail, unless otherwise expressly indicated and subject to any applicable provisions or laws in respect of tariffs or other regulatory matters.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

36

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

13.13 Amendment . This Agreement may only be amended by written agreement duly executed by authorized representatives of the Parties.

13.14 Entire Agreement . This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except as explicitly provided herein, shall replace all prior promises or understandings, oral or written.

13.15 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, by facsimile or otherwise, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

AGREED TO AND SIGNED by the duly authorized representatives of the Parties as of the date first set forth above.

 

AT&T MOBILITY LLC     TELENAV, INC.
/s/ Ralph De La Vega     /s/ Douglas S. Miller
(Signature)     (Signature)
Printed Name: Ralph De La Vega     Printed Name: Douglas S. Miller
Title: President & CEO     Title: Chief Financial Officer
Date:  

 

    Date: 4/28/08
Address:     Address:
Glenridge Highlands Two     1130 Kifer Road
5565 Glenridge Connector     Sunnyvale, CA 94086
Atlanta, Georgia 30342    

 

37

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT A

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF INFORMATION SERVICES

 

A. Information Services Description:

The Information Services will be made available to AT&T in the following versions defined as follows:

1) “TeleNav GPS Navigator 10 Routes/month” includes but is not limited to the following features:

 

   

GPS Location and Mapping Audible Directions

 

   

Business Finder

 

   

Up to 10 routes per user per month

2) “TeleNav GPS Navigator Unlimited” includes but is not limited to the following features:

 

   

GPS Location and Mapping Audible Directions

 

   

IVR Voice Recognition/Activated Address Entry

 

   

Business Finder

 

   

Unlimited routes per user per month

3) “AT&T Navigator” includes all of the features from the “TeleNav GPS Navigator” version, plus the following features based on device capabilities for select devices:

 

   

Location Sharing, allows users to send their location or an address to any other user, even non-TeleNav user (using AT&T SMS gateway [*****].

 

   

Business Ratings, allows users to search from over 10 million business listings, rate them and review existing ratings.

 

   

Address Book integration, allows users to “Drive To” or “Map To” a saved address in their BlackBerry or Windows Mobile Address book.

 

   

3D Moving Maps, allows users viewing options in Birdseye view.

 

   

Real-time Traffic updates, provides alternate route choices to avoid traffic congestion or vehicle incidents.

 

   

Live Weather updates.

 

   

Expanded route choice options

 

   

An Internet “pre-planning” website where AT&T Navigator users can input addresses over the web. Once an address is entered into the pre-planning website, it is sent to the client application

4) AT&T Navigator Global Edition

 

   

AT&T Navigator Global Edition (based on TeleNav v.5.1) expands the U.S. domestic AT&T Navigator functionality to include mapping content and “icon-mode” voice guided driving directions for 16 countries in Western

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

38

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

Europe (Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and United Kingdom). The Global Edition also offers language options for UK English, German and Italian.

 

   

AT&T Navigator Global Edition will be launched on BlackBerry BB 8800, 8820, and 8310.

 

   

Must be added to the domestic Unlimited version of AT&T Navigator.

 

   

This is expected to be an AT&T exclusive offer for a period of six (6) months after first Commercial Launch, but exclusivity will expire no later than November 15, 2008.

5) “TeleNav Maps” means AT&T Maps but branded under TeleNav Marks and the upgrade path is to TeleNav GPS Navigator Unlimited or 10 Routes/month

6) “AT&T Maps” includes the following features:

 

   

Non-GPS Driving Directions

 

   

Color Maps

 

   

Address Sharing

 

   

Upgrade path to AT&T Navigator

7) “TeleNavTrack Plus” includes the following features:

 

   

GPS Tracking/Reports

 

   

Supervisor Lookup

 

   

Audible Alerts/Geofence

 

   

Mileage

 

   

Messaging

8) “TeleNavTrack Premium” includes TeleNavTrack Plus, plus the following features:

 

   

Text Directions

 

   

Wireless Forms

 

   

Dispatching/Scheduling

 

   

Barcode Scanning

Audible GPS Navigation

 

B. Exclusive Features: Exclusive Features (subject to limited exclusivity periods pursuant to Section 2.8 B unless otherwise noted below)

 

   

Voice input using distributed speech recognition by Q2 2008 on supported phones (phones with enough memory and processing power as deemed by LICENSOR).

 

   

AT&T Navigator Global Edition will be exclusive to AT&T for six (6) months from Commercial Launch of such product by AT&T, but exclusivity will expire no later than November 15, 2008. During such period, LICENSOR may not offer the Global Edition feature functionality or mapping countries for the sixteen (16) countries in Western Europe listed above to any other U.S. wireless carrier. For the avoidance of doubt, LICENSOR may offer its service in Europe itself and to any non-US based carrier (e.g., a carrier not offering wireless service in the U.S.).

 

39

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

LOGO

 

40

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT B

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

41

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT C

SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

This Service Level Agreement (“SLA”) defines the service level requirements between Licensor and AT&T for Licensor’s Information Service. This document defines the requirements of Licensor for performance metrics, reporting, incident management and change management. It lists the contact information for both companies.

 

1. Service Description

 

  1.1. Refer to Exhibit A

 

  1.2. Licensor shall provide an IP address.

 

2. Definitions

Unless defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement

 

Term

  

Definition

Availability    The percentage resulting from the following calculation: [1-(Down Time/(Total Time)] x 100. Availability percentages shall be expressed to two decimal points with the second decimal place rounded up or down to the nearest one-hundredth of a percentage point.
Business Hours    Monday through Friday, 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM Local Time.
Down Time    The number of minutes the Information Service is not Operational during a calendar month and excludes scheduled downtime.
Emergency Maintenance    Maintenance required outside the agreed-upon Scheduled Maintenance, or necessary within Scheduled Maintenance but not scheduled in advance pursuant to Section 6. Any downtime due to Emergency Maintenance will be counted against Availability.
Hours of Operation    24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year.
Incident    Any problem with the Information Service for which AT&T requests support in conformance with this SLA. Any impact, regardless of how minor, to AT&T customers will be considered as an outage/incident and Incident Management Process will be initiated.
Incident Management Process    This facilitates incident management through the notification and escalation processes. This process alerts designated AT&T departments to Information Service-affecting incidents and provides a method by which succeeding levels of technical expertise and related management are engaged in restoration activities.
Operational    The Information Service or any component thereof is (i) functional and available to its intended end user in full accordance with its documentation and all applicable specifications, and (ii) not experiencing any customer-impacting errors, defects or service-limiting issues.

 

42

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Term

  

Definition

Resolution    The permanent correction of the error, defect or condition giving rise to the Incident/outage.
Root Cause Analysis    The process of identifying the core events that resulted in failure to meet performance requirements.
Scheduled Down Time    The number of minutes of Down Time incurred during Scheduled Maintenance. Any downtime in excess of allowed minutes as outlined in section 6.1 will be counted against the Availability calculations.
Scheduled Maintenance    The number of minutes of maintenance that is scheduled in advance. Scheduled Down Time shall occur within the Scheduled Maintenance window. Any downtime outside of the maintenance window will be counted against the availability calculations.
Service Impact Report (“SIR”)    The severity level assigned to an Incident based on the Incident classifications defined in section 5.5 below. SIR reflects the degree of customer impact resulting from an incident, with an SIR 1 having the greatest impact and a SIR 3 having the least.
Technical Bridge    A teleconference that brings together appropriate technical people and their immediate supervisors and managers to focus on isolating and resolving an Incident.
Executive Bridge    A teleconference used by higher-level managers or executives who need to understand what has occurred, the progress made toward Incident Resolution and whether or not additional resources are needed to resolve the Incident.
Total Time    The total number of minutes in a given calendar month.
Trouble Ticket    A numbered record that documents a significant event or Incident. The tracking document for an Incident or Scheduled Maintenance.

 

3. Performance Requirements

 

  3.1. Monthly Availability Performance Requirement

Licensor will ensure that the Information Service maintains a monthly Availability of 99.9%.

 

  3.2. Service Latency

Licensor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to fulfill User requests for services in accordance with Table below for each calendar month. This includes delivery of all bytes of the response (content plus protocol overhead) that Licensor controls. In recognition of the nature of the Information Service which encompasses GPS interaction and for purposes of maintaining best possible customer service the latency shall be defined to apply only to the interval pertaining to incoming requests and subsequent response time within the data center. For clarity, the Parties agree not to include end-to-end latency which is subject to too many variables.

The parties agree to review such latency targets from time to time during the Term.

 

Percentile 1

   Latency Target 1    Percentile 2     Latency Target 2

95%

   2000ms    99.9   3000ms

These requirements are specific to the portion of end to end Latency incurred within the Licensor’s Span of Control within their data center and will be measured from the secure network nearest the Licensor border router. The design of latency monitoring infrastructure will ensure appropriate components of the request and response are adequately measured. The implementation of latency monitoring infrastructure will include the deployment of a separate and specific server(s) for the

 

43

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

purpose of monitoring and fault management. The latency introduced by the GPRS network, the WAP Gateway and other elements of the AT&T Network are excluded from the latency measurements described above. For clarity, the Parties agree not to include end-to-end latency which is subject to too many variables.

 

  3.3. Service Level Reporting

Licensor will provide AT&T with reporting for Availability on a monthly basis. The reports are due by the [*****] business day following the reporting period. These reports will include:

 

  3.3.1.  Availability/Service Latency

 

  3.3.2.  Minutes of Scheduled Maintenance and any resulting Down Time

 

  3.3.3.  Minutes of Emergency Maintenance and any resulting Down Time

 

  3.3.4.  Total Down Time

 

  3.3.5.  List of Incidents with date, start time, stop time, network element impacted and root cause

 

  3.3.6.  Capacity Analysis reports (quarterly)

 

  3.3.7.  Non Performance Compensation calculations (if appropriate)

AT&T may choose to use an external tool to measure the Licensor’s performance. Licensor will cooperate with AT&T to allow the proper access and connectivity such that AT&T’s external tools may be utilized.

 

4. Non-Performance and Chronic Failure

 

  4.1. Non-Performance

If Availability falls below 99.9% at any point in time, AT&T may suspend Licensor’s Information Service until Availability is restored to 99.9%.

 

  4.2. Chronic Failure

If the Availability Performance Requirement is (i) below [*****] in any [*****]; (ii) below [*****] in any [*****]; or (iii) below [*****] in any [*****] during the term of the Agreement (“Chronic Failure”), AT&T may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to LICENSOR. Such termination shall be AT&T’s sole remedy for a Chronic Failure.

 

  4.3. Non-Performance Compensation – Service Availability AT&T shall receive a credit to Licensor’s monthly Support and Maintenance invoice for shortfall in the Availability requirement per Table below.

 

  4.3.1. Availability Credits

 

Service Availability

   Monthly Invoice Credit for Availability Shortfall

99.90% - 100%

   [*****]

98.0% - 99.89%

   [*****]

< 98.0%

   [*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

44

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

5. Incident Management

AT&T and Licensor collaboration and communication is a key to mutual success. All entities responsible for Information Service Availability will follow this matrix for Incident communication and Incident Management.

 

  5.1. Monitoring

Licensor will monitor all functional components and all network connectivity points related to the Information Service 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, and 365 days per year. Licensor will have 24x7x365 NOC with live person to handle phone calls.

 

  5.2. Trouble Tickets and Updates

Licensor will coordinate Incident isolation, testing and repair work for all Information Service errors, defects or Information Service problems, and all third-party system errors, defects or problems that are within Licensor’s span of control. Licensor will proactively inform AT&T when an issue or condition arises that may cause potential system anomalies and additional Trouble Tickets.

 

  5.3. AT&T Notification to Licensor

AT&T may communicate Incidents to Licensor by email or telephone at any time. In each case, AT&T will open a Trouble Ticket with information to assist in Incident Resolution and will assign an SIR to the Incident. Licensor will generate a single response by email for each Trouble Ticket regardless of Trouble Ticket receipt method. The email response from Licensor will include the information supplied to AT&T per Example A: Incident Notification or Trouble Ticket.

 

  5.4. Licensor Notification to AT&T

In the event that Licensor identifies an Incident, Licensor is responsible for notifying AT&T within [*****] via phone call to the NOC and a follow up email. AT&T shall track Incidents via a common Incident or Trouble Ticket number. Licensor shall provide a first response, first update and subsequent updates for each Incident according to time periods described in table 5.5.

 

  5.5. Incident Classifications

A distinction will be made between single-customer issues and issues affecting multiple customers. Single-customer issues are more likely to be reported through AT&T Customer Care. In the event of an incident affecting multiple customers, AT&T will assign an initial SIR. AT&T assigns SIR based on the table below:

 

Service

Impact

Report

  

Description

   Initial
Response
   Updates    Resolution

SIR 1

  

This incident level is attained when any of the following conditions are met:

 

•     A complete Information Service outage

 

•     An outage that affects 25% or more of subscribers

 

•     A recurring temporary outage of the Information Service

 

•     Inability to service user Technical Support requests

 

•     Results are materially different from those described in the product definition, documentation and specifications

   [*****]    [*****]    [*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

45

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Service

Impact

Report

  

Description

   Initial
Response
   Updates    Resolution

SIR 2

  

This incident level is attained when any of the following conditions are met:

 

•     An outage that affects 10% to 24% of the subscribers

 

•     Revenue from Premium Content should not be immediately affected.

 

•     Results are materially different from those described in the product definition, documentation and specifications

 

•     A significant degradation of the Information Service occurs

   [*****]    [*****]    [*****]

SIR 3

  

This incident level is attained when any of the following conditions are met:

 

•     An outage that affects 9% or less of the subscribers

 

•     Real-time delivery to end users is not affected. Issue will not be noticed immediately, or if it does, does not impact programming.

 

•     A minor degradation of the Information Service delivery

 

•     Results that are materially different from those described in the product definition for non-essential features

 

•     Loss of redundancy but not service effecting

   [*****]    [*****]    [*****]

 

  5.6. Technical Bridge

AT&T may establish a Technical Bridge for any Incident. Licensor shall join the Technical Bridge upon [*****] minutes notice from AT&T. The Technical Bridge is used for NOC-to-NOC communication, troubleshooting, triage and escalation. Separate Executive Bridge is established as required to bring management executives from AT&T and Licensor to discuss the outage and appropriate plan of action. AT&T will notify the Licensor at least [*****] minutes prior to the start of the bridge. Unless otherwise notified by AT&T, a Technical Bridge will be established as follows:

 

Action

   SIR 1    SIR 2    SIR 3

Technical Bridge

   [*****]    [*****]    [*****]

 

  5.7. Root Cause Analysis

Licensor will provide written assessment of the root cause of all SIR Incidents. The preliminary assessment is due within [*****] of Incident closure with the completed RCA within [*****] business days. If RCA is not provided within [*****] days, AT&T may withhold any payments until RCA is provided. Example B: Root Cause Analysis (RCA) Worksheet has the required categories and is a suggested format.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

46

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

6. Change Management – Maintenance

 

  6.1. Scheduled Maintenance/Scheduled Downtime

Licensor will notify AT&T by email no less than [*****] working days before a standard Scheduled Maintenance event. Any major Maintenance activity (e.g. Datacenter moves, connectivity changes) which requires any change on AT&T’s network or requires AT&T support will require [*****] notification prior to the start of the work. The Example C: Maintenance Request Worksheet includes the required information to request scheduled maintenance. AT&T accepts the Licensor Scheduled Maintenance request unless AT&T responds at least [*****] before the Scheduled Maintenance. Licensor will notify AT&T via email immediately prior to and after the Scheduled Maintenance is performed, or if Scheduled Maintenance is postponed or cancelled. Licensor will be available to join Technical Bridges during Scheduled Maintenance as reasonably requested by AT&T.

Scheduled Maintenance will not exceed [*****] of downtime per month for the Information Service. Licensor will notify AT&T of Scheduled Down Time and it will occur during the Scheduled Maintenance window. Scheduled Down Time will not count against Availability until the [*****] level has been exceeded.

 

  6.2. Maintenance Window

Licensor will perform Scheduled Maintenance and Scheduled Down Time from Monday to Sunday between the hours of 12:00 AM and 3:00 AM Pacific Time. AT&T may at times request that Licensor close a maintenance window so that AT&T can perform maintenance.

 

  6.3. Emergency Maintenance

Should Licensor require Emergency Maintenance, Licensor will contact AT&T Operations immediately and follow up with a completed Example C: Maintenance Request Worksheet. Any Down Time resulting from Emergency Maintenance shall be included as Down Time in the Availability calculation and reports.

 

  6.4. Holiday Network Freeze

Except for critical activities, Licensor will not conduct any maintenance activities that could impact AT&T’s services during AT&T’s holiday network freeze period, targeted to be the period on or about [*****] of the following calendar year.

Additionally, except for critical activities, Licensor will not conduct any maintenance activities that could impact AT&T’s services during other holiday maintenance freeze periods (e.g. Halloween) or AT&T branded campaign maintenance freeze periods (e.g. American Idol text voting shows). AT&T will make best effort to notify Licensor at least 2 weeks prior to any additional maintenance freeze periods.

 

7. Single User Issues

Issues impacting Single Users (as opposed to Network issues impacting large number of users) will be submitted by AT&T customer facing organization to the Licensor and will be classified according to the severity level based on number of users impacted. AT&T will classify each ticket based on the table below. Initial acknowledgement from the Licensor will include ticket number for tracking purpose. Once the issue has been resolved, Licensor will provide summary of the issue, and what was done to fix it.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

47

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Ticket

Severity

  

Definition of Impact

   Initial
acknowledgement
   Resolution
(issues
resolved

and closed)

Critical

  

•        [*****] or more lines of service experiencing a complete loss of service (loss of service includes loss of data service only, even if voice is not impacted).

   [*****]    [*****]

Major

  

•        [*****] devices experiencing complete loss of service.

 

•        [*****] or more devices experiencing degradation of service.

   [*****]    [*****]

Minor

  

•        [*****] devices experiencing complete loss of service.

 

•        Customers experiencing sporadic or intermittent issues.

   [*****]    [*****]

 

8. Business Continuity

The Service Provider shall deliver to AT&T a Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery (IT) Plan.

The Licensor shall have in place primary and preferably a second data center, redundant hardware and failover capability either at same data center site or geographically redundant hardware and failover capability. The Licensor will have daily data backup & weekly offsite storage in place.

The Licensor will have daily data backup & weekly offsite storage in place.

 

  8.1. Business Continuity Testing

Licensor must annually demonstrate its ability to recover from a disaster in order to continue to meets its service performance and availability metrics by conducting annual internal testing of its ability to conform to its current Business Continuity and / or Disaster Recovery Plan. Service Provider shall conduct annual internal testing and provide AT&T the results of such testing.

Licensor agrees to participate in AT&T business continuity exercises designed to test the effectiveness of communication, business process, and IT recovery systems, including the availability of Licensor to participate in a phone conference tabletop exercise which will demonstrate the ability of Licensor to communicate with AT&T during an incident, and provide feedback on internal plan activities and improvements. Upon reasonable request by AT&T in connection with such exercises, Licensor will use reasonable efforts to obtain the participation of any of its third party suppliers in such phone conference tabletop exercise to the extent such suppliers are materially responsible for actions under Licensor’s current Business Continuity and / or Disaster Recovery Plan. There are and will be no requirements in such exercises for Licensor equipment or actual mobilization of plan activities. Licensor will be given (60) day’s written notice of AT&T test requirements for such exercises, and such participation shall not exceed two (2) three (3) hour exercises per year. AT&T tests will in no way be considered a Licensor internal test.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

48

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

9. Contacts and Hours of Operation

The following Contacts information may be updated and republished anytime by either party upon written notice to the other. Changes will not be maintained within this SLA document. Please notify AT&T of changes at: [*****].

 

AT&T

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

Mobility Network Operations Center

(MNOC)

   24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance   

[*****]

[*****]

Mobility External Partner Management    8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Incident Root Cause Analysis, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    [*****]
Mobility Change Management    8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Maintenance Notification – all maintenance    [*****]

 

Licensor

  

Hours of
Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

TeleNav Operations NOC #    24 x 7 x 365    Initial Contact, issue reporting.    [*****]

Gary Nguyen – IT Admin

Jason Choe – Network Admin

   24 x 7 x 365    Emergency Escalation   

[*****]

[*****]

Simon Ma – Director IT    24 x 7 x 365    All Issues, Escalation, and notifications   

[*****] office

[*****] mobile

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

49

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Licensor Service Level Agreement – Product Manager Contact Information

 

 

Attention:    Simon Ma
Title:    Director IT
Address:    1130 Kifer Rd
City, State Zip    Sunnyvale, CA, 94086
E-mail Address:    [*****]
Phone Number:    [*****]
Fax Number:    [*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

50

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXAMPLE A

The following examples are provided as a template to use for Incident Notification (“ Examples A ) , Root Cause Analysis (“ Examples B ”) and Maintenance Requests (“ Examples C ”).

When communicating with AT&T, please include in the Subject field of the email, one of the following:

 

  1. Outage <Initial/Update/Final> and < partner name> and < name of service >

 

  2. Emergency Maintenance < partner name> and < name of service and node >

 

  3. Planned Maintenance < partner name> and < name of service and node>

Example A: Incident Notification or Trouble Ticket (send to: [*****])

 

  1. Title of Incident

 

  2. Brief Description of Incident

 

  a. Should include scope (AT&T service impacted)

 

  3. Start Date and Time

 

  4. Information Service Resolution Date and Time

 

  5. Duration of Outage

 

  a. Provided at time of restoration

 

  6. AT&T Information Service Impact

 

  a. Impact to AT&T End Customer

 

  7. Partner Ticket Number

 

  8. Partner Severity Level

 

  a. Based on quantified Information Service impact

 

  9. Technical Action Take to Correct Incident

 

  a. Steps taken to restore Information Service

 

  10. Initial Root Cause

 

  a. Suspect root cause (brief)

 

  b. Formal RCA for SIR 1 or chronic issues of lower severity

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

51

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXAMPLE B

The following examples are provided as a template to use for Incident Notification (“ Examples A ) , Root Cause Analysis (“ Examples B ”) and Maintenance Requests (“ Examples C ”).

Example B: Root Cause Analysis (RCA) Worksheet (send to: [*****])

 

  1. Executive Summary

 

  a. Short description

 

  b. Root Cause statement

 

  c. Corrective Action

 

  2. Detailed Summary

 

  a. Outage duration

 

  b. Date

 

  c. Start

 

  d. Events / Timeline

 

  e. Stop

 

  f. Information Service Affected (AT&T)

 

  g. Impact Assessment (AT&T)

 

  h. Information Service Impact (customers affected / percentage affected)

 

  i. Customer Impact (customers affected / percentage affected)

 

  j. Root Cause

 

  k. Extenders

 

  l. Process breakdown

 

  m. Proactive / reactive problem recognition and analysis

 

  n. Improvement Action

 

  o. Resolution

 

  p. Short term actions and timelines

 

  q. Long term actions and timelines

 

  r. Lessons learned

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

52

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXAMPLE C

The following examples are provided as a template to use for Incident Notification (“ Examples A ) , Root Cause Analysis (“ Examples B ”) and Maintenance Requests (“ Examples C ”).

Example C: Maintenance Request Worksheet (send to: [*****])

 

  1. Title of Maintenance

 

  2. Brief Description of Maintenance

 

  a. Scope and full description

 

  b. AT&T service

 

  3. Maintenance Start Date & Time

 

  4. Maintenance End Date & Time

 

  5. AT&T Service Impact

 

  a. Impact to AT&T internal & external customers

 

  b. Explanation of Information Service unavailability

 

  6. Information Service Impact Assessment (within the scheduled window)

 

  a. Duration in minutes

 

  b. Estimated start/end time of AT&T service impact

 

  7. Risk Assessment

 

  8. Rollback Plan (Description)

 

  9. Pre-Implementation Tests Plan (Description)

 

  10. Post-Implementation Service Validation Plan (Description)

 

  11. Partner Maintenance Request Number

 

  12. Point of Contact

 

  a. Name, telephone numbers

 

  13. Maintenance Install Team

 

  14. Update Schedule

 

  a. Cancellation of Maintenance – as soon as possible

 

  b. Start of Maintenance Window

 

  c. Notify when Down Time begins

 

  d. Notify when Information Service is restored (Down Time ends)

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

53

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  e. Notify of Problem

 

  f. Maintenance runs outside window

 

54

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT D

PROVISIONING FOR END USERS/INFORMATION SERVICES

1. Customer Care . As between the Parties, AT&T will be responsible for first tier customer care to End Users with respect to the Information Service. LICENSOR will provide tier 2 customer care to End Users with respect to the Information Service. LICENSOR will provide tier 3 support to AT&T. The parties may agree to migrate tier 2 customer care to AT&T. AT&T will be responsible for first tier customer care in connection with the AT&T Services, including billing, network and Certified Device issues. LICENSOR will train AT&T customer support trainers (train the trainer) as mutually agreed by the Parties. Each Party will designate a customer service point of contact to coordinate customer service initiatives, including training and processes. As part of the provisioning process, each End User will be required to accept the Terms of Use with AT&T that governs the use of the White Label Information Service (each, a “EULA”). AT&T will be responsible for developing the EULA, after consultation with and reasonable approval by LICENSOR. For TeleNav Information Service, LICENSOR is responsible for developing and implementing the end user license agreement, after consultation with and reasonable approval by AT&T.

Customer Care Standards

 

 

AT&T is responsible for 24 x 7 Customer Care. Customer Care consists of all inquiries and requests regarding the customer life cycle including ordering, credit, activation, provisioning, billing and collections and general product inquiries. AT&T is responsible for Tier 1 and Tier 2 Technical Support. Tier 1 and Tier 2 Technical Support consist of the Top 20 FAQ’s.

 

 

AT&T will only handle the then current, top 20 FAQ related to issues for LICENSOR for each supported release, including the setup, provision or upgrade of LICENSOR on devices. LICENSOR will update the top 20 FAQs for each supported release, with the appropriate knowledge base information, from time to time.

 

 

LICENSOR and AT&T will mutually agree on an escalation process between AT&T and LICENSOR for the End Users prior to the commercial launch of the Product.

 

 

LICENSOR will make available to End Users at no charge, 24x7 email and web access support and live phone support 8 am to 7 pm ET on business days and from 9 am to 5 pm ET on Saturdays and Sundays.

 

 

LICENSOR will redirect all non-LICENSOR issues back to AT&T Customer Support.

 

 

LICENSOR will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the following End User support service levels:

 

   

Maintain an average hold time of 3.5 minutes or less

 

   

Monthly call abandon rates will be less than 10%

 

55

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

   

90% of support tickets will be closed within 5 business days.

AT&T will track and monitor the number of Tier 2 calls for Detailed Scripts and Process for AT&T Customer Support for LICENSOR issues. When AT&T Customer Support receives an incoming call and the End User requests LICENSOR support, AT&T Customer Support will troubleshoot and escalate through AT&T’s existing support process.

Troubleshooting to include:

 

   

Proper provisioning of Product

 

   

Issues with Certified Equipment supported with Information Service not related to Information Service

 

   

AGPS & GPS connectivity

 

   

SMS connectivity

 

   

ROM issues or upgrades

 

   

The LICENSOR/ AT&T Connection

 

   

Top 20 LICENSOR FAQ issues

2. Provisioning for Direct Bill Customers :

A. Information Service Provisioning. Upon the purchase of any Information Service by the End User from Telenav
channels — including those residing in Information Service — that use DirectBill Purchase API, Telenav shall use the Purchase API to provision Qpass with the subscription records. Telenav shall also present to End User appropriate messages to reflect properly the results of the provisioning.

B. Provisioning Process. The Information Service provisioning process (via Information Service) is as follows:

Step 1. Customer invokes Information Service.

Step 2. Customer reviews the screens the explain the offer including price points and decides to purchase the offer.

Step 3. Information Service transfers the purchase request to Telenav

Step 4. Telenav uses DirectBill Purchase API to provision Qpass and receives the provisioning response

Step 5. Telenav updates its account management database, and prepares and sends a response to Information Service

Step 6. Information Service displays the response to End User

Step 7. End User can start use the service if response indicates a successful provisioning

 

56

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

3. Provisioning for Data Feature Customers (3PP) :

A. Information Service Provisioning. Upon the purchase of any Information Service by the End User, AT&T will electronically transmit to TeleNav the End User MSISDN (Mobile Station International Subscriber Directory Number) and IMSI (International Subscriber Mobile Identity) to initiate the provisioning of the Information Service to End-User administrators and End Users and TeleNav will provision the End-User administrators and End-Users to allow them to initialize and use the Information Services.

B. Provisioning Process. (3PP)  The Information Service provisioning process is as follows:

Step 1. Customer purchases TeleNav service (this can be accomplished through various different sales channels e.g. telesales, direct retail, B2B sales rep, etc.)

Step 2. Sales rep adds feature code to phone via billing interface

Step 3. AT&T billing interface sends TeleNav billing server activation notice

Step 4. TeleNav billing server validates and processes transaction

Step 5. Customer receives SMS from TeleNav billing server with welcome message and a download link. Welcome message provides TeleNav login details

Step 6. Customer clicks on the download link from within the SMS

Step 7. Information Service is downloaded to the device

Step 8. Customer signs into application with Phone number and PIN provided within SMS.

c. Over the Air Activation and Billing. TeleNav and AT&T at their own commercially reasonable expense will cooperate to develop the necessary software interfaces and other work reasonably required to enable the over the air activation (“OTA”) of the Information Service and the billing of the Information Services to End Users.

4. Information Service Sales Training and Support .

a. Product Demonstration. The Parties shall, within [*****] days prior to Commercial Launch of any Information Service, agree on a specification for an AT&T branded Macromedia Flash demonstration version of the Information Service for use by AT&T’s sales teams and to supply to customers and potential customers (the “Demo”).

b. Training of AT&T Sales Team. As requested from time-to-time by AT&T, TeleNav will provide reasonable assistance to AT&T in training AT&T sales personnel on the Information Service. The Parties currently contemplate that the majority of sales training will be by Webex or similar training mediums. The training will be conducted jointly by AT&T together with a knowledgeable TeleNav representative. The Parties agree that AT&T may also decide to run on-site courses for AT&T’s Mobile Information Service Consultants. At no cost to AT&T, TeleNav shall provide up to ten (10) man-days of on-site training during the first three months following Commercial Launch and up to 15 hours per year of web-based sales training.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

57

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

c. End User Training TeleNav will use commercially reasonable efforts to develop training courses and materials for End Users to enable End Users to easily deploy the Information Service. Accordingly, TeleNav agrees to provide the following:

i. TeleNav will provide an AT&T approved on-line End-User training module, at no charge to AT&T or the End Users. TeleNav agrees that this training module and all supporting materials will be made available to customers as of the Commercial Launch for the applicable Information Service.

ii. TeleNav and AT&T will develop a program for referrals from AT&T to TeleNav for custom training requests for TeleNavTrack Plus and TeleNavTrack Premium (e.g. on-site).

iii. TeleNav will provide live training and set-up assistance for new TeleNavTrack Plus and TeleNavTrack Premium customers.

Sales Support. TeleNav will dedicate regional outside sales representative with incentive based compensation based exclusively on sale of the Information Services by AT&T and to support AT&T sales of the Information Service.

 

58

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT E

TRUSTED CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS

Upon certification completion of Client Software by AT&T Acceptance Testing, AT&T will provide the Client Software with AT&T trusted certificate. With the certificate, LICENSOR will have the right to use the API in accordance with Section 3.10 of this Agreement, but only those functionalities specified by JSR 179, JSR 118 and maintained in http://www.jcp.org — to develop mutually-agreed features of the Client Software. The use of the relevant APIs shall comply with the aforementioned AT&T Security and Privacy policies.

The certificate may enable the Client Software’s access to other APIs. For such other APIs including but not limited to those AT&T sensitive ones such as JSR 177 & JSR 186 — LICENSOR must receive AT&T’s consent before using them in the Client Software.

 

59

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT F

REVENUE SHARE AND COMPENSATION

1. Stand-alone Product Pricing for AT&T Navigator

With respect to AT&T Navigator sold to Direct Bill Customers or Data Feature Customers, AT&T shall pay LICENSOR revenue share (“Revenue Share”) equal to [*****] of the Net Revenue charged by AT&T to End Users for Information Services. For these purposes, “Net Revenue” means the gross price charged to End Users for the Information Service (other than any transport or other telecommunications charges) excluding any credits, sales, use or other governmental charges.

The Parties agree that the foregoing rate of Revenue Share is predicated on an End User price point of approximately [*****] per month for monthly subscriptions and [*****] for daily use subscriptions of AT&T Navigator. AT&T will notify LICENSOR in writing at least thirty (30) days in advance of its determination to reduce such price points and what the revised price points shall be (“Revised Price Points”).

Revenue Share will be adjusted for Revised Price Points as follows: AT&T will pay the [*****] of (a) [*****] of the Net Revenue charged by AT&T to End Users for the Information Service, and (b) the [*****] for a full month of monthly subscriptions (such [*****] pro-rated for partial months and less any applicable credits) and [*****] for daily use subscriptions of AT&T Navigator [*****]; provided, if AT&T sets the Revised Price Points such that [*****] of the Revised Price Point, then [*****] shall be adjusted to equate to [*****] of Net Revenue for such Information Service [*****].

If a Revised Price Point results in a [*****], LICENSOR may, on thirty (30) days’ written notice to AT&T, elect not to continue to provide the affected Information Service [*****]. In such case, [*****] will not be adjusted and AT&T will be relieved of its obligations under Sections [*****] and the last two sentences of Section [*****] of this Agreement and LICENSOR shall be relieved of its obligations under Section [*****] and [*****].

2. Bundle Product Pricing for AT&T Navigator

AT&T may create content bundles that include AT&T Navigator in an offering with other AT&T services (“Content Bundles”). Content Bundle means an offering to Direct Bill Customers that includes AT&T Navigator bundled with a consumer data service plan such as (i) MEdia Net Unlimited, which plan includes access to other services such as Cellular Video (CV), MEdia Net mobile web browsing, and/or mobile email, and (ii) MEdia Max Unlimited, which plan includes access to other services such as Cellular Video (CV), MEdia Net mobile web browsing, mobile email and unlimited messaging. Except with the written agreement of LICENSOR, Content Bundles may not be marketed by AT&T in connection with any Blackberry devices.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

60

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

For Content Bundles, AT&T shall pay LICENSOR the monthly fee in accordance with the appropriate [*****] tier as outlined in table F. “Active User” means an End User who (i) purchases the Content Bundle and is in good standing at the end of the month, (ii) completes a separate registration process to activate the AT&T Navigator service, and (iii) accesses and uses the AT&T Navigator Information Service at least once in the three (3) calendar month period ending with the month for which payment is being made (e.g., performs a “drive to” route request or a “directory” search request).

TABLE F

 

[*****] Tier (1)

  

Content Bundle

Monthly Fee (2)

[*****]    [ *****]
[*****]    [ *****]
[*****]    [ *****]

 

(1) [*****]
(2) Monthly fee per Active User.

The parties agree to discuss in good faith a business content bundle for Data Feature Customers in consideration of future market conditions.

If an End User registers and activates the AT&T Navigator Information Service, but does not access and use the AT&T Navigator Information Service at least once during the three (3) calendar month period ending with the month for which payment is being made, then LICENSOR shall classify the account as suspended (“Suspended Accounts”). For purposes of clarity, an End User account will be classified as a Suspended Account as of the next calendar month. For example, if an End User accesses the application during month one but not in months two, three, or four, then the End User shall be classified as an Active User in months one, two, three, and four and AT&T shall pay LICENSOR fees in accordance with Table F for months one through four. At the beginning of month five, the End User’s account will be suspended, and no payment will be due to LICENSOR until such time that the End User re-activates and uses the Information Services. AT&T shall not pay LICENSOR for any Suspended Accounts. If an End User with a Suspended Account remains a paying customer of the Content Bundle and subsequently accesses and uses the AT&T Navigator Information Service, then LICENSOR shall re-classify the account as an Active User.

If an End User cancels his or her Content Bundle (“Cancelled Accounts”), AT&T shall promptly notify LICENSOR, and LICENSOR shall cancel the End User’s account unless the End User agrees to continue using the service under the terms and conditions of the stand-alone AT&T Navigator product. AT&T shall have no payment obligation to LICENSOR for Cancelled Accounts.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

61

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

The Parties agree that the foregoing monthly fees per Active User are predicated on an End User price point per Content Bundle of [*****] per month for MEdia Net Unlimited plus AT&T Navigator and [*****] per month for MEdia Max Unlimited plus AT&T Navigator, which plans have an AT&T-internal implied value for AT&T Navigator (“Implied Value”) of [*****] per month. If AT&T elects to create bundled offerings with the AT&T Navigator Information Service other than the Content Bundles defined above, then AT&T will so notify LICENSOR in writing. Within five (5) days of such notice, the Parties will commence good faith negotiation of the LICENSOR fees for the new bundled offerings. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on such fees within thirty (30) days of AT&T’s written notice, then AT&T will be relieved of its obligations under Sections [*****] and the last two sentences of Section [*****] of this Agreement and LICENSOR shall be relieved of its obligations under Section [*****] and [*****].

3. Compensation for other LICENSOR products

With respect to AT&T Navigator Global Edition, AT&T shall pay LICENSOR [*****] of the Net Revenue charged by AT&T to End Users for AT&T Navigator Global Edition (“Global Revenue Share”), subject to a [*****] payment to LICENSOR of [*****] for each monthly End User (such [*****] fees pro-rated for partial months and less any applicable credits) subscribing to AT&T Navigator Global Edition.

With respect to other Information Services that AT&T offers to its customers, AT&T shall pay LICENSOR as follows (collectively, “Additional Services”) :

 

TeleNav GPS

Navigator

10 Routes/mo

  

TeleNav

GPS

Navigator

Unlimited

  

TeleNav

Track

Plus

  

TeleNav

Track

Premium

[*****]/month

   [*****]/month    [*****]/month    [*****]/month

Payments for Additional Services will be based on the average month-end number of End Users enrolled in the Additional Service (calculated as the average of the End Users at the end of the current month and the End Users at the end of the prior month), excluding those End Users currently within a promotional period for which End Users will not be charged fees (other than standard data charges). In addition, AT&T will pay LICENSOR a one-time activation fee of [*****]/per activated license for all new TeleNavTrack Plus and TeleNavTrack Premium licenses. It is agreed that there is no activation fee for any other Information Services.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

62

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

4. TeleNav Maps and AT&T Maps Products

No payment will be due to LICENSOR for the TeleNav Maps or AT&T Maps products (collectively “Maps Products”) provided under the terms of this Agreement to End Users with [*****] or [*****] devices. Six months after Commercial Launch Date, the Parties will meet and negotiate in good faith to review the mutual business case of providing Maps Products considering the number of upgrades of Map Products to revenue generating Information Services and revenue generated from advertising through the Maps Products. If the Parties agree on the terms of continuing to provide the Maps Products, this Agreement will be amended to provide for such terms. If the Parties are unable to agree on the terms of continuing to provide the Maps Products, then LICENSOR shall provide assistance to AT&T as reasonably requested to assist in ending the Maps Products services, and in no case shall AT&T have the right to continue to provide the Maps Products to any End User beyond twelve (12) months from the Commercial Launch Date.

5. [*****] Pricing

LICENSOR will provide AT&T with [*****] to any carrier, reseller, channel partner, or distributor operating in the U.S. during the term of the Agreement [*****].

6. Reverse Revenue Share

LICENSOR agrees to pay AT&T [*****] of the Net Revenue LICENSOR collects from selling TeleNav GPS Navigator or TeleNav Track to AT&T’s End Users through alternate channels such as but not limited to the LICENSOR web-site and pre-paid cards through third-party retailers. Reporting information shall be included in monthly reconciliation and paid within [*****] days after the end of each calendar month.

7. Inclusive Payments; Taxes.

No fees or Revenue Share will be payable to LICENSOR with respect to trial licenses granted in accordance with Section 4.4F of the Agreement.

LICENSOR agrees that amounts payable under this Exhibit F (“Payments”) are inclusive of all content licensing fees required for the Information Service, including not limited to: mapping data, traffic, gas prices, WiFi hotspots, restaurant reviews, points of interest (POIs), and listings data.

LICENSOR agrees that there will be no charge to AT&T beyond the Payments in connection with obligations of LICENSOR to AT&T under this Agreement, except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, or as otherwise agreed to by parties in writing. LICENSOR agrees that the Payments are inclusive of all Revenue Share, fees, charges and other payments of any kind whatsoever

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

63

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

due to any songwriters, publishers, featured or non-featured performers, producers, engineers, mixers, re-mixers and any other third parties who may be entitled to compensation as a result of AT&T’s (or its End Users’) use of the Information Service, or any musical works embodied in the Information Service (including any amounts that may be payable in connection with the public performance of any musical work embodied in any Information Service) under this Agreement.

AT&T will report and remit to the applicable governmental entities any sales/use or similar end-user taxes or fees which may be assessed in respect of the sale of Information Services to End Users hereunder. If any taxes, charges or governmental fees are owed in respect of the license of Information Services to AT&T hereunder, the party with legal responsibility therefor will report and remit such taxes, fees and charges.

 

64

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT G

CONNECTIVITY REQUIREMENTS

In order to manage the application transport latency and protect sensitive data, the Parties may need to build dedicated connectivity between AT&T’s and LICENSOR’s data centers. Upon AT&T’s request, LICENSOR shall provide required support to implement the connectivity.

LICENSOR agree that LICENSOR is responsible for monitoring and managing the equipment — used to support the
connectivity — at their end of the connectivity. The availability and performance of the equipment at their end shall be governed according to the SLA in Exhibit C.

The parties shall mutually agree on costs and deployment.

 

65

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT H

SECURITY AGREEMENT

The following Information Security Requirements apply to LICENSOR (and its suppliers) performing services for, on behalf of, and/or through AT&T which require access to the AT&T infrastructure, systems or applications, and/or require handling, processing, or storing, AT&T, AT&T branded and/or AT&T co-branded information external to the AT&T infrastructure.

LICENSOR shall comply with the following AT&T LICENSOR Information Security Requirements:

SECTION 1. AT&T LICENSOR Information Security Requirements

Information Security Requirements

System Security

 

1. The LICENSOR must actively monitor industry resources (e.g. www.cert.org , pertinent software vendor mailing lists & websites, etc) for timely notification of all applicable security alerts pertaining to the LICENSOR networks and computers.

 

2. The LICENSOR’s externally-facing systems must be scanned with applicable industry standard security vulnerability scanning software (including, but not limited to, network, server, & application scanning tools) at a minimum monthly.

 

3. The LICENSOR’s internal systems must be scanned with applicable industry standard security vulnerability scanning software (including, but not limited to, network, server, application & database scanning tools) at a minimum monthly.

 

4. The LICENSOR must share scanning results with AT&T for those resources used to support AT&T.

 

5. The LICENSOR must deploy an Intrusion Detection System (IDS) or Systems in an active mode of operation.

 

6. The LICENSOR must remediate security vulnerabilities, including, but not limited to, those discovered through industry publications, vulnerability scanning, virus scanning, and the review of security logs, and apply applicable security patches in a timely manner, according to these minimal guidelines:

 

   

A vulnerability exists and attack is underway: must work on remediating/patching 24x7

 

   

A vulnerability exists and attack is determined to be relatively imminent: must remediate/patch within 7 days

 

   

A vulnerability exists and attack is determined to not be imminent: must remediate/patch within 30 days

 

   

A vulnerability doesn’t exist yet: must remediate/patch within 90 days

 

7. The LICENSOR’s security administration responsibilities for configuring host operating systems must be assigned to specific individuals.

 

8. The LICENSOR security staff must average more than three years of experience in information/network security.

 

9. The LICENSOR’s systems must be ‘hardened’ including, but not limited to, removing or disabling unused network services (e.g. finger, rlogin, ftp, simple tcp/ip services, etc.) and installing a system firewall, TCP Wrappers or similar technology.

 

10. All default account names and/or default passwords must be changed.

 

11. The LICENSOR must limit system administrator/root access to host operating systems only to individuals requiring high-level access in the performance of their jobs.

 

66

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

12. The LICENSOR must require system administrators to restrict access by users to only the commands, data and systems necessary to perform authorized functions.

Physical Security

 

13. The LICENSOR’s networks and computers must be located in secure physical facilities with limited and restricted access to authorized individuals only.

 

14. Access to the LICENSOR’s physical facilities containing networks and computers must be monitored and recorded for audit purposes.

Network Security

 

15. The LICENSOR must separate AT&T’s data from the Internet and the destination web servers with a perimeter security gateway (e.g. firewall). For clarification on this requirement, see diagram.

LOGO

 

16. The LICENSOR must provide a logical network diagram detailing the Information Resources (including, but not limited to firewalls, servers, etc) that will support AT&T.

 

17. The LICENSOR must have a process and controls in place to detect and handle unauthorized attempts to access AT&T data.

 

18. The LICENSOR must utilize strong encryption technologies (minimum 256-bit encryption) for the transfer of AT&T information either partially or completely outside AT&T controlled facilities and network. This also applies to electronically transmitted email communications containing proprietary AT&T data or information. Note: This item does not apply to Information Service functionality

 

19. The LICENSOR must utilize strong authentication (e.g. two factor token or digital certificates) for remote access.

Information Security

 

20. The LICENSOR must not co-locate AT&T’s application/data on the same physical servers with other customers’ or the LICENSOR’s own application/data unless approved by AT&T; provided, if physical separation does not exist, documented controls must be in place and approved by AT&T to ensure separation of data and security information between customer, supplier, and AT&T applications

 

21. The LICENSOR must have a procedure for the backup, secure transport and storage of AT&T data approved by AT&T.

 

22. The LICENSOR must have a business continuity plan subject to approval by AT&T.

 

67

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

23. The LICENSOR must store sensitive AT&T data elements utilizing strong encryption technologies (minimum 256-bit encryption). Sensitive data elements include, but are not limited to, the following: social security number, national, state or province, issued identification number, drivers license number, date of birth, bank account number, credit card number and expiration date, and other credit related information, PINs, passwords, passcodes, password hint answers, Protected Health Information (as defined by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, HIPAA), biometric data, digitized signature, and background check details. During transport End User Location Information is encapsulated in proprietary formats that render location/map/route data unusable if intercepted.

 

24. The LICENSOR must limit access to AT&T information, including paper hard copies, only to persons or systems authorized by AT&T under written agreement.

 

25. The LICENSOR must be compliant with any applicable government and industry mandated information security requirements, such as the Payment Card Industry- Data Security Standards and HIPAA.

 

26. The LICENSOR must retain records according to and in compliance with any mandated federal, state, local and foreign laws, ordinances, regulations and codes and any additional security requirements specified therein.

 

27. The LICENSOR must securely dispose of or return AT&T information, including paper hard copies, when the LICENSOR no longer needs the information, according to a method approved by AT&T. (e.g. degaussing, overwriting, performing a secure erase, performing a chip erase, shredding, cutting, punching holes, breaking)

 

28. The LICENSOR must utilize AT&T-standard privacy markings for AT&T information.

“AT&T Proprietary Information (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement”

Or an alternative marking reviewed and approved by AT&T to appropriately correspond to and protect the classification of the information.

Identification and Authentication – Note: Sections 29-36 applies to LICENSOR operations and its personnel. Such sections do not apply to the Information Services or the End Users.

 

29. The LICENSOR must assign unique userids to individual users.

 

30. The LICENSOR must have a documented Userid Lifecycle Management process including procedures for approved account creation, timely account removal, and account modification (e.g. changes to privileges, span of access, functions/roles) for all applications and across all environments (production, test, development, etc).

 

31. The LICENSOR must enforce the rule of least privilege (i.e. limiting access to only the commands and data necessary to perform authorized functions according to ones job function).

 

32. The LICENSOR must limit failed login attempts to no more than six successive attempts and must lock the user account upon reaching that limit. Access to the user account can subsequently be reactivated through a manual process requiring verification of the user’s identity or, where such capability exists, can be automatically reactivated after at least three minutes from the last failed login attempt.

 

33. The LICENSOR must terminate interactive sessions that have been inactive for a designated period of time, not to exceed 15 minutes.

 

34. The LICENSOR must require password expiration at regular intervals of 90 days or less unless approved by AT&T.

 

68

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

35. The LICENSOR must use an AT&T-approved authentication method based on sensitivity of information When passwords are used, they must meet these requirements:

 

   

Passwords must be a minimum of six (6) characters in length.

 

   

Passwords must contain characters from at least two (2) of these groupings: alpha, numeric, and special characters.

 

   

Password construction must be complex and not contain names, dictionary words, combinations of words, or words with substitutions of numbers for letters, e.g., s3cur1ty.

 

   

Passwords must not contain repeating or sequential characters or numbers.

 

   

Passwords must not contain sequences of three (3) or more characters from the USERID or system name.

 

   

The new password must not contain sequences of three (3) or more characters from any of the previous four (4) passwords.

 

   

Passwords must not contain a sequence of two (2) or more characters more than once, e.g., a12x12.

Note: (Applications housing Restricted Proprietary Information may require an authentication mechanism stronger than passwords and the authentication mechanism must be approved by AT&T. Examples of stronger authentication methods include tokens, digital certificates, passphrase, and biometrics.)

 

36. The LICENSOR must use a secure method for the conveyance of authentication credentials (e.g. passwords) and authentication mechanisms (e.g. tokens or smart cards).

Warning Banner

 

37. In the supplier’s environment that is not an AT&T branded product or service, the LICENSOR must display a warning or
“no-trespassing” banner on applicable login screens or pages.

(example long version):

This is an <company name> system, restricted to authorized individuals. This system is subject to monitoring. Unauthorized users, access, and/or modification will be prosecuted.

(example short version):

<company name> authorized use ONLY, subject to monitoring. All other use prohibited.

For AT&T branded products or services or for software developed for AT&T, the LICENSOR must display a warning banner on login screens or pages as provided by AT&T.

Software and Data Integrity

 

38. The LICENSOR must scan for and promptly remove viruses.

 

39. The LICENSOR must separate non-production systems and data from production systems and data.

 

40. The LICENSOR must have a documented software change control process including back out procedures.

 

41. The LICENSOR must have database transaction logging features enabled. Database transaction logs must be retained for a minimum of six (6) months.

 

42. The LICENSOR must review code to find and remediate security vulnerabilities.

 

43. The LICENSOR must perform Quality Assurance testing for the application functionality and security components (e.g. testing of authentication, authorization, and accounting functions, as well as any other activity designed to validate the security architecture).

Privacy Issues

 

44. The LICENSOR must not sell, rent, lend, trade or lease any AT&T information (including, but not limited to, AT&T Proprietary information, AT&T customer or employee private information, and information obtained on AT&T’s behalf) without written approval from AT&T.

 

45. The LICENSOR must restrict access to any Personally Identifiable information to authorized individuals.

 

69

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Monitoring and Auditing Controls

 

46. The LICENSOR must restrict access to Security logs to authorized individuals.

 

47. The LICENSOR must regularly review Security logs for anomalies and must document and resolve all logged security problems in a timely manner.

 

48. The LICENSOR must keep Security logs for a minimum of 6 months.

 

49. The LICENSOR must provide AT&T audit rights to verify LICENSOR’s compliance with the contractual Security Requirements agreed to by LICENSOR. AT&T and LICENSOR must schedule the audit within thirty (30) days of AT&T’s notice requiring an audit unless a security breach has occurred. In the event a security breach has occurred, AT&T and LICENSOR must schedule the audit within one (1) day of AT&T’s notice requiring an audit.

 

50. The LICENSOR must provide AT&T within thirty (30) days from the publication of the audit report identifying any noncompliance with the contractual Security Requirements agreed to by LICENSOR, a written report of completed or proposed corrective actions and implementation timeframes not to exceed ninety (90) days addressing each noncompliance found in the audit. The LICENSOR must provide periodic, at least monthly, updates to AT&T on the implementation of the corrective action plan in order to track the work to completion.

Reporting Violations

 

51. The LICENSOR must have a documented procedure to follow when an unauthorized intrusion or other security violation, including but not limited to, a physical security or computer security incident (e.g. hacker or attempted hacker activity or the introduction or attempted introduction of a virus or malicious code), is suspected which includes immediate notification to the AT&T Computer Security Incident Response Team (ACSIRT).

ACSIRT 24 hour contact information:

 

   

Phone: 1 866 466-2288, prompt 8 (U.S.)

 

   

Phone: 1 908 234-3327 (International)

 

52. The LICENSOR must, in addition to providing AT&T with immediate notice of a security incident, provide AT&T with regular status updates including but not limited to actions taken to resolve the incident, at four-hour intervals (or at other mutually agreed intervals or times) for the duration of the incident, and within five days of the closure of the incident, a written report describing the incident, actions taken by the LICENSOR during its response and the LICENSOR’s plans for future actions to prevent a similar incident from occurring in the future.

Software Development and Implementation

 

53. The AT&T Business Unit Sponsor must ensure that any software developed by or purchased from the LICENSOR for use at or by AT&T is compliant with the AT&T Security Policy & Requirements.

Interconnectivity

 

54. The LICENSOR must use only the AT&T CSO approved facilities and connection methodologies to interconnect AT&T’s data facilities with LICENSOR’s data facilities and to provide access to the data for each connection.

 

55. Note: The LICENSOR must not establish interconnection to endpoint resources other than in the United States. Interconnections to endpoint resources other than in the United States require the express written consent of AT&T.

 

56. The LICENSOR shall access and transmit only the information that is necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of the contract as approved by AT&T and described in the supporting documentation.

 

57. The LICENSOR must maintain logs of user sessions (including application to application sessions) involving access to AT&T. These logs must include: login identification, user request records, system configuration, and timestamps and/or duration of access. These logs must be retained for six (6) months.

 

58. The LICENSOR must provide AT&T access to any LICENSOR facilities during Normal Business Hours for the maintenance and support of any AT&T equipment (e.g. router) used for the transmission of information under this agreement.

 

59. The LICENSOR must use any AT&T equipment provided under this agreement for only those services explicitly defined in this agreement.

 

70

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

60. The LICENSOR consents to AT&T gathering information relating to LICENSOR’s access to AT&T networks, processing systems and applications. This information may be collected, retained and analyzed by AT&T to identify potential security risks without further notice. This information may include trace files, statistics, network addresses, and the actual data or screens accessed or transferred.

 

61. All LICENSOR interconnections to AT&T must pass through the designated AT&T perimeter security gateway (e.g. firewall) .

 

62. The LICENSOR interconnections to AT&T must terminate at a perimeter security gateway (e.g. firewall) at the LICENSOR end of the connection.

 

63. The LICENSOR consents to AT&T immediately suspending or terminating the interconnection if AT&T believes there has been a breach of security or unauthorized access to or misuse of AT&T data facilities or proprietary information.

Security Policies and Procedures

 

64. The LICENSOR must ensure that all personnel, subcontractors or representatives performing work on any AT&T resources or the resources used to interconnect to AT&T resources or the resources used to house AT&T or AT&T branded information under this contract are in compliance with these security requirements.

 

65. The LICENSOR must notify AT&T of any policy changes that could impact the security controls put in place to secure AT&T’s data.

 

66. In the event there are technological constraints or situations where these security requirements cannot be met, the LICENSOR must propose alternative security controls and safeguards to mitigate risks. AT&T CSO shall have final approval of any such alternate security measures.

 

67. The LICENSOR must periodically review the above agreed upon security requirements to ensure that they are in compliance with the requirements and that the requirements are effectively protecting AT&T’s data.

 

71

AT&T Proprietary (Internal Use Only)

Not for use or disclosure outside the AT&T companies except under written agreement

Exhibit 10.14.1

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

First Amendment to License and Service Agreement

This First Amendment supplements the License and Service Agreement effective March 19, 2008 by and between Telenav, Inc. (herein “Telenav”) and AT&T Mobility LLC (“AT&T”). Telenav and AT&T may be referred to individually as a “ Party ” or collectively as the “ Parties ”.

RECITALS

A. Telenav and AT&T have previously entered into the License and Service Agreement (the “Agreement”) stated above.

B. Telenav has a new Information Service, TeleNav Vehicle Tracker, which it would like to make available to AT&T.

C. AT&T would like to offer for sale TeleNav Vehicle Tracker.

THEREFORE, Telenav and AT&T agree as follows:

 

  1. Effective Date. The effective date of this First Amendment is November 13, 2008.

 

  2. Term . This First Amendment will remain in effect as long as the Agreement is in effect.

 

  3. Section A of Exhibit A to the Agreement is amended to add the following Product:

9) “TeleNav Vehicle Tracker” includes the following features:

 

   

Location tracking with near real-time location and historical reporting

 

   

Detailed mileage and breadcrumb reports

 

   

Alerts (excessive speeds, prolonged stops and others)

 

   

Ability to view in-vehicle device tracking data on the same TeleNav Track account as mobile phones

 

   

On-board data store and forward support

 

   

Mounted installation, powered by the vehicle battery

 

   

Temperature, vibration, humidity and shock resistant

 

   

Customizable sensors for capturing any binary status (e.g.: ignition on/off, door open, lights on/off)

 

   

GPS readings every two minutes

 

  4. The following new subsection (a) is added to Section 3 of Exhibit F to the Agreement:

a) Pricing for TeleNav Vehicle Tracker. TeleNav agrees to offer TeleNav Vehicle Tracker to AT&T for [*****] per month. AT&T agrees to pay TeleNav a one-time activation fee of [*****] for each vehicle activated with TeleNav Vehicle Tracker on AT&T’s network. This pricing does not include any devices on which TeleNav Vehicle Tracker operates or any other services associated with those devices such as installation and warranty. AT&T will direct its customers to the appropriate dealer to purchase those devices and associated services.

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  5. TeleNav agrees to support the TeleNav Vehicle Tracker on the following device at Commercial Launch:

 

   

GNX-5P GPS modem

 

  6. This First Amendment complies with Section 13.13 (Amendment) of the Agreement and is, therefore, integrated into the Agreement pursuant to Section 13.14 (Entire Agreement) of the Agreement.

 

  7. This First Amendment is subject to the Agreement and in the event of any conflict between a provision of the Agreement and a provision in this First Amendment; the provision of this First Amendment will govern. In all other respects, the Agreement continues in full force and effect.

AGREED TO BY:

 

TELENAV, INC.     AT&T Mobility LLC, on behalf of its affiliates doing business as AT&T in the Area
By:   /s/ Douglas S. Miller     By:   /s/ Igor Glubochansky
(Authorized Signature)     (Authorized Signature)
Name:   Douglas S. Miller     Name:   Igor Glubochansky
Title:   CFO     Title:   Director, Industry Solutions
Date:   November 13, 2008     Date:   November 13, 2008

Exhibit 10.14.2

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO THE LICENSE AND SERVICE AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT (Amendment #2) , is made and entered into as of November 20, 2008 (“Amendment”) by and between by and between Telenav, Inc ., a Delaware limited liability company, having its principal place of business at 1130 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale, CA 94086 (“Licensor”), and AT&T Mobility LLC (formerly known as Cingular Wireless LLC, “Cingular”), a limited liability company under the laws of Delaware, having a place of business at 1055 Lenox Park Blvd., Atlanta, GA 30319 ( “AT&T”) (collectively “the Parties”) and amends the License Service Agreement entered between Licensor and AT&T effective March 19, 2008 (the “Master Agreement”). For the purposes of this Amendment, all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Master Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Parties entered into and executed the Master Agreement, and;

WHEREAS , the Parties desire to amend the Master Agreement, as set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby amend the Master Agreement as follows:

1. Section 5.5 of the Master Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

5.5 Advertising . Subject to the following provisions, Advertisements are permitted on the Information Services. [*****] shall determine the type, amount, location and format of Advertisements that may be delivered through the Information Services (“Advertising Inventory”). For each type of Advertisement that [*****] has approved, [*****] third-party advertising network shall provide sales and serving of the Advertising Inventory. If [*****] third party advertising network is unable to provide ad sales and ad serving functionality for a given type of approved Advertisement, then [*****] shall be permitted to provide such sales and serving functionality for the Advertising Inventory associated with that specific type of Advertisement subject to the restrictions in [*****]. “Advertisements” means any links, pointers, sponsorships, buttons, banners, graphics, images, listings, or any other placements or promotions or similar services to the extent used for advertising or referral sales, but specifically includes Mobile Search Ads. “ Mobile Search Ad ” means sponsored advertising search results. “AT&T Inventory” means Advertisements provided by AT&T or by a third-party advertising network acting on behalf of AT&T.

2. Mobile Search Ads . AT&T retains the right to [*****] Mobile Search Ads in the future at its sole discretion, upon [*****] day written notice to Licensor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , AT&T and Company, intending to be bound by all of the terms and conditions, have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the date set forth above. This Amendment will not be fully executed and binding on the parties unless and until authorized signatures of both parties are affixed hereto.

 

AT&T MOBILITY LLC     Telenav, Inc.
on behalf of itself and its Affiliates    
/s/ Mark Collins     /s/ Douglas S. Miller
(Signature)     (Signature)
Printed Name: Mark Collins     Printed Name: Douglas S. Miller
Title:   Vice President, Consumer Data Products     Title:   CFO

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.14.3

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

Fourth Amendment to License and Service Agreement

This Fourth Amendment supplements the License and Service Agreement effective March 19, 2008 by and between TeleNav, Inc. (herein “LICENSOR”) and AT&T Mobility LLC (“AT&T”). LICENSOR and AT&T may be referred to individually as a “ Party ” or collectively as the “ Parties ”.

RECITALS

A. LICENSOR and AT&T have previously entered into the License and Service Agreement (the “Agreement”) stated above.

B. LICENSOR has a new Information Service, TeleNav Track Lite, which it would like to make available to AT&T.

C. AT&T would like to offer for sale AT&T TeleNav Track Lite.

THEREFORE, LICENSOR and AT&T agree as follows:

 

  1.

Effective Date. The effective date of this Fourth Amendment is June 16 th , 2009.

 

  2. Term . This Fourth Amendment will remain in effect as long as the Agreement is in effect.

 

  3. Section A of Exhibit A to the Agreement is amended to add the following Information Service:

10) “AT&T TeleNav Track Lite” includes the following features:

 

   

Setup Wizard

 

   

Simplified UI

 

   

Get Current Location, Location Tracking

 

   

AGPS and Cell Site Location Support

 

   

Messaging via SMS

 

   

Group Management

 

   

Reports (Breadcrumb, Messaging, and more)

 

   

Google Earth KML Export

 

   

Custom Landmarks

 

   

Find Closest

 

   

Skill Attributes

 

   

Geofencing

 

   

POI Map Overlay

 

  4. The following new subsection (b) is added to Section 3 of Exhibit F to the Agreement:

b) Pricing for AT&T TeleNav Track Lite. With respect to AT&T TeleNav Tack Lite sold to Direct Bill Customers or Data Feature Customers, AT&T shall pay LICENSOR revenue share equal to [*****] of the Net Revenue charged by AT&T to End Users for AT&T TeleNav

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Track Lite. For these purposes, “Net Revenue” means the gross price charged to End Users for AT&T TeleNav Track Lite (other than any transport or other telecommunications charges) excluding any credits, sales, use or other governmental charges. The Parties will mutually agree on any price change to TeleNav Track Lite. AT&T agrees to pay LICENSOR a one-time activation fee of [*****] for each vehicle activated with AT&T TeleNav Track Lite on AT&T’s network.

 

  5. This Fourth Amendment complies with Section 13.13 (Amendment) of the Agreement and is, therefore, integrated into the Agreement pursuant to Section 13.14 (Entire Agreement) of the Agreement.

 

  6. This Fourth Amendment is subject to the Agreement and in the event of any conflict between a provision of the Agreement and a provision in this Fourth Amendment; the provision of this Fourth Amendment will govern. In all other respects, the Agreement continues in full force and effect.

AGREED TO BY:

 

TELENAV, INC.     AT&T Mobility LLC, on behalf of its affiliates doing business as AT&T in the Area
By:   /s/ Douglas S. Miller     By:   /s/ Igor Glubochansky
(Authorized Signature)     (Authorized Signature)
Name:   Douglas S. Miller     Name:   Igor Glubochansky
Title:   CFO     Title:   Director, Industry Solution
Date:   6/16/09     Date:   6/16/2009

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.14.4

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

Sixth Amendment to License and Service Agreement

This Sixth Amendment supplements the License and Service Agreement effective March 19, 2008 by and between TeleNav, Inc. (herein “LICENSOR”) and AT&T Mobility LLC (“AT&T”). LICENSOR and AT&T may be referred to individually as a “ Party ” or collectively as the “ Parties ”.

RECITALS

A. LICENSOR and AT&T have previously entered into the License and Service Agreement (the “Agreement”) stated above.

B. LICENSOR has a new Information Services, TeleNav Asset Tracker, which it would like to make available to AT&T.

C. AT&T would like to offer for sale TeleNav Asset Tracker from AT&T.

THEREFORE, LICENSOR and AT&T agree as follows:

 

  1. Effective Date. The effective date of this Sixth Amendment is October 13, 2009.

 

  2. Term . This Sixth Amendment will remain in effect as long as the Agreement is in effect.

 

  3. Section A of Exhibit A to the Agreement is amended to add the following Information Service:

11) “TeleNav Asset Tracker from AT&T” includes the following features:

 

   

Location Tracking

 

   

Continuous Tracking

 

   

Configurable in-motion interval (default – 5min)

 

   

Configurable static interval (default – 60min)

 

   

Immediate Location Reports

 

   

View TeleNav Asset Tracker just like other device on TeleNav Track website

 

   

Alerts

 

   

Stops; Speeding; Geofences; State Cross; Low Battery

 

   

Hot Key Alert

 

   

Invoked using “SOS” button on device

 

   

Sends alert as SMS message to user-defined destination

 

   

Sends an immediate position report with date/time stamp

 

   

Reports

 

   

Stops; Mileage; Breadcrumb; Alerts

 

   

Hardware: not included


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  4. The following new subsection (c) is added after subsection (b) to Section 3 of Exhibit F to the Agreement:

With respect to TeleNav Asset Tracker from AT&T sold to Direct Bill Customers or Data Feature Customers, AT&T shall pay LICENSOR revenue share equal to [*****] of the Net Revenue charged by AT&T to End Users for TeleNav Asset Tracker from AT&T, excluding the cost of the GlobalSat TR-151-TN1 Asset Tracker. For these purposes, “Net Revenue” means the gross price charged to End Users for TeleNav Asset Tracker from AT&T (other than any transport or other telecommunications charges) excluding any credits, sales, use or other governmental charges. The Parties will mutually agree on any price change to the TeleNav Asset Tracker from AT&T. AT&T agrees to pay LICENSOR a one-time activation fee of [*****] for each TeleNav Asset Tracker from AT&T activated on AT&T’s network. The one-time activation fee does not include the GlobalSat TR-151 Asset Tracker.

 

  5. TeleNav agrees to support the TeleNav Asset Tracker from AT&T on the GlobalSat TR-151-TN1 Asset Tracker as of the Effective Date of this Sixth Amendment.

 

  6. This Sixth Amendment complies with Section 13.13 (Amendment) of the Agreement and is, therefore, integrated into the Agreement pursuant to Section 13.14 (Entire Agreement) of the Agreement.

 

  7. This Sixth Amendment is subject to the Agreement and in the event of any conflict between a provision of the Agreement and a provision in this Sixth Amendment; the provision of this Sixth Amendment will govern. In all other respects, the Agreement continues in full force and effect.

AGREED TO BY:

 

TELENAV, INC.     AT&T Mobility LLC, on behalf of its affiliates doing business as AT&T in the Area
By:   /s/ Douglas S. Miller     By:   /s/ Igor Glubochansky
(Authorized Signature)     (Authorized Signature)
Name:   Douglas S. Miller     Name:   Igor Glubochansky
Title:   CFO     Title:   Director, Mobility Product Dept
Date:   10/19/09     Date:   10/18/2009

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.16

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I A L

 

 

DATA LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Between

Navigation Technologies Corporation (“NT”)

and

 

TELEVIGATION, INC.

(LICENSEE)

 

THIS DATA LICENSE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into between NT and LICENSEE as of the Effective Date:

 

1.   

ARTICLE 1

       
   1.1    Effective Date:   1 December 2002
       
   1.2    Expiration Date:   30 November 2003
       
   1.3    NT Place of Incorporation:   Delaware
       
   1.4    LICENSEE Place of Incorporation:   Delaware
       
   1.5    NT Address:   Navigation Technologies Corporation
        222 Merchandise Mart Plaza
        The Merchandise Mart, Suite 900
        Chicago, Illinois 60654
        Attn: General Counsel
        Phone: [*****]
        Fax: [*****]
       
   1.6    LICENSEE Address:   TELEVIGATION, INC.
        265 Santa Ana Court
        Sunnyvale, California 94086
        Attn: Senior Director of Marketing
        Phone: [*****]
        Fax: [*****]
         
         
         

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

DLA {Televigation 082602mak }    Page 1 of 13


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I AL

 

 

ARTICLES 2-6: D EFINITIONS A ND T ERMS O F G RANT

2. DEFINITIONS

2.1 “Application” shall mean a product, apparatus, service or system specifically identified in a Territory License for which use of the NAVTECH Data is authorized.

2.2 “Copy” shall mean any reproduction in any form on a single storage media (of a type as may be specified in a Territory License) of all or any portion of the NAVTECH Data.

2.3 “End-User” shall mean any entity or person who receives or uses a Copy of the NAVTECH Data or information contained therein or derived therefrom for personal use in an Application with no right to sublicense the Copy.

2.4 “Intellectual Property Rights” shall mean patent rights, copyrights, database rights, trademarks, service marks, and any and all other statutory and legal rights and protections available under applicable laws for the protection of intellectual property.

2.5 “Licensed Territory” shall mean the geographical area as specified in a Territory License.

2.6 “NT” shall also include its parent companies and subsidiaries, collectively and singly, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

2.7 “NAVTECH Data” shall mean the geographic data of the Licensed Territory made by or for, and generally released by, NT and limited to the contents specified in a Territory License.

2.8 “Territory License” shall mean each fully executed Schedule that is attached to this Agreement. To the extent that any of the provisions of a Territory License are inconsistent with, or conflict with, any of the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of such Territory License shall prevail.

3. PARTIES

3.1 Successors and Assigns . The rights and obligations of each party under this Agreement may not be transferred or assigned directly or indirectly without the prior written consent of the other party, which

consent will not be unreasonably withheld, except that either party may assign this Agreement to a parent, subsidiary, or any entity that acquires substantially all of its stock, assets or business. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

3.2 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is between NT and LICENSEE. No third party beneficiaries are intended.

3.3 Independent Contractors . The relationship of NT and LICENSEE established by this Agreement is that of independent contractors, and nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed to (a) give either party the power to direct and control the day-to-day activities of the other, (b) constitute the parties as partners, joint venturers, co-owners or otherwise as participants in a joint or common undertaking, or (c) allow either party to create or assume any obligation on behalf of the other party for any purpose whatsoever.

4. GRANT OF LICENSE

4.1 License . Subject to LICENSEE’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement, NT hereby grants LICENSEE with respect to each Territory License a non-exclusive, non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 3.1 (Successors and Assigns)), non-sublicensable license under NT’s Intellectual Property Rights to use the NAVTECH Data solely as further specified as the “Use Rights” in such Territory License and solely for the term and Licensed Territory and in the Application(s) specified in such Territory License.

4.2 Additional Licenses . Subject to future agreement of the parties, NT may grant future Territory Licenses to LICENSEE covering additional Use Rights, Licensed Territories and Applications. Any such license shall be set forth as an additional Territory License, shall be signed by the appropriate parties, and shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement except to the extent such Territory License expressly indicates otherwise.

4.3 End-User Licenses . Each present and future Territory License shall include an attachment containing end-user terms provided and/or approved by NT that,


 

 

DLA {Televigation 082602mak}    Page 2 of 13


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I AL

 

among other things, restrict use of the NAVTECH Data to licensed Applications (“End-User Terms”). LICENSEE shall provide each End-User, with a copy of the End-User Terms in a form and manner of presentation approved in advance in writing by NT, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Without limiting the foregoing, LICENSEE shall ensure that End-Users are made aware of and have a reasonable opportunity to examine and explicitly accept such End-User Terms, by means, among others, such as providing a reference to a website containing such End User Terms prior to obtaining possession of or using the NAVTECH Data. End-Users shall only be entitled to possess and/or use the NAVTECH Data if they accept the End-User Terms. NT reserves the right to amend and/or replace End-User Terms and the form and manner of presentation thereof after providing 90 days advance written notice to LICENSEE. In addition to the foregoing, LICENSEE shall provide each End-User with any and all legally required and otherwise necessary and appropriate training, instruction, warnings, disclaimers, and safety information.

4.4 United States Government End Users . LICENSEE shall, for each United States government End User (or other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those exercised by the United States government), (a) label the media on which each Copy of the NAVTECH Data delivered to each such End User is stored; and (b) embed each electronic Copy delivered to each such End User; with the notices appearing in Addendum 1. LICENSEE must seek permission from NT prior to commencing negotiations to provide additional or alternative rights in the NAVTECH Data to any United States government End Users.

5. FEES & PAYMENT

5.1 License Fees . LICENSEE shall pay NT license fees in the amounts specified in each Territory License. Such license fees are due on the dates set forth in each Territory License.

5.2 Minimum Annual License Fees . LICENSEE shall pay NT the amount of any minimum annual license fees (“Minimum Annual License Fees”) specified in each Territory License. Minimum Annual License Fees are due on the dates specified in each Territory License. Unless otherwise specifically set forth in a Territory License:

5.2(a) the Minimum Annual License Fee for any Territory License shall be applied in each year to license fees due under Section 5.1 for such Territory License for such year;

 

5.2(b) unused amounts of any Minimum Annual License Fee in any year, if any, are not refundable and cannot be applied to any other year or credited towards license fees due under a different Territory License, or applied to any other monies due NT.

5.3 Fees on Payments . In addition to all fees and charges required to be paid by LICENSEE to NT under this Agreement, LICENSEE shall be responsible for and shall pay any and all fees, currency conversion costs, withholdings, taxes, and other costs or charges on such payments and transfers to NT, exclusive of any income taxes calculated on NT’s net income.

5.4 Date of Payments . LICENSEE shall pay NT any and all fees and other charges required under this Agreement within [*****] days of the applicable due dates as set forth herein.

5.5 Manner of Payment . All payments made by LICENSEE to NT hereunder shall be made by means of good funds or telegraphic transfer of funds in the currency (or officially invoked successor thereof) and to the bank account as NT may from time-to-time direct.

5.6 [*****]

5.7 Payment Default . In the event that LICENSEE is late or otherwise in default with respect to any payment due hereunder, LICENSEE shall pay to NT interest at an annual percentage rate of [*****] (or the maximum rate permitted by law for any period in which the permitted rate is less than [*****]), on the sum due from the due date of the payment until the full payment thereof.

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

DLA {Televigation 082602mak}    Page 3 of 13


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I AL

 

 

5.8 License Fee Reports . On or before the [*****] day of each calendar month, LICENSEE shall provide NT with a written license fee report certified by an authorized representative of LICENSEE. The report shall set forth the license fee and other charges due and the basis of calculation thereof as well as such other information NT may reasonably request, including, without limitation: (i) the number of all Copies distributed by LICENSEE since the last such report; (ii) the release date of the version of the NAVTECH Data used to make such Copies; (iii) the [*****]; (iv) the geographic coverage corresponding to each Copy distributed and, for Copies containing NAVTECH Data for only a portion of a country, the number of links (i.e., segments) or kilometers for the roadways represented in the NAVTECH Data for such portion; (v) the [*****] which the Application is or will be installed; (vi) whether each Copy is the initial Copy distributed to the End-User or an updated version thereof; and (vii) other information that is necessary to understand the fee calculation as may be apparent from the applicable Territory License.

5.9 Right to Audit . LICENSEE shall keep and maintain detailed and accurate books and records with regard to license fees and the basis of calculation thereof for a period of [*****] years after the applicable payment of license fees. NT shall have the right, at its own expense, on reasonable notice and not more often than once annually, to inspect and audit LICENSEE’s records and other relevant information for the purpose of verifying the amount of license fees and other charges due and LICENSEE’s compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any inspection and audit of business records shall occur within [*****] months following the applicable fee payment and shall be during reasonable business hours at the location where LICENSEE maintains such records. NT shall maintain the confidentiality of such records to the extent required under ARTICLE 16, and shall put the information and records inspected to no other use than the verification of license fees due. If such an audit determines that payments made during any period audited were [*****] the amount actually due, then the reasonable expense of the audit shall be borne by LICENSEE. LICENSEE shall pay NT any amount shown to be due by an audit within 10 days of completion of the audit with interest as specified in Section 5.7 on the amount of the underpayment.

 

6. TERM & TERMINATION

6.1 Term . Unless terminated as provided herein, the term of this Agreement is from the Effective Date through the Expiration Date and any extension thereof pursuant to Section 6.2. The term of each Territory License shall be as specified therein, but in no event beyond the term of this Agreement or any extension thereof.

6.2 Term Extension . The term of this Agreement shall automatically extend for additional one (1) year periods, unless either party delivers written notice of termination to the other at least six (6) months prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement or any extension thereof.

6.3 Termination for Breach . If either party materially breaches any of the terms of this Agreement, and fails to cure such a breach within [*****] days after receiving written notification of such breach from the non-breaching party, the non-breaching party may immediately terminate this Agreement and may, in addition to all other remedies available at law and in equity, protect its interests by any means available to it.

6.4 Termination for Bankruptcy . NT may immediately terminate this Agreement if any of the following events occur affecting LICENSEE: (a) voluntary bankruptcy or application for bankruptcy; (b) involuntary bankruptcy or application for bankruptcy not discharged within [*****] days; (c) appointment of receiver for all or a portion of LICENSEE’s assets; or (d) an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

6.5 Obligations On Termination . Immediately following termination or expiration of this Agreement or any Territory License for any reason, LICENSEE shall cease any and all use and distribution of the NAVTECH Data, undistributed Copies, information and services derived therefrom, related documentation, and all other information and materials provided by NT to LICENSEE under the Agreement or Territory License, respectively, and LICENSEE shall return or destroy (and provide certification thereof) all of the foregoing items and materials to NT within [*****] days of such termination or expiration.

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

DLA {Televigation 082602mak}    Page 4 of 13


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I AL

 

 

ARTICLES 7-9: D ELIVERY , Q UALITY AND S UPPORT

7. DELIVERY

Within [*****] days after LICENSEE’s request, but no more often than [*****] per calendar year, NT shall deliver to LICENSEE the then current version of the NAVTECH Data for each Licensed Territory. NT will provide this information in GDF 3.0 format or successor format adopted by NT, or in another format mutually agreed to by NT and LICENSEE; provided, however, that NT shall have no obligation to provide the information in any format other than GDF 3.0 or successor that it adopts. LICENSEE acknowledges that the NAVTECH Data corresponding to certain portions of the Licensed Territory continues to be developed and will only be available to LICENSEE as otherwise provided in this Agreement upon general release after completion. LICENSEE shall pay NT a processing and delivery fee as may be set forth in each Territory License for each copy of the NAVTECH Data for the Licensed Territory delivered hereunder.

8. QUALITY

8.1 Updating & Quality . In all Licensed Territories, NT shall use commercially reasonable efforts to update the NAVTECH Data in a timely manner. NT shall also use commercially reasonable efforts to improve the quality of the NAVTECH Data. A Territory License may include a Verification Procedure for Accuracy and Completeness or equivalent with which the NAVTECH Data or portions thereof shall comply. Compliance therewith shall satisfy all of NT’s obligations hereunder with respect to the NAVTECH Data. To the extent that the NAVTECH Data does not comply with the applicable Verification Procedure for Accuracy and Completeness or equivalent, NT’s sole obligation shall be to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such compliance, which shall be LICENSEE’s sole remedy therefor.

8.2 Specification Changes . NT reserves the right to modify the content specifications for any NAVTECH Data, including, without limitation, adding, deleting and re-categorizing data elements. NT will provide LICENSEE with at least [*****] months prior notice of any modifications of the specifications of the NAVTECH

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Data. NT shall reasonably consider any and all reasonable input provided by LICENSEE to NT in writing regarding modifications that would adversely impact LICENSEE’s use of the NAVTECH Data,

8.3 Error Reporting . At such time as LICENSEE has the technical and operational capabilities, LICENSEE agrees that LICENSEE shall use reasonable efforts to promptly provide to NT any and all information and documentation concerning alleged and/or actual errors, problems, complaints, and related matters concerning the NAVTECH Data of which LICENSEE is or becomes aware shall be promptly made fully and freely available to NT, without charge, for NT’s unlimited use in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, NT’s incorporation of such information and documentation into the NAVTECH Data. LICENSEE shall not retain, acquire or assert any right, title or interest in or to the NAVTECH Data or the Intellectual Property Rights thereto based on the transfer of such information and documentation to NT or NT’s use or incorporation of such information and documentation (or derivatives thereof) in the NAVTECH Data or otherwise.

9. ACCESS TO LICENSEE APPLICATIONS

At NT’s request, LICENSEE shall provide NT without charge and as soon as each is available, a reasonable number of each test and production version of the products and Applications in which LICENSEE intends to use the NAVTECH Data (“Test Products”). Test Products shall include current hardware, software and formats of data for use and operation of such products and Applications. NT will use the Test Products solely for internal purposes of testing and verifying the NAVTECH Data. The number of Test Products shall be the greater of twenty-five (25) or the number reasonably required by NT to test and verify the NAVTECH Data in the Licensed Territory (ies).

ARTICLES 10-11: R IGHTS AND R ESTRICTIONS

10. RIGHTS IN NAVTECH DATA

10.1 NT Ownership . NT represents and warrants that it has the right to grant all licenses granted by it hereunder.

10.2 Rights Reserved . LICENSEE acknowledges that NT and its licensors and suppliers own all Intellectual Property Rights in and to the NAVTECH Data. NT and its licensors and suppliers retain all such rights under this Agreement.


 

 

DLA {Televigation 082602mak}    Page 5 of 13


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I AL

 

 

11. RESTRICTIONS ON USE

11.1 [*****]

11.2 Export Control . LICENSEE shall not export from anywhere any part of the NAVTECH Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations. To the extent that any such export laws, rules or regulations prohibit NT from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute NAVTECH Data or Copies thereof, such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

11.3 Reverse Engineering , LICENSEE agrees not to disassemble, decompile or otherwise reverse engineer the NAVTECH Data.

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

11.4 Non-Infringing Use . LICENSEE shall not combine, incorporate, utilize, or distribute Copies of the NAVTECH Data with or in connection with any product or system which, alone or in combination with such Copies, infringes any other person’s or entity’s Intellectual Property Rights or any other rights.

11.5 Third-Party Licensors and Suppliers . LICENSEE shall comply with any and all requirements and restrictions imposed on NT by its present and future data licensors and suppliers and other entities. To the extent not already set forth herein or in a Territory License, NT will notify LICENSEE of such requirements and restrictions. Without limiting the foregoing,


 

 

DLA {Televigation 082602mak}    Page 6 of 13


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I AL

 

LICENSEE agrees to the provisions set forth in (i) Addendum 2 attached hereto, which shall apply to any Territory License where the Licensed Territory includes any portion of the provinces of Canada, and (ii) Addendum 3 attached hereto, which shall apply to any Territory License where the Licensed Territory includes any of the European countries as specified therein.

ARTICLE 12: MARKETING AND L EGENDS

12. MARKETING

12.1 Display of Marks, Legends & Notices . LICENSEE shall conspicuously display any and all of NT’s and its suppliers’ proprietary rights legends, copyright notices, trademarks, service marks, trade names and similar information and designations (collectively “NT Marks and Legends”), as specified by NT (including, without limitation, the trademark NAVTECH ON BOARD and other NT Marks and Legends specified in the NT Identity Guidelines or successors or equivalents thereof), on Copies of the NAVTECH Data, on on-screen displays, on splash and start-up screens, in the instructions (printed and electronic), and in all packaging and other written materials which accompany or relate to the Application distributed by or on behalf of LICENSEE hereunder (collectively, “Collateral”). Without limiting the foregoing, in all instances where NAVTECH Data is used and/or where Collateral references NAVTECH Data, LICENSEE shall attribute NT as the creator and source of origin of the NAVTECH Data, and shall not in any way be misleading in that regard or represent or imply that LICENSEE or any third party is the creator or source of origin of the NAVTECH Data.

12.2 License of Marks & Legends . During the term of this Agreement, NT grants LICENSEE a non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-sublicensable right to use the NT Marks & Legends as required under Section 12.1. LICENSEE must conspicuously indicate in any and all materials displaying the NT Marks that NT is the owner thereof and/or that the NT Marks are registered trademarks and/or service marks of NT, as the case may be. Nothing stated herein shall constitute a grant or other transfer to LICENSEE of any right, title or interest in the NT Marks or any other Intellectual Property Rights of NT. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason, LICENSEE shall immediately cease all use of NT Marks.

12.3 Use of LICENSEE Marks . NT may display LICENSEE’s trade name, trademark(s), logo(s), and

company and product descriptions and similar information and designations (collectively “LICENSEE Marks”), relating to Applications licensed hereunder which use the NAVTECH Data, on web pages, in advertisements, brochures, exhibits and other marketing and promotional material of NT (collectively “NT Collateral”), provided that all such usage is in accordance with LICENSEE’s guidelines for use of the LICENSEE Marks. During the term of this Agreement, LICENSEE grants NT a non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-sublicensable right to use LICENSEE Marks as permitted in the preceding sentence. Nothing stated herein shall constitute a grant or other transfer to NT of any right, title or interest in LICENSEE Marks. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason, NT shall immediately cease all use of LICENSEE Marks.

12.4 Demonstrations . At NT’s request, LICENSEE shall without charge allow NT to demonstrate LICENSEE’s commercially launched Application for customer and general corporate demonstrations and at trade shows and other promotional events.

ARTICLES 13-15: D ISCLAIMER , L IMITATION AND

I NDEMNIFICATION

13. DISCLAIMER

THE NAVTECH DATA IS PROVIDED “AS IS”. NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NONINFRINGEMENT. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NT DOES NOT WARRANT, GUARANTEE, OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE USE, OR THE RESULTS OF THE USE, OF THE NAVTECH DATA OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS IN TERMS OF CORRECTNESS, ACCURACY, RELIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE.

14. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

14.1 Limits on Liability .

14.1(a) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THE NEXT SENTENCE, AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING ELSE IN THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE TO THE CONTRARY, NEITHER PARTY


 

 

DLA {Televigation 082602mak}    Page 7 of 13


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I AL

 

SHALL BE LIABLE OR OBLIGATED UNDER ANY ARTICLE OF THIS AGREEMENT OR UNDER CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, OR LOST PROFITS. THE LIMITATIONS IN THIS SECTION SHALL NOT APPLY TO BREACHES OF ARTICLE 16 (Confidentiality) [*****] OR TO ACTIONS OF LICENSEE BEYOND THE SCOPE OF THE LICENSE GRANTED HEREUNDER.

14.1(b) THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF NT WITH RESPECT TO THE NAVTECH DATA OR THE PERFORMANCE THEREOF UNDER ANY WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, CONTRACT OR OTHER THEORY WILL BE LIMITED EXCLUSIVELY TO REPLACEMENT OF THE NAVTECH DATA OR, IF IN NT’S OPINION, REPLACEMENT IS IMPRACTICAL, TO REFUND OF THE APPLICABLE LICENSE FEE. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL NT’S LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE LICENSE FEES PAID TO NT FOR THE [*****] PERIOD. LICENSEE UNDERSTANDS THAT NT IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR AND WILL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, OR OTHER ITEMS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED BY ANY PERSONS OTHER THAN NT. LICENSEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY CONTAINED HEREIN REFLECTS THE ALLOCATION OF RISK REFLECTED HEREUNDER AND AGREED TO BY THE PARTIES AND THAT OTHERWISE THIS AGREEMENT WOULD NOT HAVE BEEN MADE.

14.2 Force Majeure . Neither party shall be liable to the other for a failure to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, except for payment obligations under this Agreement, during any period in which such performance is delayed due to circumstances beyond its reasonable control, provided such party notifies the other of the delay.

 

15. INDEMNIFICATION

15.1 General Indemnification . Except for NT’s agreement to indemnify LICENSEE as expressly provided in Section 15.2, LICENSEE shall indemnify and hold harmless NT and its officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates from and against any and all liabilities arising out of any cause or event which is attributable to LICENSEE’S or its End Users use or possession of the NAVTECH Data or LICENSEE’s

failure to perform or comply with any term of this Agreement, including but not limited to liabilities for personal injury and/or product liability.

15.2 Intellectual Property Indemnification . Subject to LICENSEE’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement, NT shall defend or settle at its sole option and expense any claim or suit against LICENSEE arising out of or in connection with an assertion that the NAVTECH Data infringes any [*****] copyrights or trademarks and NT shall indemnify and hold harmless LICENSEE from damages, costs, and attorneys’ fees, if any, finally awarded in such suit or the amount of the settlement thereof; provided that (i) NT is promptly notified in writing of such claim or suit, (ii) NT shall have the sole control of the defense and/or settlement thereof, and (iii) LICENSEE furnishes to NT, on request, all relevant information available to LICENSEE and reasonable cooperation for such defense, at NT’s expense. The foregoing in this Section 15.2 shall be the sole obligation of NT and the exclusive remedy of LICENSEE with respect to any alleged infringement by the NAVTECH Data of any third party’s Intellectual Property Rights. LICENSEE shall not admit or settle any such claim or suit without the prior written consent of NT. NT shall have no obligation under this Section 15.2 if and to the extent that such claim or suit arises from: (1) compliance by NT with LICENSEE’s specifications, (2) modification of the NAVTECH Data other than by NT, (3) the combination of the NAVTECH Data with products or services other than those supplied by NT, (4) LICENSEE continuing any manufacturing, distribution, or licensing after being notified of any allegedly infringing activity or after being informed of or provided with modifications that would have avoided the alleged infringement, or (5) LICENSEE’s use of the NAVTECH Data that is not strictly in accordance with the license granted under this Agreement. In the event of a claim of infringement, a claim of violation of Intellectual Property Rights or a claim of misappropriation or suit against NT, which claim or suit is based on any conduct described in the preceding sentence, LICENSEE will defend or settle, at its sole option and expense, such claim or suit to the extent based on such conduct, and LICENSEE shall indemnify and hold harmless NT and its officers, directors,

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

DLA {Televigation 082602mak}    Page 8 of 13


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I AL

 

employees, agents and affiliates from damages, costs, and attorneys’ fees, if any, finally awarded in such claim or suit or the amount of the settlement thereof, to the extent based on such conduct; provided that (i) LICENSEE is promptly notified in writing of such claim or suit, (ii) LICENSEE shall have the sole control of the defense and/or settlement thereof, and (iii) NT furnishes to LICENSEE, on request, all relevant information available to NT and reasonable cooperation for such defense, at LICENSEE’S expense.

ARTICLES 16-18: C ONFIDENTIALITY , D ISPUTES AND

C ONSTRUCTION

16. CONFIDENTIALITY

Each party agrees that all code, inventions, algorithms, know-how and ideas and all other business, technical and financial information that it obtains from the other are the confidential property of the disclosing party (“Confidential Information” of the disclosing party). Except as expressly and unambiguously allowed herein, the receiving party will hold in confidence and not use or disclose any Confidential Information of the disclosing party and shall similarly bind its employees in writing. Upon termination of this Agreement or upon request of the disclosing party, the receiving party will return to the disclosing party or destroy (and provide certification thereof) all Confidential Information of such disclosing party, all documents and media containing such Confidential Information and any and all copies or extracts thereof. The receiving party shall not be obligated under this ARTICLE with respect to information the receiving party can document: (1) is or has become readily publicly available without restriction through no fault of the receiving party or its employees or agents; or (2) is received without restriction from a third party lawfully in possession of such information and lawfully empowered to disclose such information; or (3) was rightfully in the possession of the receiving party without restriction prior to its disclosure by the other party; or (4) was independently developed by employees or consultants of the receiving party without access to such Confidential Information; or (5) is required to be disclosed by order of court of competent jurisdiction.

17. DISPUTES

17.1 Resolution . Except with respect to Intellectual Property Rights, if a dispute arises between the parties relating to the interpretation or performance of this Agreement or the grounds for the termination hereof, the parties agree to hold a meeting within [*****] days of written request by a party therefor, attended by individuals with decision-making authority, regarding the

dispute, to attempt in good faith to negotiate a resolution of the dispute prior to pursuing other available remedies. If, within [*****] days after such meeting, the parties have not succeeded in resolving the dispute, either party may protect its interests by any lawful means available to it.

17.2 Limitation on Action for Breach . Except with respect to any breach of LICENSEE’s payment obligations hereunder or any unauthorized use of NT’s Intellectual Property Rights, any and all claims arising from or in connection with any breach of this Agreement must be brought within [*****], or such longer period as required by mandatory applicable law, from the date of such breach.

18. FORM & EFFECT OF AGREEMENT

18.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement together with its Schedules and other attachments (if any) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties regarding the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, promises, commitments, undertakings, and agreements of the parties relating thereto.

18.2 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

18.3 Modification . This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written instrument duly executed by the parties hereto.

18.4 Waiver of Breach . No waiver of any kind under this Agreement will be deemed effective unless set forth in writing and signed by the party charged with such waiver, and no waiver of any right arising from any breach or failure to perform will be deemed to be a waiver or authorization of any other breach or failure to perform or of any other right arising under this Agreement.

18.5 Notices . All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be delivered by hand, fax or

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

DLA {Televigation 082602mak}    Page 9 of 13


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I AL

 

 

nationally recognized overnight courier addressed if to NT and if to LICENSEE at the NT Address and the LICENSEE Address, respectively, set forth in ARTICLE 1 of this Agreement, or at such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing. All such notices and other written communications shall be effective (1) if sent by overnight courier, two business days after mailing, and (2) if sent otherwise, upon delivery as evidenced by proof of receipt.

18.6 Survival of Terms . The provisions of ARTICLE 5 (Fees & Payment), Section 6.5 (Obligations on Termination), Section 10.2 (Rights Reserved), ARTICLE 11 (Restrictions on Use), Section 12.1 (Display of Marks, Legends & Notices), Section 14.1 (Limits on Liability), ARTICLE 15 (Indemnification), ARTICLE 16 (Confidentiality), ARTICLE 17 (Disputes), Section 18.6 (Survival of Terms) and Section 18.8 (Governing Law), shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

18.7 Headings . The headings and subheadings used in this Agreement and in the Schedules hereto are only used for convenience of reference, and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

18.8 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and governed by the substantive laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions. The United Nations Convention of Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement.

 

18.9 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof shall be unaffected thereby and remain valid and enforceable as if such provision had not been set forth herein. The parties agree to substitute for such provision a valid provision that most closely approximates the intent and economic effect of such severed provision.

18.10 No Additional Terms . Unless and to the extent expressly agreed to in writing between LICENSEE and NT, no other terms and conditions, whether contained in LICENSEE’s purchase order or otherwise, shall be binding on NT. NT hereby expressly rejects all terms and conditions not contained herein, whether sent to or received by NT prior to or after the date of this Agreement.

18.11 Full Understanding . The parties acknowledge that they fully understand and agree to all of their rights and obligations under this Agreement, and that this Agreement is the result of informed negotiations between sophisticated parties. The parties further acknowledge and agree that they have not relied on any representation, inducement, or anything else in executing this Agreement that is not set forth expressly herein.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the Effective Date set forth in ARTICLE 1 of this Agreement.

 

NAVIGATION TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION   TELEVIGATION, INC.
By:  

/s/ Lawrence M. Kaplan

    By:  

/s/ Salman Dhanani

Name:   LAWRENCE M. KAPLAN     Name:   SALMAN DHANANI
Title:   VICE PRESIDENT AND GENERAL COUNSEL     Title:   DIRECTOR OF MARKETING

 

 

DLA {Televigation 082602mak}    Page 10 of 13


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I AL

 

 

Addendum 1

The following provisions apply to the NAVTECH Data supplied to United States government End Users, or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those exercised by the United States government:

For acquisitions conducted by the United States Department of Defense, the NAVTECH Data is licensed with “Limited Rights” in accordance with the rights set forth at DFARS 252.227-7013(b)(3), T ECHNICAL D ATA -N ONCOMMERCIAL I TEMS . NAVTECH Data delivered or otherwise furnished with “Limited Rights” shall be marked with the following “Limited Rights Notice” set forth at DFARS 252.227-7013(f)(3), and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice:

 

L IMITED R IGHTS

 

C ONTRACT N O .:                                                                                                       
C ONTRACTOR (M ANUFACTURER /S UPPLIER ) N AME : N AVIGATION T ECHNOLOGIES C ORPORATION

Contractor (M ANUFACTURER /S UPPLIER ) A DDRESS : 222 Merchandise Mart Plaza,

Suite 900, Chicago, Illinois 60654

The Government’s rights to use, modify, reproduce, release, perform, display, or disclose these technical data are restricted by paragraph (b)(3) of the Rights in Technical Data-Noncommercial Items clause contained in the above identified contract. Any reproduction of technical data or portions thereof marked with this legend must also reproduce the markings. Any person, other than the Government, who has been provided access to such data must promptly notify the above named Contractor.

For United States government civilian agency acquisitions, the NAVTECH Data is licensed in accordance with the rights set forth at FAR 52.227-14(g)(1), R IGHTS I N D ATA -G ENERAL ( Protection of limited rights data and computer software ). In the event that the Contracting Officer requires the delivery of limited rights in the NAVTECH Data that have been withheld or would otherwise be withholdable in accordance with FAR 52.227-14(g)(1), the NAVTECH Data is licensed with “Limited Rights” as set forth in the following “Limited Rights Notice” at FAR 52.227-14(g)(2) (Alternate II). This notice shall be affixed to the NAVTECH Data and the NAVTECH Data shall be treated in accordance with such Notice (which shall be marked on any reproduction of these data, in whole or in part):

 

LIMITED RIGHTS NOTICE (JUN 1987)
 

These data are submitted with limited rights under Government Contract No.      [and subcontract             , if appropriate]. These data may be reproduced and used by the Government with the express limitation that they will not, without written permission of the Contractor, be used for purposes of manufacture nor disclosed outside the Government; except that the Government may disclose these data outside the Government for the following purposes, if any, provided that the Government makes such disclosure subject to prohibition against further use and disclosure: There are no additional purposes permitting disclosure of such Data.

 

The manufacturer/supplier of the Data is Navigation Technologies Corporation 222 Merchandise Mart Plaza, Suite 900, Chicago, Illinois 60654.

 

 

DLA {Televigation 082602mak}    Page 11 of 13


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I AL

 

 

Addendum 2

The following provisions apply to the NAVTECH Data for the Licensed Territory of Canada, which may include or reflect data from third party licensors, including Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada (“Third Party Data”):

 

1. Disclaimer and Limitation : LICENSEE agrees that its use of the Third Party Data is subject to the following provisions:

(A) DISCLAIMER: THE THIRD PARTY DATA IS LICENSED ON AN “AS IS” BASIS. THE LICENSORS OF SUCH DATA, INCLUDING HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN, MAKE NO GUARANTEES, REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES RESPECTING SUCH DATA, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EFFECTIVENESS, COMPLETENESS, ACCURACY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

(B) LIMITATION ON LIABILITY: THE THIRD PARTY DATA LICENSORS, INCLUDING HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN, SHALL NOT BE LIABLE: (I) IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF SUCH DATA; OR (ii) IN ANY WAY FOR LOSS OF REVENUES OR CONTRACTS, OR ANY OTHER CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS OF ANY KIND RESULTING FROM ANY DEFECT IN THE DATA.

2. Copyright Notice : In connection with each Copy of all or any portion of the NAVTECH Data for the Territory of Canada, LICENSEE shall affix in a conspicuous manner the following copyright notice on at least one of: (i) the label for the storage media of the Copy; (ii) the packaging for the Copy; or (iii) other materials packaged with the Copy, such as user manuals or end user license agreements: “ This data includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen’s Printer for Ontario.

3. End-User Terms : In connection with the provision of any portion of the NAVTECH Data for the Territory of Canada to End-Users as may be authorized under the Agreement, LICENSEE shall provide such End-Users, in a reasonably conspicuous manner, with terms (set forth with other end user terms required to be provided under the Agreement, or as otherwise may be provided, by LICENSEE) which shall include the following provisions on behalf of the Third Party Data licensors, including Her Majesty The Queen:

THE NAVTECH DATA MAY INCLUDE OR REFLECT DATA OF LICENSORS, INCLUDING HER

MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA. SUCH DATA IS LICENSED ON AN “AS IS” BASIS. THE LICENSORS, INCLUDING HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN, MAKE NO GUARANTEES, REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES RESPECTING SUCH DATA, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EFFECTIVENESS, COMPLETENESS, ACCURACY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

THE LICENSORS, INCLUDING HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN, SHALL NOT BE LIABLE IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE DATA OR THE NAVTECH DATA. THE LICENSORS, INCLUDING HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN, SHALL NOT BE LIABLE IN ANY WAY FOR LOSS OF REVENUES OR CONTRACTS, OR ANY OTHER CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS OF ANY KIND RESULTING FROM ANY DEFECT IN THE DATA OR THE NAVTECH DATA.

END USER SHALL INDEMNIFY AND SAVE HARMLESS THE LICENSORS, INCLUDING HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN AND THE MINISTER, AND THEIR OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, ALLEGING LOSS, COSTS, EXPENSES, DAMAGES OR INJURIES (INCLUDING INJURIES RESULTING IN DEATH) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE DATA OR THE NAVTECH DATA.

4. Additional Provisions : This Addendum is in addition to all of the rights and obligations of the parties under the Agreement. To the extent that any of the provisions of this Addendum are inconsistent with, or conflict with, provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of this Addendum shall prevail.

4. Additional Provisions : This Addendum is in addition to all of the rights and obligations of the parties under the Agreement. To the extent that any of the provisions of this Addendum are inconsistent with, or conflict with, provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of this Addendum shall prevail.


 

 

DLA {Televigation 082602mak}    Page 12 of 13


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I AL

 

 

Addendum 3

The following provisions apply to the NAVTECH Data for and to the extent indicated respecting any Licensed Territory including any country of Europe , which may include or reflect data from respective third party licensors:

 

1. Paper Maps . LICENSEE shall not have any right or license to use, or license the use of, the NAVTECH Data for any Licensed Territory including any country of Europe to create paper maps of any kind (as used herein “paper map” shall mean any literary work in the form of a map fixed on a paper or paper-like medium).

 

2. OS Enforcement . With respect to NAVTECH Data for the Licensed Territory of Great Britain, LICENSEE acknowledges and agrees that the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring a direct action against LICENSEE to enforce compliance with the OS copyright notice (see Section 3 below) and paper map requirements (see Section 2 above) contained in this Agreement.

 

3. Traffic Codes . The following provisions apply to any grant of license for use of NAVTECH Data that includes Traffic Codes.

 

  A. General Restrictions Applicable to Traffic Codes . LICENSEE acknowledges and agrees that in certain countries of the Licensed Territory of Europe, LICENSEE will need to obtain rights directly from third party RDS-TMC code providers to receive and use the Traffic Codes in the NAVTECH Data and to deliver to End-Users information, data, applications, products and/or services in any way derived from or based on such Traffic Codes. For such countries, NT shall deliver the NAVTECH Data incorporating Traffic Codes to LICENSEE only after receiving certification from LICENSEE of its having obtained such rights.

 

  B. Display of Third Party Rights Legend for Belgium . LICENSEE shall, for each provision of information, data, applications, products and/or services that uses Traffic Codes for Belgium, provide the following notice to the End-User: “Traffic Information is provided by the Ministerie van de Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des Transports.”

 

4. Third Party Notices . Any and all Copies and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Licensed Territory (or portion thereof) included in such Copy:

 

Territory

  

Notice

France   

The following notice must appear on all Copies, and may also appear on packaging:

 

“source: Géoroute® IGN France & BD Carto® IGN France”

Germany    “Die Grundlagendaten wurden mit Genehmigung der zustandigen Behorden entnommen,”
or   
   “Die Grundlagendaten wurden mit Genehmigung der zustandigen Behoerden entnommen.”
Great Britain   
      - Until 12/31/05:    “Based on Ordnance Survey electronic data and used with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty’s Stationary Office © Crown Copyright, 1995.”
      - After 12/31/05:    “Based upon Crown Copyright material.”
Italy    “La Bence Dati Italiana é stata prodotta usando quale rifermento anche cartografia numerica ed al tratto prodatta e fornita della Regione Toscane.”
Norway    “Copyright © 2000; Norwegian Mapping Agency”
Portugal    “Source: lgeoE — Portugal”
Spain    “Información geografica propiedad del CNIG”
Sweden    “Based upon electronic data © National Land Survey Sweden.”
Switzerland    “Topografische Grundlage: © Bundesamt fur Landestopographie.”

 

 

DLA {Televigation 082602mak}    Page 13 of 13

Exhibit 10.16.1

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE DATA LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Third Amendment (“Third Amendment”) to the Data License Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated December 1, 2002 between Navigation Technologies Corporation (“NTC”) and Televigation, Inc. (“Licensee”), which was subsequently assigned by NTC to NAVTEQ North America, LLC (“NT”), is made and entered into between NT and LICENSEE, as of latest date of signature below.

WHEREAS, NT and Licensee desire to amend certain provisions of the Agreement, as amended, with this Third Amendment:

WHEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. The terms and conditions of the Agreement, as amended, shall stay in full force and effect except as modified hereunder.

 

2. The Expiration Date of the Agreement. Territory License No. 1 effective December 1, 2002 between the parties (“TL 1”) and Territory License No. 2 effective June 30, 2003 between the parties (“TL 2”), are each hereby amended to be December 31, 2007.

 

3. The Expiration Date of the Market Development Addendum (“MDA”) to Territory License No. 1 effective March 1, 2004 is hereby amended to be December 31, 2005. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the MDA, the license fees and reports due under the MDA shall be due on [*****] the reports shall set forth the calculation on [*****]. In June 2005, the parties agree to discuss whether an additional extension to the MDA is appropriate; provided the MDA shall only be extended if each of the parties agrees to extend the MDA in their sole discretion.

 

4. The Agreement is hereby amended to include the following in Addendum B:
     [*****]

 

5. Section III A of TL 1 is hereby amended to include the following at the end of the section:
     [*****]

 

6. Section VIII of TL 1 is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

 

[ * * * * * ]

Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 3 to DLA 122004js      Page 1 of 10


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

“VIII. Minimum Annual License Fees . Licensee shall pay NT minimum annual license fees (“MALF”) in the amounts set forth below. The MALF shall be applied in each annual period to license fees due for such annual period. Unused amounts of the MALF for any annual period, if any, are not refundable, may not be applied to any other annual period, and may not be credited towards license fees or other charges due under a different TL or applied to any other monies due NT; provided that the aggregate MALF for [*****] shall not exceed the amounts set forth below.

 

  A. Amount . The MALF for each annual period of this TL is as follows:

 

Calendar Year 2005 – [*****]

 

Calendar Year 2006 – [*****]

 

Calendar Year 2007 and thereafter – [*****]

 

  B. Due Dates . [*****]

 

7. Exhibit B of TL 1 is hereby amended to amend the definition of “Limited Carto Route Transaction” and to add definitions for Route Guidance Transaction and Premium POIs as follows:

[*****]

 

 

[ * * * * * ]

Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 3 to DLA 122004js      Page 2 of 10


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

8. Section A.1 of Exhibit C of TL 1 shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

  “A. License Fees .

[*****]

 

 

[ * * * * * ]

Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 3 to DLA 122004js      Page 3 of 10


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

9. Section A of Exhibit C of TL 1 shall be amended to include the following at the end of the section:

[*****]

 

10. Section C of Exhibit C of TL 1 is hereby amended and restated as follows:

[*****]

 

11. Section VII of TL 2 is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“VII. Minimum Annual License Fees . Licensee shall pay NT minimum annual license fees (“MALF”) in the amounts set forth below. The MALF shall be applied in each annual period to license fees due for such annual period. Unused amounts of the MALF for any annual period, if any, are not refundable, may not be applied to any other annual period, and may not be credited towards license fees or other charges due under a different TL or applied to any other monies due NT; provided that the aggregate MALF for [*****] shall not exceed the amounts set forth below.

A. Amount . The MALF for each annual period of this TL is as follows:

 

Calendar Year 2005 – [*****]

 

Calendar Year 2006 – [*****]

 

Calendar Year 2007 and thereafter – [*****]

B. Due Dates . [*****]

C. Modification to MALF . [*****]

 

 

[ * * * * * ]

Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 3 to DLA 122004js      Page 4 of 10


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

12. Exhibit A of TL 2 is hereby amended to delete the following definitions which shall be replaced by the definitions set forth on Addendum 1 hereto:

[*****]

 

13. Exhibit B of TL 2 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by Addendum 1 hereto.

 

14. Licensee agrees to complete the POI Usage Form attached hereto as Addendum 2 with respect to each of TL 1 and TL 2, and provide to NT upon request, which Addendum is hereby added to TL 1 and TL 2 as Exhibit G and Exhibit D, respectively.

 

15. The parties agree to work together in good faith to issue a joint press release announcing the renewal of the relationship within ninety (90) days from the date of this amendment.

* * *

 

 

[ * * * * * ]

Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 3 to DLA 122004js      Page 5 of 10


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Third Amendment to be executed by their authorized representatives.

 

TELEVIGATION, INC.     NAVTEQ NORTH AMERICA, LLC
By:  

/s/ HP Jin

    By:  

/s/ Jason S. Rice

Name:  

HP Jin

    Name:  

Jason S. Rice

Title:  

CEO & President

    Title:  

Director of Corporate Law

Date:  

12/22/2004

    Date:  

12/22/2004

 

Amendment 3 to DLA 122004js      Page 6 of 10


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

Addendum 1

EXHIBIT B

APPLICATION & LICENSE FEES

[*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 7 and 8 have been redacted.

 

Amendment 3 to DLA 122004js      Page 7 of 10


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

Addendum 2

Exhibit D

POI USAGE FORM

(North America)

[*****]

 

Client Signature:  

/s/ HP Jin

Name:  

HP Jin

Title:  

CEO & President

 

 

[ * * * * * ]

Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 3 to DLA 122004js      Page 9 of 10


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

Date:  

12/22/04

 

 

Amendment 3 to DLA 122004js      Page 10 of 10

Exhibit 10.16.2

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THE DATA LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Fourth Amendment (“Fourth Amendment”) to the Data License Agreement (“DLA”), dated December 1, 2002, between Navigation Technologies Corporation (“NTC”) and Televigation, Inc. (“Televigation”), which was subsequently assigned by NTC to NAVTEQ North America, LLC (“NT”) and by Televigation to TeleNav, Inc. (“LICENSEE”) is made and entered into between NT and LICENSEE, as of the date of last signature below (“Fourth Amendment Effective Date”). The DLA and all associated Territory Licenses thereto shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Agreement”.

WHEREAS, NT and LICENSEE have entered into Territory License No. 1, with an effective date of December 1, 2002 (“TL 1”), Territory License No. 2, with an effective date of June 30, 2003 (“TL 2”), Territory License No. 6 (“TL 6”) and Territory License No. 7 (“TL 7”), both of which are being signed contemporaneously with this Fourth Amendment;

WHEREAS, NT and Licensee desire to amend certain provisions of the Agreement with this Fourth Amendment;

WHEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. The terms and conditions of the Agreement, as amended, shall stay in full force and effect except as modified herein.

 

2. The Expiration Date of the DLA, TL 1 and TL 2 are each hereby amended to be December 31, 2008.

 

3. Section VIII of TL 1 and Section VII of TL 2 are each hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

  “VIII. Minimum Annual License Fees . LICENSEE shall pay NT minimum annual license fees (“MALF”) in the amounts set forth below. The MALF shall be applied in each annual period to license fees due for such annual period. Unused amounts of the MALF for any annual period, if any, are not refundable, may not be applied to any other annual period, and may not be credited towards license fees or other charges due under a different TL or applied to any other monies due NT; provided that the aggregate MALF for [*****] shall not exceed the amounts set forth below.

 

  A. Amount . The MALF for each annual period of this TL is as follows:

 

 

 

Calendar Year 2007 and thereafter – [*****]

 

 

 

  B. Due Dates . [*****]

 

4. The following license rights are hereby added to TL 1 (for US/Canada Data), TL 6 (for Europe Data) and TL 7 (for Mexico Data):

Trial Licenses . LICENSEE shall have the right during the term of the Agreement to grant trial licenses to Identified End-Users under which each Identified End-User is allowed to access and use the Application to derive Transactions based on Data for the applicable Territory free of charge for a thirty-day period (“Trial License”), subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i) Each Identified End-User shall be permitted to receive only one Trial License;

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 4 to DLA (TeleNav 03.19.07gpd)    Page 1 of 4


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

  (ii) upon expiration of the Trial License, Identified End-Users shall be restricted from making use of the Application in the event that they do not pay for a Subscription;

 

  (iii) Trial Licenses shall be permitted with respect to Applications making use of Data for the Territories of US/Canada, Mexico or Europe only;

 

  (iv) neither LICENSEE nor its wireless carrier customers shall charge any amount to Identified End-Users for such Trial Licenses; and

 

  (v) Trial Licenses shall be granted in connection with Applications which are made available by LICENSEE (and its wireless carrier customers) on a Subscription basis only (i.e., the Application shall not be available to End-Users on a per Transaction or per Transaction bucket basis).

All other terms and conditions contained in the Agreement shall apply to Trial Licenses, including without limitation, LICENSEE’s obligations relating to the display of NT Marks & Legends and providing End-Users with notification of the End-User Terms. LICENSEE shall report the number of Trial Licenses granted to Identified End-Users on LICENSEE’s monthly license fee reports and shall separate out the number of Trial Licenses granted per each wireless carrier that is a customer of LICENSEE. As a result, LICENSEE agrees to separate out on its license fee reports the license fees associated with each wireless carrier through which the Application is offered.

 

5. The following license rights are hereby added to TL 1 (for US/Canada Data), TL 2 (for US/Canada Data), TL 6 (for Europe Data) and TL 7 (for Mexico Data):

Demonstration Licenses . LICENSEE shall have the right during the term of the Agreement to grant demonstration licenses to identified sales representatives of each wireless carrier (“Identified Demo Users”) under which each Identified Demo User is allowed to use the Application to derive Transactions based on Data for the applicable Territory free of charge for the purpose of demonstrating and promoting such Applications to subscribers of the carrier for which the Identified Demo User is employed (“Demonstration License”), subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i) the maximum number of Demonstration Licenses per wireless carrier shall be capped at the lesser of (a) [*****] Demonstration Licenses or (b) [*****] of the total wireless customers per Territory per wireless carrier for which LICENSEE has paid license fees to NT. LICENSEE shall pay for any excess Demonstration Licenses with respect to each carrier in the following manner: (a) on a [*****] basis for Demonstration Licenses granted in excess of [*****] per carrier, and (b) at the end of each Carrier Annual Period (as defined below) for any Demonstration Licenses in excess of the [*****] threshold per carrier, which shall be calculated on the last day of the applicable Carrier Annual Period based on the number of wireless customers per Territory for such carrier for which LICENSEE has paid license fees to NT for the preceding [*****]. “Carrier Annual Period” shall mean a twelve-month period commencing on the date on which a wireless carrier first started making use of any Demonstration Licenses provided hereunder. In the event that a carrier has exceeded the [*****] threshold at the end of the Carrier Annual Period, LICENSEE shall pay Monthly Subscription fees for any Demonstration Licenses in excess of such threshold amount for any month in which the number of Demonstration Licenses exceeded such threshold amount. As an example, if a carrier has a total of [*****] Demonstration Licenses at the end of its first Carrier Annual Period and, as of such date, has [*****] wireless customers for which LICENSEE has paid license fees to NT, the number of Demonstration Licenses provided free of charge would be limited to [*****] (i.e., [*****] customers paying for use of the Data) and LICENSEE would pay Monthly Subscription license fees for each Demonstration License in excess of [*****] for each month during the Carrier Annual Period in which the number of Demonstration Licenses exceeded [*****];

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 4 to DLA (TeleNav 03.19.07gpd)    Page 2 of 4


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

  (ii) unless the Demonstration Period has been extended through mutual written agreement of the parties, Identified Demo Users shall be restricted from making use of the Application free of charge upon expiration of such period;

 

  (iii) Demonstration Licenses shall be permitted with respect to Applications making use of Data for the Territories of US/Canada, Mexico or Europe only;

 

  (iv) neither LICENSEE nor its wireless carrier customers shall charge any amount to Identified End-Users for such Trial Licenses; and

 

  (v) Demonstration Licenses shall be granted in connection with Applications which are made available by LICENSEE (and its wireless carrier customers) on a Subscription basis only (i.e., the Application shall not be available to End-Users on a per Transaction or per Transaction bucket basis).

All other terms and conditions contained in the Agreement shall apply to Demonstration Licenses, including without limitation, LICENSEE’s obligations relating to the display of NT Marks & Legends and providing End-Users with notification of the End-User Terms. LICENSEE shall report the number of Identified Demo Users with Demonstration Licenses on LICENSEE’s monthly license fee reports and shall separate out the number of Demonstration Licenses granted per each wireless carrier that is a customer of LICENSEE. As a result, LICENSEE agrees to separate out on its license fee reports the license fees associated with each wireless carrier through which the Application is offered.

 

6. [*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 4 to DLA (TeleNav 03.19.07gpd)    Page 3 of 4


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

[*****]

*                    *                     *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Fourth Amendment to be executed by their authorized representatives as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date.

 

TELENAV, INC.     NAVTEQ NORTH AMERICA, LLC
By:  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

    By:  

/s/ Lawrence M. Kaplan

Name:  

Douglas S. Miller

    Name:  

Lawrence M. Kaplan

Title:  

CFO

    Title:  

Senior VP, General Counsel & Secretary

Date:  

3/9/07

    Date:  

5/18/07

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 4 to DLA (TeleNav 03.19.07gpd)    Page 4 of 4

Exhibit 10.16.3

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I A L

 

 

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO THE DATA LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Fifth Amendment (“Fifth Amendment”) to the Data License Agreement (“DLA”) and Territory License No. 1 thereto (“TL 1”), both dated December 1, 2002, by and between Navigation Technologies Corporation (“NTC”) and Televigation, Inc. (“Televigation”); which was subsequently assigned by NTC to NAVTEQ North America, LLC (“NT”) and by Televigation to TeleNav, Inc. (“LICENSEE” or “Client”) is made and entered into between NT and LICENSEE, as of the date of last signature below (“Amendment Effective Date”). The DLA and TL 1 shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Agreement”.

WHEREAS, NT and LICENSEE agree to amend certain provisions of the Agreement with this Fifth Amendment as follows:

 

1. The following license rights are hereby added as Section V(D) in TL 1:

 

  “D. LICENSEE may use the NAVTEQ Data for batch Geocoding and LICENSEE may store the results of Geocoding to be used by LICENSEE solely in connection with improving the performance efficiency of Server-Based Map & Route and Limited Carto Route Transaction Applications hosted by LICENSEE; provided, however, that (a) such Geocodes shall only be used in the Application in connection with generating Transactions; (b) the pricing set forth in Exhibit C of TL 1 shall apply to such Transactions; and (c) such Geocodes shall not be distributed to any third party. For the avoidance of doubt, LICENSEE may not use Geocodes derived from the NAVTEQ Data with geographic data [*****].”

 

2. The following definitions are hereby added to Exhibit B, Definitions of TL 1:

Geocode ” means the specific longitude and latitude position coordinates corresponding to a location defined via an address or other means used to localize a location.

Geocoding ” means the act of extracting longitude and latitude position coordinates corresponding to a location.

 

3. The following pricing is hereby added to the end of Section A in Exhibit C of TL 1:
     [*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 5 to DLA SF#3455 (Telenav 01.04.07his/gpd)    Page 1 of 2


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I A L

 

 

4. Except as modified hereunder, all other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall stay in full force and effect.

*                    *                     *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Fifth Amendment to be executed by their authorized representatives as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

NAVTEQ NORTH AMERICA, LLC     TELENAV, INC.
By:  

/s/ Lawrence M. Kaplan

    By:  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

Name:  

Lawrence M. Kaplan

    Name:  

Douglas S. Miller

Title:  

Senior VP, General Counsel & Secretary

    Title:  

CFO

Date:  

1/15/08

    Date:  

1/10/08

 

 

Amendment 5 to DLA SF#3455 (Telenav 01.04.07his/gpd)   Page 2 of 2

Exhibit 10.16.4

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I A L

 

SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO THE DATA LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Seventh Amendment (“Seventh Amendment”) to the Data License Agreement (“DLA”), dated December 1, 2002, between Navigation Technologies Corporation (“NTC”) and TeleNav, Inc. (formerly known as Televigation, Inc.; collectively referred to herein as “Client” or “LICENSEE”), is made and entered into between Client, on the one hand, and NTNA and NAVTEQ Europe B.V. (collectively “NT” or “NAVTEQ”) as of the date of last signature below (“Seventh Amendment Effective Date”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the body of this Seventh Amendment shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement or within each applicable TL.

WHEREAS, NT and Client have entered into Territory License No. 1, with an effective date of December 1, 2002 (“TL 1”), Territory License No. 2, with an effective date of June 30, 2003 (“TL 2”), Territory License No. 3, with an effective date of February 7, 2006 (“TL 3”), Territory License No. 5, with an effective date of March 6, 2006 (“TL 5”), Territory License No. 6, with an effective date of May 18, 2007 (“TL 6”) and Territory License No. 7, with an effective date of May 18, 2007 (“TL 7”);

WHEREAS, the DLA, TL 1, TL 2, TL 3, TL 5, TL 6 and TL 7 shall collectively be referred to herein as “the Agreement”;

WHEREAS, NT and Client desire to amend certain provisions of the Agreement with this Seventh Amendment;

WHEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Term . The Expiration Date of the Agreement is hereby extended through January 31, 2012. The Term of the Agreement shall automatically extend for an additional one-year period unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal to the other at least 180 days prior to the Expiration Date, in which case the DLA and all associated Territory Licenses thereto shall terminate on January 31, 2012.

 

2. Change in Address .

The NT Address set forth on page 1 of the DLA is hereby changed to the following:

NAVTEQ North America, LLC

425 W. Randolph Street

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Attn: General Counsel

Phone:[*****]

Fax:      [*****]

The LICENSEE Address set forth on page 1 of the DLA is hereby changed to the following:

TeleNav, Inc.

1130 Kifer Road

Sunnyvale, California 94086

Attn: General Counsel

Phone: [*****]

Fax:      [*****]

 

 

[ ***** ]

Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 7 to DLA (Telenav 12-12-08gpd)  
NA Consumer   Page 1 of 14


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I A L

 

3. Confidentiality . The following is hereby added to Section 16 of the DLA:

“Each party may disclose Confidential Information of the other to the receiving party’s parent company and affiliates, provided that employees receiving such Confidential Information are bound by confidentiality obligations at least as restrictive as those contained herein.”

 

4. U.S. Government End-Users . Addendum 1 to the Agreement is hereby replaced with the amended and restated Addendum 1 (U.S. Government End-Users) attached hereto. Client shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the updated version of such notice as soon as reasonably possible following execution of this Seventh Amendment.

 

5. US/Canada Supplier Terms . Addendum 2 to the Agreement is hereby replaced with the amended and restated Addendum 2 (US/Canada Supplier Terms) attached hereto. Client shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the updated version of such terms as soon as reasonably possible following execution of this Seventh Amendment.

 

6. Europe Supplier Terms . Addendum 3 to the Agreement is hereby replaced with the amended and restated Addendum 3 (Europe Supplier Terms) attached hereto. Client shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the updated version of such terms as soon as reasonably possible following execution of this Seventh Amendment.

 

7. License Fee Reports & Due Dates . Paragraph C of Exhibit C to TL 1, Section II of Exhibit B to TL 2, Section VI(B) of TL 6 and Section VI(B) of TL 7 are hereby replaced in their entirety with the following:

“License Fee reports for each calendar month are due by the [*****] day of the following calendar month (e.g., the fee report for October is due by November [*****]). [*****] NT shall invoice Client for the amounts due. License Fees shall be due and paid by the [*****] day following the [*****].”

 

8. Minimum Annual License Fees . Effective as of February 1, 2009, Section VIII of TL 1, Section VII of TL 2, Section VII of TL 6 and Section VII of TL 7 are hereby replaced in their entirety with the following:

“Client shall pay NT aggregate minimum annual license fees (“MALF”) in the following amounts:

[*****]

Unused amounts of the MALF for any annual period, if any, are not refundable, may not be applied to any other annual period, and may not be credited towards license fees or other charges due to NT under any other agreement; provided that the aggregate MALF for [*****] shall not exceed the amounts set forth above.

[*****]

 

9. Branding Provisions . The following provisions are hereby added to Section XI of TL 1, Section X of TL 2, Section X of TL 6 and Section X of TL 7:

“In addition to any branding requirements stated elsewhere in the Agreement or this TL, Client agrees to comply with the following branding provisions with respect to the use of the Data in Applications licensed hereunder:

 

   

Splash Screen – Where controlled by Client, the NAVTEQ Maps logo shall appear on a start-up screen for a minimum of [*****] seconds each time that the Application is launched. If controlled by a customer of Client, Client shall use commercially reasonable efforts to require such customer to display the NAVTEQ Maps logo in this manner.

 

 

[ ***** ]

Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 7 to DLA (Telenav 12-12-08gpd)  
NA Consumer   Page 2 of 14


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I A L

 

   

Website – The NAVTEQ Maps logo must appear prominently in the partner section on Client’s web portal.

 

   

Printed Collateral – With respect to Collateral printed by Client for Applications in which NAVTEQ Data is used, the NAVTEQ Maps logo must be displayed on all printed Collateral, including without limitation, operating guides, quick start guides, sell sheets and specification sheets. Where possible, the NAVTEQ Maps logo shall be placed in the lower right hand corner.

 

   

Retail Product Displays – Where controlled by Client, the NAVTEQ Maps logo shall be included on retail product displays.

In the event of a conflict between the branding requirements in the Agreement or this TL and the terms set forth above, the terms set forth above shall prevail.”

 

10. Permitted Applications (TL 1, TL 6 and TL 7) . The first paragraph of Exhibit B to TL 1, Section I of Exhibit A to TL 6 and Section I of Exhibit B to TL 7 are hereby replaced in their entirety with the following:

“Permitted Applications shall consist solely of the following, each as further defined below:
[*****]

Subject to the Data Access Restrictions and all other restrictions set forth in the Agreement, the Permitted Applications shall not include Excluded Applications.”

 

11. License Fees – Server-Based Portable Off-Board Navigation Applications . The pricing set forth in Exhibit C to TL 1 and Section II of Exhibit A to TL 6 is hereby replaced with the following:
[*****]

 

 

[ ***** ]

Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 4-6 have been redacted.

 

Amendment 7 to DLA (Telenav 12-12-08gpd)  
NA Consumer   Page 3 of 14


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I A L

 

14. Permitted Application (TL 2) . Section I of Exhibit B to TL 2 is hereby replaced in its entirety with the following:
[*****]

 

15. License Fees – Server-Based Mobile Asset Management Applications . The pricing set forth in Section II of Exhibit B to TL 2 is hereby replaced with the following:
[*****]

 

 

[ ***** ]

Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 7 to DLA (Telenav 12-12-08gpd)  
NA Consumer   Page 7 of 14


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I A L

 

[*****]

 

19. Press Release . Within sixty (60) days following execution of this Seventh Amendment, both parties agree to issue a mutually agreeable joint press release with quotations from senior executives from each party.

 

20. Except as otherwise modified herein, the terms of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Seventh Amendment to be executed by their authorized representatives as of the Seventh Amendment Effective Date.

 

NAVTEQ NORTH AMERICA, LLC     TELENAV, INC.
By:  

/s/ Lawrence M. Kaplan

    By:  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

Name:  

Lawrence M. Kaplan

    Name:  

Douglas S. Miller

Title:  

EVP, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

    Title:  

CFO

Date:  

12/16/08

    Date:  

12/12/08

*                    *                     *

 

 

[ ***** ]

Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Amendment 7 to DLA (Telenav 12-12-08gpd)  
NA Consumer   Page 8 of 14


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I A L

 

NAVTEQ EUROPE B.V.
By:  

/s/ Lawrence M. Kaplan

Name:  

Lawrence M. Kaplan

Title:  

EVP, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

Date:  

12/16/08

 

Amendment 7 to DLA (Telenav 12-12-08gpd)  
NA Consumer   Page 9 of 14


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I A L

 

ADDENDUM 1 (AMENDED & RESTATED)

U.S. Government End-Users

 

 

If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, NAVTEQ Data (hereinafter “Data”) is a “commercial item” as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in accordance with [insert the name of the terms/conditions in which this notice is included] , and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following “Notice of Use,” and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice:

 

  

N OTICE OF U SE

 

C ONTRACTOR (M ANUFACTURER / S UPPLIER ) N AME : NAVTEQ

 

C ONTRACTOR (M ANUFACTURER /S UPPLIER ) A DDRESS : 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to [insert the name of the terms/conditions in which this notice is included] under which this Data was provided.

 

© 200X NAVTEQ – All rights reserved.

  

If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify NAVTEQ prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data.

 

Amendment 7 to DLA (Telenav 12-12-08gpd)  
NA Consumer   Page 10 of 14


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I A L

 

ADDENDUM 2 (AMENDED & RESTATED)

US/Canada Supplier Terms

Data for the United States . The End-User Terms for any Application containing Data for the United States shall contain the following notices:

“NAVTEQ holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information.”

“®United States Postal Service® 200X. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.”

Data for Canada . The following provisions apply to the Data for the Territory of Canada, which may include or reflect data from third party licensors (“Third Party Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”) and Canada Post Corporation (“Canada Post”):

 

I. Disclaimer and Limitation : Client agrees that its use of the Third Party Data is subject to the following provisions:

 

  A. Disclaimer : The Third Party Data is licensed on an “as is” basis. The licensors of such data, including Her Majesty and Canada Post, make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such data, either express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, effectiveness, completeness, accuracy or fitness for a particular purpose.

 

  B. Limitation on Liability : The Third Party Data licensors, including Her Majesty and Canada Post, shall not be liable: (i) in respect of any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action alleging any loss, injury or damages, direct or indirect, which may result from the use or possession of such Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of revenues or contracts, or any other consequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the Data.

 

II. Copyright Notice : In connection with each copy of all or any portion of the Data for the Territory of Canada, Client shall affix in a conspicuous manner the following copyright notice on at least one of: (i) the label for the storage media of the copy; (ii) the packaging for the copy; or (iii) other materials packaged with the copy, such as user manuals or end user license agreements: “This data includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including © Her Majesty,© Queen’s Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post, GeoBase®.”

 

III. End-User Terms : In connection with the provision of any portion of the Data for the Territory of Canada to End-Users as may be authorized under the Agreement, Client shall provide such End-Users, in a reasonably conspicuous manner, with terms (set forth with other end user terms required to be provided under the Agreement, or as otherwise may be provided, by Client) which shall include the following provisions on behalf of the Third Party Data licensors, including Her Majesty and Canada Post:

The Data may include or reflect data of licensors, including Her Majesty and Canada Post. Such data is licensed on an “as is” basis. The licensors, including Her Majesty and Canada Post, make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such data, either express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, effectiveness, completeness, accuracy or fitness for a particular purpose.

The licensors, including Her Majesty and Canada Post, shall not be liable in respect of any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action alleging any loss, injury or damages, direct or indirect, which may result from the use or possession of the data or the Data. The licensors, including Her Majesty and Canada Post, shall not be liable in any way for loss of revenues or contracts, or any other consequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the data or the Data.

End User shall indemnify and save harmless the licensors, including Her Majesty the Queen, the Minister of Natural Resources of Canada and Canada Post, and their officers, employees and agents from and against any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action, alleging loss, costs, expenses, damages or injuries (including injuries resulting in death) arising out of the use or possession of the data or the Data.

 

Amendment 7 to DLA (Telenav 12-12-08gpd)  
NA Consumer   Page 11 of 14


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I A L

 

IV. Additional Provisions : This Addendum is in addition to all of the rights and obligations of the parties under the Agreement. To the extent that any of the provisions of this Addendum are inconsistent with, or conflict with, provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of this Addendum shall prevail.

 

Amendment 7 to DLA (Telenav 12-12-08gpd)  
NA Consumer   Page 12 of 14


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I A L

 

ADDENDUM 3 (AMENDED & RESTATED)

Europe Supplier Terms

The following provisions apply to the Data for and to the extent indicated respecting any Territory including any country of Europe , which may include or reflect data from respective third party licensors:

 

1. Paper Maps . With respect to any license granted to Client relating to making, selling or distributing paper maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or paper-like medium): (a) such license with respect to Data for Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s entering into and complying with a separate written agreement with the Ordnance Survey (“0S”) to create and sell paper maps, Client paying to the 0S any and all applicable paper map royalties, and Client complying with the 0S copyright notice requirements; (b) such license for selling or otherwise distributing for charge with respect to Data for the Czech Republic is conditioned on Client’s obtaining prior written consent from Kartografie a.s.; (c) such license for selling or distributing with respect to Data for Switzerland is conditioned on Client obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d) Client is restricted from using Data for France to create paper maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and 1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted from using any Data to create, sell or distribute paper maps that are the same or substantially similar, in terms of data content and specific use of color, symbols and scale, to paper maps published by the European national mapping agencies, including without limitation, Landervermessungämter of Germany, Topografische Dienst of the Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für Landestopografie of Switzerland, Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessungswesen of Austria, and the National Land Survey of Sweden. The foregoing restrictions (a)-(d) do not apply to the case of an End-User using an electronic Application (e.g., a software product) to print a map for such End-User’s own internal use.

 

2. 0S Enforcement . Without limiting Section 1 above, with respect to Data for Great Britain, Client acknowledges and agrees that the Ordnance Survey (“0S”) may bring a direct action against Client to enforce compliance with the 0S copyright notice (see Section 9 below) and paper map requirements (see Section 1 above) contained in this Agreement.

 

3. Traffic Codes . The following provisions apply to any grant of license for use of Data that includes Traffic Codes.

 

  A. General Restrictions Applicable to Traffic Codes . Client acknowledges and agrees that in certain countries of the Territory of Europe, Client shall be responsible for obtaining rights directly from third party RDS-TMC code providers to use the Traffic Codes in the Data and to deliver to End-Users information, data, applications, products and/or services in any way derived from or based on such Traffic Codes.

 

  B. Display of Third Party Rights Legend for Belgium . Client shall, for each provision of information, data, applications, products and/or services that uses Traffic Codes for Belgium, provide the following notice to the End-User: “Traffic Information is provided by the Ministerie van de Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des Transports.”

 

4. Use of Data for Moldova and/or Ukraine . Data for Moldova may not be distributed to End-Users in Moldova and Data for Ukraine may not be distributed in Ukraine. Client agrees that it shall not export Copies of the Data for Moldova or Ukraine into each such country.

 

5. Third Party Notices . Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy:

 

Territory

  

Notice

Austria    “© Bundesamt für Eich- und Vermessungswesen”
Croatia, Cyprus, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Moldova, Poland, Slovenia and/or Ukraine    “© EuroGeographics”
France    The following notice must appear on all copies of the Data, and may also appear on packaging: “source: Géoroute® IGN France & BD Carto® IGN France”
Germany    “Die Grundlagendaten wurden mit Genehmigung der zustandigen Behörden entnommen” or “Die Grundlagendaten wurden mit Genehmigung der zustaendigen Behoerden entnommen.”
Great Britain    “Based upon Crown Copyright material.”
Greece    “Copyright Geomatics Ltd.”

 

Amendment 7 to DLA (Telenav 12-12-08gpd)  
NA Consumer   Page 13 of 14


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

N T    C O N F I D E N T I A L

 

Hungary    “Copyright © 2003; Top-Map Ltd.”
Italy    “La Banca Doti Italiana è stata prodotta usando quale riferimento anche cartografia numerica ed al tratto prodotta e fornita dalla Regione Toscana.”
Norway    “Copyright © 2000; Norwegian Mapping Authority”
Portugal    “Source: IgeoE - Portugal”
Spain    “Información geográfica propiedad del CNIG”
Sweden    “Based upon electronic data © National Land Survey Sweden.”
Switzerland    “Topografische Grundlage: © Bundesamt für Landestopographie.”

 

Amendment 7 to DLA (Telenav 12-12-08gpd)  
NA Consumer   Page 14 of 14

Exhibit 10.16.5

N T    CONFIDENTIAL

 

8 th AMENDMENT TO THE DATA LICENSE AGREEMENT

This 8th Amendment (“Eighth Amendment”) to the Data License Agreement (“DLA”), dated December 1, 2002, between Navigation Technologies Corporation (“NTC”) and TeleNav, Inc. (formerly known as Televigation, Inc.; collectively referred to herein as “Client” or “LICENSEE”), is made and entered into between Client, on the one hand, and NTNA and NAVTEQ Europe B.V. (collectively “NT” or “NAVTEQ”) as of the date of last signature below (“Eighth Amendment Effective Date”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the body of this Eighth Amendment shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement or within each applicable TL.

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the terms and conditions of the Agreement with this Amendment;

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their authorized representatives.

 

NAVTEQ NORTH AMERICA, LLC     TELENAV, INC.
By:  

/s/ Lawrence M. Kaplan

    By:  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

Name:  

Lawrence M. Kaplan

    Name:  

Douglas S. Miller

Title:  

EVP, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

    Title:  

CFO

Date:  

12/15/08

    Date:  

12/15/08

The terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect except as modified hereunder.

Terms and Conditions

 

  1. The following shall be added as a new Section 4.5 to the Agreement:

“4.5 Evaluation License for Other Data . With respect to any geographic and related content that NT generally makes available for use by its customers and that NT has not already licensed to Client for commercial use (“Other Content”), NT hereby grants Client a non-exclusive, non-transferable, restricted right during the Term to evaluate such Other Content and related documentation solely in its internal operations for possible licensing from NT. NT will deliver samples of such Other Content to Client upon Client’s request, and Client shall return such Other Content to NT upon the earlier of the termination or expiration of this Agreement or NT’s request. Client agrees not to (a) disclose or distribute such Other Content to any third parties, or (b) commercialize any products based on such Other Content without first entering into a definitive written agreement with NT for the same. Client acknowledges that certain Other Content may only be available for evaluation subject to additional terms and conditions.”

 

8 th Amendment to the DLA (Telenav 12-15-08)   Page 1 of 1

Exhibit 10.16.6

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

SCHEDULE

TERRITORY LICENSE NO. 1

 

Quick Reference Title:      Server-Based Map & Route & Limited Carto Route Guidance Transactions (NA)

Pursuant to ARTICLE 4 of the Data License Agreement between NT and LICENSEE dated as of the Effective Date identified therein and reiterated below (“Agreement”), NT and LICENSEE hereby agree to the following additional terms and conditions which, upon the execution of this Schedule, shall become a Territory License under the Agreement.

 

I.   Parties & Term .
    
  LICENSEE:    TELEVIGATION, INC.
    
  Effective Date of Agreement:    1 December 2002
    
  Effective Date of Territory License:    1 December 2002
    
  Expiration Date of Territory License:    30 November 2003
    
II.   Licensed Territory .   
    
  US/Canada (the United States of America, excluding its territories and possessions; and the provinces of Canada)
 
III.   Licensed NAVTECH Data .    Detailed City/Inter-Town Data with NT Traffic Codes

 

  A. Content : Subject to ARTICLE 7 of the Agreement, the NAVTECH Data licensed hereunder is the Detailed City/Inter-Town Data with NT Traffic Codes, certain portions of which consist of the data elements specified in Exhibit A hereto for the Detailed City Data and certain portions of which may consist of the data elements specified in Exhibit A for the Inter-Town Data. The NAVTECH Data does not include any data consisting of data elements beyond or different from those specified in Exhibit A . To the extent that any data files delivered to LICENSEE hereunder contain data elements other than those specified in Exhibit A hereto (“Unlicensed Data”), LICENSEE shall refrain from using such Unlicensed Data.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

  B. Use of POIs . Points of Interests (“POIs”) are included in the NAVTECH Data as specified in Exhibit A. While this Territory License permits LICENSEE to use such POIs in accordance with the license granted hereunder, LICENSEE represents that, with respect to POIs for North America in the five categories of Auto Service & Maintenance, Banks, Hotels, Petrol/Gasoline Stations, Restaurants (“Five POIs”):

 

  x LICENSEE intends to use the Five POIs (supplied by NT) in the Application. LICENSEE will promptly notify NT if LICENSEE later changes its intent to use, or ceases using, the Five POIs and/or if there exist certain deployments of the Application that do not use such POIs.

 

  ¨ LICENSEE does not intend to use the Five POIs (supplied by NT) in the Application (i.e., such POIs either will not be included with the Application or will be suppressed or otherwise not used by the Application), but in the event that LICENSEE changes its intent and decides to use the Five POIs, LICENSEE will provide NT with ninety (90) days advance notice of actual use.

 

  C. Form of Delivery : The NAVTECH Data delivered by NT to LICENSEE hereunder shall be separated into files corresponding to either NT’s then-existing standard data coverage areas (“DCAs”) pertaining to the Licensed Territory or such other geographic coverage areas pertaining to the Licensed Territory as NT in its sole discretion may make available to LICENSEE for the licensed NAVTECH Data. Subject to Section 8.2 of the Agreement, NT reserves the right to change the geographic areas contained in the Detailed City DCAs, and the number of such DCAs, at any time. In the event that any such deliveries include NAVTECH Data for geographic areas outside of the Licensed Territory (“Unlicensed Data”), LICENSEE shall refrain from using and/or distributing such Unlicensed Data and any information based on or derived therefrom.

 

  D. Quality : Pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Agreement, the Detailed City Data portions of the NAVTECH Data shall comply with the Verification Procedure for Accuracy and Completeness as defined in Exhibit F hereto.

 

IV. Application . Server-Based Map & Route, and Limited Carto Route Transaction Application as defined in Exhibit B hereto.

 

V. Use Rights : Pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Agreement, LICENSEE’s Use Rights are limited to:

 

  A. using NAVTECH Data in LICENSEE’s internal operations for the purpose of making the Application operable therewith and for testing and development of the Application; and

 

 

  Page 2 of 32
TL-1 NA Full&SelectedFunctionality (TeleVigation 082602mak)  

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

  B. storing a Copy of all or any portion of the NAVTECH Data on one or more internal servers possessed or otherwise controlled by LICENSEE; and

 

  C. using the NAVTECH Data of subpart (b) together with the Application to calculate and/or derive the information authorized in Section IV and to deliver and display to End-Users Transactions as authorized in Section IV.

 

VI. License Fees to NT . LICENSEE shall pay NT license fees in the amounts and on the due dates set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

 

VII. [*****]

 

VIII. Minimum Annual License Fee .

 

  (a) Year 1 . The Minimum Annual License Fee is as follows: [*****]

 

  (b) Due Dates . [*****]

 

IX. Currency . U.S. Dollars.

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

  Page 3 of 32
TL-1 NA Full&SelectedFunctionality (TeleVigation 082602mak)  

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

X. End-User Terms . Attached as Exhibit D . In all instances where the Application uses, accesses, reflects or relies upon any portion of the NAVTECH Data to deliver information to End-Users, LICENSEE shall provide End-Users with a copy of the End-User Terms and shall provide conspicuous notice to End-Users prior to their use of, or access to, any portion of the NAVTECH Data that their use thereof is subject to the End-User Terms.

 

XI. Special Provisions .

 

  A. NT Marks & Legends . For purposes of this Territory License, LICENSEE’s obligations under Section 12.1 to display NT Marks & Legends shall be satisfied as follows:

 

  1. Marks - NAVTECH ON BOARD Logo . where technically and reasonably feasible, displaying the NAVTECH ON BOARD logo on or immediately adjacent to each display of a Transaction; and

 

  2. Legends . displaying the applicable NT copyright notice (as specified in the NT Identity Guidelines) and third party copyright and similar notices and legends (as specified in Section 11.5 of the Agreement, the NT Identity Guidelines and/or otherwise by NT) on or immediately adjacent to each display of a Transaction.

 

  B. Processing and Delivery Fees . Pursuant to Section 7 of the Agreement and for each regular delivery, NT shall deliver to LICENSEE one (1) complete set of Media (defined below) for the Licensed Territory in one (1) format (e.g. GDF 3.0 format or successor format adopted by NT, or in another format mutually agreed to by NT and LICENSEE). Each item of media (e.g. each CD-ROM, DVD-ROM, magnetic tape or each other physical media, in one (1) format) shall collectively be termed “Media.” Any item of Media delivered is a “Media Delivery.” For each additional Media Delivery, LICENSEE shall pay NT a services fee of [*****](“Processing Fee”) per item of Media contained therein. In addition, LICENSEE shall pay to NT a shipping charge of [*****] per location for each additional Media Delivery to LICENSEE (“Delivery Fee”). Processing Fees and Delivery Fees shall be due within thirty- (30) days of invoice from NT.

 

  C. Reporting . The License Fee Report required under Section 5.8 of the Agreement shall be in the form of, and contain the information specified in, Exhibits E attached hereto.

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

  Page 4 of 32
TL-1 NA Full&SelectedFunctionality (TeleVigation 082602mak)  

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

  D. Access to Licensee Application . The Access To Licensee Application required under Section 9 of the Agreement shall be provided at NT’s request, without charge and as soon as each is commercially available, in the form of website, dial-in or other remote access method for products and Applications in which LICENSEE intends to use the NAVTECH Data (“Test Products”). NT will use the Test Products solely for internal purposes of testing and verifying the NAVTECH Data.

 

NAVIGATION TECHNOLOGIES CORP.     TELEVIGATION, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     Signature

 

   

 

Name     Name

 

   

 

Title     Title

 

 

  Page 5 of 32
TL-1 NA Full&SelectedFunctionality (TeleVigation 082602mak)  

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

EXHIBIT A

NAVTECH DATA CONTENT SPECIFICATION

(WITH TRAFFIC CODES)

[*****]

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 6-14 have been omitted.

 

 

  Page 6 of 32
TL-1 NA Full&SelectedFunctionality (TeleVigation 082602mak)  

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

EXHIBIT B

APPLICATION

[*****]

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 15-19 have been omitted.

 

 

  Page 15 of 32
TL-1 NA Full&SelectedFunctionality (TeleVigation 082602mak)  

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

EXHIBIT C

LICENSE FEES

 

A. License Fees . [*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance pages 20-23 have been redacted.

 

 

  Page 20 of 32
TL-1 NA Full&SelectedFunctionality (TeleVigation 082602mak)  

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

EXHIBIT D

END-USER TERMS

The data (“Data”) is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and [LICENSEE] (“[LICENSEE]”) and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand.

©200X Navigation Technologies Corporation [Insert “Navigation Technologies B.V. where European NAVTECH Data is used][Also insert any applicable copyright notices as required for the country-specific Data being used]. All rights reserved.

The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including: © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen’s Printer for Ontario.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Personal Use Only . You agree to use this Data together with [insert name of LICENSEE’s authorized Application] for the solely personal, non-commercial purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you may copy this Data only as necessary for your personal use to (i) view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you do not remove any copyright notices that appear and do not modify the Data in any way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws.

Restrictions . Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by [LICENSEE], and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs.

No Warranty . This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you agree to use it at your own risk. [LICENSEE] and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error-free.

 

 

  Page 24 of 32
TL-1 NA Full&SelectedFunctionality (TeleVigation 082602mak)  

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

Disclaimer of Warranty : [LICENSEE] AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.

Disclaimer of Liability : [LICENSEE] AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF [LICENSEE] OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.

Disclaimer of Endorsement : Reference to any products, services, processes, hypertext links to third parties or other Data by trade name, trademark, manufacturer, supplier or otherwise does not necessarily constitute or imply its endorsement, sponsorship or recommendation by [LICENSEE] or its licensors. Product and service information are the sole responsibility of each individual vendor. The Navigation Technologies name and logo, the NAVTECH and NAVTECH ON BOARD trademarks and logos, and other trademarks and trade names owned by Navigation Technologies Corporation may not be used in any commercial manner without the prior written consent of Navigation Technologies.

Export Control . You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data provided to you or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations.

Indemnity . You agree to indemnify, defend and hold [LICENSEE] and its licensors (including their respective licensors, suppliers, assignees, subsidiaries, affiliated companies, and the respective officers, directors, employees, shareholders, agents and representatives of each of them) free and harmless from and against any liability, loss, injury (including injuries resulting in death), demand, action, cost, expense, or claim of any kind or character, including but not limited to attorney’s fees, arising out of or in connection with any use or possession by you of this Data.

 

 

  Page 25 of 32
TL-1 NA Full&SelectedFunctionality (TeleVigation 082602mak)  

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

Entire Agreement . These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between [LICENSEE] (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.

Governing Law . The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the Illinois [insert “Netherlands” where European NAVTECH Data is used], without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of Illinois [insert “The Netherlands” where European NAVTECH Data is used] for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder.

Government End Users . If the NAVTECH Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, (i) for acquisitions conducted by the Department of Defense, the NAVTECH Data is licensed with “Limited Rights” in accordance with the rights set forth at DFARS 252.227-7013(b)(3), T ECHNICAL D ATA -N ONCOMMERCIAL I TEMS , and NAVTECH Data delivered or otherwise furnished with “Limited Rights” shall be marked with the following “Limited Rights Notice” set forth at DFARS 252.227-7013(f)(3), and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice:

 

Limited Rights

 

C ONTRACT N O .:                                                                                                   

 

C ONTRACTOR (M ANUFACTURER / S UPPLIER ) N AME : Navigation Technologies Corporation

 

C ONTRACTOR (M ANUFACTURER /S UPPLIER ) A DDRESS : 222 Merchandise Mart Plaza, Suite 900, Chicago, Illinois
60654

 

The Government’s rights to use, modify, reproduce, release, perform, display, or disclose these technical data are
restricted by paragraph (b)(3) of the Rights in Technical Data-Noncommercial Items clause contained in the above
identified contract. Any reproduction of technical data or portions thereof marked with this legend must also
reproduce the markings. Any person, other than the Government, who has been provided access to such data must
promptly notify the above named Contractor.

and; (ii) for civilian agency acquisitions, the NAVTECH Data is licensed in accordance with the rights set forth at FAR 52.227-14(g)(1), R IGHTS IN D ATA -G ENERAL ( Protection of limited rights data and computer software ). In the event that the Contracting Officer requires the delivery of limited rights NAVTECH Data that has been withheld or would otherwise be withholdable in accordance

 

 

  Page 26 of 32
TL-1 NA Full&SelectedFunctionality (TeleVigation 082602mak)  

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

with FAR 52.227-14(g)(1), the NAVTECH Data is licensed with “Limited Rights” as set forth in the following “Limited Rights Notice” at FAR 52.227-14(g)(2) (Alternate II), which shall be affixed to the NAVTECH Data and the NAVTECH Data shall be treated in accordance with such Notice (which shall be marked on any reproduction of these data, in whole or in part):

 

LIMITED RIGHTS NOTICE (JUN 1987)

 

These data are submitted with limited rights under Government Contract No.              (and subcontract             , if
appropriate). These data may be reproduced and used by the Government with the express limitation that they will
not, without written permission of the Contractor, be used for purposes of manufacture nor disclosed outside the
Government; except that the Government may disclose these data outside the Government for the following purposes,
if any, provided that the Government makes such disclosure subject to prohibition against further use and disclosure:
There are no additional purposes permitting disclosure of such Data .

 

The manufacturer/supplier of the Data is Navigation Technologies Corporation, 222 Merchandise Mart Plaza, Suite
900, Chicago, Illinois 60654.

If the Contracting Officer refuses to use either of the licenses provided in (i) or (ii), herein, the Contracting Officer must notify Navigation Technologies Corporation prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the NAVTECH Data.

 

 

  Page 27 of 32
TL-1 NA Full&SelectedFunctionality (TeleVigation 082602mak)  

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

EXHIBIT E

TRANSACTION LICENSE FEE REPORT

[*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

  Page 28 of 32
TL-1 NA Full&SelectedFunctionality (TeleVigation 082602mak)  

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

EXHIBIT F

VERIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR ACCURACY AND COMPLETENESS

OF DETAILED CITY DATA

[*****]

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 29-32 have been omitted.

 

 

  Page 29 of 32
TL-1 NA Full&SelectedFunctionality (TeleVigation 082602mak)  

 

Exhibit 10.16.7

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

[NAVTECH LOGO]

 

 

TERRITORY LICENSE NO. 2

 

   

Quick Reference Title:

 

  

Server-Based Fleet Transactions (NA)

 

 

Pursuant to the Data License Agreement between Navigation Technologies Corporation (“NTC”) and Licensee dated as of the Effective Date identified therein and reiterated below (“Agreement”), which Agreement was assigned by NTC to Navigation Technologies North America, LLC (“NT”) pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Agreement, NT and Licensee hereby agree to the following additional terms and conditions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the Agreement or within the body of this TL (including any exhibits or attachments hereto) shall have the meanings set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

 

   

Licensee:

 

  

TELEVIGATION, INC.

 

   

Effective Date of Agreement:

 

  

1 DECEMBER 2002

 

   

Effective Date of Territory License:    

 

  

30 JUNE 2003

 

 

I.    Territory License Term

 

 

The term of this TL shall commence on the Effective Date of this TL and continue until 30 November 2003 unless terminated as provided in the Agreement (“TL Term”).

 

Both parties have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

NAVIGATION TECHNOLOGIES NORTH AMERICA, LLC     TELEVIGATION, INC.
By:  

/s/ Lawrence M, Kaplan

    By:  

/s/ Salman Dhanani

Name:  

Lawrence M. Kaplan

    Name:  

Salman Dhanani

Title:  

VP & General Counsel

    Title:  

Sr. Director of Marketing

 

 

Territory License No. 2

  

Page 1 of 9

NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

II. Territory .

US/Canada (the United States, excluding its territories and possessions; and the provinces of Canada)

 

III.        Data Content & Quality .

  

 

NAVTECH Standard Data

 

  

The NAVTECH Data is NAVTECH Standard Data, as specified in NT’s NAVTECH Standard Data Content & Quality Specification (v.11.20.02) (“Specification”), and shall comply with the Verification Procedure for Accuracy and Completeness set forth in the Specification. To the extent that the NAVTECH Data does not comply with the applicable Verification Procedure for Accuracy and Completeness or equivalent, NT’s sole obligation and Licensee’s sole remedy shall be for NT to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such compliance.

 

IV.       Application .

  

 

Server-Based Fleet Transaction Application, as defined in  Exhibit B, Section I .

 

  

 

V. Use Rights . Pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Agreement, use of the NAVTECH Data is limited to:

 

  A. using NAVTECH Data in Licensee’s internal operations for the purpose of making the Application operable therewith and for testing and development of the Application; and

 

  B. storing a Copy of all or any portion of the NAVTECH Data on one or more internal servers possessed or otherwise controlled by Licensee; and

 

  C. using the NAVTECH Data of subpart (A) together with the Application to calculate and/or derive Transactions and deliver and display them to End-Users as authorized in Section IV.

 

VI. Fees to NT .

 

  A. License Fees . License fee amounts and due dates are set forth in Exhibit B, Section II hereto.

 

  B. Additional Data Delivery Fees . For delivery of additional copies of the Data by NT to Licensee pursuant to Section 7 of the Agreement, Licensee shall pay NT a services fee of [*****] per physical storage media of the delivery, plus a shipping charge of [*****] per location to which delivery is requested. Such fees and charges shall be due within thirty (30) days of invoice from NT.

 

VII. Minimum Annual License Fee . [*****]

 

VIII. Currency . U.S. Dollars.

 

IX. End-User Terms . Attached as Exhibit C . In all instances where the Application uses, accesses, reflects or relies upon any portion of the NAVTECH Data to deliver information to End-Users, Licensee shall provide End-Users with a copy of the End-User Terms and shall provide conspicuous notice to End-Users prior to their use of, or access to, any portion of the Data that their use thereof is subject to the End-User Terms.

 

X. Additional Provisions .

 

  A. POI Usage - North America . The NAVTECH Data may include POIs for North America that NT licensed from a third party. To assist NT in determining royalties that may be due to such third party, Licensee, upon NT’s reasonable request, will fill out and submit to NT a POI Usage Form indicating the POIs in the NAVTECH Data that Licensee is using in the Application, and will notify NT of any subsequent change in such POI usage.

 

  B. NT Marks & Legends . For purposes of this TL, Licensee’s obligations under Section 12.1 of the Agreement to display NT Marks & Legends shall be satisfied as follows:

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

Territory License No. 2

  

Page 2 of 9

NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  1. Marks . displaying the NAVTECH ON BOARD logo on or immediately adjacent to each display of a Transaction; and

 

  2. Legends . displaying the applicable NT copyright notice (as specified in the NT Identity Guidelines) and third party copyright and similar notices and legends (as specified in Section 11.5 of the Agreement, the NT Identity Guidelines and/or otherwise by NT) on or immediately adjacent to each display of a Transaction.

 

 

-3-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

[*****]

 

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 4 and 5 have been redacted.

 

 

Territory License No. 2

  

Page 4 of 9

NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

EXHIBIT B

APPLICATION & LICENSE FEES

[*****]

 

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 6 and 7 have been redacted.

 

 

Territory License No. 2

  

Page 6 of 9

NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

EXHIBIT C

END-USER TERMS

The data (“Data”) is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and [LICENSEE] (“[LICENSEE]”) and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand.

© 200X Navigation Technologies [Insert “Navigation Technologies B.V. where European NAVTECH Data is used][Also insert any applicable copyright notices as required for the country-specific Data being used). All rights reserved.

The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including: © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen’s Printer for Ontario.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Personal Use Only . You agree to use this Data together with [insert name of LICENSEE’s authorized Application] for the solely non-commercial purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you may copy this Data only as necessary for your non-commercial use to (i) view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you do not remove any copyright notices that appear and do not modify the Data in any way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws.

Restrictions . Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by [LICENSEE], and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not use this Data (i) for or with real time route guidance, (ii) with or for any devices or systems that include resident geographic data and/or which enable a continuous or intermittent (i.e., more frequently than once per minute) position determination; (iii) for, or in connection with, any systems or functions for automatic or autonomous control of vehicle behavior, including, for example, systems or functions for the control of vehicle speed, braking, suspension, fuel, emissions, headlights, stability, drive train management, visibility enhancement and steering, or (iv) in any other manner not otherwise expressly licensed to you.

No Warranty . This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you agree to use it at your own risk. [LICENSEE] and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error-free.

Disclaimer of Warranty : [LICENSEE] AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.

Disclaimer of Liability : [LICENSEE] AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF [LICENSEE] OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.

Disclaimer of Endorsement : Reference to any products, services, processes, hypertext links to third parties or other Data by trade name, trademark, manufacturer, supplier or otherwise does not necessarily constitute or imply its endorsement, sponsorship or recommendation by [LICENSEE] or its licensors. Product and service information are the sole responsibility of each individual vendor. The Navigation Technologies name and logo, the NAVTECH and NAVTECH ON BOARD trademarks and logos, and other trademarks and trade names owned by Navigation Technologies may not be used in any commercial manner without the prior written consent of Navigation Technologies.

Export Control . You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data provided to you or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations.

Indemnity . You agree to indemnify, defend and hold [LICENSEE] and its licensors (including their respective licensors, suppliers, assignees, subsidiaries, affiliated companies, and the respective officers, directors, employees, shareholders, agents and representatives of each of them) free and harmless from and against any liability, loss, injury (including injuries resulting in death), demand, action, cost, expense, or claim of any kind or character, including but not limited to attorney’s fees, arising out of or in connection with any use or possession by you of this Data.

Entire Agreement . These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between [LICENSEE] (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.

 

 

Territory License No. 2

  

Page 8 of 9

NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

Governing Law . The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the Illinois [insert “Netherlands” where European NAVTECH Data is used], without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of Illinois [insert “The Netherlands” where European NAVTECH Data is used] for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder.

 

 

Government End Users . If the NAVTECH Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, (i) for acquisitions conducted by the Department of Defense, the NAVTECH Data is licensed with “Limited Rights” in accordance with the rights set forth at DFARS 252.227-7013(b)(3), T ECHNICAL D ATA -N ONCOMMERCIAL I TEMS , and NAVTECH Data delivered or otherwise furnished with “Limited Rights” shall be marked with the following “Limited Rights Notice” set forth at DFARS 252.227-7013(f)(3), and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice:

 

L IMITED R IGHTS
   
Contract No.:  

 

   

 

Contractor (Manufacturer/Supplier) Name: Navigation Technologies North America, LLC

 

Contractor (Manufacturer/Supplier) Address: 222 Merchandise Mart Plaza, Suite 900, Chicago, Illinois 60654

 

The Government’s rights to use, modify, reproduce, release, perform, display, or disclose these technical data are restricted by paragraph (b)(3) of the Rights in Technical Data-Noncommercial Items clause contained in the above identified contract. Any reproduction of technical data or portions thereof marked with this legend must also reproduce the markings. Any person, other than the Government, who has been provided access to such data must promptly notify the above named Contractor.

and; (ii) for civilian agency acquisitions, the NAVTECH Data is licensed in accordance with the rights set forth at FAR 52.227-14(g)(1), R IGHTS IN D ATA -G ENERAL ( Protection of limited rights data and computer software ). In the event that the Contracting Officer requires the delivery of limited rights NAVTECH Data that has been withheld or would otherwise be withholdable in accordance with FAR 52.227-14(g)(1), the NAVTECH Data is licensed with “Limited Rights” as set forth in the following “Limited Rights Notice” at FAR 52.227-14(g)(2) (Alternate II), which shall be affixed to the NAVTECH Data and the NAVTECH Data shall be treated in accordance with such Notice (which shall be marked on any reproduction of these data, in whole or in part):

 

LIMITED RIGHTS NOTICE (JUN 1987)

 

These data are submitted with limited rights under Government Contract No.           (and subcontract               , if appropriate). These data may be reproduced and used by the Government with the express limitation that they will not, without written permission of the Contractor, be used for purposes of manufacture nor disclosed outside the Government; except that the Government may disclose these data outside the Government for the following purposes, if any, provided that the Government makes such disclosure subject to prohibition against further use and disclosure: There are no additional purposes permitting disclosure of such Data .

 

The manufacturer/supplier of the Data is Navigation Technologies North America, LLC, 222 Merchandise Mart Plaza, Suite 900, Chicago, Illinois 60654.

If the Contracting Officer refuses to use either of the licenses provided in (i) or (ii), herein, the Contracting Officer must notify Navigation Technologies North America, LLC prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the NAVTECH Data.

 

 

Territory License No. 2

  

Page 9 of 9

NT CONFIDENTIAL

Exhibit 10.16.8

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

[NAVTEQ LOGO]

 

 

TERRITORY LICENSE NO. 3

 

   

Quick Reference Title:        

 

 

  

Server-Based Applications (EU)

 

 

Pursuant to the Data License Agreement between NT and Client dated as of the Effective Date identified therein and reiterated below (“Agreement”), NT (acting also on behalf of its affiliate NAVTEQ Europe B.V., collectively “NT”) and Client hereby agree to the following additional terms and conditions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the Agreement or within the body of this TL (including any exhibits or attachments hereto) shall have the meanings set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

 

   
Client:    Telenav, Inc.
   
Effective Date of Agreement:    December 1, 2001
   
Effective Date of Territory License:   

Date of the last signature below

 

 

I. Territory License Term.

 

 

The term of this TL shall commence on the Effective Date of this TL and continue through December 31, 2008, unless terminated as provided in the Agreement (“TL Term”).

 

Both parties have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

NAVTEQ NORTH AMERICA, LLC   TELENAV, INC.
By:   /s/ Lawrence M. Kaplan   By:   /s/ HP Jin
Name:   Lawrence M. Kaplan   Name:   H P Jin
Title:   SVP & General Counsel   Title:   President
Date:   2/7/06   Date:   January 11, 2006
NAVTEQ EUROPE B.V.    
By:   /s/ Lawrence M. Kaplan    
Name:   Lawrence M. Kaplan    
Title:   SVP & General Counsel    
Date:   2/7/06    

 

 

Telenav Territory License No. 3 (121305swk)   Cover Page of 16
  NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

 

II. Territory (check applicable geographic areas; each is a separate “Territory”).

 

  x Mexico

 

  x Brazil

 

  x Europe, consisting of:

Western Europe (Andorra, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Eire (Republic of Ireland), Faroe Islands, Finland, France, Germany, Gibraltar, Greece, Greenland, Guernsey, Iceland, Italy, Jersey, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Malta, Man, Monaco, Norway, Portugal, San Marino, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, The Netherlands, United Kingdom)

Eastern Europe (Albania, Belarus, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Moldova, Poland, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Ukraine, Yugoslavia (Serbia and Montenegro))

 

III.     Data Content & Quality .    

 

 

    NAVTEQ Standard Data  + Phonetic Data          

 

  

The Data is NAVTEQ Standard Data, as specified in NT’s NAVTEQ Standard Data Content & Quality Specification (v.11.20.02) (“Specification”), and shall comply with the Verification Procedure for Accuracy and Completeness set forth in the Specification. Data for certain countries or areas of the Territory may not be completed and/or may not be produced within the term of this Agreement or ever, and will only be available hereunder upon general release by NT following completion. The Data shall include additional content generally released by NT from time to time for which NT does not charge, in its sole discretion, additional license fees (“Add-Ons”); NT shall be under no obligation to release such additional content and the first two sentences of Section 8.1 of the Agreement shall not apply to Add-Ons or to Data for Brazil or for Mexico. The Data shall additionally include Phonetic Data and Premium POIs; provided, however, that the first two sentences of Section 8.1 of the Agreement shall not apply to Phonetic Data and Premium POIs. To the extent that the Data does not comply with the applicable Verification Procedure for Accuracy and Completeness or equivalent, NT’s sole obligation and Client’s sole remedy shall be for NT to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such compliance.

 

IV.     Application .        

  

 

Server-Based Applications, as defined in Exhibit A and subject to Section I of Exhibit B .

 

  

 

V. Licensed Use . Pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Agreement, use of the Data is limited to:

 

  A. storing a Copy of all or any portion of the Data on one or more internal servers possessed or otherwise controlled by Client; and

 

  B. using the Data of subpart (A) together with the Application to calculate and/or derive Transactions and deliver and display them to End-Users as authorized in Section IV. Phonetic Data may only be used with the Application for ASR and TTS purposes and, furthermore, may not be used in connection with any data other than the Data; and

 

  C. sublicensing third party business customers of Client (each a “Sublicensee”), under a written agreement between Client and such Sublicensee setting forth terms and conditions no less restrictive than those set forth in this Agreement (“Sublicense Agreement”), to store a Copy of all or any portion of the Data on one or more internal servers possessed or otherwise controlled by such Sublicensee and to use such Data together with the Application to calculate and/or derive Transactions and deliver and display them to End-Users as authorized in Section IV. Client shall be fully responsible for compliance by Sublicensees with Sublicense Agreements.

 

VI. Fees to NT .

 

  A. License Fees . License fee amounts and due dates are set forth in Exhibit B, Section II hereto.

 

 

Telenav Territory License No. 3 (121305swk)   2 of 16
  NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

  B. Additional Data Delivery Fees . For delivery of additional copies of the Data by NT to Client pursuant to Section 7 of the Agreement, Client shall pay NT a services fee of [*****] per physical storage media of the delivery, plus a shipping charge of [*****] per location to which delivery is requested. Such fees and charges shall be due within thirty (30) days of invoice from NT.

 

VII. Minimum Annual License Fee . Client shall pay NT minimum annual license fees (“MALF”) in the amounts set forth below. The MALF shall be applied in each annual period to license fees due for such annual period. Unused amounts of the MALF for any annual period, if any, are not refundable, may not be applied to any other annual period, and may not be credited towards license fees or other charges due under a different TL or applied to any other monies due NT.

 

  A. Amount . The MALF for each annual period of this TL is as follows:

 

 

 

[*****]

 

 

 

VIII. Currency . U.S. Dollars. Client shall convert non-US Dollar license fees as identified herein into US Dollars by using the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Foreign Exchange Rates ( http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h10/Hist/dat00_eu.htm ). The conversion rate to be used is the conversion rate listed for the last day of the reporting period specified in this TL. Client shall include its currency conversion calculations in each License Fee Report.

 

IX. End-User Terms . Attached as Exhibit C . In all instances where the Application uses, accesses, reflects or relies upon any portion of the Data to deliver information to End-Users, Client shall provide End-Users with a copy of the End-User Terms and shall provide conspicuous notice to End-Users prior to their use of, or access to, any portion of the Data that their use thereof is subject to the End-User Terms.

 

X. Additional Provisions .

 

  A. NT Marks & Legends . For purposes of this TL, Client’s obligations under Sections 12.1 of the Agreement to display NT Marks & Legends shall be satisfied as follows:

 

  1. Marks . displaying the NAVTEQ ON BOARD logo on or immediately adjacent to each display of a Transaction; and

 

  2. Legends . displaying the applicable NT copyright notice (as specified in the NT Identity Guidelines) and third party copyright and similar notices and legends (as specified in Section 11.5 of the Agreement, the NT Identity Guidelines and/or otherwise by NT) on or immediately adjacent to each display of a Transaction.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

Telenav Territory License No. 3 (121305swk)   3 of 16
  NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

[*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 4-7 have been redacted.

 

 

Telenav Territory License No. 3 (121305swk)   4 of 16
  NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT B

APPLICATION & LICENSE FEES

[*****]

 

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 8-14 have been redacted.

 

 

Telenav Territory License No. 3 (121305swk)   8 of 16
  NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT C

END-USER TERMS

The data (“Data”) is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and [CLIENT] (“[CLIENT]”) and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand.

© 200X NAVTEQ [Insert any applicable copyright notices as required for the country-specific Data being used]. All rights reserved.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Personal Use Only . You agree to use this Data together with [insert name of CLIENT’s authorized Application] for the solely personal, non-commercial purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you may copy this Data only as necessary for your personal use to (i) view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you do not remove any copyright notices that appear and do not modify the Data in any way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws.

Restrictions . Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by [CLIENT], and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs.

Warning . The Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data, any of which may lead to incorrect results.

No Warranty . This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you agree to use it at your own risk. [CLIENT] and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error-free.

Disclaimer of Warranty : [CLIENT] AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.

Disclaimer of Liability : [CLIENT] AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF [CLIENT] OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.

Export Control . You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data provided to you or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations.

Entire Agreement . These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between [CLIENT] (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.

Governing Law . The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands” where European NAVTEQ Data is used], without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois [insert “The Netherlands” where European NAVTEQ Data is used] for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder.

 

Government End Users . If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, [insert “NAVTEQ Data” or such other name that Client uses specifically to refer to NAVTEQ Data] (hereinafter “Data”) is a “commercial item” as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R.

 

 

Telenav Territory License No. 3 (121305swk)   15 of 16
  NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

(“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in accordance with [insert the name of the terms/conditions in which this notice is included] , and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following “Notice of Use,” and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice:

 

 

NOTICE OF USE

 

CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) NAME: NAVTEQ

 

CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)

ADDRESS: 222 Merchandise Mart Plaza, Suite 900, Chicago, Illinois 60654

 

These [ insert “NAVTEQ Data” or such other name that Client uses specifically to refer to NAVTEQ Data ] are commercial items as defined in FAR 2.101 and are subject to [ insert the name of the terms/conditions in which this notice is included ] under which this data was provided.

 

© 2005 NAVTEQ – All rights reserved.

 

   

If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify NAVTEQ prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data.

 

 

Telenav Territory License No. 3 (121305swk)   Page 16 of 16
  NT CONFIDENTIAL

Exhibit 10.16.9

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

[NAVTEQ LOGO]

 

  

 

TERRITORY LICENSE NO.

 

 

 

5  

 

  

 

Quick Reference Title:  

 

  

 

Verizon Wireless LBS Applications (US/Canada)

 

 

Pursuant to the Data License Agreement between NT and Client dated as of the Effective Date identified therein and reiterated below (“Agreement”), NT and Client hereby agree to the following additional terms and conditions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the Agreement or within the body of this TL (including any exhibits or attachments hereto) shall have the meanings set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

 

 

Client:

 

  

 

Telenav, Inc.

 

 

Effective Date of Agreement:

 

  

 

Date of the last signature therein

 

 

Effective Date of Territory License:

 

  

 

Date of the last signature below

 

I.            Territory License Term

 

 

The term of this TL shall commence on the Effective Date of this TL and continue for a period of three (3) years (“ Expiration Date ”), unless terminated as provided in the Agreement (“TL Term”).

 

Both parties have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

NAVTEQ NORTH AMERICA, LLC     Telenav, Inc.
By:   /s/ Lawrence M. Kaplan     By:   /s/ Robert W. Rennard
Name:   Lawrence M. Kaplan     Name:   Robert Rennard
Title: SVP & General Counsel     Title: VP Engineering
Date: 3/6/06     Date: February 17, 2006

 

Telenav, Inc. Territory License No. 1 (021406 hls)

  

Cover Page of 16

NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

II. Territory (check applicable geographic areas; each is a separate “ Territory ”) .

x the United States, including Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands)

 

 

 

III.      Data Content & Quality .     

 

 

 

NAVTEQ Standard Data + Phonetic Data + Extended Listing POIs

 

  

The Data for US/Canada and Europe is NAVTEQ Standard Data, plus Phonetic Data and Extended Listing POIs (for US/Canada). Standard Data shall mean the features and attributes specified in NT’s NAVTEQ Standard Data Content & Quality Specification (v.11.22.02) (“ Specification ”), and shall comply with the Verification Procedure for Accuracy and Completeness set forth in the Specification. Data for certain countries or areas of the Territory may not be completed and/or may not be produced within the TL Term, and will only be available hereunder upon general release by NT following completion. Section 8.1 (Quality) of the Agreement shall not apply to Add-Ons, Phonetic Data, and Extended Listing POIs. To the extent that the Data does not comply with the applicable Verification Procedure for Accuracy and Completeness or equivalent, NT’s sole obligation and Client’s sole remedy shall be for NT to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such compliance.

 

IV. Application . Verizon Wireless LBS Application

 

V. Licensed Use . Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Agreement, use of the Data is limited to:

 

  A. storing a Copy of all or any portion of the Data on one or more internal servers possessed or otherwise controlled by Client; and

 

  B. using the Data of subpart (A) together with the Application to calculate and/or derive Transactions and deliver and display them to End-Users as authorized in Section IV. Phonetic Data may only be used with the Application for ASR and TTS purposes and, furthermore, may not be used in connection with any data other than the Data; and

 

VI. Fees to NT .

 

  A. License Fees . License fee amounts are as provided in the Verizon Wireless/NT Agreement, which as of the Effective Date of this TL are as set forth in Exhibit B, Section II hereto as updated by NT from time to time to reflect applicable pricing in the Verizon Wireless/NT Agreement.

 

  B. License Fee Reports & Due Dates . License Fee reports for Transactions distributed in each calendar month are due to NT and to a location proxy server platform provider for the LBS Services as designated by NT from time to time (the “LPS”), by the [*****] day of the following calendar month (e.g., the fee report for October is due by November [*****]). As of the Effective Date of this TL, the LPS is [*****] Following receipt of such report, NT shall invoice Client for the amounts due. Pursuant to the Verizon Wireless/NT Agreement and the Verizon Wireless/Client Agreement, Verizon Wireless has agreed to pay such amounts due on behalf of Client, however, in the event Verizon Wireless does not pay such amounts when due, Client shall be liable for such amounts. Client further agrees to reasonably cooperate with Verizon Wireless to ensure timely review and payment of all invoices.

 

  C. Additional Data Delivery Fees . For delivery of additional copies of the Data by NT to Client pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agreement. Client shall pay NT a services fee of [*****] per physical storage media of the delivery, plus a shipping charge of [*****] per location to which delivery is requested. Such fees and charges shall be due within thirty (30) days of invoice from NT.

 

VII. Minimum Annual License Fee . Client shall pay NT minimum annual license fees (“ MALF ”) in the amounts set forth below. The MALF shall be applied in each annual period to license fees due for such annual period. Unused amounts of the MALF for any annual period, if any, are not refundable, may not be applied to any other annual period, and may not be credited towards license fees or other charges due under a different TL or applied to any other monies due NT.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

Telenav, Inc. Territory License No. 1 (021406 hls)

  

2 of 16

NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

MALF for any annual period, if any, are not refundable, may not be applied to any other annual period, and may not be credited towards license fees or other charges due under a different TL or applied to any other monies due NT.

 

  A. Amount . The MALF for each annual period of this TL is as follows:

 

 

 

[*****]

 

 

 

VIII. Currency . U.S. Dollars

 

IX. End-User Terms . Attached as Exhibit C . In all instances where the Application uses, accesses, reflects or relies upon any portion of the Data to deliver information to End-Users, Client shall provide End-Users with a copy of the End-User Terms and shall provide conspicuous notice to End-Users prior to their use of, or access to, any portion of the Data that their use thereof is subject to the End-User Terms.

 

X. Additional Provisions .

 

  A. POI Usage . The Data may include POIs that NT licenses from a third party. To assist NT in determining royalties that may be due to such third party, Client, upon NT’s reasonable request, will fill out and submit to NT a POI Usage Form (in the form of Exhibit D ) indicating whether Client is using the POIs in the Data that Client is using in the Application, and will notify NT of any subsequent change in such POI usage.

 

  B. NT Marks & Legends . For purposes of this TL, Client’s obligations under Sections 7.1 and 7.2 of the Agreement to display NT Marks & Legends shall be satisfied as follows:

 

  1. Marks . displaying the NAVTEQ ON BOARD logo on or immediately adjacent to each display of a Transaction; and

 

  2. Legends . displaying the applicable NT copyright notice (as specified in the NT Identity Guidelines) and third party copyright and similar notices and legends (as specified in Section 11.5 of the Agreement, the NT Identity Guidelines and/or otherwise by NT) on or immediately adjacent to each display of a Transaction.

 

  C. Termination of TL . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this TL shall terminate immediately upon any termination or expiration of the Verizon Wireless/Client Agreement or the Verizon Wireless/NT Agreement.

 

  D. Verizon Wireless as a Third Party Beneficiary . For purposes of this TL only, Verizon Wireless shall be an intended third party beneficiary of the rights and remedies accruing to Client under this TL.

 

  E. [*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

Telenav, Inc. Territory License No. 1 (021406 hls)

  

3 of 16

NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

[*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 4-7 have been redacted.

 

 

Telenav, Inc. Territory License No. 1 (021406 hls)

  

4 of 16

NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

EXHIBIT B

APPLICATION & LICENSE FEES

[*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 8-11 have been redacted.

 

 

Telenav, Inc. Territory License No. 1 (021406 hls)

  

8 of 16

NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

EXHIBIT C

END-USER TERMS

The data (“Data”) is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and [CLIENT] (“[CLIENT]”) and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand.

© 200X NAVTEQ [Insert any applicable copyright notices as required for the country-specific Data being used]. All rights reserved.

The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including: © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen’s Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase ®.

NAVTEQ holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information.

©United States Postal Service® 2005. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Personal Use Only . You agree to use this Data together with [insert name of CLIENT’s authorized Application] for the solely personal, non-commercial purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you may copy this Data only as necessary for your personal use to (i) view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you do not remove any copyright notices that appear and do not modify the Data in any way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws.

Restrictions . Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by [CLIENT], and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs.

Warning . The Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data, any of which may lead to incorrect results.

No Warranty . This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you agree to use it at your own risk, [CLIENT] and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error-free.

Disclaimer of Warranty : [CLIENT] AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.

Disclaimer of Liability : [CLIENT] AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF [CLIENT] OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.

Export Control . You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data provided to you or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations.

Entire Agreement . These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between [CLIENT] (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.

Governing Law . The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands” where European NAVTEQ Data is used], without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois [insert “The Netherlands” where European NAVTEQ Data is used] for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder.

 

 

Telenav, Inc. Territory License No. 1 (021406 hls)

  

12 of 16

NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

Government End Users . If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, [insert “NAVTEQ Data” or such other name that Client uses specifically to refer to NAVTEQ Data] (hereinafter “Data”) is a “commercial item” as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in accordance with [insert the name of the terms/conditions in which this notice is included] , and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following “Notice of Use,” and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice:

 

 

NOTICE OF USE

 

CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) NAME: NAVTEQ

 

CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)
ADDRESS: 222 Merchandise Mart Plaza, Suite 900, Chicago, Illinois 60654

 

This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to [insert the name of the terms/conditions in which this notice is included] under which this Data was provided.

 

© 2006 NAVTEQ — All rights reserved.

 

If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify NAVTEQ prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data.

 

 

Telenav, Inc. Territory License No. 1 (021406 hls)

  

13 of 16

NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

EXHIBIT D

POI USAGE FORM

[*****]

 

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 14 – 16 have been redacted.

 

 

Telenav, Inc. Territory License No. 1 (021406 hls)

  

14 of 16

NT CONFIDENTIAL

Exhibit 10.16.10

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

[NAVTEQ LOGO]

 

 

TERRITORY LICENSE NO.  

 

 

 

  6    

 

    

 

Quick Reference Title:  

 

  

 

Server-Based Applications (Europe)

 

 

Pursuant to the Data License Agreement between NT and Client dated as of the Effective Date identified therein and reiterated below (“Agreement”), NAVTEQ North America, LLC (acting also on behalf of its affiliate NAVTEQ Europe B.V., collectively “NT”) and Client hereby agree to the following additional terms and conditions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the Agreement or within the body of this TL (including any exhibits or attachments hereto) shall have the meanings set forth in Exhibits A and B hereto. The parties hereby agree that Territory License No. 4, dated February 15, 2006, is hereby superseded in its entirety by this Territory License No. 6 as of the Effective Date hereof, and shall no longer have any effect.

 

 

Client:

 

  

 

TeleNav, Inc.

 

 

Effective Date of Agreement:

 

  

 

December 1, 2001

 

 

Effective Date of Territory License:

 

  

 

Date of last signature below

 

I.    Territory License Term

 

 

The term of this TL shall commence on the Effective Date of this TL and continue until December 31, 2008, unless terminated as provided in the Agreement (“TL Term”).

 

 

Both parties have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

NAVTEQ NORTH AMERICA, LLC     TELENAV, INC.
By:  

/s/ Lawrence M. Kaplan

    By:  

/s/ Douglas S. Miller

Name: Lawrence M. Kaplan     Name: Douglas S. Miller
Title: Senior VP, General Counsel & Secretary     Title: CFO
Date: 5/18/07     Date: 3/9/07
NAVTEQ EUROPE, B.V.      
By:  

/s/ Lawrence M. Kaplan

     
Name: Lawrence M. Kaplan      
Title: Senior VP, General Counsel & Secretary      
Date: 5/18/07      

 

 

Territory License No. 6 ( TeleNav 03/07.07gpd )   Page 1 of 18
  NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

 

II. Territory (check applicable geographic areas; each is a separate “Territory”) .

 

x     All of the following countries of Europe, consisting of:

Western Europe (Andorra, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Eire (Republic of Ireland), Faroe Islands, Finland, France, Germany, Gibraltar, Greece, Greenland, Guernsey, Iceland, Italy/Vatican City, Jersey, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Malta, Man, Monaco, Norway, Portugal, San Marino, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, The Netherlands, United Kingdom)

Eastern Europe (Albania, Belarus, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Macedonia, Moldova*, Poland, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Ukraine*, Yugoslavia (Serbia and Montenegro))

* Data for Moldova may not be used or distributed in Moldova and Data for Ukraine may not be used or distributed in Ukraine. Client agrees that it shall not export Copies of the Data for Moldova or Ukraine into each such country.

 

III. Data Content & Quality .

Standard Data . The Data for Europe is NAVTEQ Standard Data, plus the Additional Content listed in Exhibit E . Standard Data shall mean the features and attributes specified in NT’s NAVTEQ Standard Data Content & Quality Specification (v.11.22.02) (“Specification”), and shall comply with the Verification Procedure for Accuracy and Completeness set forth in the Specification. To the extent that the Standard Data does not comply with the applicable Verification Procedure for Accuracy and Completeness or equivalent, NT’s sole obligation and Client’s sole remedy shall be for NT to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such compliance. Standard Data shall further include additional content generally released by NT from time to time for which NT does not charge, in its sole discretion, additional license fees (“Add-Ons”); NT shall be under no obligation to release such additional content. Data for certain countries or areas of the Territory may not be completed and/or may not be produced within the TL Term, and will only be available hereunder upon general release by NT following completion.

 

IV.         Application .

    

 

Permitted Applications, as further described in  Exhibit A .

 

  

 

V. Licensed Use . Use of the Data is limited to:

 

  A. storing a Copy of all or any portion of the Data on one or more internal servers possessed or otherwise controlled by Client; and

 

  B. using such Data together with the Application described in Section IV above to calculate and/or derive Transactions and deliver and display them to End-Users; and

 

  C. sublicensing third party business customers of Client (each a “Sublicensee”), under a written agreement between Client and such Sublicensee setting forth terms and conditions no less restrictive than those set forth in this Agreement as well as terms providing that NT shall be a third party beneficiary to such agreement with the right to audit such Sublicensee in a manner consistent with the provisions of the Agreement (“Sublicense Agreement”), to store a Copy of all or any portion of the Data on one or more internal servers possessed or otherwise controlled by such Sublicensee and to use such Data together with the Application described in Section IV above to calculate and/or derive Transactions and deliver and display them to End-Users. Client shall be fully responsible for compliance by Sublicensees with Sublicense Agreements.

 

 

Territory License No. 6 ( TeleNav 03/07.07gpd )   Page 2 of 18
  NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

VI. Fees to NT .

 

  A. License Fees . License fee amounts are determined on a per Transaction or Subscription basis and are as set forth in Exhibit A hereto (“License Fees”).

 

  B. License Fee Reports & Due Dates . License Fee reports for Transactions distributed in each calendar month are due by the [*****] day of the following calendar month (e.g., the License Fee report for October is due by November [*****]). [*****] NT shall invoice Client for the amounts due. License Fees shall be due and paid by the [*****] day following the [*****].

 

VII. Minimum Annual License Fee . Client shall pay NT minimum annual license fees (“MALF”) in the amounts set forth below. The MALF shall be applied in each annual period to license fees due under this TL for such annual period. Unused amounts of the MALF for any annual period, if any, are not refundable, may not be applied to any other annual period, and may not be credited towards license fees or other charges due under a different TL or applied to any other monies due NT; provided that the aggregate MALF for [*****] and this TL shall not exceed the amount set forth below:

 

  

 

Calendar Year 2007 and thereafter – [*****]

 

  

 

  [*****]

 

VIII. Currency . U.S. Dollars. Client shall convert non-US Dollar license fees as identified herein into US Dollars by using the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Foreign Exchange Rates ( http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h10/Hist/ dat00_eu.htm ). The conversion rate to be used is the conversion rate listed for the last day of the reporting period specified in this TL. Client shall include its currency conversion calculations in each License Fee Report.

 

IX. End-User Terms . Attached as Exhibit C . In all instances where the Application uses, accesses, reflects or relies upon any portion of the Data to deliver information to End-Users, Client shall provide End-Users with a copy of the End-User Terms and shall provide conspicuous notice to End-Users prior to their use of, or access to, any portion of the Data that their use thereof is subject to the End-User Terms.

 

X. Additional Provisions .

 

  A. NT Marks & Legends . For purposes of this TL, Client’s obligations under the Agreement to display NT Marks & Legends shall be satisfied as follows:

 

  1. Marks . displaying the NAVTEQ ON BOARD logo on or immediately adjacent to each display of a Transaction; and

 

  2. Legends . displaying the applicable NT copyright notice (as specified in the NT Identity Guidelines) and third party copyright and similar notices and legends (as specified in the Agreement, the NT Identity Guidelines and/or otherwise by NT) on or immediately adjacent to each display of a Transaction.

 

  B. Other Data Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, Client may not make any modifications, adaptations, or alterations of or to the Data (collectively “Modifications”) or associate or add any data to or in combination with the Data (collectively “Additions”), without NT’s prior written approval, except that Client may (1) reformat or recompile the Data for use in Applications, (2) add or associate features or attributes to the Data of a type not already included within the Specification, and (3) append to the Data geographic data of third parties for any country for which NT has less than [*****] (as defined in the Specification). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Client make any Modifications or Additions that in any manner materially reduce, impair, or otherwise negatively impact upon the accuracy, completeness, integrity, or safety of the Data.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

Territory License No. 6 ( TeleNav 03/07.07gpd )   Page 3 of 18
  NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

APPLICATION & LICENSE FEES

 

 

[*****]

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 4-8 have been redacted.

 

 

Territory License No. 6 ( TeleNav 03/07.07gpd )   Page 4 of 18
  NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

EXHIBIT B

 

DEFINITIONS

 

 

[*****]

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 9-11 have been redacted.

 

 

Territory License No. 6 ( TeleNav 03/07.07gpd )   Page 9 of 18
  NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

END-USER TERMS

 

The data (“Data”) is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and [CLIENT] (“[CLIENT]”) and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand.

© 200X NAVTEQ [Insert any applicable copyright notices as required for the country-specific Data being used]. All rights reserved.

The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including: © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen’s Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase ®.

NAVTEQ holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information.

©United States Postal Service® 200X. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.

Terms and Conditions

Personal Use Only . You agree to use this Data together with [insert name of CLIENT’s authorized Application] for the solely personal, non-commercial purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you may copy this Data only as necessary for your personal use to (i) view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you do not remove any copyright notices that appear and do not modify the Data in any way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws.

Restrictions . Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by [CLIENT], and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs.

Warning . The Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data, any of which may lead to incorrect results.

No Warranty . This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you agree to use it at your own risk. [CLIENT] and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error-free.

Disclaimer of Warranty : [CLIENT] AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.

Disclaimer of Liability : [CLIENT] AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF [CLIENT] OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.

 

 

Territory License No. 6 ( TeleNav 03/07.07gpd )   Page 12 of 18
  NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

Export Control . You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data provided to you or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations.

Entire Agreement . These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between [CLIENT] (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.

Governing Law . The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands” where European NAVTEQ Data is used], without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois [insert “The Netherlands” where European NAVTEQ Data is used] for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder.

 

 

Government End Users . If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, this Data is a “commercial item” as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in accordance with these End-User Terms, and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following “Notice of Use,” and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice:

 

 

N OTICE OF U SE

 

C ONTRACTOR (M ANUFACTURER / S UPPLIER ) N AME : NAVTEQ

 

C ONTRACTOR (M ANUFACTURER /S UPPLIER ) A DDRESS : 222 Merchandise Mart Plaza, Suite 900, Chicago, Illinois 60654

 

This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to these End-User Terms under which this Data was provided.

 

© 200X NAVTEQ — All rights reserved.

 

If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify NAVTEQ prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data.

 

 

Territory License No. 6 ( TeleNav 03/07.07gpd )   Page 13 of 18
  NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

CLASSIFICATION OF DATA ATTRIBUTES (v.01.01.06)

 

[*****]

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 14-16 have been redacted.

 

 

Territory License No. 6 ( TeleNav 03/07.07gpd )   Page 14 of 18
 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

ADDITIONAL CONTENT

 

The Data shall include the following Additional Content, which Additional Content shall be subject to the terms and conditions and pricing as provided in a schedule attached hereto (each an “Additional Content Schedule”) for each applicable category of Additional Content as follows. Check applicable Additional Content or check here if no Additional Content is applicable:

 

x

  Phonetic Data

Certain Additional Content may not be completed and/or may not be produced within the TL Term or ever, and will only be available hereunder upon general release by NT following completion. Additional Content may not be available for all countries or areas. NT reserves the right to remove Additional Content upon reasonable notice to Client.

Additional Content is not available on a standalone basis and may be licensed and used in conjunction with Standard Data only.

 

 

Territory License No. 6 ( TeleNav 03/07.07gpd )   Page 17 of 18
  NT CONFIDENTIAL


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

ADDITIONAL CONTENT SCHEDULE

 

PHONETIC DATA

 

 

  1. Definition

[*****]

 

  2. Additional Provisions

 

  a. Phonetic Data is available in the Territory for the following countries: Austria, France, Germany, Italy, The Netherlands, Spain, United Kingdom. NT may add countries to such list from time to time upon notice to Client.

 

  b. Phonetic Data may not be used with Map and Route Transaction Applications.

 

  c. The first two sentences of Section 8.1 of the Agreement shall not apply to Phonetic Data.

 

  3. License Fees . The following license fees apply for Phonetic Data [*****]

 

  4. Discounts : [*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

Territory License No. 6 ( TeleNav 03/07.07gpd )   Page 18 of 18
  NT CONFIDENTIAL

Exhibit 10.16.11

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

LOGO

 

 

TERRITORY LICENSES NO.  

 

 

 

  7    

   

 

Quick Reference Title:        

 

 

 

Server-Based Applications (Mexico & Brazil)

 

 

Pursuant to the Data License Agreement between NT and Client dated as of the Effective Date identified therein and reiterated below (“Agreement”), NT (acting also on behalf of its affiliate NAVTEQ Europe B.V., collectively “NT”) and Client hereby agree to the following additional terms and conditions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the Agreement or within the body of this TL (including any exhibits or attachments hereto) shall have the meanings set forth in Exhibit A hereto. With respect to Data for Brazil and Mexico The parties hereby agree that Territory License No, 4, dated February 15, 2006, is hereby superseded in its entirety by this Territory License No. 7 as of the Effective Date hereof, and shall no longer have any effect

 

 

Client:

 

 

 

Telenav, Inc.

 

 

Effective Date of Agreement:

 

 

 

December 1, 2001

 

 

Effective Date of Territory License:    

 

 

 

Date of the last signature below

 

 

I.    Territory License Term            

 

 

The term of this TL shall commence on the Effective Date of this TL and continue through December 31, 2008, unless terminated as provided in the Agreement (“TL Term”).

 

Both parties have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.

 

NAVTEQ NORTH AMERICA, LLC.   TELENAV, INC.
By:   /s/ Lawrence M. Kaplan   By: /s/ Douglas S. Miller
Name: Lawrence M. Kaplan   Name: Douglas S. Miller
Title: Senior VP, General Counsel & Secretary   Title: CFO
Date: 5/18/07   Date: 3/9/07

 

 

Territory License No. 7 (TeleNav03.07.07gpd)

  

Cover Page of 12

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

LOGO

 

 

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

 

II. Territory (check applicable geographic areas; each is a separate “Territory”) .

 

  x Mexico

 

  x Brazil

 

III.       Data Content & Quality .      

 

    NAVTEQ Standard Data        

 

  

The Data for Mexico and Brazil is the geographic data for such country developed and generally released by NT for use in the type of Application(s) authorized hereunder, up to Standard Data. Standard Data shall mean the features and attributes specified in NT’s NAVTEQ Standard Data Content & Quality Specification (v.11.22.02). To the extent that the Standard Data does not comply with the applicable Verification Procedure for Accuracy and Completeness or equivalent, NT’s sole obligation and Client’s sole remedy shall be for NT to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such compliance. Standard Data shall further include additional content generally released by NT from time to time for which NT does not charge, in its sole discretion, additional license fees (“Add-Ons”); NT shall be under no obligation to release such additional content and the first two sentences of Section 8.1 of the Agreement shall not apply to Add-Ons or to Data for Brazil or Mexico. Data for certain countries or areas of the Territory may not be completed and/or may not be produced within the TL Term, and will only be available hereunder upon general release by NT following completion.

 

IV.      Application .           

 

Server-Based Non-Vehicle Integrated Navigation Applications, as defined in Exhibit A and subject to Section I of Exhibit B .

 

 

V. Licensed Use . Pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Agreement, use of the Data is limited to:

 

  A. storing a Copy of all or any portion of the Data on one or more internal servers possessed or otherwise controlled by Client; and

 

  B. using the Data of subpart (A) together with the Application to calculate and/or derive Transactions and deliver and display them to End-Users as authorized in Section IV; and

 

  C. sublicensing third party business customers of Client (each a “Sublicensee”), under a written agreement between Client and such Sublicensee setting forth terms and conditions no less restrictive than those set forth in this Agreement (“Sublicense Agreement”), to store a Copy of all or any portion of the Data on one or more internal servers possessed or otherwise controlled by such Sublicensee and to use such Data together with the Application to calculate and/or derive Transactions and deliver and display them to End-Users as authorized in Section IV. Client shall be fully responsible for compliance by Sublicensees with Sublicense Agreements.

 

VI. Fees to NT .

 

  A. License Fees . License fee amounts are determined on a per Transaction or Subscription basis and are as set forth in Exhibit B hereto (“License Fees”).

 

  B. License Fee Reports & Due Dates . License Fee reports for Transactions distributed in each calendar month are due by the [*****] day of the following calendar month (e.g., the License Fee report for October is due by November [*****]). [*****] NT shall invoice Client for the amounts due. License Fees shall be due and paid by the [*****] day following the [*****].

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

Territory License No. 7 (TeleNav03.07.07gpd)

  

Page 2 of 12

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

VII. Minimum Annual License Fee . Client shall pay NT minimum annual license fees (“MALF”) in the amounts set forth below. The MALF shall be applied in each annual period to license fees due for such annual period. Unused amounts of the MALF for any annual period, if any, are not refundable, may not be applied to any other annual period, and may not be credited towards license fees or other charges due under a different TL or applied to any other monies due NT. The MALF for each annual period of this TL is as follows:

 

 

 

[*****]

 

 

 

VIII. Currency . U.S. Dollars. Client shall convert non-US Dollar license fees as identified herein into US Dollars by using the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Foreign Exchange Rates ( http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h10/Hist/ dat00_eu.htm ). The conversion rate to be used is the conversion rate listed for the last day of the reporting period specified in this TL. Client shall include its currency conversion calculations in each License Fee Report.

 

IX. End-User Terms . Attached as Exhibit C . In all instances where the Application uses, accesses, reflects or relies upon any portion of the Data to deliver information to End-Users, Client shall provide End-Users with a copy of the End-User Terms and shall provide conspicuous notice to End-Users prior to their use of, or access to, any portion of the Data that their use thereof is subject to the End-User Terms.

 

X. Additional Provisions .

 

  A. NT Marks & Legends . For purposes of this TL, Client’s obligations under Sections 12.1 of the Agreement to display NT Marks & Legends shall be satisfied as follows:

 

  1. Marks . displaying the NAVTEQ ON BOARD logo on or immediately adjacent to each display of a Transaction; and

 

  2. Legends . displaying the applicable NT copyright notice (as specified in the NT Identity Guidelines) and third party copyright and similar notices and legends (as specified in Section 11.5 of the Agreement, the NT Identity Guidelines and/or otherwise by NT) on or immediately adjacent to each display of a Transaction.

 

  B. Brazil Points of Interest (POIs) . Brazil POIs may not be used in publicly accessible, Internet-based web sites whereby consumers obtain POI data for their personal use. The End-User Terms for any Application containing Brazil POIs shall contain the following copyright notice: “Conteudo fornecido por MapLink”.

 

  C. Other Data Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, Client may not make any modifications, adaptations, or alterations of or to the Data (collectively “Modifications”) or associate or add any data to or in combination with the Data (collectively “Additions”), without NT’s prior written approval, except that Client may (1) reformat or recompile the Data for use in Applications, (2) add or associate features or attributes to the Data of a type not already included within the Specification, and (3) append to the Data geographic data of third parties for any country for which NT has less than [*****] (as defined in the Specification). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Client make any Modifications or Additions that in any manner materially reduce, impair, or otherwise negatively impact upon the accuracy, completeness, integrity, or safety of the Data.

 

  D. Press Releases . Within thirty (30) days following the execution of this TL, both parties agree to issue a mutually agreeable joint press release with quotations from senior executives from each party announcing the execution of this TL and the nature of the parties’ strategic relationship.

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

Territory License No. 7 (TeleNav03.07.07gpd)

  

Page 3 of 12

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

[*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 4-6 have been redacted.

 

 

Territory License No. 7 (TeleNav03.07.07gpd)

  

Page 4 of 12

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

EXHIBIT B

APPLICATION & LICENSE FEES

[*****]

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

Territory License No. 7 (TeleNav03.07.07gpd)

  

Page 7 of 12

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

EXHIBIT C

END-USER TERMS

The data (“Data”) is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and [CLIENT] (“[CLIENT]”) and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand.

© 200X NAVTEQ [Insert any applicable copyright notices as required for the country-specific Data being used]. All rights reserved.

The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including: © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen’s Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase ®.

NAVTEQ holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information.

©United States Postal Service® 200X. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.

Terms and Conditions

Personal Use Only . You agree to use this Data together with [insert name of CLIENT’s authorized Application] for the solely personal, non-commercial purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you may copy this Data only as necessary for your personal use to (i) view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you do not remove any copyright notices that appear and do not modify the Data in any way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws.

Restrictions . Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by [CLIENT], and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs.

Warning . The Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data, any of which may lead to incorrect results.

No Warranty . This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you agree to use it at your own risk. [CLIENT] and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error-free.

Disclaimer of Warranty : [CLIENT] AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.

Disclaimer of Liability : [CLIENT] AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF [CLIENT] OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.

Export Control . You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data provided to you or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations.

Entire Agreement . These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between [CLIENT] (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.

 

 

Territory License No. 7 (TeleNav03.07.07gpd)

  

Page 8 of 12

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

Governing Law . The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands” where European NAVTEQ Data is used], without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois [insert “The Netherlands” where European NAVTEQ Data is used] for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder.

 

 

Government End Users . If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, this Data is a “commercial item” as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in accordance with these End-User Terms, and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following “Notice of Use,” and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice:

 

 

N OTICE OF U SE

 

C ONTRACTOR (M ANUFACTURER / S UPPLIER ) N AME : NAVTEQ

 

C ONTRACTOR (M ANUFACTURER /S UPPLIER ) A DDRESS : 222 Merchandise Mart Plaza, Suite 900, Chicago, Illinois 60654

 

This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to these End-User Terms under which this Data was provided.

 

© 200X NAVTEQ – All rights reserved.

 

If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify NAVTEQ prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data.

 

 

Territory License No. 7 (TeleNav03.07.07gpd)

  

Page 9 of 12

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT

 

 

EXHIBIT D

CLASSIFICATION OF DATA ATTRIBUTES

(v.01.01.06)

[*****]


 

 

 

[*****] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions. In this instance, pages 10-12 have been redacted.

 

 

Territory License No. 7 (TeleNav03.07.07gpd)

  

Page 10 of 12

NT CONFIDENTIAL

 

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF TELENAV, INC.

TeleNav Shanghai Inc. (PRC)

TeleNav Software, Inc. (PRC)

TeleNav Hong Kong, Limited (Hong Kong)

TELENAV DO BRASIL SERVIÇOS DE LOCALIZAÇÃO LTDA (Brazil)

TeleNav UK Limited (U.K.)

TNAV Holdings, Inc. (U.S.)

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated October 30, 2009 in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of TeleNav, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

     Ernst & Young LLP

San Francisco, California

 

 

The foregoing consent is in the form that will be signed upon the approval of the Company’s stockholders of the amendment and restatement of the Company’s certificate of incorporation, and the Company’s merger with and into TNAV Holdings, Inc. as described in Note 12 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Francisco, California

October 30, 2009